Registration No. 333- 
===============================================================================


                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
                            Washington, D.C. 20549 
                                 ---------------

                                   FORM S-1 
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT 
                                    Under 
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 
                               -------------------

                             RAYOVAC CORPORATION 
            (Exact Name Of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter) 

Wisconsin 3692 22-2423556 (State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number)
601 Rayovac Drive Madison,Wisconsin 53711-2497 (608) 275-3340 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices) ---------------- JAMES A. BRODERICK, ESQ. Vice President and General Counsel Rayovac Corporation 601 Rayovac Drive Madison, Wisconsin 53711-2497 (608) 275-3340 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service) -------------------------- Copy to: LOUIS A. GOODMAN, ESQ. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP One Beacon Street Boston, Massachusetts 02108 (617) 573-4800 -------------------------- Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement. If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. / / If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / / If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. / / If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. / / CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
=============================================================================================================== Proposed Maximum Proposed Maximum Title Of Each Class Of Amount to be Offering Price Per Aggregate Offering Amount of Securities To Be Registered Registered Note(1) Price(1) Registration Fee - - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10-1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 $100,000,000 100% $100,000,000 $34,500 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. --------------------------- The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine. =============================================================================== RAYOVAC CORPORATION CROSS REFERENCE SHEET Pursuant to Item 501(b) of Regulation S-K
Form S-1 Item No. Location in Prospectus 1. Forepart of the Registration Statement and Facing Page of Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus Outside Front Cover of Prospectus 2. Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus Prospectus 3. Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Unaudited of Earnings to Fixed Charges Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data; Selected Historical Combined Consolidated Financial Data 4. Use of Proceeds Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds 5. Determination of Offering Price Not Applicable 6. Dilution Not Applicable 7. Selling Security Holders Not Applicable 8. Plan of Distribution Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Plan of Distribution 9. Description of Securities to be Registered Prospectus Summary; Description of the Notes 10. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel Legal Matters; Experts 11. Information With Respect to the Registrant Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; The Recapitalization; Use of Proceeds; Capitalization; Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data; Selected Historical Combined Consolidated Financial Data; Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations; Business; Management; Ownership of Capital Stock; Certain Relationships and Related Transactions; Description of the Credit Agreement; Description of the Notes; Consolidated Financial Statements 12. Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities Not Applicable
[red herring on left side of page] Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State. [end red herring] SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DECEMBER 13, 1996 PROSPECTUS Offer for all Outstanding 10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 in Exchange for 10-1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 of [Rayovac logo] RAYOVAC CORPORATION The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on [ ], 1997, unless extended Rayovac Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation ("Rayovac" or the "Company"), hereby offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal (which together constitute the "Exchange Offer"), to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $100,000,000 of 10-1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 of the Company (the "New Notes") for a like principal amount of the issued and outstanding 10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 of the Company (the "Old Notes" and, together with the New Notes, the "Notes") with the holders thereof. The terms of the New Notes are identical in all material respects to the Old Notes, except that the terms of the New Notes do not include certain transfer restrictions and registration rights included in the terms of the Old Notes. For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Old Note will receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Old Note. The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the Old Notes, from October 22, 1996. Accordingly, if the relevant record date for interest payment occurs after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, registered holders of New Notes on such record date will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 22, 1996. If, however, the relevant record date for interest payment occurs prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, registered holders of Old Notes on such record date will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 22, 1996. Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer, except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment in respect of interest on such Old Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for which occurs on or after consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Old Notes were issued on October 22, 1996 in connection with the financing of the recapitalization of the Company (the "Recapitalization"). The Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be, general unsecured obligations of the Company, subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt (as defined herein), including borrowings under the Credit Agreement (as defined herein). The Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be, guaranteed by ROV Holding, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("ROV Holding"), and may in the future be guaranteed by certain other subsidiaries of the Company (collectively, the "Guarantors"). See "Description of the Notes--Subsidiary Guarantees" and "Certain Covenants--Additional Guarantees." The Guarantees (as defined herein) are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of the Guarantors, including guarantees under the Credit Agreement. The Old Notes, the Guarantees and borrowings under the Credit Agreement are, and the New Notes will be, effectively subordinated to the indebtedness of foreign subsidiaries of ROV Holding which effectively ranks senior in right of payment to the Notes and the Guarantees. The Indenture (as defined herein) permits the Company and its subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including Senior Debt, subject to certain limitations, and prohibits the incurrence of any indebtedness that is senior to the Notes and subordinated to any Senior Debt. As of September 30, 1996, the Company and its subsidiaries had $128.5 million of Senior Debt and $5.2 million of indebtedness and capitalized lease obligations of foreign subsidiaries which rank senior or effectively rank senior, as the case may be, in right of payment to the Notes. The New Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 17, 1996 (the "Registration Rights Agreement"), among the Company and the other signatories thereto. Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act")) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes. If any holder of Old Notes is an affiliate of the Company, is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (i) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution." The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all the expenses incident to the Exchange Offer. Tenders of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date (as defined herein). In the event the Company terminates the Exchange Offer and does not accept for exchange any Old Notes, the Company will promptly return the Old Notes to the holders thereof. See "The Exchange Offer." The Old Notes are eligible for trading in the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages ("PORTAL") market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Prior to this Exchange Offer, there has been no public market for the New Notes. If a market for the New Notes should develop, the New Notes could trade at a discount from their principal amount. The Company does not currently intend to list the New Notes on any securities exchange or to seek approval for quotation on any automated quotation system. There can be no assurance that an active public market for the New Notes will develop. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 9 for a discussion of certain factors that should be considered in connection with an investment in the Notes offered hereby. THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. The Date of this Prospectus is ,1997. [Insert Pictures] ADDITIONAL INFORMATION The Company filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the New Notes being offered by this Prospectus. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto, to which reference is hereby made. Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to are not necessarily complete. Reference is made to the exhibit for a more complete description thereof. The Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and will also be available for inspection and copying at the regional offices of the Commission located at 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048 and at Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street (Suite 1400), Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such material may also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. Additionally, the Commission maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission at (http://www.sec.gov). Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Company will become subject to the information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance therewith will be required to file periodic reports and other information with the Commission. Whether or not the Company is required to be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act in the future, the Company and, if the Company is required to file financial statements for any Guarantor, such Guarantor will be required under the Indenture, dated as of October 22, 1996 (the "Indenture") by and among the Company, ROV Holding, Inc. and Marine Midland Bank, as trustee (the "Trustee"), pursuant to which the Old Notes were, and the New Notes will be, issued, to continue to file with the Commission for public availability (unless the Commission will not accept such filings), and to furnish holders of the New Notes with, (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, if the Company and/or such Guarantor were required to file such forms, including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and, with respect to annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's certified independent public accountants, and (ii) all financial information that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company and/or such Guarantor were required to file such reports. INDUSTRY MARKET DATA External market information in this Prospectus is provided by the Company, based on data licensed from A.C. Nielsen. The two primary sources of market data are Nielsen Scanner Data (obtained from checkout scanners in selected food stores, drug stores and mass merchandisers) and Nielsen Consumer Panel Data (obtained from a group of representative households selected by A.C. Nielsen equipped with in-home scanners). Except as set forth below, specific market share references are obtained from Nielsen Scanner Data. Specific hearing aid battery market share references are obtained from Nielsen Scanner Data, as supplemented by National Family Opinion Purchase Diary Data. Information regarding the size (in terms of both dollars and unit sales) of the total U.S. retail battery market is based upon Nielsen Scanner Data, as supplemented by Nielsen Consumer Panel Data. Other industry data used throughout this Prospectus has been obtained from a variety of industry surveys (including surveys forming a part of primary research studies conducted by the Company) and publications but has not been independently verified by the Company. The Company believes that information contained in such surveys and publications has been obtained from reliable sources, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy and completeness of such information. Unless otherwise indicated, all market share estimates are Company estimates based on the foregoing, are for the U.S. market and reflect units sold. i The New Notes will be available initially in book-entry form, and the Company expects that the New Notes sold pursuant hereto will be issued in the form of a Global Note (as defined herein) which will be deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary") and registered in its name or in the name of Cede & Co., its nominee, except with respect to institutional "accredited investors" (within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act), who will receive New Notes in certificated form. Beneficial interests in the Global Note will be shown on, and transfer thereof will be effected through, records maintained by the Depositary and its participants. After the initial issuance of the Global Note, New Notes in certificated form will be issued in exchange for the Global Note only under the limited circumstances set forth in the Indenture. See "Description of the Notes--Book-Entry, Delivery and Form." Upon completion of the Recapitalization, the Company changed its fiscal year end from June 30 to September 30. For clarity of presentation and comparison, references herein to fiscal 1994, fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1996 are to the Company's fiscal years ended June 30, 1994, June 30, 1995 and June 30, 1996, respectively, and references to the "Transition Period ended September 30, 1996" and the "Transition Period" are to the period from July 1, 1996 to September 30, 1996. RAYOVAC, RENEWAL, LOUD'N CLEAR, POWER STATION, PROLINE, WORKHORSE, ROUGHNECK and SMART PACK are registered trademarks of the Company. LIFEX and SMART STRIP are trademarks of the Company. All other trademarks or tradenames referred to in this Prospectus are the property of their respective owners. The Company is a Wisconsin corporation with its principal executive offices at 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin, 53711-2497. The Company's telephone number is (608) 275-3340. ii [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] SUMMARY The following summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and Combined Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, together with the notes thereto, and the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data of the Company, together with the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Except as otherwise set forth herein, references herein to "pro forma" financial data of the Company are to financial data of the Company which gives effect to the Recapitalization and the sale of the Old Notes. The Company Rayovac Corporation ("Rayovac" or the "Company") is the third largest domestic manufacturer of general batteries (D, C, AA, AAA and 9-volt sizes). Within the general battery market, the Company is the leader in the household rechargeable and heavy duty battery segments. The Company is also the leading domestic manufacturer of certain specialty batteries, including hearing aid batteries, lantern batteries and lithium batteries for personal computer memory back-up. In addition, the Company is a leading marketer of flashlights and other battery-powered lighting devices. Established in 1906, the Rayovac brand name is one of the oldest and best recognized names in the battery industry. The Company attributes the longevity and strength of its brand name to its high-quality product line and to the success of its marketing and merchandising initiatives. For fiscal 1996, the Company had net sales, net income and Adjusted EBITDA (as defined herein) of $399.4 million, $14.3 million and $46.5 million, respectively. The Company's broad line of products includes (i) general batteries (including alkaline, heavy duty and household rechargeable batteries), (ii) specialty batteries (including hearing aid, watch, lantern and personal computer memory back-up batteries) and (iii) flashlights and other battery-powered lighting devices. The Company's products are marketed under the names Rayovac, Renewal, Loud'n Clear, ProLine, Lifex, Power Station, Workhorse and Roughneck, as well as several private labels. Since the early 1980s, the Company has implemented a number of important strategies that have greatly improved its competitive position. In the general battery market, the Company has become a leader in the mass merchandise retail channel by positioning its products as a value brand, offering batteries of substantially equivalent quality and performance at a discount to those offered by its principal competitors. The Company has also introduced industry-leading merchandising innovations such as the Smart Pack and Smart Strip merchandising systems, in which multiple battery packages are presented together in value-oriented formats. As a result of these programs, the Company had 27% and 26.6% market shares in the mass merchandise channel of the general battery market in fiscal 1996 in the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, respectively. The Company has complemented its general battery business with successful new product introductions and leading market positions in selected high-margin specialty battery lines. In the domestic hearing aid segment, the Company has achieved a 50% market share as a result of its products' technological capabilities, a strong distribution system and a well developed marketing program. The Company is also the leader in the hearing aid battery market in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. Further, in 1993, the Company introduced the Renewal rechargeable battery, the first alkaline rechargeable battery sold in the United States. Renewal achieved 64% and 63% market shares in the rechargeable household battery category as of July 1996 and September 1996, respectively, and the Company had domestic sales of Renewal products of $27.0 million in fiscal 1996. The U.S. battery industry had aggregate sales in 1995 of $4.1 billion, including $2.3 billion of retail sales of general batteries. The Company estimates that retail sales of general batteries have experienced compound annual unit sales growth of approximately 5.3% since 1986. This growth has been largely due to (i) the proliferation and popularity of battery-powered devices (such as remote controls, personal radios and cassette players, pagers, portable compact disc players, electronic and video games and battery-powered toys), (ii) the miniaturization of battery-powered devices, which has resulted in consumption of a larger number of smaller batteries and (iii) increased purchases of multiple-battery packages for household "pantry" inventory. These factors have increased the average household usage of batteries from an estimated 23 batteries per year in 1986 to an estimated 33 batteries per year in 1995. In addition, the hearing aid battery segment, in which the Company is the market leader, has experienced average annual dollar sales increases of 10.9% over the last four fiscal years, primarily as a result of the decreasing size of hearing aids and the increasing age of the U.S. population. The Company expects growth of this segment to continue in the United States as well as in Western Europe. See "Industry Market Data." 1 Business Strategy The Company's objective is to increase sales and profitability by pursuing the following strategies. Produce High-Quality Battery Products. In each of its battery product lines, the Company seeks to manufacture a high-quality product. In the alkaline segment, the Company manufactures high-performance battery products of substantially equivalent quality to those offered by its principal competitors. In some of its specialty product segments, such as hearing aid batteries, the Company believes its products have certain advantages over its competitors' products. The Company focuses its quality improvement efforts on lengthening service life and enhancing reliability and, in the case of hearing aid batteries, the Company also focuses on product miniaturization. Leverage Value Brand Position. The Company has established a position as the leading value brand in the U.S. general alkaline battery market, focusing on the mass merchandise channel. The Company achieved this position by (i) offering batteries of substantially equivalent quality and performance to those offered by its principal competitors at a retail price discount, (ii) emphasizing innovative in-store merchandising programs and (iii) offering retailers attractive wholesale margins. The mass merchandise segment has generated significant growth in the U.S. retail battery market over the last five years and the Company's positioning in this segment should allow it to continue to take advantage of any future segment growth. Expand Retail Distribution Channels. The Company plans to expand its presence in food stores, drug stores, warehouse clubs and other distribution channels on which the Company historically has not focused significant marketing and sales efforts. Food stores, drug stores and warehouse clubs accounted for 1.5 billion general battery units and $1.2 billion in revenues in the U.S. retail battery market in 1995. Management believes that Rayovac's value-oriented general battery products and merchandising programs make the Company an attractive supplier to these channels. Focus on Niche Markets. The Company has developed leading positions in several important niche markets. Total net sales of batteries in these markets (including those for hearing aid, rechargeable, lantern and heavy duty batteries and for lithium coin cells for personal computer memory back-up) comprised 47.9% of the Company's fiscal 1996 net sales. The Company tailors its strategy in each of these market niches to accommodate each market's characteristics and competitive profile. Expand Rechargeable Battery Market Segment. The Company intends to expand its leading share of the rechargeable household battery market through continued marketing of the economic benefit to consumers of Renewal, the Company's long-life alkaline rechargeable battery. Although approximately twice the retail price of a regular alkaline battery, a Renewal battery can be recharged at least 25 times, providing the approximate aggregate energy of 10 regular alkaline batteries. Consequently, Renewal provides significant economic benefits to consumers over regular alkaline batteries. In addition, alkaline rechargeables are superior to traditional nickel cadmium rechargeables because they are sold fully charged, retain their charge better and are environmentally safer. Management believes that as the Company educates consumers about these benefits, the Company will have a substantial opportunity to expand the rechargeable household battery segment and increase its market share. The Recapitalization Effective as of September 12, 1996, the Company, all of the shareholders of the Company, Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund III, L.P. (the "Lee Fund") and other affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Company ("THL Co.") completed a recapitalization of the Company (the "Recapitalization") pursuant to which, among other things: (i) the Company obtained senior financing in an aggregate amount of $170.0 million, of which $131.0 million was borrowed at the closing of the Recapitalization, including $26.0 million under a revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Credit Facility"); (ii) the Company obtained $100.0 million in financing through the issuance of senior subordinated increasing rate notes of the Company (the "Bridge Notes"); (iii) the Company redeemed a portion of the shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (the "Common Stock") held by Thomas F. Pyle, Jr., the former President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company; (iv) the Lee Fund and other affiliates of THL Co. purchased for cash shares of Common Stock owned by shareholders of the Company; and (v) the Company repaid certain of its outstanding indebtedness, including prepayment fees and penalties. As a result of the Recapitalization, the Lee Fund and other affiliates of THL Co., together with David A. Jones, the Company's new President and Chief Executive Officer, own 80.2% of the outstanding Common 2 Stock, Mr. Pyle owns 9.9% of the outstanding Common Stock and existing management and certain former employees of the Company own 9.9% of the outstanding Common Stock. See "The Recapitalization." During the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, the Company recorded charges of $12.3 million directly related to the Recapitalization and other special charges of $16.1 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." The net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Old Notes together with borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility were used to repurchase the Bridge Notes (as defined herein) plus accrued interest thereon. See "Use of Proceeds." The Exchange Offer
The Exchange Offer The Company is offering to exchange up to $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 10-1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 for a like principal amount of its issued and outstanding 10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 that are properly tendered and accepted. The terms of the New Notes and the Old Notes are identical in all material respects, except that the terms of the New Notes do not include certain transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Old Notes described below under "--Summary Description of the New Notes." See "The Exchange Offer" for a description of the procedures for tendering Old Notes. The Exchange Offer is intended to satisfy obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 17, 1996 among the Company, Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and BA Securities, Inc. Tenders; Expiration Date; Withdrawal The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 P.M., New York City Time, on [ ], 1997, or such later date and time to which it is extended (the "Expiration Date"). The tender of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date. Any Old Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. Federal Income Tax Considerations The exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will not result in any income, gain or loss to holders exchanging Old Notes for New Notes pursuant thereto or to the Company for federal income tax purposes. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Considerations." Exchange Agent Marine Midland Bank is serving as Exchange Agent in connection with the Exchange Offer.
3 Consequences of Exchanging Old Notes Pursuant to the Exchange Offer Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission issued to third parties, holders of Old Notes (other than any holder who is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) who exchange their Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may offer such New Notes for resale, resell such New Notes and otherwise transfer such New Notes without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of the holders' business and such holders do not intend, and have no arrangement with any person, to participate in a distribution of such New Notes. Each holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Notes. If any holder is an affiliate of the Company, is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (i) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the date on which the Exchange Offer is Consummated (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution." To comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if applicable, it may be necessary to qualify for sale or register the New Notes prior to offering or selling such New Notes. The Company does not currently intend to take any action to register or qualify the New Notes for resale in any such jurisdiction. If a holder of Old Notes does not exchange such Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such Old Notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the legend thereon. In general, the Old Notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Company does not currently anticipate that it will register Old Notes under the Securities Act. See "Risk Factors--Consequences of Failure to Exchange Old Notes." Summary Description of the New Notes The terms of the New Notes and the Old Notes are identical in all material respects, except that the terms of the New Notes do not include certain transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to the Old Notes.
Securities Offered $100.0 million principal amount of 10-1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006. Use of Proceeds The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer. The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Old Notes were approximately $97.0 million after deduction of discounts, commissions and offering expenses. The Company used such net proceeds, together with borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, to repurchase the Bridge Notes plus accrued interest thereon. See "The Recapitalization" and "Use of Proceeds." Issuer Rayovac Corporation. 4 Maturity Date November 1, 2006. Interest Payment Dates The New Notes will bear interest at the rate of 10-1/4% per annum, payable semiannually on May 1 and November 1 of each year commencing on May 1, 1997. Optional Redemption Except as set forth below, the New Notes are not redeemable prior to November 1, 2001. The New Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, on or after November 1, 2001 at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. At any time during the first 36 months after the date of the Indenture (as defined herein), the Company may redeem up to 35% of the initial principal amount of the New Notes originally issued with the net proceeds of one or more public offerings of equity securities of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 109.25% of the principal amount of such New Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages (as defined herein), if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of New Notes originally issued remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption and that each such redemption occurs within 60 days following the closing of each such public offering. Mandatory Redemption Except as set forth herein, the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the New Notes. Guarantees The New Notes will be guaranteed (the "Guarantees") on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by ROV Holding, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company that owns the Company's foreign operating subsidiaries ("ROV Holding"), and by any other Subsidiary (as defined herein) of the Company that executes a Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, and by their respective successors and assigns (collectively, the "Guarantors"). 5 Ranking The New Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Company, subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt (as defined herein), including borrowings under the Credit Agreement (as defined herein). In addition, the New Notes will be effectively subordinated to the indebtedness of foreign subsidiaries of the Company. The New Notes will rank pari passu with the Old Notes. As of September 30, 1996, the Company and its subsidiaries had $128.5 million of Senior Debt and $5.2 million of indebtedness and capitalized lease obligations of foreign subsidiaries which would rank senior or effectively rank senior, as the case may be, in right of payment to the New Notes. The Indenture permits the incurrence of additional Senior Debt by the Company, subject to certain limitations, and prohibits the incurrence by the Company and its subsidiaries of indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt and senior in any respect in right of payment to the New Notes. See "Description of the Notes--Subordination." Change of Control Upon a Change of Control (as defined herein), each holder of New Notes shall have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such holder's New Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase. See "Description of the Notes--Repurchase at the Option of Holders." Certain Covenants The Indenture contains covenants restricting or limiting the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other things, (i) pay dividends or make other restricted payments, (ii) incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock, (iii) create liens, (iv) incur dividend and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries, (v) enter into mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (vi) make Asset Sales (as defined herein), (vii) enter into transactions with affiliates and (viii) issue or sell capital stock of wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company. See "Description of the Notes."
Risk Factors Prospective investors should carefully consider the information set forth under the caption "Risk Factors" and all other information set forth in this Prospectus before making any investment in the New Notes. 6 Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data The following summary historical financial data for the three fiscal years ended June 30, 1996 and the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 1996 are derived from the audited Combined Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, together with the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The summary historical financial data for the period July 1, 1995 to September 30, 1995 is derived from the Unaudited Condensed Combined Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, together with the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The summary historical financial data of the Company for the two fiscal years ended June 30, 1993 is derived from audited combined consolidated financial statements of the Company which are not included herein.
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, ------------------------------------------------- Transition Period July 1, 1995 to Ended September 30, September 30, 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1995 1996 ---------------- --------------- (Dollars in millions) (unaudited) Statement of Operations Data: Net sales $332.2 $353.4 $386.2 $391.0 $399.4 $100.6 $ 95.0 Gross profit 140.1 152.0 151.3 153.9 160.0 36.5 35.7 Income (loss) from operations 31.0 31.2 10.9(1) 31.5 30.3 4.6 (23.7) Interest expense 14.1 6.0 7.7 8.6 8.4 2.4 4.4 Net income (loss) 5.5 15.0 4.4 16.4 14.3 $ 1.4 ($ 20.9)(2) Other Financial Data: Depreciation $ 6.1 $ 7.4 $ 10.3 $ 11.0 $ 11.9 $ 3.2 $ 3.3 Capital expenditures 15.3 30.3(3) 12.5 16.9 6.6 1.1 1.2 EBITDA (4) 37.6 39.3 21.2 41.3 42.2 7.7 (20.4) Adjusted EBITDA (5) 46.5 Pro forma cash interest expense (6) 21.8 Ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to pro forma cash interest expense 2.1x Ratio of net debt to Adjusted EBITDA (7) 5.0x
As of September 30, 1996 -------------------- (Dollars in millions) Balance Sheet Data: Working capital $ 63.2 Total assets 245.3 Total debt 224.8 Shareholders' deficit (85.7)
(1) Income (loss) from operations in fiscal 1994 was impacted by increased selling expenses due to higher advertising expenses related to the Renewal Introduction (as defined herein) and non-recurring manufacturing costs in connection with the Fennimore Expansion (as defined herein). See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Introduction." (2) Net income (loss) in the Transition Period was impacted by charges directly related to the Recapitalization and other special charges. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." 7 (3) Fiscal 1993 capital expenditures include $19.7 million in connection with the Fennimore Expansion. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Introduction." (4) EBITDA represents income from operations plus depreciation and reflects an adjustment of income from operations to eliminate the establishment and subsequent reversal of two reserves ($0.7 million established in 1993 and reversed in 1995, and $0.5 million established in 1992 and reversed in 1995). While EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for income from operations, net income or cash flows from operating activities in analyzing the Company's operating performance, financial position or cash flows, the Company has included EBITDA because it is commonly used by certain investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the basis of operating performance, leverage and liquidity and to determine a company's ability to service debt. A similar concept to EBITDA, defined as "Consolidated Cash Flow" in the Indenture and used in the calculation of certain covenants therein, represents operating income plus depreciation, amortization, any net loss realized in connection with an Asset Sale and certain other non-cash charges and certain non-recurring expenses. See "Description of the Notes--Certain Covenants" and "Description of the Notes--Certain Definitions." (5) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted to add back (i) $1.7 million of expense related to the Company's leased aircraft, in excess of the estimated cost of commercial airline travel, which aircraft lease was terminated in connection with the Recapitalization, (ii) $0.8 million in litigation expense accrued in 1996 for litigation initiated in a prior period, (iii) $0.2 million of compensation expense for the Company's pre-Recapitalization senior management group, net of expected post-Recapitalization senior management compensation, including the Management Fee (as defined herein) and the Consulting Fee (as defined herein), and (iv) $1.6 million of advertising and promotional expense associated with the Company's sponsorship of two professional race cars, the contracts for which have been terminated. Management is reviewing a number of categories of expenditures following the Recapitalization, including advertising and promotional expenditure levels. Post-Recapitalization expenditure levels have not yet been determined. Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for income from operations, net income or cash flows from operating activities in analyzing the Company's operating performance, financial position or cash flows. (6) Pro forma cash interest expense excludes amortization of deferred financing costs of $1.6 million. (7) For purposes of computing this ratio, net debt represents borrowed money, including capital lease obligations, less cash and cash equivalents. 8 RISK FACTORS Holders of Old Notes should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as all other information set forth in this Prospectus, before tendering their Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, although the risk factors set forth below (other than "Consequences of Failure to Exchange Old Notes") are generally applicable to the Old Notes as well as the New Notes. Consequences of Failure to Exchange Old Notes Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of the Old Notes. In general, the Old Notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Company does not currently anticipate that it will register Old Notes under the Securities Act. Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission issued to third parties, New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes. Each holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Notes. If any holder is an affiliate of the Company, is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (i) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer is Consummated (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), it will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution." In addition, to comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if applicable, it may be necessary to qualify for sale or to register the New Notes prior to offering or selling such New Notes. The Company does not currently intend to take any action to register or qualify the New Notes for resale in any such jurisdiction. Substantial Leverage; Incurrence of Additional Senior Debt As of September 30, 1996, the Company had $233.7 million of total indebtedness. See "Capitalization." The Company's ability to make principal and interest payments on the New Notes will be dependent on the Company's future operating performance, which is itself dependent on a number of factors, many of which are out of the Company's control. These factors include prevailing economic conditions and financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors affecting the Company's business and operations. The Company's ability to make principal and interest payments on the New Notes may also be dependent on the availability of borrowings under the Credit Agreement (or any refinancing thereof) or other borrowings. Although the Company believes that, based on current levels of operations, its cash flow from operations, together with other sources of liquidity, will be adequate to make required payments of principal and interest on its debt (including the New Notes), whether at or prior to maturity, finance anticipated capital expenditures and fund working capital requirements, there can be no assurance in this regard. If the Company does not have sufficient available resources to repay any indebtedness under the Credit Agreement (or other indebtedness the Company may incur) when it becomes due and payable, the Company may find it necessary to refinance such indebtedness, and there can be no assurance that refinancing will be available, or available on reasonable terms. Additionally, the Company's high degree of leverage could have a material adverse effect on the Company's future operating performance, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) a substantial portion of the Company's 9 cash flow from operations must be dedicated to debt service payments, thereby reducing the funds available to the Company for other purposes; (ii) the Company's ability to obtain additional debt financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or general corporate purposes or other purposes may be impaired; (iii) the Company is substantially more leveraged than certain of its competitors, which may place the Company at a competitive disadvantage; (iv) the Company's high degree of leverage may limit its ability to expand capacity and otherwise meet its growth objectives; (v) the Company's high degree of leverage may hinder its ability to adjust rapidly to changing market conditions and could make it more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in general economic conditions or its business; and (vi) the Company may not be able to sustain its value pricing strategy for alkaline batteries with its lower price points and attractive margins for retailers. The Indenture and the Credit Agreement permit the incurrence of additional Senior Debt, subject to certain limitations, and prohibit the incurrence by the Company and its subsidiaries of indebtedness that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Debt and senior in any respect in right of payment to the New Notes. See "Description of the Notes." Subordination The New Notes will be general unsecured obligations of the Company and will be subordinate in right of payment to all Senior Debt, including all indebtedness under the Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 1996, the Company and its subsidiaries had $128.5 million of Senior Debt and $5.2 million of indebtedness of foreign subsidiaries and capital lease obligations. The Indenture permits the Company and (under limited circumstances) its subsidiaries, to incur additional Senior Debt, subject to certain limitations, and the Company expects from time to time to incur additional indebtedness, including Senior Debt, subject to such limitations. By reason of the subordination provisions of the Indenture, in the event of the insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of the Company, the lenders under the Credit Agreement and other creditors who are holders of Senior Debt must be paid in full before payment of amounts due on the New Notes. Accordingly, there may be insufficient assets remaining after such payments to pay amounts due on the New Notes. The Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Debt of each Guarantor to the same extent that the New Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company, and the ability to collect under any Guarantees may therefore be similarly limited. In addition, the Company may not pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or any other amounts owing in respect of, the New Notes, or purchase, redeem or otherwise retire the New Notes, or make any deposit pursuant to defeasance provisions for the New Notes, if Designated Senior Debt or Significant Senior Debt (as each term is defined in the Indenture) is not paid when due, unless such default is cured or waived or has ceased to exist or such Designated Senior Debt or Significant Senior Debt has been repaid in full. Under certain circumstances, no payments may be made for a specified period with respect to the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, and any other amounts owing in respect of, the New Notes if a default, other than a payment default, exists with respect to Designated Senior Debt, including indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, unless such default is cured, waived or has ceased to exist or such indebtedness has been repaid in full. See "Description of the Notes--Subordination." If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding New Notes may declare all the New Notes to be due and payable immediately. However, such a continuing Event of Default also would permit the acceleration of all outstanding obligations under the Credit Agreement. In such an event, the subordination provisions of the Indenture would prohibit any payments to holders of the New Notes unless and until such obligations (and any other accelerated Senior Debt) have been repaid in full. See "Description of the Notes--Subordination." Competition The industries in which the Company participates are very competitive. Competition is based upon price, quality, performance, brand name recognition, product packaging and product innovation, as well as creative marketing, promotion and distribution strategies. In the U.S. battery industry, the Company competes primarily with two well established companies, Duracell International Inc. ("Duracell") and Energizer, Inc., a subsidiary of Ralston Purina Company (formerly known as Eveready Battery Company) and producer of Energizer brand batteries ("Energizer"), each of which has substantially greater financial and other resources and greater overall market share than the Company. In addition, the Company believes that Duracell and Energizer may have lower costs of production and higher profit margins in certain product lines than the Company. On September 12, 1996, The Gillette 10 Company announced that it had entered into an agreement to acquire Duracell. The Company cannot predict what effects, if any, this acquisition will have on Duracell's competitive position or business strategies or whether there will be any resulting impact on the Company. Although foreign battery manufacturers historically have not been successful in penetrating the U.S. retail market to any significant extent, they have, from time to time, attempted to establish a significant presence in the U.S. battery market. There can be no assurance that these attempts will not be successful in the future or that the Company will be able to compete effectively with current or prospective participants in the U.S. battery industry. The battery-powered lighting device industry is also highly competitive and includes a greater number of competitors than the U.S. battery industry, some of which have greater capital and other resources than the Company. See "Business--Competition." The Company's principal competitors in the U.S. battery industry have recently introduced an on-the-label battery tester for alkaline batteries which is located on the battery label and displays the approximate remaining percentage of the battery's charge. The Company's products do not currently include any testers. The Company is in the process of evaluating initial customer reaction to competitors' testers and is attempting to estimate any potential negative impact on sales if the Company fails to include such a tester with its products and the significance of the costs associated with placement of such a tester, including whether such a feature will infringe any valid U.S. patents. U.S. patents covering various aspects of on-the-label battery testers are owned or controlled by Duracell, Eastman Kodak Company, Energizer and Strategic Electronics. These entities are currently involved in an "interference" proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office to determine who has the right to patent the various aspects of the on-the-label battery tester and what the scope of such patents should be. Other U.S. patents covering various aspects of battery testers also exist. It appears likely that an attempt by a competitor, such as the Company, to market any tester covered by the existing patents would result in litigation by one or more of the current patent holders. The ultimate outcome of any such litigation would depend upon the outcome of the interference proceeding and the resolution of any challenges to the validity or enforceability of the existing patents which the Company might assert in its defense. The earliest the Company could market such a tester is Spring 1997. There can be no assurance that competitors' testers will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations, or that the Company could market a tester without significant litigation risk. Dependence on Key Customers Wal-Mart Stores, Inc. ("Wal-Mart"), the Company's largest retailer customer, accounted for 19.0% of the Company's net sales in fiscal 1996. In addition, the Company's three largest retailer customers, including Wal-Mart, together accounted for 28.5% of the Company's net sales in fiscal 1996. The Company does not have long-term agreements with any of its major customers, and purchases are generally made through the use of individual purchase orders, consistent with industry practice. There can be no assurance that there will not be a significant reduction in purchases by any of the Company's three largest retailer customers, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations. See "Business--Marketing and Distribution." Battery Technology The battery industry has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience, regular technological change. There can be no assurance that, as existing battery products and technologies improve and new, more advanced products and technologies are introduced, the Company's products will be able to compete effectively in any of its targeted market segments. The development and successful introduction of new and enhanced products and other competing technologies that may outperform the Company's batteries and technological developments by competitors may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations, particularly in the context of the substantially greater resources of the Company's two principal competitors in the general battery market, Duracell and Energizer. See "--Competition." Similarly, in those market segments where the Company's battery products currently have technological advantages (including, for example, the hearing aid battery market), there can be no assurance that the Company's products will maintain such advantages. The general battery industry historically has sustained unit sales growth even as battery life has increased with innovation (largely due to expansion in the use of and the number of applications for batteries); however, there can be no assurance that continued enhancements of battery performance (including rechargeable battery performance) will not have an adverse effect on unit sales. 11 Limited Intellectual Property Protection The Company relies upon a combination of patent, trademark and trade secret laws, together with licenses, confidentiality agreements and other contractual covenants, to establish and protect its technology and other intellectual property rights. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of its technology or other intellectual property or that the Company's competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to the Company's technology. Moreover, although the Company believes that its current products do not infringe upon the valid proprietary rights of others, there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against the Company and that, in the event of an unfavorable ruling on any such claim, a license or similar agreement will be available to the Company on reasonable terms. See "--Competition" for issues associated with the marketing of an on-the-label battery tester. Certain technology underlying the Company's Renewal line of alkaline rechargeable batteries is the subject of a non-exclusive license from a third party and could be made available to the Company's competitors after one year's prior notice to the Company (which has not been given). The licensing of such technology to a competitor could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations. The Company does not have any right to the trademark "Rayovac" in Brazil, where the mark is owned by an independent third-party battery manufacturer. In addition, the Company has granted exclusive, perpetual, royalty-free licenses for the use of certain of its technology, patents and trademarks in a number of countries, including in Latin America. See "Business--Patents, Licenses and Trademarks." Environmental Matters The Company's facilities are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the environment, including those governing discharges to the air and water, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and wastes and the remediation of contamination associated with releases of hazardous substances at Company facilities and at off-site disposal locations. Based on information currently available to Company management, the Company believes that it is substantially in compliance with applicable environmental regulations at its facilities, although no assurance can be provided with respect to such compliance in the future. Several of the Company's manufacturing facilities have been in operation for decades and have utilized substances such as cadmium and mercury in the battery manufacturing process. The Company has not conducted invasive testing to identify all potential risks, and given the age of the Company's facilities and the nature of the Company's operations, there can be no assurance that material liabilities will not arise in the future in connection with its current or former facilities. In addition, the Company has been recently notified that its former manganese processing facility in Covington, Tennessee is being evaluated by the Tennessee Department of Environment and Conservation ("TDEC") for a determination as to whether the facility should be added to the National Priorities List as a Superfund site. Groundwater monitoring at the site conducted pursuant to the post-closure maintenance of solid waste lagoons on site, and recent groundwater testing beneath former process areas on site, indicate that there are elevated levels of certain inorganic contaminants, particularly (but not exclusively) manganese, in the groundwater underneath the site. As TDEC has just commenced its preliminary assessment, the Company cannot predict the outcome of TDEC's investigation of the site. See "Business--Environmental Matters." The Company has been and is subject to several proceedings related to its disposal of industrial and hazardous waste at off-site disposal locations, under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act ("CERCLA") or analogous state laws that hold persons who "arranged for" the disposal or treatment of such substances strictly liable for the costs incurred in responding to the release or threatened release of hazardous substances from such sites. In addition, the Company recently has been named as a defendant in two lawsuits in connection with a Superfund site located in Bergen County, New Jersey (Velsicol Chemical Corporation, et al. v. A.E. Staley Manufacturing Company, et al., and Morton International, Inc. v. A.E. Staley Manufacturing Company, et al., United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, filed July 29, 1996). These lawsuits involve contamination at a former mercury processing facility and nearby creek (the "Bergen County Site"). The Company is one of approximately 100 defendants named in these lawsuits and is commencing a review to determine the extent of any potential liability it may have at the Bergen County Site. Preliminary information from the plaintiffs suggests that they will take the position that the Company is one of the largest volumetric contributors to the environmental 12 conditions at the Bergen County Site. The cost to remediate the Bergen County Site has not been determined and the Company cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings. There can be no assurance that additional proceedings relating to off-site disposal locations will not arise in the future or that pending or future off-site disposal matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations. See "Business--Environmental Matters." Fraudulent Transfer Considerations Under relevant federal bankruptcy law or state fraudulent transfer laws, the New Notes and Guarantees may be subject to avoidance or may be subordinated to existing or future indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantors, as applicable (in addition to the Senior Debt to which the New Notes and Guarantees are expressly subordinated). If a court in a suit by an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors, such as a trustee in bankruptcy or the Company as debtor-in-possession, were to find that at the time the Bridge Notes were issued or after giving effect to the sale of the Old Notes or the New Notes and the application of the net proceeds therefrom either (a) the Company received less than a reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the issuance of the Old Notes or the New Notes and either (i) was insolvent at the time of such issuance or was rendered insolvent thereby, (ii) was engaged in a business or transaction for which the assets remaining with the Company constituted unreasonably small capital or (iii) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay as such debts matured or (b) the Company issued the Old Notes or the New Notes with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors, the court could avoid the New Notes and order that all or part of any payments on the New Notes be returned to the Company or to a fund for the benefit of its creditors, or subordinate the New Notes to all other indebtedness of the Company or take other action detrimental to the holders of the New Notes. Similarly, if a court in a suit by an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors of ROV Holding or any other subsidiary of the Company were to find that at the time ROV Holding issued its guarantee of the Bridge Notes (the "Bridge Guarantee") or at the time when any subsidiary of the Company, including without limitation ROV Holding, issued or became liable under a Guarantee, including without limitation the ROV Holding Guarantee (or when such subsidiary was required to perform thereunder), any of the conditions set forth in clauses (a) or (b) above were satisfied with respect to such subsidiary, the court could avoid ROV Holding's obligations under the Bridge Guarantee or such subsidiary's obligations under the Guarantee, as applicable, and direct the repayment of any amounts paid thereunder to such subsidiary or to a fund for the benefit of its creditors. The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing varies based upon the law of the jurisdiction applied. Generally, however, an entity would be considered insolvent if the sum of its debts (including contingent liabilities) is greater than all of its property at a fair valuation, or if the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount that will be required to pay its probable liability on its existing debts (including contingent liabilities), as they become absolute and matured. In addition, an entity may be presumed insolvent under some fraudulent transfer laws if it is not generally paying its debts as they become due. The Company believes that, based upon forecasts and other financial information, the Company and ROV Holding were, at the time the indebtedness under the Bridge Notes and the Bridge Guarantee was incurred, and at the time the Old Notes and the ROV Holding Guarantee were issued, will be at the time the New Notes are issued and will continue to be, solvent, that they will have sufficient capital to carry on their business and are and will continue to be able to pay their debts as they mature. Accordingly, the Company believes that, in a bankruptcy case or a lawsuit by creditors of the Company or ROV Holding, none of the Bridge Notes, the Bridge Guarantee, the Old Notes, the New Notes nor the ROV Holding Guarantee should be held to have been issued in violation of applicable federal bankruptcy law or state fraudulent transfer laws. There can be no assurance, however, as to what standard a court would apply to determine whether the Company or ROV Holding was "insolvent" as of the date the indebtedness under the Bridge Notes and the Bridge Guarantee was incurred or the date the Old Notes, the New Notes or the ROV Holding Guarantee were issued or that, regardless of the method of valuation, a court would not determine that the Company or ROV Holding was insolvent on such relevant dates. Nor can there be any assurance that a court would not determine, regardless of whether the Company or ROV Holding was insolvent on the date the indebtedness under the Bridge Notes and the Bridge Guarantee was incurred or the date the Old Notes, the New Notes or the ROV Holding Guarantee were issued, that the payments constituted fraudulent transfers on another of the grounds listed above. 13 Controlling Shareholders Of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, 80.2% is held by the Lee Fund and certain other affiliates of THL Co. Consequently, the Lee Fund and such other affiliates, including the directors of the Company affiliated with the Lee Fund or THL Co. control the Company and have the power to elect the board of directors of the Company (the "Board") and to approve any action requiring shareholder approval, including the adoption of amendments to the Company's Restated Articles of Incorporation and the approval of mergers or sales of all or substantially all of the Company's assets. See "Ownership of Capital Stock." The Company's ability to take certain of these actions is limited by certain terms of the New Notes. See "Description of the Notes." Lack of Public Market for the Notes; Volatility; Restrictions on Resale The Old Notes are eligible for trading in the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages ("PORTAL") market. The New Notes will be new securities, and there is no existing trading market for the New Notes. Accordingly, there can be no assurance regarding the future development of a trading market for the New Notes or the ability of the holders, or the price at which such holders may be able, to sell their New Notes. If such a market were to develop, the New Notes could trade at prices that may be higher or lower than the exchange tender price of the Old Notes. Prevailing market prices from time to time will depend on many factors, including then existing interest rates, the Company's operating results and cash flow and the market for similar securities. The Initial Purchasers (as defined herein) have advised the Company that they currently intend to make a market in the New Notes. The Initial Purchasers are not obligated to do so, however, and any market-making with respect to the New Notes may be discontinued at any time without notice. Accordingly, even if a trading market for the New Notes does develop, there can be no assurance as to the liquidity of that market. The Company does not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the New Notes on any securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market. In addition, the liquidity of, and trading markets for, the New Notes may be adversely affected by declines in the market for high-yield securities generally. Such a decline may adversely affect liquidity and trading markets independent of the financial performance of, and prospects for, the Company. 14 THE RECAPITALIZATION Effective as of September 12, 1996, the Company, all of the shareholders of the Company, the Lee Fund and other affiliates of THL Co. completed the Recapitalization pursuant to which, among other things: (i) the Company obtained senior financing under a Credit Agreement dated as of September 12, 1996 by and among the Company, Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association and DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. (the "Credit Agreement") in an aggregate amount of $170.0 million, of which $131.0 million was borrowed at the closing of the Recapitalization, including $26.0 million under the Revolving Credit Facility; (ii) the Company obtained $100.0 million in financing through the issuance of the Bridge Notes; (iii) the Company redeemed a portion of the shares of Common Stock held by Thomas F. Pyle, Jr., the former President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company; (iv) the Lee Fund and other affiliates of THL Co. purchased for cash shares of Common Stock owned by shareholders of the Company (a group consisting of current and former directors and management of the Company and the Thomas Pyle and Judith Pyle Charitable Remainder Trust (the "Pyle Trust")); and (v) the Company repaid certain of its outstanding indebtedness, including prepayment fees and penalties. Immediately prior to the Recapitalization, Mr. Pyle, together with the Pyle Trust, owned 89.8% of the outstanding Common Stock. As a result of the Recapitalization, the Lee Fund and other affiliates of THL Co., together with David A. Jones, the Company's new President and Chief Executive Officer, own 80.2% of the outstanding Common Stock, Mr. Pyle owns 9.9% of the outstanding Common Stock and existing management and certain former employees of the Company own 9.9% of the outstanding Common Stock. In addition to fees and expenses paid in connection with the closing of the Recapitalization as specified below, $3.9 million of additional fees and expenses related to the Recapitalization were paid subsequent to the closing of the Recapitalization. The sources and uses of funds in connection with the Recapitalization are as follows:
Sources of Funds: (Dollars in millions) Revolving Credit Facility $ 26.0 Term Loan Facility 105.0 Bridge Notes 100.0 Equity from the Lee Fund and other affiliates of THL Co. 72.0 Continuing shareholders' equity investment 18.0 Foreign debt and capital leases 5.5 ------ Total sources $326.5 ====== Uses of Funds: Purchases of Common Stock from existing shareholders by: The Company $127.4 The Lee Fund and other affiliates of THL Co. 72.0 Continuing shareholders' equity investment 18.0 Repay existing Company debt 85.2 Fees and expenses paid at the closing of the Recapitalization 18.4 Foreign debt and capital leases 5.5 ------ Total uses $326.5 ======
USE OF PROCEEDS The Company will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the New Notes offered pursuant to the Exchange Offer. In consideration for issuing the New Notes as contemplated in this Prospectus, the Company will receive in exchange Old Notes in like principal amount, the terms of which are identical in all material respects to the New Notes except for certain transfer restrictions and registration rights. The Old Notes surrendered in exchange for New Notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, issuance of the New Notes will not result in any increase in the indebtedness of the Company. The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Old Notes were approximately $97.0 million, after deduction of discounts, commissions and offering expenses. The Company used such net proceeds, together with $5.4 million in borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, to repurchase the Bridge Notes and pay accrued interest thereon of $1.3 million. The Bridge Notes are senior subordinated increasing rate notes of the Company due 1997, the initial interest rate of which is the prime reference rate from time to time of The Bank of New York, plus 3.5%. The Bridge Notes were used to finance the Recapitalization in part. See "The Recapitalization." 15 THE EXCHANGE OFFER Terms of the Exchange Offer; Period for Tendering Old Notes The Old Notes were sold by the Company on October 22, 1996 to ROV Holding and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and BA Securities, Inc. (the "Initial Purchasers") pursuant to a Purchase Agreement dated October 17, 1996 by and among the Company the Initial Purchasers. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the Company will accept for exchange Old Notes which are properly tendered on or prior to the Expiration Date and not withdrawn as permitted below. As used herein, the term "Expiration Date" means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [ ], 1997; provided, however, that if the Company, in its sole discretion, has extended the period of time for which the Exchange Offer is open, the term "Expiration Date" means the latest time and date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. As of the date of this Prospectus, $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Old Notes was outstanding. This Prospectus, together with the Letter of Transmittal, is first being sent on or about the date set forth on the cover page to all holders of Old Notes at the addresses set forth in the security register with respect to Old Notes maintained by the Trustee. The Company's obligation to accept Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions as set forth under "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below. The Company expressly reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the period of time during which the Exchange Offer is open, and thereby delay acceptance for exchange of any Old Notes, by giving oral or written notice of such extension to the holders thereof as described below. During any extension, all Old Notes previously tendered will remain subject to the Exchange Offer and may be accepted for exchange by the Company. Any Old Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. Old Notes tendered in the Exchange Offer must be $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof. The Company expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the Exchange Offer, and not to accept for exchange any Old Notes not theretofore accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer specified below under "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer." The Company will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the Old Notes as promptly as practicable, such notice in the case of any extension to be issued by means of a press release or other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m. New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date. Procedure for Tendering Old Notes The tender to the Company of Old Notes by a holder thereof as set forth below and the acceptance thereof by the Company will constitute a binding agreement between the tendering holder and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal. Except as set forth below, a holder who wishes to tender Old Notes for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer must transmit a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, together with all other documents required by such Letter of Transmittal, to Marine Midland Bank (the "Exchange Agent") at the address set forth below under "--Exchange Agent" on or prior to the Expiration Date. In addition, (i) certificates for such Old Notes must be received by the Exchange Agent along with the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) a timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") of such Old Notes, if such procedure is available, into the Exchange Agent's account at the Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described below, must be received by the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or (iii) the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES, LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDERS. IF SUCH DELIVERY IS BY MAIL, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED MAIL, PROPERLY INSURED, WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, BE USED IN ALL CASES. SUFFICIENT TIME SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE TIMELY DELIVERY. NO LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY. Signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be guaranteed unless the Old Notes surrendered for exchange pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a registered holder of the Old Notes 16 who has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution (as defined below). In the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by a firm which is an eligible guarantor institution (bank, stockbroker, national securities exchange, registered securities association, savings and loan association or credit union with membership in a signature medallion program) pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 17Ad-15 (collectively, "Eligible Institutions"). If Old Notes are registered in the name of a person other than the person signing the Letter of Transmittal, the Old Notes surrendered for exchange must be endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer or exchange, in satisfactory form as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, duly executed by the registered holder, with the signature thereon guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of Old Notes tendered for exchange will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination shall be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all tenders of any particular Old Notes not properly tendered or to not accept any particular Old Notes if acceptance might, in the judgment of the Company or its counsel, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right in its sole discretion to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after the Expiration Date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Old Notes in the Exchange Offer). The interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Old Notes either before or after the Expiration Date (including the Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) by the Company shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old Notes for exchange, nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification. If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person or persons other than the registered holder or holders of Old Notes, such Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders that appear on the Old Notes. If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or other acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted with the Letter of Transmittal. By tendering Old Notes, each holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Notes. If any holder of Old Notes is an "affiliate" of the Company, as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such holder (i) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. Acceptance of Old Notes for Exchange; Delivery of New Notes Upon satisfaction or waiver of all the conditions to the Exchange Offer, the Company will accept, promptly after the Expiration Date, all Old Notes properly tendered and will issue the New Notes promptly after acceptance of the Old Notes. See "--Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer" below. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have accepted properly tendered Old Notes for exchange when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. For each Old Note accepted for exchange, the holder of such Old Note will receive a New Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Old Note. The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the Old Notes, from October 22, 1996. Accordingly, if the relevant record date for interest payment occurs after the consummation of the 17 Exchange Offer, registered holders of New Notes on such record date will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 22, 1996. If, however, the relevant record date for interest payment occurs prior to the consummation of the Exchange Offer, registered holders of Old Notes on such record date will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 22, 1996. Old Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer, except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment in respect of interest on such Old Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for which occurs on or after consummation of the Exchange Offer. In all cases, issuance of New Notes for Old Notes that are accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be made only after timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of (i) certificates for such Old Notes or a timely Book-Entry Confirmation of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, (ii) a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and (iii) all other required documents. If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer or if certificates representing Old Notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, certificates representing such unaccepted or non-exchanged Old Notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described below, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility) as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer. Book-Entry Transfer The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect to the Old Notes at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for purposes of the Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of this Prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility's systems may make book-entry delivery of Old Notes by causing the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility in accordance with such Book-Entry Facility's procedure for transfer. ALTHOUGH DELIVERY OF OLD NOTES MAY BE EFFECTED THROUGH BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER AT THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY, THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR FACSIMILE THEREOF, WITH ANY REQUIRED SIGNATURE GUARANTEES AND ANY OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS, MUST, IN ANY CASE, BE TRANSMITTED TO AND RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT AT THE ADDRESS SET FORTH BELOW UNDER "EXCHANGE AGENT" ON OR PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OR THE GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES DESCRIBED BELOW MUST BE COMPLIED WITH. Guaranteed Delivery Procedures If a registered holder of Old Notes desires to tender such Old Notes and the Old Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit such holder's Old Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected if (i) the tender is made through an Eligible Institution, (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the holder of Old Notes and the amount of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within five New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent and (iii) the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, are received by the Exchange Agent within five NYSE trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. 18 Withdrawal Rights Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date. For a withdrawal to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below under "Exchange Agent." Any such notice of withdrawal must specify the name of the person having tendered the Old Notes to be withdrawn, identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal amounts of such Old Notes), and (where certificates for Old Notes have been transmitted) specify the name in which such Old Notes are registered, if different from that of the withdrawing holder. If certificates for Old Notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the Exchange Agent, then, prior to the release of such certificates, the withdrawing holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and a signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an Eligible Institution unless such holder is an Eligible Institution. If Old Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described above, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Old Notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Certificates for any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer. Any Old Notes which have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the holder thereof without cost to such holder (or, in the case of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures described above, such Old Notes will be credited to an account maintained with such Book-Entry Transfer Facility for the Old Notes) as soon as practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described under "--Procedure for Tendering Old Notes" above at any time on or prior to the Expiration Date. Certain Conditions to the Exchange Offer Notwithstanding any other provision of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue New Notes in exchange for, any Old Notes and may terminate or amend the Exchange Offer if at any time before the acceptance of such Old Notes for exchange or the exchange of the New Notes for such Old Notes any of the following events shall occur: (a) there shall be threatened, instituted or pending any action or proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree shall have been issued by, any court or governmental agency or other governmental regulatory or administrative agency or commission (i) seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or consummation of the Exchange Offer or any other transaction contemplated by the Exchange Offer, or assessing or seeking any damages as a result thereof, or (ii) resulting in a material delay in the ability of the Company to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer; or any statute, rule, regulation, order or injunction shall be sought, proposed, introduced, enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to the Exchange Offer or any of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Offer by any government or governmental authority, domestic or foreign or any action shall have been taken, proposed or threatened, by any government, governmental authority, agency or court, domestic or foreign, that in the sole judgment of the Company might directly or indirectly result in any of the consequences referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above or, in the sole judgment of the Company, might result in the holders of New Notes having obligations with respect to resales and transfers of New Notes which are greater than those described in the interpretation of the Commission referred to on the cover page of this Prospectus or would otherwise make it inadvisable to proceed with the Exchange Offer; or (b) there shall have occurred (i) any general suspension of or general limitation on prices for, or trading in, securities on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market, (ii) any limitation by any governmental agency or authority which may adversely affect the ability of the Company to complete the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Offer, (iii) a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States or any limitation by any governmental agency or authority which adversely affects the extension of credit or (iv) a commencement of a war, armed hostilities or other similar international calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States or, in the case of any of the foregoing existing at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer, a material acceleration or worsening thereof; or 19 (c) any change (or any development involving a prospective change) shall have occurred or be threatened in the business, properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operations, results of operations or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that, in the sole judgment of the Company, is or may be adverse to the Company, or the Company shall have become aware of facts that, in the sole judgment of the Company, have or may have adverse significance with respect to the value of the Old Notes or the New Notes; which, in the sole judgment of the Company, in any case, and regardless of the circumstances (including any action by the Company) giving rise to any such condition, makes it inadvisable to proceed with the Exchange Offer and/or with such acceptance for exchange or with such exchange. The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and may be asserted by the Company regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any such condition or may be waived by the Company in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such right, and each right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time. In addition, the Company will not accept for exchange any Old Notes tendered, and no New Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Old Notes, if at such time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect with respect to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. Exchange Agent Marine Midland Bank has been appointed as the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer. All executed Letters of Transmittal should be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address set forth below. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or of the Letter of Transmittal and requests for Notices of Guaranteed Delivery should be directed to the Exchange Agent, addressed as follows: By Mail or by Hand: Marine Midland Bank, Exchange Agent Corporate Trust Operations 140 Broadway--A Level New York, New York 10005-1180 By Facsimile: (212) 658-2292 Confirm Facsimile by Telephone: (212) 658-5931 DELIVERY OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY OF SUCH LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. Fees and Expenses The Company will not make any payment to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will be paid by the Company and are estimated in the aggregate to be $[ ]. Transfer Taxes Holders who tender their Old Notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any transfer tax in connection therewith, except that Holders who instruct the Company to register New Notes in the name of, or request that Old Notes not tendered or not accepted in the Exchange Offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering Holder will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax thereon. 20 Consequences of Failure to Exchange Old Notes Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange their Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of the Old Notes. In general, the Old Notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. The Company does not currently anticipate that it will register Old Notes under the Securities Act. Based on interpretations by the staff of the Commission issued to third parties, New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Old Notes may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by Holders thereof (other than any Holder which is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such Holders' business and such Holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes. Each Holder, other than a broker-dealer, must acknowledge that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Notes. If any Holder is an affiliate of the Company, is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such Holder (i) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the Commission and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. Each broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange for Old Notes must acknowledge that such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." In addition, to comply with the securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if applicable, it may be necessary to qualify for sale or to register the New Notes prior to offering or selling such New Notes. The New Notes may not be offered or sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale in such jurisdiction or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with. The Company does not currently intend to take any action to register or qualify the New Notes for resale in any such jurisdiction. 21 CAPITALIZATION The following table sets forth as of September 30, 1996 the actual capitalization of the Company. This table should be read in conjunction with the Combined Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, together with the notes thereto and the information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere herein.
As of September 30, 1996 ------------------------- (Dollars in millions) Debt Revolving Credit Facility (1) $ 23.5 Term Loan Facility (2) 105.0 Bridge Notes (3) 100.0 Capitalized leases and foreign currency borrowings 5.2 ------- Total debt 233.7 ------- Total shareholders' deficit (4) (85.7) ------- Total capitalization $148.0 =======
(1) The Revolving Credit Facility represents the outstanding portion under the $65.0 million facility provided by Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association and DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. to complete the Recapitalization. Future borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility will be available for general corporate purposes. (2) For a description of the Term Loan Facility, see "Description of the Credit Agreement." (3) The Bridge Notes were repurchased utilizing the net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes, together with borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, on October 22, 1996. Old Notes will be exchanged for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. (4) See "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Data." In accounting for the Recapitalization, no fair value adjustments were made to the book value of the Company's assets (other than the write-off of deferred financing costs) and no goodwill was recognized. 22 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data presented below is derived from the Company's Combined Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus, as adjusted to give effect to the Recapitalization or the issuance of the Notes, as applicable. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996 gives effect to the Recapitalization and the issuance of the Notes as if they had occurred at the beginning of the period, and the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations data for the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996 gives effect to the issuance of the Notes as if it had occurred at the beginning of the period. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data gives effect to the issuance of the Notes as if it had occurred on September 30, 1996. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available data and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data does not purport to represent what the Company's results of operations or financial position would actually have been had the Recapitalization or the issuance of the Notes in fact occurred at such prior times or to project the Company's results of operations or financial position for or at any future period or date. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the Combined Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, together with the notes thereto, and the information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
Transition Period Ended Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1996 September 30, 1996 ---------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- Pro Forma Pro Pro Forma Pro Historical (1) Adjustments Forma Historical (1) Adjustments Forma (In millions, except per share amounts) Net sales $399.4 -- $399.4 $ 95.0 -- $ 95.0 Cost of goods sold 239.4 -- 239.4 59.3 -- 59.3 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- Gross profit 160.0 -- 160.0 35.7 -- 35.7 Selling expense 92.6 -- 92.6 20.9 -- 20.9 General and administrative expense 31.7 -- 31.7 8.6 -- 8.6 Research and development expense 5.4 -- 5.4 1.5 -- 1.5 Recapitalization and other special charges -- -- -- 28.4 (2) -- 28.4 Income (loss) from operations 30.3 -- 30.3 (23.7 ) -- (23.7 ) Interest expense 8.4 15.0(3) 23.4 4.4 1.3(3) 5.7 Other expense, net 0.6 -- 0.6 0.1 -- 0.1 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary item 21.3 (15.0) 6.3 (28.2) (1.3) (29.5) Income tax (benefit) expense 7.0 (4.5)(4) 2.5 (8.9) (0.5)(5) (9.4) ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- Income (loss) before extraordinary item $ 14.3 $(10.5) $ 3.8 $(19.3) $(0.8) $ (20.1) ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======= Net income (loss) per common share before extraordinary item $ 0.29 $ 0.08 $(0.44) $ (0.46) ====== ====== ====== ======= Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding 49.5 43.8 43.8 43.8 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (6) 1.2x --
23 Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations Data (1) The Company has historically presented its financial statements on a combined consolidated basis with Rayovac International Corporation, a domestic international sales corporation (the "DISC"). The DISC was an entity established by shareholders of the Company prior to the Recapitalization to capture favorable tax advantages related to sales to foreign subsidiaries and export customers. The historical columns include the accounts of the Company and the DISC. The DISC was terminated on August 16, 1996 in connection with the Recapitalization. (2) During the Transition Period, the Company recorded charges of $12.3 million directly related to the Recapitalization and other special charges of $16.1 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." (3) The pro forma adjustments to record the incremental interest expense arising from the Recapitalization or the issuance of the Notes, as applicable, is computed as follows:
Fiscal Year Transition Period Ended Ended June 30, 1996 September 30, 1996 ---------------- -------------------- (Dollars in millions) Interest expense related to new debt: Revolving Credit Facility $ 2.1 $ 0.5 Term Loan Facility 8.5 2.1 Notes 10.3 2.6 Amortization of deferred financing costs 1.6 0.4 Interest on other debt, not refinanced 0.9 0.1 Subtotal 23.4 5.7 Less historical interest expense (8.4) (4.4) ------ ------ Pro forma adjustment $15.0 $ 1.3 ====== ======
Interest related to the Revolving Credit Facility is determined based on an annual average of $26 million of borrowings outstanding. Interest expense was calculated using the following average rates: (a) Revolving Credit Facility, 8.0%; (b) Term Loan Facility, 8.0% to 8.8%; and (c) Notes, 10.3%. (4) Represents the reduction in income tax expense related to pro forma income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary item, which is computed using an effective income tax rate of 39.0%. (5) Represents the increase in the income tax benefit related to the pro forma adjustment for interest, which is computed using an effective income tax rate of 39.0%. (6) For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of deferred finance fees and one-third of the rent expense from operating leases, which management believes is a reasonable approximation of the interest factor of the rent. Since earnings for the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996 are inadequate to cover fixed charges by $28.2 million, the ratio for that period is not presented herein. 24 Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
As of September 30, 1996 ----------------------------------------------- Pro Forma Historical Adjustments Pro Forma Assets (Dollars in millions) Current assets $155.7 $ -- $155.7 Property, plant and equipment, net 69.4 -- 69.4 Other 20.2 (2.0)(1) 18.2 ------- ------- ------- Total assets $245.3 $ (2.0) $243.3 ======= ======= ======= Liabilities and Shareholders' Deficit Current liabilities $ 92.5 $ (0.8)(1) $ 91.7 Long-term debt, net of current maturities: Revolving Credit Facility 23.5 -- 23.5 Term Loan Facility 101.0 -- 101.0 Bridge Notes 100.0 (100.0)(2) -- Notes -- 100.0(2) 100.0 Other 0.4 -- 0.4 ------- ------- ------- Total 224.9 -- 224.9 Other; noncurrent liabilities 13.6 -- 13.6 ------- ------- ------- Total liabilities 331.0 (0.8) 330.2 ------- ------- ------- Shareholders' deficit (85.7) (1.2)(1) (86.9) ------- ------- ------- Total liabilities and shareholders' deficit $245.3 $ (2.0) $243.3 ======= ======= =======
(1) Represents or reflects the write-off of deferred financing costs of $2.0 related to the Bridge Notes or the related income tax benefit, computed using an effective income tax rate of 39%. (2) Represents the repurchase of the Bridge Notes utilizing the net proceeds from the sale of the Old Notes, together with borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility, on October 22, 1996. Old Notes will be exchanged for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 25 SELECTED HISTORICAL COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA The following table sets forth certain selected historical combined consolidated financial data of the Company. The selected historical combined consolidated financial data for the three fiscal years ended June 30, 1996 and the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996 have been derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the audited Combined Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, together with the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected historical combined consolidated financial data of the Company for the period July 1, 1995 to September 30, 1995 have been derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Unaudited Condensed Combined Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company, together with the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected historical combined consolidated financial data of the Company for the two fiscal years ended June 30, 1993 have been derived from the audited combined consolidated financial statements of the Company which are not included herein. See "Independent Accountants" and the information contained in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, ------------------------------------------------- Transition Period July 1, 1995 to Ended September 30, September 30, 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1995 1996 ---------------- --------------- (Dollars in millions) (Unaudited) Statement of Operations Data: Net sales $332.2 $353.4 $386.2 $391.0 $399.4 $100.6 $ 95.0 Cost of goods sold 192.1 201.4 234.9 237.1 239.4 64.1 59.3 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Gross profit 140.1 152.0 151.3 153.9 160.0 36.5 35.7 Selling expense 72.2 79.8 103.8 84.5 92.6 23.2 20.9 General and administrative expense 31.1 35.4 29.4 32.9 31.7 7.4 8.6 Research and development expense 5.8 5.6 5.7 5.0 5.4 1.3 1.5 Recapitalization and other special charges -- -- 1.5 -- -- -- 28.4(1) ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Income (loss) from operations 31.0 31.2 10.9(2) 31.5 30.3 4.6 (23.7) Interest expense 14.1 6.0 7.7 8.6 8.4 2.4 4.4 Other (income) expense, net (1.0) 1.2 (0.6) 0.3 0.6 0.1 0.1 ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Income (loss) before income taxes, extraordinary item and cumulative effect of change in accounting 17.9 24.0 3.8 22.6 21.3 2.1 (28.2) Income tax expense (benefit) 5.8 9.0 (0.6) 6.2 7.0 0.7 (8.9) ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of change in accounting 12.1 15.0 4.4 16.4 14.3 1.4 (19.3) ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Extraordinary item, net -- -- -- -- -- -- 1.6(3) Cumulative effect of change in accounting 6.6(4) -- -- -- -- -- -- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------ Net income (loss) $ 5.5 $ 15.0 $ 4.4 $ 16.4 $ 14.3 $ 1.4 ($ 20.9) ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== Other Data: Depreciation $ 6.1 $ 7.4 $ 10.3 $ 11.0 $ 11.9 $ 3.2 $ 3.3 Capital expenditures 15.3 30.3(5) 12.5 16.9 6.6 1.1 1.2 EBITDA (6) 37.6 39.3 21.2 41.3 42.2 7.7 (20.4) Adjusted EBITDA (7) -- -- -- -- 46.5 -- -- Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (8) 2.1x 3.8x 1.4x 3.0x 2.9x 1.7x -- Balance Sheet Data: Working capital $ 17.2 $ 31.6 $ 63.6 $ 55.9 $ 62.5 $ 68.5 $ 63.2 Total assets 156.0 189.0 222.4 220.6 221.9 241.5 245.3 Long-term debt 37.9 64.1 96.4 76.4 69.7 87.1 224.8 Shareholders' equity (deficit) 25.6 36.7 37.9 53.6 61.7 53.2 (85.7)
26 (1) During the Transition Period, the Company recorded charges of $12.3 million directly related to the Recapitalization and other special charges of $16.1 million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." (2) Income from operations in fiscal 1994 was impacted by increased selling expenses due to higher advertising and promotion expenses related to the Renewal Introduction and non-recurring manufacturing costs in connection with the Fennimore Expansion. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Introduction." (3) The Recapitalization of the Company included repayment of certain outstanding indebtedness, including prepayment fees and penalties. Such prepayment fees and penalties of $2.4 million, net of income tax benefit of $0.8 million, has been recorded as an extraordinary item in the Combined Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996. (4) In fiscal 1992, the Company recorded a $6.6 million charge for the cumulative effect of adopting SFAS 109 "Accounting For Income Taxes." (5) Fiscal 1993 capital expenditures include $19.7 million in connection with the Fennimore Expansion. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Introduction." (6) EBITDA represents income from operations plus depreciation and reflects an adjustment of income from operations to eliminate the establishment and subsequent reversal of two reserves ($0.7 million established in 1993 and reversed in 1995, and $0.5 million established in 1992 and reversed in 1995). While EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for income from operations, net income or cash flows from operating activities in analyzing the Company's operating performance, financial position or cash flows, the Company has included EBITDA because it is commonly used by certain investors and analysts to analyze and compare companies on the basis of operating performance, leverage and liquidity and to determine a company's ability to service debt. A similar concept to EBITDA, defined as "Consolidated Cash Flow" in the Indenture and used in the calculation of certain covenants therein, represents operating income plus depreciation, amortization, any net loss realized in connection with an asset sale and certain other non-cash charges and certain non-recurring expenses. See "Description of the Notes--Certain Covenants" and "Description of the Notes--Certain Definitions." (7) Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted to add back (i) $1.7 million of expense related to the Company's leased aircraft, in excess of the estimated cost of commercial airline travel, which aircraft lease was terminated in connection with the Recapitalization, (ii) $0.8 million in litigation expense accrued in 1996 for litigation initiated in a prior period, (iii) $0.2 million of compensation expense for the Company's pre-Recapitalization senior management group, net of expected post-Recapitalization senior management compensation, including the Management Fee and the Consulting Fee, and (iv) $1.6 million of advertising and promotional expense associated with the Company's sponsorship of two professional race cars, the contracts for which have been terminated. Management is reviewing a number of categories of expenditures following the Recapitalization, including advertising and promotional expenditure levels. Post-Recapitalization expenditure levels have not yet been determined. Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for income from operations, net income or cash flows from operating activities in analyzing the Company's operating performance, financial position or cash flows. (8) For purposes of computing this ratio, earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of deferred finance fees and one-third of the rent expense from operating leases, which management believes is a reasonable approximation of the interest factor of the rent. Since earnings in the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996 are inadequate to cover fixed charges by $28.2 million, the ratio is not presented herein. 27 MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Combined Consolidated Financial Statements, the Unaudited Condensed Combined Consolidated Financial Data and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data of the Company, together with the notes thereto, included elsewhere herein. Introduction Fiscal Periods. Upon completion of the Recapitalization, the Company changed its fiscal year end from June 30 to September 30. For clarity of presentation and comparison, references herein to fiscal 1994, fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1996 are to the Company's fiscal years ended June 30, 1994, June 30, 1995 and June 30, 1996, respectively, and references to the "Transition Period ended September 30, 1996" and the "Transition Period" are to the period from July 1, 1996 to September 30, 1996. The Company is the third largest domestic manufacturer of general batteries (D, C, AA, AAA and 9-volt sizes). Within the general battery market, the Company is the leader in the household rechargeable and heavy duty battery segments. The Company is also the leading domestic manufacturer of certain specialty batteries, including hearing aid batteries, lantern batteries and lithium batteries for personal computer memory back-up. In addition, the Company is a leading marketer of flashlights and other battery-powered lighting devices. The Company's operating performance depends on a number of factors, the most important of which are: (i) general retailing trends, especially in the mass merchandise segment of the retail market; (ii) the Company's overall product mix among various specialty and general household batteries and battery-powered lighting devices, which sell at different price points and profit margins; (iii) the Company's overall competitive position, which is affected by both the introduction of new products and promotions by the Company and its competitors and the Company's relative pricing and battery performance; and (iv) changes in operating expenses. Set forth below are specific developments that have impacted the Company's performance in recent years. Expansion of Production Facility. The Company has modernized and expanded its production lines at its Fennimore, Wisconsin facility (the "Fennimore Expansion"). In connection with the Fennimore Expansion, the Company more than doubled its aggregate capacity for AA and AAA size alkaline batteries and replaced its capacity for C and D size alkaline batteries from fiscal 1992 through fiscal 1995 by investing an aggregate of $36.7 million in new production lines. In addition to increased capacity, this investment resulted in better performing and higher quality alkaline batteries. Significant effects of the expansion on the Company's financial results include: $9.5 million of non-recurring manufacturing costs in fiscal 1994 associated with battery redesign and the start-up of mercury-free alkaline battery production; and temporary planned increases in raw material costs associated with sourcing of raw material from foreign vendors pursuant to the terms of the production line equipment purchase agreements. These incremental costs decreased in fiscal 1996 as a result of the increased use of lower-cost domestic raw material sources to replace the foreign vendor sourcing, which replacement will be substantially completed by the end of fiscal 1997. Renewal Product Line. In fiscal 1994, the Company introduced the Renewal rechargeable battery, the first alkaline rechargeable battery sold in the United States (the "Renewal Introduction"). In connection with the Renewal Introduction, the Company's advertising and promotional expense increased significantly to $26.0 million in fiscal 1994. By comparison, the Company spent $15.7 million in fiscal 1995 and $20.3 million in fiscal 1996 on Renewal advertising and promotion, with the fiscal 1996 increase largely due to the Company's new promotional campaign featuring basketball superstar Michael Jordan. The Renewal Introduction was responsible in significant part for the increase in working capital from 1993 to 1994. Management believes that continued improvement in consumer awareness of the benefits of Renewal over nickel-cadmium rechargeables and disposable alkaline batteries will be necessary to further expand the rechargeable segment. The Company recently began discounting the Power Station recharging unit for Renewal batteries to encourage more consumers to try Renewal products. See "--Recent Developments." Management Incentives. The Company's historical financial results reflect the Company's former policy regarding payment of management bonuses. Under this policy, members of the Company's management earned cash incentive bonuses based on the achievement of certain targets based on the Company's income from operations. In fiscal 1994, fiscal 1996 and the Transition Period, no such cash incentive bonuses were paid. In fiscal 1992, 1993 and 1995, the Company paid bonuses of $2.5 million, $2.9 million and $4.0 million, respectively. 28 Seasonality. The Company's sales are seasonal, with the highest sales occurring in the fiscal quarter ended December 31, during the Christmas holiday buying season. During the past four fiscal years, the Company's sales in the quarter ended December 31 have represented an average of 33% of annual net sales. As a result of this seasonality, the Company's working capital requirements and revolving credit borrowings are typically higher in the first and second fiscal quarters of each year. Results of Operations The following table sets forth the percentage relationship of certain items in the Company's statement of operations to net sales for the periods presented:
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, ---------------------------- Transition Period July 1, 1995 to Ended September 30, September 30, 1994 1995 1996 1995 1996 Net sales 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% Cost of goods sold 60.8 60.6 59.9 63.7 62.4 ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- Gross profit 39.2 39.4 40.1 36.3 37.6 Selling expense 26.9 21.6 23.2 23.1 22.0 General and administrative expense 7.6 8.4 8.0 7.3 9.1 Research and development expense 1.5 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.6 Recapitalization and other special charges 0.4 -- -- -- 29.9 Income (loss) from operations 2.8% 8.1% 7.5% 4.5% (25.0%) ===== ===== ===== ===== =====
Transition Period Ended September 30, 1996 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 1995 Net Sales. The Company's total net sales decreased $5.6 million, or 5.6%, to $95.0 million in the Transition Period from $100.6 million in the three months ended September 30, 1995 (the "Prior Fiscal Year Period") primarily due to decreased sales to the food and drug store retail channels and the Company having made sales to certain retail customers in connection with promotional orders after the Transition Period which were made during the Prior Fiscal Year Period in fiscal 1995. Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased $0.8 million, or 2.2%, to $35.7 million in the Transition Period from $36.5 million in the Prior Fiscal Year Period, primarily as a result of decreased sales in the Transition Period, as discussed above. Selling Expenses. Selling expense decreased $2.3 million, or 9.9% to $20.9 million in the Transition Period from $23.2 million in the Prior Fiscal Year Period, primarily due to decreased advertising expense in the Transition Period. General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense increased $1.2 million, or 16.2% to $8.6 million in the Transition Period from $7.4 million in the Prior Fiscal Year Period, primarily as a result of the Company having incurred certain expenditures during the Transition Period which were incurred subsequent to the Prior Fiscal Year Period in fiscal 1995. Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense increased $.1 million, or 7.1%, to $1.5 million in the Transition Period from $1.4 million in the Prior Fiscal Year Period, primarily as a result of increased product development efforts. Recapitalization and Other Special Charges. During the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, the Company recorded charges totaling $28.4 million, including non-recurring charges related to the Recapitalization and other special charges. Non-recurring charges of $12.3 million related to the Recapitalization: (i) $5.0 million consisting primarily of $2.2 million in advisory fees paid to the financial advisor to the Company's selling shareholders and various legal and consulting fees of $2.8 million; and 29 (ii) $7.3 million of stock option compensation, severance payments and employment contract settlements for the benefit of certain present and former officers, directors and management of the Company. Other special charges of $16.1 million: (i) $2.7 million of charges related to the exit of certain manufacturing operations located in the United Kingdom; (ii) $1.7 million of charges for deferred compensation plan obligations to officers leaving the Company resulting from the curtailment of the plan; (iii) $1.5 million of charges reflecting the present value of lease payments for land which new management has determined will not be used for any future productive purpose; (iv) $5.6 million in costs and asset writedowns principally related to changes in Renewal Power Station pricing strategies adopted by new management subsequent to the Recapitalization and prior to September 30, 1996; and (v) $4.6 million of termination benefits and other charges. Further, subsequent to September 30, 1996, the Company anticipates additional non-recurring charges of $2.7 million, primarily in connection with the exit of certain manufacturing operations located in the United Kingdom and organizational restructuring in the United States. In addition, the Company anticipates a write off of $2.0 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Bridge Notes. Income (loss) from Operations. Income (loss) from operations decreased $28.3 million to $(23.7) million in the Transition Period from $4.6 million in the Prior Fiscal Year Period for the reasons discussed above. Net Income (loss). Net income (loss) for the Transition Period decreased $22.3 million to $(20.9) from $1.4 million in the Prior Fiscal Year Period, primarily because of non-recurring charges related to the Recapitalization and other special charges discussed above. In addition, amortization of deferred finance charges related to the Bridge Notes and an extraordinary loss on the early retirement of debt decreased net income in the Transition Period by $2.6 million, net of income taxes. Transition Period Ended September 30, 1996 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1996 Results of operations for the Transition Period Ended September 30, 1996 include amounts for a three-month period, while results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1996 include amounts for a twelve-month period. Results (in terms of dollar amounts) for these periods are not directly comparable. Accordingly, management's discussion and analysis for these periods is generally based upon a comparison of specified results as a percentage of net sales. Net Sales. The Company's total net sales decreased $304.4 million, or 76.2%, to $95.0 million in the Transition Period from $399.4 million in fiscal 1996 because the Transition Period included only three months of net sales as compared to twelve months in fiscal 1996. Overall pricing was relatively constant between the two periods. Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased $124.3 million, or 77.7%, to $35.7 million in the Transition Period from $160.0 million in fiscal 1996. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit decreased to 37.6% in the Transition Period from 40.1% in fiscal 1996, primarily because the products sold during the Transition Period carried a higher average unit cost than the overall average unit cost of products sold in fiscal 1996 due to seasonal sales trends. Selling Expense. Selling expense decreased $71.7 million, or 77.4%, to $20.9 million in the Transition Period from $92.6 million in fiscal 1996. As a percentage of net sales, selling expenses decreased to 22.0% in the Transition Period from 23.2% in fiscal 1996, primarily as a result of decreased advertising expense in the Transition Period. General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense decreased $23.2 million, or 73.0%, to $8.6 million in the Transition Period from $31.8 million in fiscal 1996. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expense increased to 9.1% in the Transition Period from 8.0% in fiscal 1996, primarily as a result of the effects of seasonal sales trends in the Transition Period. Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense decreased $3.9 million, or 72.2%, to $1.5 million in the Transition Period from $5.4 million in fiscal 1996. As a percentage of net sales, research and development expense increased to 1.6% in the Transition Period from 1.4% in fiscal 1996, primarily as a result of increased support for ongoing product development efforts. 30 Recapitalization and Other Special Charges. During the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, the Company recorded charges totalling $28.4 million, including non-recurring charges related to the Recapitalization and other special charges. Non-recurring charges of $12.3 million related to the Recapitalization: (i) $5.0 million consisting primarily of $2.2 million in advisory fees paid to the financial advisor to the Company's selling shareholders and various legal and consulting fees of $2.8 million; and (ii) $7.3 million of stock option compensation, severance payments and employment contract settlements for the benefit of certain present and former officers, directors and management of the Company. Other special charges of $16.1 million: (i) $2.7 million of charges related to the exit of certain manufacturing operations located in the United Kingdom; (ii) $1.7 million of charges for deferred compensation plan obligations to officers leaving the Company resulting from the curtailment of the plan; (iii) $1.5 million of charges reflecting the present value of lease payments for land which new management has determined will not be used for any future productive purpose; (iv) $5.6 million in costs and asset writedowns principally related to changes in Renewal Power Station pricing strategies adopted by new management subsequent to the Recapitalization and prior to September 30, 1996; and (v) $4.6 million of termination benefits and other charges. Further, subsequent to September 30, 1996, the Company anticipates additional non-recurring charges of $2.7 million, primarily in connection with the exit of certain manufacturing operations located in the United Kingdom and organizational restructuring in the United States. In addition, the Company anticipates a write off of $2.0 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the Bridge Notes. Income (loss) from Operations. Income (loss) from operations decreased $54.0 million, or 178.2%, to $(23.7) million in the Transition Period from $30.3 million in fiscal 1996. As a percentage of net sales, income (loss) from operations decreased to (25.0)% in the Transition Period from 7.5% in fiscal 1996 for the reasons discussed above. Net Income (loss). Net income (loss) for the Transition Period decreased $35.2 million, or 246.2%, to (20.9) from $14.3 million in fiscal 1996. As a percentage of net sales, net income (loss) decreased to (22.0)% in the Transition Period from 3.6% in fiscal 1996, primarily because of non-recurring charges related to the Recapitalization and other special charges discussed above. In addition, amortization of deferred finance charges related to the Bridge Notes and an extraordinary loss on the early retirement of debt decreased net income in the Transition Period by $2.6 million, net of income taxes. Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1996 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1995 Net Sales. The Company's total net sales increased $8.4 million, or 2.1%, to $399.4 million in fiscal 1996 from $391.0 million in fiscal 1995, primarily due to higher unit sales of hearing aid batteries, Renewal rechargeable batteries and alkaline batteries, offset in part by decreases in unit sales of heavy duty and lantern batteries. Overall pricing was relatively constant between the two periods. Sales of hearing aid batteries increased as a result of unit sales growth in the overall hearing aid battery market as well as increased penetration by the Company's Loud'n Clear line of hearing aid batteries and the introduction of a new miniature size battery, used in hearing aids that fit completely in the ear. Unit sales of Renewal rechargeable alkaline batteries increased as a result of increased consumer awareness of the benefits of Renewal over nickel-cadmium household rechargeable batteries and disposable batteries and as replacement sales increased to retailers who had sold through their high levels of fiscal 1995 Renewal inventory. The Company's unit sales of alkaline batteries increased as the Company participated to a certain extent in the continued overall growth in the market for alkaline batteries. Unit sales of heavy duty batteries decreased due to the continued worldwide migration away from heavy duty batteries and toward alkaline batteries while unit sales of lantern batteries also decreased due to an overall decline in the lantern battery market. 31 Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $6.1 million, or 4.0%, to $160.0 million in fiscal 1996 from $153.9 million in fiscal 1995. Gross profit increased as a percentage of net sales to 40.1% in fiscal 1996 from 39.4% in fiscal 1995. These increases are primarily attributable to increased sales of higher margin products such as Renewal rechargeable batteries and hearing aid batteries. In addition, the Company experienced manufacturing cost improvements, particularly for alkaline battery raw materials related to the Fennimore Expansion as discussed above. Selling Expense. Selling expense increased $8.1 million, or 9.6%, to $92.6 million in fiscal 1996 from $84.5 million in fiscal 1995. Selling expense as a percentage of net sales increased to 23.2% in 1996 from 21.6% in 1995. These increases are primarily attributable to increased advertising costs to promote the Renewal product line as discussed above. General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense decreased $1.2 million, or 3.6%, to $31.7 million in fiscal 1996 from $32.9 million in fiscal 1995. General and administrative expense as a percentage of net sales decreased from 8.4% in fiscal 1995 to 8.0% in fiscal 1996. These decreases occurred primarily because the $4.0 million payment of management incentives in 1995, as discussed above, was not repeated in fiscal 1996. Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense increased $0.4 million, or 8.0%, to $5.4 million in fiscal 1996 from $5.0 million in fiscal 1995 as a result of continued support for ongoing product development efforts. Income from Operations. Income from operations decreased $1.2 million, or 3.8%, to $30.3 million, or 7.5% of net sales in fiscal 1996, from $31.5 million, or 8.1% of net sales, in fiscal 1995 for the reasons discussed above and as a result of an increase in depreciation expense, resulting primarily from the Fennimore Expansion. Net Income. Net income for fiscal 1996 decreased $2.1 million, or 12.8%, to $14.3 million from $16.4 million in fiscal 1995, principally as a result of decreased income from operations and higher effective tax rates, which increased from 27.6% in 1995 to 32.9% in 1996. The Company's effective income tax rates in fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1995 were impacted by the income tax benefits of the DISC, and fiscal 1995 was also impacted by the utilization of a foreign net operating loss carryforward. The termination of the DISC will result in higher effective tax rates for the Company in future years. Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1995 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 1994 Net Sales. The Company's total net sales increased $4.8 million, or 1.2%, to $391.0 million in fiscal 1995 from $386.2 million in fiscal 1994, primarily due to higher unit sales of hearing aid batteries and alkaline batteries, offset in part by decreases in unit sales of Renewal rechargeable batteries and lighting products. Overall pricing was relatively constant between the two periods. Sales of hearing aid batteries increased as a result of unit sales growth in the overall hearing aid battery market and the success of a national advertising and promotional campaign by the Company featuring Arnold Palmer. Sales of alkaline batteries increased as a result of the overall unit increased in the market for alkaline batteries. Decreases in unit sales of Renewal rechargeable batteries were principally a result of inventory corrections relating to excess retail inventory accumulated at the time of Renewal's introduction in fiscal 1994 in anticipation of demand which materialized later than expected, and consequently delayed replacement sales. Unit sales of lighting devices decreased due primarily to the successful introduction in the retail flashlight market of a new flashlight product by a competitor. Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $2.6 million, or 1.7%, to $153.9 million in fiscal 1995 from $151.3 million in fiscal 1994. Gross profit increased as a percentage of net sales to 39.4% in fiscal 1995 from 39.2% in fiscal 1994. The comparison was favorable primarily because of the one-time $9.5 million manufacturing costs incurred in 1994 due to the Fennimore Expansion, as discussed above, the benefit of which was offset in part by a 1995 increase in foreign sourced raw material costs resulting from the Fennimore Expansion. Selling Expense. Selling expense decreased $19.3 million, or 18.6%, to $84.5 million in fiscal 1995 from $103.8 million in fiscal 1994 largely due to a $10.3 million decline in Renewal advertising and promotional expenses from fiscal 1994 when $26.0 million in initial advertising and promotional expenses were incurred in connection with the Renewal Introduction and reduced promotional expenses in other products. Selling expense decreased as a percentage of net sales to 21.6% in fiscal 1995 from 26.9% in fiscal 1994. General and Administrative Expense. General and administrative expense increased $3.5 million, or 11.9%, to $32.9 million in fiscal 1995 from $29.4 million in fiscal 1994. General and administrative expense as a percentage 32 of net sales increased from 7.6% in fiscal 1994 to 8.4% in fiscal 1995. This increase occurred as a result of the payment of $4.0 million in management incentives in fiscal 1995. Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense decreased $0.7 million, or 12.3%, to $5.0 million in fiscal 1995 from $5.7 million in fiscal 1994 largely due to the temporary assignment of development resources and personnel to the Fennimore Expansion, in fiscal 1995, as discussed above. Other Special Charges. In fiscal 1994, the Company recorded a charge of $1.5 million related to a head count reduction in connection with efforts to reduce cost and improve productivity. Income from Operations. Income from operations in 1995 increased $20.6 million to $31.5 million, or 8.1% of net sales in fiscal 1995, from $10.9 million, or 2.8% of net sales, in fiscal 1994, for the reasons discussed above. Net Income. Net income for fiscal 1995 increased $12.0 million, or 272.7%, to $16.4 million from $4.4 million in fiscal 1994, largely as a result of higher operating earnings (as described above), which were partially offset by increased income tax expense in comparison to a tax benefit in 1994. Liquidity and Capital Resources During the Transition Period, cash provided by operations decreased $18.9 million to $(1.1) million from $17.8 million in fiscal 1996 due primarily to lower net income (as discussed above) and the effect of increases in inventory to meet seasonal sales requirements. Cash provided by (used in) operating activities was $17.8 million, $35.5 million and $(18.7) million in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The reduction in cash flow from operating activities in fiscal 1996 compared to fiscal 1995 and the increase in cash flow from operating activities in fiscal 1995 compared to fiscal 1994 were primarily due to substantial inventory reductions in 1995 over 1994 levels that were affected by the Renewal Introduction, and the rebuilding of those inventories in 1996. In addition, cash used in operations in fiscal 1994 was impacted by costs associated with the Renewal Introduction and the Fennimore Expansion. See "--Introduction." Capital expenditures during the Transition Period were $1.2 million, reflecting maintenance level spending. Capital expenditures in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994 were $6.6 million, $16.9 million and $12.5 million, respectively. Capital expenditures in fiscal 1994 and 1995 reflect the acquisition of equipment used in the Company's improved alkaline production lines, as discussed above, and were therefore substantially in excess of maintenance level capital expenditure requirements. During the Transition Period, net cash provided by financing activities increased $15.7 million to $3.7 million from $(12.0) million in fiscal 1996 due primarily to the Recapitalization. Net cash used in financing activities was $12.0 million for fiscal 1996 as compared to $18.3 million in fiscal 1995. The cash was used primarily to reduce the Company's indebtedness. During fiscal 1994, net cash provided by financing activities was $30.8 million as a result of borrowings under the Company's prior revolving credit agreement to fund the working capital increases and capital expenditures discussed above. Since the Recapitalization, the Company's primary capital requirements have been, and will continue to be, for debt service, working capital and capital expenditures. The Company believes that cash flow from operating activities and periodic borrowings under the Credit Agreement will be adequate to meet the Company's short-term and long-term liquidity requirements prior to the maturity of its credit facilities, although no assurance can be given in this regard. Under the Credit Agreement, the Revolving Credit Facility provides $65.0 million of revolving credit availability (of which $26.0 million was borrowed at September 13, 1996, and $2.3 million was utilized for outstanding letters of credit). See "Risk Factors--Substantial Leverage; Incurrence of Additional Senior Debt." The Company estimates that capital expenditures for fiscal 1997 will be up to $15.0 million, and management is reviewing potential projects to increase manufacturing efficiencies, fund environmental, occupational safety projects and general and administrative projects and enhance the Company's competitiveness and profitability. 33 BUSINESS General The Company is the third largest domestic manufacturer of general batteries (D, C, AA, AAA and 9-volt sizes). Within the general battery market, the Company is the leader in the household rechargeable and heavy duty battery segments. The Company is also the leading domestic manufacturer of certain specialty batteries, including hearing aid batteries, lantern batteries and lithium batteries for personal computer memory back-up. In addition, the Company is a leading marketer of flashlights and other battery-powered lighting devices. Established in 1906, the Rayovac brand name is one of the oldest and best recognized names in the battery industry. The Company attributes the longevity and strength of its brand name to its high-quality product line and to the success of its marketing and merchandising initiatives. For the fiscal 1996, the Company had net sales, net income and Adjusted EBITDA (as defined herein) of $399.4 million, $14.3 million and $46.5 million, respectively. The Company's broad line of products includes (i) general batteries (including alkaline, heavy duty and rechargeable household batteries), (ii) specialty batteries (including hearing aid, watch, lantern and personal computer memory back-up batteries) and (iii) flashlights and other battery-powered lighting devices. The Company's products are marketed under the names Rayovac, Renewal, Loud'n Clear, ProLine, Lifex, Power Station, Workhorse and Roughneck, as well as several private labels. Since the early 1980s, the Company has implemented a number of important strategies that have greatly improved its competitive position. In the general battery market, the Company has become a leader in the mass merchandise retail channel by positioning its products as a value brand, offering batteries of substantially equivalent quality and performance at a discount to those offered by its principal competitors. The Company has also introduced industry-leading merchandising innovations such as the Smart Pack and Smart Strip merchandising systems, in which multiple battery packages are presented together in value-oriented formats. As a result of these programs, the Company had 27% and 26.6% market shares in the mass merchandise channel of the general battery market in fiscal 1996 and in the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, respectively. The Company has complemented its general battery business with successful new product introductions and leading market positions in selected high-margin specialty battery lines. In the domestic hearing aid segment, the Company has achieved a 50% market share as a result of its products' technological capabilities, a strong distribution system and a well developed marketing program. The Company is also the leader in the hearing aid battery market in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. Further, in 1993, the Company introduced the Renewal rechargeable battery, the first alkaline rechargeable battery sold in the United States. Renewal achieved 64% and 63% market shares in the rechargeable household battery category as of July 1996 and September 1996, respectively, and the Company had domestic sales of Renewal products of $27.0 million in fiscal 1996. Rayovac markets and sells its products in the United States, Europe, Canada and the Far East through a wide variety of distribution channels, including retail, industrial, professional, original equipment manufacturer ("OEM") and government channels. Rayovac's principal executive offices are located at 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711-2497, and its telephone number is (608) 275-3340. 34 Business Strategy The Company's objective is to increase sales and profitability by pursuing the following strategies. Produce High-Quality Battery Products. In each of its battery product lines, the Company seeks to manufacture a high-quality product. In the alkaline segment, the Company manufactures high-performance battery products of substantially equivalent quality to those offered by its principal competitors. In some of its specialty product segments, such as hearing aid batteries, the Company believes its products have certain advantages over its competitors' products. The Company focuses its quality improvement efforts on lengthening service life and enhancing reliability and, in the case of hearing aid batteries, the Company also focuses on product miniaturization. Leverage Value Brand Position. The Company has established a position as the leading value brand in the U.S. general alkaline battery market, focusing on the mass merchandise channel. The Company achieved this position by (i) offering batteries of substantially equivalent quality and performance to those offered by its principal competitors at a retail price discount, (ii) emphasizing innovative in-store merchandising programs and (iii) offering retailers attractive wholesale margins. The mass merchandise segment has generated significant growth in the U.S. retail battery market over the last five years and the Company's positioning in this segment should allow it to continue to take advantage of any future segment growth. Expand Retail Distribution Channels. The Company plans to expand its presence in food stores, drug stores, warehouse clubs and other distribution channels on which the Company historically has not focused significant marketing and sales efforts. Food stores, drug stores and warehouse clubs accounted for 1.5 billion general battery units and $1.2 billion in revenues in the U.S. retail battery market in 1995. Management believes that Rayovac's value-oriented general battery products and merchandising programs make the Company an attractive supplier to these channels. Focus on Niche Markets. The Company has developed leading positions in several important niche markets. Total net sales of batteries in these markets (including those for hearing aid, rechargeable, lantern and heavy duty batteries and for lithium coin cells for personal computer memory back-up) comprised 47.9% of the Company's fiscal 1996 net sales. The Company tailors its strategy in each of these market niches to accommodate each market's characteristics and competitive profile. Expand Rechargeable Battery Market Segment. The Company intends to expand its leading share of the rechargeable household battery market through continued marketing of the economic benefit to consumers of Renewal, the Company's long-life alkaline rechargeable battery. Although approximately twice the retail price of a regular alkaline battery, a Renewal battery can be recharged at least 25 times, providing the approximate aggregate energy of 10 regular alkaline batteries. Consequently, Renewal provides significant economic benefits to consumers over regular alkaline batteries. In addition, alkaline rechargeables are superior to traditional nickel cadmium rechargeables because they are sold fully charged, retain their charge better and are environmentally safer. Management believes that as the Company educates consumers about these benefits, the Company will have a substantial opportunity to expand the rechargeable household battery segment and increase its market share. 35 Battery Industry The U.S. battery industry had aggregate sales in 1995 of approximately $4.1 billion as set forth below. 1995 U.S. Battery Industry Sales (Dollars in billions) Retail: General $2.3 Specialty: Hearing aid 0.2 Other specialty 0.9 Industrial, OEM and Government 0.7 ---- $4.1 ==== Retail sales of general batteries represented $2.3 billion of aggregate U.S. battery industry sales in 1995. As set forth below, this segment has experienced steady growth, with compound annual unit sales growth since 1986 of 5.3%. [typeset representation of line chart] RETAIL GENERAL BATTERY MARKET Total Retail General Batteries Dollars Units (Mil) (Mil) 1985 1426 1805 1986 1538 1923 1987 1648 2030 1988 1740 2132 1989 1792 2106 1990 1834 2225 1991 1912 2358 1992 2003 2543 1993 2099 2715 1994 2192 2910 1995 2310 3071 1996 2497 3250 Source: A.C. Nielsen Scanner Data A.C. Nielsen Consumer Panel Data [end line chart] Growth in retail battery industry sales has been largely due to (i) the proliferation and popularity of uses of battery-powered devices (such as remote controls, personal radios and cassette players, pagers, portable compact disc players, electronic and video games and battery-powered toys), (ii) the miniaturization of battery-powered devices, which has resulted in consumption of a larger number of smaller batteries, and (iii) increased purchases of multiple-battery packages for household "pantry" inventory. These factors have increased the average household usage of batteries from an estimated 23 batteries per year in 1986 to an estimated 33 batteries per year in 1995. Retail sales of general and specialty batteries represent the largest portion of the U.S. battery industry, accounting for 82.9% of sales in 1995. Batteries are popular with many retailers because they enjoy attractive profit margins on battery products and are able to maximize overall battery sales by displaying batteries in several locations within each store to attract impulse purchases. In line with general retailing trends, increased battery sales through mass merchandisers and warehouse clubs have driven the overall growth of retail battery sales. Mass merchandisers were responsible for 54.0% of the total increase in general battery retail dollar sales between 1991 and 1995 and, together with warehouse clubs, accounted for 45.0% of total retail battery sales in 1995. The U.S. battery industry is dominated by three manufacturers, including the Company, each of which manufactures and markets a wide variety of batteries. Together, Duracell, Energizer and Rayovac accounted for 90.3% and 89.6% of the U.S. retail general battery market in fiscal 1996 and in the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, respectively. 36 Products Rayovac develops, manufactures and markets a wide variety of batteries and battery-powered lighting devices. The Company's broad line of products includes (i) general batteries (including alkaline, heavy duty and rechargeable batteries), (ii) specialty batteries (including hearing aid, watch, lantern and personal computer clock and memory back-up batteries) and (iii) flashlights and other battery-powered lighting devices. General batteries (D, C, AA, AAA and 9-volt sizes) are used in devices such as flashlights, radios, remote controls, personal radios and cassette players, pagers, portable compact disc players, electronic and video games and battery-powered toys, as well as a variety of battery-powered industrial applications. Of the Company's specialty batteries, button cells are used in smaller devices (such as hearing aids and watches), lithium coin cells are used in cameras, calculators, communication equipment, medical instrumentation and personal computer clocks and memory back-up systems, and lantern batteries are used almost exclusively in battery-powered lanterns. The Company's battery-powered lighting devices include flashlights, lanterns and similar portable products and related bulbs. A description of the Company's battery products including their typical uses is set forth below.
General Batteries Specialty Technology: Alkaline Zinc Lithium Silver Zinc Air Zinc Types/ - Disposable - Heavy Duty -- -- -- Lantern (Zinc Common Name: - Rechargeable (Zinc Chloride) Chloride and Zinc - General Carbon) Purpose (Zinc Carbon) Sizes: D, C, AA, AAA, 9-volt(1) for 5 primary sizes 10 primary sizes 5 sizes Standard lantern both Alkaline and Zinc Typical Uses: All standard household applications Personal computer Watches Hearing Beam lanterns including pagers, personal radios and clocks and memory aids Camping lanterns cassette players, remote controls and back-up a wide variety of industrial applications
(1) The Company does not produce 9-volt rechargeable batteries. Net sales data for the Company's products for fiscal 1995, fiscal 1996 and the Transition Period are set forth below. Percentage of Company Net Sales Fiscal Year Ended Transition June 30, Period Ended ------------------ September 30, Product Type 1995 1996 1996 ---- ---- ---- General: Alkaline 42.2% 43.0% 40.6% Heavy Duty 14.2 12.3 12.6 Rechargeable Batteries and Rechargers 5.5 7.0 5.1 ----- ----- ----- Total 61.9 62.3 58.3 Specialty Batteries: Hearing Aid 12.6 14.7 14.3 Other Specialty Batteries 16.9 13.9 16.3 ----- ----- ----- Total 29.5 28.6 30.6 Battery-Powered Lighting Devices/Other 8.6 9.1 11.1 ----- ----- ----- Total 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% ===== ===== ===== 37 General Batteries Alkaline Batteries. Alkaline batteries are based on technology which first gained widespread application during the 1980s. Alkaline batteries provide greater average energy per cell and considerably longer service life than traditional zinc chloride (heavy duty) or zinc carbon (general purpose) batteries, the dominant battery types throughout the world until the 1980s. Alkaline performance superiority has resulted in alkaline batteries steadily displacing zinc chloride and zinc carbon batteries. In the domestic retail general battery market, for instance, alkaline batteries represented 86.0% and 86.3% of total battery unit sales in fiscal 1996 and in the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, respectively, despite higher per battery prices than zinc batteries. Rayovac produces a full line of alkaline batteries including D, C, AA, AAA and 9-volt size batteries for both consumers and industrial customers. The Company's alkaline batteries are sold primarily under the Rayovac name, although the Company also engages in limited private label manufacture of alkaline batteries. AA and AAA size batteries are often used with smaller electronic devices such as remote controls, photography equipment, personal radios and cassette players, pagers, portable compact disc players and electronic and video games. AA and AAA size batteries were the Company's best selling alkaline batteries in fiscal 1996. C and D size batteries are generally used in devices such as flashlights, lanterns, radios, cassette players and battery-powered toys. The Company regularly tests the performance of its alkaline batteries against those of its competitors across a number of applications and battery sizes using American National Standards Institute ("ANSI") testing criteria, the standardized testing criteria generally used by industry participants to evaluate battery performance. Although relative performance varies based on battery size and device tests, the performance of the Company's alkaline batteries and those of its competitors are substantially equivalent on average. The Company's performance comparison results are corroborated by recently published independent test results. In fiscal 1996 and in the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, the Company had 11.2% and 10.9% overall alkaline battery market shares, respectively, and, within the same period, the Company had 19.9% and 20.1% alkaline battery market shares, respectively, within the mass merchandise retail channel. Heavy Duty Batteries. Heavy duty batteries include zinc chloride batteries designed for low and medium-drain devices such as lanterns, flashlights, radios and remote controls. The Company produces a full line of heavy duty batteries, although AA, C and D size heavy duty batteries together accounted for 90% of the Company's heavy duty battery sales in fiscal 1996. The Company also produces zinc carbon ("general purpose") batteries which accounted for less than 1% of the Company's net sales. The Company had 44.5% and 44.0% market shares in the heavy duty battery market in fiscal 1996 and in the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, respectively. Generally, the size of the heavy duty battery market has been decreasing because of increased sales of alkaline batteries for uses traditionally served by non-alkaline batteries. Rechargeable Batteries. There are currently two types of rechargeable household batteries available to consumers. Traditional rechargeable batteries are based on a technology employing nickel and cadmium. Some states now impose costly and burdensome collection requirements on retailers of nickel-cadmium rechargeable batteries due to their cadmium content, and a nationwide voluntary collection program is now being introduced for these batteries. Alkaline rechargeable batteries are based on more advanced alkaline technology. Rayovac is currently the only domestic manufacturer of alkaline rechargeable batteries. In 1993, the Company introduced its rechargeable alkaline battery under the name Renewal. Renewal rechargeable batteries can be reused at least 25 times when recharged in a Power Station, the proprietary recharging unit designed specifically for Renewal batteries. A Renewal rechargeable battery can thus provide the aggregate charge of approximately 10 regular alkaline batteries. The actual and potential benefits of Renewal rechargeable batteries are significant. Although twice the price of a regular alkaline battery, a Renewal battery is approximately half the price of a traditional nickel-cadmium rechargeable battery, and its rechargeable feature gives it significant economic benefits over regular alkaline batteries with similar performance features. Moreover, unlike traditional nickel-cadmium rechargeable batteries, which must be charged before initial use and lose charge at a rate of approximately 1% per day, a Renewal rechargeable battery comes fully charged before its first use and can retain 85% of its initial charge for up to five years. Renewal batteries have no cadmium or mercury added and are, therefore, exempt from legislation relating to the collection and disposal of such substances. The Company believes that its Renewal rechargeable battery is the best performing, most environmentally responsible rechargeable battery for general household use on the market today. 38 The Company is the market leader in the household rechargeable battery market segment with market shares of 64.2% and 63.1% in fiscal 1996 and in the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, respectively. The Company believes there is significant opportunity to further expand this market segment and that the key to the long-term success of the Renewal product line is to raise awareness and understanding of its benefits over nickel-cadmium rechargeables and alkaline disposables and to persuade more consumers to use rechargeable batteries. Specialty Batteries Hearing Aid Batteries. The U.S. hearing aid battery industry had aggregate sales in 1995 of approximately $213 million. The Company estimates that there are currently 26 million hearing-impaired individuals in the United States and only 5.5 million hearing aid users. There are several sizes of hearing aid batteries which are designed for use with various types and sizes of hearing aids. The trend in the hearing aid industry is toward miniaturization. As hearing aids have become smaller, hearing aid use has increased and hearing aid battery consumption has increased significantly, as smaller batteries generally must be replaced more often than larger batteries. Consistent with this trend, the Company's hearing aid battery unit sales have increased from 134.5 million units in fiscal 1992 to 193.4 million units in fiscal 1996, an average annual increase of 9.5%. As the appeal of hearing aids to potential users broadens with the decreasing size of hearing aids, and as the age of the U.S. and western European populations increases, the Company expects the hearing aid battery market to continue to grow. The Company produces five sizes and two types of zinc air button cells for use in hearing aids, which are sold under the Loud'n Clear and ProLine brand names and under several private labels, including Beltone, Miracle Ear and Siemens. Zinc air is a highly reliable, high energy density, lightweight battery system with performance superior to that of traditional hearing aid batteries. The Company had the number one market position in the U.S. hearing aid battery market in fiscal 1996, with a market share of 50%. This strong market position is the result of hearing aid battery products with superior technological capabilities, consistent product performance, a strong distribution system and an extensive marketing program. The Company is currently the only manufacturer of the smallest (5A size) hearing aid battery and is one of only two manufacturers of the next smallest (10A size) hearing aid battery. The Company's zinc air button cells offer consistently superior performance, capacity and reliability based on ANSI testing criteria as applied by the Company. Other Specialty Batteries. The Company's other specialty battery products include non-hearing aid button cells, lithium coin cells and lantern batteries. The Company produces button and coin cells for watches, cameras, calculators, communications equipment and medical instrumentation. The Company's market shares within each of these categories vary. The Company's Lifex lithium coin cells are high-quality lithium batteries with certain performance advantages over other lithium battery systems. These products are used in calculators and personal computer clocks and memory back-up systems. Lifex lithium coin cells have outstanding shelf life and excellent performance. The Company believes that the market for lithium personal computer memory back-up batteries has significant potential to grow as the personal computer market grows. The Company also produces a wide range of consumer and industrial lantern batteries. In fiscal 1996 and in the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, the Company held 47.2% and 44.9% market shares, respectively, in the retail lantern battery market, which has experienced declines in recent years with the increased popularity of alternate technologies to lanterns. Battery-Powered Lighting Devices/Other The Company is a leading marketer of battery-powered lighting devices, including flashlights, lanterns and similar portable products and related bulbs for the retail and industrial markets. In fiscal 1996 and in the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, the Company's products accounted for 9.9% and 14.2% of aggregate lighting product retail dollar sales in the mass merchandise retail market segment, respectively. Rayovac has established its position in this market based on consistent quality products and on innovative product packaging. The battery-powered lighting device industry is highly competitive and includes a greater number of competitors than the U.S. battery industry. 39 Marketing and Distribution General The Company promotes its batteries and lighting devices through a variety of means, including in-store displays, promotional programs and television advertising. The Company also sponsors various trade and consumer promotions intended to foster brand awareness and to maintain multiple, favorable display positions in retail stores. Generally, the Company tailors its marketing and distribution strategy to fit its respective products and the growth and competitive profiles of their respective markets. Rayovac maintains its own U.S. sales force and utilizes a network of independent brokers to service participants in selected distribution channels. General Batteries Alkaline and Heavy Duty. The Company has positioned its alkaline general batteries as a value brand, offering batteries of substantially equivalent quality and performance at a discount to those offered by its principal competitors. Value pricing is also important to the Company because it spends significantly less in advertising than its competitors to market its products. Rather, in addition to pricing, the Company has relied on product quality, innovative in-store merchandising programs and attractive margins for retailers to build market share. Rayovac's introduction of Smart Pack multiple battery packages with user-friendly features such as cardboard zipper tops and display concepts such as promotional pallet programs and Smart Strip vending devices have enabled the Company to incrementally merchandise its products and take full advantage of the impulse nature of many battery purchases. The Company also works with individual retail channel participants to develop unique promotions and attempts to provide retailers with attractive profit margins to encourage retailer brand support. Rechargeable Batteries. The Company's marketing strategy for its rechargeable battery product line focuses on generating consumer interest in Renewal rechargeable batteries. Under this strategy, the Company has made substantial advertising and marketing investments to establish the Renewal brand as the industry standard. From fiscal 1994 through fiscal 1996, the Company spent an aggregate of $62.0 million to promote Renewal battery products. As part of its marketing strategy, the Company actively pursues OEM arrangements and other alliances with major electronic device manufacturers. To date, the Company has entered into agreements with thirteen such manufacturers including Phillips Consumer Electronics' Magnavox Division, Texas Instruments, Case Logic and Gerber Products. In each case, the particular consumer product is shipped with Renewal batteries and/or a rebate offer for a Power Station recharging unit. The Company expects to continue to enter into similar arrangements with other manufacturers of consumer products. Specialty Batteries Hearing Aid Batteries. To market and distribute its hearing aid battery products, the Company has developed a highly successful national advertising campaign for its products, which features Arnold Palmer. A binaural wearer and user of Rayovac hearing aid batteries, Mr. Palmer has been extremely effective in promoting the use of hearing aids, expanding the market and communicating the specific product benefits of Rayovac hearing aid batteries. Additionally, the Company believes that it has developed strong relationships with hearing aid manufacturers and audiologists, the primary purveyors of hearing aids. The Company has also established relationships with major Pacific Rim hearing aid battery distributors to take full advantage of anticipated global market growth. Other Specialty Batteries. The Company plans to continue to develop relationships with manufacturers of communications equipment and other products in an effort to expand its share of the non-hearing aid button cell market. With regard to lithium coin cells, the Company plans to continue to penetrate further the OEM portable personal computer market, as well as to broaden its customer base by focusing additional marketing and distribution efforts on telecommunication and medical equipment manufacturers. The Company's lantern battery strategy is to focus on profit maximization and to maintain sales volume. Lighting Devices/Other The Company plans to further expand its lighting devices market share by focusing on non-mass merchandise retail channels such as hardware and home centers and warehouse clubs, and by using the strategies that have brought success to the Company in the mass merchandise retail channel. 40 Manufacturing and Raw Materials The Company has modernized many of its manufacturing lines and its manufacturing processes are highly automated and efficient. During the past five years, Rayovac has spent significant resources on capital improvements, which have enabled Rayovac to increase the quality and service life of its alkaline batteries and to increase its manufacturing capacity. Management believes that Rayovac's manufacturing capacity is sufficient to meet its anticipated production requirements. The most significant raw materials used by Rayovac in its manufacture of batteries are graphite, steel, zinc powder and electrolytic manganese dioxide powder. There are a number of worldwide sources for all necessary raw materials, and management believes that Rayovac will continue to have access to adequate quantities of such materials at competitive prices. The Company regularly engages in forward purchases and hedging transactions to effectively manage raw material costs and inventory relative to anticipated production requirements. Rayovac manufactures batteries in the United States and the United Kingdom. Research and Development The Company's research and development group includes approximately 110 employees. The Company's research and development efforts focus primarily on performance and cost improvements of existing products and technologies and in recent years have led to advances in alkaline, heavy duty and lithium chemistries, as well as zinc air hearing aid batteries and enhancements of licensed rechargeable alkaline technology. The success of these efforts is most apparent with hearing aid battery products where the Company is the only manufacturer of the smallest (5A size) hearing aid battery and is one of only two manufacturers of the next smallest (10A size) hearing aid battery. The Company continues to engage in research and development efforts in an attempt to assure that the Company's products remain technologically competitive in the future. Patents, Trademarks and Licenses The Company's success and ability to compete is dependent in part upon its technology. The Company relies upon a combination of patent, trademark and trade secret laws, together with licenses, confidentiality agreements and other contractual covenants, to establish and protect its technology and other intellectual property rights. Rayovac owns or licenses from third parties a considerable number of patents and patent applications throughout the world, primarily for battery product improvements, additional features and manufacturing equipment. The Company also uses a number of trademarks in its business, including Rayovac(R), Renewal(R), Loud' n Clear(R), ProLine(R), Lifex(tm), Smart Pack(R), Smart Strip(tm), Workhorse(R) and Roughneck(R). The Company relies on both registered and common law trademarks in the United States to protect its trademark rights. The Rayovac(R) mark is also registered in countries outside the United States, including in Europe and the Far East. The Company does not have any right to the trademark "Rayovac" in Brazil, where the mark is owned by an independent third-party battery manufacturer. The Company has obtained a non-exclusive license to use certain technology underlying its Renewal rechargeable battery line to manufacture such batteries in the United States, Puerto Rico and Mexico and to sell and distribute batteries based on the licensed technology worldwide. This license terminates with the expiration of the last-expiring patent covering the licensed technology and, although non-exclusive, the license provides that the source technology will not be licensed (i) to any new licensee for manufacturing rights within the United States, Puerto Rico or Mexico or (ii) to Duracell or Energizer anywhere in the world, pursuant to which the new licensee may commence manufacture of products employing such licensed technology before a period of 12 months has expired from the giving of written notice to the Company of the commencement of a manufacturing right under such a license. No such notice has been served. In addition, in the conduct of its business, the Company relies upon other licensed technology in the manufacture of its products. Rayovac has granted exclusive, perpetual, royalty-free licenses for the use of certain of the Company's technology, patents and trademarks (including the "Rayovac" mark) in connection with zinc carbon and alkaline batteries and certain lighting devices in many countries outside the United States, including Latin America. 41 Competition The Company believes that the markets for its products are highly competitive. Duracell and Energizer are the Company's primary battery industry competitors. Although other competitors often seek to enter this market, the Company believes that the new market entrants will need significant financial and other resources to service the U.S. marketplace. Substantial capital expenditures would be required to establish battery manufacturing operations. Rayovac and its primary competitors enjoy significant advantages in having established brand recognition and distribution channels, which have historically been and will likely continue to be difficult for new market entrants to overcome. Competition in the battery industry is based upon price, quality, performance, brand name recognition, product packaging and design innovation, as well as creative marketing, promotion and distribution strategies. In comparison to the U.S. battery market, the international battery market generally has more competitors, is as highly competitive and has similar methods of competition. Employees As of November 15, 1996, the Company had approximately 2,295 employees. The Company believes its relationship with its employees is good and there have been no work stoppages involving Company employees since 1981. A significant number of the Company's factory employees are represented by one of four labor unions. The Company has recently entered into a collective bargaining agreement with its Madison, Wisconsin employees which expires in 2000. The Company's other collective bargaining agreements are scheduled to expire in 1997 and 1998. Properties and Equipment The following table sets forth information regarding the Company's eight manufacturing sites in the United States and the United Kingdom:
Location Product Owned/Leased Square Feet Fennimore, WI Alkaline batteries and Renewal Owned 176,000 rechargeable batteries Kinston, NC Battery-powered flashlights and Owned 164,800 lanterns Madison, WI Heavy duty/general purpose Owned 158,000 batteries Portage, WI Zinc air and silver button cells Owned 62,000 Appleton, WI Lithium coin cells and alkaline Owned 60,600 computer batteries Wonewoc, WI Battery-powered lanterns and Leased 60,000 lantern batteries Newton Aycliffe, UK Alkaline and zinc carbon batteries Leased 95,000 Washington, UK Mercuric oxide and zinc air button Leased 63,000 cells
Over the last four years the Company has invested in all of its major battery facilities. During this period, the Company invested $35.0 million in connection with the Fennimore Expansion. Additional investments in zinc air battery production have helped to increase output and precision of assembly as well as to increase the capacity of critical component manufacturing. Investments in lithium coin cell production have been used to build capacity for newly developed sizes of lithium coin cells as well as to increase capacity of the largest volume sizes of such cells. The Company believes that its facilities, in general, are adequate for its present and currently foreseeable needs. Environmental Matters The Company's facilities are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the environment, including those governing discharges to the air and water, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and wastes, and the remediation of contamination associated with releases of hazardous substances at Company facilities and at off-site disposal locations. The Company has a proactive environmental management program, which program includes the use of periodic comprehensive environmental 42 audits to detect and correct practices that are in violation of environmental laws or inconsistent with best management practices. Based on information currently available to Company management, the Company believes that it is substantially in compliance with applicable environmental regulations at its facilities, although no assurance can be provided with respect to such compliance in the future. There are no pending proceedings against the Company alleging that the Company is or has been in violation of environmental laws. The Company has from time to time been required to address the impact of historic activities on the environmental condition of its properties, including without limitation the impact of releases from underground storage tanks. Several Company facilities have been in operation for many years and are constructed on fill that includes, among other materials, used batteries containing various heavy metals. The Company has accepted deed restrictions on certain of these properties as a means of providing notice to others of conditions on these properties. Although the Company is currently engaged in remedial projects at a few of its facilities, the Company does not expect that such projects will cause it to incur material expenditures. Nonetheless, the Company has not conducted invasive testing to identify all potential risks and, given the age of the Company's facilities and the nature of the Company's operations, there can be no assurance that the Company will not incur material liabilities in the future with respect to its current or former facilities. The Company has recently been notified that its former manganese processing facility in Covington, Tennessee is being evaluated by TDEC for a determination as to whether the facility should be added to the National Priorities List as a Superfund site pursuant to CERCLA. Groundwater monitoring at the site conducted pursuant to the post-closure maintenance of solid waste lagoons on site, and recent groundwater testing beneath former process areas on site, indicate that there are elevated levels of certain inorganic contaminants, particularly (but not exclusively) manganese, in the groundwater underneath the site. The Company has completed closure of the aforementioned lagoons and has completed the remediation of a stream that borders the site. The Company is seeking to address any remaining issues with respect to this site through Tennessee's voluntary cleanup program and believes it is possible that action will not be required under the Superfund program. However, as TDEC has just commenced its preliminary assessment, the Company cannot predict with assurance the outcome of TDEC's investigation of the site. The Company has been and is subject to several proceedings related to its disposal of industrial and hazardous waste at off-site disposal locations, under CERCLA or analogous state laws that hold persons who "arranged for" the disposal or treatment of such substances strictly liable for the costs incurred in responding to the release or threatened release of hazardous substances from such sites. Current and former owners and operators of such sites, and transporters of waste who participated in the selection of such sites, are also strictly liable for such costs. Liability under CERCLA is generally "joint and several," so that a responsible party under CERCLA may be held liable for all of the costs incurred at a particular site. However, as a practical matter, liability at such sites generally is allocated among all of the viable responsible parties. Some of the most significant factors for allocating liabilities to persons that disposed of wastes at Superfund sites are the relative volume of waste such persons sent to the site and the toxicity of their waste streams. The Company recently has been named as a defendant in two lawsuits in connection with a Superfund site located in Bergen County, New Jersey (Velsicol Chemical Corporation, et al. v. A.E. Staley Manufacturing Company, et al., and Morton International, Inc. v. A.E. Staley Manufacturing Company, et al., United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, filed July 29, 1996). These lawsuits involve contamination at the Bergen County Site. The Company is one of approximately 100 defendants named in these lawsuits and is commencing a review to determine the extent of any potential liability it may have at the Bergen County Site. Preliminary information from the plaintiffs suggests that they will take the position that the Company sent used batteries and other materials to the Bergen County Site for reclamation and thereby "arranged" for the disposal of hazardous substances generated during the reclamation process. Based on this information, it appears that the plaintiffs may take the position that the Company is one of the largest volumetric contributors to the environmental conditions at the Bergen County Site. The cost to remediate the Bergen County Site has not been determined and the Company cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings. There can be no assurances that additional proceedings relating to off-site disposal locations will not arise in the future or that pending or future off-site disposal matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations. See "Risk Factors--Environmental Matters." As of September 30, 1996, the Company has reserved $2.1 million for known on-site and off-site environmental liabilities. The Company believes these reserves are adequate, although there can be no assurance that this amount will be adequate to cover such matters. 43 Legal Proceedings In the ordinary course of business, various suits and claims are filed against the Company. Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Company is not party to any legal proceedings which, in the opinion of management of the Company, will have a material adverse effect on the Company's business or financial condition. 44 MANAGEMENT Directors and Executive Officers Set forth below is certain information regarding each director and executive officer of the Company: Name Age Position and Offices David A. Jones 47 Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President Kent J. Hussey 50 Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer Roger F. Warren 55 President/International and Contract Micropower and Director Trygve Lonnebotn 59 Executive Vice President of Operations and Director Merrell M. Tomlin 44 Senior Vice President Sales James A. Broderick 53 Vice President and General Counsel Kenneth V. Biller 48 Vice President and General Manager of Lighting Products & Industrial Scott A. Schoen 38 Director Thomas R. Shepherd 66 Director Warren C. Smith, Jr. 40 Director Mr. Jones is the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company. Between February 1995 and March 1996, Mr. Jones was Chief Operating Officer, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Thermoscan, Inc. From 1989 to 1994, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of The Regina Company, a manufacturer of vacuum cleaners and other floor care equipment. Mr. Jones has over 25 years of experience working in the consumer durables industry, most recently in management of operations, manufacturing and marketing. Mr. Hussey is a director of the Company and has served as Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer since October 1, 1996. Prior to that time and since 1994, Mr. Hussey was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ECC International, a producer of industrial minerals and specialty chemicals, and from 1991 to 1994 he served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of The Regina Company. Mr. Warren is a director of the Company and has served as President/International and Contract Micropower of the Company since 1995. Since joining the Company in 1985, Mr. Warren has held several positions including Executive Vice President and General Manager and Senior Vice President and General Manager/International. Mr. Lonnebotn is a director of the Company and, since 1985, has served as Executive Vice President of Operations. He joined Rayovac in 1965. Mr. Tomlin is the Senior Vice President Sales of the Company. From March 1996 to September 30, 1996, Mr. Tomlin served as Vice President Sales of Braun of North America/Thermoscan and from August 1995 to March 1996, he served as Vice President Sales of Thermoscan, Inc. Prior to that time, Mr. Tomlin was Vice President Sales of various divisions of Casio Electronics. Mr. Broderick is Vice President and General Counsel for Rayovac and has held these positions since 1985. Mr. Biller has been Vice President and General Manager of Lighting Products & Industrial since 1995. Mr. Biller joined the Company in 1972 and has held several positions, including Director of Technology/Battery Products, Madison Plant Manager and Vice President of Manufacturing. Mr. Schoen is a Managing Director of THL Co., which he joined in 1986. In addition, Mr. Schoen is a Vice President of Thomas H. Lee Advisors I and Thomas H. Lee Advisors II. He is also a director of First Alert, Inc., Health o meter Products, Inc., LaSalle Re Holdings and various private corporations. Mr. Shepherd is a Managing Director of THL Co. and has been engaged as a consultant to THL Co. since 1986. In addition, Mr. Shepherd is Executive Vice President of Thomas H. Lee Advisors I and an officer of various other THL Co. affiliates. He is also a director of General Nutrition Companies, Inc. and various private corporations. 45 Mr. Smith is a Managing Director of THL Co. and has been employed by THL Co. since 1990. In addition, Mr. Smith is Vice President of Thomas H. Lee Advisors II. He is also a director of Finlay Enterprises, Inc., Finlay Fine Jewelry Corporation and various private corporations. Board Committees The Board has established an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. The members of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Schoen, Shepherd and Smith. Executive Compensation The following table sets forth compensation paid to the former Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the other four most highly compensated executive officers of the Company during fiscal 1996 and during the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996 (the "Named Executive Officers") for services rendered in all capacities to the Company.
Other Annual All Other Compen- Compensation Name and Principal Position Year Salary ($) Bonus ($) sation ($) ($) Thomas F. Pyle, Jr., Former Chairman, President and Chief 1996 $640,500 $25,300 Executive Officer Transition Period 138,800 26,900 David A. Jones, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer Transition Period 19,700 $179,500 Judith D. Pyle, Former Vice Chairman and Senior Vice 1996 248,100 6,500 President of Marketing Transition Period 53,800 8,200 Marvin G. Siegert, Former Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration and 1996 231,000 11,600 Chief Financial Officer Transition Period 60,100 10,800 Roger F. Warren, Executive Vice President and 1996 248,100 11,000 General Manager Transition Period 64,500 $486,600(1) Trygve Lonnebotn, Executive Vice President 1996 231,000 9,300 of Operations Transition Period 60,100 377,800(1)
(1) Represents amounts paid by the Company in connection with the Recapitalization. Option Grants and Exercises In connection with the Recapitalization, the Board adopted the Rayovac Corporation 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"). Pursuant to the Plan, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock as to which options may be granted equals 3,000,000. The Board has granted an aggregate of 1,464,339 options, 911,577 of which have been granted to David A. Jones in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement. See "--Employment Agreement." The following table discloses the grants of stock options during fiscal 1996 to the Named Executive Officers. Other than Mr. Siegert, the Named Executive Officers did not receive any grant of stock options in fiscal 1996 or in the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996. 46 Option/SAR Grants in Fiscal Year 1996
Potential realizable value at assumed annual rates of stock price appreciation for Individual Grants option term ----------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------- Number of Percent of Total Securities Options/SARs Exercise Underlying Granted to or Base Options/SARs Employees in Price Name Granted (#) Fiscal Year ($/Sh) Expiration Date 5% ($) 10% ($) Marvin G. Siegert 350,000 100% $1.15 1/4/2006 $2,097,756 $3,579,569
Mr. Siegert's options were exercised and the shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise were sold in connection with the Recapitalization. Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation During fiscal 1996, the Compensation Committee of the Board was comprised of Benjamin Garmer, Judith D. Pyle and Marvin G. Siegert. During their fiscal 1996 service on the Compensation Committee, Ms. Pyle was the Vice Chairman and Senior Vice President of Marketing of the Company and Mr. Seigert was the Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer and Ms. Pyle and Mr. Siegert participated in all compensation decisions including those relating to their own compensation. Ms. Pyle is the wife of Thomas F. Pyle, Jr., former Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and currently a consultant to the Company. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." Employment Agreement Under the employment agreement between David A. Jones and the Company (the "Jones Employment Agreement"), Mr. Jones is entitled to a salary of $400,000 per annum (which may be increased from time to time at the discretion of the Board) and an annual bonus based upon the Company achieving certain annual performance goals established by the Board. The Company has also granted Mr. Jones options to purchase 911,577 shares of Common Stock at $4.39 per share, half of which become exercisable at a rate of 20% per year over a five-year period and the other half of which become exercisable at the end of ten years with accelerated vesting over each of the next five fiscal years if the Company achieves certain performance goals. In connection with the Recapitalization, Mr. Jones individually also purchased 227,895 shares of Common Stock at approximately $4.39 per share. One-half of the purchase price was paid in cash and one-half with a promissory note. The Jones Employment Agreement (other than certain restrictive covenants of Mr. Jones and certain severance obligations of the Company) may be cancelled by either party by giving a sixty-day notice or may be cancelled immediately by the Company for Cause (as defined in the Jones Employment Agreement). The Jones Employment Agreement took effect September 12, 1996 and expires on September 30, 1999. Severance Agreements Each of Kent J. Hussey, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, Roger F. Warren, Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Company, and Trygve Lonnebotn, Executive Vice President of Operations of the Company, has entered into a severance agreement (each, a "Severance Agreement") with the Company pursuant to which, in the event that his employment is terminated during the term of the Severance Agreement (a) by the Company without Cause (as defined in the Severance Agreement) or (b) by reason of death or Disability (as defined in the Severance Agreement), the Company shall pay him an amount in cash equal to the sum of (i) his base salary as in effect for the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the fiscal year in which such termination occurs and (ii) the annual bonus (if any) earned by him pursuant to any annual bonus or incentive plan maintained by the Company in respect of the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the fiscal year in which such termination occurs, such amount to be paid ratably monthly in arrears over the remaining term of the Severance Agreement. In the event of such termination, the Company shall also maintain for the twelve month period following such termination insurance benefits for such individual and his dependents similar to those provided immediately prior to such termination. Under the Severance Agreements, each of Messrs. Hussey, Warren and Lonnebotn has agreed that for one year following the later of the end of the term of the Severance Agreement or the date of termination, that he 47 will not engage or have a financial interest in any business which is involved in the industries in which the Company is engaged. The initial term of each Severance Agreement is one year with automatic one-year renewals thereafter, subject to thirty days notice of non-renewal prior to the end of the then current term. Director Compensation Directors who are employees of the Company receive no compensation for serving on the Board. Non-employee directors of the Company are reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses in attending meetings of the Board. Messrs. Schoen, Shepherd and Smith receive no fees in their capacities as directors. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" for a description of certain other arrangements pursuant to which THL Co., of which they are managing directors, receives compensation from the Company. 48 OWNERSHIP OF CAPITAL STOCK The following table sets forth share ownership information about persons known to the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding Common Stock, each director of the Company, each Named Executive Officer and all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group, in each case as of October 15, 1996. Shares Beneficially Owned(2) ------------------------ Name and Address(1) of Beneficial Owner Number Percent Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund III, L.P. (3) 13,864,135 67.6% 75 State Street, Ste. 2600 Boston, MA 02109 Thomas H. Lee Foreign Fund III, L.P. (3) 858,950 4.2 75 State Street, Ste. 2600 Boston, MA 02109 THL-CCI Limited Partnership (4) 1,457,405 7.1 75 State Street, Ste. 2600 Boston, MA 02109 Thomas F. Pyle, Jr. 2,022,785 9.9 415 Farwell Drive Madison, WI 53704 David A. Jones (5) 232,025 1.1 Judith D. Pyle 0 0.0 Marvin G. Siegert 205,105 1.0 Kent J. Hussey 0 0.0 Roger F. Warren 569,735 2.8 Trygve Lonnebotn 410,210 2.0 Scott A. Schoen (3)(6) 69,955 * Thomas R. Shepherd (6) 36,435 * Warren C. Smith, Jr. (3)(6) 58,305 * All directors and executive officers of the Company as a group (10 persons) (3)(6) 1,672,930 8.2% *Less than 1%. (1) Addresses are given only for beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. (2) Unless otherwise noted, the nature of beneficial ownership is sole voting and/or investment power, except to the extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law. Shares of Common Stock not outstanding but deemed beneficially owned by virtue of the right of a person or group to acquire them within 60 days are treated as outstanding only for purposes of determining the number and percent of shares of Common Stock owned by such person or group, except that 40,000 immediately exercisable options to purchase Common Stock of an employee of the Company who is not an executive officer of the Company are included for all purposes. (3) THL Equity Advisors III Limited Partnership ("Advisors"), the general partner of Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund III, L.P. and Thomas H. Lee Foreign Fund III, L.P., THL Equity Trust III ("Equity Trust"), the general partner of Advisors, Thomas H. Lee, Scott A. Schoen, Warren C. Smith, Jr. and other managing directors of THL Co., as Trustees of Equity Trust, and Thomas H. Lee as sole shareholder of Equity Trust, may be deemed to be beneficial owners of the shares of Common Stock held by such Funds. Each of such persons maintains a principal business address at Suite 2600, 75 State Street, Boston, MA 02109. Each of such persons disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares. (4) THL Investment Management Corp., the general partner of THL-CCI Limited Partnership, and Thomas H. Lee, as director and sole shareholder of THL Investment Management Corp., may also be deemed to be beneficial owners of the shares of Common Stock held by THL-CCI Limited Partnership. Each of such persons maintains a principal business address at Suite 2600, 75 State Street, Boston, MA 02109. (5) Includes 4,130 shares representing Mr. Jones' proportional interest in Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund III, L.P. (6) Includes 69,955 shares, 36,435 shares and 58,305 shares, representing the proportional interests of Messrs. Schoen, Shepherd and Smith, respectively, in THL-CCI Limited Partnership; and 13,680 shares which Mr. Smith 49 may be deemed to beneficially own as a result of Mr. Smith's children's proportional beneficial interest in THL-CCI Limited Partnership. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS The Company and THL Co. are parties to a Management Agreement pursuant to which the Company has engaged THL Co. to provide consulting and management advisory services for an initial period of five years through September 12, 2001. Under the Management Agreement and in connection with the closing of the Recapitalization, the Company paid THL Co. and an affiliate an aggregate fee of $3.25 million (the "THL Transaction Fee"). In consideration of the consulting and management advisory services, the Company pays THL Co. and its affiliate an aggregate annual fee of $360,000 plus expenses (the "Management Fee"). The Company believes that this Management Agreement is on terms no less favorable to the Company than could have been obtained from an independent third party. The Company and Thomas F. Pyle, Jr. are parties to a Consulting Agreement (the "Consulting Agreement") and a Confidentiality, Non-Competition, No-Solicitation and No-Hire Agreement (the "Non-Competition Agreement"). Under the Consulting Agreement, the Company has engaged Mr. Pyle to provide consulting services for an annual fee of $200,000 plus expenses (the "Consulting Fee") for such period as Mr. Pyle is entitled to the Consulting Fee. Mr. Pyle is not entitled to the Consulting Fee in the event that (a) THL Co. or an affiliate of THL Co. no longer receives the Management Fee or (b) Mr. Pyle (i) is no longer subject to the provisions of the Non-Competition Agreement or (ii) ceases to retain at least 5% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company (on a fully diluted basis). In the event that the Management Fee is reduced or increased, the Consulting Fee shall also be reduced or increased on a pro rata basis. Under the Non-Competition Agreement, Mr. Pyle has agreed, among other things, to hold in strict confidence and to not disclose to any person or use any confidential information or materials received by Mr. Pyle from the Company. Additionally, Mr. Pyle has agreed not to engage or have a financial interest in any business which is involved in industries in which the Company is engaged, for a period of five years. The Company leases its corporate headquarters facilities and other properties from partnerships in which Thomas F. Pyle, Jr. is a partner. The Company has annual minimum rental commitments on its corporate headquarters facilities of approximately $3.0 million, subject to adjustment based upon changes in the consumer price index. The Company and David A. Jones are parties to the Jones Employment Agreement pursuant to which Mr. Jones agreed to be the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company. Mr. Jones also purchased from the Company 227,895 shares of Common Stock with cash and a $500,000 promissory note held by the Company with interest payable at a rate of 7% per annum and principal payable on the earliest of the following to occur: (a) the fifth anniversary of the note; (b) the date on which (i) Mr. Jones terminates his employment for any reason other than a Constructive Termination (as defined in the Jones Employment Agreement) and (ii) he is no longer a director of the Company; or (c) the date the Company terminates Mr. Jones' employment for Cause (as defined in the Jones Employment Agreement). Proceeds from any sale of Mr. Jones' shares must be used to immediately prepay, in whole or in part, the principal amount of the promissory note outstanding and any accrued and unpaid interest on the portion prepaid or the holder of the promissory note may declare the entire principal amount of such note to be forthwith due and payable. See "Management--Employment Agreement." DESCRIPTION OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, BA Securities, Inc., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the "Arrangers"), as Arrangers for a group of financial institutions and other accredited investors, have agreed to provide senior bank facilities in an aggregate amount of $170.0 million. The following summary describes certain provisions of the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement provides for a six-year Tranche A term loan of up to $55.0 million, a seven-year Tranche B term loan of up to $25.0 million and an eight-year Tranche C term loan of up to $25.0 million (collectively the "Term Loan Facility"), and a six-year Revolving Credit Facility of up to $65.0 million under which working capital loans may be made and with a $10.0 million sublimit for letters of credit (the Revolving Credit Facility, and, together with the Term Loan Facility, referred to collectively as the "Bank Facilities"). On September 13, 1996 (the "Closing Date"), the Company borrowed an aggregate amount of $131.0 million comprised of $26.0 million of Revolving Loans, $55.0 million of Term A Loans, $25.0 million of Term B Loans and $25.0 million of Term C Loans. 50 As shown in the table below, quarterly amortization of the Tranche A loans is in aggregate amounts ranging from $1.0 million to $3.75 million beginning December 31, 1996. Amortization of the Tranche B loans is in aggregate quarterly amounts of $0.0625 million during each of the first six years and $5.875 million during the seventh year beginning December 31, 1996. Amortization of the Tranche C loans will be in aggregate quarterly amounts of $0.0625 million during each of the first seven years and $5.8125 million during the eighth year beginning December 31, 1996. The Revolving Credit Facility must be reduced for 30 consecutive days each year to no more than $10.0 million for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1997, $5.0 million for fiscal year ending September 30, 1998 and is not required to be reduced for any fiscal year thereafter. Term Loan Quarterly Amortization (Dollars in millions) Year Tranche A Tranche B Tranche C 1 $ 1.0 $ .0625 $ .0625 2 1.5 .0625 .0625 3 2.0 .0625 .0625 4 2.5 .0625 .0625 5 3.0 .0625 .0625 6 3.75 .0625 .0625 7 -- 5.875 .0625 8 -- -- 5.8125 Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest, in each case at the Company's option, as follows: (i) with respect to the Tranche A loans and the Revolving Credit Facility, at Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association's base rate plus 1.50% per annum, or at LIBOR plus 2.50% per annum; (ii) with respect to the Tranche B loans, at Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association's base rate plus 2.00% per annum, or at LIBOR plus 3.00% per annum; and (iii) with respect to the Tranche C loans, at Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association's base rate plus 2.25% per annum, or at LIBOR plus 3.25% per annum. Performance-based reductions of the Tranche A and Revolving Credit Facility interest rates are available. The Company also incurs standard letter of credit fees to issuing institutions and other standard commitment fees. The Company obtained interest rate protection in the form of an interest rate swap for $62.5 million of the Term Loan Facility on October 7, 1996. The indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement has been guaranteed by ROV Holding and will be secured by all existing and after-acquired personal property of the Company and its domestic subsidiaries, including the stock of all domestic subsidiaries of the Company and any intercompany debt obligations and 65% of the stock of all foreign subsidiaries (other than dormant subsidiaries) held directly by the Company or its domestic subsidiaries, and, subject to certain exceptions, all existing and after-acquired real and intangible property. The Credit Agreement contains financial and other restrictive covenants customary and usual for credit facilities of this type, including those involving maintenance of minimum coverage for fixed charges, a required minimum level of earnings before income taxes, depreciation and amortization, a required minimum net worth and a required maximum leverage. Credit Agreement covenants also restrict the ability of the Company to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, make investments or specified payments, give guarantees, merge or acquire or sell assets, make capital expenditures and restrict certain other activities. "Events of Default" under the Credit Agreement include, among other things, failure to make payments when due, defaults under certain other agreements or instruments of indebtedness, noncompliance with covenants, breaches of representations and warranties, certain bankruptcy or insolvency events, judgments in excess of specified amounts, pension plan defaults, impairment of security interests in collateral, invalidity of guarantees and certain "changes of control" (as defined in the Credit Agreement). 51 DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES General As used below in this "Description of the Notes" section, references to the "Notes" refer to the Old Notes and the New Notes, unless the context otherwise requires. The Old Notes were issued and the New Notes will be issued pursuant to an Indenture (the "Indenture") between the Company and Marine Midland Bank, as trustee (the "Trustee"). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the "Trust Indenture Act"). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement thereof. The following summary of certain provisions of the Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Indenture, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. Copies of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement are available as set forth under "--Additional Information." The definitions of certain terms used in the following summary are set forth below under "--Certain Definitions." The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company, subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Debt, and ranking senior in right of payment to all future subordinated Indebtedness of the Company. The Company's payment obligations under the Notes are guaranteed on a senior subordinated basis by the Guarantors. The Guarantees are subordinated to the guarantees by the Guarantors of Senior Debt. See "--Subordination"; "--Subsidiary Guarantees." The operations of the Company are conducted in part through its Subsidiaries and, therefore, the Company is dependent in part upon the cash flow of its Subsidiaries to meet its obligations, including its obligations under the Notes. The Notes are effectively subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities and commitments (including trade payables and lease obligations) of the Company's Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors. Any right of the Company to receive assets of any of its Subsidiaries upon the latter's liquidation or reorganization (and the consequent right of the Holders of the Notes to participate in those assets) are effectively subordinated to the claims of that Subsidiary's creditors, except to the extent that the Company is itself recognized as a creditor of such Subsidiary, in which case the claims of the Company would still be subordinate to any security in the assets of such Subsidiary and any indebtedness of such Subsidiary senior to that held by the Company. Principal, Maturity and Interest The Notes are limited in aggregate principal amount to $100.0 million and will mature on November 1, 2006. Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of 10-1/4% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1, commencing on May 1, 1997, to Holders of record on the immediately preceding April 15 and October 15. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of original issuance. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Principal, premium and interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within the City and State of New York or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders of Notes; provided that all payments with respect to Global Notes and Certificated Securities the Holders of which have given wire transfer instructions to the Company will be required to be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof. Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company's office or agency in New York will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. The Notes will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. Subsidiary Guarantees The Company's payment obligations under the Notes will be jointly and severally guaranteed by the Guarantors. The Guarantee of each Guarantor will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt of such Guarantor, which on a pro forma basis would have had no Senior Debt outstanding at June 30, 1996 (except the Guarantee of obligations under the Credit Agreement), and the amounts for which the Guarantors will be liable 52 under the guarantees issued from time to time with respect to Senior Debt (including obligations under the Credit Agreement). The obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited so as not to constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. Subordination The payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full, in cash, of all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter incurred. Upon any payment or distribution to creditors of the Company or any Guarantor in a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or any Guarantor or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or any Guarantor or its property, an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Company or any Guarantor, the holders of Senior Debt of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Obligations due in respect of such Senior Debt (including interest accruing after the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt) before the Holders of Notes will be entitled to receive any payment or distribution with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees, as applicable, and until all Obligations with respect to the Senior Debt are paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which the Holders of Notes would be entitled shall be made to the holders of Senior Debt (except that Holders of Notes may receive securities under a plan of reorganization that are subordinated at least to the same extent as the Notes to Senior Debt and any securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt and payments made from the trust described under "--Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance"). Neither the Company nor any Guarantor may make any payment or distribution upon or in respect of the Notes, including, without limitation, by way of set-off or otherwise, or redeem (or make a deposit in redemption of), defease or acquire any of the Notes, for cash, property or securities (except in such subordinated securities in such plan of reorganization) if (i) a default in the payment of any Obligation of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, with respect to (a) any Designated Senior Debt or (b) any Senior Debt permitted by clause (xiv) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under the caption "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" and any other Senior Debt issued in a single transaction or a series of related transactions having an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $5.0 million or more ("Significant Senior Debt"), occurs and is continuing or (ii) any other default (or any event that, after notice or passage of time would become an event of default) occurs and is continuing with respect to any Designated Senior Debt and, in the case of clause (ii), the Trustee receives notice of such default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the holders (or the agent or representative of such holders) of any Designated Senior Debt. Payment on the Notes may and shall be resumed (i) in the case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived and (ii) in case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any such Designated Senior Debt or Significant Senior Debt has been accelerated. No new period of payment blockage may be commenced unless and until (i) 360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice and (ii) all scheduled payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have come due have been paid in full in cash. No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice. The Indenture further requires that the Company promptly notify holders of Senior Debt if payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default. As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event of a liquidation or insolvency, Holders of Notes may recover less ratably than creditors of the Company who are holders of Senior Debt. As of June 30, 1996, on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Recapitalization, including borrowings under the Credit Agreement, and the sale of the Notes, the Company and its subsidiaries would have had $131.0 million of Senior Debt and $5.2 million of indebtedness and capitalized lease obligations of foreign subsidiaries which would rank senior or effectively rank senior, as the case may be, in right of payment to the Notes. The Indenture limits, subject to certain financial tests, the amount of additional Indebtedness, including Senior Debt, that the Company and its subsidiaries can incur. See "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock." 53 Optional Redemption The Notes are not redeemable at the Company's option prior to November 1, 2001. Thereafter, the Notes will be subject to redemption at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of the years indicated below: Year Percentage 2001 105.125% 2002 103.417 2003 101.708 2004 and thereafter 100.000% Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time during the first 36 months after the date of the Indenture, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the initial principal amount of the Notes originally issued with the net proceeds of one or more public offerings of equity securities of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes originally issued remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption and that such redemption occurs within 60 days following the closing of each such public offering. Mandatory Redemption Except as set forth below under "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders," the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. Repurchase at the Option of Holders Change of Control Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 30 calendar days following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder stating: (i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the covenant entitled "Change of Control" and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; (ii) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 calendar days nor later than 60 calendar days from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"); (iii) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date; (v) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; (vi) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing such Holder's election to have such Notes purchased; and (vii) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control. On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (iii) 54 deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of the Notes or portions thereof required to be purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so accepted the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Indenture provides that, prior to complying with the provisions of this covenant, but in any event within 90 calendar days following a Change of Control, the Company shall either repay all outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this covenant. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. The Change of Control provisions described above would be applicable whether or not any other provisions of the Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders of the Notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar restructuring, nor does it contain any other similar "event risk" protections for Holders of the Notes. Although the Change of Control provision may not be waived by the Company, and may be waived by the Trustee only in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture unless the Notes are defeased, there can be no assurance that any particular transaction (including a highly leveraged transaction) cannot be structured or effected in a manner not constituting a Change of Control. The Credit Agreement currently prohibits the Company from prepaying or redeeming any Notes prior to maturity (except that the Company may redeem up to $35.0 million principal amount of the Notes with the net cash proceeds of an initial public offering), and also provides that certain change of control events with respect to the Company would constitute a default thereunder. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the Company becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to the purchase of Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such a consent or repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing Notes. In such case, the Company's failure to purchase tendered Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under the Credit Agreement. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payments to the Holders of Notes. "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) (a) any transaction (including a merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any "person" or "group" (each within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than the Principals, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of all Capital Stock of the Company or a successor entity normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, calculated on a fully diluted basis, and (b) as a result of the consummation of such transaction, any "person" or "group" (each as defined above) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of more of the voting stock of the Company than is at the time "beneficially owned" (as defined above) by the Principals, or (ii) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors, or (iii) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Principals or their Related Parties. For purposes of this definition, any transfer of an Equity Interest of an entity that was formed for the purpose of acquiring voting stock of the Company shall be deemed to be a transfer of such percentage of such voting stock as corresponds to the percentage of the equity of such entity that has been so transferred. "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors who (i) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the Indenture or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or election. 55 "Principals" means Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund III, L.P. and its co-investors, Thomas H. Lee Foreign Fund III, L.P. and Thomas H. Lee Company, and any Affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Company. "Related Party" with respect to any Principal means (i) any controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or spouse or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of such Principal or (ii) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of such Principal and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i). Asset Sales The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (i) sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any assets (including by way of a sale and leaseback) other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business (provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company is governed by the provisions of the Indenture described under the caption "--Change of Control" and/or the provisions described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets" and not by the provisions of this covenant), or (ii) issue or sell Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) above, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, (a) that have a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million, or (b) for net proceeds in excess of $1.0 million (each of the foregoing, an "Asset Sale"), unless (x) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value (evidenced by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and for Asset Sales having a fair market value or net proceeds in excess of $5.0 million, evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of and (y) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that the amount of (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability and (B) any notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are immediately converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) or Cash Equivalents, shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision; and provided, further, that the 75% limitation referred to in this clause (y) shall not apply to any Asset Sale in which the cash portion of the consideration received therefrom, determined in accordance with the foregoing proviso, is equal to or greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) a transfer of assets by the Company to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) an issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) issuances of Equity Interests by the Company pursuant to warrants outstanding on the date of the Indenture, (iv) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by the covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Restricted Payments," (v) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind (other than assignment of such rights or claims for value outside the ordinary course of business) or (vi) the grant in the ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive license of patents, trademarks, registration therefor and other similar intellectual property, is not deemed to be an Asset Sale. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may create or assume Liens (or permit any foreclosure thereon) securing Indebtedness to the extent that such Lien does not violate the covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Liens". Within 270 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale, the Company may apply such Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to permanently reduce Senior Debt in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, if applicable, or to the extent not required to be applied thereunder, may, at its option, apply such Net Proceeds to repayment of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (in the case of Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale effected by a Restricted Subsidiary) or to an investment in a Restricted Subsidiary or in another business or capital expenditure or other long-term/tangible assets, in each case, in the same or a similar line of business as the Company 56 or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries were engaged in on the date of the Indenture or in businesses reasonably related thereto. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce Senior Debt or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale that are not applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph will be deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company will be required to make an offer to all Holders of Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer") to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. Selection and Notice If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate; provided that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. Certain Covenants Restricted Payments The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Company's or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries' Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) or to any direct or indirect holders of the Company's Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company); (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or other Affiliate of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor); (iii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value prior to a scheduled mandatory sinking fund payment date or final maturity date any Indebtedness that is pari passu with or subordinated to the Notes; or (iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and (b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under the caption "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;" and (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the date of the Indenture (including Restricted Payments 57 permitted by the next succeeding paragraph), is less than (w) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of the Indenture to the end of the Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, 100% of such deficit), plus (x) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from the issuance or sale after the date of the Indenture of Equity Interests of the Company or of debt securities of the Company that have been converted into such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or convertible debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and other than Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified Stock), plus (y) $2.0 million, plus (z) to the extent that any Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated to be a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of the Company's Equity Interests in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation. The foregoing provisions do not prohibit: (i) the payment of any dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the Indenture; (ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of other Equity Interests of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (c)(x) of the preceding paragraph; (iii) the defeasance, redemption or repurchase of pari passu or subordinated Indebtedness with the net proceeds from an incurrence of Refinancing Indebtedness or the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (c)(x) of the preceding paragraph; (iv) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition prior to the stated maturity thereof of Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes in exchange for or out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issue and sale (other than to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of new Indebtedness; provided that (x) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount of Indebtedness so refinanced (plus the amount of such reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith), (y) such new Indebtedness shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced, and (z) the new Indebtedness shall be subordinate in right of payment to the Notes; (v) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company held by any member of the Company's (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries') management pursuant to any management equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement or in connection with the termination of employment of any employees or management of the Company or its Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate plus the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company after the date of the Indenture from any reissuance of Equity Interests by the Company to members of management of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) Investments received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as non-cash consideration from Asset Sales to the extent permitted by the covenant described under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Asset Sales;" and (vii) the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer; and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately after any such transaction. The Board of Directors may designate a Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default. For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash or Government Securities) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the time of such designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of this covenant. Such designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash or Government Securities) shall be the fair market value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) proposed to be transferred by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. Not later than the date of making any Restricted 58 Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis upon which the calculations required by the covenant described under the caption "--Restricted Payments" were computed, which calculations may be based upon the Company's latest available financial statements. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guaranty or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) and that the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness or issue shares of Disqualified Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period. The foregoing limitations do not apply to: (i) the incurrence by the Company of Senior Bank Debt; (ii) Guarantees of the Senior Bank Debt permitted under or required by the Credit Agreement and Guarantees permitted under or required by the Indenture; (iii) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; (iv) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the Indenture, and the incurrence by Restricted Subsidiaries of Guarantees required or permitted to be incurred under the Indenture; (v) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Capital Lease Obligations and/or additional Indebtedness constituting purchase money obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $5.0 million at any time outstanding; (vi) the incurrence by the Company of additional Indebtedness for any corporate purposes in an outstanding principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at no time exceeding $25.0 million (which may, but need not be, borrowed under the Credit Agreement); (vii) the incurrence by any Foreign Subsidiary of Indebtedness, which when aggregated with the principal amount of Indebtedness of all Foreign Subsidiaries then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (vii) does not exceed $5.0 million (or the equivalent thereof in any other currency) at any one time outstanding; (viii) the incurrence by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Acquired Debt in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20.0 million for all Restricted Subsidiaries (reduced by the amount of Acquired Debt repaid with the Net Proceeds of Asset Sales of any Restricted Subsidiary subject to such Acquired Debt) that (a) has not been incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of such Restricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, or a merger of a Person subject to such Acquired Debt with or into such Restricted Subsidiary, and (b) is without recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets (other than the Restricted Subsidiary subject to such Acquired Debt and its assets), and is not guaranteed by any such Person; provided that (A) after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof as if incurred by the Company, the Company could incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under the first paragraph of this "Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" covenant, (B) any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto may not be incurred by any Person other than the Restricted Subsidiary that is the obligor on such Acquired Indebtedness, and (C) such Restricted Subsidiary becomes an Additional Guarantor upon incurrence of such Acquired Debt in accordance with the Indenture; (ix) the incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness in connection with the issuance of notes in payment of the repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent permitted by the covenant described under the caption "--Restricted Payments;" (x) Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the Credit Agreement or the Indenture to be outstanding; (xi) Indebtedness arising out of letters of credit, performance bonds, surety bonds, guarantees resulting from endorsements of negotiable instruments and bankers' acceptances, incurred in the ordinary course of business; (xii) all Obligations with respect to the foregoing; (xiii) the incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to repay, redeem, defease, extend, refinance, renew, replace or refund Indebtedness referred to in clauses (ii) through (xii) above, and this clause (xiii) (the "Refinancing Indebtedness"); provided that (a) the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount of Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, substituted or refunded 59 (plus the amount of fees, premiums, consent fees, prepayment penalties and expenses incurred in connection therewith); (b) in the case of Refinancing Indebtedness for Indebtedness permitted under clause (iii) or (viii) of this paragraph, the Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded or shall mature after the scheduled maturity date of the Notes; (c) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness subordinate to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded; and (d) with respect to Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by a Guarantor, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall rank no more senior, and shall be at least as subordinated, in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor as the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded; (xiv) Indebtedness of the Company (A) not to exceed an aggregate principal amount of $8.0 million outstanding at any time arising as a result of the issuance of tax-exempt industrial development bonds or similar tax-exempt public financing, and (B) additional Indebtedness arising out of the issuance of additional tax-exempt public financing obligations, but only to the extent that Indebtedness owing under the Credit Agreement is prepaid, concurrently with the receipt of the net proceeds of such issuance, in an amount at least equal to the amount of such net proceeds, and term indebtedness or the availability of revolving credit borrowings under the Credit Agreement is permanently reduced by the amount of such net proceeds; and (xv) the incurrence of Indebtedness between (a) the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (x) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary and (y) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. Liens The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of their property, assets or revenue now owned or hereafter acquired by them, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens; provided, however, that in addition to creating Permitted Liens on its properties or assets, the Company may create any Lien upon any of its properties or assets if the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligation is no longer secured by a Lien. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i)(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (x) on its Capital Stock or (y) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or (b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (a) Existing Indebtedness as in effect on the date of the Indenture, (b) the Credit Agreement and all related Senior Bank Debt documents as in effect as of the date of the Indenture, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the Credit Agreement as in effect on the date of the Indenture, (c) the Indenture, the Guarantee and the Notes, (d) applicable law, (e) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person is not taken into account in determining whether such acquisition was permitted by the terms of the Indenture, (f) by reason of customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, (g) purchase money obligations or Capital Lease Obligations for property acquired in the 60 ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (iii) above on the property so acquired, (h) permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, (i) customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials and customary provisions in agreements that restrict the assignees of such agreements or any rights thereunder or (j) restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant to a binding agreement which has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets The Indenture provides that the Company may not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless: (i) the Company is the surviving corporation or the entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the entity or Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (iii) immediately after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and (iv) the Company or the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (a) will have Consolidated Net Worth immediately after the transaction equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately preceding the transaction and (b) will, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under the caption "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;" provided, however, that this provision shall not prohibit any merger or consolidation among the Company and one or more of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor. The term "all or substantially all" is not defined in the Indenture. Accordingly, the term would likely be interpreted by reference to applicable state law at the time, and the interpretation will be dependent on the facts and circumstances existing at the time. As a result, under certain circumstances there could be uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction is prohibited by the Indenture. Transactions with Affiliates The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to or enter into any other transaction with, or for the benefit of, an Affiliate of the Company (an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors set forth in an Officers' Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors and (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing; provided that (v) the Employment Agreement and any employment agreement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past practice (other than past practice with respect to Thomas F. Pyle) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (w) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (x) investment banking and management fees in an aggregate amount no greater than $360,000 per annum plus reimbursement of expenses to be paid by the Company to Thomas H. Lee Company, (y) payments to Thomas F. Pyle pursuant to the Consulting Agreements (whether or not Thomas F. Pyle would be considered an Affiliate) and (z) transactions permitted by the covenant described under the caption "--Restricted Payments," in each case, shall not be deemed 61 Affiliate Transactions; further provided, however, that (A) the provisions of clause (ii) shall not apply to sales of inventory by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Affiliate in the ordinary course of business and (B) the provisions of clause (ii)(b) shall not apply to loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from, or equity investments in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by, any Affiliate to the extent permitted by the covenant described under the caption "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock." No Senior Subordinated Debt The Indenture provides that (i) the Company will not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Senior Debt of the Company and senior in any respect in right of payment to the Notes and (ii) the Company will not permit any Guarantor to incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to its Senior Debt and senior in any respect in right of payment to its Guarantee. Limitations on Guarantees of Company Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries The Indenture provides that in the event that any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company other than the Notes (the "Other Indebtedness"), the Company shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary shall concurrently guarantee the Company's Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes to the same extent that such Restricted Subsidiary guaranteed the Company's Obligations under the Other Indebtedness (including waiver of subrogation, if any), provided that if such Other Indebtedness is Senior Debt, the Additional Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the guarantee of such Other Indebtedness, as provided by the provisions of the Indenture described under the caption "--Subordination," and such Additional Guarantee shall be on the same terms and subject to the same conditions as the initial Guarantee given by ROV Holding under the Indenture. Each Additional Guarantee shall by its terms provide that the Additional Guarantor making such Additional Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from its obligations under such Additional Guarantee upon the release or discharge of the guarantee of the Other Indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such Additional Guarantee, except a discharge or release by, or as a result of, any payment under the guarantee of such Other Indebtedness by such Additional Guarantor. Additional Guarantees The Indenture provides that (i) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall, after the date of the Indenture, transfer or cause to be transferred, including by way of any Investment, in one or a series of transactions (whether or not related), any assets, businesses, divisions, real property or equipment having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) in excess of $1.0 million to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, (ii) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall acquire another Restricted Subsidiary having total assets with a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) in excess of $1.0 million, or (iii) if any Restricted Subsidiary shall incur Acquired Debt, then the Company shall, at the time of such transfer, acquisition or incurrence, (i) cause such transferee, acquired Restricted Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary incurring Acquired Debt (if not then a Guarantor) to execute a Guarantee of the Obligations of the Company hereunder in the form set forth in the Indenture and (ii) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, that such Guarantee is a valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such transferee, acquired Restricted Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary incurring Acquired Debt, subject to customary exceptions for bankruptcy and equitable principles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may make a Restricted Investment in any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company without compliance with this covenant provided that such Restricted Investment is permitted by the covenant described under the caption, "Restricted Payments." The Indenture provides that no Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person (other than the Company) whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless: (i) subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under its Guarantee, the Notes and the Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and (iii) such Guarantor, or any Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger, (a) would 62 have Consolidated Net Worth (immediately after giving effect to such transaction), equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of such Guarantor immediately preceding the transaction and (b) would be permitted by virtue of the Company's pro forma Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to incur, immediately after giving effect to such transaction, at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the covenant described under the caption "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock." The Indenture provides that in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the capital stock of any Guarantor, then such Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of such a merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Guarantor) or the Person acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of such Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture. See "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders --Asset Sales." In the event the Board of Directors designates a Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligation under its Guarantee, provided that such designation is conducted in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture including, but not limited to, the covenant described under the caption "--Restricted Payments." Reports The Indenture provides that, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company and, if the Company is required to file separate financial statements for any Guarantor, such Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee and to all Holders (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company and/or any Guarantor were required to file such forms, including a "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's and/or the Guarantor's certified independent accountants and (ii) all financial information that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company and/or any Guarantor were required to file such reports. In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all such information with the Commission for public availability (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and promptly make such information available to all securities analysts and prospective investors upon written request. In addition, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, they will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. Events of Default and Remedies The Indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an Event of Default: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture); (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture); (iii) failure by the Company to comply with the provisions described under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Change of Control;" (iv) failure by the Company or any Guarantor for 60 days after notice to comply with any of its other agreements in the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of the Indenture, if (a) such default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a default in the payment of such Indebtedness at final maturity of such Indebtedness, and (b) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity, when added to the aggregate principal amount of all other Indebtedness that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity, exceeds $5.0 million; (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $5.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and (viii) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Guarantee issued by a Guarantor shall 63 be held in any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Guarantee. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that if any Obligation with respect to Designated Senior Debt is outstanding upon a declaration of acceleration of the Notes, the principal, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes will not be payable until the earlier of (i) the day which is five business days after written notice of acceleration is received by the Bank Agent or any other agent acting in a similar capacity with regard to any Designated Senior Debt, or (ii) the date of acceleration of any Designated Senior Debt. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary, the principal of, and premium, if any, and any accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders of the Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as a result of the acceleration of any Indebtedness described in clause (v) of the preceding paragraph, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the holders of any Indebtedness described in clause (v) have rescinded the declaration of acceleration in respect of such Indebtedness within 30 days of the date of such declaration and if (a) the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, and (b) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the Indenture, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. If an Event of Default occurs prior to November 1, 2001 by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes prior to such date, then the premium specified in the Indenture shall also become immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note and the related Guarantees waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Guarantees. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy. 64 Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes ("Legal Defeasance") except for (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below, (ii) the Company's obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company's obligations in connection therewith and (iv) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the Indenture. In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the obligations of the Company released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership and insolvency events) described under "--Events of Default and Remedies" will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Liquidated Damages on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; (ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (a) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (b) since the date of the Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; (iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit) or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of deposit; (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument (other than the Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; (vi) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that after the 123rd day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally; (vii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and (viii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with. Transfer and Exchange A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. The registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 65 Amendment, Supplement and Waiver Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes). Without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder) (i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes in a manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes, (iii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note, (iv) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration), (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes, (vi) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, (vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by one of the covenants described under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders"), (viii) except pursuant to the Indenture, release any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee, or change any Guarantee in any manner that would adversely affect the Holders, or (ix) make any change in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions. In addition, any amendment to the provisions of Article 10 of the Indenture (which relate to subordination) will require the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding if such amendment would adversely affect the rights of Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, or to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. Concerning the Trustee The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent person in the conduct of his or her own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Holder of Notes, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. Additional Information Anyone who receives this Prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement without charge by writing to Rayovac Corporation, 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711-2497, Attention: Secretary. 66 Book-Entry, Delivery and Form Except as set forth in the next paragraph, the Notes to be resold as set forth herein will initially be issued in the form of one Global Note (the "Global Note"). The Global Note will be deposited on the date of the closing of the sale of the Notes offered hereby (the "Closing Date") with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company (the "Depositary") and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of the Depositary (such nominee being referred to herein as the "Global Note Holder"), or will remain in the custody of the Trustee pursuant to the FAST Balance Certificate Agreement between the Depositary and the Trustee. In the case of Old Notes that were (i) originally issued to or transferred to "institutional accredited investors" who are not "qualified institutional buyers" (as such terms are defined under "Notice to Investors" elsewhere herein) (the "Non-Global Purchasers") or (ii) issued as described below under "Certificated Securities," New Notes will be issued in the form of registered definitive certificates (the "Certificated Securities"). Upon the transfer to a qualified institutional buyer of Certificated Securities initially issued to a Non-Global Purchaser, such Certificated Securities may, unless the Global Note has previously been exchanged for Certificated Securities, be exchanged for an interest in the Global Note representing the principal amount of Notes being transferred. The Depositary is a limited-purpose trust company that was created to hold securities for its participating organizations (collectively, the "Participants" or the "Depositary's Participants") and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of transactions in such securities between Participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The Depositary's Participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the Initial Purchaser), banks and trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the Depositary's system is also available to other entities such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies (collectively, the "Indirect Participants" or the "Depositary's Indirect Participants") that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly. Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of the Depositary only through the Depositary's Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants. The Company expects that, pursuant to procedures established by the Depositary, (i) upon deposit of the Global Note, the Depositary will credit the accounts of Participants designated by the Initial Purchaser with portions of the principal amount of the Global Note and (ii) ownership of the Notes evidenced by the Global Note will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary (with respect to the interests of the Depositary's Participants), the Depositary's Participants and the Depositary's Indirect Participants. Prospective purchasers are advised that the laws of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive form of securities that they own. Consequently, the ability to transfer Notes evidenced by the Global Note will be limited to such extent. So long as the Global Note Holder is the registered owner of any Notes, the Global Note Holder will be considered the sole Holder under the Indenture of any Notes evidenced by the Global Note. Beneficial owners of Notes evidenced by the Global Note will not be considered the owners or Holders thereof under the Indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any directions, instructions or approvals to the Trustee thereunder. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records of the Depositary or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of the Depositary relating to the Notes. Payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on any Notes registered in the name of the Global Note Holder on the applicable record date will be payable by the Trustee to or at the direction of the Global Note Holder in its capacity as the registered Holder under the Indenture. Under the terms of the Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may treat the persons in whose names Notes, including the Global Note, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments. Consequently, neither the Company nor the Trustee has or will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of such amounts to beneficial owners of Notes. The Company believes, however, that it is currently the policy of the Depositary to immediately credit the accounts of the relevant Participants with such payments, in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings of beneficial interests in the relevant security as shown on the records of the Depositary. Payments by the Depositary's Participants and the Depositary's Indirect Participants to the beneficial owners of Notes will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice and will be the responsibility of the Depositary's Participants or the Depositary's Indirect Participants. 67 Certificated Securities Subject to certain conditions, any person having a beneficial interest in the Global Note may, upon request to the Trustee, exchange such beneficial interest for Notes in the form of Certificated Securities. Upon any such issuance, the Trustee is required to register such Certificated Securities in the name of, and cause the same to be delivered to, such person or persons (or the nominee of any thereof). All such certificated Old Notes will continue to be subject to the legend requirements described thereon. In addition, if (i) the Company notifies the Trustee in writing that the Depositary is no longer willing or able to act as a depositary and the Company is unable to locate a qualified successor within 90 days or (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Notes in the form of Certificated Securities under the Indenture, then, upon surrender by the Global Note Holder of its Global Note, Notes in such form will be issued to each person that the Global Note Holder and the Depositary identify as being the beneficial owner of the related Notes. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay by the Global Note Holder or the Depositary in identifying the beneficial owners of Notes and the Company and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the Global Note Holder or the Depositary for all purposes. Same-Day Settlement and Payment The Indenture requires that payments in respect of the Notes represented by the Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any) be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Global Note Holder. With respect to Certificated Securities, the Company will make all payments of principal, premium, if any, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holders thereof or, if no such account is specified, by mailing a check to each such Holder's registered address. Secondary trading in long-term notes and debentures of corporate issuers is generally settled in clearing-house or next-day funds. In contrast, the New Notes represented by the Global Note are expected to trade in the Depositary's Same-Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore, be required by the Depositary to be settled in immediately available funds. The Company expects that secondary trading in the Certificated Securities will also be settled in immediately available funds. Registration Rights; Liquidated Damages Holders of New Notes are not entitled to any registration rights with respect to the New Notes. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, holders of Old Notes were entitled to certain registration rights. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company agreed to file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to the New Notes. Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company will offer to the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer who are able to make certain representations the opportunity to exchange their Transfer Restricted Securities for New Notes. If (i) the Company is not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or permitted to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy or (ii) any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities notifies the Company within the specified time period that (a) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer or (b) that it may not resell the New Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (c) that it is a broker-dealer and owns Notes acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, the Company will file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement to cover resales of the Notes by the Holders thereof who satisfy certain conditions relating to the provision of information in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause the applicable registration statement to be declared effective as promptly as possible by the Commission. For purposes of the foregoing, "Transfer Restricted Securities" means each Old Note until (i) the date on which such Old Note has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for a New Note in the Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer of an Old Note for a New Note, the date on which such New Note is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) the date on which such Note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such Note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act. 68 The Registration Rights Agreement provides that (i) the Company will file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to December 21, 1996, (ii) the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to have the Exchange Offer Registration Statement declared effective by the Commission on or prior to March 7, 1997, (iii) unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company will commence the Exchange Offer and use its reasonable best efforts to issue, on or prior to 30 business days after the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the Commission, New Notes in exchange for all Notes tendered prior thereto in the Exchange Offer and (iv) if obligated to file the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to file the Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission on or prior to 60 days after such filing obligation arises and to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission on or prior to April 16, 1997. If (a) the Company fails to file any of the Registration Statements required by the Registration Rights Agreement on or before the date specified for such filing, (b) any of such Registration Statements is not declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness (the "Effectiveness Target Date"), (c) the Company fails to consummate the Exchange Offer within 30 business days of the Effectiveness Target Date with respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, or (d) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in the Registration Rights Agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above, a "Registration Default"), then the Company will pay Liquidated Damages to each Holder of Notes, with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Notes held by such Holder. The amount of the Liquidated Damages will increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Notes with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Liquidated Damages of $.50 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Notes. All accrued Liquidated Damages will be paid by the Company on each Damages Payment Date to the Global Note Holder by wire transfer of immediately available funds or by federal funds check and to Holders of Certificated Securities by wire transfer to the accounts specified by them or by mailing checks to their registered addresses if no such accounts have been specified. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease. Holders of Old Notes will be required to make certain representations to the Company (as described in the Registration Rights Agreement) in order to participate in the Exchange Offer and will be required to deliver information to be used in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement and to provide comments on the Shelf Registration Statement within the time periods set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement in order to have their Notes included in the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Liquidated Damages set forth above. Certain Definitions Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided. "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. "Additional Guarantee" means any guarantee of the Company's obligations under the Indenture and the Notes issued after the Issue Date as described in "--Certain Covenants--Limitations on Guarantees of Company Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries" and "--Certain Covenants--Additional Guarantees." "Additional Guarantor" means any Subsidiary of the Company that guarantees the Company's obligations under the Indenture and the Notes issued after the Issue Date as described in "--Certain Covenants--Limitations on Guarantees of Company Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries" and "--Certain Covenants--Additional Guarantees." "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control" 69 (including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a Person shall be deemed to be control. "Bank Agent" means Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the lenders party to the Credit Agreement, or any successor or successors thereto in such capacity. "Business Day" means any day other than a Legal Holiday. "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP. "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person (including, without limitation, membership interests in a limited liability company). "Cash Equivalents" means (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or guaranteed by a government that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development ("OECD Country") or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States of America or such OECD Country, as applicable, is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than three years from the date of acquisition of such security, (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any State of the United States of America or any local government or other political subdivision thereof rated (at the time of acquisition of such security) at least AA by Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P") or the equivalent thereof by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition of such security, (iii) U.S. dollar denominated time deposits, certificates of deposit and bankers' acceptances of (a) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $250 million or (b) any bank whose short-term commercial paper rating (at the time of acquisition of such security) by S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof, in each case with maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition of such security, (iv) commercial paper and variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by, any industrial or financial company with a short-term commercial paper rating (at the time of acquisition of such security) of at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's, or guaranteed by any industrial company with a long-term unsecured debt rating (at the time of acquisition of such security) of at least AA or the equivalent thereof by Moody's and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition of such security and (v) repurchase agreements with any lender under the Credit Agreement or any primary dealer maturing within one year from the date of acquisition that are fully collateralized by investment instruments that would otherwise be Cash Equivalents; provided that the terms of such repurchase agreements comply with the guidelines set forth in the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Supervisory Policy--Repurchase Agreements of Depository Institutions With Securities Dealers and Others, as adopted by the Comptroller of the Currency on October 31, 1985. "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, (i) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in connection with an Asset Sale (to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income), (ii) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was included in computing such Consolidated Net Income, (iii) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and other charges incurred in respect of letters of credit or bankers' acceptance financings and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated 70 Net Income, (iv) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period and deferred finance charges) and other non-cash charges of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (excluding non-cash charges to the extent that such non-cash charges represent an accrual of or reserve for cash charges to be incurred in any future period), to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income, including without limitation non-cash charges recorded in the period ended September 30, 1996 for the write-offs or write-downs of assets related to (A) the rationalization of manufacturing operations located in the United Kingdom, and (B) adjustments of Renewal Power Station inventory valuation, and (v) the following non-recurring expenses related to the recapitalization of the Company consummated on September 13, 1996 (the "Recapitalization"): (A) up to $2.3 milion of debt prepayment penalties incurred in connection with the prepayment of the Company's Indebtedness outstanding prior to the Recapitalization; (B) up to $2.2 million of advisory fees paid to the financial advisor to the Company's shareholders who sold shares in the Recapitalization; (C) legal and consulting fees incurred in connection with the Recapitalization of up to $4.2 million; and (D) up to $7.1 million of compensation expense paid to present and former officers of the Company with respect to obligations to such present and former officers arising as a result of the Recapitalization, in each case to the extent that such expenses were paid in cash during the period ended September 30, 1996 (or, in the case of up to $2.0 million of expenses incurred pursuant to clause (D) above, during the period ended September 30, 1998), and deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges of, a Subsidiary of the referent Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent (and in same proportion) that the Net Income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Subsidiary without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders. "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that (i) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary shall only be included to the extent of the amount of dividends or distribution paid to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, if at least 80% of the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) for the election of directors or other governing body of a Restricted Subsidiary is owned by the Company directly or indirectly through one or more of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, all of the Net Income of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included, (iii) the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary acquired directly or indirectly by the Company in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded, (iv) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded, (v) the Net Income of any Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders and (vi) the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries. "Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person as of any date, the sum of (i) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date plus (ii) the respective amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date with respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock) that by its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such dividends may be declared and paid only out of net earnings in respect of the year of such declaration and payment, but only to the extent of any cash received by such Person upon issuance of such preferred stock, less (a) all write-ups (other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and write-ups of tangible assets of a going concern business made within 12 months after the acquisition of such business) subsequent to the date 71 of the Indenture in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or a consolidated Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, and (b) all investments as of such date in unconsolidated Restricted Subsidiaries and in Persons that are not Restricted Subsidiaries (except, in each case, Permitted Investments), and (c) all unamortized debt discount and expense and unamortized deferred charges as of such date, all of the foregoing determined in accordance with GAAP. "Consulting Agreements" means (i) the Consulting Agreement dated September 12, 1996 between the Company and Thomas H. Pyle and (ii) the Confidentiality, Non-Competition, No Solicitation and No Hire Agreement between the Company and Thomas H. Pyle, each as in effect on the date of the Indenture and as amended from time to time in a manner no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company. "Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, by and among the Company, the lenders party thereto, DLJ Capital Funding, Inc., as documentation and joint syndication agent, and the Bank Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time. References to the Credit Agreement shall also include any credit agreement or agreements entered into by the Company to replace, extend, renew, increase, refund or refinance all or a portion of the Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding or available thereunder will not be increased except to the extent permitted by the covenant described above under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock." "Default" means any event or condition that is or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would, unless cured or waived, be an Event of Default. "Designated Senior Debt" means (i) so long as Senior Bank Debt is outstanding, the Senior Bank Debt and (ii) thereafter, any other Senior Debt permitted under the Indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or more and which has been designated by the Company as "Designated Senior Debt." "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date on which the Notes are scheduled to mature. "Employment Agreement" means the Employment Agreement dated September 12, 1996 between the Company and David A. Jones, as in effect on the date of the Indenture and as amended from time to time in a manner no less favorable, taken as a whole, to the Company. "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. "Existing Indebtedness" means (i) Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of the Indenture, until such amounts are repaid, and (ii) Indebtedness incurred after the date of the Indenture pursuant to the following agreements in aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $7.0 million (or the equivalent thereof in any foreign currency), as each such agreement is in effect as of the date of the Indenture and as the same may be amended on terms, taken as a whole, that are no less favorable to the Company: (a) the Credit Agreement between Rayovac Europe B.V. and ABN Amro Bank N.V.; (b) the Credit Agreement between Rayovac (UK), Ltd. and NatWest Bank plc (England); and (c) the Credit Agreement between Rayovac (UK), Ltd. and NationsBank, N.A. "Financing Lease" means any lease of property, real or personal, the obligations of the lessee in respect of which are required in accordance with GAAP to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee. "Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person for such period, whether paid or accrued, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments and the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letters of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations, but 72 excluding amortization of deferred financing fees) and (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, and (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee is called upon or Lien is enforced) and (iv) the product of (a) all cash dividend payments (and non-cash dividend payments in the case of a person that is a Subsidiary) on any series of preferred stock of such Person, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness (other than revolving credit borrowings) or issues preferred stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period. In addition, for purposes of making the computation referred to above, (i) acquisitions that have been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to clause (iii) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net Income, and (ii) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, and (iii) the Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the referent Person or any of its Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date. "Foreign Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia. "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination. "Government Securities" means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged. "Guarantee" of a Person means any agreement by which such Person assumes, guarantees, endorses, contingently agrees to purchase or provide funds for the payment of, or otherwise becomes liable upon, the obligation of any other Person, or agrees to maintain the net worth or working capital or other financial condition of any other Person or otherwise assures any creditor of such other Person against loss, including, without limitation, any comfort letter, operating agreement or take-or-pay contract and shall include, without limitation, the contingent liability of such Person in connection with any application for a letter of credit or letter of guarantee. "Guarantor" means, collectively, ROV Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and each Subsidiary of the Company that has executed a Guarantee in accordance with the covenants described under the captions "--Certain Covenants--Limitations on Guarantees of Company Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries" and "--Certain Covenants--Additional Guarantees," and their successors and assigns. "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest rates. 73 "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (ii) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed by such Person as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables entered into and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business on ordinary terms); (iii) all non-contingent reimbursement or payment obligations with respect to surety instruments; (iv) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments; (v) all indebtedness of such Person created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (vi) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (vii) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; (viii) all Hedging Obligations of such Person; and (ix) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) above. "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or indirect loans (including Guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances and loans and other arrangements, in each case made to officers and employees in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that an acquisition of assets, Equity Interests or other securities by the Company for consideration consisting of common equity securities of the Company shall not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. "Joint Venture" means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other similar legal arrangement (whether created by contract or conducted through a separate legal entity) which is not a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and which is now or hereafter formed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with another Person in order to conduct a common venture or enterprise with such Person. "Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banks in the City of New York, Chicago or San Francisco or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any Financing Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing (other than any option, call or similar right relating to treasury shares of the Company to the extent that such option, call or similar right is granted (i) under any employee stock option plan, employee stock ownership plan or similar plan or arrangement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or (ii) in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness permitted under the covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock"). "Liquidated Damages" means the additional amounts (if any) payable by the Company in the event of a Registration Default under, and as defined in, the Registration Rights Agreement. "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not loss), realized in connection with (a) any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment 74 of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and (ii) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss). "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale, which amount is equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the cash received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or monetization of, a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) in connection with such disposition over (ii) the sum of (a) the amount of any Indebtedness which is secured by such asset and which is required to be repaid in connection with the disposition thereof, plus (b) the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection with such disposition or in connection with the transfer of such amount from such Restricted Subsidiary to the Company, plus (c) provisions for taxes, including income taxes, reasonably estimated to be attributable to the disposition of such asset or attributable to required prepayments or repayments of Indebtedness with the proceeds thereof, plus (d) if the Company does not first receive a transfer of such amount from the relevant Restricted Subsidiary with respect to the disposition of an asset by such Restricted Subsidiary and such Restricted Subsidiary intends to make such transfer as soon as practicable, the out-of-pocket expenses and taxes that the Company reasonably estimates will be incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such transfer at the time such transfer is expected to be received by the Company (including, without limitation, withholding taxes on the remittance of such amount). "Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise), or (c) constitutes the lender, and (ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity. "Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person. "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer, or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of the Indenture. "Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of the Indenture. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company (or any Guarantor, if applicable), any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee. "Permitted Investments" means: (i) any Investments in the Company or in a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which, with respect to any such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, has a fair market value which does not exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate, or any Investments in a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that (A) is a Guarantor, or (B) is not a Guarantor, but is a Foreign Subsidiary and the aggregate fair market value of all Investments made after the date of the Indenture in Foreign Subsidiaries does not exceed $3.0 million (or the equivalent thereof in one or more foreign currencies); (ii) any Investments in Cash Equivalents; (iii) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor; (iv) Investments in accounts and notes receivable acquired in the ordinary course of business; (v) notes from employees, officers, directors, and their transferees and Affiliates issued to the Company representing payment of the exercise price of options to purchase common stock of the Company; (vi) other Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Asset Sales;" (vii) Investments by the Company and its Subsidiaries in Joint Ventures in the form of 75 contributions of capital, loans, advances or Guarantees; provided that, immediately before and after giving effect to such Investment, (a) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b) the aggregate fair market value of all Investments pursuant to this clause (vii) shall not exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate; (viii) Hedging Obligations permitted by the terms of the Credit Agreement and the Indenture to be outstanding; and (ix) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) not to exceed $5.0 million at any time outstanding. For purposes of this definition, the aggregate fair market value of any Investment shall be measured on the date such Investment is made without giving effect to subsequent changes in value and shall be valued at the cash amount thereof, if in cash, the fair market value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors, if in property, and at the maximum amount thereof, if in Guarantees. "Permitted Liens" means (i) any Lien existing on property of the Company or any Subsidiary on the date of the Indenture securing Indebtedness outstanding on such date; (ii) any Lien securing obligations under the Senior Bank Debt and any Guarantee thereof, which obligations or Guarantee are permitted by the terms hereof to be incurred and outstanding; (iii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty, or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained; (iv) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', landlords', materialmen's, repairmen's or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto; (v) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of pledges or deposits required in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation; (vi) Liens on property of the Company or any Subsidiary securing (a) the non-delinquent performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases and statutory obligations, (b) surety bonds (excluding appeal bonds and bonds posted in connection with court proceedings or judgments) and (c) other non-delinquent obligations of a like nature, including pledges or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security legislation, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business; (vii) Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment Liens and Liens securing contingent obligations on appeal bonds and other bonds posted in connection with court proceedings or judgments; provided that the enforcement of such Liens is effectively stayed and all such Liens in the aggregate at any time outstanding for the Company and its Subsidiaries do not exceed $3.0 million; (viii) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ix) purchase money security interests on any property acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring such property; provided that (a) any such Lien attaches to such property concurrently with or within 90 days after the acquisition thereof, (b) such Lien attaches solely to the property so acquired in such transaction, (c) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of such property and (d) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by all such purchase money security interests shall not at any time exceed $5.0 million; (x) Liens securing obligations in respect of Capital Lease Obligations on assets subject to such leases, provided that such Capital Lease Obligations are otherwise permitted hereunder; 76 (xi) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision relating to banker's liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution; provided that (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board, and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution; (xii) Liens in favor of the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; (xiii) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or such Person is merged into or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company; (xiv) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition; (xv) extensions, renewals and replacements of Liens referred to in clauses (i) through (xiv) above; provided that any such extension, renewal or replacement Lien is limited to the property or assets covered by the Lien extended, renewed or replaced and does not secure any Indebtedness in addition to that secured immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement; (xvi) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by clause (xiv) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock;" and (xvii) Liens securing other Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries not expressly permitted by clauses (i) through (xvi) above; provided that the aggregate amount of the Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted pursuant to this clause (xvii) does not exceed $3.0 million in the aggregate. "Person" means an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, government (or any agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind. "Restricted Investment" means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment. "Restricted Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary. "Senior Bank Debt" means all Obligations outstanding under or in connection with the Credit Agreement as such agreement may be restated, further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time hereafter, together with any refunding or replacement of such Indebtedness, up to an aggregate maximum principal amount outstanding or available at any time of $170 million plus the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness issued under the Credit Agreement pursuant to clause (vi) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock," less all outstanding Obligations with respect to Existing Indebtedness, less the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness issued pursuant to clause (xiv) (B) of the second paragraph of the covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock," less, without duplication, the aggregate amount of all mandatory repayments of principal (which may not be reborrowed) of and/or mandatory permanent reductions of availability of Indebtedness under such Senior Bank Debt and any optional prepayments on any term loans under the Credit Agreement that have been made since the date of the Indenture (including, without limitation, the aggregate amount of all such mandatory payments and reductions made pursuant to the covenant described under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Asset Sales"). "Senior Debt" means (i) the Senior Bank Debt and (ii) any other Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided that the amount of any Guarantee of Senior Bank Debt that constitutes Senior Debt with respect to any Guarantor shall be determined without regard to any reduction in the amount of any Guarantee of 77 such Senior Bank Debt necessary to cause such Guarantee not to be a fraudulent conveyance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Senior Debt shall not include (a) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company, (b) any Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates, (c) any trade payables or (d) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of the Indenture. "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof. "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof. "Subsidiary Guarantee" means, individually and collectively, the guarantees given by ROV Holding, Inc. and any Additional Guarantor pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) Minera Vidaluz, S.A. de C.V., (ii) Zoe Phos International, N.V., (iii) any Subsidiary that is designated by the Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: (a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt; (b) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company; (c) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (x) to subscribe for additional Equity Interest or (y) to maintain or preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and (d) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by the covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Restricted Payments." If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of the Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock," the Company shall be in default of such covenant). The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under the covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock," and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by the Company or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 78 CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS The following is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences associated with the exchange of the Old Notes for the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The summary is based upon current laws, regulations, rulings and judicial decisions all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. The discussion below does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular holders in the context of their specific investment circumstances or certain types of holders subject to special treatment under such laws (e.g., financial institutions, tax-exempt organizations, foreign corporations, and individuals who are not citizens or residents of the U.S.). In addition, the discussion does not address any aspect of state, local or foreign taxation. The exchange of the Old Notes for the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will not be treated as an "exchange" for federal income tax purposes because the New Notes do not differ materially in either kind or extent from the Old Notes. Rather, the New Notes received by a holder will be treated as a continuation of the Old Notes in the hands of such holder. As a result, there generally will be no federal income tax consequences to holders exchanging the Old Notes for the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. In addition, any "market discount" on the Old Notes should carry over to the New Notes. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the market discount rules to the New Notes received in exchange for the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Interest accruing throughout the term of the New Notes at a rate of 10-1/4% per annum will be includable in gross income in accordance with a holder's regular method of accounting. If Liquidated Damages are paid (in addition to the accrual of interest at a rate of 10-1/4% per annum) on the Old Notes as described above under "Description of the Notes--Registration Rights; Liquidated Damages," such Liquidated Damages payments generally should be includable in a holder's gross income as ordinary income when such payment is made. EACH HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT HIS TAX ADVISOR IN DETERMINING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND ANY OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE PARTICULAR HOLDER OF THE EXCHANGE OF OLD NOTES FOR NEW NOTES AND THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE OLD NOTES AND THE NEW NOTES. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION Each broker-dealer who holds Old Notes for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and who receives New Notes in exchange for such Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, may be a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until [ ], 1997 (180 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the New Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus. The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New Notes by broker-dealers. New Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the New Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on any such resale of New Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that is an "underwriter" within the meaning the Securities Act. For a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, the Company will promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. 79 LEGAL MATTERS Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the issuance of the New Notes will be passed upon for the Company by Whyte Hirschboeck Dudek S.C. EXPERTS The financial statements and schedules of the Company and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1995 and 1996 and as of September 30, 1996 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 1996, and the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996 included herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been included herein and in the Registration Statement in reliance upon the reports of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent certified public accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, given upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. 80 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page ---- Report of Independent Public Accountants F-2 Combined Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1995 and 1996 and September 30, 1996 F-3 Combined Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended June 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the Transition Period Ended Sep- tember 30, 1996 F-4 Combined Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the Transition Period Ended Sep- tember 30, 1996 F-5 Combined Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended June 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the Transition Period Ended September 30, 1996 F-6 Notes to Combined Consolidated Financial Statements F-7 Unaudited Condensed Combined Consolidated Balance Sheet as of Septem- ber 30, 1995 F-31 Unaudited Condensed Combined Consolidated Statement of Operations for the period July 1, 1995 through September 30, 1995 F-32 Unaudited Condensed Combined Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period July 1, 1995 through September 30, 1995 F-33 Notes to Unaudited Condensed Combined Consolidated Financial State- ments F-34
F-1 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS To the Board of Directors of Rayovac Corporation We have audited the accompanying combined consolidated balance sheets of Rayovac Corporation and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1995 and 1996 and September 30, 1996, and the related combined consolidated statements of operations, shareholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1996 and the period July 1, 1996 to September 30, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the combined consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Rayovac Corporation and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 1995 and 1996 and September 30, 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 1996 and the period July 1, 1996 to September 30, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Milwaukee, Wisconsin November 22, 1996 F-2 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES COMBINED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except per share amounts)
June 30, June 30, September 30, 1995 1996 1996 --------- --------- --------- Assets Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents $ 2,645 $ 2,190 $ 4,255 Receivables: Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $702, $786, and $722, respectively 50,887 55,830 62,320 Other 1,811 2,322 4,156 Inventories 65,540 66,941 70,121 Deferred income taxes 5,668 5,861 9,958 Prepaid expenses and other 5,651 4,975 4,864 --------- --------- --------- Total current assets 132,202 138,119 155,674 Property, plant and equipment, net 77,963 73,938 69,397 Deferred charges and other 10,270 9,655 7,413 Debt issuance costs 155 173 12,764 --------- --------- --------- Total assets $ 220,590 $ 221,885 $ 245,248 ========= ========= ========= Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) Current liabilities: Current maturities of long-term debt $ 11,916 $ 11,631 $ 8,818 Accounts payable 39,171 38,695 46,921 Accrued liabilities: Wages and benefits 9,372 6,126 5,894 Other 15,861 19,204 15,904 Recapitalization and other special charges -- -- 14,942 --------- --------- --------- Total current liabilities 76,320 75,656 92,479 Long-term debt, net of current maturities 76,377 69,718 224,845 Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion 10,954 12,141 12,138 Deferred income taxes 2,394 2,584 942 Other 958 162 564 Shareholders' equity (deficit): Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 90,000 shares; issued 50,000 shares; outstanding 50,000, 49,500 and 20,470 shares, respectively 500 500 500 Rayovac International Corporation common stock, $.50 par value, authorized 18 shares; issued and outstanding 10, 10 and 0 shares, respectively 5 5 -- Additional paid-in capital 12,000 12,000 15,970 Foreign currency translation adjustment 1,979 1,650 1,689 Note receivable officer/shareholder -- -- (500) Retained earnings 39,103 48,002 25,143 --------- --------- --------- 53,587 62,157 42,802 Less treasury stock, at cost, 500 and 29,530 shares, respectively -- (533) (128,522) --------- --------- --------- Total shareholders' equity (deficit) 53,587 61,624 (85,720) --------- --------- --------- Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit) . $ 220,590 $ 221,885 $ 245,248 ========= ========= =========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements. F-3 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, except per share amounts)
Years Ended Transition June 30, Period Ended ----------------------------------- September 30, 1994 1995 1996 1996 ------------------------ ----------- --------------- Net sales $386,176 $ 390,988 $399,384 $ 94,981 Cost of goods sold 234,870 237,126 239,343 59,242 -------- -------- ------- -------- Gross profit 151,306 153,862 160,041 35,739 -------- -------- ------- -------- Operating expenses: Selling 103,846 84,467 92,555 20,897 General and administrative 29,356 32,861 31,767 8,628 Research and development 5,684 5,005 5,442 1,495 Recapitalization charges -- -- -- 12,326 Other special charges 1,522 -- -- 16,065 -------- -------- ------- -------- 140,408 122,333 129,764 59,411 -------- -------- ------- -------- Income (loss) from operations 10,898 31,529 30,277 (23,672) Interest expense 7,725 8,644 8,435 4,430 Other (income) expense, net (601) 230 552 76 -------- -------- ------- -------- Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary item 3,774 22,655 21,290 (28,178) Income tax expense (benefit) (582) 6,247 7,002 (8,904) -------- -------- ------- -------- Income (loss) before extraordinary item 4,356 16,408 14,288 (19,274) Extraordinary item, loss on early extinguishment of debt, net of income tax benefit of $777 -- -- -- (1,647) -------- -------- ------- -------- Net income (loss) $ 4,356 $ 16,408 $ 14,288 $(20,921) ======== ======== ======= ======== Net income (loss) per common share: Income (loss) before extraordinary item $ 0.09 $ 0.33 $ 0.29 $ (0.44) Extraordinary item -- -- -- (0.04) -------- -------- ------- -------- Net income (loss) $ 0.09 $ 0.33 $ 0.29 $ (0.48) ======== ======== ======= ======== Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding 50,000 50,000 49,500 43,820 ======== ======== ======= ========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements. F-4 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands)
Years Ended Transition June 30, Period Ended ------------------------------------ September 30, 1994 1995 1996 1996 ----------- ------------ ------------ --------------- Cash flows from operating activities: Net income (loss) $ 4,356 $ 16,408 $ 14,288 $(20,921) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities: Recapitalization and other special charges -- -- -- 28,391 Extraordinary item, loss on early extinguishment of debt -- -- -- 2,424 Amortization of debt issuance costs 101 103 53 1,609 Depreciation 10,252 11,024 11,932 3,279 Deferred income taxes (1,086) 346 3 (5,739) Loss (gain) on disposal of fixed assets 340 110 (108) 1,289 Changes in assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable (9,211) (2,537) (6,166) (8,940) Inventories (18,545) 9,004 (1,779) (3,078) Prepaid expenses and other (489) (990) 1,148 741 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (4,426) 2,051 (1,526) (185) -------- --------- -------- --------- Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities (18,708) 35,519 17,845 (1,130) -------- --------- -------- --------- Cash flows from investing activities: Purchases of property, plant and equipment (12,464) (16,938) (6,646) (1,248) Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 35 139 298 1,281 Notes receivable officer/shareholder -- -- -- (500) -------- --------- -------- --------- Net cash used in investing activities (12,429) (16,799) (6,348) (467) -------- --------- -------- --------- Cash flows from financing activities: Reduction of debt (79,844) (106,383) (104,526) (107,090) Proceeds from debt financing 114,350 85,698 96,252 259,489 Cash overdraft (202) 3,925 2,339 (2,493) Debt issuance costs -- -- -- (14,373) Extinguishment of debt -- -- -- (2,424) Distributions from DISC (3,500) (1,500) (5,187) (1,943) Acquisition of treasury stock -- -- (533) (127,425) Payments on capital lease obligation -- -- (295) (84) -------- --------- -------- --------- Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 30,804 (18,260) (11,950) 3,657 -------- --------- -------- --------- Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 57 (345) (2) 5 -------- --------- -------- --------- Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents (276) 115 (455) 2,065 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 2,806 2,530 2,645 2,190 -------- --------- -------- --------- Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 2,530 $ 2,645 $ 2,190 $ 4,255 ======== ========= ======== ========= Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: Cash paid for interest $ 7,692 $ 8,789 $ 7,535 $ 7,977 Cash paid for income taxes $ 4,664 $ 8,821 $ 5,877 $ 419
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements. F-5 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) (in thousands)
Rayovac International Corporation Common Stock Common Stock Additional (DISC) ---------------------- Paid-in ----------------- Shares Amount Capital Shares Amount ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ------- Balances July 1, 1993 50,000 $500 $12,000 10 $ 5 Net income -- -- -- -- -- Distributions from DISC -- -- -- -- -- Translation adjustment -- -- -- -- -- Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability -- -- -- -- -- -------- ------ -------- ----- ------ Balances June 30, 1994 50,000 500 12,000 10 5 Net income -- -- -- -- -- Distributions from DISC -- -- -- -- -- Translation adjustment -- -- -- -- -- Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability -- -- -- -- -- -------- ------ -------- ----- ------ Balances June 30, 1995 50,000 500 12,000 10 5 Net income -- -- -- -- -- Distributions from DISC -- -- -- -- -- Translation adjustment -- -- -- -- -- Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability -- -- -- -- -- Treasury stock acquired (500) -- -- -- -- -------- ------ -------- ----- ------ Balances June 30, 1996 49,500 500 12,000 10 5 Net loss -- -- -- -- -- Common stock acquired in Recapitalization (29,030) -- -- -- -- Exercise of stock options -- -- 3,970 -- -- Increase in cost of existing treasury stock -- -- -- -- -- Note receivable, officer/ shareholder -- -- -- -- -- Termination of DISC -- -- -- (10) (5) Translation adjustment -- -- -- -- -- -------- ------ -------- ----- ------ Balances September 30, 1996 20,470 $500 $15,970 -- $-- ======== ====== ======== ===== ======
Foreign Notes Total Currency Receivable Shareholders' Translation Officer/ Retained Treasury Equity Adjustment Shareholder Earnings Stock (Deficit) Balances July 1, 1993 $1,415 $ -- $ 23,029 $ -- $ 36,949 Net income -- -- 4,356 -- 4,356 Distributions from DISC -- -- (3,500) -- (3,500) Translation adjustment 140 -- -- -- 140 Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability -- -- (23) -- (23) ------ ------ -------- ------- -------- Balances June 30, 1994 1,555 -- 23,862 -- 37,922 Net income -- -- 16,408 -- 16,408 Distributions from DISC -- -- (1,500) -- (1,500) Translation adjustment 424 -- -- -- 424 Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability -- -- 333 -- 333 ------ ------ -------- ------- -------- Balances June 30, 1995 1,979 -- 39,103 -- 53,587 Net income -- -- 14,288 -- 14,288 Distributions from DISC -- -- (5,187) -- (5,187) Translation adjustment (329) -- -- -- (329) Adjustment of additional minimum pension liability -- -- (202) -- (202) Treasury stock acquired -- -- -- (533) (533) ------ ------ -------- ------- -------- Balances June 30, 1996 1,650 -- 48,002 (533) 61,624 Net loss -- -- (20,921) -- (20,921) Common stock acquired in Recapitalization -- -- -- (127,425) (127,425) Exercise of stock options -- -- -- -- 3,970 Increase in cost of existing treasury stock -- -- -- (564) (564) Note receivable, officer/ shareholder -- (500) -- -- (500) Termination of DISC -- -- (1,938) -- (1,943) Translation adjustment 39 -- -- -- 39 ------ ------ -------- ------- -------- $1,689 $(500) $ 25,143 $(128,522) $ (85,720) ====== ====== ======== ======= ========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined consolidated financial statements. F-6 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1. RECAPITALIZATION Rayovac Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (the "Company") manufacture and market a variety of battery types including general (alkaline, rechargeables, heavy duty, lantern and general purpose), button cell and lithium. The Company also produces a variety of lighting devices such as flashlights and lanterns. The Company's products are sold primarily to retailers in the United States, Canada, Europe, and the Far East. Effective as of September 12, 1996, the Company, all of the shareholders of the Company, Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund III L.P. (the "Lee Fund") and other affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Company (THL Co.) completed a recapitalization of the Company (the "Recapitalization") pursuant to which: (i) the Company obtained senior financing in an aggregate of $170.0 million, of which $131.0 million was borrowed at the closing of the Recapitalization; (ii) the Company obtained $100.0 million in financing through the issuance of senior subordinated increasing rate notes of the Company (the "Bridge Notes"); (iii) the Company redeemed a portion of the shares of common stock held by the former President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company; (iv) the Lee Fund and other affiliates of THL Co. purchased for cash shares of common stock owned by shareholders of the Company; and, (v) the Company repaid certain of its outstanding indebtedness, including prepayment fees and penalties. The prepayment fees and penalties paid have been recorded as an extraordinary item in the Combined Consolidated Statements of Operations. Other non-recurring charges of $12,326,000 related to the Recapitalization were also expensed. The Company has changed its fiscal year end from June 30 to September 30. For clarity of presentation herein, the period from July 1, 1996 to September 30, 1996 is referred to as the "Transition Period Ended September 30, 1996" or "Transition Period". 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES The following is a summary of significant accounting policies of the Company: a. Principles of Combination and Consolidation: The combined consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Rayovac Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries and Rayovac International Corporation, a Domestic International Sales Corporation (DISC) which is owned by the Company's shareholders. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated. See also Note 6. b. Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenue from product sales upon shipment to the customer. c. Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. d. Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. e. Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers: The Company's trade receivables are subject to concentrations of credit risk as three principal customers accounted for 21%, 26% and 24% of the outstanding trade receivables as of June 30, 1995 and 1996 and September 30, 1996, respectively. The Company derived 28%, 27%, 28% and 25% of its net sales during the years ending June 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the Transition Period, respectively, from the same three customers. The Company has one customer that represented over 10% of its net sales. The Company derived 17%, 16%, 19% and 18% of its net sales from this customer during the years ending June 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the Transition Period, respectively. F-7 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) f. Displays and Fixtures: The costs of displays and fixtures are capitalized and recorded as a prepaid asset and charged to expense when shipped to a customer location. Such prepaid assets amount to approximately $1,300,000, $1,068,000 and $730,000 as of June 30, 1995 and 1996 and September 30, 1996, respectively. g. Inventories: Inventories are stated at lower of cost (first-in, first-out (FIFO) method) or market (net realizable value). h. Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. The Company provides for depreciation over the estimated useful lives of plant and equipment on the straight-line basis. Depreciable lives by major classification are as follows: Building and improvements 20-30 years Machinery, equipment and other 5-20 years Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred and major renewals and betterments are capitalized. Upon sale or retirement of depreciable assets, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. i. Debt Issuance Costs: Debt issuance costs are capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the lives of the debt agreements. Amortization of debt issuance costs during the Transition Period relates principally to the Bridge Notes. j. Accounts Payable: Included in accounts payable at June 30, 1995 and 1996 and September 30, 1996 is approximately $5,466,000, $7,805,000 and $5,312,000, respectively, of book overdrafts on disbursement accounts which were replenished prior to the presentation of checks for payment. k. Income Taxes: Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. l. Foreign Currency Translation: Assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are translated at the rate of exchange existing at year-end, with revenues, expenses, and cash flows translated at the average of the monthly exchange rates. Adjustments resulting from translation of the financial statements are accumulated as a separate component of shareholders' equity. Exchange gains (losses) on foreign currency transactions aggregating $290,000, ($112,000), ($750,000) and ($70,000) for the years ended June 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and the Transition Period, respectively, are included in other expense, net, in the Combined Consolidated Statements of Operations. m. Advertising Costs: The Company incurred expenses for advertising of $34,139,000, $25,014,000, $23,466,000 and $5,191,000 in the years ended June 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and the Transition Period, respectively. The Company's policy with regard to advertising production costs is to expense such costs as incurred. n. Net Income Per Share: Net income (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. o. Financial Instruments: At September 30, 1996, the Company had approximately $2,850,000 of commodity hedge contracts outstanding. The commodity contracts relate to certain metals used in the manufacturing process and are short-term in nature. p. Environmental Expenditures: Environmental expenditures that relate to current ongoing operations or to conditions caused by past operations are expensed. The Company determines its liability on a site by site basis and records a liability at the time when it is probable and can be reasonably estimated. The estimated liability is not reduced for possible recoveries from insurance carriers. F-8 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) q. Stock Split: In September 1996, the Company's board of directors declared a five-for-one stock split. A total of 16,376,000 additional shares were issued in conjunction with the stock split to shareholders of record. All applicable share and per share amounts herein have been restated to reflect the stock split retroactively . 3. INVENTORIES Inventories consist of the following (in thousands): June 30, June 30, September 30, 1995 1996 1996 -------- -------- -------- Raw material $19,815 $17,592 $21,325 Work-in-process 20,832 26,104 19,622 Finished goods 24,893 23,245 29,174 -------- -------- -------- $65,540 $66,941 $70,121 ======== ======== ======== 4. PROPERTY PLANT AND EQUIPMENT Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in thousands): June 30, June 30, September 30, 1995 1996 1996 ----------- ----------- --------------- Land, building and improvements $ 16,472 $ 15,469 $ 16,824 Machinery, equipment and other 114,341 119,619 120,125 Construction in process 4,233 5,339 6,232 -------- --------- --------- 135,046 140,427 143,181 Less accumulated depreciation 57,083 66,489 73,784 -------- --------- --------- $ 77,963 $ 73,938 $ 69,397 ======== ========= ========= 5. DEBT Debt consists of the following (in thousands):
June 30, June 30, September 30, 1995 1996 1996 ------- -------- -------- Term loan facility $ -- $ -- $105,000 Bridge Notes -- -- 100,000 Revolving credit facility -- -- 23,500 Debt paid September 1996 due to Recapitalization: Senior Secured Notes due 1997 through 2002 32,429 29,572 -- Subordinated Notes due through 2003 8,180 7,270 -- Revolving credit facility 39,500 39,250 -- Other: Notes payable in Pounds Sterling to a foreign bank, due on demand, with interest at bank's base rate plus 1.87% (7.87% at September 30, 1996) 2,551 1,242 939 Capitalized lease obligation -- 1,330 1,246 Notes and obligations, with a weighted average interest rate of 8.0% at September 30, 1996 5,633 2,685 2,978 ------- -------- -------- 88,293 81,349 233,663 Less current maturities 11,916 11,631 8,818 ------- -------- -------- Long-term debt $76,377 $ 69,718 $224,845 ======== ======== ========
F-9 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 5. DEBT (Continued) On September 12, 1996, the Company executed a new Credit Agreement (the "Agreement") arranged by BA Securities, Inc., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and certain of its affiliates for a group of financial institutions and other accredited investors. The Agreement provides for senior bank facilities, including term and revolving credit facilities in an aggregate amount of $170.0 million, as described below. Interest on borrowings is computed, at the Company's option, based on the Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association's base rate (as defined) ("Base Rate") or the Interbank Offering Rate ("IBOR"). The term loan facility includes: (i) Tranche A term loan of $55.0 million, quarterly amortization ranging from $1.0 million to $3.75 million beginning December 31, 1996 through September 30, 2002, interest at the Base Rate plus 1.5% per annum or at IBOR plus 2.5% per annum (9.75 % at September 30, 1996); (ii) Tranche B term loan of $25.0 million, quarterly amortization amounts of $62,500 during each of the first six years and $5.875 million in the seventh year beginning December 31, 1996 through September 30, 2003, interest at the Base Rate plus 2.0% per annum, or IBOR plus 3.0% per annum (10.25% at September 30, 1996); (iii) Tranche C term loan of $25.0 million, quarterly amortization of $62,500 during each of the first seven years and $5.8125 million during the eighth year beginning December 31, 1996 through September 30, 2004; interest at the Base Rate plus 2.25% per annum or IBOR plus 3.25% per annum (10.50% at September 30, 1996). The revolving credit facility provides for aggregate working capital loans up to $65.0 million through September 30, 2002, reduced by outstanding letters of credit ($10.0 million limit). Interest on borrowings is at the Base Rate plus 1.5% per annum or LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum (9.75% at September 30, 1996). The Company had outstanding letters of credit of approximately $3.1 million at September 30, 1996. The Agreement contains financial covenants with respect to borrowings which include, minimum earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization, fixed charge coverage and tangible net worth. In addition, the Agreement restricts capital expenditures and the payment of dividends. The Company is required to pay a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum on the average daily unused portion of the revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the Agreement are collateralized by substantially all the assets of the Company. The Bridge Notes bear interest at prime plus 3.5% (11.75% at September 30, 1996). The Bridge Notes were paid in full in October 1996. See also Note 16. The aggregate scheduled maturities of debt during subsequent years are as follows (in thousands): Year ending September 30, 1997 $ 8,818 1998 6,970 1999 8,886 2000 10,500 2001 12,500 Thereafter 185,989 -------- $233,663 ======== The capital lease obligation is payable in Pounds Sterling in installments of $390,000 in 1997, $470,000 in 1998 and $386,000 in 1999. For purposes of the Combined Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, the assets acquired under capital lease and the obligation are considered a non-cash transaction. The carrying values of the debt instruments noted above approximate their estimated fair values. F-10 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 6. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) During the year ended June 30, 1996, the former principal shareholder of the Company granted an officer and a director consideration options to purchase 235,000 shares of common stock owned by the shareholder personally at exercise prices per share ranging from $3.65 to $5.77 (the book values per share at the respective dates of grant). These options were exercised in conjunction with the Recapitalization and resulted in a charge to earnings of approximately $3,970,000 during the Transition Period and an increase in additional paid-in capital in the Combined Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit). Treasury stock acquired during the year ended June 30, 1996 was subject to an agreement which provided the selling shareholder with additional compensation for the common stock sold, if a change in control occurred within a specified period of time. As a result of the Recapitalization, the selling shareholder was entitled to an additional $564,000, which is reflected as an increase in treasury stock in the Combined Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity (Deficit). Retained earnings includes DISC retained earnings of $3,605,000 and $1,594,000 at June 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively. In August 1996, the DISC was terminated and the net assets were distributed to its shareholders. 7. STOCK OPTION PLAN Effective September 1996, the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") approved the Rayovac Corporation Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") which is intended to afford an incentive to select employees and directors of the Company to promote the interests of the Company. Under the Plan, stock options to acquire up to 3.0 million shares of common stock, in the aggregate, may be granted under either or both a time-vesting or a performance-vesting formula at an exercise price equal to the market price of the common stock on the date of grant. The time-vesting options become exercisable in equal 20% increments over a five year period. The performance-vesting options become exercisable at the end of ten years with accelerated vesting over each of the next five years if the Company achieves certain performance goals. A summary of the status of the Company's Plan is as follows: Weighted-Average Shares Exercise Price --------- --------- Granted 1,464,339 $4.39 Exercised -- -- Forfeited -- -- --------- --------- Outstanding, end of period 1,464,339 $4.39 ========= ========= The stock options outstanding on September 30, 1996 have a weighted-average remaining contractual life estimated at eight years. The weighted average fair value of each option issued was $1.92. The risk free interest rate utilized to determine the fair value of the options was 6.78%. None of these options are currently exercisable. The Company applies APB Opinion 25 and related Interpretations in accounting for its plan. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized in the statement of operations. Had the Company recognized compensation expense determined based on the fair value at the grant date for awards under the plans, consistent with the method prescribed by FASB Statement 123, the Company's net loss and loss per share, on a pro forma basis, for the Transition Period would have been increased to $21,035,000 and $0.48 per share, respectively. F-11 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 8. INCOME TAXES Pretax earnings (earnings before income taxes and extraordinary item) and income tax (benefit) expense consists of the following (in thousands):
Years Ended Transition June 30, Period Ended --------------------------------- September 30, 1994 1995 1996 1996 -------- -------- -------- --------- Pretax earnings: United States $ 1,031 $ 16,505 $ 17,154 $(27,713) Outside the United States 2,743 6,150 4,136 (2,889) -------- -------- -------- --------- Total pretax earnings $ 3,774 $ 22,655 $ 21,290 $(30,602) ======== ======== ======== ========= Income tax (benefit) expense: Current: Federal $ 230 $ 3,923 $ 5,141 $ (3,870) Foreign 528 797 1,469 (72) State (254) 1,181 389 -- -------- -------- -------- --------- Total current 504 5,901 6,999 (3,942) -------- -------- -------- --------- Deferred: Federal (1,342) 799 54 (3,270) Foreign 386 (544) (57) (847) State (130) 91 6 (1,622) -------- -------- -------- --------- Total deferred (1,086) 346 3 (5,739) -------- -------- -------- --------- $ (582) $ 6,247 $ 7,002 $ (9,681) ======== ======== ======== =========
The following reconciles the Federal statutory income tax rate with the Company's effective tax rate:
Years Ended Transition June 30, Period Ended ----------------------------- September 30, 1994 1995 1996 1996 ----------- ------- -------- --------------- Statutory Federal income tax rate 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% DISC commission income (27.4) (5.9) (5.2) 0.4 Effect of foreign items and rate differentials (5.6) (4.0) 1.0 (1.2) State income taxes, net (8.5) 3.6 1.1 3.9 Prior year taxes (11.4) -- -- -- Nondeductible recapitalization charges -- -- -- (6.2) Other 2.5 (1.1) 1.0 (0.3) ------ ------ ------ ------ (15.4)% 27.6% 32.9% 31.6% ====== ====== ====== ======
F-12 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 8. INCOME TAXES (Continued) The components of the net deferred tax asset and types of significant basis differences were as follows (in thousands):
June 30, June 30, September 30, 1995 1996 1996 ---------------------- --------------- Current deferred tax assets: Recapitalization charges $ -- $ -- $ 3,791 Inventories and receivables 1,894 1,395 1,407 Marketing and promotional accruals 906 1,498 1,252 Employee benefits 1,312 1,554 1,780 Environmental accruals 442 420 752 Other 1,114 994 976 ------- ------- ------- Total current deferred tax assets $ 5,668 $ 5,861 $ 9,958 ======= ======= ======= Noncurrent deferred tax assets: Employee benefits $ 2,719 $ 3,053 $ 3,704 State net operating loss carryforwards -- -- 1,249 Package design expense 661 532 523 Promotional expense 216 784 854 Other 1,410 1,516 1,475 ------- ------- ------- Total noncurrent deferred tax assets 5,006 5,885 7,805 ------- ------- ------- Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities: Property, plant, and equipment (7,395) (8,430) (8,708) Other (5) (39) (39) ------- ------- ------- Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities (7,400) (8,469) (8,747) ------- ------- ------- Net noncurrent deferred tax liabilities $(2,394) $(2,584) $ (942) ======= ======= =======
At September 30, 1996, the Company has operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $2.2 million, which expire generally in years through 2011. During 1995, the Company used approximately $3,200,000 of foreign net operating loss carryforwards for which a deferred tax asset had not been recognized in prior years due to uncertainty regarding future earnings of the subsidiaries to which the carryforwards related. As a result, the Company reversed the valuation allowance of $1,240,000 recorded at June 30, 1994 in 1995. Provision has not been made for United States income taxes on a portion of the undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries (approximately $2,563,000, $4,342,000 and $4,216,000 at June 30, 1995 and 1996, and September 30, 1996, respectively), either because any taxes on dividends would be offset substantially by foreign tax credits or because the Company intends to reinvest those earnings. Such earnings would become taxable upon the sale or liquidation of these foreign subsidiaries or upon remittance of dividends. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of the deferred tax liability on such earnings. F-13 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 9. LEASES Future minimum rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases, principally pertaining to land, buildings and equipment, are as follows (in thousands): Year ending September 30: 1997 $ 7,140 1998 6,088 1999 5,293 2000 4,613 2001 4,311 Thereafter 11,706 -------- $39,151 ======== The above lease commitments include payments under leases for the corporate headquarters facilities and other properties from partnerships in which one of the Company's shareholders is a partner. Annual minimum rental commitments on the headquarters facility of $3,042,000 are subject to an adjustment based upon changes in the Consumer Price Index. The leases on the other properties require annual lease payments of $451,000 subject to annual 3% increases. All of the leases expire during the years 2003 through 2021. Total rental expense was $8,006,000, $8,189,000, $8,213,000 and $1,995,000 for the years ended June 30, 1994, 1995, and 1996 and the Transition Period, respectively. 10. POSTRETIREMENT PENSION BENEFITS The Company has various defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all of its domestic employees. Plans covering salaried employees provide pension benefits that are based on the employee's average compensation for the five years which yield the highest average during the 10 consecutive years prior to retirement. Plans covering hourly employees and union members generally provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of service. The Company's policy is to fund pension costs at amounts within the acceptable ranges established by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The Company also has nonqualified deferred compensation agreements with certain of its employees under which the Company has agreed to pay certain amounts annually for the first 15 years subsequent to retirement or to a designated beneficiary upon death. It is management's intent that life insurance contracts owned by the Company will fund these agreements. Net periodic pension cost for the aforementioned plans is summarized as follows (in thousands):
Years Ended Transition June 30, Period Ended ------------------------------- September 30, 1994 1995 1996 1996 --------- --------- --------- --------------- Service cost $ 1,576 $ 1,711 $ 1,501 $ 2,149 Interest cost 3,069 3,390 3,513 944 Actual return on plan assets (2,377) (2,054) (7,880) (605) Net amortization and deferral (181) (708) 4,994 (166) ------- -------- -------- ------- Net periodic pension cost $ 2,087 $ 2,339 $ 2,128 $ 2,322 ======= ======== ======== =======
F-14 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 10. POSTRETIREMENT PENSION BENEFITS (Continued) The following tables set forth the plans' funded status (in thousands):
June 30, 1995 -------------------------------- Assets Exceed Accumulated Accumulated Benefits Benefits Exceed Assets -------------- ---------------- Actuarial present value of benefit obligations: Vested benefit obligation $19,860 $18,844 ======= ======= Accumulated benefit obligation $20,292 $19,636 ======= ======= Projected benefit obligation $ 25,209 $ 19,636 Plan assets at fair value, primarily listed stocks, bonds and cash equivalents 25,358 10,196 ------- ------- Projected benefit obligation (less than) in excess of plan assets (149) 9,440 Unrecognized net loss 684 1,384 Unrecognized net obligation (asset) 589 (5,245) Additional minimum liability -- 3,866 ------- ------- Pension liability $ 1,124 $ 9,445 ======= =======
June 30, 1996 -------------------------------- Assets Exceed Accumulated Accumulated Benefits Benefits Exceed Assets -------------- ---------------- Actuarial present value of benefit obligations: Vested benefit obligation $24,927 $19,138 ======= ======= Accumulated benefit obligation $25,576 $19,932 ======= ======= Projected benefit obligation $31,462 $19,932 Plan assets at fair value, primarily listed stocks, bonds and cash equivalents 32,297 9,349 ------- ------- Projected benefit obligation (less than) in excess of plan assets (835) 10,583 Unrecognized net loss 2,341 893 Unrecognized net obligation (asset) (4,711) 211 Additional minimum liability -- 3,823 ------- ------- Pension liability $ 1,717 $ 10,588 ======= =======
F-15 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 10. POSTRETIREMENT PENSION BENEFITS (Continued)
September 30, 1996 -------------------------------- Assets Exceed Accumulated Accumulated Benefits Benefits Exceed Assets --------------- ---------------- Actuarial present value of benefit obligations: Vested benefit obligation $25,273 $19,495 ======= ======= Accumulated benefit obligation $25,930 $20,305 ======= ======= Projected benefit obligation $31,910 $20,305 Plan assets at fair value, primarily listed stocks, bonds and cash equivalents 32,341 9,364 ------- ------- Projected benefit obligation (less than) in excess of plan assets (431) 10,941 Unrecognized net loss 2,147 832 Unrecognized net obligation (asset) 208 (2,894) Additional minimum liability -- 2,067 Contribution (86) (756) ------- ------- Pension liability $ 1,838 $ 10,190 ======= ========
Assumptions used in the aforementioned actuarial valuations were:
Years Ended Transition June 30, Period Ended ------------------------------- September 30, 1994 1995 1996 1996 --------- --------- --------- ----------------- Discount rate used for funded status calculation 7.5 % 8.0 % 7.5 % 7.5 % Discount rate used for net periodic pension cost calculations 7.5 % 7.5 % 8.0 % 7.5 % Rate of increase in compensation levels (salaried plan only) 5.5 % 5.5 % 5.0 % 5.0 % Expected long-term rate of return on assets 9.0 % 9.0 % 9.0 % 9.0 %
The Company has recorded an additional minimum pension liability of $3,866,000, $3,823,000 and $2,067,000 at June 30, 1995 and 1996, and September 30, 1996, respectively, to recognize the underfunded position of certain of its benefits plans. An intangible asset of $3,827,000, $3,582,000 and $1,826,000 at June 30, 1995 and 1996, and September 30, 1996, respectively, equal to the unrecognized prior service cost of these plans, has also been recorded. The excess of the additional minimum liability over the unrecognized prior service cost of $39,000 at June 30, 1995 and $241,000 at June 30 and September 30, 1996, has been recorded as a reduction of shareholders' equity. The Company sponsors a defined contribution pension plan for its domestic salaried employees which allows participants to make contributions by salary reduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company contributes annually 1% of participants' compensation, and may make additional discretionary contributions. The Company also sponsors defined contribution pension plans for employees of certain foreign subsidiaries. Company contributions charged to operations, including discretionary amounts, for the years ended June 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and the Transition Period were $827,000, $1,273,000, $1,000,000 and $181,000, respectively. F-16 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 11. POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS The Company provides certain health care and life insurance benefits to eligible retired employees. Participants earn retiree health care benefits after reaching age 45 over the next 10 succeeding years of service and remain eligible until reaching age 65. The plan is contributory; retiree contributions have been established as a flat dollar amount with contribution rates expected to increase at the active medical trend rate. The plan is unfunded. The Company is amortizing the transition obligation over a 20-year period. The following sets forth the plan's funded status reconciled with amounts reported in the Company's combined consolidated balance sheet (in thousands):
June 30, June 30, September 30, 1995 1996 1996 ------ ------- ------- Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO): Retirees $ 444 $ 723 $ 687 Fully eligible active participants 489 805 820 Other active participants 495 896 970 ------ ------- ------- Total APBO 1,428 2,424 2,477 Unrecognized net loss (287) (1,269) (1,246) Unrecognized transition obligation (681) (641) (631) ------ ------- ------- Accrued postretirement benefit liability $ 460 $ 514 $ 600 ====== ======= =======
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost includes the following components (in thousands):
Years Ended Transition June 30, Period Ended --------------------- September 30, 1994 1995 1996 1996 ------ ------ ------ --------------- Service cost $102 $110 $129 $ 58 Interest 79 85 111 44 Net amortization and deferral 40 40 54 35 ---- ---- ---- ---- Net periodic postretirement benefit cost $221 $235 $294 $137 ==== ==== ==== ====
A 9.5% annual rate of increase in the per capita costs of covered health care benefits was assumed for fiscal 1996, gradually decreasing to 5.5% by fiscal 2025. Increasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point in each year would increase the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of June 30, 1995 and 1996, and September 30, 1996 by $78,000, $144,000 and $147,000 respectively, and increase the aggregate of the service cost and interest cost components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the year ended June 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and the Transition Period by $16,000, $13,000, $12,000 and $3,000, respectively. A discount rate of 7.5% was used to determine the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation. F-17 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 12. BUSINESS SEGMENT AND INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS Information about the Company's operations in different geographic areas is summarized as follows (in thousands):
Years Ended Transition June 30, Period Ended ------------------------------------- September 30, 1994 1995 1996 1996 ------------ ------------ ------------ --------------- Net sales to unaffiliated customers: United States $320,933 $ 315,579 $ 321,866 $ 76,434 Foreign: Western Europe 51,270 59,560 61,336 14,527 Other 13,973 15,849 16,182 4,020 -------- --------- --------- --------- Total $386,176 $ 390,988 $ 399,384 $ 94,981 ======== ========= ========= ========= Transfers between geographic areas: United States $ 23,393 $ 26,928 $ 27,097 $ 7,431 Foreign: Western Europe 1,722 1,637 730 422 Other 54 49 -- -- -------- --------- --------- --------- Total $ 25,169 $ 28,614 $ 27,827 $ 7,853 ======== ========= ========= ========= Net sales: United States $344,326 $342,507 $348,963 $ 83,865 Foreign: Western Europe 52,992 61,197 62,066 14,949 Other 14,027 15,898 16,182 4,020 Eliminations (25,169) (28,614) (27,827) (7,853) -------- --------- --------- --------- Total $386,176 $390,988 $399,384 $ 94,981 ======== ========= ========= ========= Income from operations: United States $ 7,709 $ 24,335 $ 24,759 $(20,983) Foreign: Western Europe 2,851 5,410 5,002 (2,539) Other 338 1,784 516 (150) -------- --------- --------- --------- $ 10,898 $ 31,529 $ 30,277 $ (23,672) ======== ========= ========= ========= Total assets: United States $199,840 $189,557 $193,198 $215,287 Foreign: Western Europe 30,174 34,345 33,719 35,065 Other 12,032 16,093 17,532 18,782 Eliminations (19,610) (19,405) (22,564) (23,886) -------- --------- --------- --------- Total $222,436 $220,590 $221,885 $245,248 ======== ========= ========= =========
13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES The Company has entered into agreements to purchase certain equipment and to pay annual royalties. In a December 1991 agreement, the Company committed to pay annual royalties of $1,500,000 for the first five years, beginning in 1993, plus $500,000 for each year thereafter, as long as the related equipment patents are enforceable (2012). In a March 1994 agreement, the Company committed to pay annual royalties of $500,000 for five years beginning in 1995. F-18 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued) The estimated fair value of these commitments, based on current rates offered to the Company for debt with the same remaining maturities, is $8,498,000 at September 30, 1996. Additionally, the Company has committed to purchase tooling of $1,466,000 related to this equipment at an unspecified date in the future and purchase manganese ore amounting to $560,000 by March 1998. The Company has provided for the estimated costs associated with environmental remediation activities at some of its current and former manufacturing sites. In addition, the Company, together with other parties, has been designated a potentially responsible party of various third-party sites on the United States EPA National Priorities List (Superfund). The Company provides for the estimated costs of investigation and remediation of these sites when the amounts can be reasonably estimated. The actual cost incurred may vary from these estimates due to the inherent uncertainties involved. The Company believes that any additional liability in excess of the amounts provided of $2.1 million, which may result from resolution of these matters, will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, liquidity, or cash flow of the Company. The Company has certain other contingent liabilities with respect to litigation, claims and contractual agreements arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, such contingent liabilities are not likely to result in a loss in excess of amounts recorded of $750,000 at September 30, 1996. 14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS The Company and THL Co. are parties to a Management Agreement pursuant to which the Company has engaged THL Co. to provide consulting and management advisory services for an initial period of five years through September 12, 2001. Under the Management Agreement and in connection with the closing of the Recapitalization, the Company paid THL Co. and an affiliate $3.25 million. In consideration of ongoing consulting and management advisory services, the Company will pay THL Co. an aggregate annual fee of $360,000 plus expenses. The Company and 9.9% shareholder of the Company (the principal shareholder prior to the Recapitalization) are parties to a Consulting Agreement which includes noncompetition provisions. Terms of the agreement require the shareholder to provide consulting services for an annual fee of $200,000 plus expenses. The term of this agreement runs concurrent with the Management Agreement, subject to certain conditions as defined in the agreement. The Company has a note receivable from an officer/shareholder in the amount of $500,000, generally payable in five years, which bears interest at 7%. Since the officer/shareholder utilized the proceeds of the note to purchase common stock of the Company, the note has been recorded as a reduction of shareholders' equity. 15. OTHER SPECIAL CHARGES During the Transition Period, the Company recorded special charges as follows: (i) $2.7 million of charges related to the exit of certain manufacturing operations, (ii) $1.7 million of charges to increase net deferred compensation plan obligations to reflect curtailment of such plans; (iii) $1.5 million of charges reflecting the present value of lease payments for land which management has determined will not be used for any future productive purpose; (iv) $6.9 million in costs and asset write-downs principally related to changes in product pricing strategies adopted by management subsequent to the Recapitalization; and (v) $3.3 million of employee termination benefits and other charges. In 1994, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of approximately $1.5 million related to a plan to reduce the Company's cost structure and to improve productivity through an approximate 2.5% reduction in headcount on worldwide basis. This charge included severance costs, out-placement service, and other employee benefits, the majority of which was completed during 1995. F-19 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS Subsequent to September 30, 1996, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of approximately $2.7 million related to a reduction of employees. The charge included severance, out-placement services and other employee benefits. On October 22, 1996, the Company paid the Bridge Notes described in Note 5 utilizing the proceeds from a private debt offering of Senior Subordinated Notes (the "Notes"). On or after November 1, 2001 or in certain circumstances, after a public offering of equity securities of the Company, the Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at prescribed redemption prices plus accrued and unpaid interest. The terms of the Notes restrict or limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to, among other things, (i) pay dividends or make other restricted payments, (ii) incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock, (iii) create liens, (iv) incur dividend and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries, (v) enter into mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (vi) make asset sales, (vii) enter into transactions with affiliates, and (viii) issue or sell capital stock of wholly owned subsidiaries of the Company. Payment obligations under the Notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by the Company's directly and wholly-owned subsidiary, ROV Holding, Inc. (ROV or Guarantor Subsidiary). The foreign subsidiaries of the Company, which will not guarantee the payment obligations under the Notes (Nonguarantor Subsidiaries), are directly and wholly-owned by ROV. The following condensed combined consolidating financial data illustrates the composition of the combined consolidated financial statements. Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for by the Company on an unconsolidated basis (the Company and the DISC) and the Guarantor Subsidiary using the equity method for purposes of the consolidating presentation. Earnings of subsidiaries are therefore reflected in the Company's and Guarantor Subsidiary's investment accounts and earnings. The principal elimination entries eliminate investments in subsidiaries and intercompany balances and transactions. Separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiary are not presented because management has determined that such financial statements would not be material to investors. F-20 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 (in thousands)
Parent Guarantor Nonguarantor Combined and DISC Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated ------------ ------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents $ 2,983 $ 57 $ 1,215 $ -- $ 4,255 Receivables: Trade accounts receivable, net 45,614 -- 16,706 -- 62,320 Other 15,128 162 95 (11,229) 4,156 Inventories 57,615 -- 13,303 (797) 70,121 Deferred income taxes 8,688 1,026 244 -- 9,958 Prepaid expenses and other 3,457 -- 1,407 -- 4,864 --------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Total current assets 133,485 1,245 32,970 (12,026) 155,674 Property, plant and equipment, net 62,252 -- 7,145 -- 69,397 Deferred charges and other 6,815 -- 598 -- 7,413 Debt issuance costs 12,764 -- -- -- 12,764 Investment in subsidiaries 12,056 12,098 -- (24,154) -- --------- ------- -------- -------- -------- Total assets $ 227,372 13,343 $ 40,713 $(36,180) $ 245,248 ========= ======= ======== ======== ======== LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) Current liabilities: Current maturities of long-term debt $ 4,500 $ -- $ 4,318 $ -- $ 8,818 Accounts payable 40,830 597 16,505 (11,011) 46,921 Accrued liabilities: Wages and benefits 4,759 -- 1,135 -- 5,894 Other 12,915 484 2,505 -- 15,904 Recapitalization and other special charges 11,645 -- 3,297 -- 14,942 --------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Total current liabilities 74,649 1,081 27,760 (11,011) 92,479 Long-term debt, net of current maturities 223,990 -- 855 -- 224,845 Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion 12,138 -- -- -- 12,138 Deferred income taxes 736 206 -- -- 942 Other 564 -- -- -- 564 Shareholders' equity (deficit): Common stock 500 -- 12,072 (12,072) 500 Additional paid-in capital 15,970 3,525 750 (4,275) 15,970 Foreign currency translation adjustment 1,689 1,689 1,689 (3,378) 1,689 Note receivable officer/shareholder (500) -- -- -- (500) Retained earnings 26,158 6,842 (2,413) (5,444) 25,143 --------- ------- ------- -------- -------- 43,817 12,056 12,098 (25,169) 42,802 Less treasury stock (128,522) -- -- -- (128,522) --------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Total shareholders' equity (deficit) (84,705) 12,056 12,098 (25,169) (85,720) --------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit) $ 227,372 $13,343 $40,713 $(36,180) $ 245,248 ========= ======= ======= ======== ========
F-21 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS TRANSITION PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 (in thousands)
Parent Guarantor Nonguarantor Combined and DISC Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated --------- --------- ------------ ------------ ------------ Net sales $ 83,865 $ -- $18,970 $ (7,854) $ 94,981 Cost of goods sold 53,480 -- 13,470 (7,708) 59,242 --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- Gross profit 30,385 -- 5,500 (146) 35,739 --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- Operating expenses: Selling 17,644 -- 3,253 -- 20,897 General and administrative 6,508 2 2,109 9 8,628 Research and development 1,495 -- -- -- 1,495 Recapitalization charges 12,326 -- -- -- 12,326 Other special charges 12,768 -- 3,297 -- 16,065 --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- 50,741 2 8,659 9 59,411 --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- Loss from operations (20,356) (2) (3,159) (155) (23,672) Interest expense 4,320 -- 110 -- 4,430 Equity in loss of subsidiary 2,508 2,611 -- (5,119) -- Other (income) expense, net (170) (162) 408 -- 76 --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- Loss before income taxes and extraordinary item (27,014) (2,451) (3,677) 4,964 (28,178) Income tax (benefit) expense (7,895) 57 (1,066) -- (8,904) --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- Loss before extraordinary item (19,119) (2,508) (2,611) 4,964 (19,274) Extraordinary item, loss on early extinguishment of debt, net of income tax benefit of $777 (1,647) -- -- -- (1,647) --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- Net loss $(20,766) $(2,508) $(2,611) $ 4,964 $(20,921) ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
F-22 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS TRANSITION PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 (in thousands)
Parent Guarantor Nonguarantor Combined and DISC Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated ------------ ------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities $ (2,078) $16 $ 932 $-- $ (1,130) Cash flows from investing activities: Purchases of property, plant and equipment (912) -- (336) -- (1,248) Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 1,281 -- -- -- 1,281 Notes receivable officer/shareholder (500) -- -- -- (500) -------- ----- ------- ---- -------- Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (131) -- (336) -- (467) -------- ----- ------- ---- -------- Cash flows from financing activities: Reduction of debt (104,138) -- (2,952) -- (107,090) Proceeds from debt financing 256,500 -- 2,989 -- 259,489 Cash overdraft (2,493) -- -- -- (2,493) Debt issuance costs (14,373) -- -- -- (14,373) Extinguishment of debt (2,424) -- -- -- (2,424) Distributions from DISC (1,943) -- -- -- (1,943) Acquisition of treasury stock (127,425) -- -- -- (127,425) Payments on capital lease obligation -- -- (84) -- (84) -------- ----- ------- ---- -------- Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 3,704 -- (47) -- 3,657 -------- -------- -------- ---- -------- Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents -- -- 5 -- 5 -------- -------- -------- ---- -------- Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 1,495 16 554 -- 2,065 Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 1,488 41 661 -- 2,190 -------- -------- -------- ---- -------- Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 2,983 $57 $ 1,215 $-- $ 4,255 ======== ======== ======== ===== ========
F-23 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET JUNE 30, 1996 (in thousands)
Parent Guarantor Nonguarantor Combined and DISC Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated ------------ ---------------------------- --------------- --------------- ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,488 $ 41 $ 661 $ -- $ 2,190 Receivables: Trade accounts receivable, net 40,138 -- 15,692 -- 55,830 Other 11,434 318 780 (10,210) 2,322 Inventories 54,486 -- 12,951 (496) 66,941 Deferred income taxes 5,439 179 243 -- 5,861 Prepaid expenses and other 3,415 -- 1,560 -- 4,975 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total current assets 116,400 538 31,887 (10,706) 138,119 Property, plant and equipment, net 66,504 -- 7,434 -- 73,938 Deferred charges and other 9,047 -- 608 -- 9,655 Debt issuance costs 173 -- -- -- 173 Investment in subsidiaries 14,524 14,670 -- (29,194) -- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total assets $ 206,648 $15,208 $39,929 $(39,900) $ 221,885 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) Current liabilities: Current maturities of long-term debt $ 7,350 $ -- $ 4,281 $ -- $ 11,631 Accounts payable 32,906 492 15,145 (9,848) 38,695 Accrued liabilities: Wages and benefits 5,077 -- 1,049 -- 6,126 Other 15,375 (14) 3,843 -- 19,204 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total current liabilities 60,708 478 24,318 (9,848) 75,656 Long-term debt, net of current maturities 68,777 -- 941 -- 69,718 Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion 12,141 -- -- -- 12,141 Deferred income taxes 2,378 206 -- -- 2,584 Other 162 -- -- -- 162 Shareholders' equity (deficit): Common stock 500 -- 12,072 (12,072) 500 Rayovac International Corporation common stock 5 -- -- -- 5 Additional paid-in capital 12,000 3,525 750 (4,275) 12,000 Foreign currency translation adjustment 1,650 1,650 1,650 (3,300) 1,650 Retained earnings 48,860 9,349 198 (10,405) 48,002 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- 63,015 14,524 14,670 (30,052) 62,157 Less treasury stock, at cost (533) -- -- -- (533) -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total shareholders' equity (deficit) 62,482 14,524 14,670 (30,052) 61,624 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total liabilities and shareholders' $ equity (deficit) $206,648 $15,208 $39,929 (39,900) $221,885 ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
F-24 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 (in thousands)
Parent Guarantor Nonguarantor Combined and DISC Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated ------------ ------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- Net sales $348,964 $ -- $78,247 $(27,827) $399,384 Cost of goods sold 213,349 -- 53,846 (27,852) 239,343 -------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Gross profit 135,615 -- 24,401 25 160,041 -------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Operating expenses: Selling 79,385 -- 13,170 -- 92,555 General and administrative 25,967 12 5,775 13 31,767 Research and development 5,442 -- -- -- 5,442 -------- ------- ------- -------- -------- 110,794 12 18,945 13 129,764 -------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Income (loss) from operations 24,821 (12) 5,456 12 30,277 Interest expense 7,731 -- 704 -- 8,435 Equity in income of subsidiary (2,507) (2,167) -- 4,674 -- Other (income) expense, net (51) (570) 1,173 -- 552 -------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Income before income taxes 19,648 2,725 3,579 (4,662) 21,290 Income tax expense 5,372 218 1,412 -- 7,002 -------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Net income $ 14,276 $ 2,507 $ 2,167 $ (4,662) $ 14,288 ======== ======= ======= ======== ========
F-25 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 (in thousands)
Parent Guarantor Nonguarantor Combined and DISC Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated ----------- ---------------------------- --------------- --------------- Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities $ 14,449 $(292) $ 3,688 $-- $ 17,845 Cash flows from investing activities: Purchases of property, plant and equipment (6,558) -- (88) -- (6,646) Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 298 -- -- -- 298 -------- -------- --------- ----- --------- Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (6,260) -- (88) -- (6,348) -------- -------- -------- ----- --------- Cash flows from financing activities: Reduction of debt (97,627) -- (6,899) -- (104,526) Proceeds from debt financing 93,600 -- 2,652 -- 96,252 Cash overdraft 2,339 -- -- -- 2,339 Distributions from DISC (5,187) -- -- -- (5,187) Intercompany dividends -- 130 (130) -- -- Acquisition of treasury stock (533) -- -- -- (533) Payments on capital lease obligation -- -- (295) -- (295) -------- -------- -------- ----- --------- Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (7,408) 130 (4,672) -- (11,950) -------- -------- -------- ----- --------- Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents -- -- (2) -- (2) -------- -------- -------- ----- --------- Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 781 (162) (1,074) -- (455) Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 707 203 1,735 -- 2,645 -------- -------- -------- ----- --------- Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $ 1,488 $ 41 $ 661 $-- $ 2,190 ======== ======== ======== ====== =========
F-26 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEET JUNE 30, 1995 (in thousands)
Parent Guarantor Nonguarantor Combined and DISC Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated ----------- ------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents $ 707 $ 203 $ 1,735 $ -- $ 2,645 Receivables: Trade accounts receivable, net 37,698 -- 13,189 -- 50,887 Other 8,312 119 254 (6,874) 1,811 Inventories 52,076 -- 14,136 (672) 65,540 Deferred income taxes 5,509 -- 159 -- 5,668 Prepaid expenses and other 3,936 -- 1,715 -- 5,651 -------- ------- ------- -------- ------- Total current assets 108,238 322 31,188 (7,546) 132,202 Property, plant and equipment, net 70,480 -- 7,483 -- 77,963 Deferred charges and other 9,609 -- 661 -- 10,270 Debt issuance costs 155 -- -- -- 155 Investment in subsidiaries 12,346 12,961 -- (25,307) -- -------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Total assets $200,828 $13,283 $39,332 $(32,853) $220,590 ======== ======= ======= ======== ======== LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) Current liabilities: Current maturities of long-term debt $ 3,777 $ -- $ 8,139 $ -- $ 11,916 Accounts payable 33,419 222 12,207 (6,677) 39,171 Accrued liabilities: Wages and benefits 8,514 -- 858 -- 9,372 Other 11,055 715 4,091 -- 15,861 -------- ------- ------- -------- --------- Total current liabilities 56,765 937 25,295 (6,677) 76,320 Long-term debt, net of current maturities 76,377 -- -- -- 76,377 Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion 10,836 -- 118 -- 10,954 Deferred income taxes 2,394 -- -- -- 2,394 Other -- -- 958 -- 958 Shareholders' equity (deficit): Common stock 500 -- 12,072 (12,072) 500 Rayovac International Corporation common stock 5 -- -- -- 5 Additional paid-in capital 12,000 3,525 750 (4,275) 12,000 Foreign currency translation adjustment 1,979 1,979 1,979 (3,958) 1,979 Retained earnings 39,972 6,842 (1,840) (5,871) 39,103 -------- ------- ------- -------- --------- Total shareholders' equity (deficit) 54,456 12,346 12,961 (26,176) 53,587 -------- ------- ------- -------- --------- Total liabilities and shareholders' equity (deficit) $200,828 $13,283 $ 39,332 $(32,853) $220,590 ======== ======= ======= ======== ========
F-27 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 (in thousands)
Parent Guarantor Nonguarantor Combined and DISC Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated ------------ ------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- Net sales $342,507 $ -- $77,095 $(28,614) $390,988 Cost of goods sold 214,119 -- 51,781 (28,774) 237,126 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Gross profit 128,388 -- 25,314 160 153,862 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Operating expenses: Selling 71,626 -- 12,841 -- 84,467 General and administrative 27,556 (651) 5,872 84 32,861 Research and development 5,005 -- -- -- 5,005 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- 104,187 (651) 18,713 84 122,333 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Income from operations 24,201 651 6,601 76 31,529 Interest expense 7,889 -- 755 -- 8,644 Equity in income of subsidiary (5,520) (4,928) -- 10,448 -- Other (income) expense, net (116) (319) 665 -- 230 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Income before income taxes 21,948 5,898 5,181 (10,372) 22,655 Income tax expense 5,616 378 253 -- 6,247 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Net income $ $ 16,332 $ 5,520 $ 4,928 (10,372) $ 16,408 ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
F-28 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 (in thousands)
Parent Guarantor Nonguarantor Combined and DISC Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated ------------ ------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities $ 32,394 $(3,823) $ 3,737 $ 3,211 $ 35,519 Cash flows from investing activities: Purchases of property, plant and equipment (14,288) -- (2,650) -- (16,938) Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 139 -- -- -- 139 -------- ------- ------- ------- -------- Net cash used in investing activities (14,149) -- (2,650) -- (16,799) -------- ------- ------- ------- -------- Cash flows from financing activities: Reduction of debt (100,536) -- (5,847) -- (106,383) Proceeds from debt financing 79,749 -- 5,223 726 85,698 Cash overdraft 3,925 -- -- -- 3,925 Distributions from DISC (1,500) -- -- -- (1,500) Intercompany dividends -- 3,899 (3,899) -- -- -------- ------- ------- ------- -------- Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (18,362) 3,899 (4,523) 726 (18,260) -------- ------- ------- ------- -------- Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents -- -- 3,592 (3,937) (345) -------- ------- ------- ------- -------- Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (117) 76 156 -- 115 -------- ------- ------- ------- -------- Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 824 127 1,579 -- 2,530 -------- ------- ------- ------- -------- Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $ 707 $ 203 $ 1,735 $ -- $ 2,645 ======== ======= ======= ======= ========
F-29 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1994 (in thousands)
Parent Guarantor Nonguarantor Combined and DISC Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated ---------- ------------- --------------- ------------ --------------- Net sales $344,325 $ -- $67,020 $(25,169) $386,176 Cost of goods sold 213,551 -- 46,756 (25,437) 234,870 -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- Gross profit 130,774 -- 20,264 268 151,306 -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- Operating expenses: Selling 92,317 -- 11,529 -- 103,846 General and administrative 24,482 7 4,841 26 29,356 Research and development 5,684 -- -- -- 5,684 Other special charges 1,522 -- -- -- 1,522 -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- 124,005 7 16,370 26 140,408 -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- Income (loss) from operations 6,769 (7) 3,894 242 10,898 Interest expense 7,072 -- 653 -- 7,725 Equity in income of subsidiary (1,998) (2,251) -- 4,249 -- Other (income) expense, net (1,081) 407 73 -- (601) -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- Income before income taxes 2,776 1,837 3,168 (4,007) 3,774 Income tax (benefit) expense (1,338) (161) 917 -- (582) -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- Net income $ 4,114 $ 1,998 $ 2,251 $ (4,007) $ 4,356 ======== ======== ======== ======== =======
F-30 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued) 16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (Continued) CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1994 (in thousands)
Parent Guarantor Nonguarantor Combined and DISC Subsidiary Subsidiaries Eliminations Consolidated ---------- ------------ -------------- -------------- ------------- Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities $(17,709) $(747) $ (979) $ 727 $ (18,708) Cash flows from investing activities: Purchases of property, plant and equipment (11,475) -- (989) -- (12,464) Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 35 -- -- -- 35 -------- ------ ------- ------ -------- Net cash used in investing activities (11,440) -- (989) -- (12,429) -------- ------ ------- ------ -------- Cash flows from financing activities: Reduction of debt (77,751) -- (2,093) -- (79,844) Proceeds from debt financing 110,775 -- 4,300 (725) 114,350 Cash overdraft (202) -- -- -- (202) Distributions from DISC (3,500) -- -- -- (3,500) Intercompany dividends -- 150 (150) -- -- -------- ------ ------- ------ -------- Net cash provided by (used in) financial activities 29,322 150 2,057 (725) 30,804 -------- ------ ------- ------ -------- Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents -- -- 59 (2) 57 -------- ------ ------- ------ -------- Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 173 (597) 148 -- (276) Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 651 724 1,431 -- 2,806 -------- ------ ------- ------ -------- Cash and cash equivalents, end of year $ 824 $ 127 $ 1,579 $ -- $ 2,530 ======== ====== ======= ====== ========
F-31 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (Unaudited) September 30, 1995 (in thousands, except per share amounts)
Assets Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents $ 2,431 Receivables: Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts of $433 66,833 Other 1,009 Inventories 73,189 Deferred income taxes 5,757 Prepaid expenses and other 6,208 -------- Total current assets 155,427 Property, plant and equipment, net 75,833 Deferred charges and other 10,289 -------- Total assets $241,549 ======== Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity Current liabilities: Current maturities of long-term debt $ 11,973 Accounts payable 49,877 Accrued liabilities: Wages and benefits 6,095 Other 18,962 -------- Total current liabilities 86,907 Long-term debt, net of current maturities 87,127 Employee benefit obligations, net of current portion 11,035 Deferred income taxes 2,339 Other 938 Shareholders' equity: Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 90,000 shares; issued 50,000 shares; outstanding 49,500 shares 500 Rayovac International Corporation common stock, $.50 par value, authorized 18 shares; issued and outstanding 10 shares 5 Additional paid-in capital 12,000 Foreign currency translation adjustment 2,362 Retained earnings 38,869 -------- 53,736 Less treasury stock, at cost, 500 shares (533) -------- Total shareholders' equity 53,203 -------- Total liabilities and shareholders' equity $241,549 ========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed combined consolidated financial statements. F-32 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited) For the Period July 1, 1995 Through September 30, 1995 (in thousands, except per share amount)
Net sales $100,627 Cost of goods sold 64,116 -------- Gross profit 36,511 -------- Operating expenses: Selling 23,214 General and administrative 7,386 Research and development 1,361 -------- 31,961 -------- Income from operations 4,550 Interest expense 2,413 Other expense, net 29 -------- Income before income taxes 2,108 Income taxes 742 -------- Net income $ 1,366 ======== Net income per common share $ 0.28 ======== Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding 49,500 ========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed combined consolidated financial statements. F-33 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited) For the Period July 1, 1995 Through September 30, 1995 (in thousands)
Net cash used in operating activities $ (9,627) -------- Cash flows from investing activities: Purchases of property, plant and equipment (1,097) -------- Net cash used in investing activities (1,097) -------- Cash flows from financing activities: Reduction of debt (18,424) Proceeds from debt financing 29,230 Cash overdraft 1,293 Distributions from DISC (1,600) -------- Net cash provided by financing activities 10,499 -------- Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 11 -------- Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents (214) Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 2,645 -------- Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $ 2,431 ========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed combined consolidated financial statements. F-34 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONDENSED COMBINED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) 1. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Basis of Presentation: The condensed combined consolidated financial statements for the period July 1, 1995 through September 30, 1995 are unaudited. These financial statements have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and, in the opinion of the Company, include all adjustments (all of which are normal and recurring in nature) necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such SEC rules and regulations. These condensed combined consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual audited financial statements and notes thereto. 2. INVENTORIES Inventories at September 30, 1995 consist of the following (in thousands): Raw material $21,400 Work-in-process 24,224 Finished goods 27,565 ------- $73,189 ======= 3. COMMON STOCK In September 1996, the Company's Board of Directors declared a five-for-one stock split. All applicable share and per share amounts herein have been restated to reflect the stock split retroactively. 4. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES The Company has entered into agreements to purchase certain equipment and to pay annual royalties. In a December 1991 agreement, the Company committed to pay annual royalties of $1,500,000 for the first five years, beginning in 1993, plus $500,000 for each year thereafter, as long as the related equipment patents are enforceable (2012). In a March 1994 agreement, the Company committed to pay annual royalties of $500,000 for five years beginning in 1995. Additionally, the Company has committed to purchase tooling of $1,745,000 related to this equipment at an unspecified date in the future. The Company is involved in various stages of investigation relative to hazardous waste sites, some of which are on the United States EPA National Priorities List (Superfund). While it is impossible at this time to determine with certainty the ultimate outcome of such environmental matters, they are not expected to materially affect the Company's financial position. F-35 No dealer, sales representative, or any other person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations in connection with this offering other than those contained in this Prospectus and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company or the Initial Purchasers. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of any offer to buy any securities other than the Notes to which it relates or an offer to, or a solicitation of, any person in any jurisdiction where such an offer or solicitation would be unlawful. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create an implication that there has been no change in the affairs of the Company or that information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof. ----------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Summary 1 Risk Factors 9 The Recapitalization 15 Use of Proceeds 15 Capitalization 22 Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data 23 Selected Historical Combined Consolidated Financial Data 26 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 28 Business 34 Management 45 Ownership of Capital Stock 49 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 50 Description of the Credit Agreement 50 Description of the Notes 52 Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations 79 Plan of Distribution 79 Legal Matters 80 Experts 80 Index to Consolidated Financial Statements F-1 Until , 1997 (90 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the registered securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions. $100,000,000 [Rayovac logo] Rayovac Corporation 10-1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 ---------- PROSPECTUS ---------- , 1997 Part II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution. Set forth below is an estimate (except for the Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee) of the fees and expenses all of which are payable by the Company, other than any underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with the registration and sale of the securities being registered: Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee $34,500 Legal Fees and Expenses $95,000 Trustee's and Exchange Agent's Fees and Expenses 3,500 Accounting Fees and Expenses 70,000 Printing Expenses * Miscellaneous * ------- Total $ * ======= - - ------------- * To be supplied by amendment. Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers. Sections 180.0851 through 180.0859 of Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, as amended ("BCL"), provide that a corporation shall indemnify a director or officer to the extent and under the circumstances set forth therein. Article VIII of the Company's Restated By-Laws, as amended (the "By-Laws"), a copy of which is filed herein as Exhibit 3.2, provides for indemnification of directors and officers of the Company to the fullest extent permitted or required by the BCL, but not for any action, suit, arbitration or other proceeding initiated by a director or officer. However, the By-Laws provide that no indemnification shall be required to be paid by the Company if (i) a disinterested quorum determines, by majority vote, that the director or officer requesting indemnification engaged in misconduct constituting a breach of duty or (ii) a disinterested quorum cannot be obtained. The By-Laws also provide that the Company shall pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses of the director or officer as such expenses are incurred provided the director or officer furnishes an executed written certificate affirming his or her good faith belief that he or she has not engaged in misconduct which constitutes a breach of duty, and an unsecured executed written agreement to repay any advances made if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified. The By-Laws require the Company to indemnify a director or officer of an affiliate (who is not otherwise serving as a director or officer) against all liabilities and advance the reasonable expenses incurred by such director or officer in a proceeding, if such director or officer is a party because he or she is or was a director or officer of the affiliate. The Company may also indemnify its employees or agents for liabilities incurred and/or reasonable expenses pursuant to a majority vote of the Board of Directors. The Company currently maintains liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers. Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 1. Credit Agreement Financing As of September 12, 1996, in connection with the recapitalization of the Company, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement, a copy of which is filed herein as Exhibit 4.4, with BA Securities, Inc. and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, as arrangers for a group of financial institutions and other accredited investors, pursuant to which, among other things, the Company issued notes representing aggregate loans to the Company of $170.0 million. These securities were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) thereof as an offer and sale of securities which does not involve a public offering. II-1 2. Bridge Financing As of September 12, 1996, in connection with the recapitalization of the Company, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with RC Funding, Inc. and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association (the "Bridge Lenders"), pursuant to which, among other things, the Company issued and sold to the Bridge Lenders $100 million aggregate principal amount of its Senior Subordinated Increasing Rate Notes (the "Bridge Notes"). The Bridge Notes were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) thereof as an offer and sale of securities which does not involve a public offering. 3. 10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes On October 22 1996, the Company issued and sold $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "Notes"). The Notes were not registered under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) thereof as an offer and sale of securities which does not involve a public offering. The Notes were initially sold to Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and BA Securities, Inc., as initial purchasers, and have been subsequently offered and sold in the United States only (a) to "Qualified Institutional Buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) and (b) to a limited number of other institutional "Accredited Investors" (as defined in Rule 501A(1), (2),(3) or (7) under the Securities Act) in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The aggregate discounts, commissions and offering expenses for the issuance of the Notes were approximately $3.0 million. Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules (a) The exhibits listed in the following Exhibit Index are filed as part of the Registration Statement. Exhibit Number Description - - ----------------------------------------------------------------- 2.1* Stock Purchase and Redemption Agreement, dated September 12, 1996, by and among the Company, certain affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Company, Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund III, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Foreign Fund III, L.P., THL-CCI Limited Partnership, David A. Jones and the then-existing shareholders of the Company. 3.1* Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company. 3.2* Restated By-Laws of the Company. 4.1* Indenture, dated as of October 22, 1996, by and among the Company, ROV Holding, Inc. and Marine Midland Bank, as trustee relating to the Company's 10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006. 4.2* Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of October 17, 1996, by and among the Company, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJ") and BA Securities, Inc. 4.3* Specimen of the Notes (included as an exhibit to Exhibit 4.1). 4.4* Credit Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, by and among the Company, the lenders party thereto, Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association ("BofA") and DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. (the "Credit Agreement"). 4.5* Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement. 4.6* The Security Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, among the Company, ROV Holding, Inc. and BofA. 4.7* The Company Pledge Agreement among the Company and BofA, dated as of September 12, 1996. 5.1* Opinion of Whyte Hirschboeck Dudek S.C. 10.1* Purchase Agreement, dated October 17, 1996, by and among the Company, DLJ and BA Securities, Inc. 10.2* Management Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, by and between the Company and Thomas H. Lee Company. 10.3* Consulting Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, by and between the Company and Thomas F. Pyle, Jr. 10.4* Confidentiality, Non-Competition, No-Solicitation and No-Hire Agreement dated as of September 12, 1996 by and between the Company and Thomas F. Pyle. 10.5* Employment Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, by and between the Company and David A. Jones, including the Full Recourse Promissory Note, dated September 12, 1996 by David A. Jones in favor of the Company. II-2 Exhibit Number Description - - ----------------------------------------------------------------- 10.6* Severance Agreement by and between Company and Trygve Lonnebotn. 10.7* Severance Agreement by and between Company and Kent J. Hussey. 10.8* Severance Agreement by and between Company and Roger F. Warren. 10.9* Technology, License and Service Agreement between Battery Technologies (International) Limited and the Company, dated June 1, 1991, as amended April 19, 1993 and December 31, 1995. 10.10* Building Lease between the Company and SPG Partners, dated May 14, 1985, as amended June 24, 1986 and June 10, 1987. 12.1* Statement re. Computation of Ratios. 21.1* Subsidiaries of the Company. 23.1* Consent of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. 23.2* Consent of Whyte Hirschboeck Dudek S.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1). 24.1* Power of Attorney, included on page II-5. 25.1* Statement of Eligibility of Trustee. 27* Financial Data Schedules. 99.1* Form of Letter of Transmittal. 99.2* Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. 99.3* Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees. 99.4* Form of Letter to Clients. - - ------------------ *Filed herewith. (b) Financial Statement Schedules Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Item 17. Undertakings The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: (a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: (i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; (b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. (c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering. (d) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. (e) To deliver or cause to be delivered with the prospectus, to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest annual report to security holders that is incorporated by reference in the prospectus and furnished pursuant to and meeting the requirements of Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 under the Securities II-3 Exchange Act of 1934; and, where interim financial information required to be presented by Article 3 of Regulation S-X are not set forth in the prospectus, to deliver, or cause to be delivered to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest quarterly report that is specifically incorporated by reference in the prospectus to provide such interim financial information. (f) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to its Restated Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws, by agreement or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. (g) To file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under Section 305(b)(2) of the Act. II-4 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Madison, Wisconsin on December 13, 1996. RAYOVAC CORPORATION /s/ David A. Jones -------------------------------------------- David A. Jones President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints David A. Jones, Kent J. Hussey and James A. Broderick and each of them, as such person's true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution and revocation for such person and in such person's name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to execute any and all amendments to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on December 13, 1996.
Signature Title ----------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------- /s/ David A. Jones ---------------------------- President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the David A. Jones Board (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Kent J. Hussey Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration ---------------------------- and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Kent J. Hussey Accounting Officer) /s/ Roger F. Warren ---------------------------- Roger F. Warren Director /s/ Trygve Lonnebotn ---------------------------- Trygve Lonnebotn Director /s/ Scott A. Schoen ---------------------------- Scott A. Schoen Director /s/ Thomas R. Shepherd ---------------------------- Thomas R. Shepherd Director /s/ Warren C. Smith, Jr. ---------------------------- Warren C. Smith, Jr. Director
II-5 RAYOVAC CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS For the Transition Period Ended September 30, 1996 and the years ended June 30, 1994, 1995 and 1996 (in thousands)
Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E -------------------------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------- Additions Balance at Charged to Beginning Costs and Balance at Descriptions of Period Expenses Deductions End of Period -------------------------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------- Transition Period Ended September 30, 1996: Allowance for doubtful accounts $786 $147 $211 $722 ==== ==== ==== ==== June 30, 1996: Allowance for doubtful accounts $702 $545 $461 $786 ==== ==== ==== ==== June 30, 1995: Allowance for doubtful accounts $831 $714 $843 $702 ==== ==== ==== ==== June 30, 1994: Allowance for doubtful accounts $829 $404 $402 $831 ==== ==== ==== ====
S-1

                                                                     EXHIBIT 2.1


===============================================================================



                     STOCK PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION AGREEMENT


                                      among


                               RAYOVAC CORPORATION
                                   (Company),



                              CERTAIN AFFILIATES OF
                             THOMAS H. LEE COMPANY,
                                  (Purchasers)


                                       and



                              ALL THE SHAREHOLDERS
                                   OF COMPANY
                            (Redemption Shareholders)



                         Dated as of September 12, 1996




===============================================================================






                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


1.   PURCHASE, SALE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES...............................  2
     1.1. Purchase and Sale of Investment Shares...........................  2
     1.2. Redemption by the Company........................................  2
     1.3. Closing..........................................................  3
     1.4. Determination of Purchase Price..................................  3

2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
     REDEMPTION SHAREHOLDERS...............................................  4
     2.1. Representations and Warranties by Redemption Shareholders........  4
     2.2. Representations and Warranties by the Company....................  6

3.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS.......................... 23
     3.1. Organization and Good Standing................................... 23
     3.2. Power............................................................ 23
     3.3. Authorization.................................................... 23
     3.4. No Conflict...................................................... 23
     3.5. No Consent....................................................... 24
     3.6. Litigation....................................................... 24
     3.7. Brokers, Finders, etc............................................ 24
     3.8. Purchase for Investment.......................................... 24

4.   MUTUAL COVENANTS...................................................... 24
     4.1. Capitalization................................................... 24
     4.2. Transaction and Closing Fees..................................... 25
     4.3. RABBI Trusts..................................................... 25
     4.4. Records.......................................................... 25
     4.5. Further Actions.................................................. 25

5.   CLOSING............................................................... 26
     5.1. Deliveries by Redemption Shareholders............................ 26
     5.2. Deliveries by Purchasers......................................... 29
     5.3. Deliveries by Company............................................ 29



                                        i





6.   INDEMNIFICATION....................................................... 29
     6.1. By Redemption Shareholders....................................... 29
     6.2. By Purchasers.................................................... 30
     6.3. By Company....................................................... 30
     6.4. Indemnification of Third-Party Claims............................ 30
     6.5. Payment.......................................................... 32
     6.6. Limitations on Indemnification................................... 32
     6.7. Certain Tax Matters.............................................. 34
     6.8. Reporting Indemnity Payments..................................... 40

7.   MISCELLANEOUS......................................................... 41
     7.1. Expenses......................................................... 41
     7.2. Assignment; Successors........................................... 41
     7.3. Amendment and Modification....................................... 41
     7.4. Entire Agreement................................................. 41
     7.5. Severability..................................................... 41
     7.6. Notices.......................................................... 42
     7.7. No Third Party Beneficiaries..................................... 43
     7.8. Headings......................................................... 43
     7.9. Governing Law.................................................... 43
     7.10. Counterparts.................................................... 43
     7.11. Knowledge....................................................... 44
     7.12. Remedies........................................................ 44



                                       ii





                                    SCHEDULES

Schedule 2.1(d)        No Conflict (Redemption Shareholders)
Schedule 2.2(c)        Qualification
Schedule 2.2(d)        Subsidiaries
Schedule 2.2(e)        Outstanding Rights
Schedule 2.2(f)        No Conflict, etc. (Company)
Schedule 2.2(h)        Insurance
Schedule 2.2(i)        Litigation
Schedule 2.2(k)        Taxes
Schedule 2.2(m)        Absence of Certain Changes
Schedule 2.2(n)(i)     Owned Real Property
Schedule 2.2(n)(ii)    Leased Real Property
Schedule 2.2(n)(iii)   Liens
Schedule 2.2(o)        Material Contracts
Schedule 2.2(p)        Employee Benefit Plans
Schedule 2.2(q)        Intellectual Property
Schedule 2.2(r)        Labor Relations
Schedule 2.2(s)        Undisclosed Liabilities
Schedule 2.2(u)        Environmental Matters
Schedule 2.2(v)        Product Liability
Schedule 2.2(w)        Triggering Events
Schedule 2.2(aa)       DISC Agreements
Schedule 5.1(d)        Required Consents

                                    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A              Purchasers
Exhibit B              Redemption Shareholders
Exhibit C              Shareholder Appointment of Agent and Power of
                       Attorney
Exhibit D              Form of New Shareholders Agreement
Exhibit E              Form of Foley & Lardner Opinion
Exhibit F              Form of Confidentiality, Non-Competition, No-
                       Solicitation and No-Hire Agreement
Exhibit G              Form of Non-Competition Agreement
Exhibit H              Form of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
                       Opinion
Exhibit I              Purchaser Appointment of Agent and Power of
                       Attorney
Exhibit J              Form of Accountant's Letter
Exhibit K              Form of Intellectual Property Opinion
Exhibit L              Form of Consulting Agreement



                                       iii





                     STOCK PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION AGREEMENT


     Stock Purchase and Redemption Agreement (this "Agreement") dated as of
September 12, 1996, by and among Rayovac Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation
(the "Company"), certain affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Company listed on Exhibit A
(individually a "Purchaser" and together the "Purchasers") and the existing
shareholders of the Company, all of whom are listed on Exhibit B (individually a
"Redemption Shareholder" and together the "Redemption Shareholders").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :
                              ---------------------

     WHEREAS, the Company has 18,000,000 shares of capital stock, par value $.01
per share (the "Shares"), authorized for issuance (all of which are designated
common stock), 9,902,000 shares of which are issued and outstanding (the
"Outstanding Shares"); and

     WHEREAS, Redemption Shareholders own all of the Outstanding Shares; and

     WHEREAS, Purchasers wish to purchase certain Outstanding Shares, on the
terms and conditions and for the consideration described in this Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, Redemption Shareholders wish to have a portion of their
Outstanding Shares either redeemed by the Company or sold to certain Purchasers,
on the terms and conditions and for the consideration described in this
Agreement, such that the Redemption Shareholders would retain 20% of the common
equity interest in the Company after the transactions described in this
Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, Redemption Shareholders, other than the Thomas and Judith Pyle
Charitable Remainder Trust created September 10, 1996, have designated Thomas F.
Pyle, Jr. and Marvin G. Siegert (the "Redemption Shareholders' Agents") as their
agents and attorneys-in-fact with the authority to act on their behalf,
individually or collectively, in connection with the transactions contemplated
hereby, pursuant to Shareholder Appointment of Agents and Power of Attorneys, a
copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C (the "Powers of Attorney"); and






     WHEREAS, a Purchaser has designated Warren C. Smith, Jr. and Scott A.
Schoen (the "Purchaser's Agent") as its agent and attorney-in-fact with the
authority to act on its behalf, individually or collectively, in connection with
the transactions contemplated hereby, pursuant to Purchaser Appointment of Agent
and Power of Attorney, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit I; and

     WHEREAS, immediately after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
the Company is amending its Restated Articles of Incorporation to effect, among
other things, a 5 for 1 stock split (the "Stock Split").

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants,
representations and warranties made herein and of the mutual benefits to be
derived herefrom, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. PURCHASE, SALE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

          1.1. Purchase and Sale of Investment Shares. In reliance upon the
representations, warranties and covenants contained herein, at the Closing (as
hereinafter defined), the Redemption Shareholders will sell an aggregate of
9,089,581 Outstanding Shares ("Investment Shares") to Purchasers, and Purchasers
will purchase the Investment Shares from the Redemption Shareholders, for an
aggregate purchase price of Seventy-Two Million Dollars ($72,000,000) (the
"Investment Price"). The number of Investment Shares being purchased by each
Purchaser and who the Purchaser is buying the Investment Shares from is set
forth opposite such Purchaser's name on Exhibit A.

          1.2. Redemption by the Company. In reliance upon the representations,
warranties and covenants contained herein, the Company agrees to redeem from
Redemption Shareholders, and Redemption Shareholders agree to deliver and sell
5,807,904 Outstanding Shares ("Redemption Shares"), for the per share purchase
price described in Section 1.4 below (the "Purchase Price"), in an amount such
that together with the sale of Investment Shares by the Redemption Shareholders
to certain Purchasers, the Redemption Shareholders as a group will retain 20% of
the outstanding Shares. The number of Redemption Shares being redeemed by the
Company from each Redemption Shareholder and the number of Shares being sold to
the Purchasers (and which Purchasers such Shares are being sold to) is set forth
opposite such Redemption Shareholder's name on Exhibit B.



                                        2





          1.3. Closing. The closing (the "Closing") of the transactions 
described herein shall take place immediately upon execution hereof at the
office of Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois, at 9:00 a.m., local time. For
all accounting, tax and other purposes, the Closing shall be effective as of the
close of business on the date hereof and is referred to herein as the "Closing
Date". At the Closing, the following will simultaneously occur:

          (a) The Redemption Shareholders will deliver to Purchasers the 
Investment Shares duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by a stock power or
other proper instrument of assignment duly executed in blank and having all
requisite stock transfer stamps attached.

          (b) Purchasers will deliver or cause to be delivered the Investment
Price to Redemption Shareholders' Agents through a wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the account or accounts designated by Redemption
Shareholders' Agents.

          (c) The Company will repay all of its outstanding long-term debt as of
the Closing Date, which outstanding debt is described in Schedule
2.2(o)(vi)(b)-(f) (the "Long-Term Debt").

          (d) Redemption Shareholders will deliver to Company the Redemption
Shares, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by a stock power or other proper
instrument of assignment duly executed in blank and having all requisite stock
transfer stamps attached.

          (e) The Company will deliver its portion of the Purchase Price to
Redemption Shareholders' Agents through a wire transfer of immediately available
funds to the account or accounts designated by Redemption Shareholders' Agents.

          (f) The parties will deliver any other document or take any other
action set forth in Article 5.

          1.4. Determination of Purchase Price. The Purchase Price shall equal
$217,425,400. The per share Purchase Price is approximately $21.94.



                                        3





     2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF REDEMPTION SHAREHOLDERS

          2.1. Representations and Warranties by Redemption Shareholders.
Redemption Shareholders make the following representations and warranties to
Company and Purchasers:

          (a) Power. Each Redemption Shareholder has full power, legal right and
authority to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement and the other
agreements, instruments and documents contemplated hereby (such other documents
sometimes referred to herein as "Ancillary Instruments"), to perform such
Redemption Shareholder's obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to carry out
the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Pursuant to the Powers of
Attorney, each of the Redemption Shareholders has designated Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.
and Marvin G. Siegert as their agents and attorneys-in-fact with the authority
to act on their behalf, individually or collectively, with respect to the
matters referred to herein. The Powers of Attorney are sufficient to authorize
the Redemption Shareholders' Agents to act on behalf of the Redemption
Shareholders with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the Ancillary Instruments and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby.

          (b) Authorization, etc. The execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the Ancillary Instruments and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated herein and therein have been duly authorized by each Redemption
Shareholder. Upon execution by the parties hereto, this Agreement and the
Ancillary Instruments to which such Redemption Shareholder is a party will
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Redemption
Shareholder enforceable against him/her in accordance with their respective
terms, except to the extent enforceability may be limited by (i) the effect of
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or
hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of
creditors generally, (ii) general principles of equity, whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and the
discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, and
(iii) the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court
decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of a party with
respect to a liability where such indemnification is contrary to public policy.



                                        4



          (c) Title to Stock, etc. Each Redemption Shareholder is the record and
beneficial owner of and has good, valid and marketable title to its Outstanding
Shares, free and clear of any lien, pledge, security interest, encumbrance,
title retention agreement, adverse claim, option or other encumbrance of any
nature whatsoever ("Lien"), and upon the delivery of and payment for the
Redemption Shares and Investment Shares being sold by Redemption Shareholders to
Purchasers at the Closing as provided for in this Agreement, each Redemption
Shareholder will transfer good, valid and marketable title thereto, free and
clear of any Lien (other than a Lien created by the Purchasers). Exhibit B sets
forth the names and record owners of all Outstanding Shares.

          (d) No Conflict. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.1(d), the execution
and delivery of this Agreement by each Redemption Shareholder and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not
conflict in any material respect with (i) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture,
license agreement, lease or other agreement, instrument or obligation to which
such Redemption Shareholder is a party or to which any of such Redemption
Shareholder's properties or assets may be bound or (ii) any judgment, order,
decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to such
Redemption Shareholder, except for conflicts, violations or defaults that would
not reasonably be expected to impair in any material respect the performance by
such Redemption Shareholder of such Redemption Shareholder's obligations
hereunder.

          (e) No Consent. No Consent (hereinafter defined) is required
to be obtained by the Redemption Shareholders in connection with the execution
and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby, except for Consents which, if not obtained, would not in
the aggregate reasonably be expected to impair in any material respect the
Redemption Shareholders' performance of their obligations hereunder.



                                        5





          2.2. Representations and Warranties by the Company.

          The Schedules to this Section 2.2 are arranged in subsections
corresponding to the numbered and lettered subsections contained in this Section
2.2 and the disclosure in any subsection shall qualify only the corresponding
subsection in this Section 2.2. The Company makes the following representations
and warranties to Purchasers:

          (a) Organization. Company is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

          (b) Corporate Power and Authorization.

               (i) Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to
          own, operate and lease its properties and to carry on its business as
          and where such is now being conducted. Company has the requisite
          corporate power and authority to enter into, execute and deliver this
          Agreement and each Ancillary Instrument to which it is a party, to
          perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to carry out the
          transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

               (ii) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
          Ancillary Instruments and the consummation of the transactions
          contemplated herein and therein have been duly authorized by the
          Company. Upon execution by the parties hereto, this Agreement and the
          Ancillary Instruments to which the Company is a party constitute the
          legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable
          against it in accordance with their respective terms, except to the
          extent enforceability may be limited by (i) the effect of bankruptcy,
          insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or
          hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies
          of creditors generally, (ii) general principles of equity, whether
          such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law,
          and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor
          may be brought, and (iii) the unenforceability under certain
          circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for
          the indemnification of a party with respect to a liability where such
          indemnification is contrary to public policy.


                                        6






          (c) Qualification. Company is duly licensed or qualified to do
business as a foreign corporation, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction
wherein the character of the properties owned or leased by it, or the nature of
its business, makes such licensing or qualification necessary. The states in
which Company is licensed or qualified to do business are listed in Schedule
2.2(c).

          (d) Subsidiaries. Schedule 2.2(d) sets forth the name, jurisdiction of
incorporation, capitalization, ownership and officers and directors of each
corporation in which the Company has a direct or indirect equity interest
("Subsidiaries"). Each Subsidiary is in good standing in its jurisdiction of
incorporation and is duly licensed or qualified to do business as a foreign
corporation, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction wherein the character
of the properties owned or leased by it, or the nature of its business, makes
such licensing or qualification necessary. Except as listed in Schedule 2.2(d),
the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock or other
equity securities of any corporation or have any direct or indirect equity or
other ownership interest in any entity or business. Except as listed on Schedule
2.2(d), all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary are
owned directly by the Company or a Subsidiary. All outstanding shares of capital
stock of each Subsidiary are free and clear of any Liens and are validly issued,
fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights with no personal
liability attaching to the ownership thereof. There are no (a) securities
convertible into or exchangeable for the capital stock or other securities of
any Subsidiary, (b) options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe
to capital stock or other securities of any Subsidiary or securities which are
convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock or other securities of any
Subsidiary or, (c) contracts, commitments, agreements, understandings or
arrangements of any kind relating to the issuance, sale or transfer of any
capital stock or other equity securities of any Subsidiary, any such convertible
or exchangeable securities or any such options, warrants or other rights. Each
Subsidiary (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of its state of incorporation, (ii) has full corporate
power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to
own and lease the properties and assets it now owns and leases, and (iii) is in
good standing and is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign
corporation in each of the jurisdictions listed opposite the name of such
Subsidiary in Schedule 2.2(d), which are the only jurisdictions in which such
Subsidiary is required to be so qualified or licensed. The term "Company" as
used hereinafter


                                        7





means the Company and its Subsidiaries, except where the context or specific
provision provide otherwise.

          (e) Capitalization of Company. The authorized capital stock of the
Company (not including Subsidiaries) consists of $18,000,000 shares of capital
stock, par value $.01 per share, all of which are designated common stock, of
which 9,902,000 shares are issued and outstanding and owned beneficially and of
record by Redemption Shareholders. The Outstanding Shares have been duly
authorized and validly issued and are fully paid, nonassessable and free of
preemptive rights with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof
except to the extent provided by Section 180.0622(2)(b) of the Wisconsin
Business Corporation Law. There are 100,000 Shares held in the Company's
treasury. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.2(e), there are no outstanding
options, warrants, conversion or other rights, and there are no agreements or
commitments of any kind (other than this Agreement) obligating Redemption
Shareholders, or the Company, as the case may be, contingently or otherwise, to
issue or sell any shares, options, warrants or conversion or other rights. The
Investment Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and, when
issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable (except as provided by Section
180.0622(2)(b) of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law).

          (f) No Conflict, etc. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.2(f), the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Instruments to which
the Company is a party, the performance by the Company of its obligations
hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby do not and will not conflict in any respect with, or result
in any violation of or default (or give rise to any right of termination,
cancellation or acceleration) under (i) any provision of the charter documents
or by-laws of the Company, (ii) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease or
other agreement of the Company or (iii) any judgment, order, decree, statute,
law, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Company, except (in the
case of clauses (ii) and (iii)) for conflicts, violations and defaults that,
individually and in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect. The term "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean any
event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or effect that is materially adverse
to the business, assets, liabilities, results of operations, or financial
condition of the Company and Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. No consent,
approval, authorization, order, filing, registration or


                                        8





qualification with or to any person including, but not limited to, any
governmental authority ("Consent") is required to be obtained by the Company in
connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary
Instruments to which the Company is a party, the performance by the Company of
its obligations hereunder and thereunder or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby other than any Consent in respect of which the
failure to obtain such Consent, either individually or in the aggregate, would
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially
impair the ability of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder.

          (g) Financial Statements. Redemption Shareholders' Agents have
delivered to Purchasers complete and correct copies of the audited combined
consolidated financial statements of the Company for the years ended June 30,
1994, 1995 and 1996 (collectively, the "Financial Statements" and for the year
ended June 30, 1996, the "1996 Consolidated Financial Statements"), in each
case, audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent certified public
accountants, whose audit reports thereon are included therein consisting of
combined consolidated balance sheets as of such respective dates and the related
combined consolidated statements of income and retained earnings, and cash flows
for each of the fiscal years then ended. The Financial Statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP")
throughout the periods involved, and present fairly, in all material respects,
the consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations and cash
flows of the Company, as at and for the periods indicated.

          (h) Insurance. Schedule 2.2(h) contains a complete and correct list
and summary description of all insurance policies maintained at present by or on
behalf of the Company. The Company has made available to Purchasers complete and
correct copies of all such policies together with all riders and amendments
thereto. Such policies are in full force and effect, and all premiums due
thereon have been paid. The Company has complied in all material respects with
the terms and provisions of such policies, and no notice of cancellation or
termination has been received with respect to any such policy. Such policies are
sufficient for compliance with all requirements of law and of all agreements to
which the Company is a party; are valid, outstanding and enforceable policies.
The Company has not been refused any insurance with respect to its assets or
operations, nor has its coverage been limited, by any insurance carrier to which


                                        9





it has applied for any such insurance or with which it has carried insurance
during the past two (2) years.

          (i) Litigation. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.2(i) or Schedule
2.2(u), there are no judicial or administrative actions, suits, proceedings,
claims, arbitrations or investigations pending or, to the Knowledge (hereinafter
defined) of the Company, threatened against the Company or any Redemption
Shareholder (i) which, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) which question the validity
of this Agreement, or (iii) which seek to enjoin any action taken or to be taken
in connection herewith or the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby.


          (j) Compliance with Laws. Except as set forth in Section 2.2(u), (i)
to the Knowledge of the Company, it is not in violation of or in default under
any judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or administrative
agency or any statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation, and (ii) the Company
has not received any written notice alleging any such violation or default.

          (k) Tax Matters.

               (i) The term "Tax" shall mean any federal, state, local or
          foreign income, alternative, minimum, accumulated earnings, personal
          holding company, franchise, capital stock, profits, windfall profits,
          gross receipts, sales, use, value added, transfer, registration,
          stamp, premium, excise, customs duties, severance, environmental
          (including taxes under section 59A of the Internal Revenue Code of
          1986, as amended ("Code")), real property, personal property, ad
          valorem, occupancy, license, occupation, employment, payroll, social
          security, disability, unemployment, workers' compensation,
          withholding, estimated or other similar tax, duty, fee, assessment or
          other governmental charge or deficiencies thereof (including all
          interest and penalties thereon and additions thereto). The term "Tax
          Return" shall mean any tax return, report, information, return,
          schedule or other document (including any related or supporting
          information) filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes.



                                       10





               (ii) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2(k):

               (A) (1) all Tax Returns relating to the Company and the business
          or assets thereof that were required to be filed on or before the
          Closing Date have been duly and timely filed, (2) the Company has paid
          or made adequate provision for all Taxes that are due or claimed to be
          due by any taxing authority and (3) the Company is not currently the
          beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax
          Return;

               (B) there has been no claim or issue (other than a claim or issue
          that has been finally settled) concerning any material liability for
          Taxes of the Company asserted, raised or threatened by any taxing
          authority;

               (C) the Company has not (1) waived any statute of limitations or
          (2) agreed to any extension of the period for assessment or
          collection;

               (D) there are no liens for Taxes upon any assets of the Company
          except for statutory liens for current Taxes not yet due;

               (E) the statutes of limitations for all Tax Returns of the
          Company have expired for all federal, state, local and foreign Tax
          purposes, or Tax Returns of the Company have been examined by the
          appropriate taxing authorities for all periods;

               (F) no power of attorney has been executed by the Company with
          respect to any matter relating to Taxes that is currently in force;

               (G) the Company is not a party to any agreement, contract, or
          other arrangement that would result, separately or in the aggregate,
          in the requirement to pay any "excess parachute payment" within the
          meaning of Section 280G of the Code; and

               (H) all Taxes that the Company is required by law to withhold or
          to collect for payment have been duly withheld and


                                       11





          collected, and have been paid or accrued, reserved against and
          entered on the books of the Company.

               (l) Brokers, Finders, etc. All negotiations relating to this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried out without
the intervention of any person acting on behalf of Redemption Shareholders or
the Company in such manner as to give rise to any valid claim against
Purchasers, Redemption Shareholders or the Company for any brokerage or finder's
commission, fee or similar compensation, except for Merrill Lynch & Co.

               (m) Absence of Certain Changes. Except as set forth on Schedule
2.2(m) or as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, since the 1996
Consolidated Financial Statements (i) there has been no change that has had or
would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except for any
change resulting from general and publicly known economic, financial or market
conditions, (ii) there has been no physical damage, destruction or loss that,
after taking into account any insurance recoveries payable in respect thereof,
has had or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect,
(iii) there has been no sale, assignment or transfer of any material assets of
the Company except in the ordinary course of business, (iv) except as required
by GAAP, the Company has not changed any of its accounting principles or the
methods by which such principles are applied for tax or financial reporting
purposes, and (v) the Company has not entered into any agreement to do any of
the things described in this Section 2.2(m).

               (n) Title to Properties, etc. Schedule 2.2(n)(i) contains a
complete and correct list of all real property currently owned by the Company,
and Schedule 2.2(n)(ii) sets forth a complete and correct list of any lease
pursuant to which the Company currently leases real property (collectively, the
"Real Property"). The Company has:

               (i) good, valid and marketable title to all of its respective
          owned real property listed on Schedule 2.2(n)(i);

               (ii) valid leasehold interests in all real properties listed on
          Schedule 2.2(n)(ii); and



                                       12





               (iii) legal and beneficial ownership of its personal properties,
          including, without limitation, all those reflected in the combined
          consolidated balance sheet of the Company contained in the 1996
          Consolidated Financial Statement ("Balance Sheet") or acquired after
          such date (except for inventories and other assets sold or otherwise
          disposed of in the ordinary course of business since the 1996
          Consolidated Financial Statements),

in each case free and clear of all Liens (and, in the case of Real Property, not
subject to any rights of way, building use restrictions, reservations or
encumbrances of any nature) other than (u) with respect to leasehold interests,
all matters and encumbrances affecting landlord's fee interest in the real
properties, which to the Knowledge of the Company are not in violation of the
applicable lease; (v) Liens shown on the Balance Sheet as securing specified
liabilities or obligations, and Liens incurred in connection with the purchase
of property and/or assets, if such purchase was effected after the date of the
Balance Sheet, in either case with respect to which no default exists; (w) Liens
for taxes and assessments not yet due and payable or which are being contested
in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; (x) Liens that are set forth in
Schedule 2.2(n)(iii); (y) Liens and imperfections in title which individually or
in the aggregate do not materially detract from the value, or impair in any
significant manner the use, of the property subject thereto or the operations of
the Company; and (z) statutory Liens incurred in the ordinary course of
business, none of which is substantial in amount and which individually or in
the aggregate do not materially detract from the value, or impair in any
significant manner the use, of the property subject thereto or the operations of
the Company. All leases with respect to the leasehold interests listed on
Schedule 2.2(n)(ii) are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their
terms, and are in full force and effect; there are no existing defaults by the
Company thereunder; no event of default has occurred which (whether with or
without notice, lapse of time or the happening or occurrence of any other event)
would constitute a default thereunder by the Company, except such defaults as
would not reasonably be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to
have a Material Adverse Effect on the business of the Company.



                                       13





               (o) Material Contracts. Schedule 2.2(o) contains a list of:

               (i) all contracts and agreements with current officers, other
          employees, consultants, agents, contractors, advisors, sales
          representatives, distributors, or dealers of the Company other than
          (x) contracts which by their terms are cancelable by the Company with
          notice of not more than 60 days and (y) contracts which provide for
          payments based solely on products sold and require no minimum
          payments;

               (ii) all collective bargaining agreements with any labor union
          currently representing employees of the Company;

               (iii) all mortgages, indentures, pledges or security agreements,
          notes, loan agreements or guarantees of the obligations of third
          parties binding upon the Company or similar documents relating to
          borrowed money (including without limitation interest rate or currency
          swaps, hedges or straddles or similar transactions) to which the
          Company is a party or by which any of its assets are bound, restricted
          or encumbered in excess of $100,000;

               (iv) joint venture and limited partnership agreements of the
          Company;

               (v) distribution and marketing agreements of the Company
          involving in excess of $500,000 worth of product per year;

               (vi) license or other agreements of the Company providing in
          whole or in part for the use of any patents, trademarks, trade names,
          service marks, copyrights, inventions, trade secrets or other
          proprietary know-how or other intellectual property, whether the
          Company is the licensor or the licensee thereunder, and all
          settlements, consents or forbearance to sue agreements relating
          thereto; and

               (vii) any contract or agreement entered into involving an
          estimated total future payment or payments to or from the Company in
          excess of $500,000.


                                       14






          The contracts set forth on Schedule 2.2(o) are collectively
referred to as the "Material Contracts." The Company has made available to Buyer
true and correct copies of all Material Contracts. To the Knowledge of the
Company, neither the Company nor any other person is in default under any
Material Contract, except for such defaults as would not reasonably be expected,
either individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect on
the business of the Company.

          (p) Compliance with ERISA.

               (i) Schedule 2.2(p)(i) contains a complete list of each pension,
          retirement, profit-sharing, deferred compensation, bonus or other
          incentive, medical, health, life insurance, disability or other
          welfare or severance plan, agreement or arrangement sponsored or
          contributed to by the Company or by any trade or business, whether or
          not incorporated (an "ERISA Affiliate"), that together with the
          Company would be deemed a "single employer" within the meaning of
          section 4001 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
          as amended ("ERISA"), for the benefit of any employee or terminated
          employee of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate (individually a "Plan"
          and collectively, the "Plans"). All Plans comply with the applicable
          requirements of law, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code,
          except for failures to comply that, either individually or in the
          aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
          Effect. No Plan which is subject to Part 3 of Subtitle B of Title I of
          ERISA has incurred any "accumulated funding deficiency," whether or
          not waived, within the meaning of section 302 of ERISA or section 412
          of the Code and all contributions required to be made with respect
          thereto on or prior to the Closing Date have been timely made. Neither
          the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any material
          liability pursuant to Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan and
          no condition exists that presents a material risk to the Company or
          any ERISA Affiliate of incurring liability under such Title. Neither
          the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate, nor any Plan, trust created
          thereunder or trustee or administrator thereof has engaged in a
          transaction in connection with which the Company or any ERISA
          Affiliate, any Plan, any such trust, or any trustee or administrator
          thereof, or any party dealing with any


                                       15





          Plan or any such trust could be subject to either a material civil
          penalty assessed pursuant to section 409 or 502(i) or ERISA or a
          material tax imposed pursuant to section 4975 or 4976 of the Code.

               (ii) Except as provided on Schedule 2.2(p)(ii), no plan is a
          "multiemployer pension plan," as defined in section 3(37) of ERISA,
          nor is any Plan a plan described in section 4063(a) of ERISA. With
          respect to any ERISA Plan that is a "multiemployer pension plan," as
          such term is defined in section 3(37) of ERISA, covering employees of
          the Company or any ERISA Affiliate, (i) neither the Company nor any
          ERISA Affiliate has, since September 26, 1980, made or suffered a
          "complete withdrawal" or a "partial withdrawal," as such terms are
          respectively defined in sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA, (ii) no event
          has occurred that presents a material risk of a partial withdrawal,
          (iii) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has any contingent
          liability under section 4204 of ERISA, and (iv) the aggregate
          withdrawal liability of the Company and the ERISA Affiliates, computed
          as if a complete withdrawal by the Company and the ERISA Affiliates
          had occurred under each such Plan on the date hereof, would not exceed
          $25,000. Each Plan intended to be "qualified" within the meaning of
          section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and the trusts maintained
          thereunder are exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of the Code.
          No amounts payable under the Plans or under any employment, severance
          or other agreements or arrangements maintained by the Company will
          fail to be deductible for federal income tax purposes by virtue of
          section 280G of the Code.

               (iii) Except as provided on Schedule 2.2(p)(iii), no plan
          provides benefits, including without limitation death or medical
          benefits (whether or not insured), with respect to current or former
          employees of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate beyond their
          retirement or other termination of service (other than (i) coverage
          mandated by applicable law or (ii) death benefits or retirement
          benefits under any "employee pension plan," as that term is defined in
          section 3(2) of ERISA). To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no
          pending, threatened or anticipated claims by or on behalf of any Plan,
          by any employee or beneficiary covered under any such


                                       16





          Plan, or otherwise involving any such Plan (other than routine claims
          for benefits).

               (iv) Schedule 2.2(p)(iv) sets forth the life insurance policies
          to be transferred to the Rabbi Trust (defined in Section 4.3) and
          remaining premiums to be paid under such policies by the Company.

               (q) Intellectual Property.

               (i) Schedule 2.2(q)(i) sets forth a list of all (A) registered
          and applied for trademarks, trade names, service marks and (B)
          registered and applied for copyrights, including registrations and
          applications to register or renew the registration of any of the
          foregoing, (C) patents and patent applications, and (D) inventions,
          trademarks, trade names, and service marks, trade secrets, copyrights
          (whether registered or unregistered), know-how and any other
          intellectual property ("Intellectual Property") owned by the Company
          and used in or material to the conduct of the Company's business as
          currently conducted (collectively, the "Owned Intellectual Property").
          Owned Intellectual Property shall include, but Schedule 2.2(q) need
          not disclose, inventions, trade secrets and know-how and nonmaterial
          unregistered copyrights.

               (ii) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2(q)(ii), (A) the Company
          is the sole and exclusive and record and beneficial owner of the Owned
          Intellectual Property, free and clear of all Liens, subject only to
          such third party rights as are set forth in the Material Contracts
          listed in Schedule 2.2(o), and, to the Knowledge of the Company, the
          Company's use of the Owned Intellectual Property does not infringe on
          the rights of any third party; (B) there is no claim or demand of any
          person or entity pertaining to, or any proceeding which is pending or,
          to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened that challenges the rights
          of the Company with respect to any Owned Intellectual Property, other
          than infringements, claims, demands, or defaults that, either
          individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to
          have a Material Adverse Effect; (C) there are no royalties, honoraria,
          fees or other payments payable by the Company to any person by reason
          of ownership, use, licensure or sale


                                       17





          of any product embodying any Owned Intellectual Property or the
          conduct of the business as currently conducted except as set forth in
          the Material Contracts listed in Schedule 2.2(o); (D) the Company has
          not entered into and is not otherwise bound by any consent,
          forbearance to sue or settlement agreement which limits the Company's
          rights to use, sell or license any Owned Intellectual Property, except
          as set forth in the Material Contracts listed in schedule 2.2(o); (E)
          the patents, registrations and applications set forth on Schedule
          2.2(q) are not subject to any pending or, to the Knowledge of the
          Company, threatened opposition, cancellation or similar proceeding
          before any court or registration authority; (F) to the Knowledge of
          the Company, no person has infringed, misappropriated or misused any
          of the Owned Intellectual Property and the Company has not asserted
          any claim of infringement, misappropriation or misuse against any
          person within the past three (3) years which remains unresolved; and
          (G) to the Knowledge of the Company, all issued patents and
          registrations set forth on Schedule 2.2(q) are valid and enforceable.

               (iii) Schedule 2.2(q)(iii) sets forth a list of all written
          licenses (x) material to the conduct of the Company's business as
          presently conducted, (y) pursuant to which the use by any person or
          entity of Owned Intellectual Property is permitted by the Company, or
          (z) pursuant to which the use by the Company of Intellectual Property
          is permitted by any person. All such licenses are in full force and
          effect. To the Knowledge of Company, the Company is not in default
          under any such license.

               (r) Labor Relations and Employment. Except to the extent set
forth in Schedule 2.2(r), (i) there is no labor strike, dispute, slowdown,
stoppage or lockout pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened
against or affecting the Company; (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, no union
claims to represent the employees of the Company; (iii) the Company is not a
party to or bound by any collective bargaining or similar agreement with any
labor organization, or work rules or practices agreed to with any labor
organization or employee association applicable to employees of the Company;
(iv) none of the employees of the Company is represented by any labor
organization and to the Knowledge of the Company, there is not any current union
organizing activities


                                       18





among the employees of the Company nor does any question concerning
representation exist concerning such employees; (v) there is no unfair labor
practice charge or complaint against the Company or, to the Knowledge of the
Company, threatened before the National Labor Relations Board or any similar
state or foreign agency; (vi) there is no grievance arising out of any
collective bargaining agreement or other grievance procedure which, if adversely
determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect; (vii) no charges with respect
to or relating to the Company are pending before the Equal Employment
Opportunity Commission or any other agency responsible for the prevention of
unlawful employment practices which, if adversely determined, would have a
Material Adverse Effect; (viii) the Company has not received written notice of
the intent of any federal, state, local or foreign agency responsible for the
enforcement of labor or employment laws to conduct an investigation of the
Company nor is such an investigation in progress; (ix) there are no complaints,
lawsuits or other proceedings pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company,
threatened in any forum by or on behalf of any present or former employee of the
Company which, if adversely determined or resolved would individually or in the
aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect; and (x) no employee of the
Company has suffered an "employment loss" (as defined in the Worker Adjustment
and Restraining Notification Act) during the ninety (90) days prior to the date
hereof.

          (s) Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities. Except (i) as disclosed
in Schedule 2.2(s), (ii) as and to the extent disclosed or reserved against in
the 1996 Consolidated Financial Statements, or (iii) liabilities incurred after
the date of the 1996 Consolidated Financial Statements in the ordinary course of
the Company's business consistent with past practice the Company does not have
any liabilities or obligations of any nature which, individually or in the
aggregate, have had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

          (t) Assets of the Company. The Company owns, or otherwise has
legally enforceable rights to use, all of the properties and assets material to
the conduct of the business of the Company as it is currently conducted.

          (u) Environmental Matters.

               (i) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.2(u), to the Knowledge of
          the Company, (A) the Company is in substantial compliance with all
          provisions of all statutes, laws, rules, regulations,


                                       19





          ordinances, codes or orders of any recognized governmental authority
          that are applicable to the business of the Company or the Real
          Property owned or leased by the Company relating to pollution or the
          protection of human health or the environment, or to any generation,
          processing, storage, holding, abatement, existence, release,
          threatened release or transportation of any Hazardous Substances
          (hereinafter defined), as in effect on the date hereof ("Environmental
          Laws"), except for such violations and defaults that, either
          individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to
          have a Material Adverse Effect (B) there are no circumstances that may
          prevent or interfere with such continued compliance in the future and
          (C) the Company has not received any written notice or other
          communication that alleges that the Company is not in such compliance,
          except for allegations that have been finally resolved without any
          material obligation on the part of the Company;

               (ii) Schedule 2.2(u) sets forth all material Consents necessary
          for the conduct of the business of the Company as currently conducted
          pursuant to Environmental Laws (the "Environmental Permits"). The
          Company has duly obtained all such Environmental Permits, and all such
          Environmental Permits are in full force and effect. To the Knowledge
          of the Company, the Company is in substantial compliance with all
          Environmental Permits held by it, except for such failures to so
          possess or comply that, individually or in the aggregate, would not
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

               (iii) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2(u), to the Knowledge of
          Company, the Company has not received any written notification
          pursuant to any Environmental Law that the Company, any operations of
          the business of the Company, or its Real Property, is or may be the
          subject of any proceeding, investigation, claim, lawsuit or order by
          any governmental authority or other Person as to whether (x) any
          remedial action is or may be needed to respond to a release or (y) the
          Company is or may be a "potentially responsible party" pursuant to any
          Environmental Law;

               (iv) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2(u), to the Knowledge of
          the Company, the Company has not entered into any


                                       20





          written agreement with, or been issued any order by, any governmental
          authority by which the Company has assumed responsibility, either
          directly or as a guarantor or surety, for the remediation of any
          condition arising from or relating to a release or threatened release
          on or with respect to its Real Property or any other location; and

               (v) Except as set forth on Schedule 2.2(u), to the Knowledge of
          the Company there is not now and has not been at any time in the past
          a release in connection with the conduct of the business of the
          Company of Hazardous Substances (x) for which the Company may be
          responsible and (y) which would reasonably be expected to have a
          Material Adverse Effect. The term "Hazardous Substances" shall mean
          any substance that requires investigation, removal or remediation
          under any Environmental Law, or is defined, listed or identified as a
          "hazardous waste" or "hazardous substance" or otherwise regulated
          thereunder.

          (v) Product Liability. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.2(v), there
is no action, suit, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any court
or governmental or other regulatory or administrative agency or commission
pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against or involving the
Company relating to any product alleged to have been manufactured or sold by the
Company and alleged to have been defective or improperly designed or
manufactured.

          (w) No Triggering Events. Except under the agreements set forth on
Schedule 2.2(o)(i)(a) and (c) and any split dollar insurance agreements listed
on Schedule 2.2(w) with the Company's executives, the execution and delivery by
the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the
transactions contemplated hereby will not constitute a triggering event
(including a "first trigger") under any employment, bonus, deferred
compensation, incentive compensation, stock purchase, stock option, stock
appreciation right, restricted stock, performance unit, severance or termination
pay, hospitalization or other medical, life or other insurance, supplemental
unemployment benefit, flexible benefit, profit-sharing, pension, employee stock
ownership or retirement plan, program, fund, trust, agreement or arrangement
sponsored, maintained, contributed to, required to be contributed to or entered
into by the Company (or any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that
together with the Company


                                       21





would be deemed a "single employer" within the meaning of section 4001(b)(1) of
ERISA, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) that will, or upon
the occurrence of subsequent events would, accelerate the time of payment or
vesting or increase the amount of compensation or benefits due to any director,
officer, employee or former employee (or any dependent of a former employee) of
the Company.

          (x) Relationship with ROV Ltd. The agreements listed on Schedule
2.2(o)(ix)(g)-(j) are the only agreements between the Company and ROV Ltd., true
and complete copies of which have been delivered to Purchasers.

          (y) Consolidated Net Worth. The Consolidated Net Worth as of June 30,
1996 and as of the Closing Date is a minimum of $59,000,000. The term
Consolidated Net Worth shall mean the consolidated net worth of the Company and
its Subsidiaries on a GAAP basis and consistent with the Company's past
practices, adding back, to the extent charged to income and not capitalized on
or prior to the date hereof, the following amounts: (i) $2,253,980 representing
any debt prepayment penalties for retiring the long-term debt (ii) $3,750,000
representing the fees and expenses for the purchase of bridge securities and not
syndicating the senior bank debt; and (iii) $170,000 representing ordinary
losses of the Company between June 30 and August 30, 1996 due to annual plant
closing.

          (z) Plant and Equipment. The plants, structures and equipment of the
Company are structurally sound with no known defects and are in good operating
condition and repair (except for ordinary wear and tear, and except for assets
which do not materially impair the business of the Company) and are adequate for
the uses to which they are being put; and none of such plants, structures or
equipment are in need of maintenance or repairs except for ordinary, routine
maintenance and repairs. To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company has not
received notification that it is in violation of any applicable building, zoning
or similar ordinance or regulation in respect of its plants or structures or
their operations and no such violation exists.

          (aa) Relationship with Rayovac International Corp. The agreements
listed on Schedule 2.2(aa) are the only agreements between the Company and
Rayovac International Corp., copies of which have been delivered to Purchasers.



                                       22





         3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASERS

          Purchasers represent and warrant to the Redemption Shareholders and
Company as of the date hereof as follows:

          3.1. Organization and Good Standing. Such Purchaser purporting to be a
partnership is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its organization.

          3.2. Power. Each Purchaser has full power, legal right and authority
to enter into, execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Instruments,
to perform such Purchaser's obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to carry
out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

          3.3. Authorization. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and
the Ancillary Instruments and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
herein and therein have been duly authorized by each Purchaser. Upon execution
by the parties hereto, this Agreement and the Ancillary Instruments will
constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Purchaser,
enforceable against each Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except to the
extent enforceability may be limited by (a) the effect of bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in
effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors generally,
(b) general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a
proceeding in equity or at law, and the discretion of the court before which any
proceeding thereof or may be brought, and (c) the unenforceability under certain
circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the
indemnification of a party with respect to a liability where such
indemnification is contrary to public policy.

          3.4. No Conflict. The execution and delivery of this Agreement by each
Purchaser and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not
and will not conflict in any respect with or result in any violation of or
default under (a) any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, license agreement, lease
or other agreement, instrument or obligation to which Purchaser is a party or
(c) any judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation
applicable to such Purchaser, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) for
conflicts, violations or defaults that would not materially impair Purchaser's
ability to perform his/her/its obligations hereunder.


                                       23






          3.5. No Consent. No Consent is required to be obtained by any
Purchaser in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby except for Consents which,
if not obtained, would not impair any Purchaser's ability to perform his/her/its
obligations hereunder.

          3.6. Litigation. There are no judicial or administrative actions,
suits, proceedings or investigations pending, or to the knowledge of such
Purchaser, threatened (a) which question the validity of this Agreement or (b)
which prevent such Purchaser from consummating the transactions contemplated
hereby.

          3.7. Brokers, Finders, etc. All negotiations relating to this
Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been carried out without
the intervention of any person acting on behalf of Purchasers in such manner as
to give rise to any valid claim against Purchasers, Redemption Shareholders or
the Company for any brokerage or finder's commission, fee or similar
compensation.

          3.8. Purchase for Investment. The Investments Shares purchased by
Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement are being acquired for investment only and
not with a view to any public distribution thereof in violation of any of the
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

          4. MUTUAL COVENANTS. Each of the Company, Purchasers and Redemption
Shareholders covenants and agrees as follows:

          4.1. Capitalization. After giving effect to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the Stock Split, the authorized capital stock
of the Company shall consist of 27,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value
$.01 per share, 20,510,480 shares of which shall be issued and outstanding.
Exhibits A and B describe the record and beneficial owners of such shares. The
parties acknowledge the cancellation prior to Closing by Richard Thornley and
Arthur Homa of options to purchase 10,000 and 8,000 Shares, respectively, in
consideration for the payment of a bonus to Mr. Thornley and the Company's
agreement to grant an option for 40,000 shares of Common Stock to Mr. Homa (such
number adjusted to reflect the Stock Split).



                                       24





          4.2. Transaction and Closing Fees. The Company shall pay all
transaction fees, including those set forth in Section 1.4. It shall also pay to
the Thomas H. Lee Company ("THL") and its affiliates, pursuant to a Management
Agreement between the Company and THL, a closing fee not to exceed $3.25 Million
Dollars.

          4.3. RABBI Trusts. The Company has established a rabbi trust ("Rabbi
Trust") pursuant to that certain Rayovac Corporation Irrevocable Trust Under
Supplemental Retirement and Survivor Income Plan, dated September 12, 1996, as
an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing benefits to the
participants in the Rayovac Corporation Supplemental Retirement and Survivor
Income Plan (the "SRSIP"). Pursuant to the Rabbi Trust, the Company shall
contribute to the Rabbi Trust the life insurance policies listed on Schedule
2.2(p)(iv) hereto ("Policies"). The Company shall, thereafter, pay the remaining
premiums with respect to the Policies, also set forth on Schedule 2.2(p)(iv)
hereto as they come due. The Company shall make no further contributions to the
Rabbi Trust.

          4.4. Records. After the Closing, upon reasonable written notice,
Purchasers and Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Redemption
Shareholders' Agents and their representatives, employees, counsel and
accountants access to, during normal business hours, such assistance and
information, including all original agreements, documents, books, records and
files relating to the business of the Company in the possession of Purchasers or
Company, as the case may be (collectively, "Records"), as is reasonably
necessary for financial reporting and accounting matters, the preparation and
filing of any tax returns, reports or forms or the defense of any tax claim or
assessment controlled by the Company or Redemption Shareholders; provided,
however, that such access does not unreasonably disrupt the normal operations of
Purchasers or the Company and provided further that Redemption Shareholders'
Agents shall have entered into a reasonable confidentiality agreement with the
Company concerning the Records made available to them.

          4.5. Further Actions. Each of the parties agrees to use all reasonable
efforts to take or cause to be taken all actions, and to do or cause to be done
all other things, necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make
effective the transactions contemplated hereby including, without limitation,
obtaining all Consents from third parties required to be obtained by such party
for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, other than, in the
case


                                                        25





of Purchasers, any Consents, the failure of which to be obtained, either
individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect or materially impair the ability of Purchasers to
perform their obligations hereunder.

          5. CLOSING

          5.1. Deliveries by Redemption Shareholders. Redemption Shareholders
are herewith delivering to Purchasers or the Company or otherwise causing the
Company to take the actions indicated below.

          (a) Investment Shares. The issuance by the Company or delivery by
Redemption Shareholders (and subsequent issuance by the Company) of certificates
representing the Investment Shares to Purchasers as provided in Section 1.1
hereto.

          (b) Redemption Shares. All of the certificates for the Redemption
Shares as provided in Section 1.2 hereto.

          (c) Resignation of Directors. The resignations of all directors and
officers of the Company whose resignations have been requested by Purchasers not
less than five (5) days prior to the Closing Date.

          (d) Consents. Originally executed instruments evidencing the consents
required by Purchasers to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and
listed on Schedule 5.1(d).

          (e) Repayment of Indebtedness. All indebtedness and other amounts
outstanding as of the Closing Date of the Company listed in Schedule
2.2(o)(vi)(b)-(f) or required to be so listed shall have been paid in full.

          (f) Old Shareholders Agreement. Copies of instruments terminating each
Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement between the Company, Pyle and each
Redemption Shareholder.

          (g) New Shareholders Agreement. The Shareholders' Agreement by and
between the Company, the Purchasers and each Redemption Shareholder who will be
a shareholder of the Company immediately after the Closing, dated as of the
Closing Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto.


                                       26




          (h) Opinions. The opinion of Foley & Lardner, dated the Closing Date
and addressed to Purchasers, in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached
hereto, along with the opinion of James A. Broderick, General Counsel of the
Company, and addressed to Purchasers, in substantially the form of Exhibit K,
relating to intellectual property matters.

          (i) Recapitalization Accounting. A letter of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.,
the Company's independent auditors, dated the Closing Date and addressed to
Purchasers, stating that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will
qualify for recapitalization accounting.

          (j) Options. Appropriate instruments evidencing no outstanding
options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe to capital stock or
other securities of the Company or securities which are convertible or
exchangeable for capital stock or other securities of the Company.

          (k) Resolutions. Copies of the resolutions of the Company's Board
of Directors, authorizing and approving the execution of, delivery and
performance under this Agreement and Ancillary Instruments, the issuance of
Investment Shares, redemption of Redemption Shares and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, certified as true and correct by
its Secretary or any Assistant Secretary.

          (l) Articles; Good Standing Certificate. A certificate from the State
of Wisconsin certifying the valid organization and existence of the Company and
Articles of Incorporation of Company certified by an appropriate government
official as of a recent date.

          (m) By-Laws. Company's Bylaws, certified by the Secretary or any
Assistant Secretary of Company as of the date hereof.

          (n) Consulting and Non-Competition Agreement. An executed Consulting
Agreement in the form of Exhibit L and Confidentiality, Non-Competition,
No-Solicitation, and No-Hire Agreement, each by and between Company and Thomas
F. Pyle, Jr., dated the Closing Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit F
attached hereto and a Confidentiality, Non-Competition, No-Hire and
No-Solicitation Agreement by and between the Company and Judith Pyle, dated the
Closing Date in substantially the form of Exhibit F attached hereto.



                                       27





          (o) Non-Competition Agreements. Executed Non-Competition Agreements by
and between the Company and Marvin Siegert and Glynn Rossa, dated the Closing
Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit G, attached hereto.

          (p) Certain Assets. Originally executed instruments evidencing the
Company's sale, distribution or assignment of (i) that certain Aircraft Lease
dated May 30, 1996 between Fleet National Bank and the Company; (ii) that
certain sublease for airport facilities and land between Big Sky Partners and
the Company dated March 19, 1993; (iii) membership at La Quinta Country Club;
(iv) the Company's rights to the luxury box at Camp Randall Stadium, floor seats
at the Kohl Center, and Chicago Bulls season tickets; (v) condominium in the
Dominican Republic; and (vi) the office furniture of Thomas and Judith Pyle, to
certain executives of the Company or entities controlled by the Pyle Group.

          (q) FIRPTA Certificate. Each Redemption Shareholder shall have
delivered to Purchasers a certificate, as contemplated under and meeting the
requirements of Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(i) of the Treasury Regulations, to the
effect that such Redemption Shareholder is not a "foreign person" within the
meaning of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.

          (r) Accountant's Letter. An accountant's letter of Coopers & Lybrand
L.L.P., dated within five days of the Closing Date and addressed to Purchasers,
in substantially the form of Exhibit J hereto.

          (s) Releases. Such documents, instruments or writings in the form
satisfactory to Purchasers' counsel evidencing the release of the Company from
any indemnity or other obligations with respect to any assets transferred
pursuant to Section 5.1(p).

          (t) Officer's Certificates. An officer's certificate of the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company certifying that the estimated Closing Date
balance sheet of the Company, attached thereto, is true and correct in all
material respects (such balance sheet indicating that the Company's Consolidated
Net Worth is an amount in excess of $59,000,000) as well as an officer's
certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of the Company with respect to the
solvency of the Company.



                                       28





          5.2. Deliveries by Purchasers. Purchasers are hereby delivering to
Redemption Shareholders or the Company the following:

          (a) Investment Price. The Investment Price by wire transfer to the
Company and Shareholders' Agent.

          (b) Opinion. The opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom,
dated the Closing Date and addressed to Redemption Shareholders, in
substantially the form of Exhibit H attached hereto.

          (c) New Shareholders Agreement. The executed Shareholders' Agreement
between the Company, Redemption Shareholders who will be a shareholder of the
Company immediately after the Closing and each Purchaser, dated the Closing
Date, in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto.

          5.3. Deliveries by Company. The Company is hereby delivering to
Redemption Shareholders or Purchasers the following:

          (a) Investment Shares. To the Purchasers, stock certificates (in such
denominations as described on Exhibit A) representing the Investment Shares. All
stock certificates representing the Investment Shares delivered to Purchasers
shall reflect the Stock Split and shall bear an appropriate legend as set forth
in the Shareholders Agreement. In addition, the Company shall deliver to all
Redemption Shareholders who will remain shareholders of the Company after the
date hereof, new stock certificates which shall reflect the Stock Split and
shall bear an appropriate legend as set forth in the Shareholders Agreement.

          (b) Purchase Price. The Purchase Price by wire transfer to the
Redemption Shareholders' Agent in accordance with Section 1.2 hereof.


     6. INDEMNIFICATION

          6.1. By Redemption Shareholders. Subject to the terms and conditions
of this Article 6, each Redemption Shareholder severally but not jointly hereby
agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Purchaser and the Company
from and against all Claims asserted against, resulting to, imposed upon, or
incurred by each Purchaser or the Company, directly or indirectly, by reason of,
arising out of or resulting from (a) the inaccuracy or breach of any
representation or warranty (including the Schedules to this Agreement) of any


                                       29





Redemption Shareholder or Company contained in or made pursuant to this
Agreement or (b) the breach of any covenant or other agreement of any Redemption
Shareholder contained in this Agreement. Regardless of the foregoing, however,
breaches of representations and warranties contained in Section 2.1 hereof shall
be subject only to several indemnification by the respective Redemption
Shareholders who shall have made and breached such representations and
warranties. As used in this Article 6, the term "Claim" shall include (i) all
debts, liabilities and obligations; (ii) all losses, damages (including, without
limitation, consequential damages), judgments, awards, settlements, costs and
expenses (including, without limitation, interest (including prejudgment
interest in any litigated matter), penalties, court costs and attorneys fees and
expenses); and (iii) all demands, claims, suits, actions, costs of
investigation, causes of action, proceedings and assessments, whether or not
ultimately determined to be valid. In this Article 6, for purposes of
determining the existence of the inaccuracy or breach of any representation or
warranty of any Redemption Shareholder or the Company, any requirement in any
representation or warranty that an event or fact be material, meet a certain
minimum dollar threshold or have a Material Adverse Effect in order for such
event or fact to constitute breach of a representation or warranty shall be
disregarded.

          6.2. By Purchasers. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Article 6, Purchasers, severally hereby agree to indemnify, defend and hold
harmless each Redemption Shareholder from and against all Claims asserted
against, resulting to, imposed upon or incurred by any such person, directly or
indirectly, by reason of or resulting from (a) the inaccuracy or breach of any
representation or warranty of any Purchaser contained in or made pursuant to
this Agreement or (b) the breach of any covenant or other agreement of any
Purchaser contained in this Agreement.

          6.3. By Company. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article
6, Company hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Redemption
Shareholder from and against all Claims asserted against, resulting to, imposed
upon or incurred by any such person, directly or indirectly, by reason of or
resulting from the breach of any post-closing covenant or other agreement of the
Company contained in this Agreement.

          6.4. Indemnification of Third-Party Claims. The obligations and
liabilities of any party to indemnify any other under this Article 6 with
respect to


                                       30





Claims relating to third parties shall be subject to the following terms and
conditions:

               (a) Notice and Defense. The party or parties to be indemnified
          (whether one or more, the "Indemnified Party") will give the party or
          parties from whom indemnification is sought (whether one or more, the
          "Indemnifying Party") prompt written notice of any such Claim
          providing reasonable specificity of the nature of the Claim, the
          parties involved and the facts giving rise to Claim, and the
          Indemnifying Party will undertake the defense thereof by
          representatives chosen by it and reasonably acceptable to the
          Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party shall have the right to
          employ one counsel of its choice to represent such Indemnified Party
          if it reasonably believes a conflict of interest between such
          Indemnified Party and such Indemnifying Party exists in respect of a
          Claim or if the amount of such Claim, after taking into account other
          Claims, may exceed the maximum amount set forth in Section 6.5(c) and
          in that event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate
          counsel shall be paid by such Indemnifying Party for representation
          with respect to such Claim. In any event, the Indemnified Party shall
          have the right to participate at its own expense in the defense of
          such Claim. In all matters concerning the Redemption Shareholders, the
          Redemption Shareholders' Agent shall give and receive notice and
          otherwise act in all respects on their behalf. Failure to give such
          notice shall not affect the Indemnifying Party's duty or obligations
          under this Article 6, except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is
          prejudiced thereby. So long as the Indemnifying Party is defending any
          such Claim actively and in good faith, the Indemnified Party shall not
          settle such Claim. The Indemnifying Party may not settle a Claim
          without the written consent of the Indemnified Party unless such
          settlement provides solely for money damages or other money payments
          for which such Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification
          hereunder and includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by
          the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from
          all liability in respect of such Claim. The Indemnified Party shall
          make available to the Indemnifying Party or its representatives all
          records and other materials reasonably required by them and in the
          possession or under the control of the Indemnified Party, for the use
          of the Indemnifying Party and its representatives in


                                       31



          defending any such Claim and shall in other respects give reasonable
          cooperation in such defense. The Indemnifying Party shall make
          available to the Indemnified Party or its representatives, all records
          and other materials reasonably required by them and in the possession
          or under the control of the Indemnifying Party, for the use of the
          Indemnified Party and its representatives in defending any such Claim
          and shall in other respects give reasonable cooperation in such
          defense.

               (b) Failure to Defend. If the Indemnifying Party, within a
          reasonable time after notice of any such Claim, fails to defend such
          Claim actively and in good faith, the Indemnified Party will (upon
          further notice) have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or
          settlement of such Claim or consent to the entry of a judgment with
          respect to such Claim, on behalf of and for the account and risk of
          the Indemnifying Party, and the Indemnifying Party shall thereafter
          have no right to challenge the Indemnified Party's defense,
          compromise, settlement or consent to judgment therein.

          6.5. Payment. The Indemnifying Party shall pay the Indemnified Party
any amount due under this Article 6. Upon judgment, determination, settlement or
compromise of any third party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall pay promptly
on behalf of the Indemnified Party, and/or to the Indemnified Party in
reimbursement of any amount theretofore required to be paid by it, the amount so
determined by judgment, determination, settlement or compromise and all other
Claims of the Indemnified Party with respect thereto, unless in the case of a
judgment an appeal is made from the judgment. If the Indemnifying Party desires
to appeal from an adverse judgment, then the Indemnifying Party shall post and
pay the cost of the security or bond to stay execution of the judgment pending
appeal. Upon the payment in full by the Indemnifying Party of such amounts, the
Indemnifying Party shall succeed to the rights of such Indemnified Party for
such Claim, to the extent not waived in settlement, against the third party who
made such third party Claim.

          6.6. Limitations on Indemnification.

               (a) Time Limitation. No notice of a Claim for breach of a
          representation or warranty shall be made under this Article 6 after
          the lapse of the earlier of (i) the completion of the audit covering


                                       32





          fiscal 1997, or (ii) September 30, 1997. Regardless of the foregoing,
          however, or any other provision of this Agreement:

                    (i) There shall be no time limitation on claims on actions
               brought for breach of any representation or warranty made by
               Redemption Shareholders pursuant to Section 2.1(c) and 2.2(e).

                    (ii) Except as provided below, any claim or action brought
               for breach of any representation or warranty made by Shareholders
               in Section 2.2(k) may be brought at any time until the underlying
               tax obligation is barred by the applicable period of limitation
               under applicable law.

               (b) Amount Limitation. Except with respect to claims for breaches
          of representations or warranties contained in Section 2.2(y), an
          Indemnified Party shall only be entitled to indemnification under this
          Article 6 for inaccuracy or breach of a representation or warranty if
          the amount for a particular inaccuracy or breach of a representation
          or warranty exceeds Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), and then only if
          and to the extent that the aggregate amount of the Indemnifying
          Party's indemnification obligations to the Indemnified Party pursuant
          to this Article 6 is in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars
          ($500,000).

               (c) Maximum Liability. Shareholders' collective indemnification
          obligations to the Purchasers pursuant to this Article 6 (other than
          pursuant to Section 2.1(c)) shall not exceed in the aggregate Twenty
          Million Dollars ($20,000,000).

               (d) Tax and Benefits. The indemnification obligation of an
          Indemnifying Party shall be reduced by any insurance recovery received
          by the Indemnified Party for the Claim and by a tax benefit the
          satisfaction of the Claim provides the Indemnified Party at the
          maximum applicable rate whether or not the Indemnified Party is in a
          tax paying position.



                                       33





               (e) Several Liability. Subject to the limitations in Section
          6.6(c), the liability of an Indemnifying Party with respect to any
          individual Claim shall in no event exceed an amount equal to the
          product of the amount of such Claim and the percentage set forth
          opposite such Purchaser's name on Exhibit A under the heading
          "Percentage of Investment" or opposite such Redemption Shareholder's
          name on Exhibit B under the heading "Pre-Sale Ownership; %age of
          Total."

               6.7. Certain Tax Matters.

                    (a) Indemnification.

                         (i) Subject to Section 6.6(c), each Redemption
                    Shareholder severally hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and
                    hold the Company, each Purchaser and its affiliates harmless
                    from and against any and all Taxes with respect to the
                    Company that are imposed upon such Indemnified Party, to the
                    extent the aggregate amount of such Taxes exceeds $1.025
                    million, with respect to (1) any taxable period ending on or
                    before June 30, 1996 (such Taxes are hereinafter referred to
                    as "Pre-Closing Taxes" and such periods as "Pre-Closing
                    Periods") and (2) one half of the aggregate amount of any
                    real property transfer or gains, sales, use, transfer,
                    value-added, stock transfer and stamp Taxes, any transfer,
                    recording, registration and other fees, and any similar
                    Taxes that are required to be paid in connection with the
                    transactions contemplated herein (collectively, "Transfer
                    Taxes"), in each case, together with all reasonable legal
                    fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Company, Purchasers
                    or their affiliates, as the case may be, in connection
                    therewith.

                         (ii) Purchasers severally hereby agree to indemnify,
                    defend and hold each Redemption Shareholder harmless from
                    and against any and all Taxes (other than Transfer Taxes)
                    with respect to the Company that are imposed upon such
                    Redemption Shareholder with respect to (1) any taxable
                    period beginning after June 30, 1996, and (2) one half of
                    the aggregate amount of any Transfer Taxes, in each case,


                                       34





                    together with all reasonable legal fees, costs and expenses
                    incurred by each Redemption Shareholder and its affiliates
                    in connection therewith.

                         (iii) The indemnity provided for in this Section 6.6
                    shall be independent of any other indemnity provision in the
                    Agreement and, anything in the Agreement to the contrary
                    notwithstanding, shall survive until the expiration of the
                    applicable statutes of limitation for the Taxes referred to
                    herein (giving effect to any extensions or waivers thereto).

                    (b) Control of Contests.

                         (i) If a notice of deficiency, proposed adjustment,
                    adjustment, assessment, audit, examination, suit, dispute or
                    other claim (a "Tax Claim") shall be delivered, sent,
                    commenced, or initiated to or against Company or Purchasers
                    or any of their affiliates by any taxing authority (whether
                    foreign or domestic) with respect to Taxes for which Company
                    or Purchasers or their affiliates are entitled to
                    indemnification under this Section 6.6, Purchasers shall
                    promptly notify Redemption Shareholders' Agents in writing
                    of the Tax Claim. If a Tax Claim shall be delivered, sent,
                    commenced or initiated to or against any of the Redemption
                    Shareholders by any taxing authority (whether foreign or
                    domestic) with respect to Taxes for which one party to this
                    Agreement is entitled to indemnification under this Section
                    6.6, such Redemption Shareholders shall promptly notify
                    Purchasers in writing of such Tax Claim.

                         (ii) If Redemption Shareholders' Agents notify
                    Purchasers in writing within 20 days of receiving notice of
                    a Tax Claim involving solely Pre-Closing Taxes (the "Control
                    Notice"), Redemption Shareholders' Agents shall be entitled
                    to control, at their sole cost and expense, the defense of
                    any such Tax Claim, provided, however, that (1) Redemption
                    Shareholders' Agents shall keep Purchasers informed about,
                    and shall allow them to participate in (but not control), at
                    their sole expense, the defense of any such


                                       35





                    Tax Claim; (2) Redemption Shareholders' Agents shall
                    not pay, discharge, settle, compromise, litigate or
                    otherwise dispose (collectively, "dispose") of any such Tax
                    Claim without obtaining the prior written consent of
                    Purchasers, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or
                    delayed; and (3) if Purchasers disagree with any proposed
                    disposition of any such Tax Claim, Purchasers shall have the
                    right, at their sole expense, to litigate such Tax Claim;
                    provided, however, that Purchasers shall not settle such Tax
                    Claim without the prior written consent of Redemption
                    Shareholders' Agents, which shall not be unreasonably
                    withheld or delayed; provided, further, that (A) Redemption
                    Shareholders' indemnification obligation with respect to
                    such Tax Claim shall be no greater than such obligation
                    would have been had such Tax Claim been disposed of in the
                    manner originally contemplated by Redemption Shareholders'
                    Agents and (B) Purchasers severally shall indemnify, defend
                    and hold harmless Redemption Shareholders from and against
                    any liability for Taxes with respect to the Company that are
                    imposed upon such Indemnified Party in excess of the
                    liability for Taxes, if any, that otherwise would have
                    resulted had such Tax Claim been disposed of in the manner
                    originally contemplated by Redemption Shareholders' Agents.

                         (iii) If Redemption Shareholders' Agents do not provide
                    Purchasers with the Control Notice within the 20-day period
                    prescribed in subparagraph (b)(ii) above, Purchasers shall
                    control the defense of any Tax Claim involving solely
                    Pre-Closing Taxes and (1) shall consult with Redemption
                    Shareholders' Agents and keep Redemption Shareholders'
                    Agents informed of all material developments and events
                    relating to such Tax Claim and (2) shall not dispose of such
                    Tax Claim without the written consent of Redemption
                    Shareholders' Agents, which shall not be unreasonably
                    withheld or delayed.

                         (iv) If the Company, Purchasers or Redemption
                    Shareholders receive notice of a Tax Claim involving an
                    adjustment of any item in both a Pre-Closing Period and any


                                       36





                    taxable period beginning after June 30, 1996, Purchasers
                    shall be entitled to control the defense of any such Tax
                    Claim, provided however, that (1) Purchasers shall keep
                    Redemption Shareholders' Agents informed about, and shall
                    allow them to participate in (but not control) at their sole
                    expense, the defense of any such Tax Claim; (2) Purchasers
                    shall not dispose of any such Tax Claim without obtaining
                    the prior written consent of the Redemption Shareholders'
                    Agents, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
                    delayed; and (3) if Redemption Shareholders' Agents disagree
                    with any proposed disposition of any such Tax Claim,
                    Redemption Shareholders' Agents shall have the right, at
                    their sole expense, to litigate such Tax Claim provided,
                    however, that Redemption Shareholders' Agents shall not
                    settle such Tax Claim without the prior written consent of
                    Purchasers, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld
                    or delayed; provided, further, that (A) Purchaser's
                    indemnification obligation with respect to such Tax Claim
                    shall be no greater than such obligation would have been had
                    such Tax Claim been disposed of in the manner originally
                    contemplated by Purchasers and (B) each Redemption
                    Shareholder severally shall indemnify, defend and hold
                    harmless the Company, each Purchaser and its affiliates from
                    and against any liability for Taxes with respect to the
                    Company that are imposed upon such Indemnified Party in
                    excess of the liability for Taxes, if any, that otherwise
                    would have resulted had such Tax Claim been disposed of in
                    the manner originally contemplated by Purchasers.

                         (v) Purchasers, in their sole discretion, shall be
                    entitled to control the defense and disposition of all other
                    Tax Claims.

                         (vi) Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified
                    Party all indemnity amounts in respect of any Tax Claim
                    within ten (10) business days after such Tax Claim is
                    disposed of or a Final Determination has been made with
                    respect thereto. "Final Determination" shall mean (1) the


                                       37





                    entry of a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction at
                    such time as an appeal may no longer be taken from such
                    decision or (2) the execution of a closing agreement or its
                    equivalent between the particular taxpayer and the
                    particular relevant taxing authority.

                    (c) Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns; Payment of Taxes.

                         (i) On or prior to the Closing Date, (1) Redemption
                    Shareholders' Agents shall prepare or cause to be prepared
                    and file or cause to be filed on a timely basis and in a
                    manner consistent with past practice all Tax Returns of the
                    Company for all Pre-Closing Periods, which Tax Returns are
                    due (giving effect to any extensions thereto) on or before
                    the Closing Date (excluding state and federal income Tax
                    Returns for the taxable year ended June 30, 1996) and (2)
                    Redemption Shareholders' Agents or the Company shall be
                    responsible for and shall timely pay all Taxes shown to be
                    due thereon prior to the Closing Date.

                         (ii) After the Closing Date, Purchasers shall prepare
                    or cause to be prepared and shall file or cause to be filed
                    on a timely basis all other Tax Returns with respect to the
                    Company and shall pay or cause to be paid the Taxes shown
                    due thereon; provided, however, that Purchasers shall allow
                    Redemption Shareholders' Agents to review any Tax Return for
                    a Pre-Closing Period and shall not file any such Tax Return
                    without first obtaining the prior written consent of
                    Redemption Shareholders' Agents, which consent shall not be
                    unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided, however, that if
                    Redemption Shareholders' Agents do not consent to the filing
                    of any such Tax Return, Purchasers shall be entitled to file
                    such Tax Return, and any disputed items relating to such Tax
                    Return shall be subject to the dispute resolution procedures
                    set forth in subparagraph (f).

                         (iii) The party responsible for filing any Tax Return
                    with respect to Transfer Taxes shall prepare or cause to be


                                       38





                    prepared and shall file or cause to be filed on a timely
                    basis such Tax Return and shall pay or cause to be paid the
                    Transfer Taxes shown due thereon. The filing party shall
                    provide the other party with a schedule calculating in
                    reasonable detail such other party's indemnification
                    obligation pursuant to subsection (a) hereof, which amounts
                    shall be paid to the filing party within five days of
                    receiving such schedule.

                    (d) Termination of Tax Sharing Agreements. Redemption
               Shareholders hereby agree and covenant that any obligation under
               any tax sharing agreement or arrangement of the Company shall be
               terminated on or before the Closing Date, and no payments
               pursuant to any such tax sharing agreement or arrangement shall
               be made after such termination.

                    (e) Mutual Cooperation. Each of Purchasers and Redemption
               Shareholders' Agents shall provide the other, and, after the
               Closing Date, Purchasers shall cause the Company to provide
               Redemption Shareholders' Agents, with such assistance as may
               reasonably be requested by either of them in connection with the
               preparation of any Tax Return, any audit or other examination by
               any taxing authority, any judicial or administrative proceedings
               relating to liability for Taxes, or any Tax Claim, and each will
               retain and provide the other with any records or information that
               may be relevant to such Tax Return, audit or examination,
               proceedings or determination. Such assistance shall include
               making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to
               provide additional information and explanation of any material
               provided hereunder and shall include providing copies of any
               relevant Tax Returns and supporting work schedules.

                    (f) Dispute Resolution. If Purchasers and Redemption
               Shareholders' Agents cannot agree as to the amount of any party's
               indemnification obligation under subsection (a) hereof or the
               interpretation of any provision of this Section 6.6, Purchasers
               and Redemption Shareholders' Agents shall choose an independent,
               "Big Six" accounting firm, acceptable to each of them (the
               "Selected Accounting Firm"), and the decision of the Selected
               Accounting Firm


                                       39





               as to the amount of such party's indemnification obligation, if
               any, or the interpretation of any such provision shall be
               conclusive and binding. Any indemnification payment required
               under subsection (a) hereof by one party to the other shall be
               made within ten (10) days of the agreement by the parties or the
               decision by the Selected Accounting Firm, as the case may be,
               with interest at the applicable Base Rate as announced from time
               to time by Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
               (the "Base Rate") from the date on which the disputed amount was
               required to be paid to the relevant taxing authority to the date
               of payment. The foregoing shall not limit or relieve each
               Redemption Shareholder's obligation to indemnify the Company,
               each Purchaser and its affiliates pursuant to subsection (a)
               hereof with respect to any Tax Claim.

                    (h) Miscellaneous.

                         (i) Any payment required by this Section 6.6 which is
                    not made on or before the date provided shall bear interest
                    after such date at the Base Rate plus three (3) percent.

                         (ii) Any and all costs and expenses of the Selected
                    Accounting Firm shall be borne by Purchasers and Redemption
                    Shareholders in proportion to the amount of each party's
                    liability for the amount in dispute pursuant to subsection
                    (a) hereof.

          6.8. Reporting Indemnity Payments. Any payment made by the Redemption
Shareholders to the Purchasers pursuant to this Section 6 shall be treated as if
it reduced each of the Investment Price and the Purchase Price by the amount of
the payment, and any payment made by the Purchasers to the Redemption
Shareholders pursuant to this Section 6 shall be treated as if it increased each
of the Purchase Price and the Investment Price by the amount of the payment.
Each of Purchasers and Redemption Shareholders agree to report all such payments
for all foreign, federal, state and local income tax purposes in a manner
consistent with the treatment described above and to notify each other promptly
in the event that any taxing authority proposes to disallow such treatment.



                                       40





          7. MISCELLANEOUS

          7.1. Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the
Company and Redemption Shareholders on the one hand, and Purchasers on the other
hand, will each bear its own expenses, costs and fees (including attorneys' and
auditors' fees) in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby,
including the preparation and execution of this Agreement.

          7.2. Assignment; Successors. This Agreement shall not be assigned by
any party without the prior written consent of the other party, and any
purported assignment or other transfer without such consent shall be void and
unenforceable, except by operation of law. In the case of such consent, this
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding on and enforceable
against, the successors and assigns of the respective parties hereto.

          7.3. Amendment and Modification. Neither this Agreement nor any term
hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, other than by an
agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto (in the case of the Redemption
Shareholders, by one of the Redemption Shareholders' Agents acting in such).

          7.4. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Schedules and
Exhibits to this Agreement (which are hereby incorporated by reference and made
a part of this Agreement) sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of
the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, supersedes all
other prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, oral or
written, between the parties in respect of the subject matter hereof (including
without limitation the letter of intent dated July 26, 1996), except that this
Agreement does not supersede the Confidentiality Agreement, the terms and
conditions of which are the parties expressly reaffirm.

          7.5. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is inoperative
or unenforceable for any reason, such circumstances shall not have the effect of
rendering the provision in question inoperative or unenforceable in any other
case or circumstance, or of rendering any other provision or provisions herein
contained invalid, inoperative, or unenforceable to any extent whatsoever. The
invalidity of any one or more phrases, sentences, clauses, Sections or
subsections of this Agreement shall not affect the remaining portions of this
Agreement.


                                       41




          7.6. Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted
to be given hereunder or for the purposes hereof to any party shall be in
writing and shall be sufficiently given if (a) delivered personally, (b) mailed
certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, (c) transmitted by facsimile with
"answer-back" confirmation (and confirmed by mail) or (d) sent by next-day or
overnight mail or delivery to:

         (a)      Redemption Shareholders:       Pyle Group
                                                 3500 Corben Court
                                                 Madison, Wisconsin  53704

                              Attention:         Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.
                              Telephone:         (608) 241-5814
                              Facsimile:         (608) 241-2696

                              With a copy to:    Foley & Lardner
                                                 777 East Wisconsin Avenue
                                                 Milwaukee, WI 53202-5367

                              Attention:         Benjamin F. Garmer, III
                              Telephone:         (414) 297-5675
                              Facsimile:         (414) 297-4900

         (b)      Purchasers:                    Thomas H. Lee Company
                                                 75 State Street,
                                                 26th Floor
                                                 Boston, MA  02109

                              Attention:         Warren C. Smith, Jr.
                              Telephone:         (617) 227-1050
                              Facsimile:         (617) 227-3514



                                       42





                              With a copy to:     Skadden, Arps, Slate,
                                                  Meagher & Flom
                                                  One Beacon Street
                                                  Boston, MA  02108

                              Attention:          Louis A. Goodman
                                                  Kent A. Coit
                              Telephone:          (617) 573-4800
                              Facsimile:          (617) 573-4822

or at such other address or to such other person's attention as the party to
whom such notice is to be given shall have last notified to the party giving the
same in the manner provided in this Section. Any notice so delivered to the
party to whom it is addressed shall be deemed to have been given and received
(i) if by personal delivery, on the day of such delivery, (ii) if by certified
or registered mail, on the seventh day after mailing thereof, (iii) if by
facsimile, the day on which such facsimile was sent or (iv) if by next-day or
overnight mail delivery, on the day delivered, provided that if any such day is
not a business day then the notice shall be deemed to have been given and
received on the business day next following such day.

          7.7. No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall
confer any rights upon any person or entity which is not a party or a successor
or permitted assignee of a party to this Agreement.

          7.8. Headings. The section headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the
meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

          7.9. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and
performed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin
applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state,
without regard to the conflicts of law principles of such state.

          7.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall
constitute one and the same instrument.



                                       43





          7.11. Knowledge. With respect to any matter herein, the term
"Knowledge" shall mean the actual knowledge after due inquiry of any of Thomas
F. Pyle, Jr., Marvin G. Siegert, Glynn M. Rossa, Roger F. Warren, Trygve
Lonnebotn, Robert W. Zimmermann, Timothy Anderson and Kenneth V. Biller.

          7.12. Remedies. Each party shall be entitled to obtain specific
performance of the obligations of another party hereunder and immediate
injunctive relief, and in the event any action or proceeding is brought in
equity to enforce this Agreement, no party will urge as a defense, that there is
an adequate remedy of law. Such remedies shall be cumulative and not exclusive
and shall be in addition to any other remedies which any party may have under
this Agreement or otherwise.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.

                                    RAYOVAC CORPORATION


                                    By: /s/ Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.
                                        ------------------------------------
                                        Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.
                                        Chairman of the Board, President and
                                        Chief Executive Officer



                                    REDEMPTION SHAREHOLDERS:


                                    /s/ Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.
                                    -------------------------------------------
                                    Thomas F. Pyle, Jr., as agent and attorney-
                                    in-fact under Shareholder Appointment of
                                    Agents and Power of Attorneys dated
                                    March 1, 1996 executed by each of the
                                    Redemption Shareholders, and not in his
                                    individual capacity




                                       44






                                         THE THOMAS AND JUDITH PYLE
                                         CHARITABLE REMAINDER TRUST
                                         CREATED SEPTEMBER 10, 1996


                                         /s/ Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.
                                         --------------------------------
                                         Thomas F. Pyle, Jr., Trustee


                                         /s/ Judith D. Pyle
                                         --------------------------------
                                         Judith D. Pyle, Trustee


                                         /s/ Glynn M. Rossa
                                         --------------------------------
                                         Glynn M. Rossa, Trustee


                                         /s/ Benjamin F. Garmer, III
                                         --------------------------------
                                         Benjamin F. Garmer, III, Trustee


                                         THOMAS H. LEE EQUITY FUND III,
                                         L.P.

                                         By:  THL EQUITY ADVISORS III
                                              LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
                                              as General Partner

                                         By:  THL EQUITY TRUST III,
                                              as General Partner


                                         By:  /s/ W.C. Smith, Jr.
                                         ----------------------------
                                              Name: Warren C. Smith, Jr.
                                              Title:    Trustee




                                       45





                                 THOMAS H. LEE FOREIGN FUND III, L.P.

                                 By:  THL EQUITY ADVISORS III
                                      LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
                                      as General Partner

                                 By:  THL EQUITY TRUST III,
                                      as General Partner


                                 By:  /s/ W.C. Smith, Jr.
                                      --------------------------------
                                      Name: Warren C. Smith, Jr.
                                      Title:    Trustee



     
                                 /s/ David A. Jones
                                 --------------------------------
                                 David A. Jones

                                 THL-CCI LIMITED PARTNERSHIP


                                 /s/ Warren C. Smith, Jr.
                                 Warren C. Smith, Jr., as agent and attorney-
                                 in-fact under Purchaser Appointment of
                                 Agent and Power of Attorney dated
                                 September 3, 1996 executed by THL-CCI
                                 Limited Partnership, and not in his
                                 individual capacity


                                       46





                                    EXHIBIT A


==============================================================================
                                    Number of Investment Shares Being Purchased
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 Percentage of    Adjusted For 
             Name of Purchaser       At Closing   Investment       Stock Split*
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund III, L.P.  2,772,827       84.46%         13,864,135
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Thomas H. Lee Foreign Fund III, L.P.   171,790        5.24%            858,950
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THL-CCI Limited Partnership            291,481        8.90%          1,457,405
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
David A. Jones                          45,579        1.39%            227,895
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                3,281,677         100%         16,408,385
===============================================================================


- - -------------------

* A 5 for 1 stock split shall occur immediately after the Closing.


                                                        47




                                                 Exhibit B


====================================================================================================================== Pre-Sale Sold in Transaction Post- Adjusted For Ownership Closing Stock Split - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Shareholders Shares % of Total # Shares Purchaser of Shares # Shares # Shares - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- x5 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Roger F. Warren 175,000 1.77% 61,053 Fund 113,947 569,735 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Marvin G. Siegert 175,000 1.77% 133,979 Fund 41,021 205,105 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Trygve Lonnebotn 100,000 1.01% 17,958 Fund 82,042 410,210 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- James A. Broderick 50,000 0.50% 8,979 Fund 41,021 205,105 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Gary E. Wilson 50,000 0.50% 27,211 Fund 22,789 113,945 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Virgil L. Broering 50,000 0.50% 50,000 Fund 0 0 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Robert W. Zimmermann 25,000 0.25% 15,884 Fund 9,116 45,580 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Kenneth V. Biller 25,000 0.25% 6,768 Fund 18,232 91,160 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Glynn M. Rossa 100,000 1.01% 100,000 Fund 0 0 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Dale R. Tetzlaff 25,000 0.25% 4,490 Fund 20,510 102,550 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Russell E. Lefevre 40,000 0.40% 5,816 Fund 34,184 170,920 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Raymond L. Balfour 25,000 0.25% 0 Fund 25,000 125,000 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Arthur Homa 10,000** 0.02% 2,000 Fund 8,000 40,000 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Thomas Pyle 7,071,845 71.42% 6,667,288 Company 5,807,904 404,557 2,022,785 Fund 813,805 Jones 45,579 --------- 6,667,288 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Benjamin F. Garmer, III 165,000 1.67% 165,000 Fund 0 0 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Pyle Charitable Trust 1,823,155 18.40% 1,823,155 Fund 0 0 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9,910,000 100.00% 9,089,581 820,419 4,102,095 ======================================================================================================================
Fund = Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund III, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Foreign Fund III, L.P. and THL-CCI Limited Partnership Company = Rayovac Corporation Jones = David A. Jones - - -------------------------------- * A 5 for 1 stock split shall occur immediately after the Closing. ** Includes 2,000 shares and 8,000 shares of underlying options (pre-split). 48


                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1

                       RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                               RAYOVAC CORPORATION
                       ----------------------------------

     The following Restated Articles of Incorporation ("Restated Articles") of
Rayovac Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation (the "Corporation"), were duly
adopted in accordance with and pursuant to Section 180.1003 of the Wisconsin
Business Corporation Law, Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Statutes ("Chapter 180")
and amend, supersede and restate the Corporation's existing Restated Articles of
Incorporation and any amendments thereto.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                    ---------

               The name of the Corporation is RAYOVAC CORPORATION.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   ----------

         The period of existence of the Corporation shall be perpetual.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   -----------

     The purpose or purposes for which the Corporation is organized is to carry
on and engage in any lawful activity within the purposes for which corporations
may be organized under Chapter 180.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   ----------

     The aggregate number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall
have the authority to issue is twenty-seven million (27,000,000), consisting of
one class only and designated "Common Stock", with a par value of one cent
($.01) per share. Each stock certificate representing issued and outstanding
shares of Class A Common Stock (including those owned by the Corporation and
held in the treasury thereof) shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to
evidence the ownership of an equal number of shares of Common Stock and the
holders of such certificates shall not be required to physically surrender such
certificates in exchange for certificates with a designation of Common Stock.

     Effective at the time of filing in the Office of Financial Institutions of
the State of Wisconsin of this Restated Articles of Incorporation (the
"Effective Time"), each share of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, of the
Corporation issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time
shall, automatically and without need for any further action on the part of any
shareholder, be converted into five (5) shares of validly issued and fully paid
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Stock Split"). No script or
fractional shares will be issued as a result of the Stock Split. In lieu
thereof, fractional shares shall be converted into the right to receive a cash
amount obtained by multiplying $21.94 by the fractional share, if any, due each
shareholder as a result of this Stock Split.






                                    ARTICLE V
                                    ---------

     (a) Preemptive Rights. The holder of any issued and outstanding shares of
Common Stock shall, as such holder, have the right to purchase up to a pro rata
portion of New Securities (as defined in paragraph (b) below) which the
Corporation, from time to time, proposes to sell or issue following the date
hereof. A shareholder's pro rata portion shall be the product of (i) a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock which
such shareholder then owns and the denominator of which is the total number of
shares of Common Stock then actually outstanding on a fully diluted basis after
giving effect to the exercise of all options, warrants and the like and the
conversion of all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock,
multiplied by (ii) the number of New Securities the Corporation proposes to sell
or issue.

     (b) Definition of New Securities. "New Securities" shall mean any Common
Stock of the Corporation, whether now authorized or not, any rights, options or
warrants to purchase Common Stock and any indebtedness or preferred stock of the
Corporation which is convertible into Common Stock (or which is convertible into
a security which is, in turn, convertible into Common Stock); provided that the
term "New Securities" does not include (i) indebtedness of the Corporation; (ii)
Common Stock issued as a stock dividend to all holders of Common Stock pro rata
or upon any subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock; (iii) the
issuance and sale of securities of the Corporation pursuant to a public offering
or merger, consolidation or similar share exchange; (iv) any director, officer,
employee or consultant stock options approved by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation; (v) the issuance of any Common Stock upon the exercise or
conversion of any rights, options or warrants to purchase Common Stock; (vi) the
issuance and sale of up to an aggregate of 227,791 shares of Common Stock (as
equitably adjusted for stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits and
other similar reclassifications) on or prior to September 12, 1997 to newly
hired officers (but not the chief executive officer) or employees of the
Corporation for a per share price no less than $4.39; provided that such
officers or employees shall execute a counterpart of the Shareholders Agreement,
entered into as of the 12th day of September, 1996 (the "Shareholders
Agreement"), by and among the Corporation and the signatories thereto, as
Management Shareholders (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement); or (vii) the
issuance of any equity security issued to non-affiliates of the Corporation as
part of a bona fide debt offering of investment units comprised of such equity
security and a debt security of the Corporation or the issuance of Common Stock
upon the conversion of such equity security pursuant to its terms.

     (c) Notice from the Corporation. In the event the Corporation proposes to
issue New Securities, the Corporation shall give each shareholder who has a
preemptive right under these Restated Articles of Incorporation written notice
of such proposal, describing the type of New Securities and the price and the
terms upon which the Corporation proposes to issue the same. For a period of
five (5) days following the delivery of such notice by the Corporation, the
Corporation shall be deemed to have irrevocably offered to sell to each
shareholder its pro rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the
terms specified in the notice. Each shareholder may exercise its preemptive
rights hereunder by giving written notice to the Corporation and stating therein
the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.



                                       -2-





     (d) Sale by the Corporation. In the event any shareholder who has a
preemptive right under these Restated Articles of Incorporation fails to
exercise in full its preemptive right within said five (5) day period, the
Corporation shall have one (1) year thereafter to sell the New Securities with
respect to which the preemptive right was not exercised, at a price and upon
terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the
Corporation's notice given pursuant to these Restated Articles of Incorporation.

     (e) Closing. The closing for any such issuance shall take place as proposed
by the Corporation with respect to the shares to be issued, at which closing the
Corporation shall deliver certificates for the shares in the respective names of
the purchasing shareholders against receipt of payment therefor.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   ----------

     The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the
Corporation shall be such number (one or more) as is fixed from time to time by
the Bylaws of the Corporation.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   -----------

     The address of the registered office of the Corporation is 601 Rayovac
Drive, P.O. Box 4960, Madison, Wisconsin 53711-0960, in Dane County and the name
of the Corporation's registered agent at such address is David A. Jones.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  ------------

     These Restated Articles of Incorporation may be amended pursuant to the
Bylaws of the Corporation and in the manner authorized by law at the time of
amendment. Any action required or permitted by this Restated Articles of
Incorporation or Bylaws or any provision of law to be taken at a meeting of the
shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a consent or consents in
writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of
outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be
necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of
the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent
shall be given to those shareholders who have not consented in writing in
accordance with Section 180.0704 of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   ----------

     If any of the Corporation's shareholders enter into one or more agreements
with the Corporation that impose limitations on the transfer of shares of the
Corporation's Common Stock or that otherwise provide for the purchase and sale
of outstanding shares upon the happening of certain events and contingencies,
each such agreement shall be binding on the parties to the agreement in all
respects, and any attempted transfer of shares in violation of the agreement's
terms and provisions shall be void and ineffective in all respects. If any such
agreement so provides, all persons who subsequently acquire shares shall be
bound by the agreement's terms and provisions as if they were signatories to the
agreement.


                                       -3-





                                   *  *  *  *

     The undersigned officers of Rayovac Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation,
with its registered office in Dane County, Wisconsin, CERTIFY:

     1. The foregoing Restated Articles of Incorporation were adopted by the
shareholders of the Corporation as of the 10th day of September, 1996 by the
following vote:


    Number of
     Shares        Number of      Number of        Number of         Number of
     Common         SHARES       affirmative      affirmative        negative
      Stock        entitled         votes            votes             votes
   Outstanding      to vote       REQUIRED           CAST              CAST

    9,902,000      9,902,000      9,902,000        9,902,000           None



     2. The Restated Articles of Incorporation shall be effective upon filing
with the Office of Financial Institutions of the State of Wisconsin.

     Executed in duplicate and corporate seal affixed this 10th day of
September, 1996.


                             /s/ Thomas F. Pyle
                             ------------------------------
                             Thomas F. Pyle, Jr., President

[CORPORATE SEAL]

                             /s/ James A. Broderick
                             -------------------------------
                             James A. Broderick, Secretary


     This document should be recorded in the office of the Register of Deeds of
Dane County.


     This document was drafted by, and should be returned to, Benjamin F.
Garmer, III, of the law firm of Foley & Lardner, 777 East Wisconsin Avenue,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin.


                                       -4-

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2
                                RESTATED BY-LAWS
                                       OF
                               RAYOVAC CORPORATION
                            (a Wisconsin corporation)

                                 -INTRODUCTION-
                               VARIABLE REFERENCES


     0.01. Date of annual shareholders' meeting (see Section 2.01): To be
determined annually by the Chairman of the Board or by a majority vote of the
Board of Directors, the Board's vote controlling, on a date following the
completion of the audited financial statements for the preceding fiscal year and
not later than the last day of the current fiscal year.

*    0.02. Required notice of shareholders' meeting (see Section 2.04): not less
     than two (2) days.

*    0.03. Authorized number of directors (see Section 3.01): Eight (8).


*    0.04. Required notice of directors' meetings (see Section 3.05):

     (a)  not less than 48 hours if by mail, and

*    (b) not less than 24 hours if by telegram or personal delivery.

*    0.05. Authorized number of Vice Presidents (see Section 4.01): Fifteen
     (15).

*



*    These spaces are reserved for official notation of future amendments to
     these sections.







                                    ARTICLE I
                                    OFFICERS

          1.01. Principal and Business Offices. The corporation may have such
principal an other business offices, either within or without the State of
Wisconsin, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the
corporation may require from time to time.

          1.02. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation
required by the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law to be maintained in the State
of Wisconsin may be, but need not be, identical with the principal office in the
State of Wisconsin, and the address of the registered office may be changed from
time to time by the Board of Directors or by the registered agent. The business
office of the registered agent of the corporation shall be identical to such
registered office.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                  SHAREHOLDERS

          2.01. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be
held at the date and hour in each year set forth in Section 0.01, or at such
other time and date within thirty days before or after said date as may be fixed
by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, for the purpose of electing
directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the
meeting. If the day fixed for the annual meeting shall be a legal holiday in the
State of Wisconsin, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business
day. If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated
herein, or fixed as herein provided, for any annual meeting of the shareholders,
or at any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election
to be held at a special meeting of the shareholders as soon thereafter as
conveniently may be.

          2.02. Special Meeting. Special meetings of the shareholders, for any
purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or the Articles of
Incorporation, may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of
Directors or by the person designated in the written request of the holders of
not less than one-tenth of all shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the
meeting.

          2.03. Place of Meeting. The Board of Directors may designate any
place, either within or without the State of Wisconsin, as the place of meeting
for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the Board of
Directors. A waiver of notice signed by all shareholders entitled to vote at a
meeting may designate any place, either within or without the


                                       -2-





State of Wisconsin, as the place for the holding of such meeting. If no
designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of
meeting shall be the principal business office of the corporation in the State
of Wisconsin or such other suitable place in the county of such principal office
as may be designated by the person calling such meeting, but any meeting may be
adjourned to reconvene at any place designated by the holders of a majority of
the votes represented thereat.

          2.04. Notice of Meeting. Written notice stating the place, day and
hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes
for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than the number of
days set forth in Section 0.02 (unless a longer period is required by law or the
Articles of Incorporation) nor more than fifty days before the date of the
meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Chairman of
the Board, or the Secretary, or other officer or persons calling the meeting, to
each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail,
addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the stock record
books of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

          2.05. Closing of Transfer Books or Fixing of Record Date. For the
purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any
meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to
receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of
shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may provide
that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not to
exceed, in any case, fifty days. If the stock transfer books shall be closed for
the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting of shareholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten days
immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books,
the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such
determination of shareholders, such date in any case to be not more than fifty
days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten days prior to
the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of
shareholders, is to be taken. If the stock transfer books are not closed and no
record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of
or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to receive
payment of a dividend, the close of business on the date on which notice of the
meeting is mailed or on the date on which the resolution of the Board of
Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the
record date for such determination of shareholders. When a determination of
shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as
provided in this section, such determination shall be applied to any adjourn-


                                       -3-





ment thereof except where the determination has been made through the closing of
the stock transfer books and the stated period of closing has expired.

          2.06. Voting Records. The officer or agent having charge of the stock
transfer books for shares of the corporation shall, before each meeting of
shareholders, make a complete record of the shareholders entitled to vote at
such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, and
indicating the address of each shareholder, the number of shares of each class
of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote registered in the name of
such shareholder and the total number of votes to which each shareholder is
entitled. Such record shall be produced and kept open at the time and place of
the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any shareholder during the
whole time of the meeting for the purposes of the meeting. The original stock
transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders
entitled to examine such record or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of
shareholders. Failure to comply with the requirements of this section shall not
affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting.

          2.07. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of
Incorporation, a quorum shall exist at a meeting of shareholders if shares of
the corporation holding a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at such
meeting are represented in person or by proxy at such meeting of shareholders,
but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares
entitled to vote at the meeting. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of
the holders of a majority of the votes represented at the meeting in person or
by proxy voting together as a single class shall be the act of the shareholders,
unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by law or
the Articles of Incorporation. Though less than a quorum is represented at a
meeting, a majority of the votes so represented may adjourn the meeting from
time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum
shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have
been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

          2.08. Conduct of Meeting. The Chairman of the Board, and in his
absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, and in their absence, any person chosen
by the shareholders present shall call the meeting of the shareholders to order
and shall act as chairman of the meeting, and the Secretary of the corporation
shall act as secretary of all meetings of the shareholders, but, in the absence
of the Secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any other person to act as
secretary of the meeting.

          2.09. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder entitled
to vote may vote in person or by proxy


                                       -4-





appointed in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney in
fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation before or
at the time of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the proxy, a proxy may
be revoked at any time before it is voted, either by written notice filed with
the Secretary or the acting secretary of the meeting or by oral notice given by
the shareholder to the presiding officer during the meeting. The presence of a
shareholder who has filed his proxy shall not of itself constitute a revocation.
No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution,
unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The Board of Directors shall have the
power and authority to make rules establishing presumptions as to the validity
and sufficiency of proxies.

          2.10. Voting of Shares. Each outstanding share shall be entitled to
one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders,
except to the extent that voting rights of the shares of any class or classes
are enlarged, limited or denied by the Articles of Incorporation.

          2.11. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders.

          (a) Other Corporations. Shares standing in the name of another
corporation may be voted either in person or by proxy, by the president of such
corporation or any other officer appointed by such president. A proxy executed
by any principal officer of such other corporation or assistant thereto shall be
conclusive evidence of the signer's authority to act, in the absence of express
notice to this corporation, given in writing to the Secretary of this
corporation, of the designation of some other person by the board of directors
or the bylaws of such other corporation.

          (b) Legal Representatives and Fiduciaries. Shares held by any
administrator, executor, guardian, conservator, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver,
or assignee for creditors may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy,
without a transfer of such shares into his name provided that there is filed
with the Secretary before or at the time of meeting proper evidence of his
incumbency and the number of shares held. Shares standing in the name of a
fiduciary may be voted by him, either in person or by proxy. A proxy executed by
a fiduciary, shall be conclusive evidence of the signer's authority to act, in
the absence of express notice to this corporation, given in writing to the
Secretary of this corporation, that such manner of voting is expressly
prohibited or otherwise directed by the document creating the fiduciary
relationship.



                                       -5-





          (c) Pledgees. A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled
to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the
pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so
transferred.

          (d) Treasury Stock and Subsidiaries. Neither treasury shares, nor
shares held by another corporation if a majority of the shares entitled to vote
for the election of directors of such other corporation is held by this
corporation, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total
number of votes represented at such a meeting, but shares of its own issue held
by this corporation in a fiduciary capacity, or held by such other corporation
in a fiduciary capacity, may be voted and shall be counted in determining the
total number of votes represented at such a meeting.

          (e) Minors. Shares held by a minor may be voted by such minor in
person or by proxy and no such vote shall be subject to disaffirmance or
avoidance, unless prior to such vote the Secretary of the corporation has
received written notice or has actual knowledge that such shareholder is a
minor.

          (f) Incompetents and Spendthrifts. Shares held by an incompetent or
spendthrift may be voted by such incompetent or spendthrift in person or by
proxy and no such vote shall be subject to disaffirmance or avoidance, unless
prior to such vote the Secretary of the corporation has actual knowledge that
such shareholder has been adjudicated an incompetent or spendthrift or actual
knowledge of filing of judicial proceedings for appointment of a guardian.

          (g) Joint Tenants. Shares registered in the names of two or more
individuals who are named in the registration as joint tenants may be voted in
person or by proxy signed by any one or more of such individuals if either (i)
no other such individual or his legal representative is present and claims the
right to participate in the voting of such shares or prior to the vote files
with the Secretary of the corporation a contrary written voting authorization or
direction or written denial of authority of the individual present or signing
the proxy proposed to be voted or (ii) all such other individuals are deceased
and the Secretary of the corporation has no actual knowledge that the survivor
has been adjudicated not to be the successor to the interests of those deceased.

          2.12. Waiver of Notice by Shareholders. Whenever any notice whatsoever
is required to be given to any shareholder of the corporation under the Articles
of Incorporation or Bylaws or any provision of law, a waiver thereof in writing,
signed at any time, whether before or after the time of the meeting, by the
shareholder entitled to such notice, shall be deemed equivalent


                                       -6-





to the giving of such notice; provided that such waiver in respect to any matter
of which notice is required under any provision of the Wisconsin Business
Corporation Law, shall contain the same information as would have been required
to be included in such notice, except the time and place of meeting.

          2.13. Unanimous Consent Without Meeting. Any action required or
permitted by the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or any provision of law to
be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of
the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.


                                   ARTICLE III
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

          3.01. General Powers and Number. The business and affairs of the
corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors. The number of directors
of the corporation shall be as provided in Section 0.03.

          3.02. Tenure and Qualifications. Each director shall hold office until
the next annual meeting of the shareholders and until his successor shall have
been elected, or until his prior death, resignation or removal. A director may
be removed from office by affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled
to be cast for the election of such director, taken at a meeting of shareholders
called for that purpose. A director may resign at any time by filing his written
resignation with the Secretary of the corporation. Directors need not be
residents of the State of Wisconsin or shareholders of the corporation. A
director, other than the Chairman of the Board or Vice Chairman of the Board,
who is an officer of the corporation and who shall retire or otherwise terminate
employment as such officer shall automatically be retired as a director of the
corporation and thereafter shall not be eligible for re-election as a director.

          3.03. Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after the annual
meeting of shareholders, and each adjourned session thereof. The place of such
regular meeting shall be the same as the place of the meeting of shareholders
which precedes it, or such other suitable place as may be announced at such
meeting of shareholders. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the
time and place, either within or without the State of Wisconsin, for the holding
of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.



                                       -7-





          3.04. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may
be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of
the Board or any two directors. The Chairman of the Board or Vice Chairman of
the Board calling any special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix any
place, either within or without the State of Wisconsin, as the place for holding
any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them, and if no other
place is fixed the place of the meeting shall be the principal business office
of the corporation in the State of Wisconsin.

          3.05. Notice; Waiver. Notice of each meeting of the Board of Directors
(unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to Section 3.03) shall be given by
written notice delivered personally or mailed or given by telegram to each
director at his business address or at such other address as such director shall
have designated in writing filed with the Secretary, in each case not less than
that number of hours prior thereto as set forth in Section 0.04. If mailed, such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail
so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. If notice be given by telegram, such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when the telegram is delivered to the
telegraph company. Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given to any
director of the corporation under the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or any
provision of law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed at any time, whether
before or after the time of meeting, by the director entitled to such notice,
shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. The attendance of a
director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting,
except where a director attends a meeting and objects thereat to the transaction
of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither
the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special
meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of
notice of such meeting.

          3.06. Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Articles
of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the directors shall constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors,
but a majority of the directors present (though less than such quorum) may
adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

          3.07. Manner of Acting. The act of the majority of the directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board
of Directors, unless the act of a greater number is required by law or by the
Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

          3.08. Conduct of Meetings. The Chairman of the Board, and in his
absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, and in their absence, any director
chosen by the directors present, shall call


                                       -8-





meetings of the Board of Directors to order and shall act as chairman of the
meeting. The Secretary of the corporation shall act as secretary of all meetings
of the Board of Directors but in the absence of the Secretary, the presiding
officer may appoint any Assistant Secretary or any director or other persons
present to act as secretary of the meeting.

          3.09. Vacancies. Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of
Incorporation, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including a
vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled until
the next succeeding annual election by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
directors then in office, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors;
provided, that in case of a vacancy created by the removal of a director by vote
of the shareholders, the shareholders shall have the right to fill such vacancy
at the same meeting or any adjournment thereof in accordance with the Articles
of Incorporation.

          3.10. Compensation. The Board of Directors, by affirmative vote of a
majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal
interest of any of its members, may establish reasonable compensation of all
directors for services to the corporation as directors, officers or otherwise,
or may delegate such authority to an appropriate committee. The Board of
Directors also shall have authority to provide for or delegate authority to an
appropriate committee to provide for reasonable pensions, disability or death
benefits, and other benefits or payments, to directors, officers and employees
and to their estates, families, dependents or beneficiaries on account of prior
services rendered by such directors, officers and employees to the corporation.

          3.11. Presumption of Assent. A director of the corporation who is
present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof of which
he is a member at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be
presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be
entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written
dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting
before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail
to the Secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the
meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor
of such action.

          3.12. Committees. The Board of Directors by resolution adopted by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the number of directors as provided in
Section 0.03 may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of
three or more directors elected by the Board of Directors, which, to the extent
provided in said resolution as initially adopted, and as thereaf-


                                       -9-





ter supplemented or amended by further resolution adopted by a like vote, shall
have and may exercise, when the Board of Directors is not in session, the powers
of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the
corporation, except action in respect to dividends to shareholders, election of
the principal officers or the filling of vacancies in the Board of Directors or
committees created pursuant to this section. The Board of Directors may elect
one or more of its members as alternate members of any such committee who may
take the place of any absent member or members at any meeting of such committee,
upon request by the Chairman of the Board or upon request by the chairman of
such meeting. Each such committee shall fix its own rules governing the conduct
of its activities and shall make such reports to the Board of Directors of its
activities as the Board of Directors may request.

          3.13. Unanimous Consent Without Meeting. Any action required or
permitted by the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or any provision of law to
be taken by the Board of Directors at a meeting or by resolution may be taken
without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken,
shall be signed by all of the directors then in office.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    OFFICERS

          4.01. Number. The principal officers of the corporation shall be a
Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, a President, the number of
Vice Presidents as provided in Section 0.05, a Secretary, and a Treasurer, each
of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may
from time to time elect or appoint such other officers and assistant officers as
may be deemed necessary. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

          4.02. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the corporation to
be elected by the Board of Directors shall be elected annually by the Board of
Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual
meeting of the shareholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at
such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may
be. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly elected or
until his prior death, resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any
time upon written notice to the corporation. Failure to elect officers shall not
dissolve or otherwise affect the corporation.

          4.03. Removal. Any officer or agent may be removed by the Board of
Directors whenever in its judgment the best interest of the corporation and its
shareholders will be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice
to the contract


                                      -10-





rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election or appointment shall not of
itself create contract rights.

          4.04. Vacancies. A vacancy in any principal office because of death,
resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, shall be filled by the
Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

          4.05. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall be
elected or appointed by, and from the membership of the Board of Directors. He
shall, when present, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the
Board of Directors. He shall perform such other duties and functions as shall be
assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors or in these Bylaws.
Except where by law the signature of the President of the corporation is
required, the Chairman of the Board shall possess the same power and authority
to sign, execute and acknowledge, on behalf of the corporation, all deeds,
mortgages, bonds, stock certificates, contracts, leases, reports and all other
documents or instruments necessary or proper to be executed in the course of the
corporation's regular business, or which shall be authorized by resolution of
the Board of Directors; and except as otherwise provided by law or by the Board
of Directors, he may authorize the President or any Vice President or other
officer or agent of the corporation to sign, execute and acknowledge such
documents or instruments in his place and stead. During the absence or
disability of the President, or while that office is vacant, the Chairman of the
Board shall exercise all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the
President.

          4.06. Vice Chairman of the Board. During the absence or disability of
the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board shall exercise all of
the functions of the Chairman of the Board. The Vice Chairman of the Board shall
perform all duties incident to the office of the Vice Chairman of the Board and
such other duties as shall from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of
Directors, the Chairman of the Board or as prescribed by these Bylaws.

          4.07. President. The President shall be the chief executive officer
and chief operations officer of the corporation and, subject to the control of
the Board of Directors, shall in general determine the direction and goals of
the organization and supervise and control all of the business, operations and
affairs of the corporation. He shall have authority, subject to such rules as
may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, to appoint such agents and
employees of the corporation as he may deem necessary, to prescribe their
powers, duties and compensation, and to delegate authority to them. Such agents
and employees shall hold office at the discretion of the President. He shall
have authority, co-equal with the Chairman of the Board, to sign, execute and
acknowledge, on behalf of the corporation, all deeds,


                                      -11-





mortgages, bonds, stock certificates, contracts, leases, reports and all other
documents or instruments necessary or proper to be executed in the course of the
corporation's regular business, or which shall be authorized by resolution of
the Board of Directors; and, except as otherwise provided by law or by the Board
of Directors, he may authorize any Vice President or any other officer or agent
of the corporation to sign, execute and acknowledge such documents or
instruments in his place and stead. In general, he shall perform all duties
incident to the office of chief executive officer, chief operating officer and
President and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors
from time to time.

          4.08. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board,
the Vice Chairman of the Board and the President or in the event of their
deaths, inability or refusal to act, or in the event for any reason it shall be
impracticable for the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board or
President to act personally, the Vice President (or in the event there be more
than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated by the
Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of
their election) shall perform the duties of the Chairman of the Board, Vice
Chairman of the Board and/or President (as the case may be), and when so acting,
shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the
Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board or President (as the case
may be). Any Vice President may sign, with the Secretary or Assistant Secretary,
certificates for shares of the corporation; and shall perform such other duties
and have such authority as from time to time may be delegated or assigned to him
by the Chairman of the Board, Vice Chairman of the Board, President or Board of
Directors. The execution of any instrument of the corporation by any Vice
President shall be conclusive evidence, as to third parties, of his authority to
act in the stead of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board
and/or President.

          4.09. Secretary. The Secretary shall:

          (a) keep the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and the
Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose;

          (b) attest instruments to be filed with the Secretary of State;

          (c) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the
provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law;

          (d) be custodian of the corporate records;



                                      -12-





          (e) keep or arrange for the keeping of a register of the post office
address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such
shareholders;

          (f) sign with the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the
Board or the President, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issuance
of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors;

          (g) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the
corporation; and

          (h) in general perform all duties incident to the office of the
Secretary and have such other duties and exercise such authority as from time to
time may be delegated or assigned to him by the Chairman of the Board, Vice
Chairman of the Board or by the President or by the Board of Directors.

          4.10. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall:

          (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and
securities of the corporation;

          (b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the
corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name
of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall
be selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.04; and

          (c) in general perform all of the duties and exercise such other
authority as from time to time may be delegated or assigned to him by the
Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board or the President or by the
Board of Directors. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall
give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such
surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.

          4.11. Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. There shall be
such number of Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers as the Board of
Directors may from time to time authorize. The Assistant Secretaries may sign
with the Chairman of the Board or the President certificates for shares of the
corporation the issuance of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of
the Board of Directors. The Assistant Treasurers shall respectively, if required
by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties
in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.
The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, in general, shall perform
such duties and have such authority as shall from time to time be delegated or
assigned to them by the Secretary or the Treasurer, respectively, or by the
Chairman of the Board, the


                                      -13-





Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or by the Board of Directors.

          4.12. Other Assistants and Acting Officers. The Board of Directors
shall have the power to appoint any person to act as assistant to any officer,
or as agent for the corporation in his stead, or to perform the duties of such
officer whenever for any reason it is impracticable for such officer to act
personally, and such assistant or acting officer or other agent so appointed by
the Board of Directors shall have the power to perform all the duties of the
office to which he is so appointed to be an assistant, or as to which he is so
appointed to act, except as such power may be otherwise defined or restricted by
the Board of Directors.

          4.13. Salaries. The salaries of the principal officers shall be fixed
from time to time by the Board of Directors or by a duly authorized committee
thereof, and no other officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by
reason of the fact that he is also a director of the corporation.


                                    ARTICLE V
                            CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS
                      AND DEPOSITS; SPECIAL CORPORATE ACTS

          5.01. Contracts. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or
officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute or deliver any
instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such
authorization may be general or confined to specific instances. In the absence
of other designation, all deeds, mortgages and instruments of assignment or
pledge made by the corporation shall be executed in the name of the corporation
by the Chairman of the Board or the President or one of the Vice Presidents and
by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant
Treasurer; and when so executed no other party to such instrument or any third
party shall be required to make any inquiry into the authority of the signing
officer or officers.

          5.02. Loans. No indebtedness for borrowed money shall be contracted on
behalf of the corporation and no evidences of such indebtedness shall be issued
in its name unless authorized by or under the authority of a resolution of the
Board of Directors. Such authorization may be general or confined to specific
instances.

          5.03. Checks, Drafts, etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the
payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of
the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of
the corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be


                                      -14-





determined by or under the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.

          5.04. Deposits. All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed
shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such
banks, trust companies or other depositories as may be selected by or under the
authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.

          5.05. Voting of Securities Owned by this Corporation. Subject always
to the specific directions of the Board of Directors, (a) any shares or other
securities issued by any other corporation and owned or controlled by this
corporation may be voted at any meeting of security holders of such other
corporation by the Chairman of the Board of this corporation if he be present,
or in his absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board of this corporation who may
be present, and (b) whenever, in the judgment of the Chairman of the Board, or
in his absence, the Vice Chairman, it is desirable for this corporation to
execute a proxy or written consent in respect to any shares or other securities
issued by any other corporation and owned by this corporation, such proxy or
consent shall be executed in the name of this corporation by the Chairman of the
Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board of this corporation, without necessity
of any authorization by the Board of Directors, countersignature or attestation
by another officer. Any person or persons designated in the manner above stated
as the proxy or proxies of this corporation shall have full right, power and
authority to vote the shares or other securities issued by such other
corporation and owned by this corporation the same as such shares or other
securities might be voted by this corporation.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                   CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

          6.01. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares of the
corporation shall be in such form, consistent with law, as shall be determined
by the Board of Directors. Such certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of
the Board or Vice Chairman of the Board and by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or
otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares
represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue,
shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. All
certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be cancelled and
no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like
number of shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled, except as provided
in Section 6.06.



                                      -15-





          6.02. Facsimile Signatures and Seal. The signature of the Chairman of
the Board or Vice Chairman of the Board and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary
upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on
behalf of a transfer agent, or a registrar, other than the corporation itself or
an employee of the corporation. The corporation shall have a corporate seal.

          6.03. Signature by Former Officers. In case any officer, who has
signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any certificate for
shares, shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued,
it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such
officer at the date of its issue.

          6.04. Transfer of Shares. Prior to due presentment of a certificate
for shares for registration of transfer, the corporation may treat the
registered owner of such shares as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to
receive notifications and otherwise to have and exercise all the rights and
powers of an owner. Where a certificate for shares is presented to the
corporation with a request to register for transfer, the corporation shall not
be liable to the owner or any other person suffering loss as a result of such
registration of transfer if (a) there were on or with the certificate the
necessary endorsements, and (b) the corporation had no duty to inquire into
adverse claims or has discharged any such duty. The corporation may require
reasonable assurance that said endorsements are genuine and effective and in
compliance with such other regulations as may be prescribed by or under the
authority of the Board of Directors.

          6.05. Restrictions on Transfer. The face or reverse side of each
certificate representing shares shall bear a conspicuous notation of any
restriction imposed by the corporation upon the transfer of such shares.

          6.06. Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates. Where the owner claims
that his certificate for shares has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, a
new certificate shall be issued in place thereof if the owner (a) so requests
before the corporation has notice that such shares have been acquired by a
bona fide purchaser, and (b) files with the corporation a sufficient indemnity
bond, and (c) satisfies such other reasonable requirements as may be
prescribed by or under the authority of the Board of Directors.

          6.07. Consideration for Shares. The shares of the corporation may be
issued for such consideration as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board
of Directors, provided that any shares having a par value shall not be issued
for a consideration less than the par value thereof. The consideration to be


                                      -16-





paid for shares may be paid in whole or in part, in money, in other property,
tangible or intangible, or in labor or services actually performed for the
corporation. When payment of the consideration for which shares are to be issued
shall have been received by the corporation, such shares shall be deemed to be
fully paid and nonassessable by the corporation. No certificate shall be issued
for any share until such share is fully paid.

          6.08. Stock Regulations. The Board of Directors shall have the power
and authority to make all such further rules and regulations not inconsistent
with the statutes of the State of Wisconsin as it may deem expedient concerning
the issue, transfer and registration of certificates representing shares of the
corporation.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                                   AMENDMENTS

          7.01. By Shareholders. Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of
Incorporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed and new Bylaws
may be adopted by the shareholders by affirmative vote of not less than a
majority of the votes represented in person or by proxy entitled to be cast
therefor at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders at which a quorum
is in attendance.

          7.02. By Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of
Incorporation, these Bylaws may also be altered, amended or repealed and new
Bylaws may be adopted by the Board of Directors by affirmative vote of a
majority of the number of directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is
in attendance; but no Bylaw adopted by the shareholders shall be amended or
repealed by the Board of Directors if the Bylaw so adopted so provides.

          7.03. Implied Amendments. Any action taken or authorized by the
shareholders or by the Board of Directors, which would be inconsistent with the
Bylaws then in effect but is taken or authorized by affirmative vote of not less
than the number of shares or the number of directors required to amend the
Bylaws so that the Bylaws would be consistent with such action, shall be given
the same effect as though the Bylaws had been temporarily amended or suspended
so far, but only so far, as is necessary to permit the specific action so taken
or authorized.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

          8.01. Certain Definitions. All capitalized terms used in this Article
VIII and not otherwise hereinafter defined in


                                      -17-





this Section 8.01 shall have the meaning set forth in Section 180.042 of the
Statute. The following capitalized terms (including any plural forms thereof)
used in this Article VIII shall be defined as follows:

          (a) "Affiliate" shall include, without limitation, any corporation,
partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust or other enterprise
that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, the Corporation.

          (b) "Authority" shall mean the entity selected by the Director or
Officer to determine his or her right to indemnification pursuant to Section
8.04.

          (c) "Board" shall mean the entire then elected and serving board of
directors of the Corporation, including all members thereof who are Parties to
the subject Proceeding or any related Proceeding.

          (d) "Breach of Duty" shall mean the Director or Officer breached or
failed to perform his or her duties to the Corporation and his or her breach of
or failure to perform those duties is determined, in accordance with Section
8.04, to constitute misconduct under Section 180.044(2)(a) 1, 2, 3 or 4 of the
Statute.

          (e) "Corporation" as used herein and as defined in the Statute and
incorporated by reference into the definitions of certain other capitalized
terms used herein, shall mean this Corporation, including, without limitation,
any successor corporation or entity to this Corporation by way of merger,
consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the capital stock or
assets of this Corporation.

          (f) "Director or Officer" shall have the meaning set forth in the
Statute; provided, that, for purposes of this Article VIII, it shall be
conclusively presumed that any Director or Officer serving as a director,
officer, partner, trustee, member of any governing or decision-making committee,
employee or agent of an Affiliate shall be so serving at the request of the
Corporation.

          (g) "Disinterested Quorum" shall mean a quorum of the Board who are
not Parties to the subject Proceeding or any related Proceeding.

          (h) "Party" shall have the meaning set forth in the Statute; provided,
that, for purposes of this Article VIII, the term "Party" shall also include any
Director or Officer who is or was a witness in a Proceeding at a time when he or
she has not otherwise been formally named a Party thereto.


                                      -18-






          (i) "Proceeding" shall have the meaning set forth in the Statute;
provided, that, for purposes of this Article VIII, the term "Proceeding" shall
also include all Proceedings (i) brought under (in whole or in part) the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, their respective state counterparts, and/or any rule or regulation
promulgated under any of the foregoing; (ii) brought before an Authority or
otherwise to enforce rights hereunder; (iii) any appeal from a Proceeding; and
(iv) any Proceeding in which the Director or Officer is a plaintiff or
petitioner because he or she is a Director or Officer; provided, however, that
such Proceeding is authorized by a majority vote of a Disinterested Quorum.

          (j) "Statute" shall mean Section 180.042 through 180.059, inclusive,
of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin
Statutes, as the same shall then be in effect, including any amendments thereto,
but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent such amendment
permits or requires the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights
than the Statute permitted or required the Corporation to provide prior to such
amendment.

          8.02. Mandatory Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted or
required by the Statute, the Corporation shall indemnify a Director of Officer
against all Liabilities incurred by or on behalf of such Director or Officer in
connection with a Proceeding in which the Director or Officer is a Party because
he or she is a Director or Officer.

          8.03. Procedural Requirements.

          (a) A Director or Officer who seeks indemnification under Section 8.02
shall make a written request therefor to the Corporation. Subject to Section
8.03(b), within sixty days of the Corporation's receipt of such request, the
Corporation shall pay or reimburse the Director or Officer for the entire amount
of Liabilities incurred by the Director or Officer in connection with the
subject Proceeding (net of any Expenses previously advanced pursuant to Section
8.05).

          (b) No indemnification shall be required to be paid by the Corporation
pursuant to Section 8.02 if, within such sixty-day period, (i) a Disinterested
Quorum, by a majority vote thereof, determines that the Director or Officer
requesting indemnification engaged in misconduct constituting a Breach of Duty
or (ii) a Disinterested Quorum cannot be obtained.

          (c) In either case of nonpayment pursuant to Section 8.03(b), the
Board shall immediately authorize by resolution that an Authority, as provided
in Section 8.04, determine whether the


                                      -19-





Director's or Officer's conduct constituted a Breach of Duty and therefore,
whether indemnification should be denied hereunder.

          (d) (i) If the Board does not authorize an Authority to determine the
Director's or Officer's right to indemnification hereunder within such sixty-day
period and/or (ii) if indemnification of the requested amount of Liabilities is
paid by the Corporation, then it shall be conclusively presumed for all purposes
that a Disinterested Quorum has determined that the Director or Officer did not
engage in misconduct constituting a Breach of Duty and, in the case of
subsection (i) above (but not subsection (ii)), indemnification by the
Corporation of the requested amount of Liabilities shall be paid to the Director
or Officer immediately.

          8.04. Determination of Indemnification.

          (a) If the Board authorizes an Authority to determine a Director's or
Officer's right to indemnification pursuant to Section 8.03, then the Director
or Officer requesting indemnification shall have the absolute discretionary
authority to select one of the following as such Authority:

          (i) An independent legal counsel; provided, that such counsel shall be
     mutually selected by such Director or Officer and by a majority vote of a
     Disinterested Quorum or, if a Disinte rested Quorum cannot be obtained,
     then by a majority vote of the Board;

          (ii) A panel of three arbitrators selected from the panels of
     arbitrators of the American Arbitration Association in Madison, Wisconsin;
     provided that (A) one arbitrator shall be selected by such Director or
     Officer, the second arbitrator shall be selected by a majority vote of a
     Disinterested Quorum or, if a Disinterested Quorum cannot be obtained, then
     by a majority vote of the Board, and the third arbitrator shall be selected
     by the two previously selected arbitrators, and (B) in all other respects,
     such panel shall be governed by the American Arbitration Association's then
     existing Commercial Arbitration Rules; or

          (iii) A court pursuant to and in accordance with Section 180.051 of
     the Statute.

          (b) In any such determination by the selected Authority there shall
exist a rebuttable presumption that the Director's or Officer's conduct did not
constitute a Breach of Duty and that indemnification against the requested
amount of Liabilities is required. The burden of rebutting such a presumption by
clear and convincing evidence shall be on the Corporation or such other party
asserting that such indemnification should not be allowed.


                                      -20-






          (c) The Authority shall make its determination within sixty days of
being selected and shall submit a written opinion of its conclusion
simultaneously to both the Corporation and the Director or Officer.

          (d) If the Authority determines that indemnification is required
hereunder, the Corporation shall pay the entire requested amount of Liabilities
(net of any Expenses previously advanced pursuant to Section 8.05), including
interest thereon at a reasonable rate, as determined by the Authority, within
ten days of receipt of the Authority's opinion; provided, that if it is
determined by the Authority that a Director or Officer is entitled to
indemnification as to some claims, issues or matters, but not as to other
claims, issues or matters, involved in the subject Proceeding, the Corporation
shall be required to pay (as set forth above) only the amount of such requested
Liabilities as the Authority shall deem appropriate in light of all of the
circumstances of such Proceeding.

          (e) The determination by the Authority that indemnification is
required hereunder shall be binding upon the Corporation regardless of any prior
determination that the Director or Officer engaged in a Breach of Duty.

          (f) All Expenses incurred in the determination process under this
Section 8.04 by either the Corporation or the Director or Officer, including,
without limitation, all Expenses of the selected Authority, shall be paid by the
Corporation.

          8.05. Mandatory Allowance of Expenses.

          (a) The Corporation shall pay or reimburse, within ten days after the
receipt of the Director's or Officer's written request therefor, the reasonable
Expenses of the Director or Officer as such Expenses are incurred; provided, the
following conditions are satisfied:

          (i) The Director or Officer furnishes to the Corporation an executed
     written certificate affirming his or her good faith belief that he or she
     has not engaged in misconduct which constitutes a Breach of Duty; and

          (ii) The Director or Officer furnishes to the Corporation an unsecured
     executed written agreement to repay any advances made under this Section
     8.05 if it is ultimately determined by an Authority that he or she is not
     entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation for such Expenses pursuant to
     Section 8.04.

          (b) If the Director or Officer must repay any previously advanced
Expenses pursuant to this Section 8.05, such


                                      -21-





Director or Officer shall not be required to pay interest on such amounts.

          8.06. Indemnification and Allowance of Expenses of Certain Others.

          (a) The Corporation shall indemnify a director or officer of an
Affiliate (who is not otherwise serving as a Director or Officer) against all
Liabilities, and shall advance the reasonable Expenses, incurred by such
director or officer in a Proceeding to the same extent hereunder as if such
director or officer incurred such Liabilities because he or she was a Director
or Officer, if such director or officer is a Party thereto because he or she is
or was a director or officer of the Affiliate.

          (b) The Board may, in its sole and absolute discretion as it deems
appropriate, pursuant to a majority vote thereof, indemnify against Liabilities
incurred by, and/or provide for the allowance of reasonable Expenses of, an
employee or authorized agent of the Corporation acting within the scope of his
or her duties as such and who is not otherwise a Director or Officer.

          8.07. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of a Director or Officer or any individual who is or was an employee
or authorized agent of the Corporation against any Liability asserted against or
incurred by such individual in his or her capacity as such or arising from his
or her status as such, regardless of whether the Corporation is required or
permitted to indemnify against any such Liability under this Article VIII.

          8.08. Notice to the Corporation. A Director or Officer shall promptly
notify the Corporation in writing when he or she has actual knowledge of a
Proceeding which may result in a claim of indemnification against Liabilities or
allowance of Expenses hereunder, but the failure to do so shall not relieve the
Corporation of any liability to the Director or Officer hereunder unless the
Corporation shall have been irreparably prejudiced by such failure (as
determined by an Authority selected pursuant to Section 8.04(a)).

          8.09. Severability. If any provision of this Article VIII shall be
deemed invalid or inoperative, or if a court of competent jurisdiction
determines that any of the provisions of this Article VIII contravene public
policy, this Article VIII shall be construed so that the remaining provisions
shall not be affected, but shall remain in full force and effect, and any such
provisions which are invalid or inoperative or which contravene public policy
shall be deemed, without further action or deed by or on behalf of the
Corporation, to be modified, amended and/or


                                      -22-





limited, but only to the extent necessary to render the same
valid and enforceable.

          8.10. Nonexclusivity of Article VIII. The rights of a Director or
Officer (or any other person) granted under this Article VIII shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to indemnification against Liabilities or
advancement of Expenses which the Director or Officer (or such other person) may
be entitled to under any written agreement, Board resolution, vote of
shareholders of the Corporation or otherwise, including, without limitation,
under the Statute. Nothing contained in this Article VIII shall be deemed to
limit the Corporation's obligations to indemnify against Liabilities or advance
Expenses to a Director or Officer under the Statute.

          8.11. Contractual Nature of Article VIII; Repeal or Limitation of
Rights. This Article VIII shall be deemed to be a contract between the
Corporation and each Director and Officer and any repeal or other limitation of
this Article VIII or any repeal or limitation of the Statute or any other
applicable law shall not limit any rights of indemnification against Liabilities
or allowance of Expenses then existing or arising out of events, acts or
omissions occurring prior to such repeal or limitation, including, without
limitation, the right to indemnification against Liabilities or allowance of
Expenses for Proceedings commenced after such repeal or limitation to enforce
this Article VIII with regard to acts, omissions or events arising prior to such
repeal or limitation.




                                      -23-





          Pursuant to an Action by Written Consent of the Board of Directors
(the "Board") of Rayovac Corporation (the "Company") dated as of September 12,
1996, the Board adopted the following resolutions which amended the Restated
Bylaws of the Company:

          RESOLVED, that pursuant to Section 7.02 of the ByLaws, Section 2.13 of
the By-Laws be, and it hereby is, amended and restated as follows: "Any action
required or permitted by the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or any
provision of law to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken
without a meeting if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action
so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less
than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take
such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were
present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a
meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those
shareholders who have not consented in writing in accordance with Section
180.0704 of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law"; and further

          RESOLVED, that pursuant to Section 7.02 of the ByLaws, Section 8.02 of
the By-Laws be, and it hereby is, amended and restated as follows: "To the
fullest extent permitted or required by the Statute, but not for any action,
suit, arbitration or other proceeding (or portion thereof) initiated by a
Director or Officer, the Corporation shall indemnify such Director or Officer
against all Liabilities incurred by or on behalf of such Director or Officer in
connection with a Proceeding in which the Director or Officer is a Party because
he or she is a Director or Officer."

                                      -24-




                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1
================================================================================







                               RAYOVAC CORPORATION

                                     Issuer

                                ROV HOLDING, INC.

                                    Guarantor





                   10 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2006





                                -----------------

                                    INDENTURE

                          Dated as of October 22, 1996
                                -----------------





                                -----------------

                               Marine Midland Bank
                                -----------------

                                     Trustee






===============================================================================







                             CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
Trust Indenture
  Act Section                                                Indenture Section

310  (a)(1)................................................            7.10
     (a)(2)...............................................             7.10
     (a)(3) ..............................................             N.A.
     (a)(4)...............................................             N.A.
     (a)(5)...............................................             7.10
     (b) .................................................             7.10
     (c) .................................................             N.A.
311  (a) ..................................................            7.11
     (b) .................................................             7.11
     (c) .................................................             N.A.
312  (a)...................................................            2.05
     (b)..................................................            11.03
     (c) .................................................            11.03
313  (a) ..................................................            7.06
     (b)(1) ..............................................            10.03
     (b)(2) ..............................................             7.07
     (c) .................................................       7.06;11.02
     (d)..................................................             7.06
314  (a) ..................................................      4.03;11.02
     (b) .................................................            10.02
     (c)(1) ..............................................            11.04
     (c)(2) ..............................................            11.04
     (c)(3) ..............................................             N.A.
     (d)..................................................  10.03, 10.04, 10.05
     (e)  ................................................           11.05
     (f)..................................................             N.A.
315  (a)...................................................            7.01
     (b)..................................................       7.05,11.02
     (c)  ................................................             7.01
     (d)..................................................             7.01
     (e)..................................................             6.11
316  (a)(last sentence) ...................................            2.09
     (a)(1)(A)............................................             6.05
     (a)(1)(B) ...........................................             6.04
     (a)(2) ..............................................             N.A.
     (b) .................................................             6.07
     (c) .................................................             2.12
317  (a)(1) ...............................................            6.08
     (a)(2)...............................................             6.09
     (b) .................................................             2.04
318  (a)...................................................           11.01
     (b)..................................................             N.A.
     (c)..................................................            11.01
N.A. means not applicable.

*This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.







                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

                                   ARTICLE 1
                         DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                                  BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01. Definitions.................................................  1
Section 1.02. Other Definitions........................................... 15
Section 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act........... 16
Section 1.04. Rules of Construction....................................... 16
Section 1.05. Business Day Certificate.................................... 17

                                   ARTICLE 2
                                   THE NOTES
Section 2.01. Form and Dating............................................. 17
Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication................................ 17
Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent.................................. 18
Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust......................... 18
Section 2.05. Holder Lists................................................ 19
Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange....................................... 19
Section 2.07. Replacement Notes........................................... 24
Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes........................................... 25
Section 2.09. Treasury Notes.............................................. 25
Section 2.10. Temporary Notes............................................. 25
Section 2.11. Cancellation................................................ 25
Section 2.12. Defaulted Interest.......................................... 26

                                   ARTICLE 3
                           REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
Section 3.01. Notices to Trustee.......................................... 26
Section 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed........................... 26
Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption........................................ 27
Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.............................. 27
Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price................................. 27
Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part...................................... 28
Section 3.07. Optional Redemption......................................... 28
Section 3.08. Mandatory Redemption........................................ 29
Section 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds......... 29

                                   ARTICLE 4
                                   COVENANTS
Section 4.01. Payment of Notes............................................ 31
Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency............................. 31
Section 4.03. Reports..................................................... 31
Section 4.04. Compliance Certificate...................................... 32
Section 4.05. Taxes....................................................... 33
Section 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.............................. 33
Section 4.07. Restricted Payments......................................... 33
Section 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
              Restricted Subsidiaries..................................... 35

                                       i




Section 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred
              Stock....................................................... 36
Section 4.10. Asset Sales................................................. 37
Section 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates................................ 39
Section 4.12. Liens....................................................... 39
Section 4.13. Corporate Existence......................................... 40
Section 4.14. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.................. 40
Section 4.15. No Senior Subordinated Debt................................. 41
Section 4.16. Limitations on Guarantees of Company Indebtedness
              by Restricted Subsidiaries.................................. 41
Section 4.17. Additional Guarantees....................................... 41

                                   ARTICLE 5
                                   SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01. Merger, Consolidation, or Sale of Assets................... 42
Section 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted.......................... 43

                                   ARTICLE 6
                             DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01. Events of Default.......................................... 44
Section 6.02. Acceleration............................................... 45
Section 6.03. Other Remedies............................................. 46
Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults.................................... 46
Section 6.05. Control by Majority........................................ 47
Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits........................................ 47
Section 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.............. 47
Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee................................. 48
Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim........................... 48
Section 6.10. Priorities................................................. 48
Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs...................................... 49
Section 6.12. Restoration of Rights and Remedies......................... 49

                                   ARTICLE 7
                                    TRUSTEE
Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee.......................................... 49
Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee.......................................... 50
Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee............................... 51
Section 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer....................................... 51
Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults......................................... 52
Section 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes................. 52
Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity................................. 52
Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee..................................... 53
Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc........................... 54
Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification.............................. 54
Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.......... 54

                                   ARTICLE 8
                    LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant
              Defeasance................................................. 54
Section 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge............................. 54

                                       ii







Section 8.03. Covenant Defeasance........................................ 55
Section 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance................. 55
Section 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to be
              Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.............. 57
Section 8.06. Repayment to Company....................................... 57
Section 8.07. Reinstatement.............................................. 57

                                   ARTICLE 9
                        AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes........................ 58
Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes........................... 58
Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act........................ 60
Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents.......................... 60
Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes........................... 60
Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc............................ 60

                                   ARTICLE 10
                                   GUARANTEES
Section 10.01. Guarantee................................................. 61
Section 10.02. Subordination............................................. 62
Section 10.03. Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization................ 62
Section 10.04. Default on Senior Debt of the Guarantor................... 63
Section 10.05. Acceleration of Notes..................................... 64
Section 10.06. Subrogation............................................... 64
Section 10.07. Obligations Unconditional................................. 65
Section 10.08. Relative Rights........................................... 65
Section 10.09. Event of Default Preserved................................ 65
Section 10.10. Trustee Duties............................................ 65
Section 10.11. Notice by a Guarantor..................................... 66
Section 10.12. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Guarantor............ 66
Section 10.13. Reliance Upon Order....................................... 66
Section 10.14. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent........................ 66
Section 10.15. Authorization to Effect Subordination..................... 66
Section 10.16. Amendments................................................ 67
Section 10.17. Limitation of Guarantor's Liability....................... 67

                                   ARTICLE 11
                                 SUBORDINATION
Section 11.01. Agreement to Subordinate.................................. 67
Section 11.02. No Payment on Notes Under Certain Circumstances........... 68
Section 11.03. Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization................ 68
Section 11.04. Subrogation............................................... 70
Section 11.05. Obligations Unconditional................................. 70
Section 11.06. Relative Rights........................................... 70
Section 11.07. Event of Default Preserved................................ 70
Section 11.08. Trustee Duties............................................ 70
Section 11.09. Notice by Company......................................... 71
Section 11.10. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.............. 71
Section 11.11. Reliance Upon Order....................................... 71
Section 11.12. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent........................ 71
Section 11.13. Authorization to Effect Subordination..................... 71

                                      iii





ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls.............................. 72
Section 12.02. Notices................................................... 72
Section 12.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other
Holders of Notes......................................................... 73
Section 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent........ 73
Section 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion............. 74
Section 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents............................... 74
Section 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers,
               Employees and Stockholders................................ 74
Section 12.08. Governing Law............................................. 74
Section 12.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements............. 74
Section 12.10. Successors................................................ 75
Section 12.11. Severability.............................................. 75
Section 12.12. Counterpart Originals..................................... 75
Section 12.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.......................... 75
Section 12.14. Further Instruments and Acts.............................. 75


                                    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A FORM OF NOTE
Exhibit A-1 FORM OF NOTATION ON NOTE RELATING TO GUARANTEE
Exhibit B CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFEROR

iv



          INDENTURE dated as of October 22, 1996 among Rayovac Corporation, a
Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), ROV Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(a "Guarantor") and Marine Midland Bank, as trustee (the "Trustee").

          The Company, ROV Holding, Inc. and the Trustee agree as follows for
the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders
of the 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "Notes"):


                                    ARTICLE 1
                          DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
                                  BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. DEFINITIONS.

          "Acquired Debt" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i)
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is
merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, including
Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other
Person merging with or into or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person,
and (ii) Indebtedness encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

          "Additional Guarantee" means any guarantee of the Company's
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes issued after the date of this
Indenture as described in Sections 4.16 and 4.17 hereof.

          "Additional Guarantor" means any Subsidiary of the Company that
guarantees the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes issued
after the date of this Indenture as described in Sections 4.16 and 4.17 hereof.

          "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, "control"
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by"
and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that
beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of a Person shall
be deemed to be control.

          "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.

          "Bank Agent" means Bank of America National Trust and Savings
Association, in its capacity as administrative agent for the lenders party to
the Credit Agreement, or any successor or successors thereto in such capacity.

          "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or
state law for the relief of debtors.

          "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company, or
any authorized committee of the Board of Directors.








          "Board Resolution" means a duly adopted resolution of the Board of
Directors in full force and effect at the time of determination and certified as
such by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company.

          "Business Day" means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

          "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination
thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease
that would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in
accordance with GAAP.

          "Capital Stock" means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate
stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all
shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership, partnership
interests (whether general or limited) and (iv) any other interest or
participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the
profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person
(including, without limitation, membership interests in a limited liability
company).

          "Cash Equivalents" means (i) securities issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or guaranteed by a
government that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development ("OECD Country") or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided
that the full faith and credit of the United States of America or such OECD
Country, as applicable, is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not
more than three years from the date of acquisition of such security, (ii)
marketable direct obligations issued by any State of the United States of
America or any local government or other political subdivision thereof rated (at
the time of acquisition of such security) at least AA by Standard & Poor's
Ratings Service, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P") or the
equivalent thereof by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") having
maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition of such
security, (iii) U.S. dollar denominated time deposits, certificates of deposit
and bankers' acceptances of (a) any domestic commercial bank of recognized
standing having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million or (b) any bank
whose short-term commercial paper rating (at the time of acquisition of such
security) by S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof, in each case with
maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition of such
security, (iv) commercial paper and variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed
by, any industrial or financial company with a short-term commercial paper
rating (at the time of acquisition of such security) of at least A-1 or the
equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's,
or guaranteed by any industrial company with a long-term unsecured debt rating
(at the time of acquisition of such security) of at least AA or the equivalent
thereof by Moody's and in each case maturing within one year after the date of
acquisition of such security and (v) repurchase agreements with any lender under
the Credit Agreement or any primary dealer maturing within one year from the
date of acquisition that are fully collateralized by investment instruments that
would otherwise be Cash Equivalents; provided that the terms of such repurchase
agreements comply with the guidelines set forth in the Federal Financial
Institutions Examination Council Supervisory Policy-Repurchase Agreements of
Depository Institutions With Securities Dealers and Others, as adopted by the
Comptroller of the Currency on October 31, 1985.

          "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i)
(a) any transaction (including a merger or consolidation) the result of which is
that any "person" or "group" (each within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than the Principals, becomes the


                                        2







"beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly
or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of all Capital Stock
of the Company or a successor entity normally entitled to vote in the election
of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, calculated on a fully diluted
basis, and (b) as a result of the consummation of such transaction, any "person"
or "group" (each as defined above) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined
above), directly or indirectly, of more of the voting stock of the Company than
is at the time "beneficially owned" (as defined above) by the Principals, or
(ii) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
are not Continuing Directors, or (iii) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a
series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any "person" (as such term is
used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than the Principals or their
Related Parties. For purposes of this definition, any transfer of an Equity
Interest of an entity that was formed for the purpose of acquiring voting stock
of the Company shall be deemed to be a transfer of such percentage of such
voting stock as corresponds to the percentage of the equity of such entity that
has been so transferred.

          "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without
duplication, (i) an amount equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss
realized in connection with an Asset Sale (to the extent such losses were
deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income), (ii) provision for taxes
based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was included in
computing such Consolidated Net Income, (iii) consolidated interest expense of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or
accrued and whether or not capitalized (including, without limitation,
amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the
interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component
of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions,
discounts and other fees and other charges incurred in respect of letters of
credit or bankers' acceptance financings and net payments (if any) pursuant to
Hedging Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in
computing such Consolidated Net Income, (iv) depreciation, amortization
(including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding
amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period and
deferred finance charges) and other non-cash charges of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (excluding non-cash charges to the
extent that such non-cash charges represent an accrual of or reserve for cash
charges to be incurred in any future period), to the extent that such
depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges were deducted in computing
such Consolidated Net Income, including without limitation non-cash charges
recorded in the period ended September 30, 1996 for the write-offs or
write-downs of assets related to (a) the rationalization of manufacturing
operations located in the United Kingdom, and (b) adjustments of Renewal Power
Station inventory valuation, and (v) the following non-recurring expenses
related to the recapitalization of the Company consummated on September 13, 1996
(the "Recapitalization"): (a) up to $2.3 million of debt prepayment penalties
incurred in connection with the prepayment of the Company's Indebtedness
outstanding prior to the Recapitalization; (b) up to $2.2 million of advisory
fees paid to the financial advisor to the Company's shareholders who sold shares
in the Recapitalization; (c) legal and consulting fees incurred in connection
with the Recapitalization of up to $4.2 million; and (d) up to $7.1 million of
compensation expense paid to present and former officers of the Company with
respect to obligations to such present and former


                                        3






officers arising as a result of the Recapitalization, in each case to the extent
that such expenses were paid in cash during the period ended September 30, 1996
(or, in the case of up to $2.0 million of expenses incurred pursuant to clause
(d) above, during the period ended September 30, 1998), and deducted in
computing Consolidated Net Income for such period. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the provision for taxes on the income or profits of, and the
depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges of, a Subsidiary of the
referent Person shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute
Consolidated Cash Flow only to the extent (and in same proportion) that the Net
Income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net
Income of such Person and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at
the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Subsidiary
without prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained), and without
direct or indirect restriction pursuant to the terms of its charter and all
agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and
governmental regulations applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders.

          "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any period, the
aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP;
provided that (i) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary
that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included only
to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the
Company or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) the Net Income
of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
shall only be included to the extent of the amount of dividends or distribution
paid to the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, if at least 80% of the
Equity Interests having ordinary voting power (without regard to the occurrence
of any contingency) for the election of directors or other governing body of a
Restricted Subsidiary is owned by the Company directly or indirectly through one
or more of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries, all of the Net Income of
such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included, (iii) the Net Income of any
Restricted Subsidiary acquired directly or indirectly by the Company in a
pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such
acquisition shall be excluded, (iv) the cumulative effect of a change in
accounting principles shall be excluded, (v) the Net Income of any Subsidiary
shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or
similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date
of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not
been obtained), directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter
or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders and
(vi) the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or
not distributed to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries.

          "Consolidated Net Worth" means, with respect to any Person as of any
date, the sum of (i) the consolidated equity of the common stockholders of such
Person and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date plus (ii)
the respective amounts reported on such Person's balance sheet as of such date
with respect to any series of preferred stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
that by its terms is not entitled to the payment of dividends unless such
dividends may be declared and paid only out of net earnings in respect of the
year of such declaration and payment, but only to the extent of any cash
received by such Person upon issuance of such preferred stock, less (a) all
write-ups (other than write-ups resulting from foreign currency translations and
write-ups of tangible assets of a going concern business made within 12 months
after the acquisition of such business) subsequent to the date of this Indenture
in the book value of any asset owned by such Person or a consolidated Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person, and (b) all investments as of such date in
unconsolidated Restricted Subsidiaries and in Persons that are not Restricted
Subsidiaries (except, in each case, Permitted Investments), and (c) all
unamortized debt


                                        4








discount and expense and unamortized deferred charges as of such date, all of
the foregoing determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "Consulting Agreements" means (i) the Consulting Agreement dated
September 12, 1996 between the Company and Thomas H. Pyle and (ii) the
Confidentiality, Non-Competition, No Solicitation and No Hire Agreement between
the Company and Thomas H. Pyle, each as in effect on the date of this Indenture
and as amended from time to time in a manner no less favorable, taken as a
whole, to the Company.

          "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any
member of the Board of Directors who (i) was a member of such Board of Directors
on the date of this Indenture or (ii) was nominated for election or elected to
such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing
Directors who were members of such Board at the time of such nomination or
election.

          "Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee" shall be at the address of the
Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the
Trustee may give notice to the Company.

          "Credit Agreement" means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of
September 12, 1996, by and among the Company, the lenders party thereto, DLJ
Capital Funding, Inc., as documentation and joint syndication agent, and the
Bank Agent, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
References to the Credit Agreement shall also include any credit agreement or
agreements entered into by the Company to replace, extend, renew, increase,
refund or refinance all or a portion of the Indebtedness under the Credit
Agreement; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness
outstanding or available thereunder will not be increased except to the extent
permitted by Section 4.09 hereof.

          "Default" means any event or condition that is or with the passage of
time or the giving of notice or both would, unless cured or waived, be an Event
of Default.

          "Definitive Notes" means Notes that are in the form of the Notes
attached hereto as Exhibit A, that do not include the information called for by
footnotes 1 and 2 thereof.

          "Depositary" means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in
whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as
the Depositary with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been
appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this
Indenture, and, thereafter, "Depositary" shall mean or include such successor.

          "Designated Senior Debt" means (i) so long as Senior Bank Debt is
outstanding, the Senior Bank Debt and (ii) thereafter, any other Senior Debt
permitted under this Indenture the principal amount of which is $25.0 million or
more and which has been designated by the Company as "Designated Senior Debt".

          "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by
the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable, mandatorily or at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the
happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a
sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the Holder
thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date on which the Notes are
scheduled to mature.


                                        5









          "Employment Agreement" means the Employment Agreement dated September
12, 1996 between the Company and David A. Jones, as in effect on the date of
this Indenture and as amended from time to time in a manner no less favorable,
taken as a whole, to the Company.

          "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or
other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          "Exchange Offer" means the offer that may be made by the Company
pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to exchange Notes for New Notes.

          "Existing Indebtedness" means (i) Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries (other than under the Credit Agreement) in existence on the date of
this Indenture, until such amounts are repaid, and (ii) Indebtedness incurred
after the date of this Indenture pursuant to the following agreements in
aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $7.0 million (or the
equivalent thereof in any foreign currency), as each such agreement is in effect
as of the date of this Indenture and as the same may be amended on terms, taken
as a whole, that are no less favorable to the Company: (a) the Credit Agreement
between Rayovac Europe B.V. and ABN Amro Bank N.V.; (b) the Credit Agreement
between Rayovac (UK), Ltd. and NatWest Bank plc (England); and (c) the Credit
Agreement between Rayovac (UK), Ltd. and NationsBank, N.A.

          "Financing Lease" means any lease of property, real or personal, the
obligations of the lessee in respect of which are required in accordance with
GAAP to be capitalized on a balance sheet of the lessee.

          "Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
sum of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person for such period,
whether paid or accrued, to the extent such expense was deducted in computing
Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount,
non-cash interest payments and the interest component of any deferred payment
obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital
Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in
respect of letters of credit or bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments
(if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations, but excluding amortization of deferred
financing fees) and (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and
its Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, and (iii) any interest
expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or
one of its Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of
its Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee is called upon or Lien is
enforced) and (iv) the product of (a) all cash dividend payments (and non-cash
dividend payments in the case of a person that is a Subsidiary) on any series of
preferred stock of such Person, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is
one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal,
state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in
each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.



                                        6








          "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means with respect to any Person for any
period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person for such period
to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period. In the event that the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any
Indebtedness (other than revolving credit borrowings) or issues preferred stock
subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the
calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation Date"),
then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect
to such incurrence, assumption, Guarantee or redemption of Indebtedness, or such
issuance or redemption of preferred stock, as if the same had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference period. In addition, for
purposes of making the computation referred to above, (i) acquisitions that have
been made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, including
through mergers or consolidations and including any related financing
transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such
reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be deemed to have
occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period and Consolidated
Cash Flow for such reference period shall be calculated without giving effect to
clause (iii) of the proviso set forth in the definition of Consolidated Net
Income, and (ii) the Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued
operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses
disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, shall be excluded, and (iii) the
Fixed Charges attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses disposed of prior to the
Calculation Date, shall be excluded, but only to the extent that the obligations
giving rise to such Fixed Charges will not be obligations of the referent Person
or any of its Subsidiaries following the Calculation Date.

          "Foreign Subsidiary" means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or
existing under the laws of the United States, any state or territory thereof, or
the District of Columbia.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from
time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles
Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements
and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with
similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting
profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of
determination.

          "Global Note" means a Note that contains the paragraph referred to in
footnote 1 and the additional schedule referred to in footnote 2 to the form of
the Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

          "Government Securities" means direct obligations of, or obligations
guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which guarantee
or obligations the full faith and credit of the United States of America is
pledged.

          "Guarantee" of a Person means any agreement by which such Person
assumes, guarantees, endorses, contingently agrees to purchase or provide funds
for the payment of, or otherwise becomes liable upon, the obligation of any
other Person, or agrees to maintain the net worth or working capital or other
financial condition of any other Person or otherwise assures any creditor of
such other Person against loss, including, without limitation, any comfort
letter, operating agreement or take-or-pay contract and shall include, without
limitation, the contingent liability of such Person in connection with any
application for a letter of credit or letter of guarantee.



                                        7








          "Guarantor" means, collectively, ROV Holding, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, and each Subsidiary of the Company that has executed a Guarantee in
accordance with Sections 4.16 and 4.17 hereof, and their successors and assigns.

          "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the
obligations of such Person under (i) interest rate swap agreements, interest
rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements and (ii) other
agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations
in interest rates.

          "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

          "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
(i) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (ii) all obligations
issued, undertaken or assumed by such Person as the deferred purchase price of
property or services (other than trade payables entered into and accrued
expenses arising in the ordinary course of business on ordinary terms); (iii)
all non-contingent reimbursement or payment obligations with respect to surety
instruments; (iv) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds,
debentures or similar instruments; (v) all indebtedness of such Person created
or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or
incurred as financing, in either case with respect to property acquired by such
Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such
agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such
property); (vi) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (vii) all
indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above secured by (or for
which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or
otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in property (including accounts
and contract rights) owned by such Person, even though such Person has not
assumed or become liable for the payment of such Indebtedness; (viii) all
Hedging Obligations of such Person; and (ix) all Guarantees of such Person in
respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in
clauses (i) through (viii) above.

          "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time
to time.

          "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by
such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or
indirect loans (including Guarantees), advances or capital contributions
(excluding commission, travel and similar advances and loans and other
arrangements, in each case made to officers and employees in the ordinary course
of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness,
Equity Interests or other securities and all other items that are or would be
classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP;
provided that an acquisition of assets, Equity Interests or other securities by
the Company for consideration consisting of common equity securities of the
Company shall not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity
Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company such
that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no
longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to
have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the
fair market value of the Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary not sold
or disposed of.

          "Joint Venture" means a corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture or other similar legal arrangement (whether created by
contract or conducted through a separate legal entity) which is not a Subsidiary
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and which is now or


                                        8








hereafter formed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with
another Person in order to conduct a common venture or enterprise with such
Person.

          "Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which
commercial banks in the City of New York, Chicago or San Francisco or at a place
of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to
remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment,
payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal
Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

          "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit
arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security
interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential
arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any Financing Lease
having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing (other
than any option, call or similar right relating to treasury shares of the
Company to the extent that such option, call or similar right is granted (i)
under any employee stock option plan, employee stock ownership plan or similar
plan or arrangement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or (ii) in connection
with the issuance of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 hereof).

          "Liquidated Damages" means the additional amounts (if any) payable by
the Company in the event of a Registration Default under, and as defined in, the
Registration Rights Agreement.

          "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss)
of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in
respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (i) any gain (but not
loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but not
loss), realized in connection with (a) any Asset Sale (including, without
limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or (b) the
disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the
extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and
(ii) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss), together with any
related provision for taxes on such extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not
loss).

          "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale,
which amount is equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the cash received by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (including any cash payments received by
way of deferred payment pursuant to, or monetization of, a note or installment
receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received) in connection with such
disposition over (ii) the sum of (a) the amount of any Indebtedness which is
secured by such asset and which is required to be repaid in connection with the
disposition thereof, plus (b) the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in connection
with such disposition or in connection with the transfer of such amount from
such Restricted Subsidiary to the Company, plus (c) provisions for taxes,
including income taxes, reasonably estimated to be attributable to the
disposition of such asset or attributable to required prepayments or repayments
of Indebtedness with the proceeds thereof plus (d) if the Company does not first
receive a transfer of such amount from the relevant Restricted Subsidiary with
respect to the disposition of an asset by such Restricted Subsidiary and such
Restricted Subsidiary intends to make such transfer as soon as practicable, the
out-of-pocket expenses and taxes that the Company reasonably estimates will be
incurred by the Company or such Restricted


                                        9








Subsidiary in connection with such transfer at the time such transfer is
expected to be received by the Company (including, without limitation,
withholding taxes on the remittance of such amount).

          "Non-Recourse Debt" means Indebtedness (i) as to which neither the
Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of
any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would
constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor
or otherwise), or (c) constitutes the lender; and (ii) no default with respect
to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take
enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon
notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to
its stated maturity.

          "Obligations" means any principal, interest, penalties, fees,
indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

          "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the
Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer,
the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the
Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice-President of such
Person.

          "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed on behalf of the
Company by two Officers of the Company, one of whom must be the principal
executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the
principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of
Section 12.05 hereof.

          "Opinion of Counsel" means an opinion from legal counsel who is
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Section
12.05 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company (or
any Guarantor, if applicable), any Subsidiary of the Company or the Trustee.

          "Permitted Investments" means (i) any Investments in the Company or in
a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which, with respect to any
such Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, has a fair market value which does not
exceed $1.0 million in the aggregate, or any Investments in a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary that (A) is a Guarantor, or (B) is not a Guarantor, but is
a Foreign Subsidiary and the aggregate fair market value of all Investments made
after the date of this Indenture in Foreign Subsidiaries does not exceed $3.0
million (or the equivalent thereof in one or more foreign currencies), (ii) any
Investments in Cash Equivalents; (iii) Investments by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such
Investment (a) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company that is a Guarantor or (b) such Person is merged, consolidated or
amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its
assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor; (iv) Investments in accounts and
notes receivable acquired in the ordinary course of business; (v) notes from
employees, officers, directors, and their transferees and Affiliates issued to
the Company representing payment of the exercise price of options to purchase
common stock of the Company; and (vi) other Investments made as a result of the
receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to
and in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; (vii) Investments by the Company and
its Subsidiaries in Joint Ventures in the form of contributions of capital,
loans, advances or Guarantees; provided that, immediately before and after
giving effect to such Investment, (a) no Event


                                       10








of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (b) the aggregate fair
market value of all Investments pursuant to this clause (vii) shall not exceed
$2.0 million in the aggregate; (viii) Hedging Obligations permitted by the terms
of the Credit Agreement and this Indenture to be outstanding; and (ix) other
Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the
date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent
changes in value) not to exceed $5.0 million at any time outstanding. For
purposes of this definition, the aggregate fair market value of any Investment
shall be measured on the date such Investment is made without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value and shall be valued at the cash amount thereof, if
in cash, the fair market value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors,
if in property, and at the maximum amount thereof, if in Guarantees.

          "Permitted Liens" means

          (i) any Lien existing on property of the Company or any Subsidiary on
the date of this Indenture securing Indebtedness outstanding on such date;

          (ii) any Lien securing obligations under the Senior Bank Debt and any
Guarantee thereof, which obligations or Guarantee are permitted by the terms
hereof to be incurred and outstanding;

          (iii) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges
which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty, or which are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate
reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained;

          (iv) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', landlords', materialmen's,
repairmen's or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the
forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

          (v) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of pledges
or deposits required in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security
legislation;

          (vi) Liens on property of the Company or any Subsidiary securing (a)
the non-delinquent performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed
money), leases and statutory obligations, (b) surety bonds (excluding appeal
bonds and bonds posted in connection with court proceedings or judgments) and
(c) other non-delinquent obligations of a like nature, including pledges or
deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers'
compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security
legislation, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

          (vii) Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment Liens and
Liens securing contingent obligations on appeal bonds and other bonds posted in
connection with court proceedings or judgments; provided that the enforcement of
such Liens is effectively stayed and all such Liens in the aggregate at any time
outstanding for the Company and its Subsidiaries do not exceed $3.0 million;

          (viii) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar
encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the
aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in


                                       11








any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or
interfere with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

          (ix) purchase money security interests on any property acquired by the
Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, securing
Indebtedness incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing all or any part of
the cost of acquiring such property, provided that (a) any such Lien attaches to
such property concurrently with or within 90 days after the acquisition thereof,
(b) such Lien attaches solely to the property so acquired in such transaction,
(c) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed
100% of the cost of such property and (d) the principal amount of the
Indebtedness secured by all such purchase money security interests shall not at
any time exceed $5.0 million;

          (x) Liens securing obligations in respect of Capital Lease Obligations
on assets subject to such leases, provided that such Capital Lease Obligations
are otherwise permitted hereunder;

          (xi) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law
provision relating to banker's liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and
remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor
depository institution; provided that (a) such deposit account is not a
dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against
access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by
the Federal Reserve Board, and (b) such deposit account is not intended by the
Company or any Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;

          (xii) Liens in favor of the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

          (xiii) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or such Person is merged into or consolidated
with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such
Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or
consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person
merged into or consolidated with the Company;

          (xiv) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such
Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition;

          (xv) extensions, renewals and replacements of Liens referred to in
clauses (i) through (xiv) above; provided that any such extension, renewal or
replacement Lien is limited to the property or assets covered by the Lien
extended, renewed or replaced and does not secure any Indebtedness in addition
to that secured immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement;

          (xvi) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by clause (xiv) of the
second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and

          (xvii) Liens securing other Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries not expressly permitted by clauses (i) through (xvi) above;
provided that the aggregate amount of the Indebtedness secured by Liens
permitted pursuant to this clause (xvii) does not exceed $3.0 million in the
aggregate.



                                       12








          "Person" means an individual or a corporation, partnership, trust,
incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company,
government (or any agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of
any kind.

          "Principals" means Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund III, L.P. and its
co-investors, Thomas H. Lee Foreign Fund III L.P. and Thomas H. Lee Company, and
any Affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Company.

          "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights
Agreement, dated as of October 17, 1996, by and among the Company and the other
parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended,
modified or supplemented from time to time.

          "Related Party" with respect to any Principal means (i) any
controlling stockholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or spouse or immediate
family member (in the case of an individual) of such Principal or (ii) any
trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries,
stockholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more
controlling interest of which consist of such Principal and/or such other
Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (i).

          "Representative" means, for purposes of Articles 6, 10 and 11, the
Bank Agent or other agent or representative for any Senior Debt or Designated
Senior Debt or, with respect to any Guarantor, for any Senior Debt of such
Guarantor.

          "Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee, means
any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any
successor group of the Trustee) with direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular
corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred
because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

          "Restricted Investment" means any Investment other than a Permitted
Investment.

          "Restricted Subsidiary" means with respect to any Person, any
Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          "Senior Bank Debt" means all Obligations outstanding under or in
connection with the Credit Agreement as such agreement may be restated, further
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced from time to time
hereafter, together with any refunding or replacement of such Indebtedness, up
to an aggregate maximum principal amount outstanding or available at any time of
$170.0 million plus the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness issued under
the Credit Agreement pursuant to clause (vi) of the second paragraph of Section
4.09 hereof, less all outstanding Obligations with respect to Existing
Indebtedness, less the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness issued
pursuant to clause (xiv) (b) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof,
less, without duplication, the aggregate amount of all mandatory repayments of
principal (which may not be reborrowed) of and/or mandatory permanent reductions
of availability of Indebtedness under such Senior Bank Debt and any optional
prepayments on any term loans under the Credit Agreement that have been made
since the date of this Indenture (including, without limitation, the aggregate
amount of all such mandatory payments and reductions made pursuant to Section
4.10 hereof).


                                       13









          "Senior Debt" means (i) the Senior Bank Debt and (ii) any other
Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by the Company or any Guarantor, as the
case may be, under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under
which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is on a parity
with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; provided that the amount
of any Guarantee of Senior Bank Debt that constitutes Senior Debt with respect
to any Guarantor shall be determined without regard to any reduction in the
amount of any Guarantee of such Senior Bank Debt necessary to cause such
Guarantee not to be a fraudulent conveyance. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the foregoing, Senior Debt shall not include (a) any liability for
federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company, (b) any
Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates, (c)
any trade payables or (d) any Indebtedness that is incurred in violation of this
Indenture.

          "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a
"significant subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X,
promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on
the date hereof.

          "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination
thereof.

          "Subsidiary Guarantee" means, individually and collectively, the
guarantees given by ROV Holding, Inc. and any Additional Guarantor pursuant to
the terms of this Indenture.

          "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. ss.ss.
77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified
under the TIA, provided that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is
amended after such date, "Trust Indenture Act" means, to the extent required by
any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended.

           "Transfer Restricted Securities" means securities that bear or are
required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.06 hereof.

           "Trustee" means the party named as such above until a successor
replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and
thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

          "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) Minera Vidaluz, S.A. de C.V., (ii)
Zoe Phos International, N.V., (iii) any Subsidiary that is designated by the
Board of Directors as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution,
but only to the extent that such Subsidiary: (a) has no Indebtedness other than
Non-Recourse Debt, (b) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or
understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding
are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not
Affiliates of the Company, (c) is a Person with respect to which neither the
Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect
obligation (x) to subscribe for additional Equity Interest or (y) to maintain or
preserve such Person's financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve
any specified levels of operating results, and (d) has not guaranteed or
otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. Any


                                       14








such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by
filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect
to such designation and an Officers' Certificate certifying that such
designation complied with the foregoing conditions and was permitted by Section
4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the
foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease
to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not
permitted to be incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company
shall be in default of such Section). The Board of Directors of the Company may
at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided that such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of
Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be
permitted if (i) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09 hereof, and
(ii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such
designation.

          "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining
installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of
principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the
number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between
such date and the making of such payment, by (ii) the then outstanding principal
amount of such Indebtedness.

          "Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary" means any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests
of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by
the Company or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of the
Company.

SECTION 1.02.   OTHER DEFINITIONS.
                                                             Defined in
                  Term                                         Section

           "Affiliate Transaction"......................        4.11
           "Asset Sale".................................        4.10
           "Asset Sale Offer"...........................        3.09
           "Benefitted Party"...........................       10.01
           "Change of Control Offer"....................        4.14
           "Change of Control Payment"..................        4.14
           "Change of Control Payment Date".............        4.14
           "Covenant Defeasance"........................        8.03
           "Custodian"..................................        6.01
           "Event of Default"...........................        6.01
           "Excess Proceeds"............................        4.10
           "Guarantor Significant Senior Debt"..........       10.04
           "incur"......................................        4.09
           "Legal Defeasance" ..........................        8.02
           "Offer Amount"...............................        3.09
           "Offer Period"...............................        3.09
           "Other Indebtedness".........................        4.16
           "Paying Agent"...............................        2.03


                                       15








           "Payment Blockage Notice".....................       10.04
           "Payment Default".............................        6.01
           "Purchase Date"...............................        3.09
           "Refinancing Indebtedness"....................        4.09
           "Registrar"...................................        2.03
           "Restricted Payments".........................        4.07
           "Significant Senior Debt".....................       11.02
           "Subordinated Obligations"....................       11.01


SECTION 1.03. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

          Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the
provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

          The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following
meanings:

          "indenture securities" means the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees;

          "indenture security Holder" means a Holder of a Note;

          "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

          "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee;

          "obligor" on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor
upon the Notes or any Guarantor.

          All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under
the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.

SECTION 1.04. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

          Unless the context otherwise requires:

          (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

          (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned
     to it in accordance with GAAP;

          (3) "or" is not exclusive;

          (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural
     include the singular;

          (5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and



                                       16






          (6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall
     be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules
     adopted by the Commission from time to time.

SECTION 1.05. BUSINESS DAY CERTIFICATE.

          On the date of execution and delivery of this Indenture (with respect
to the remainder of calendar year 1996) and thereafter, within 15 days prior to
the end of each calendar year while this Indenture remains in effect (with
respect to the succeeding calendar years), the Company shall deliver to the
Trustee an Officers' Certificate specifying the days on which banking
institutions in the City of Chicago and the City of San Francisco are authorized
or obligated by law to close.


                                    ARTICLE 2
                                    THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01.   FORM AND DATING.

          The Notes and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Subsidiary Guarantees shall
be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, the terms of which are incorporated
in and made part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or
endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be
dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of
$1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

          The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and
are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, ROV Holding
and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly
agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.

          Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A attached hereto (including the text referred to in footnotes 1 and 2
thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A attached hereto (but without including the text referred to in
footnotes 1 and 2 thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the
outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it
shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time
endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to
reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect
the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes
represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee, at the direction of the
Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required
by Section 2.06 hereof.

SECTION 2.02. EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION.

          Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or
facsimile signature. The Company's seal shall be reproduced on the Notes and may
be in facsimile form.

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office
at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.



                                       17








          A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature
of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has
been authenticated under this Indenture.

          The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by two
Officers, authenticate Notes for original issue up to the aggregate principal
amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes. The aggregate principal amount of
Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in
Section 2.07 hereof.

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the
Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes
whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or
an Affiliate of the Company.

SECTION 2.03. REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT.

          The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange ("Registrar") and an
office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment ("Paying Agent"). The
Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.
The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional
paying agents. The term "Registrar" includes any co-registrar and the term
"Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any
Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this
Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as
Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of
its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

          The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") to
act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

          The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and
Paying Agent with respect to the Global Notes.

SECTION 2.04. PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST.

          The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of
Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of
principal, premium or Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the Notes, and
will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company or any Guarantor in making
any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a
Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time
may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon
payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a
Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a
Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust
fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon
any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company or a
Guarantor, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.



                                       18








SECTION 2.05. HOLDER LISTS.

          The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA ss. 312(a). If the Trustee is
not the Registrar, the Company and/or the Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee
at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other
times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such
date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the
Holders of Notes and the Company and the Guarantor shall otherwise comply with
TIA ss. 312(a).

SECTION 2.06. TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes
are presented by a Holder to the Registrar with a request:

          (x)  to register the transfer of the Definitive Notes; or

          (y)  to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount
               of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if
its requirements for such transactions are met; provided, however, that the
Definitive Notes presented or surrendered for register of transfer or exchange:

               (i)  shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
                    instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the
                    Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by his or her
                    attorney, duly authorized in writing; and

               (ii) in the case of a Definitive Note that is a Transfer
                    Restricted Security, such request shall be accompanied by
                    the following additional information and documents, as
                    applicable:

                    (A)  if such Transfer Restricted Security is being delivered
                         to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the
                         name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification
                         to that effect from such Holder (in substantially the
                         form of Exhibit B hereto); or

                    (B)  if such Transfer Restricted Security is being
                         transferred to a "qualified institutional buyer" (as
                         defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in
                         accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act or
                         pursuant to an exemption from registration in
                         accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 904 under the
                         Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration
                         statement under the Securities Act, a certification to
                         that effect from such Holder (in substantially the form
                         of Exhibit B hereto); or

                    (C)  if such Transfer Restricted Security is being
                         transferred in reliance on another exemption from the
                         registration requirements of the Securities Act,


                                       19








                         a certification to that effect from such Holder (in
                         substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto) and an 
                         Opinion of Counsel from such Holder or the transferee 
                         reasonably acceptable to the Company and to the 
                         Registrar to the effect that such transfer is in 
                         compliance with the Securities Act.

          (b) Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a
Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in
a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon
receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by
appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee,
together with:

          (i)  if such Definitive Note is a Transfer Restricted Security, a
               certification from the Holder thereof (in substantially the form
               of Exhibit B hereto) to the effect that such Definitive Note is
               being transferred by such Holder to a "qualified institutional
               buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in
               accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; and

          (ii) whether or not such Definitive Note is a Transfer Restricted
               Security, written instructions from the Holder thereof directing
               the Trustee to make, an endorsement on the Global Note to reflect
               an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
               represented by the Global Note,

in which case the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note in accordance with
Section 2.11 hereof and cause the aggregate principal amount of Notes
represented by the Global Note to be increased accordingly. If no Global Notes
are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall
authenticate a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount.

           (c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Global Note.
The registration of transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in a Global
Note shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture
and the procedures of the Depositary therefor, which shall include restrictions
on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the
Securities Act. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for any
acts or omissions of the Depositary taken pursuant to this Section 2.06(c).

          (d) Transfer of a Global Note for a Definitive Note.

          (i)  The Holder of a Global Note may upon request exchange any such
               Global Note or portion thereof for a Definitive Note. Upon
               receipt by the Trustee of written instructions or such other form
               of instructions as is customary for the Depositary, from the
               Depositary or its nominee on behalf of any Person having a
               beneficial interest in a Global Note, and, in the case of a
               Transfer Restricted Security, the following additional
               information and documents (all of which may be submitted by
               facsimile):

               (A)  if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the
                    Person designated by the Depositary as being the beneficial
                    owner, a certification to that effect from such Person (in
                    substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto); or


                                       20









               (B)  if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a
                    "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A
                    under the Securities Act) in accordance with Rule 144A under
                    the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from
                    registration in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 904 under
                    the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration
                    statement under the Securities Act, a certification to that
                    effect from the transferor (in substantially the form of
                    Exhibit B hereto); or

               (C)  if such beneficial interest is being transferred in reliance
                    on another exemption from the registration requirements of
                    the Securities Act, a certification to that effect from the
                    transferor (in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto)
                    and an Opinion of Counsel from the transferee or transferor
                    reasonably acceptable to the Company and to the Trustee to
                    the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the
                    Securities Act,

               in which case the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal
               amount of Global Notes to be reduced accordingly and, following
               such reduction, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
               authenticate and deliver to the transferee a Definitive Note in
               the appropriate principal amount.

          (ii) Definitive Notes issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in
               a Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(d) shall be
               registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as
               the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or
               indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee.
               The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in
               whose names such Notes are so registered.

          (e) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (other than the provisions
set forth in subsection (f) of this Section 2.06), a Global Note may not be
transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary
or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the
Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or
a nominee of such successor Depositary.

          (f) Authentication of Definitive Notes in Absence of Depositary. If at
any time:

          (i)  the Depositary for the Notes notifies the Company that the
               Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for
               the Global Notes and a successor Depositary for the Global Notes
               is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after delivery of
               such notice; or

          (ii) the Company, at its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in
               writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes
               under this Indenture,

then the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an
authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, authenticate and
deliver, Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
principal amount of the Global Notes in exchange for such Global Notes.

          (g) Legend.


                                       21









          (i)  Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii) and (iii),
               each Note certificate evidencing Global Notes and Definitive
               Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution
               thereof) shall bear legends in substantially the following form:

               "THE NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY
               ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5
               OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
               "SECURITIES ACT"), AND THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE
               OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
               REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER
               OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER
               MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES
               FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH NOTE MAY BE RESOLD,
               PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1) (a) TO A PERSON WHO
               THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
               (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A
               TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A
               TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON
               IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE
               SECURITIES ACT OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM
               THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED
               UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT
               TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN
               ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF
               THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B)
               THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO,
               NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE
               RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (1) ABOVE."

          (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security
               (including any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a
               Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or
               pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
               Securities Act:

               (A)  in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security that is a
                    Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder
                    thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a
                    Definitive Note that does not bear the legend set forth in
                    (i) above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of
                    such Transfer Restricted Security; and

               (B)  in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security represented
                    by a Global Note, such Transfer Restricted Security shall
                    not be required to bear the first legend set forth in (i)
                    above, but shall continue to be subject to the provisions of
                    Section 2.06(c) hereof; provided, however, that with respect
                    to any request for an exchange of a Transfer Restricted
                    Security that is represented by a Global Note for a
                    Definitive Note that does not bear the legend set forth in
                    (i) above, which request is made in reliance upon Rule 144,
                    the Holder thereof shall certify in


                                       22








               writing to the Registrar that such request is being made pursuant
               to Rule 144 (such certification to be substantially in the form
               of Exhibit B hereto).

         (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon consummation of the Exchange
               Offer, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an
               authentication order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the
               Trustee shall authenticate New Notes in exchange for Notes
               accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer, which New Notes
               shall not bear the legend set forth in (i) above, and the
               Registrar shall rescind any restriction on the transfer of such
               Notes.

          (h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

               (i)  To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
                    Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate
                    Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar's
                    request.

               (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any
                    registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may
                    require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer
                    tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection
                    therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
                    governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer
                    pursuant to Sections 3.07, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereto).

               (iii) The Registrar shall not be required to register the
                    transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in
                    whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note
                    being redeemed in part.

               (iv) All Definitive Notes and Global Notes issued upon any
                    registration of transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes or
                    Global Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company,
                    evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits
                    under this Indenture, as the Definitive Notes or Global
                    Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or
                    exchange.

               (v)  Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required:

                    (A)  to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange
                         Notes during a period beginning at the opening of
                         business 15 days before the day of any selection of
                         Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and
                         ending at the close of business on the day of
                         selection; or

                    (B)  to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so
                         selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the
                         unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part;
                         or

                    (C)  to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note
                         between a record date and the next succeeding interest
                         payment date.



                                       23








               (vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer
                    of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem
                    and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as
                    the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving
                    payment of principal of, interest and Liquidated Damages, if
                    any, on such Note, and neither the Trustee, any Agent nor
                    the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

               (vii)The Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global
                    Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02
                    hereof.

SECTION 2.07. REPLACEMENT NOTES.

          If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company
and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss
or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon the written
order of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company, shall authenticate a
replacement Note if the Trustee's requirements are met. If required by the
Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is
sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the
Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that
any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge for its
expenses, including the fees and expenses of the Trustee in replacing a Note.

          Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and
shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

SECTION 2.08. OUTSTANDING NOTES.

          The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by
the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the
Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this
Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note
does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company holds the Note.

          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the
replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

          If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section
4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

          If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an
Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money
sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such
Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue
interest.

SECTION 2.09. TREASURY NOTES.

          In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of
Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes or any fraction
owned by the Company, any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly
controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control


                                       24








with the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for
the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on
any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

SECTION 2.10. TEMPORARY NOTES.

          Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare
and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes upon a written order of the
Company signed by two Officers of the Company. Temporary Notes shall be
substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the
Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare
and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary
Notes. Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of
this Indenture.

SECTION 2.11. CANCELLATION.

          The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The
Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of
transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy
cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange
Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered
to the Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has
paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.12. DEFAULTED INTEREST.

          If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it
shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent
lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are
Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided
in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and
the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed
each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special
record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for
such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the
Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name
and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a
notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the
amount of such interest to be paid.


                                    ARTICLE 3
                            REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

SECTION 3.01. NOTICES TO TRUSTEE.

          If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional
redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee,
at least 40 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an
Officers' Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to
which


                                       25








the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount
of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

SECTION 3.02. SELECTION OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.

          If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the
Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes in
compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange,
if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a
pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee
considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the
particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided
herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by
the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

          The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes
selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial
redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of
Notes selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or whole multiples of $1,000;
except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire
outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of
$1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence,
provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also
apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

SECTION 3.03. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

          Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but
not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause
to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose
Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

          The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

          (a) the redemption date;

          (b) the redemption price;

          (c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the
     principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption
     date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount
     equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the
     original Note;

          (d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

          (e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying
     Agent to collect the redemption price;

          (f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption
     payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and
     after the redemption date;



                                       26








          (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture
     pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

          (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy
     of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

          At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at its expense; provided, however, that the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the
redemption date, an Officers' Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such
notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided
in the preceding paragraph.

SECTION 3.04. EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

          Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03
hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the
redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be
conditional.

SECTION 3.05. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

          One Business Day prior to the redemption date, the Company shall
deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed on the
redemption date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the
Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company
in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, accrued
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed.

          If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding
paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on
the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed
on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest
payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person
in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record
date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for
redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding
paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption
date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not
paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes
and in Section 4.01 hereof.

SECTION 3.06. NOTES REDEEMED IN PART.

          Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall
issue and, upon the Company's written request, the Trustee shall authenticate
for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal
amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

SECTION 3.07. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

          (a) Except as set forth in clause (b) of this Section 3.07, the
Company shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section
3.07 prior to November 1, 2001. Thereafter, the Company shall have the option to
redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as


                                       27








percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption
date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on November 1 of the
years indicated below:


    Year                                                         Percentage

    2001....................................................      105.125%
    2002 ...................................................      103.417
    2003 ...................................................      101.708
    2004 and thereafter.....................................      100.000%

          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 3.07,
at any time during the first 36 months after the date of this Indenture, the
Company may redeem up to 35% of the initial principal amount of the Notes
originally issued with the net proceeds of one or more public offerings of
equity securities of the Company, at a redemption price equal to 109.250% of the
principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated
Damages thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65%
of the principal amount of the Notes originally issued remain outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of such redemption and that such redemption
occurs within 60 days of the date of the closing of such public offerings.

          (c) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made
pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

SECTION 3.08. MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

          Except as set forth under Sections 4.10 and 4.14 hereof, the Company
shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the
Notes.

SECTION 3.09. OFFER TO PURCHASE BY APPLICATION OF EXCESS PROCEEDS.

          In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall
be required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an "Asset
Sale Offer"), it shall follow the procedures specified below.

          The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business
Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a
longer period is required by applicable law (the "Offer Period"). No later than
five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the "Purchase
Date"), the Company shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be
purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof (the "Offer Amount") or, if less than
the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Asset
Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner
as interest payments are made.

          If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or
before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall
be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of
business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to
Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.


                                       28









          Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Company shall send,
by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a
copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials
necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which
shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

          (a) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section
     3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer
     shall remain open;

          (b) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

          (c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue
     to accrue interest;

          (d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note
     accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue
     interest after the Purchase Date;

          (e) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an
     Asset Sale Offer may only elect to have all of such Note purchased and may
     not elect to have only a portion of such Note purchased;

          (f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any
     Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form
     entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Note
     completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a
     Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address
     specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

          (g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the
     Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives,
     not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile
     transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal
     amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that
     such Holder is withdrawing his or her election to have such Note purchased;

          (h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by
     Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be
     purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed
     appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000,
     or integral multiples thereof, shall be purchased); and

          (i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be
     issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of
     the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

          On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent
lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the
Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered,
and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that such
Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance
with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depositary or the Paying
Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than


                                       29








five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an
amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and
accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new
Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company shall authenticate
and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to
any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall
be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The
Company shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the
Purchase Date.

          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase
pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made subject to Sections 3.05 and 3.06
hereof. The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the
Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the
extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the
repurchase of the Notes in connection with an Asset Sale Offer.


                                    ARTICLE 4
                                    COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. PAYMENT OF NOTES.

          The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium,
if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the
Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the
date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof,
holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the
Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay
all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company shall pay all
Liquidated Damages, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts
set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

          The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in
any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal
to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to
the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in
any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and
Liquidated Damages (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same
rate to the extent lawful.

SECTION 4.02. MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

          The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of
New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any
time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee.

          The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or
all such purposes and may from time to time


                                       30








rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or
rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain
an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such
purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any
such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such
other office or agency.

          The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section
2.03.

SECTION 4.03. REPORTS.

          (a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the
Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company and, if the
Company is required to file financial statements for any Guarantor, such
Guarantor shall furnish to the Trustee and to all Holders (i) all quarterly and
annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing
with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company and/or such Guarantor
were required to file such forms, including a "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and, with respect to
the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company's and/or the
Guarantor's certified independent accountants and (ii) all financial information
that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the
Company and/or such Guarantor were required to file such reports. In addition,
whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, the
Company shall file a copy of all such information with the Commission for public
availability (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and shall
promptly make such information available to all securities analysts and
prospective investors upon written request. The Company and any Guarantor shall
at all times comply with TIA ss. 314(a).

          (b) For so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain
outstanding, the Company and each Guarantor shall furnish to all Holders and
prospective purchasers of the Notes designated by the Holders of Transfer
Restricted Securities, promptly upon their request, the information required to
be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

SECTION 4.04. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.

          (a) The Company and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee,
within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an Officers'
Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its
Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the
supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the
Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this
Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such
certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this
Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the
terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default
of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her
knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which
payments on account of the principal of, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any,
on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the
event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto.



                                       31








          (b) So long as not contrary to the then current recommendations of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the year-end financial
statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(a) above shall be accompanied by a
written statement of the Company's independent public accountants (who shall be
a firm of established national reputation) that in making the examination
necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to
their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company has violated
any provisions of Article Four or Article Five hereof or, if any such violation
has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being
understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to
any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

          (c) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding,
deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default
or Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate specifying such Default or Event
of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with
respect thereto.

SECTION 4.05. TAXES.

          The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to
pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental
levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings
or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material
respect to the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 4.06.   STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS.

          The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that
it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim
or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever
enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or
the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such
law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay
or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has
been enacted.

SECTION 4.07. RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: (i) declare or pay any dividend or make
any distribution on account of the Company's or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries' Equity Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in
connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) or to any
direct or indirect holders of the Company's Equity Interests in their capacity
as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or
dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company); (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire
for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or
other Affiliate of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by
the Company or any Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a
Guarantor); (iii) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for
value prior to a scheduled mandatory sinking fund payment date or final maturity
date any Indebtedness that is pari passu with or subordinated to the Notes; or
(iv) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other actions


                                       32








set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as
"Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such
Restricted Payment:

          (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

          (b) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and
after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been
made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been permitted
to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; and

          (c) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate of all other
Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after
the date of this Indenture (including Restricted Payments permitted by the next
succeeding paragraph), is less than (w) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of
the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning
of the first fiscal quarter commencing after the date of this Indenture to the
end of the Company's most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal
financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or,
if such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, 100% of such
deficit), plus (x) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the
Company from the issuance or sale after the date of this Indenture of Equity
Interests of the Company or of debt securities of the Company that have been
converted into such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or
convertible debt securities) sold to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and
other than Disqualified Stock or debt securities that have been converted into
Disqualified Stock), plus (y) $2.0 million, plus (z) to the extent that any
Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated to be a Restricted Subsidiary, the fair
market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of the
Company's Equity Interests in such Subsidiary at the time of such designation.

          The foregoing provisions will not prohibit: (i) the payment of any
dividend or other distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration
thereof, if at said date of declaration such payment would have complied with
the provisions of this Indenture; (ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or
other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out
of the proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) of other Equity Interests of the Company
(other than any Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net
cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement
or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (c)(x) of the preceding
paragraph; (iii) the defeasance, redemption or repurchase of pari passu or
subordinated Indebtedness with the net proceeds from an incurrence of
Refinancing Indebtedness or the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a
Subsidiary of the Company) of Equity Interests of the Company (other than
Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that
are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement or other
acquisition shall be excluded from clause (c)(x) of the preceding paragraph;
(iv) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition prior to the stated maturity
thereof of Indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes in exchange for or out
of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issue and sale (other
than to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of new Indebtedness;
provided that (x) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness shall not exceed
the principal amount of Indebtedness so refinanced (plus the amount of such
reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith), (y) such new Indebtedness
shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced, and (z)
the new Indebtedness shall be subordinate in right of payment


                                       33








to the Notes; (v) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement
for value of any Equity Interests of the Company held by any member of the
Company's (or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries') management pursuant to any
management equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement or in
connection with the termination of employment of any employees or management of
the Company or its Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate price paid for all
such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not
exceed $2.0 million in the aggregate plus the aggregate cash proceeds received
by the Company after the date of this Indenture from any reissuance of Equity
Interests by the Company to members of management of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries; (vi) Investments received by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries as non-cash consideration from Asset Sales to the extent
permitted by Section 4.10 hereof; and (vii) the repurchase of Notes pursuant to
a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer; and no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately after any such
transaction.

          The Board of Directors may designate a Restricted Subsidiary to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary if such designation would not cause a Default. For
purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash or
Government Securities) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be
Restricted Payments at the time of such designation and will reduce the amount
available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of this covenant.
Such designation will only be permitted if such Restricted Payment would be
permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the
definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash or Government
Securities) shall be the fair market value (evidenced by a Board Resolution
delivered to the Trustee) on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s)
proposed to be transferred by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may
be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. Not later than the date of making any
Restricted Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth
the basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were
computed, which calculations may be based upon the Company's latest available
financial statements.

SECTION 4.08. DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED
              SUBSIDIARIES.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to
exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any
Restricted Subsidiary to (i)(a) pay dividends or make any other distributions to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (x) on its Capital Stock or
(y) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its
profits, or (b) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) transfer any of its properties or assets to
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances
or restrictions existing under or by reason of (a) Existing Indebtedness as in
effect on the date of this Indenture, (b) the Credit Agreement and all related
Senior Bank Debt documents as in effect as of the date of this Indenture, and
any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that such amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings,
replacement or refinancings are no more restrictive with respect to such
dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the Credit
Agreement as in effect on the date of this Indenture, (c) this Indenture, the
Subsidiary Guarantees and the Notes, (d) applicable law, (e) any instrument
governing


                                       34




Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to
the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation
of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any
Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the
property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that the Consolidated
Cash Flow of such Person is not taken into account in determining whether such
acquisition was permitted by the terms of this Indenture, (f) by reason of
customary non-assignment provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary
course of business and consistent with past practices, (g) purchase money
obligations or Capital Lease Obligations for property acquired in the ordinary
course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause
(iii) above on the property so acquired, (h) permitted Refinancing Indebtedness,
provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such
Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive than those contained in the
agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, (i) customary
restrictions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials and
customary provisions in agreements that restrict the assignees of such
agreements or any rights thereunder, or (j) restrictions with respect to a
Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant to a binding agreement which has been
entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the
Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.09. INCURRENCE OF INDEBTEDNESS AND ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guaranty
or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise,
with respect to (collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including Acquired
Debt) and that the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of preferred
stock; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness or issue
shares of Disqualified Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the
Company's most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal
financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such
additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock is issued would
have been at least 2.0 to 1, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro
forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional
Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock had been issued, as
the case may be, at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

          The foregoing limitations shall not apply to: (i) the incurrence by
the Company of Senior Bank Debt; (ii) Guarantees of the Senior Bank Debt
permitted under or required by the Credit Agreement and Guarantees permitted
under or required by this Indenture; (iii) the incurrence by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries of the Existing Indebtedness; (iv) the incurrence by the
Company of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and this Indenture, and the
incurrence by Restricted Subsidiaries of Guarantees required or permitted to be
incurred under this Indenture; (v) the incurrence by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of Capital Lease Obligations and/or additional
Indebtedness constituting purchase money obligations in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $5.0 million at any time outstanding; (vi) the incurrence
by the Company of additional Indebtedness for any corporate purposes in an
outstanding principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) at no time
exceeding $25.0 million (which may, but need not be, borrowed under the Credit
Agreement); (vii) the incurrence by any Foreign Subsidiary of Indebtedness,
which when aggregated with the principal amount of Indebtedness of all Foreign
Subsidiaries then outstanding and incurred pursuant to this clause (vii), does
not exceed $5.0 million (or the equivalent thereof in any other currency) at any
one time outstanding; (viii) the incurrence


                                       35








by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of Acquired Debt in an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed $20.0 million for all Restricted Subsidiaries
(reduced by the amount of Acquired Debt repaid with the Net Proceeds of Asset
Sales of any Restricted Subsidiary subject to such Acquired Debt) that (a) has
not been incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of such Restricted
Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, or a merger of a Person subject to
such Acquired Debt with or into such Restricted Subsidiary, and (b) is without
recourse to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of their
respective assets (other than the Restricted Subsidiary subject to such Acquired
Debt and its assets), and is not guaranteed by any such Person; provided that
(A) after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence thereof as if incurred by
the Company, the Company could incur at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under the
first paragraph of this Section 4.09, (B) any Refinancing Indebtedness with
respect thereto may not be incurred by any Person other than the Restricted
Subsidiary that is the obligor on such Acquired Indebtedness, and (C) such
Restricted Subsidiary becomes an Additional Guarantor upon incurrence of such
Acquired Debt in accordance with this Indenture; (ix) the incurrence by the
Company of Indebtedness in connection with the issuance of notes in payment of
the repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent permitted by
Section 4.07 hereof; (x) Hedging Obligations that are incurred for the purpose
of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate
Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of the Credit Agreement or this
Indenture to be outstanding; (xi) Indebtedness arising out of letters of credit,
performance bonds, surety bonds, guarantees resulting from endorsements of
negotiable instruments and bankers' acceptances, incurred in the ordinary course
of business; (xii) all Obligations with respect to the foregoing; (xiii) the
incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness issued
in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to repay, redeem, defease,
extend, refinance, renew, replace, or refund Indebtedness referred to in clauses
(ii) through (xii) above, and this clause (xiii) (the "Refinancing
Indebtedness"); provided that (a) the principal amount of such Refinancing
Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount of Indebtedness so extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced, substituted or refunded (plus the amount of fees,
premiums, consent fees, prepayment penalties and expenses incurred in connection
therewith); (b) in the case of Refinancing Indebtedness for Indebtedness
permitted under clause (iii) or (viii) of this paragraph, the Refinancing
Indebtedness shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater
than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended,
refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded or shall mature after the scheduled
maturity date of the Notes; (c) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness
refinances Indebtedness subordinate to the Notes, such Refinancing Indebtedness
shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on terms at least as
favorable to the holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation
governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or
refunded; and (d) with respect to Refinancing Indebtedness incurred by a
Guarantor, such Refinancing Indebtedness shall rank no more senior, and shall be
at least as subordinated, in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor
as the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced or refunded;
(xiv) Indebtedness of the Company (a) not to exceed an aggregate principal
amount of $8.0 million outstanding at any time arising as a result of the
issuance of tax-exempt industrial development bonds or similar tax-exempt public
financing, and (b) additional Indebtedness arising out of the issuance of
additional tax-exempt public financing obligations, but only to the extent that
Indebtedness owing under the Credit Agreement is prepaid, concurrently with the
receipt of the net proceeds of such issuance, in an amount at least equal to the
amount of such proceeds, and term indebtedness or the availability of revolving
credit borrowings under the Credit Agreement is permanently reduced by the
amount of such net proceeds and (xv) the incurrence of Indebtedness between (a)
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) the Restricted Subsidiaries;
provided, that (x) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that
results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company
or a Wholly Owned


                                       36








Restricted Subsidiary and (y) any sale or other transfer of any such
Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence
of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case
may be.

SECTION 4.10. ASSET SALES.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, (i) sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any assets
(including by way of a sale and leaseback) other than sales of inventory in the
ordinary course of business (provided that the sale, lease, conveyance or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company will be
governed by Section 4.14 hereof and/or Section 5.01 hereof and not by the
provisions of this Section 4.10), or (ii) issue or sell Equity Interests of any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii) above,
whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, (a) that
have a fair market value in excess of $1.0 million, or (b) for net proceeds in
excess of $1.0 million (each of the foregoing, an "Asset Sale"), unless (x) the
Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market
value (evidenced by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and for
Asset Sales having a fair market value or net proceeds in excess of $5.0
million, evidenced by a Board Resolution delivered to the Trustee) of the assets
sold or otherwise disposed of and (y) at least 75% of the consideration therefor
received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or
Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that the amount of (A) any liabilities (as
shown on the Company's or such Restricted Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet
or in the notes thereto) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to
the Notes or any Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such
assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability and (B) any notes or other
obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are immediately converted by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) or Cash Equivalents,
shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision; and provided,
further, that the 75% limitation referred to in this clause (y) shall not apply
to any Asset Sale in which the cash portion of the consideration received
therefrom, determined in accordance with the foregoing proviso, is equal to or
greater than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale
complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
(i) a transfer of assets by the Company to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
or by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) an issuance of Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) by a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or
another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) issuances of Equity Interests
by the Company pursuant to warrants outstanding on the date of this Indenture,
(iv) a Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof, (v) the
surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender
of contract, tort or other claims of any kind (other than assignment of such
rights or claims for value outside the ordinary course of business) or (vi) the
grant in the ordinary course of business of any non-exclusive license of
patents, trademarks, registration therefor and other similar intellectual
property, will not be deemed to be an Asset Sale. In addition, notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may create or
assume Liens (or permit any foreclosure thereon) securing Indebtedness to the
extent that such Lien does not violate Section 4.12 hereof.

          Within 270 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from any Asset
Sale, the Company shall apply such Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale to
permanently reduce Senior Debt in accordance with the


                                       37








terms of the Credit Agreement, if applicable, or to the extent not required to
be applied thereunder, may, at its option, apply such Net Proceeds to repayment
of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (in the case of Net Proceeds from an
Asset Sale effected by a Restricted Subsidiary) or to an investment in a
Restricted Subsidiary or in another business or capital expenditure or other
long-term/tangible assets, in each case, in the same or a similar line of
business as the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries were engaged in on
the date of this Indenture or in businesses reasonably related thereto. Pending
the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily
reduce Senior Debt or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner that is
not prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale that are
not applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph will
be deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds". When the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company will be required to make an Asset
Sale Offer to all Holders of Notes to purchase the maximum principal amount of
Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in
cash in an amount equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the date of purchase,
in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. To the
extent that the aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale
Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess
Proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of
Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the
Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon
completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be
reset at zero.

SECTION 4.11. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
dispose of any of its properties or assets to or enter into any other
transaction with, or for the benefit of, an Affiliate of the Company (an
"Affiliate Transaction"), unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that
are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than
those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person and (ii) the Company
delivers to the Trustee (a) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series
of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of
$1.0 million, a Board Resolution certifying that such Affiliate Transaction
complies with clause (i) above and that such Affiliate Transaction has been
approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors
and (b) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $5.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction from a
financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking
firm of national standing; provided that (v) the Employment Agreement and any
employment agreement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the past
practice (other than past practice with respect to Thomas F. Pyle) of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (w) transactions between or among the
Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (x) investment banking and
management fees in an aggregate amount no greater than $360,000 per annum plus
reimbursement of expenses to be paid by the Company to Thomas H. Lee Company,
(y) payments to Thomas F. Pyle pursuant to the Consulting Agreements (whether or
not Thomas F. Pyle would be considered an Affiliate), and (z) transactions
permitted by Section 4.07 hereof, in each case, shall not be deemed Affiliate
Transactions; further provided, however, that (A) the provisions of clause (ii)
shall not apply to sales of inventory by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary to any Affiliate in the ordinary course of business and (B) the
provisions of clause (ii)(b) shall not apply to loans or advances to the Company


                                       38








or any Restricted Subsidiary from, or equity investments in the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary by, any Affiliate to the extent permitted by Section 4.09
hereof.

SECTION 4.12. LIENS.

          The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Lien on any of their property, assets or revenue now owned or
hereafter acquired by them, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or
convey any right to receive income therefrom, except Permitted Liens; provided,
however, that in addition to creating Permitted Liens on its properties or
assets, the Company may create any Lien upon any of its properties or assets if
the Notes are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the obligations so
secured until such time as such obligation is no longer secured by a Lien.

SECTION 4.13. CORPORATE EXISTENCE.

          Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done
all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its
corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each
of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational
documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any
such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses
and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right,
license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the
preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss
thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 4.14. OFFER TO REPURCHASE UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL.

          Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall
have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to
$1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's
Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at
an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, thereon to the
date of purchase (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 30 calendar days
following any Change of Control, the Company will mail a notice to each Holder
stating: (i) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this
Section 4.14 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment; (ii) the
purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 30 calendar
days nor later than 60 calendar days from the date such notice is mailed (the
"Change of Control Payment Date"); (iii) that any Note not tendered will
continue to accrue interest; (iv) that, unless the Company defaults in the
payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the
Change of Control Payment Date; (v) that Holders electing to have any Notes
purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender
the Notes, with the form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the
reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in
the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding
the Change of Control Payment Date; (vi) that Holders will be entitled to
withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close
of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment
Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name


                                       39








of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing such Holder's election to have such
Notes purchased; and (vii) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in
part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to
$1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof. The Company shall
comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and
regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes in
connection with a Change of Control.

          On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent
lawful, (i) accept for payment Notes or portions thereof properly tendered
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an
amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or
portions thereof so tendered and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate stating the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes or portions thereof required to be
purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of
Notes so accepted the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee
will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry)
to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion
of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a
principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. Prior to complying
with the provisions of this Section 4.14, but in any event within 90 calendar
days following a Change of Control, the Company shall either repay all
outstanding Senior Debt or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all
agreements governing outstanding Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of Notes
required by this Section 4.14. The Company shall publicly announce the results
of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of
Control Payment Date.

SECTION 4.15. NO SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT.

          Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof (i) the Company
shall not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for
any Indebtedness that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any
Senior Debt of the Company and senior in any respect in right of payment to the
Notes, and (ii) the Company will not permit any Guarantor to incur, create,
issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness that is
subordinated or junior in right of payment to its Senior Debt and senior in any
respect in right of payment to its Guarantee.

SECTION 4.16. LIMITATIONS ON GUARANTEES OF COMPANY INDEBTEDNESS BY RESTRICTED 
              SUBSIDIARIES.

          In the event that any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly,
guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company other than the Notes (the "Other
Indebtedness") the Company shall cause such Restricted Subsidiary to deliver to
the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Restricted
Subsidiary shall concurrently guarantee the Company's Obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes to the same extent that such Restricted Subsidiary
guaranteed the Company's Obligations under the Other Indebtedness (including
waiver of subrogation, if any), provided that if such Other Indebtedness is
Senior Debt, the Additional Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment
to the guarantee of such Other Indebtedness, as provided by the provisions of
Article 11 hereof, and such Additional Guarantee shall be on the same terms and
subject to the same conditions as the initial Guarantee given by ROV Holding,
Inc. hereunder. Each Additional Guarantee shall by its terms provide that the
Additional Guarantor making such Additional Guarantee will be automatically and
unconditionally released and discharged from


                                       40








its obligations under such Additional Guarantee upon the release or discharge of
the guarantee of the Other Indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such
Additional Guarantee, except a discharge or release by, or as a result of, any
payment under the guarantee of such Other Indebtedness by such Additional
Guarantor.

SECTION 4.17.   ADDITIONAL GUARANTEES.

          If (i) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall,
after the date of this Indenture, transfer or cause to be transferred, including
by way of any Investment, in one or a series of transactions (whether or not
related), any assets, businesses, divisions, real property or equipment having
an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors) in excess of $1.0 million to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a
Guarantor, (ii) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall acquire
another Restricted Subsidiary having total assets with a fair market value (as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) in excess of $1.0 million,
or (iii) any Restricted Subsidiary shall incur Acquired Debt, then the Company
shall, at the time of such transfer, acquisition or incurrence, (i) cause such
transferee, acquired Restricted Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary incurring
Acquired Debt (if not then a Guarantor) to execute a Guarantee of the
Obligations of the Company hereunder in the form set forth herein and (ii)
deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, in form reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee, that such Guarantee is a valid, binding and enforceable obligation
of such transferee, acquired Restricted Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiary
incurring Acquired Debt, subject to customary exceptions for bankruptcy and
equitable principles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries may make a Restricted Investment in any Wholly Owned
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company without compliance with this Section 4.17
provided that such Restricted Investment is permitted by Section 4.07 hereof.

          No Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or
not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), another Person (other than the
Company) whether or not affiliated with such Guarantor unless: (i) subject to
the provisions of the following paragraph, the Person formed by or surviving any
such consolidation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) assumes all the
obligations of such Guarantor pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under its Guarantee, the Notes
and this Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
Default or Event of Default exists; and (iii) such Guarantor, or any Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger, (a) would have
Consolidated Net Worth (immediately after giving effect to such transaction),
equal to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of such Guarantor
immediately preceding the transaction and (b) would be permitted by virtue of
the Company's pro forma Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio to incur, immediately after
giving effect to such transaction, at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first
paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof.

          In the event of a sale or other disposition of all of the assets of
any Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other
disposition of all of the capital stock of any Guarantor, then such Guarantor
(in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of such a merger,
consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Guarantor) or
the Person acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition
of all of the assets of such Guarantor) shall be released and relieved of any
obligations under its Guarantee; provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or
other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions
hereof. In the event the Board of Directors designates a Guarantor to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Guarantor will be


                                       41








released and relieved of any obligation under its Guarantee, provided that such
designation is conducted in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof
including, but not limited to, Section 4.07.


                                    ARTICLE 5
                                   SUCCESSORS

SECTION 5.01. MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS.

          The Company shall not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or
not the Company is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease,
convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or
assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless (i) the
Company is the surviving corporation or the entity or the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition
shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of
the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii) the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than
the Company) or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations
of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental
indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; (iii) immediately
after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and (iv) the
Company or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger
(if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (a) will have Consolidated
Net Worth immediately after the transaction equal to or greater than the
Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately preceding the transaction and
(b) will, at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect
thereto as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable
four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the
first paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof; provided, however, that this provision
shall not prohibit any merger or consolidation among the Company and one or more
of its Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor.

          In connection with any consolidation or merger, or any sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance, or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with this Section
5.01, the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, in
form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, an Officers' Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale,
assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance, or other disposition and any
supplemental indenture in respect thereto comply with this Article 5 and that
all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have
been complied with.

SECTION 5.02. SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED.

          Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer,
lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the successor corporation
formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to
which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is
made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date
of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the
provisions of this Indenture referring to the "Company" shall refer


                                       42








instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and may exercise
every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect
as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided,
however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation
to pay the principal of, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes
except in the case of a sale of all of the Company's assets that meets the
requirements of Section 5.01 hereof.


                                    ARTICLE 6
                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

          An "Event of Default" occurs if:

          (1) the Company defaults in the payment of interest or Liquidated
     Damages, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable and the
     Default continues for a period of 30 days, whether or not such payment is
     prohibited by the provisions of Article 11 hereof;

          (2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of or
     premium, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable at
     maturity, upon redemption or otherwise, whether or not such payment is
     prohibited by the provisions of Article 11 hereof;

          (3) the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, fails to observe
     or perform any other covenant, condition or agreement on its part to be
     observed or performed pursuant to Articles 4 or 5 hereof; provided that, in
     the case of Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.12 and 4.13, such failure
     shall have continued for 60 days after receipt of written notice from the
     Trustee or any Holder;

          (4) a default occurs under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under
     which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
     Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted
     Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by a Guarantee of the
     Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness
     or Guarantee now exists or shall be created hereafter, if (a) such default
     results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express
     maturity or shall constitute a default in the payment of such Indebtedness
     at final maturity of such Indebtedness, and (b) the principal amount of any
     such Indebtedness that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity, when
     added to the aggregate principal amount of all other Indebtedness that has
     been accelerated or not paid at maturity, exceeds $5.0 million;

          (5) a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money are
     entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction against the Company
     or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and such judgment or judgments remain
     undischarged for a period (during which execution shall not be effectively
     stayed) of 60 days, provided that the aggregate of all such undischarged
     judgments (to the extent not covered by insurance) exceeds $5.0 million;

          (6) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to or
     within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

               (a) commences a voluntary case,


                                       43







               (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an
          involuntary case,

               (c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all
          or substantially all of its property,

               (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors,
          or

               (e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

          (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under
     any Bankruptcy Law that:

               (a) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted
          Subsidiary in an involuntary case,

               (b) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Restricted
          Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the
          Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or

               (c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Restricted
          Subsidiary,

     and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive
     days; and

          (8) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee
     issued by a Guarantor shall be held in any judicial proceeding to be
     unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any reason to be in full force
     and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting by or on behalf of any
     Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its Subsidiary
     Guarantee.

          The term "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator
or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

          In the case of any Event of Default pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 6.01 occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or
not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment
of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had
elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.08 hereof, an equivalent
premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent
permitted by law upon acceleration of the Notes, anything in this Indenture or
in the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default occurs
prior to the November 1, 2001 by reason of any willful action (or inaction)
taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of
avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the Notes prior to November 1, 2001
pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, then the premium payable for purposes of this
paragraph for each of the years beginning on November 1 of the years set forth
below shall be as set forth in the following table expressed as a percentage of
the amount that would otherwise be due but for the provisions of this sentence,
plus accrued interest, if any, to the date of payment:

            Year                                      Percentage

    1996.........................................      110.250%
    1997 ........................................      109.225%
    1998 ........................................      108.200%
    1999 ........................................      107.175%


                                       44








     2000 ........................................      106.150%


SECTION 6.02. ACCELERATION.

          If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in
clauses (6) and (7) of Section 6.01 relating to the Company, any Significant
Subsidiary of the Company or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together,
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25%
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the
Company, the Trustee and the Bank Agent may declare the unpaid principal of,
accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on all the Notes to be due and
payable. Upon such declaration the principal, interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any, shall be due and payable immediately (together with the premium referred
to in Section 6.01, if applicable); provided, however, that so long as any
Designated Senior Debt is outstanding, such declaration shall not become
effective until the earlier of (i) the day which is five Business Days after the
receipt by the Representative with regard to any Designated Senior Debt of such
written notice of acceleration or (ii) the date of acceleration of any
Designated Senior Debt. If an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of
Section 6.01 relating to the Company, any Significant Subsidiary of the Company
or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary of the Company occurs, such an amount shall ipso facto
become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act
on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. In the event of a declaration of
acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing as a result of the acceleration of any Indebtedness described in
clause (4) of Section 6.01 hereof, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes
shall be automatically annulled if the holders of any Indebtedness described in
clause (4) have rescinded the declaration of acceleration in respect of such
Indebtedness within 30 days of the date of such declaration and if (a) the
annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment
or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction, and (b) all existing Events of
Default, except nonpayment of principal or interest on the Notes that became due
solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived and
all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07 have been paid.

SECTION 6.03. OTHER REMEDIES.

          If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if
any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of
the Notes or this Indenture.

          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any
of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding, and any recovery
or judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of Notes. A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or
remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are
cumulative to the extent permitted by law.



                                       45








SECTION 6.04. WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

          Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders
of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its
consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of the principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest
on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase) (provided,
however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences,
including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration).
Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose
of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 6.05. CONTROL BY MAJORITY.

          Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power
conferred on it. However, (i) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction
that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be
unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve
the Trustee in personal liability, and (ii) the Trustee may take any other
action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such
direction. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture, the
Trustee shall not be obligated to take any action with respect to the provisions
of the last paragraph of Section 6.01 unless directed to do so pursuant to this
Section 6.06.

SECTION 6.06. LIMITATION ON SUITS.

           A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture
or the Notes only if:

          (a) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a
     continuing Event of Default;

          (b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
     outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the
     remedy;

          (c) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested,
     provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any
     loss, liability or expense;

          (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after
     receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of
     indemnity; and

          (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal
     amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction
     inconsistent with the request.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another
Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a
Note.



                                       46








SECTION 6.07. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES TO RECEIVE PAYMENT.

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of
any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and Liquidated
Damages, if any, and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates
expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to
bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective
dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08. COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.

          If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as
trustee of an express trust against the Company or any Guarantor for the whole
amount of principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest
remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the
extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover
the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

SECTION 6.09. TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

          The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other
papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims
of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the
Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company
(or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall
be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other
property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such
judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to
the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of
such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to
it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and
any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in
any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall
be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions,
dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be
entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan
of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on
behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.10. PRIORITIES.

          If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall
pay out the money in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the
Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal
(premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation
thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if
fully paid:



                                       47








          First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under
Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and
liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and
expenses of collection;

          Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes
for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest, ratably,
without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
payable on the Notes for principal, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and
interest, respectively; and

          Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent
jurisdiction shall direct.

          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to
Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

SECTION 6.11. UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

          In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by
it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party
litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the
court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to
the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.
This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a
Note pursuant to Section 6.06 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

SECTION 6.12. RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

          If the Trustee or any Holder of Notes has instituted any proceeding to
enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to
the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, the
Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding,
be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and
thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue
as though no such proceeding had been instituted.


                                    ARTICLE 7
                                     TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.

          (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee
shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and
use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own
affairs.

          (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:



                                       48








          (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the
     express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only
     those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
     others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
     Indenture against the Trustee; and

          (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
     conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
     the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
     the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However,
     the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine
     whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

          (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful
misconduct, except that:

          (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
     Section;

          (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
     good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee
     was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

          (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
     takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
     received by it pursuant to Section 6.06 hereof.

          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of
this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs
(a), (b), and (c) of this Section.

          (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend
or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the
request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee
security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
expense.

          (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received
by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in
trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

          (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or
affecting the liability of or affording protections to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Article 7 and to the provisions of the TIA.

SECTION 7.02. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

          (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

          (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an
Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take


                                       49








in good faith in reliance on such Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or
any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection
from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it
hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

          (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not
be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care.

          (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or
powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

          (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any
demand, request, direction or notice from the Company or any Guarantor shall be
sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company or such Guarantor.

          (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of
any of the Holders pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, including,
without limitation, the provisions of Section 6.06 hereof, unless such Holders
shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the
costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with
such request or direction.

          (g) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or
Event of Default under Sections 6.01(3), 6.01(4), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(7),
6.01(8) or 6.01(9) hereof and the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of
the existence of any Liquidated Damages unless either (i) a Responsible Officer
shall have actual knowledge thereof, or (ii) the Trustee shall have received
notice thereof in accordance with Section 12.02 hereof from the Company or any
Holder of Notes.

          (h) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or
other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion may make such
further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit,
and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises
of the Company or the Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney.

SECTION 7.03. INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the
owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor with the same rights
it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee
acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of Section 3.10(b) of the
TIA it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for
permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like
rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.



                                       50








SECTION 7.04. TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.

          The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation
as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money
paid to the Company or upon the Company's direction under any provision of this
Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money
received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be
responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or
any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this
Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.05.   NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

           If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it
is known to a Responsible Officer, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a
notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except
in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of,
premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if
and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines
that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 7.06. REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS OF THE NOTES.

          Within 60 days after each December 31 beginning with the December 31
following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain
outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report
dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA ss. 313(a) (but if no
event described in TIA ss. 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months
preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also
shall comply with TIA ss. 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all
reports as required by TIA ss. 313(c).

          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of
Notes shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each
stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA ss. 313(d).
The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any
stock exchange.

SECTION 7.07. COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.

          The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable
compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The
Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a
trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly
upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or
made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall
include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's
agents and counsel.

          The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses,
liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the
acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the
costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company or any
Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim
(whether asserted by the Company or any Guarantor or any Holder or any other
Person) or liability in connection with the exercise


                                       51








or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent
any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or bad
faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it
may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not
relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the
claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have
separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its
consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

          The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive
the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture.

          To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section, the
Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or
collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and
interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the resignation or removal
of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the
compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and
counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any
Bankruptcy Law.

          The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA ss. 313(b)(2) to
the extent applicable.

SECTION 7.08. REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.

          A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee's acceptance of
appointment as provided in this Section.

          The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from
the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of Notes of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the
Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may
remove the Trustee if:

          (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

          (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for
     relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

          (c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its
     property; or

          (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

          If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the
office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a
successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.



                                       52








          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or
the Holders of Notes of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Trustee.

          If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has
been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with Section
7.10, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for
the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer
all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums
owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided
for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant
to this Section 7.08, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall
continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC.

          If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all
or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation,
the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor
Trustee.

SECTION 7.10. ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.

          There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or
of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate
trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state
authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million
as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

          This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the
requirements of TIA ss. 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA
ss. 310(b).

SECTION 7.11. PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY.

           The Trustee is subject to TIA ss. 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA ss. 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.




                                       53








                                    ARTICLE 8
                    LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. OPTION TO EFFECT LEGAL DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

          The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by
a Board Resolution, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions
set forth below in this Article 8.

SECTION 8.02.   LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE.

          Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been
discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the
date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, "Legal
Defeasance"). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the
outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be "outstanding" only for
the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture
referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other
obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of
and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive
until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of
outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section
8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of
the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments
are due, (b) the Company's obligations with respect to such Notes under Article
2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities
of the Trustee hereunder and the Company's obligations in connection therewith
and (d) this Article 8. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company
may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior
exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

SECTION 8.03. COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

          Upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its
obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10,
4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 hereof with respect to the outstanding
Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied
(hereinafter, "Covenant Defeasance"), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed
not "outstanding" for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or
declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in
connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed "outstanding"
for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not
be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant
Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may
omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term,
condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or
indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or
by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or
in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default
or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified
above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected
thereby. In


                                       54








addition, upon the Company's exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option
applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(4) through 6.01(6)
hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.04. CONDITIONS TO LEGAL OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

          The following shall be the conditions to the application of either
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes:

          In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

               (a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in
          trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States dollars,
          non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such
          amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally
          recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the
          principal of, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, and interest on
          the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the
          applicable redemption date, as the case may be;

               (b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the
          Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in
          the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that
          (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the
          Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this
          Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income
          tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such
          Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding
          Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
          purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to
          federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the
          same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had
          not occurred;

               (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the
          Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in
          the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that
          the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain
          or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant
          Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same
          amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
          the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

               (d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
          continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event
          of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a
          portion of the proceeds of which will be used to defease the Notes
          pursuant to this Article 8 concurrently with such incurrence) or
          insofar as Sections 6.01(6) or 6.01(7) hereof is concerned, at any
          time in the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of deposit;

               (e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result
          in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any
          material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which
          the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by
          which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound;



                                       55








               (f) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
          Counsel to the effect that on the 123rd day following the deposit, the
          trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable
          bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting
          creditors' rights generally;

               (g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
          Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with
          the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the
          Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or
          defrauding any other creditors of the Company; and

               (h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
          Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
          conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance
          or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

SECTION 8.05. DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT SECURITIES TO BE HELD IN TRUST; 
              OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

          Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government
Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the
"Trustee") pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes
shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the
Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to
become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but
such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required
by law.

          The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee
or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable
Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal
and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other
charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

          Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request
of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as
provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under
Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be
required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance.

SECTION 8.06. REPAYMENT TO COMPANY.

          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held
by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be
paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as a
secured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such


                                       56








trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall
thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street
Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that,
after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the
date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money
then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

SECTION 8.07. REINSTATEMENT.

           If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States
dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or
8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court
or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such
application, then the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes
shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is
permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any
payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights
of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the
Trustee or Paying Agent.


                                    ARTICLE 9
                        AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

SECTION 9.01. WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.

          Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes
without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

          (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

          (b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
     certificated Notes;

          (c) to provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to the
     Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation pursuant to
     Article 5 hereof;

          (d) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
     benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the
     legal rights hereunder of any Holder of Notes; or

          (e) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect
     or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution
authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and
upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof,
the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of any amended or
supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture
and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be
therein contained, but the Trustee shall


                                       57








not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that
affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 9.02. WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS OF NOTES.

          Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and the Notes
may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents
obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes),
and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of
Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the
Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been
rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may
be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a
tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

          Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution
authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and
upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the
consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of
the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the
Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such
amended or supplemental indenture affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in
its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or
supplemental indenture.

          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes
under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment
or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance
thereof.

          After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02
becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected
thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any
failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not,
however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or
supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then
outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with
any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of
each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes
held by a non-consenting Holder):

          (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to
     an amendment, supplement or waiver;

          (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note
     or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of
     the Notes in a manner adverse to the Holders;

          (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest,
     including default interest, on any Note;


                                       58









          (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of
     or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of
     acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in
     aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of
     the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

          (e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the
     Notes;

          (f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to
     waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive
     payments of principal of or interest on the Notes;

          (g) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a
     payment required by Section 4.10 or Section 4.14);

          (h) except pursuant to Sections 4.16 or 4.17, release any Guarantor
     from its obligations under its Guarantee, or change any Guarantee in any
     manner that would adversely affect the Holders; or

          (i) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or in the foregoing
     amendment and waiver provisions.

SECTION 9.03. COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

          Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be
set forth in a amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as
then in effect.

SECTION 9.04. REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS.

          Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent
to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and
every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same
debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not
made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a
Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written
notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes
effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance
with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

SECTION 9.05. NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES.

          The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment,
supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes
that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

           Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall
not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.



                                       59








SECTION 9.06. TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC.

          The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture
authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until the Board
of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture,
the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be
fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by
Section 12.04, an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that
the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or
permitted by this Indenture.


                                   ARTICLE 10
                                   GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01. GUARANTEE.

          Each Guarantor and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which in
accordance with Section 4.16 or 4.17 hereof is required to guarantee the
obligations of the Company under the Notes, upon execution of a counterpart of
this Indenture, hereby jointly and severally unconditionally guarantees to each
Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee
and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity or enforceability
of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this
Indenture or the Notes, that: (i) the principal of, premium (if any) and
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes will be paid in full when
due, whether at the maturity or interest payment date, by acceleration, call for
redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, interest or
Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the
Company to the Holders or the Trustee under this Indenture or the Notes will be
promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture and the Notes; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or
renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, they will be paid in full
when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal,
whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of
any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, each Guarantor will be obligated
to pay the same whether or not such failure to pay has become an Event of
Default which could cause acceleration pursuant to Section 6.02 hereof. Each
Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment not a guarantee of
collection.

          Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations with regard to this
Subsidiary Guarantee shall be joint and several, unconditional, irrespective of
the validity or enforceability of the Notes or the obligations of the Company
under this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, the
recovery of any judgment against the Company or any other obligor with respect
to this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company under this
Indenture or the Notes, any action to enforce the same or any other
circumstances (other than complete performance) which might otherwise constitute
a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor
further, to the extent permitted by law, waives and relinquishes all claims,
rights and remedies accorded by applicable law to guarantors and agrees not to
assert or take advantage of any such claims, rights or remedies, including but
not limited to: (a) any right to require the Trustee, the Holders or the Company
(each, a "Benefitted Party") to proceed against the Company or any other Person
or to proceed against or exhaust any security held by a Benefitted Party at any
time or to pursue any other remedy in any Benefitted Party's power before


                                       60








proceeding against such Guarantor; (b) the defense of the statute of limitations
in any action hereunder or in any action for the collection of any Indebtedness
or the performance of any obligation hereby guaranteed; (c) any defense that may
arise by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority, death or disability of any
other Person or the failure of a Benefitted Party to file or enforce a claim
against the estate (in administration, bankruptcy or any other proceeding) of
any other Person; (d) demand, protest and notice of any kind including but not
limited to notice of the existence, creation or incurring of any new or
additional Indebtedness or obligation or of any action or non-action on the part
of such Guarantor, the Company, any Benefitted Party, any creditor of such
Guarantor, the Company or on the part of any other Person whomsoever in
connection with any Indebtedness or obligations hereby guaranteed; (e) any
defense based upon an election of remedies by a Benefitted Party, including but
not limited to an election to proceed against such Guarantor for reimbursement;
(f) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the
obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects
more burdensome than that of the principal; (g) any defense arising because of a
Benefitted Party's election, in any proceeding instituted under Bankruptcy Law,
of the application of 11 U.S.C. Section 1111(b)(2); or (h) any defense based on
any borrowing or grant of a security interest under 11 U.S.C. Section 364. Each
Guarantor hereby covenants that its Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged
except by complete performance of the obligations contained in its Subsidiary
Guarantee and this Indenture.

          If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to
return to either the Company or any Guarantor, or any Custodian acting in
relation to either the Company or such Guarantor, any amount paid by the Company
or such Guarantor to the Trustee or such Holder, the applicable Subsidiary
Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full
force and effect. Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any
right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations
guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

          Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the
one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity
of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section
6.02 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any
stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration as to the
Company or any other obligor on the Notes of the Obligations guaranteed hereby,
and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of those Obligations as
provided in Section 6.02 hereof, those Obligations (whether or not due and
payable) will forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purpose
of this Subsidiary Guarantee.

          To evidence its Subsidiary Guarantee, each Guarantor hereby agrees
that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1
hereto shall be endorsed by an officer of such Guarantor on each Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be
executed on behalf of such Guarantor by its President or one of its Vice
Presidents and attested to by an Officer.

SECTION 10.02.  SUBORDINATION.

          Each Guarantor, the Trustee, and each Holder by accepting a Note
agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Subsidiary Guarantee is
subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in
this Article 10, to the prior payment in full of all Obligations with respect to
Senior Debt of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the date hereof or
hereafter created, incurred, assumed


                                       61








or guaranteed), and that the subordination is for the benefit of the holders of
Senior Debt of such Guarantor.

SECTION 10.03. DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION OR REORGANIZATION.

          Upon any distribution of assets of any Guarantor upon any dissolution,
winding up, liquidation or reorganization of such Guarantor (whether in
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding related to the
Guarantor or its property or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or
otherwise):

          (a) the holders of all Senior Debt of such Guarantor will first be
     entitled to receive payment in full in cash or U.S. dollar denominated Cash
     Equivalents of the principal of and interest due on Senior Debt of such
     Guarantor and other amounts due in connection with Senior Debt of such
     Guarantor (including interest accruing subsequent to certain bankruptcy
     events and certain winding up events described in clauses (6) and (7) of
     Section 6.01 hereof at the rate provided for in the documents governing
     such Senior Debt, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim
     enforceable against the debtor in a bankruptcy case under Title 11 of the
     United States Code) before the Holders are entitled to receive any payment
     or distribution from such Guarantor with respect to such Guarantor's
     Subsidiary Guarantee;

          (b) any payment or distribution of assets of such Guarantor of any
     kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the
     Holders or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this
     Article 10 will be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person
     making such a payment or distribution directly to the holders of Senior
     Debt of such Guarantor or their Representatives to the extent necessary to
     make payment in full in cash or U.S. dollar denominated Cash Equivalents of
     all Senior Debt of such Guarantor remaining unpaid, after giving effect to
     any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Debt;
     and

          (c) if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of
     assets of such Guarantor of any kind or character, whether in cash,
     property or securities, is received by the Trustee or the Holders on
     account of the Subsidiary Guarantee before all Senior Debt of such
     Guarantor is paid in full in cash or U.S. dollar denominated Cash
     Equivalents, such payment or distribution will be received and held in
     trust for and will be paid over forthwith to the holders of the Senior Debt
     of such Guarantor remaining unpaid or their Representatives for application
     to the payment of such Senior Debt until all such Senior Debt has been paid
     in full in cash or U.S. dollar denominated Cash Equivalents, after giving
     effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such
     Senior Debt (except that Holders may receive payments made from the trust
     described in Section 8.04 hereof).

          Each Guarantor will give prompt written notice to the Holders and to
     the Trustee of any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization
     of such Guarantor or any assignment for the benefit of its creditors and of
     any event of default in respect of Senior Debt of such Guarantor.

           For purposes of this Article 10, the words "cash, property or
securities" shall not be deemed to include (i) shares of Capital Stock of a
Guarantor as reorganized or readjusted (excluding Capital Stock redeemable at
the option of the holder thereof prior to the final maturity date or any
mandatory pre-payment date with respect to any Designated Senior Debt of such
Guarantor or Guarantor Significant


                                       62








Senior Debt (as defined below), (ii) Capital Stock convertible into or
exchangeable for Indebtedness which is subordinated, to at least the same extent
as the Subsidiary Guarantee, to the payment of all Senior Debt of such Guarantor
then outstanding, (iii) securities of the Guarantor or any other corporation
provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment which are subordinated,
to at least the same extent as the Subsidiary Guarantee, to the payment of all
Senior Debt of such Guarantor then outstanding, or (iv) any payment or
distribution of securities of such Guarantor or any other corporation authorized
by an order or decree giving effect, and stating in such order or decree that
effect has been given, to subordination of the Subsidiary Guarantee to Senior
Debt of such Guarantor and made by a court of competent jurisdiction in a
reorganization proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
law.

SECTION 10.04. DEFAULT ON SENIOR DEBT OF THE GUARANTOR.

          (a) No payment will be made on account of the Subsidiary Guarantees,
or to acquire any of the Notes for cash, property or securities or on account of
the redemption provisions of the Notes upon the maturity of any (i) Senior Bank
Debt or other Designated Senior Debt guaranteed by a Guarantor or (ii) any
Senior Debt permitted by clause (xiv) of the second paragraph of Section 4.09
hereof guaranteed by a Guarantor and any other Senior Debt of a Guarantor issued
in a single transaction or a series of related transactions having an aggregate
principal amount outstanding of $5.0 million or more ("Guarantor Significant
Senior Debt"), by lapse of time, acceleration or otherwise, unless and until all
such Designated Senior Debt or Guarantor Significant Senior Debt, as the case
may be (including interest accruing subsequent to certain bankruptcy events and
certain winding up events at the rate provided for in documents governing such
Senior Debt, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim enforceable
against the debtor in a bankruptcy case under Title 11 of the United States
Code), shall first be paid in full in cash or U.S. dollar denominated Cash
Equivalents.

          (b) No Guarantor may make any payment or distribution upon or in
respect of its Subsidiary Guarantee, including, without limitation, by way of
set-off or otherwise, or redeem (or make a deposit in redemption of), defease or
acquire any of the Notes, for cash, property or securities if (i) a default in
the payment of any Obligation under any Significant Senior Debt that is
guaranteed by such Guarantor or any Designated Senior Debt or in the payment of
any Obligation of such Guarantor with respect to (a) any Guarantee of Designated
Senior Debt or (b) Guarantor Significant Senior Debt occurs and is continuing or
(ii) any other default (or any event that, after notice or passage of time would
become an event of default) occurs and is continuing with respect to any
Designated Senior Debt and, in the case of clause (ii), the Trustee receives
notice of such default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the holders (or the
agent or Representative of such holders) of any Designated Senior Debt. Payment
on the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee may and shall be resumed (i) in the
case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or
waived and (ii) in case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on
which such nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on
which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of
any such Designated Senior Debt or Guarantor Significant Senior Debt has been
accelerated. No new period of payment blockage pursuant to a Payment Blockage
Notice may be commenced unless and until (i) 360 days have elapsed since the
effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice and (ii) all
scheduled payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that
have come due have been paid in full in cash. No nonpayment default that existed
or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the
Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage
Notice.



                                       63








          (c) If any payment or distribution of assets of a Guarantor is
received by any Holder in respect of the Subsidiary Guarantees at a time when
that payment or distribution should not have been made because of paragraph (a)
or (b), such payment or distribution will be received and held in trust for and
will be paid over forthwith to the holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor
which is due and payable and remains unpaid (pro rata as to each of such holders
on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Debt of such Guarantor which is
due and payable held by them) until all such Senior Debt of such Guarantor has
been paid in full in cash or U.S. dollar denominated Cash Equivalents, after
giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such
Senior Debt (except that Holders may receive payments made from the trust
described in Section 8.04 hereof).

SECTION 10.05. ACCELERATION OF NOTES.

          If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default,
each Guarantor shall promptly notify the Representative of the holders of Senior
Debt of such Guarantor of the acceleration.

SECTION 10.06. SUBROGATION.

          With respect to any Guarantor, following the payment in full of all
Senior Debt of such Guarantor, the Holders will be subrogated to the rights of
the holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor to receive payments or
distributions of assets of such Guarantor applicable to the Senior Debt of such
Guarantor until all amounts owing on the Notes have been paid in full, and for
the purpose of such subrogation no such payments or distributions to the holders
of Senior Debt of such Guarantor by or on behalf of the Guarantor or by or on
behalf of the Holders by virtue of this Article 10 which otherwise would have
been made to the Holders will, as between the Guarantor and Holders, be deemed
to be payment by the Guarantor to or on account of the Senior Debt of such
Guarantor, it being understood that the provisions of this Article 10 are
intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders,
on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Debt of any Guarantor, on the other
hand.

SECTION 10.07. OBLIGATIONS UNCONDITIONAL.

          Nothing contained in this Article 10 or elsewhere in this Indenture or
the Notes is intended to or will impair, as between any Guarantor and the
Holders, the obligations of the Guarantor, which are absolute and unconditional,
to pay principal of, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes in
accordance with the terms of the Subsidiary Guarantee as and when such
Obligations become due and payable, or is intended to or will affect the
relative rights of the Holders and creditors of the Guarantor other than the
holders of the Senior Debt of such Guarantor, nor will anything herein or
therein prevent any Holder from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by
applicable law upon default of the Notes, subject to the rights, if any, under
this Article 10 of the holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor in respect of
cash, property or securities of the Guarantor received upon the exercise of any
such remedy.

SECTION 10.08. RELATIVE RIGHTS.

          No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Debt of any
Guarantor to enforce subordination as provided in this Article 10 will at any
time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the
part of the Guarantor or by any act or failure to act by any such holders, or by
any noncompliance by the Guarantor with the terms of the Notes, regardless of
any knowledge thereof which any such holders may have or otherwise be charged
with. The holders of Senior Debt of any


                                       64








Guarantor may extend, renew, modify or amend the terms of the Senior Debt or any
security therefor and release, sell or exchange such security and otherwise deal
freely with the Guarantor, all without affecting the liabilities and obligations
of the parties to the document or the Holders. No amendment to these provisions
will be effective against the holders of the Senior Debt of any Guarantor who
have not consented thereto in writing.

SECTION 10.09. EVENT OF DEFAULT PRESERVED.

          The failure to make a payment on account of any Subsidiary Guarantee
by reason of any provision of this Article 10 will not be construed as
preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default.

SECTION 10.10. TRUSTEE DUTIES.

          With respect to the holders of Senior Debt of any Guarantor, the
Trustee undertakes to perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee
as are specifically set forth in this Article 10, and no implied covenants or
obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor shall
be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed
to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor, and
shall not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee shall pay over or
distribute to or on behalf of Holders or the Company or any other Person money
or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt of such Guarantor shall be
entitled by virtue of this Article 10, except if such payment is made as a
result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee.

SECTION 10.11. NOTICE BY A GUARANTOR.

          Each Guarantor shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent
of any facts known to such Guarantor that would cause a payment of any
Obligations with respect to the Notes or its Subsidiary Guarantee to violate
this Article 10, but failure to give such notice shall not affect the
subordination of its Subsidiary Guarantee or of the Notes to the Senior Debt of
such Guarantor as provided in this Article 10.

SECTION 10.12. SUBORDINATION MAY NOT BE IMPAIRED BY GUARANTOR.

          No right of any holder of Senior Debt of any Guarantor to enforce the
subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by a Subsidiary Guarantee shall be
impaired by any act or failure to act by the Guarantor or any Holder or by the
failure of the Guarantor or any Holder to comply with this Indenture.

SECTION 10.13. RELIANCE UPON ORDER.

          Upon any payment or distribution of assets of a Guarantor referred to
in this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon
any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any
certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any
distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders for the purpose of ascertaining
the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the
Senior Debt of such Guarantor and other Indebtedness of the Guarantor, the
amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed
thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10; provided
that the foregoing shall only apply if such court has been apprised of the
subordination provisions of this Article 10.


                                       65









SECTION 10.14. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT.

          Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 or any other
provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of
the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or
distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue
to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee shall have received at its
Corporate Trust Office at least five Business Days prior to the date of such
payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations
with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 10. Nothing in this Article 10
shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to
Section 7.07 hereof.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior
Debt of a Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.
Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

SECTION 10.15. AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION.

          Each Holder of a Note by the Holder's acceptance thereof authorizes
and directs the Trustee on the Holder's behalf to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this
Article 10, and appoints the Trustee to act as the Holder's attorney-in-fact for
any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim
or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding relative to any
Guarantor referred to in Section 6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the
expiration of the time to file such claim, the Representatives of Senior Debt of
such Guarantor are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on
behalf of the Holders of the Notes.

SECTION 10.16. AMENDMENTS.

          With respect to any Guarantor, the provisions of Section 10.02 through
10.16 hereof shall not be amended or modified without the written consent of the
holders of all Senior Debt of such Guarantor.

SECTION 10.17. LIMITATION OF GUARANTOR'S LIABILITY.

          Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof, each beneficiary hereof,
hereby confirm that it is its intention that the Subsidiary Guarantee of such
Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the
Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent
Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any
Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, each such person hereby
irrevocably agrees that the obligation of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary
Guarantee under this Article 10 shall be limited to the maximum amount as will,
after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other (contingent or
otherwise) liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and
after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from
or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the
obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 10, result in the
obligations of such Guarantor in respect of such maximum amount not constituting
a fraudulent conveyance. Each beneficiary under the Subsidiary Guarantees, by
accepting the benefits hereof, confirms its intention that, in the event of a
bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding of the Company or any
Guarantor in which concurrent claims are made upon such Guarantor hereunder, to
the extent such claims will not be fully satisfied, each such claimant with a
valid claim against the Company shall be entitled to a ratable share of all
payments by such Guarantor in respect of such concurrent claims.


                                       66








                                   ARTICLE 11
                                  SUBORDINATION

SECTION 11.01. AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE.

          The Company, for itself and its successors, and each Holder, by its
acceptance of the Notes, agrees that the payment of all Obligations with respect
to the Notes and this Indenture, including principal, premium, if any, and
interest (including post-petition interest, as provided below) on, and
Liquidated Damages, if any, with respect to, the Notes and any claim for
rescission or damages in respect thereof under any applicable law (the
"Subordinated Obligations") by the Company is subordinated, to the extent and in
the manner provided in this Article 11, to the prior payment of Senior Debt.

          This Article 11 will constitute a continuing offer to all persons who,
in reliance upon its provisions, become holders of, or continue to hold, Senior
Debt, and such provisions are made for the benefit of the holders of Senior
Debt, and such holders are made obligees under this Article 11 and they and/or
each of them may enforce its provisions.

SECTION 11.02. NO PAYMENT ON NOTES UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.

          (a) No payment will be made on account of the Subordinated
Obligations, or to acquire any of the Notes for cash, property or securities or
on account of the redemption provisions of the Notes upon the maturity of any
(i) Designated Senior Debt or (ii) any Senior Debt permitted by clause (xiv) of
the second paragraph of Section 4.09 of this Indenture and any other outstanding
Senior Debt issued in a single transaction or a series of related transactions
having an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $5.0 million or more
("Significant Senior Debt"), by lapse of time, acceleration or otherwise, unless
and until all such Designated Senior Debt or Significant Senior Debt, as the
case may be (including interest accruing subsequent to certain bankruptcy events
and certain winding up events at the rate provided for in documents governing
such Senior Debt, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim enforceable
against the debtor in a bankruptcy case under Title 11 of the United States
Code), shall first be paid in full in cash or U.S. dollar denominated Cash
Equivalents.

          (b) The Company may not make any payment or distribution upon or in
respect of the Subordinated Obligations, including, without limitation, by way
of set-off or otherwise, or redeem (or make a deposit in redemption of), defease
or acquire any of the Notes, for cash, property or securities if (i) a default
in the payment of any Obligation of the Company with respect to (a) any
Designated Senior Debt or (b) any Significant Senior Debt, occurs and is
continuing or (ii) any other default (or any event that, after notice or passage
of time would become an event of default) occurs and is continuing with respect
to any Designated Senior Debt and, in the case of clause (ii), the Trustee
receives a Payment Blockage Notice from the holders (or the agent or
Representative of such holders) of any Designated Senior Debt. Payment on the
Notes may and shall be resumed (i) in the case of a payment default, upon the
date on which such default is cured or waived and (ii) in case of a nonpayment
default, the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment default is cured or
waived or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage
Notice is received, unless the maturity of any such Designated Senior Debt or
Significant Senior Debt has been accelerated. No new period of payment blockage
pursuant to a Payment Blockage Notice may be commenced unless and until (i) 360
days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment
Blockage Notice and (ii) all scheduled payments of


                                       67








principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have come due have
been paid in full in cash. No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing
on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be,
or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice.

          (c) If any payment or distribution of assets of the Company is
received by any Holder in respect of the Subordinated Obligations at a time when
that payment or distribution should not have been made because of paragraph (a)
or (b), such payment or distribution will be received and held in trust for and
will be paid over forthwith to the holders of Senior Debt which is due and
payable and remains unpaid (pro rata as to each of such holders on the basis of
the respective amounts of Senior Debt which is due and payable held by them)
until all such Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or U.S. dollar
denominated Cash Equivalents, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or
distribution to the holders of such Senior Debt (except that Holders may receive
payments made from the trust described in Section 8.04 hereof).

SECTION 11.03. DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION OR REORGANIZATION.

          Upon any distribution of assets of the Company upon any dissolution,
winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether in bankruptcy,
insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding related to the Company or its
property or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise):

          (a) the holders of all Senior Debt will first be entitled to receive
     payment in full in cash or U.S. dollar denominated Cash Equivalents of the
     principal of and interest due on Senior Debt and other amounts due in
     connection with Senior Debt (including interest accruing subsequent to
     certain bankruptcy events and certain winding up events described in
     clauses (6) and (7) of Section 6.01 hereof at the rate provided for in the
     documents governing such Senior Debt, whether or not such interest is an
     allowed claim enforceable against the debtor in a bankruptcy case under
     Title 11 of the United States Code) before the Holders are entitled to
     receive any payment on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or
     interest or Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes;

          (b) any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind
     or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders
     or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article
     11 will be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making
     such a payment or distribution directly to the holders of Senior Debt or
     their Representatives to the extent necessary to make payment in full in
     cash or U.S. dollar denominated Cash Equivalents of all Senior Debt
     remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or
     distribution to the holders of such Senior Debt; and

          (c) if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of
     assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property
     or securities, is received by the Trustee or the Holders on account of the
     Subordinated Obligations before all Senior Debt is paid in full in cash or
     U.S. dollar denominated Cash Equivalents, such payment or distribution will
     be received and held in trust for and will be paid over forthwith to the
     holders of the Senior Debt remaining unpaid or their Representatives for
     application to the payment of such Senior Debt until all such Senior Debt
     has been paid in full in cash or U.S. dollar denominated Cash Equivalents,
     after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the
     holders of such Senior Debt (except that Holders may receive payments made
     from the trust described in Section 8.04 hereof).



                                       68








          The Company will give prompt written notice to the Holders of any
     dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of it or any
     assignment for the benefit of its creditors and of any event of default in
     respect of Senior Debt.

          For purposes of this Article 11, the words "cash, property or
securities" shall not be deemed to include (i) shares of Capital Stock of the
Company as reorganized or readjusted (excluding Capital Stock redeemable at the
option of the holder thereof prior to the final maturity date or any mandatory
pre-payment date with respect to any Designated Senior Debt), (ii) Capital Stock
convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness which is subordinated, to at
least the same extent as the Notes, to the payment of all Senior Debt then
outstanding, (iii) securities of the Company or any other corporation provided
for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment which are subordinated, to at
least the same extent as the Notes, to the payment of all Senior Debt then
outstanding or (iv) any payment or distribution of securities of the Company or
any other corporation authorized by an order or decree giving effect, and
stating in such order or decree that effect has been given, to subordination of
the Notes to Senior Debt and made by a court of competent jurisdiction in a
reorganization proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
law. For purposes of this Article 11, "payment on the account of the
Subordinated Obligations" shall not include the issuance of the Notes or any
sale or transfer of the Notes.

SECTION 11.04. SUBROGATION.

          Following the payment in full of all Senior Debt, the Holders will be
subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt to receive payments or
distributions of assets of the Company applicable to the Senior Debt until all
amounts owing on the Notes have been paid in full, and for the purpose of such
subrogation no such payments or distributions to the holders of Senior Debt by
or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf of the Holders by virtue of this
Article 11 which otherwise would have been made to the Holders will, as between
the Company and Holders, be deemed to be payment by the Company to or on account
of the Senior Debt, it being understood that the provisions of this Article 11
are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of
the Holders, on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Debt, on the other hand.

SECTION 11.05. OBLIGATIONS UNCONDITIONAL.

          Nothing contained in this Article 11 or elsewhere in this Indenture or
the Notes is intended to or will impair, as between the Company and the Holders,
the obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to
the Holders the Subordinated Obligations as and when they become due and payable
in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or will affect the relative
rights of the Holders and creditors of the Company other than the holders of the
Senior Debt, nor will anything herein or therein prevent any Holder from
exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default the
Notes, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article 11 of the holders of
Senior Debt in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received
upon the exercise of any such remedy.

SECTION 11.06. RELATIVE RIGHTS.

          No right of any present or future holders of any Senior Debt to
enforce subordination as provided in this Article 11 will at any time in any way
be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the
Company or by any act or failure to act by any such holders, or by any
noncompliance by the Company with the terms of the Notes, regardless of any
knowledge thereof which


                                       69








any such holders may have or otherwise be charged with. The holders of Senior
Debt may extend, renew, modify or amend the terms of the Senior Debt or any
security therefor and release, sell or exchange such security and otherwise deal
freely with the Company, all without affecting the liabilities and obligations
of the parties to the document or the Holders. No amendment to these provisions
will be effective against the holders of the Senior Debt who have not consented
thereto in writing.

SECTION 11.07. EVENT OF DEFAULT PRESERVED.

          The failure to make a payment on account of the Subordinated
Obligations by reason of any provision of this Article 11 will not be construed
as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default.

SECTION 11.08. TRUSTEE DUTIES.

          With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to
perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set
forth in this Article 11, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect
to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the
Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the
holders of Senior Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the
Trustee shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders or the Company
or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be
entitled by virtue of this Article 11, except if such payment is made as a
result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of the Trustee.

SECTION 11.09. NOTICE BY COMPANY.

          The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of
any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any Obligations
with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 11, but failure to give such
notice shall not affect the subordination of the Notes to the Senior Debt as
provided in this Article 11.

SECTION 11.10. SUBORDINATION MAY NOT BE IMPAIRED BY COMPANY.

          No right of any holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of
the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure
to act by the Company or any Holder or by the failure of the Company or any
Holder to comply with this Indenture.

SECTION 11.11. RELIANCE UPON ORDER.

          Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to
in this Article 11, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon
any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction or upon any
certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any
distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders for the purpose of ascertaining
the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the
Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable
thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts
pertinent thereto or to this Article 11; provided that the foregoing shall only
apply if such court has been apprised of the provisions of this Article 11.



                                       70








SECTION 11.12. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT.

          Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 11 or any other
provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of
the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any payment or
distribution by the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Paying Agent may continue
to make payments on the Notes, unless the Trustee shall have received at its
Corporate Trust Office at least five Business Days prior to the date of such
payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations
with respect to the Notes to violate this Article 11. Nothing in this Article 11
shall impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to
Section 7.07 hereof.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior
Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do
the same with like rights.

SECTION 11.13. AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION.

          Each Holder of a Note by the Holder's acceptance thereof authorizes
and directs the Trustee on the Holder's behalf to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this
Article 11, and appoints the Trustee to act as the Holder's attorney-in-fact for
any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim
or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in Section
6.09 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such
claim, the Bank Agent is hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and
on behalf of the Holders of the Notes.


                                   ARTICLE 12
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.01. TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS.

          If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with
the duties imposed by TIA ss.318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

SECTION 12.02. NOTICES.

          Any notice or communication by the Company, a Guarantor or the Trustee
to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by
first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex,
telecopier or overnight air courier guarantying next day delivery, to the
others' address:

          If to the Company:

                Rayovac Corporation
                601 Rayovac Drive
                Madison, WI 53711-2497
                Attention: David A. Jones
                Telecopier No.: (608) 275-3340



                                       71








           With a copy to:

                Thomas H. Lee Company
                75 State Street, Suite 2600
                Boston, MA 02119
                Attention: Scott A. Schoen
                Telecopier No.: (617) 227-3514

           If to a Guarantor:

                c/o ROV Holding, Inc.
                Delaware Corporate Management, Inc.
                1105 North Market Street, Suite 1300
                Wilmington, DE 19899

           If to the Trustee:

                Marine Midland Bank
                140 Broadway, 12th Floor
                New York, NY  10005
                Telecopier No.:  (212) 658-6425
                Attention:  Corporate Trust Department


          The Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.

          All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders)
shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if
personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail,
postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt
acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to
the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guarantying next day delivery.

          Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class
mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air
courier guarantying next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept
by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any
Person described in TIA ss. 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure
to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not
affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

          If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above
within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
receives it.

          If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall
mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.



                                       72








SECTION 12.03. COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS OF NOTES WITH OTHER HOLDERS OF NOTES.

          Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA ss. 312(b) with other Holders
with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, any
Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection
of TIA ss. 312(c).

SECTION 12.04. CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

          Upon any request or application by the Company and/or any Guarantor to
the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company and/or such
Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

          (a) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth
     in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all
     conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture
     relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

          (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth
     in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all
     such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

SECTION 12.05. STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION.

          Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate
provided pursuant to TIA ss. 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA
ss. 314(e) and shall include:

          (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has
     read such covenant or condition;

          (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
     investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
     certificate or opinion are based;

          (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has
     made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to
     express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition
     has been satisfied; and

          (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person,
     such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

SECTION 12.06. RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS.

          The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of
Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions.



                                       73








SECTION 12.07. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND 
               STOCKHOLDERS.

          No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator
or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any
obligations of the Company under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.
Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The
waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 12.08. GOVERNING LAW.

          THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO
CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES.

SECTION 12.09. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

          This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan
or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any
such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this
Indenture or the Subsidiary Guarantees.

SECTION 12.10. SUCCESSORS.

          All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall
bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind
its successors.

SECTION 12.11. SEVERABILITY.

          In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 12.12. COUNTERPART ORIGINALS.

          The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each
signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement.

SECTION 12.13. TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC.

          The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the
Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in
no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.



                                       74








SECTION 12.14. FURTHER INSTRUMENTS AND ACTS.

          Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such
further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or
proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of RAYOVAC CORPORATION and ROV HOLDING, INC.,
has caused this Indenture to be signed in its corporate name and acknowledged by
one of its duly authorized officers; and MARINE MIDLAND BANK has caused this
Indenture to be signed and acknowledged by one of its duly authorized
signatories, and its seal to be affixed hereunto or impressed hereon, duly
attested, as of the day and year first above written.

                         [Signatures on following page]


                                       75







                                   SIGNATURES


Dated as of October 22, 1996            RAYOVAC CORPORATION


                                        By: /s/ James A. Broderick
                                            -------------------------
                                        Name: James A. Broderick
                                        Title: Vice President

Attest:


/s/ Lorrie Rimorsky
- - -------------------------

Dated as of October 22, 1996            ROV HOLDING, INC.


                                        By: /s/ Roger F. Warren
                                            -------------------------
                                        Name: Roger F. Warren
                                        Title: President

Attest:


/s/ Lorrie Rimorsky
- - -------------------------



Dated as of October 22, 1996             MARINE MIDLAND BANK


(SEAL)                                  By: /s/ Frank J. Godino
                                            -------------------------
                                        Name: Frank J. Godino
                                        Title: Assistant Vice President
Attest:


/s/ Eileen M. Hughes
- - -------------------------


                                      S-1





===============================================================================

                                    EXHIBIT A
                                 (Face of Note)

                   10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006

     No.                                                   $__________

                              RAYOVAC CORPORATION

     promises to pay to

     or registered assigns,

     the principal sum of

     Dollars on November 1, 2006.

     Interest Payment Dates: May 1, and November 1

     Record Dates: April 15, and October 15



                                        Dated: _______________ __, _____

                                        RAYOVAC CORPORATION

                                        By:______________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

                                        By:______________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:



                                                       (SEAL)
This is one of the Global 
Notes referred to in the 
within-mentioned Indenture:

Trustee's Certificate of Authentication

MARINE MIDLAND BANK,
as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the
Notes referred to in the Indenture.


By:__________________________________

===============================================================================

                                      A-1






                                 (Back of Note)

                   10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006


          [Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Notes in
definitive form, this Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the
Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to
the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any
such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor
Depositary. Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative
of The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York, New York) ("DTC"),
to the issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment,
and any certificate issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other
name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment
is made to Cede & Co. or such other entity as may be requested by an authorized
representative of DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner
hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.](1)

          THE NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED
     IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED
     STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND THE
     NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN
     THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH
     PURCHASER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER
     MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
     ACT. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
     COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH NOTE MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED,
     ONLY (1) (a) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
     INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT)
     IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A
     TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
     (c) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING
     THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE
     WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
     ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3)
     PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN
     ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED
     STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND
     EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE NOTE
     EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN (1) ABOVE.

          Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them
in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

          1. INTEREST. Rayovac Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation (the
"Company"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 10
1/4% per annum from October 22, 1996 until maturity and shall pay the Liquidated
Damages payable pursuant to Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement


- - -------- 
(1)  This Paragraph should be included only if the Note is issued in global
     form.

                                       A-2







referred to below. The Company will pay interest and Liquidated Damages
semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a
Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an "Interest Payment
Date"). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which
interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of
original issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment
of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to
on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall
accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that
the first Interest Payment Date shall be May 1, 1997. The Company shall pay
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on
demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it
shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any
Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Liquidated Damages
(without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at
the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

          2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company will pay interest on the Notes
(except defaulted interest) and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the Persons who
are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the Record Date set
forth on the face hereof next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such
Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest
Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect
to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium,
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York,
or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Liquidated Damages, if
any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in
the register of Holders, and provided that payment by wire transfer of
immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and
interest, premium and Liquidated Damages, if any, on, all Global Notes and all
other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions
to the Paying Agent on or prior to the applicable Record Date. Such payment
shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

          3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Marine Midland Bank, the
Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company
may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The
Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

          4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as
of October 22, 1996 ("Indenture") between the Company, ROV Holding and the
Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those
made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (15 U.S. Code ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such
terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of
such terms. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company limited to $100.0
million in aggregate principal amount.

          5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

          The Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's option prior to
November 1, 2001. Thereafter, the Notes will be subject to redemption at the
option of the Company, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than
60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal
amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages,
if any,

                                       A-3







thereon to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month
period beginning on November 1 of the years indicated below:

      Year                                              Percentage

      2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105.125%
      2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103.417
      2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.708
      2004 and thereafter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.000%

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time during the first 36 months
after the date of the Indenture, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the initial
principal amount of the Notes originally issued with the net proceeds of one or
more public offerings of equity securities of the Company, at a redemption price
equal to 109.250% of the principal amount of such Notes, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of redemption; provided,
that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes originally issued remain
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption and that
such redemption occurs within 60 days following the closing of any such public
offering.

          6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION.

          Except as set forth in paragraph 7 below, the Company shall not be
required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to
the Notes.

         7.  REPURCHASE AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

          (a) If there is a Change of Control, the Company shall be required to
make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to repurchase all or any part (equal
to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each Holder's Notes at a purchase
price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and
unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date of purchase (the
"Change of Control Payment"). Within 10 days following any Change of Control,
the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures
governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

          (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset
Sales, within five days of each date on which the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $5.0 million, the Company shall commence an offer to all
Holders of Notes (an "Asset Sale Offer") pursuant to Section 3.09 of the
Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be
purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount
equal to or 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, to the date fixed for the closing of
such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. To the
extent that the aggregate amount of Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale
Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Subsidiary) may use
such deficiency for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal
amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess
Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata
basis. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will
receive an Asset Sale Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date
and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled
"Option of Holder to Elect Purchase" on the reverse of the Notes.


                                       A-4







          8. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Notice of redemption will be mailed at least
30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder
whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations
larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of
$1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and
after the redemption date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof
called for redemption.

          9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form
without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The
transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in
the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the
Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or
permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the
transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for
the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company
need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days
before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record
date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

          10. SUBORDINATION. This Note is subject to the subordination
provisions set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture. Each Holder of a Note, by
accepting the same, agrees to be bound by such provisions, authorizes and
directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate such subordination and appoints the
Trustee to act as such Holder's attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

          11. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be
treated as its owner for all purposes.

          12. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions,
the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of
the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes, and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the
Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent
of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or
supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for
uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to
provide for the assumption of the Company's obligations to Holders of the Notes
in case of a merger or consolidation, to make any change that would provide any
additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not
adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, or to
comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

          13. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for
30 days in the payment when due of interest or Liquidated Damages on the Notes;
(ii) default in payment when due of principal of or premium, if any, on the
Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon redemption
(including in connection with an offer to purchase) or otherwise, (iii) failure
by the Company to comply with Articles 4 or 5 of the Indenture, provided that
such failure with respect to Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.12 and 4.13 of
the Indenture remains uncured for 60 days after written notice; (iv) default
under certain other agreements relating to Indebtedness of the Company which
default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express
maturity; (v) certain final judgments for the payment of money that remain
undischarged for a period of 60 days; and (vi) certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. If
any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at
least 25% in principal amount of the then

                                       A-5







outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency, all outstanding Notes will become
due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the
Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain
limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee
may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event
of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of
principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their
interest. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of
the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences
under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the
payment of the principal of, Liquidated Damages, if any, or interest on the
Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement
regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon
becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

          14. GUARANTEES. Payment of principal of, Liquidated Damages, if any,
and interest (including interest on overdue principal, Liquidated Damages, if
any, and interest, if lawful) on the Notes is guaranteed on an unsecured, senior
subordinated basis by the Guarantors pursuant to Article 10 of the Indenture.
Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, agrees to be bound by such
provisions, authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to
take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate such
subordination and appoints the Trustee to act as such Holder's attorney-in-fact
for such purpose.

          15. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or
any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform
services for the Company, any Guarantor or their Affiliates, and may otherwise
deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

          16. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee,
incorporator or stockholder, of the Company, as such, shall not have any
liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture or
for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or
their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance
of the Notes.

          17. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated
by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

          18. ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of
a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (=
tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts
to Minors Act).

          19. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES. In
addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders
of Transferred Restricted Securities shall have all the rights set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 17, 1996, between the Company
and the parties named on the signature pages thereof (the "Registration Rights
Agreement").


                                       A-6







          20. CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers
in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made
as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.

          The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and
without charge a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement.
Requests may be made to:

                           Rayovac Corporation
                           601 Rayovac Drive
                           Madison, WI 53711-2497
                           Attention:  David A. Jones

                                       A-7







                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM


          To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and
transfer this Note to

_______________________________________________________________________________
                  (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________
              (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

and irrevocably appoint________________________________________________________
to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute
another to act for him.



Date:_________________________________

                              Your Signature:__________________________________
                                             (Sign exactly as your name appears
                                              on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee.

                                       A-8







                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company
pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the box below:

          / / Section 4.10             / /  Section 4.14

          If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the
Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the
amount you elect to have purchased: $_____________


Date: ________________________      Your Signature:____________________________
                                             (Sign exactly as your name appears
                                              on the Note)


                              Tax Identification No.:________________


Signature Guarantee.

                                       A-9







                    SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF DEFINITIVE NOTE(2)

          The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for Definitive
Notes have been made:

Principal Amount of this Signature of Amount of decrease in Amount of increase in Global Note authorized officer of Principal Amount of Principal Amount of following such decrease Trustee or Note Date of Exchange this Global Note this Global Note (or increase) Custodian - - ---------------------- ----------------------- ------------------------ ------------------------ ----------------
- - --------------- (2) This should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. A-10 EXHIBIT A-1 FORM OF NOTATION ON NOTE RELATING TO GUARANTEE The Guarantor set forth below and each Subsidiary of the Company which in accordance with Section 4.16 or 4.17 of the Indenture is required to guarantee the obligations of the Company under the Notes upon execution of a counterpart of the Indenture or a supplemental Indenture, has jointly and severally unconditionally guaranteed (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes, whether at the maturity or interest payment date, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, and of interest on the overdue principal of, interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee under the Indenture or the Notes and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holder and to the Trustee pursuant to this Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are as expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and in such other provisions of the Indenture as are applicable to Guarantors, and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The terms of Article 10 of the Indenture and such other provisions of the Indenture as are applicable to Guarantors are incorporated herein by reference. This is a continuing guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of the Company's obligations under the Notes and the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. This Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. ROV HOLDING, INC. By:__________________________________ Name: Title: A1-1 =============================================================================== EXHIBIT B CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF NOTES Re: 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 of Rayovac Corporation. This Certificate relates to $_____ principal amount of Notes held in * ________ book-entry or *_______ definitive form by ________________ (the "Transferor"). The Transferor*: / / has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); or / / has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. In connection with such request and in respect of each such Note, the Transferor does hereby certify that Transferor is familiar with the Indenture relating to the above captioned Notes and as provided in Section 2.06 of such Indenture, the transfer of this Note does not require registration under the Securities Act (as defined below) because:* / / Such Note is being acquired for the Transferor's own account, without transfer (in satisfaction of Section 2.06(a)(ii)(A) or Section 2.06(d)(i)(A) of the Indenture). / / Such Note is being transferred to a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act")) in reliance on Rule 144A (in satisfaction of Section 2.06(a)(ii)(B), Section 2.06(b)(i) or Section 2.06(d)(i) (B) of the Indenture) or pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act (in satisfaction of Section 2.06(a)(ii)(B) or Section 2.06(d)(i)(B) of the Indenture.) - - --------------- *Check applicable box. B-1 / / Such Note is being transferred in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (in satisfaction of Section 2.06(a)(ii)(B) or Section 2.06(d)(i)(B) of the Indenture). / / Such Note is being transferred in reliance on and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, other than Rule 144A, 144 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act. An Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such transfer does not require registration under the Securities Act accompanies this Certificate (in satisfaction of Section 2.06(a)(ii)(C) or Section 2.06(d)(i)(C) of the Indenture). _____________________________________ [INSERT NAME OF TRANSFEROR] By:__________________________________ Date:______________________________ B-2


                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.2
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------













                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


                          Dated as of October 17, 1996

                                  by and among


                               Rayovac Corporation

                                       and

                          Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
                             Securities Corporation

                               BA Securities, Inc.









===============================================================================






        This Registration Rights Agreement (this "Agreement") is made and
entered into as of October 17, 1996, by and among Rayovac Corporation, a
Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Securities Corporation and BA Securities, Inc. as the initial purchasers named
in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement dated as of October 17, 1996 (the
"Purchase Agreement") (each an "Initial Purchaser" and, collectively, the
"Initial Purchasers"), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company's 10 1/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "Notes") pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement.


        This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. In order to
induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Notes, the Company has agreed to
provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

        The parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

        As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have
the following meanings:

        Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

        Business Day: Any day except a Saturday, Sunday or other day in the City
of New York, or in the city of the corporate trust office of the Trustee, on
which banks are authorized to close.

        Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

        Broker-Dealer Transfer Restricted Securities: New Notes that are
acquired by a Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Notes that
such Broker-Dealer acquired for its own account as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities (other than Notes acquired directly from
the Company or any of its affiliates).

        Certificated Securities: As defined in the Indenture.

        Closing Date: The date hereof.

        Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission.

        Consummate: An Exchange Offer shall be deemed "Consummated" for purposes
of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (a) the filing and effectiveness under
the Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the New Notes
to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (b) the maintenance of such Registration
Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for
a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b)
hereof and (c) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture
of New Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal
amount of Notes tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

        Damages Payment Date: With respect to the Notes, each Interest Payment
Date.



                                        1






        Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

        Exchange Offer: The registration by the Company under the Act of the New
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to which
the Company shall offer the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted
Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted
Securities for New Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate
principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange
offer by such Holders.

        Exchange Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement
relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus.

        Exempt Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose
to sell the Notes to certain "qualified institutional buyers," as such term is
defined in Rule 144A under the Act, and to certain "accredited investors," as
such term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3), and (7) of Regulation D under
the Act.

        Global Note: As defined in the Indenture.

        Holders: As defined in Section 2 hereof.

        Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.

        Indenture: The Indenture, dated the Closing Date, between the Company
and Marine Midland Bank, as trustee (the "Trustee"), pursuant to which the
Senior Notes are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from
time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

        Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Senior Notes.

        NASD: National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

        New Notes: The Company's 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 to
be issued pursuant to the Indenture (i) in the Exchange Offer or (ii) upon the
request of any Holder of Notes covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, in
exchange for such Notes.

        Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust, unincorporated
organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

        Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement at the
time such Registration Statement is declared effective, as amended or
supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto,
including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference
into such Prospectus.

        Record Holder: With respect to any Damages Payment Date, each Person who
is a Holder of Senior Notes on the record date with respect to the Interest
Payment Date on which such Damages Payment Date shall occur.

        Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.



                                        2






        Registration Statement: Any registration statement of the Company
relating to (a) an offering of New Notes pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b)
the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the
Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, (i) which is filed pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement and (ii) including the Prospectus included therein,
all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and
all exhibits and material incorporated by reference therein.

        Restricted Broker-Dealer: Any Broker-Dealer which holds Broker-Dealer
Transfer Restricted Securities.

        Senior Notes: The Notes and the New Notes.

        Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4 hereof.

        TIA: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as
in effect on the date of the Indenture.

        Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Note, until (i) the date on which
such Note has been exchanged by a person other than a Broker-Dealer for a New
Note in the Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a Broker-Dealer in
the Exchange Offer of a Note for a New Note, the date on which such New Note is
sold to a purchaser who receives from such Broker-Dealer on or prior to the date
of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, (ii) the date on which such Note has been effectively
registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf
Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such Note is distributed to the
public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act.

        Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in
which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the
public.


SECTION 2. HOLDERS

        A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities
(each, a "Holder") whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.


SECTION 3. REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER

        (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permitted by applicable
federal law or Commission policy, the Company shall (i) cause to be filed with
the Commission as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event
later than the later of (A) 60 days after the Closing Date or (B) the date the
procedures set forth in Section 6(a)(i) below have been complied with, the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (ii) use its reasonable best efforts to
cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective at the
earliest possible time, but in no event later than 135 days after the Closing
Date, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, (A) file all pre-effective
amendments to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement as may be necessary in
order to cause such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective,
(B) file, if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act and (C) cause all
necessary filings, if any, in connection with the registration and qualification


                                        3






of the New Notes to be made under the Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as are
necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer, provided that in no
event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any
jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified, or take any action which would
subject it to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not now
so subject, and (iv) upon the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration
Statement, use its reasonable best efforts to commence and Consummate the
Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting
registration of the New Notes to be offered in exchange for the Notes that are
Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit sales of Broker-Dealer Transfer
Restricted Securities by Restricted Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section
3(c) below.

        (b) The Company shall use its best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement to be effective continuously, and shall keep the Exchange
Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under
applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer;
provided, however, that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business
Days. The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable
federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Senior Notes
shall be included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. The Company
shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be
Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement has become effective, but in no event later than 30
Business Days thereafter.

        (c) The Company shall include a "Plan of Distribution" section in the
Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and indicate
therein that any Restricted Broker-Dealer who holds Notes that are Transfer
Restricted Securities and that were acquired for the account of such
Broker-Dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, may exchange such Notes (other than Transfer Restricted Securities
acquired directly from the Company or any affiliate of the Company) pursuant to
the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Act and must, therefore, deliver a
prospectus meeting the requirements of the Act in connection with its initial
sale of each Senior Note received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer,
which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such
Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement. Such "Plan of Distribution" section shall also contain all other
information with respect to such sales of Broker-Dealer Transfer Restricted
Securities by Restricted Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order
to permit such sales pursuant thereto, but such "Plan of Distribution" shall not
name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Senior Notes held by any
such Broker-Dealer, except to the extent required by the Commission as a result
of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement.

        The Company shall use its best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as
required by the provisions of Section 6(c) below to the extent necessary to
ensure that it is available for sales of Broker-Dealer Transfer Restricted
Securities by Restricted Broker-Dealers, and to ensure that such Registration
Statement conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the
policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to
time, for a period expiring on the earlier of (i) the date that all Holders of
Broker-Dealer Transfer Restricted Securities have sold such securities and (ii)
180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is
declared effective; provided, however, that any Restricted Broker-Dealer must
notify the Company (by means of delivering a letter of transmittal in the
Exchange Offer or otherwise) that it is a Restricted Broker-Dealer.



                                        4






        The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of
such Prospectus to such Restricted Broker-Dealers promptly upon request, and in
no event later than one day after such request, at any time during such period
in order to facilitate such sales.


SECTION 4. SHELF REGISTRATION

        (a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company is not required to file an
Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the New Notes because the
Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law (after the procedures set
forth in Section 6(a)(i) below have been complied with) or (ii) if any Holder of
$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount or more of Transfer Restricted Securities
shall notify the Company within 20 Business Days following the Consummation of
the Exchange Offer that (A) such Holder was prohibited by law or Commission
policy from participating in the Exchange Offer or (B) such Holder may not
resell the New Notes acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without
delivering a prospectus and the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales by such
Holder or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Notes acquired directly
from the Company or one of its affiliates, then the Company shall (x) cause to
be filed on or prior to 60 days after the date on which the Company determines
that it is not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
pursuant to clause (i) above (but in no event prior to the Company's completion
of the procedures described in the parenthetical of clause (i)) or 60 days after
the date on which the Company receives the notice specified in clause (ii) above
a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act (which may be
an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the
"Shelf Registration Statement")), relating to all Transfer Restricted Securities
the Holders of which shall have provided the information required pursuant to
Section 4(b) hereof, and shall (y) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such
Shelf Registration Statement to become effective on or prior to 165 days after
the Closing Date. If, after the Company has filed an Exchange Offer Registration
Statement which satisfies the requirements of Section 3(a) above, the Company is
required to file and make effective a Shelf Registration Statement solely
because the Exchange Offer shall not be permitted under applicable federal law,
then the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement shall be deemed to
satisfy the requirements of clause (x) above. Such an event shall have no effect
on the requirements of clause (y) above. The Company shall use its reasonable
best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement discussed in this Section
4(a) continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by and subject
to the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to
ensure that it is available for sales of Transfer Restricted Securities by the
Holders thereof entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that
it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Act and the policies,
rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a
period expiring on the earlier of (i) the date that all Holders of Transfer
Restricted Securities have sold such securities pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement and (ii) three years following the Closing Date.

        (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the
Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may
include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration
Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until (i) such Holder furnishes
to the Company in writing, within the earlier of (x) 20 days after receipt of a
request therefor or (y) the time such Holder delivers the request described in
clause (ii) immediately below, such information specified in Item 507 of
Regulation S-K under the Act, or otherwise required by the Act or the Commission
for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or
preliminary Prospectus included therein and (ii) requests the Company in writing
to


                                        5






include such Holders' Transfer Restricted Securities in such Shelf Registration
Statement no later than 10 Business Days prior to the date the Company is
required to file such Shelf Registration Statement under Section 4(a) hereof. No
Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall be entitled to Liquidated Damages
pursuant to Section 5 hereof unless and until such Holder has provided all such
information required to be provided by such holder for inclusion therein. Each
Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to
furnish promptly to the Company in writing all information required to be
disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company
by such Holder not materially misleading.


SECTION 5. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

        If (i) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not
filed with the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such filing in
this Agreement, (ii) any such Registration Statement has not been declared
effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such
effectiveness in this Agreement, (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been
Consummated within 30 Business Days after the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement is first declared effective by the Commission or (iv) any Registration
Statement required by this Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall
thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable in connection with resales
of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in this
Agreement, without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to
such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is itself declared
effective within 5 Business Days (each such event referred to in clauses (i)
through (iv), a "Registration Default"), then the Company hereby agrees to pay
liquidated damages to each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect
to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such
Registration Default, in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal
amount of Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holder for each week or
pro rata for a portion of each week that the Registration Default continues. The
amount of the liquidated damages shall increase by an additional $.05 per week
per $1,000 in principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to
each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured,
up to a maximum amount of liquidated damages of $.50 per week per $1,000
principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary set forth herein, (1) upon filing of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration
Statement), in the case of (i) above, (2) upon the effectiveness of the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable, the Shelf Registration
Statement), in the case of (ii) above, (3) upon Consummation of the Exchange
Offer, in the case of (iii) above, or (4) upon the filing of a post-effective
amendment to the Registration Statement or an additional Registration Statement
that causes the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (and/or, if applicable,
the Shelf Registration Statement) to again be declared effective or made usable
in the case of (iv) above, the liquidated damages payable with respect to the
Transfer Restricted Securities as a result of such clause (i), (ii), (iii) or
(iv), as applicable, shall cease.

        All accrued liquidated damages shall be paid by the Company on each
Damages Payment Date to the Global Note Holder by wire transfer of immediately
available funds or by federal funds check and to Holders of Certificated
Securities by wire transfer to the accounts specified by them or by mailing
checks to their registered addresses if no such accounts have been specified.
Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of liquidated
damages shall cease. All obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding
paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security
at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall
survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security
shall have been satisfied in full.


                                        6








SECTION 6. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

        (a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection with the
Exchange Offer, the Company shall comply with all applicable provisions of
Section 6(c) below, shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such
exchange and to permit the sale of Broker-Dealer Transfer Restricted Securities
being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution
thereof, and shall comply with all of the following provisions:

          (i) If, following the date hereof there has been published a change in
     Commission policy with respect to exchange offers such as the Exchange
     Offer, such that in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company there
     is a substantial question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by
     applicable federal law, the Company hereby agrees to seek a no-action
     letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company
     to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Notes. The Company hereby agrees
     to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level. In
     connection with the foregoing, the Company hereby agrees to take all such
     other actions as are requested by the Commission or otherwise required in
     connection with the issuance of such decision, including without limitation
     (A) participating in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B)
     delivering to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the
     Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such counsel has
     concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C)
     diligently pursuing a resolution (which need not be favorable) by the
     Commission staff of such submission. Notwithstanding anything to the
     contrary in this Agreement, if the Company determines, in good faith, that
     it would be impracticable to comply with the procedures set forth in this
     Section 6(a)(i), then the Company shall file a Shelf Registration Statement
     pursuant to the terms of Section 4 hereof.

          (ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer
     pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted
     Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the
     Consummation of the Exchange Offer, a written representation to the Company
     (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the
     Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an
     affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to
     engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
     participate in, a distribution of the New Notes to be issued in the
     Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the New Notes in its ordinary course
     of business. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any
     Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate
     in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer
     (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this
     Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan
     Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings
     Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission's
     letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action
     letters (including, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained pursuant
     to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and
     prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with a secondary
     resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction must be
     covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling
     security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of
     Regulation S-K if the resales are of New Notes obtained by such Holder in
     exchange for Notes acquired by such Holder directly from the Company or an
     affiliate thereof.



                                        7






          (iii) Prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration
     Statement, the Company shall provide a supplemental letter to the
     Commission (A) stating that the Company is registering the Exchange Offer
     in reliance on the position of the Commission enunciated in Exxon Capital
     Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc.
     (available June 5, 1991) and, if applicable, any no-action letter obtained
     pursuant to clause (i) above, (B) including a representation that the
     Company has not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any
     Person to distribute the New Notes to be received in the Exchange Offer and
     that, to the best of the Company's information and belief, each Holder
     participating in the Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Notes in its
     ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with
     any Person to participate in the distribution of the New Notes received in
     the Exchange Offer and (C) any other undertaking or representation required
     by the Commission as set forth in any no-action letter obtained pursuant to
     clause (i) above.

        (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf
Registration Statement, the Company shall comply with all the provisions of
Section 6(c) below and shall use its best efforts to effect such registration to
permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance
with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof (as indicated in the
information furnished to the Company pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof), and
pursuant thereto the Company will prepare and file with the Commission a
Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form
under the Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer
Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of
distribution thereof within the time periods and otherwise in accordance with
the provisions hereof.

        (c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement
and any related Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or
resale of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any
Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, to the extent
that the same are required to be available to permit sales of Broker-Dealer
Transfer Restricted Securities by Restricted Broker-Dealers), the Company shall:

          (i) use its reasonable best efforts to keep such Registration
     Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial
     statements for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement, as
     applicable. Upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such
     Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a
     material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for
     resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this
     Agreement, the Company shall promptly file an appropriate amendment to such
     Registration Statement, (1) in the case of clause (A), correcting any such
     misstatement or omission, and (2) in the case of clauses (A) and (B), use
     its reasonable best efforts to cause such amendment to be declared
     effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to
     become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable
     thereafter.

          (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and
     post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement as may be necessary
     to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set
     forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, or such shorter period as will terminate
     when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration
     Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any
     required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant
     to Rule 424 under the Act, and to comply fully with Rules 424, and 430A, as
     applicable, under the Act in a timely manner; and comply with the
     provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities
     covered by such Registration


                                        8






     Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended
     method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such
     Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

          (iii) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, advise the
     underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by
     such Persons, confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or
     any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and,
     with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment
     thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the
     Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or
     supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating
     thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending
     the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Act or of the
     suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the
     Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or
     the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of
     the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any
     statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the
     Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto or any document
     incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of
     any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement in order to make
     the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were
     made, not misleading, or that requires the making of any additions to or
     changes in the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the
     light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If
     at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the
     effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities
     commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending
     the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer
     Restricted Securities under state securities or Blue Sky laws, the Company
     shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting
     of such order at the earliest possible time;

          (iv) furnish to each selling Holder named in any Shelf Registration
     Statement or related Prospectus and each of the underwriter(s) in
     connection with such sale, if any, before filing with the Commission,
     copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or
     any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or
     Prospectus (other than all documents incorporated by reference after the
     initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be
     subject to the review and comment of such Holders and underwriter(s) in
     connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business
     Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or
     Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration
     Statement or Prospectus (other than all such documents incorporated by
     reference) to which the selling Holders of the Transfer Restricted
     Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s) in
     connection with such sale, if any, shall reasonably object within five
     Business Days after the receipt thereof. A selling Holder or underwriter,
     if any, shall be deemed to have reasonably objected to such filing if such
     Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable,
     as proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission or
     fails to comply with the applicable requirements of the Act;

          (v) promptly prior to the filing of any report on Form 8-K that is to
     be incorporated by reference into a Shelf Registration Statement or related
     Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the selling Holders and to
     the underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, make the Company's
     representatives available for discussion of such document and other


                                        9






     customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such
     document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or
     underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request;

          (vi) make available at reasonable times for inspection by the selling
     Holders, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant
     to such Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant
     retained by such selling Holders or any of such underwriter(s), all
     pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and
     properties of the Company and cause the Company's officers, directors and
     employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such
     Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such
     Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent
     to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness. If requested by the
     Company, each such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant will agree
     with the Company that such financial and other records, corporate documents
     and other information which the Company determines, in good faith, to be
     confidential and any such financial and other records, corporate documents
     and other information which it notifies any such Holder, underwriter,
     attorney or accountant are confidential shall not be disclosed by any such
     Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant, unless (A) the disclosure of
     such financial and other records, corporate documents and other information
     is necessary to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in such
     Registration Statement, (B) the release of such financial and other
     records, corporate documents and other information is ordered pursuant to a
     subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction or (C) the
     information in such financial and other records, corporate documents and
     other information has been made generally available to the public;

          (vii) if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s) in
     connection with such sale, if any, promptly include in any Shelf
     Registration Statement or related Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or
     post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling
     Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included
     therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the "Plan
     of Distribution" of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with
     respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being
     sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any
     other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be
     sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus
     supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the
     Company is notified of the matters to be included in such Prospectus
     supplement or post-effective amendment;

          (viii) furnish to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s)
     in connection with such sale, if any, without charge, at least one copy of
     the Shelf Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and
     of each amendment thereto, including all documents incorporated by
     reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein
     by reference);

          (ix) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if
     any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each
     preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such
     Persons reasonably may request; the Company hereby consents to the use (in
     accordance with law) of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement
     thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if
     any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer
     Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or
     supplement thereto;



                                       10






          (x) enter into such agreements (including in the case of a Shelf
     Registration Statement, unless not required pursuant to Section 10 hereof,
     an underwriting agreement) and make such representations and warranties and
     take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or
     facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant
     to any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement as may be
     reasonably requested by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or
     underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any
     Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, and in such
     connection, whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and
     whether or not the registration is an Underwritten Registration, the
     Company shall:

               (A) furnish (or in the case of paragraph (2), use its best
          efforts to furnish) to each selling Holder and each underwriter, if
          any, upon the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, and
          to each Restricted Broker-Dealer who was an Initial Purchaser and,
          upon request, to each other Restricted Broker-Dealer, upon
          Consummation of the Exchange Offer:


                    (1) a certificate, dated the date of Consummation of the
               Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf
               Registration Statement, as the case may be, signed on behalf of
               the Company by a principal financial or accounting officer of the
               Company, confirming, as of the date thereof, the matters set
               forth in paragraph (d) of Section 9 of the Purchase Agreement
               (but only to the extent then true and correct (with reference
               therein to the Offering Documents being deemed references to the
               applicable Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented))
               and such other similar matters as the Holders, underwriter(s)
               and/or Restricted Broker-Dealers may reasonably request; and

                    (2) an opinion, dated the date of Consummation of the
               Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf
               Registration Statement, as the case may be, of counsel for the
               Company covering (i) due authorization and enforceability of the
               New Notes, and (ii) such other matters of the type customarily
               covered in opinions of counsel of an issuer in connection with
               similar securities offerings as the Holders, underwriters and/or
               Restricted Broker-Dealers may reasonably request;

               (B) set forth in full or incorporate by reference in the
          underwriting agreement, if any, in connection with any sale or resale
          pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement the indemnification
          provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all
          parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and

               (C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be
          reasonably requested by the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if
          any, and Restricted Broker-Dealers, if any, to evidence compliance
          with clause (A) above and with any customary conditions contained in
          the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the
          Company pursuant to this clause (C).

          The above shall be done at each closing under such underwriting or
     similar agreement, as and to the extent required thereunder, and if at any
     time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated in
     (A)(1) above cease to be true and correct, the Company shall so advise the
     underwriter(s), if any, the selling Holders and each Restricted
     Broker-Dealer promptly and if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such
     advice in writing;


                                       11







          (xi) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities,
     cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their
     respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of
     the Transfer Restricted Securities under the securities or Blue Sky laws of
     such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may
     request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to
     enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted
     Securities covered by the applicable Shelf Registration Statement;
     provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to register or
     qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not now so qualified or to
     take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or
     to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the
     Shelf Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so
     subject;

          (xii) issue, upon the request of any Holder of Notes covered by any
     Shelf Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement, New Notes
     having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
     amount of Notes surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange
     therefor or being sold by such Holder; such New Notes to be registered in
     the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Senior
     Notes, as the case may be; in return, the Notes held by such Holder shall
     be surrendered to the Company for cancellation;

          (xiii) in connection with any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities
     that will result in such securities no longer being Transfer Restricted
     Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if
     any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates
     representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any
     restrictive legends; and to register such Transfer Restricted Securities in
     such denominations and such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if
     any, may request at least two Business Days prior to such sale of Transfer
     Restricted Securities;

          (xiv) use its best efforts to cause the disposition of the Transfer
     Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be
     registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or
     authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or
     the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer
     Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in clause (xi)
     above;

          (xv) subject to Section 6(c)(i), if any fact or event contemplated by
     Section 6(c)(iii)(D) above shall exist or have occurred, prepare a
     supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or
     related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or
     file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the
     purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not
     contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
     material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
     circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

          (xvi) provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted Securities
     not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement covering such
     Transfer Restricted Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture
     with printed certificates for the Transfer Restricted Securities which are
     in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company;

          (xvii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with
     the NASD and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any
     underwriter (including any "qualified independent underwriter") that is
     required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
     NASD, and use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to
     become


                                       12






     effective and approved by such governmental agencies or authorities as may
     be necessary to enable the Holders selling Transfer Restricted Securities
     to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities;

          (xviii) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable
     rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to
     its security holders with regard to any applicable Registration Statement,
     as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the
     requirements of Rule 158 (which need not be audited) covering a
     twelve-month period beginning after the effective date of the Registration
     Statement (as such term is defined in paragraph (c) of Rule 158 under the
     Act);

          (xix) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the TIA not later than
     the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this
     Agreement and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the
     Holders of Senior Notes to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be
     required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms
     of the TIA; and execute and use its best efforts to cause the Trustee to
     execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all
     other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to
     enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; and

          (xx) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document filed
     with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or Section
     15(d) of the Exchange Act.

        (d) Restrictions on Holders. Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a
Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company
of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(i) or Section
6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of
Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement
until such Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended
Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xv) hereof, or until it is advised in
writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has
received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated
by reference in the Prospectus (the "Advice"). If so directed by the Company,
each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company's expense) all copies,
other than permanent file copies then in such Holder's possession, of the
Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the
time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such
notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration
Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended
by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the
giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(i) or Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof
to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration
Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended
Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xv) hereof or shall have received the
Advice.


SECTION 7. REGISTRATION EXPENSES

        (a) All expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance
with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a
Registration Statement becomes effective, including without limitation: (i) all
registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial
Purchaser or Holder with the NASD (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of
any "qualified independent underwriter") and its counsel in connection therewith
that may be required by the rules and regulations of the NASD); (ii) all fees
and expenses of compliance with


                                       13






federal securities and state Blue Sky or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of
printing (including printing certificates for the New Notes to be issued in the
Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services
and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and,
in accordance with Section 7(b) below, the Holders of Transfer Restricted
Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the
Senior Notes on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system
pursuant to the requirements hereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of
independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses
of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such
performance).

        The Company will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including,
without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees
performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the
fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the
Company.

        (b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this
Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company will reimburse the
Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer
and/or resold pursuant to the "Plan of Distribution" contained in the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration
Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more
than one counsel, who shall be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration
Statement is being prepared. Any underwriting discounts or commissions shall be
paid by the selling Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, pro rata based on
the principal amount thereof held by each selling Holder.


SECTION 8. INDEMNIFICATION

        (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder
and (ii) each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of
the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the persons
=referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a "controlling
person") and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees,
representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any person
referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an
"Indemnified Holder"), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and
all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses
(including without limitation and as incurred, reimbursement of all reasonable
costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim or action, or
any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or
threatened, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to any
Indemnified Holder (following the submission of documentation evidencing such
costs)) directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of
or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in any Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or
Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except (A) insofar as
such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in
reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the
Company by any of the Holders expressly for use therein and (B) insofar as such
losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that was contained
or made in a preliminary prospectus and corrected in the


                                       14






Prospectus and (1) any such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses
suffered or incurred by any Indemnified Holder resulted from an action, claim,
or suit by any person who purchased New Notes from any Indemnified Holder, (2)
the Indemnified Holder failed to deliver or provide a copy of the Prospectus to
such person at or prior to the confirmation of the sale of the New Notes and (3)
the Prospectus would have cured the defect giving rise to such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses.

        In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental
investigation) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified
Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought against the Company, such
Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling
person) shall promptly notify the Company in writing (provided, that the failure
to give such notice shall not relieve the Company of its obligations pursuant to
this Agreement) and the Company shall assume the defense thereof, including the
employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Holder and
payment of all fees and expenses. Any Indemnified Holder shall have the right to
employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense
thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of
such Indemnified Holder unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have
been specifically authorized in writing by the Company, (ii) the Company shall
have failed to assume the defense and employ counsel or (iii) such Indemnified
Holder reasonably concludes based on the advice of counsel that (A) there may be
one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or
additional to those available to the Company, the assertion of which would be
adverse to the interests of the Company or any other Indemnified Holder, or (B)
a conflict of interest exists between the Indemnified Person and the Company (in
either such case the Company shall not have the right to assume or to continue
the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Person), it being
understood, however, that the Company shall not, in connection with any one such
action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same
jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be
liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in
addition to any local counsel) for all such Indemnified Holders. The Company
shall be liable for any settlement of any such action or proceeding effected
with its prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld,
and the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Holder
from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any
settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Holder
shall have requested the Company to reimburse the Indemnified Holder for fees
and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second sentence of this
paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any
proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is
entered into more than 30 business days after receipt by the Company of the
aforesaid request and (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified
Holder in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The
Company shall not, without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder,
settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to
terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in
respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder
(whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such
settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release
of each Indemnified Holder from all liability arising out of such action, claim,
litigation or proceeding.

        (b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and
not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and its directors,
officers, and any person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the
Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company, and the respective officers,
directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such person,


                                       15






to the same extent and subject to the same procedures as the foregoing indemnity
from the Company to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to
claims and actions based on information furnished in writing by such Holder
expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or
proceeding shall be brought against the Company or its directors or officers or
any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against
a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights
and duties given the Company, and the Company, such directors or officers or
such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by
the preceding paragraph. In no event shall any Holder be liable or responsible
for any amount in excess of the total dollar amount received by such Holder with
respect to its sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration
Statement.

        (c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable
to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or Section 8(b) hereof (other than by
reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then each
applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party,
shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a
result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
Company, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from their sale of
Transfer Restricted Securities or if such allocation is not permitted by
applicable law, the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the
Indemnified Holder, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or
omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative
fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Indemnified Holder, on the
other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company
or by the Indemnified Holder and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access
to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

        The Company and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that
it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c)
were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one
entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not
take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a
result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in
the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the
limitations set forth above, any documented legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending
any such claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental
agency or body, commenced or threatened. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
Section 8, no Holder or its related Indemnified Holders shall be required to
contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total received by such Holder with respect to the sale of its Transfer
Restricted Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement exceeds the amount of
any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of
such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No
person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders' obligations to
contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the
respective principal amount of Notes held by each of the Holders hereunder and
not joint.




                                       16






SECTION 9. RULE 144A

        The Company hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer
Restricted Securities remain outstanding and during any period in which the
Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act, to
make available, upon request of any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, to
any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection
with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted
Securities designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, the information
required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act in order to permit resales of such
Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A.


SECTION 10. UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS

        No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder
unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder's Transfer Restricted
Securities on the basis provided in customary underwriting arrangements entered
into in connection therewith and (b) completes and executes all reasonable
questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements,
lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such
underwriting arrangements.


SECTION 11. SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS

        For any Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment
bankers and manager or managers for any Underwritten Offering that will
administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in
such offering; provided, that such investment bankers and managers must be
reasonably satisfactory to the Company. Such investment bankers and managers are
referred to herein as the "underwriters."


SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS

        (a) Remedies. Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all
rights provided herein, in the Indenture, the Purchase Agreement or granted by
law, including recovery of liquidated or other damages, will be entitled to
specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees that
monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by
reason of a breach by them of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree
to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law
would be adequate.

        (b) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company will not, on or after the
date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities
that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or
otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the
Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with
the rights granted to the holders of the Company's securities under any
agreement in effect on the date hereof.

        (c) Adjustments Affecting the Senior Notes. The Company will not take
any action, or voluntarily permit any change to occur, with respect to the
Senior Notes that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the
Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer.



                                       17






        (d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be
amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from
the provisions hereof may not be given unless (i) in the case of Section 5
hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), the Company has obtained the written consent
of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the
case of all other provisions hereof, the Company has obtained the written
consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer
Restricted Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to
departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of
Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and
that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose
securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given
by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer
Restricted Securities subject to such Exchange Offer.

        (e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail
(registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air
courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:

          (i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the
     Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the
     Indenture; and

          (ii) if to the Company:

               Rayovac Corporation
               601 Rayovac Drive
               Madison, Wisconsin 53711-2497
               Telecopier No.: (608) 275-4577
               Attention:  James A. Broderick

               With a copy to:

               Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
               One Beacon Street, 31st Floor
               Boston, Massachusetts 02108
               Telecopier No.: (617) 573-4822
               Attention:  Louis A. Goodman

        All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business
Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt
acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day, if timely delivered
to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

        Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be
concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the
address specified in the Indenture.

        (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including
without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent
Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that this
Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or
assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired
Transfer Restricted Securities directly from such Holder.


                                       18







        (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

        (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

        (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE
CONFLICT OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

        (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions
contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions
contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

        (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a
final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive
statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of
the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises,
warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein
with respect to the registration rights granted with respect to the Transfer
Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and
understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.



                                       19





        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first written above.




                                     RAYOVAC CORPORATION


                                     By:   /s/ James A. Broderick
                                          ------------------------------
                                     Name: James A. Broderick
                                     Title: Vice President


DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
   SECURITIES CORPORATION
BA SECURITIES, INC.


By DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
   SECURITIES CORPORATION



By:  /s/ Glenn Tongue
     --------------------------------
     Name: Glenn Tongue
     Title:  Managing Director


                                       S-1



                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.4
                                                                  Execution Copy


===============================================================================




                               RAYOVAC CORPORATION


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                         Dated as of September 12, 1996


                                   Arranged by


                               BA SECURITIES, INC.


                                       and


                          DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
                             SECURITIES CORPORATION



===============================================================================







||                             TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page


ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS........................................................1
     1.1 Certain Defined Terms...............................................1
     1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions......................................32
     1.3 Accounting Principles..............................................32

ARTICLE II THE CREDITS......................................................33
     2.1 Amounts and Terms of Commitments...................................33
          (a) The Term A Credit.............................................33
          (b) The Term B Credit.............................................33
          (c) The Term C Credit.............................................33
          (d) The Revolving Credit..........................................33
     2.2 Loan Accounts......................................................34
     2.3 Procedure for Borrowing............................................34
     2.4 Conversion and Continuation Elections..............................35
     2.5 Swingline Loans....................................................37
     2.6 Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments..................39
     2.7 Optional Prepayments...............................................40
     2.8 Mandatory Prepayments of Loans.....................................41
     2.9 Repayment .........................................................43
          (a) The Term A Credit.............................................43
          (b) The Term B Credit.............................................43
          (c) The Term C Credit.............................................44
          (d) The Revolving Credit..........................................44
     2.10 Interest .........................................................44
     2.11 Fees .............................................................45
          (a) Arranger and Agency Fees......................................45
          (b) Commitment Fees...............................................45
     2.12 Computation of Fees and Interest..................................45
     2.13 Payments by the Company...........................................46
     2.14 Payments by the Lenders to the Administrative Agent...............46
     2.15 Sharing of Payments, Etc..........................................47
     2.16 Limitation on Offshore Rate Option................................48

ARTICLE III THE LETTERS OF CREDIT...........................................48
     3.1 The Letter of Credit Subfacility...................................48
     3.2 Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit...............50
     3.3 Risk Participations, Drawings and Reimbursements...................52
     3.4 Repayment of Participations........................................54
     3.5 Role of the Issuing Lender.........................................54
     3.6 Obligations Absolute...............................................55
     3.7 Cash Collateral Pledge.............................................56
     3.8 Letter of Credit Fees..............................................56
     3.9 Uniform Customs and Practice.......................................57
     3.10 Non-Dollar Letters of Credit......................................57



                                      -i-





ARTICLE IV TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY...........................60
     4.1 Taxes .............................................................60
     4.2 Illegality ........................................................61
     4.3 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return............................62
     4.4 Funding Losses.....................................................63
     4.5 Inability to Determine Rates.......................................64
     4.6 Certificates of Lenders............................................64
     4.7 Substitution of Lenders............................................64
     4.8 Survival ..........................................................65

ARTICLE V CONDITIONS PRECEDENT..............................................65
     5.1 Conditions of Initial Credit Extensions............................65
          (a) Credit Agreement and Notes....................................65
          (b) Resolutions and Incumbency....................................65
          (c) Organization Documents; Good Standing.........................66
          (d) Legal Opinions................................................66
          (e) Payment of Fees...............................................66
          (f) Certificate...................................................66
          (g) Security Agreement, etc.......................................67
          (h) Guaranty......................................................67
          (i) Pledge Agreements.............................................67
          (j) Real Property.................................................67
          (k) Recapitalization Agreement and Other Documents................68
          (l) Solvency Certificate..........................................68
          (m) Other Documents...............................................68
     5.2 Other Conditions to Initial Loan or Letter of Credit...............68
          (a) Bridge Notes..................................................68
          (b) Recapitalization Transaction..................................68
     5.3 Conditions to All Credit Extensions................................68
          (a) Notice, Application...........................................69
          (b) Continuation of Representations and Warranties................69
          (c) No Existing Default...........................................69

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................................69
     6.1 Corporate Existence and Power......................................69
     6.2 Corporate Authorization; No Contravention..........................70
     6.3 Governmental Authorization.........................................70
     6.4 Binding Effect.....................................................70
     6.5 Litigation ........................................................71
     6.6 No Default ........................................................71
     6.7 ERISA Compliance...................................................71
     6.8 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations................................72
     6.9 Title to Properties................................................72
     6.10 Taxes ............................................................72
     6.11 Financial Condition...............................................72
     6.12 Regulated Entities................................................73
     6.13 No Burdensome Restrictions........................................73
     6.14 Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc.................73
     6.15 Subsidiaries......................................................74
     6.16 Insurance ........................................................74
     6.17 Solvency, etc.....................................................74
     6.18 Recapitalization Transaction, Bridge Notes, etc...................75


                                       -i-



     
     6.19 Real Property......................................................76
     6.20 Swap Obligations...................................................76
     6.21 Senior Indebtedness................................................76
     6.22 Environmental Warranties...........................................76
     6.23 Full Disclosure....................................................77

ARTICLE VII AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS............................................78
     7.1 Financial Statements................................................78
     7.2 Certificates; Other Information.....................................79
     7.3 Notices ............................................................80
     7.4 Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc............................81
     7.5 Maintenance of Property.............................................82
     7.6 Insurance ..........................................................82
     7.7 Payment of Obligations..............................................82
     7.8 Compliance with Laws................................................83
     7.9 Compliance with ERISA...............................................83
     7.10 Inspection of Property and Books and Records.......................83
     7.11 Interest Rate Protection...........................................83
     7.12 Environmental Covenant.............................................84
     7.13 Use of Proceeds....................................................84
     7.14 Further Assurances.................................................84
     7.15 Clean-Down of Loans................................................86

ARTICLE VIII NEGATIVE COVENANTS..............................................86
     8.1 Limitation on Liens.................................................86
     8.2 Disposition of Assets...............................................88
     8.3 Consolidations and Mergers..........................................89
     8.4 Loans and Investments...............................................89
     8.5 Limitation on Indebtedness..........................................91
     8.6 Transactions with Affiliates........................................92
     8.7 Use of Proceeds.....................................................92
     8.8 Contingent Obligations..............................................92
     8.9 Joint Ventures......................................................93
     8.10 Lease Obligations..................................................93
     8.11 Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage......................................93
     8.12 Minimum EBITDA.....................................................94
     8.13 Minimum Adjusted Net Worth.........................................94
     8.14 Maximum Leverage Ratio.............................................95
     8.15 Maximum Capital Expenditures.......................................95
     8.16 Restricted Payments................................................96
     8.17 ERISA .............................................................96
     8.18 Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.....................96
     8.19 Limitation on Restriction of Subsidiary Dividends
          and Distributions..................................................97
     8.20 Inconsistent Agreements............................................97
     8.21 Change in Business.................................................97
     8.22 Amendments to Certain Documents....................................97
     8.23 Fiscal Year........................................................97
     8.24 Limitation on Issuance of Guaranty Obligations.....................98
     8.25 Bridge Note Agreement..............................................98

ARTICLE IX EVENTS OF DEFAULT.................................................98
     9.1 Event of Default....................................................98
          (a) Non-Payment....................................................98
          (b) Representation or Warranty.....................................99


                                      -iii-





          (c) Specific Defaults..............................................99
          (d) Other Defaults.................................................99
          (e) Cross-Default..................................................99
          (f) Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings.............................100
          (g) Involuntary Proceedings.......................................100
          (h) ERISA.........................................................100
          (i) Monetary Judgments............................................100
          (j) Non-Monetary Judgments........................................101
          (k) Change of Control.............................................101
          (l) Guarantor Defaults............................................101
          (m) Collateral Documents, etc.....................................101
     9.2 Remedies ..........................................................101
     9.3 Rights Not Exclusive...............................................102

ARTICLE X THE AGENTS........................................................102
     10.1 Appointment and Authorization.....................................102
     10.2 Delegation of Duties..............................................103
     10.3 Liability of Administrative Agent.................................103
     10.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent..................................104
     10.5 Notice of Default.................................................104
     10.6 Credit Decision...................................................105
     10.7 Indemnification of Agents.........................................105
     10.8 Administrative Agent in Individual Capacity.......................106
     10.9 Successor Administrative Agent....................................106
     10.10 Withholding Tax..................................................107
     10.11 Collateral Matters...............................................108
     10.12 The Syndication Agents...........................................109

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS....................................................109
     11.1 Amendments and Waivers............................................109
     11.2 Notices ..........................................................111
     11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies....................................112
     11.4 Costs and Expenses................................................112
     11.5 Company Indemnification...........................................113
     11.6 Payments Set Aside................................................113
     11.7 Successors and Assigns............................................114
     11.8 Assignments, Participations, etc..................................114
     11.9 Confidentiality...................................................116
     11.10 Setoff ..........................................................116
     11.11 Automatic Debits of Fees.........................................117
     11.12 Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc..................117
     11.13 Counterparts.....................................................117
     11.14 Severability.....................................................117
     11.15 No Third Parties Benefited.......................................117
     11.16 Governing Law and Jurisdiction...................................118
     11.17 Waiver of Jury Trial.............................................118
     11.18 Entire Agreement.................................................118
||


                                      -iv-





SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.1        Commitments, Total Percentages, Revolving Percentages, 
                    Term A Percentages, Term B Percentages, Term C Percentages
Schedule 5.1         Debt to be Repaid
Schedule 5.1(j)     Real Property to be Mortgaged
Schedule 6.5        Litigation
Schedule 6.11       Permitted Liabilities
Schedule 6.15       Subsidiaries and Minority Interests
Schedule 6.16       Insurance Matters
Schedule 6.19       Real Property
Schedule 6.22       Environmental Matters
Schedule 8.4        Permitted Investments
Schedule 8.5(d)     Continuing Debt
Schedule 8.5(j)     Permitted Letters of Credit
Schedule 8.8        Contingent Obligations
Schedule 11.2       Lending Offices; Addresses for Notices


EXHIBITS

Exhibit A      Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit B      Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
Exhibit C      Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit D      Form of Promissory Note
Exhibit E      Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit F      Form of Guaranty
Exhibit G      Form of Company Pledge Agreement
Exhibit H      Form of Subsidiary Pledge Agreement (U.K.)
Exhibit I      Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit J      Form of Opinion of Counsel to the Company and
               ROV Holding
Exhibit K-1    Form of Opinion of Local Counsel to the Company
               (Wisconsin)
Exhibit K-2    Form of Opinion of Local Counsel to the Company
               (North Carolina)
Exhibit K-3    Form of Opinion of Local Counsel to the
               Company (U.K.)
Exhibit K-4    Form of Opinion of Local Counsel to the Company
               (Wisconsin-Security Interests)
Exhibit L      Form of Assignment and Acceptance


                                      -v-





                                CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                ----------------


     This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of September 12, 1996, among
RAYOVAC CORPORATION, the several financial institutions from time to time party
to this Agreement, BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as
administrative agent for the Lenders, DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC., as
documentation agent for the Lenders, and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
SAVINGS ASSOCIATION and DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC., as joint syndication agents
for the Lenders.

     WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to make available to the Company term
loans and a revolving credit facility with a letter of credit subfacility upon
the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and
covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS
                                   -----------

     1.1 Certain Defined Terms. The following terms have the following meanings:

          Acquisition means any transaction or series of related transactions
     for the purpose of, or resulting directly or indirectly in, (a) the
     acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of
     any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition of in excess of
     50% of the capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or
     equity of any Person, or otherwise causing any Person to become a
     Subsidiary or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with
     another Person (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary) provided that the
     Company or a Subsidiary is the surviving entity.

          Adjusted Working Capital means the excess of:

          (a) (i) the consolidated current assets of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries less (ii) the amount of cash and cash equivalents included in
     such consolidated current assets;

     over

          (b) (i) consolidated current liabilities of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries less (ii) the amount of short-term Indebtedness (including
     current maturities of long-term Indebtedness) of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries included in such consolidated current liabilities.








          Administrative Agent means BofA in its capacity as administrative
     agent for the Lenders hereunder, and any successor administrative agent
     arising under Section 10.9.

          Affiliate means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly or
     indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control
     with, such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if
     the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to
     direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other
     Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or membership
     interests, by contract, or otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing, any
     Person which is an officer, director or shareholder of the Company, or a
     member of the immediate family of any such officer, director or
     shareholder, shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company.

          Agent-Related Persons means BofA and any successor administrative
     agent arising under Section 10.9, BAI and any successor Issuing Lender, BAI
     and any successor Swingline Lender, together with their respective
     Affiliates (including the Arranger), and the officers, directors,
     employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

          Agent's Payment Office means the address for payments set forth on
     Schedule 11.2 in relation to the Administrative Agent, or such other
     address as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify.

          Agents means the Administrative Agent, the Documentation Agent and the
     Syndication Agents.

          Agreement means this Credit Agreement.

          Agreement Currency - see subsection 3.10(f).

          Applicable Base Rate Margin means: (a) in the case of any Revolving
     Loan or Term A Loan bearing interest based on the Base Rate, (x) initially,
     1.50%, and (y) on and after any date specified below on which the
     Applicable Base Rate Margin for Revolving Loans and Term A Loans is to be
     adjusted, the rate per annum set forth in the table below for the
     applicable Loan opposite the applicable Leverage Ratio; (b) in the case of
     any Term B Loan bearing interest based on the Base Rate, 2.00%; and (c) in
     the case of any Term C Loan bearing interest based on the Base Rate, 2.25%.


                                       -2-






                                                        Applicable Base
                                                        Rate Margin for
                                                        Revolving Loans
              Leverage Ratio                            and Term A Loans

     Greater than or equal to 4.0:1.0                        1.50%

     Greater than or equal to 3.5:1.0                        1.25%
         but less than 4.0:1.0

     Greater than or equal to 3.0:1.0                        1.00%
         but less than 3.5:1.0

     Less than 3.0:1.0                                       0.75%.



     The Applicable Base Rate Margin for Revolving Loans and Term A Loans shall
     be adjusted, to the extent applicable, 45 days (or, in the case of the last
     calendar quarter of any year, 90 days) after the end of each calendar
     quarter, based on the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such calendar
     quarter; it being understood that if the Company fails to deliver the
     financial statements required by subsection 7.1(a) or 7.1(b)(ii), as
     applicable, and the related Compliance Certificate required by subsection
     7.2(b) by the 45th day (or, if applicable, the 90th day) after any calendar
     quarter, the Applicable Base Rate Margin shall be 1.50% for any Revolving
     Loan or Term A Loan bearing interest based on the Base Rate until such
     financial statements and Compliance Certificate are delivered.

          Applicable Offshore Rate Margin means: (a) in the case of any
     Revolving Loan or Term A Loan bearing interest based on the Offshore Rate,
     (x) initially 2.50%, and (y) on and after any date specified below on which
     the Applicable Offshore Rate Margin for Revolving Loans and Term A Loans is
     to be adjusted, the rate per annum set forth in the table below for the
     applicable Loan opposite the applicable Leverage Ratio; (b) in the case of
     any Term B Loan bearing interest based on the Offshore Rate, 3.00%; and (c)
     in the case of any Term C Loan bearing interest based on the Offshore Rate,
     3.25%.


                                       -3-






                                                              Applicable
                                                             Offshore Rate
                                                              Margin for
                                                            Revolving Loans
               Leverage Ratio                               and Term A Loans

     Greater than or equal to 4.0:1.0                            2.50%

     Greater than or equal to 3.5:1.0                            2.25%
         but less than 4.0:1.0

     Greater than or equal to 3.0:1.0                            2.00%
         but less than 3.5:1.0

     Less than 3.0:1.0                                          1.75%.


     The Applicable Offshore Rate Margin for Revolving Loans and Term A Loans
     shall be adjusted, to the extent applicable, 45 days (or, in the case of
     the last calendar quarter of any year, 90 days) after the end of each
     calendar quarter, based on the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such
     quarter; it being understood that if the Company fails to deliver the
     financial statements required by subsection 7.1(a) or 7.1(b)(ii), as
     applicable, and the related Compliance Certificate required by subsection
     7.2(b) by the 45th day (or, if applicable, the 90th day) after any calendar
     quarter, the Applicable Offshore Rate Margin shall be 2.50% for Revolving
     Loans and Term A Loans bearing interest based on the Offshore Rate until
     such financial statements and Compliance Certificate are delivered.

          Arrangers means BA Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and
     Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, a Delaware
     corporation.

          Assignee - see subsection 11.8(a).

          Assignment and Acceptance - see subsection 11.8(a).

          Attorney Costs means and includes all reasonable and documented fees
     and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel and, without
     duplication of effort, the allocated cost of internal legal services and
     all disbursements of internal counsel.

          BAI means Bank of America Illinois, an Illinois banking corporation.

          Bankruptcy Code means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11
     U.S.C. ss.101, et seq.).

          Base Rate means, for any day, the higher of: (a) 0.50% per annum above
     the latest Federal Funds Rate; and (b) the rate of interest in effect for
     such day as publicly announced from time to time by BAI in Chicago,
     Illinois as its "reference rate." (The "reference rate" is a rate set


                                       -4-





     by BAI based upon various factors including BAI's costs and desired return,
     general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference
     point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below such
     announced rate.) Any change in the reference rate announced by BAI shall
     take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public
     announcement of such change.

          Base Rate Loan means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base
     Rate.

          BofA means Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, a
     national banking association.

          Borrowing means a borrowing hereunder consisting of (a) Revolving
     Loans, Term A Loans, Term B Loans or Term C Loans of the same Type made to
     the Company on the same day by the Lenders and, in the case of Offshore
     Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period, or (b) a Swingline Loan made
     to the Company by the Swingline Lender, in each case pursuant to Article
     II.

          Borrowing Date means any date on which a Borrowing occurs under
     Section 2.3.

          Bridge Note Agreement means the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated
     as of September 12, 1996, among the Company, BofA and RC Funding, Inc., as
     amended from time to time in accordance with Section 8.22.

          Bridge Notes means the $100,000,000 Senior Subordinated Increasing
     Rate Notes due September 15, 1997 of the Company issued pursuant to the
     Bridge Note Agreement.

          Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day
     on which commercial banks in New York City, Chicago or San Francisco are
     authorized or required by law to close and, if the applicable Business Day
     relates to any Offshore Rate Loan, means such a day on which dealings are
     carried on in the applicable offshore Dollar interbank market.

          Capital Adequacy Regulation means any guideline, request or directive
     of any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other law, rule
     or regulation, whether or not having the force of law, in each case
     regarding capital adequacy of any bank or of any Person controlling a bank.

          Capital Expenditures means all expenditures which, in accordance with
     GAAP, would be required to be capitalized and shown on the consolidated
     balance sheet of the Company, but excluding expenditures made in connection
     with the replacement, substitution or restoration of assets to the extent
     financed (i) from insurance proceeds (or other


                                       -5-





     similar recoveries) paid on account of the loss of or damage to the assets
     being replaced or restored or (ii) with awards of compensation arising from
     the taking by eminent domain or condemnation of the assets being replaced.

          Cash Collateralize means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the
     Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the
     Issuing Lender and the Lenders, as additional collateral for the L/C
     Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in
     form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing
     Lender (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders).
     Derivatives of such term shall have corresponding meanings. The Company
     hereby grants the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the
     Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders, a security
     interest in all such cash and deposit account balances. Cash collateral
     shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at
     BAI.

          Cash Equivalent Investments shall mean (i) securities issued or
     directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or
     guaranteed by a government that is a member of the OECD ("OECD Country") or
     any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and
     credit of the United States of America or such OECD Country, as applicable,
     is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than three
     years from the date of acquisition, (ii) marketable direct obligations
     issued by any State of the United States of America or any local government
     or other political subdivision thereof rated (at the time of acquisition of
     such security) at least AA by Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division
     of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P") or the equivalent thereof by
     Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") having maturities of not more
     than one year from the date of acquisition, (iii) time deposits,
     certificates of deposit and bankers' acceptances of (x) any Lender, (y) any
     commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System or an
     applicable central bank of an OECD Country having capital and surplus in
     excess of $250,000,000 or (z) any bank whose short-term commercial paper
     rating (at the time of acquisition of such security) by S&P is at least A-1
     or the equivalent thereof (any such bank, an "Approved Bank"), in each case
     with maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition,
     (iv) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Lender
     or Approved Bank or by the parent company of any Lender or Approved Bank
     and commercial paper and variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by,
     any industrial or financial company with a short-term commercial paper
     rating (at the time of acquisition of such security) of at least A-1 or the
     equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by
     Moody's, or guaranteed by any industrial company with a long-term unsecured
     debt rating (at the time of


                                       -6-





     acquisition of such security) of at least AA or the equivalent thereof by
     S&P or at least Aa or the equivalent thereof by Moody's and in each case
     maturing within one year after the date of acquisition and (v) repurchase
     agreements with any Lender or any primary dealer maturing within one year
     from the date of acquisition that are fully collateralized by investment
     instruments that would otherwise be Cash Equivalent Investments; provided
     that the terms of such repurchase agreements comply with the guidelines set
     forth in the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council Supervisory
     Policy -- Repurchase Agreements of Depository Institutions With Securities
     Dealers and Others, as adopted by the Comptroller of the Currency on
     October 31, 1985.

          CERCLA means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
     and Liability Act of 1980.

          CERCLIS means the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation
     Liability Information System List.

          Change of Control means (i) the failure of the Purchasers that are
     Affiliates of the Thomas H. Lee Company to own, free and clear of all Liens
     and encumbrances, 51% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the
     Company on a fully-diluted basis or 51% of the economic value of all equity
     interests of the Company on a fully-diluted basis or (ii) while any Bridge
     Notes are outstanding, any "Change of Control" as defined in the Bridge
     Note Agreement or, while any Rollover Notes are outstanding, any "Change of
     Control" as defined in the Rollover Indenture or, while any Qualified Notes
     are outstanding, any "Change of Control" as defined in any Qualified
     Indenture or any other similar event, regardless of how designated, if the
     occurrence of such event would require the Company, pursuant to any
     Qualified Indenture, to redeem or repurchase any Qualified Notes prior to
     their expressed maturity.

          Closing Date means the date on which all conditions precedent set
     forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 are satisfied or waived by all Lenders in
     their sole discretion (or, in the case of subsection 5.1(e), waived by the
     Person entitled to receive the applicable payment).

          Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

          Collateral Document means the Security Agreement, each Trademark
     Security Agreement, each Patent Security Agreement, each Pledge Agreement,
     each Mortgage and any other document pursuant to which collateral securing
     the liabilities of the Company or any Guarantor under any Loan Document is
     granted or pledged to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of itself
     and the Lenders.



                                       -7-





          Commercial Letter of Credit means any Letter of Credit which is
     drawable upon presentation of a sight draft and other documents evidencing
     the sale or shipment of goods purchased by the Company in the ordinary
     course of business.

          Commitment means, as to each Lender, such Lender's Revolving
     Commitment, Term A Commitment, Term B Commitment or Term C Commitment, as
     applicable.

          Common Stock means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
     Company.

          Company means Rayovac Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation.

          Company Pledge Agreement - see subsection 5.1(i).

          Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form
     of Exhibit C.

          Computation Period means, except as otherwise expressly stated herein,
     any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters and in any case ending on
     the last day of a fiscal quarter.

          Consolidated Net Income means, with respect to the Company and its
     Subsidiaries for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Company and
     its Subsidiaries for such period.

          Contingent Liabilities means, at any time, the maximum estimated
     amount of liabilities reasonably likely to result at such time from pending
     litigation, asserted and unasserted claims and assessments, guaranties,
     uninsured risks and other contingent liabilities of each of the Company and
     of each Guarantor after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by
     this Agreement (including all fees and expenses related thereto).

          Contingent Obligation means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect
     liability of such Person, whether or not contingent, with or without
     recourse: (a) with respect to any Indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of
     credit or other obligation (the "primary obligation") of another Person
     (the "primary obligor"), including any obligation of such Person (i) to
     purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such primary obligation or any
     security therefor, (ii) to advance or provide funds for the payment or
     discharge of any primary obligation, or to maintain working capital or
     equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net
     worth or solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial
     condition of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or
     services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any primary
     obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such


                                       -8-





     primary obligation, or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the holder
     of any primary obligation against loss in respect thereof (each, a
     "Guaranty Obligation"); (b) with respect to any Surety Instrument (other
     than any Letter of Credit) issued for the account of such Person or as to
     which such Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings or
     payments; (c) to purchase any materials, supplies or other property from,
     or to obtain the services of, another Person if the relevant contract or
     other related document or obligation requires that payment for such
     materials, supplies or other property, or for such services, shall be made
     regardless of whether delivery of such materials, supplies or other
     property is ever made or tendered, or such services are ever performed or
     tendered; or (d) in respect of any Swap Contract. The amount of any
     Contingent Obligation shall, (1) in the case of Guaranty Obligations, be
     deemed equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation
     in respect of which such Guaranty Obligation is made or, if not stated or
     if indeterminable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect
     thereof, (2) in the case of Swap Contracts, be equal to the Swap
     Termination Value and (3) in the case of other Contingent Obligations, be
     equal to the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof.

          Continuing Debt - see subsection 8.5(d).

          Continuing Debt Reserve means, on any date, the aggregate outstanding
     principal amount, or, with respect to Continuing Debt under a line of
     credit or similar revolving facility, the maximum amount committed to be
     advanced, of all Continuing Debt on such date.

          Contractual Obligation means, as to any Person, any provision of any
     security issued by such Person or of any agreement, undertaking, contract,
     indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, document or
     agreement to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its
     property is bound.

          Conversion/Continuation Date means any date on which, under Section
     2.4, the Company (a) converts Loans of one Type to the other Type or (b)
     continues as Offshore Rate Loans, but with a new Interest Period, Offshore
     Rate Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such date.

          Credit Extension means and includes (a) the making of any Loan
     hereunder and (b) the Issuance of any Letter of Credit hereunder.

          Debt to be Repaid means all Indebtedness listed on Schedule 5.1.

          Designated Proceeds - see subsection 2.8(a).



                                       -9-





          DLJ means DLJ Capital Funding, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

          Documentation Agent means DLJ, in its capacity as documentation agent
     for the Lenders.

          Dollar Amount means, in relation to any Indebtedness (i) denominated
     in Dollars, the amount of such Indebtedness, and (ii) denominated in a
     currency other than Dollars, the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of such
     Indebtedness on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar month.

          Dollar Equivalent means, in relation to an amount denominated in a
     currency other than Dollars, the amount of Dollars which could be purchased
     with such amount at the prevailing foreign exchange spot rate.

          Dollars and $ mean lawful money of the United States.

          Dormant Subsidiaries means, so long as either such Person does not
     have assets with a fair market value in the aggregate in excess of $100,000
     and transacts no business, Minera Vindaluz and Zoe-Phos International;
     provided that no Subsidiary may be a Dormant Subsidiary if the Company or
     any of its other Subsidiaries provides any credit support thereto or is
     liable in any respect for the liabilities thereof.

          EBITDA means, for any Computation Period, the sum of

          (a) Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period excluding,
     to the extent reflected in determining such Consolidated Net Income,
     extraordinary gains and losses for such period,

         plus

          (b) to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income,
     Interest Expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization for
     such period.

          Effective Amount means, (a) with respect to any Revolving Loans,
     Swingline Loans and Term Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding
     principal amount thereof after giving effect to any Borrowings and
     prepayments or repayments of Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and Term
     Loans occurring on such date, and (b) with respect to any outstanding L/C
     Obligations on any date (i) the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date
     after giving effect to any Issuances of Letters of Credit occurring on such
     date, (ii) the amount of any undrawn Commercial Letters of Credit which
     have expired less than 25 days prior to such date and (iii) any other
     changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date,
     including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings
     under any


                                      -10-





     Letter of Credit or any reduction in the maximum amount available for
     drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

          Eligible Assignee means (i) a commercial bank organized under the laws
     of the United States, or any state thereof, and having a combined capital
     and surplus of at least $500,000,000; (ii) a commercial bank organized
     under the laws of any other country which is a member of the OECD, or a
     political subdivision of any such country, and having a combined capital
     and surplus of at least $500,000,000, provided that such bank is acting
     through a branch or agency located in the United States; (iii) a Person
     that is primarily engaged in the business of commercial banking and that is
     (A) a Subsidiary of a Lender, (B) a Subsidiary of a Person of which a
     Lender is a Subsidiary, or (C) a Person of which a Lender is a Subsidiary;
     and (iv) an insurance company, pension fund, mutual fund, commercial
     finance company or similar financial institution having a net worth of at
     least $250,000,000.

          Employment Agreement means the Employment Agreement dated as of
     September 12, 1996 between the Company and David A. Jones, as amended from
     time to time in accordance with Section 8.22.

          Environmental Claims means all claims, however asserted, by any
     Governmental Authority or other Person alleging potential liability under
     any Environmental Law or responsibility for violation of any Environmental
     Law, or for release or injury to the environment.

          Environmental Laws means CERCLA, the Resource Conservation and
     Recovery Act and all other federal, state or local laws, statutes, common
     law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes relating to pollution
     or protection of public or employee health or the environment, together
     with all administrative orders, consent decrees, licenses, authorizations
     and permits of any Governmental Authority implementing them.

          ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

          ERISA Affiliate means any trade or business (whether or not
     incorporated) under common control with the Company within the meaning of
     Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code
     for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

          ERISA Event means: (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension
     Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension
     Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a
     substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a


                                      -11-





     substantial cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal;
     (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate
     from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in
     reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the
     treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041
     or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to
     terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition
     which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042
     of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to
     administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition
     of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but
     not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or any ERISA
     Affiliate.

          Escrow Agreement means the Escrow Agreement, dated as of September 12,
     1996, among the Company, RC Funding, Inc., BofA and Snoga, Inc., as escrow
     agent, as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 8.22.

          Event of Default means any of the events or circumstances specified in
     Section 9.1.

          Excess Cash Flow means, for any period, the remainder of

          (a) the sum, without duplication, of

               (i) Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any
          extraordinary gains or losses to the extent reflected in calculating
          Consolidated Net Income,

          plus

               (ii) all depreciation and amortization of assets (including
          goodwill and other intangible assets) of the Company and its
          Subsidiaries deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such
          period,

          plus

               (iii) any net decrease in Adjusted Working Capital during such
          period (exclusive of decreases in working capital associated with
          asset sales),

          plus

               (iv) all federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of the
          Company and its Subsidiaries deducted in determining Consolidated Net
          Income for such period,



                                      -12-





         less

          (b) the sum, without duplication, of

               (i) repayments of principal of Term Loans pursuant to Section
          2.9, regularly scheduled principal payments arising with respect to
          any other long-term Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
          and the portion of any regularly scheduled payments with respect to
          capital leases allocable to principal, in each case made during such
          period,

          plus

               (ii) voluntary prepayments of the Term Loans pursuant to Section
          2.7 during such period (other than any such voluntary prepayments to
          the extent that the same are applied during such period to the
          scheduled unpaid principal installments of the Term Loans in forward
          order of maturity pursuant to Section 2.7),

          plus

               (iii) cash payments made in such period with respect to Capital
          Expenditures,

          plus

               (iv) all federal, state, local and foreign income taxes paid by
          the Company and its Subsidiaries during such period,

          plus

               (v) any net increase in Adjusted Working Capital during such
          period (exclusive of increases in working capital associated with
          asset sales).

          Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

          Excluded Assets has the meaning assigned thereto in the Security
     Agreement.

          Excluded Taxes - see the definition of "Taxes."

          Fair Value means, at any time, the amount at which the assets, in
     their entirety, of each of the Company and of each Guarantor would likely
     change hands at such time as part of a going concern and for continued use
     as part of a going concern between a willing buyer and a willing seller,
     within a commercially reasonable period of time, each having reasonable
     knowledge of the relevant facts, with neither being under any compulsion to
     act.



                                      -13-





          Federal Funds Rate means, for any day, the rate set forth in the
     weekly statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor
     publication, published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including
     any such successor, "H.15(519)") on the preceding Business Day opposite the
     caption "Federal Funds (Effective)"; or, if for any relevant day such rate
     is not so published on any such preceding Business Day, the rate for such
     day will be the arithmetic mean as determined by the Administrative Agent
     of the rates for the last transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged
     prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) on that day by each of three
     leading brokers of Federal funds transactions in New York City selected by
     the Administrative Agent.

          Fee Letter - see subsection 2.11(a).

          Financial Standby Letter of Credit means any Standby Letter of Credit
     which any Lender is required under any Requirement of Law (including under
     12 CFR Part 3, Appendix A, Section 3, clause (b)) to classify as a
     financial letter of credit with respect to its issuance thereof or
     participation therein pursuant to this Agreement.

          Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means, for the Computation Period most
     recently ended on or before such date, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for such
     Computation Period to (b) the sum of (i) Interest Expense for such
     Computation Period and (ii) the scheduled installments of principal of the
     Term Loans for such Computation Period; provided, however, that with
     respect to Computation Periods ending prior to September 30, 1997, EBITDA,
     Interest Expense and scheduled installments of principal of the Term Loans
     shall be measured from the period from October 1, 1996 through the end of
     the Computation Period.

          Foreign Subsidiary shall mean each Subsidiary of the Company organized
     under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States or any
     state thereof.

          FRB means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and
     any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

          Funded Debt means all indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries
     as determined in accordance with GAAP.

          Further Taxes means any and all present or future taxes, levies,
     assessments, imposts, duties, deductions, fees, withholdings or similar
     charges (including net income taxes and franchise taxes), and all
     liabilities with respect thereto, imposed by any jurisdiction on account of
     amounts paid or payable pursuant to Section 4.1.



                                      -14-





          GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from
     time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
     Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
     and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards
     Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and
     authority within the U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to
     the circumstances as of the date of determination.

          Governmental Authority means any nation or government, any state or
     other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary
     or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive,
     legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or
     pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or
     controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the
     foregoing.

          Guarantor means each Subsidiary that executes the Guaranty on the
     Closing Date and each other Person which from time to time executes and
     delivers a counterpart of the Guaranty.

          Guaranty means the guaranty, substantially in the form of Exhibit F,
     which will be executed by ROV Holding on the Closing Date and, if
     applicable, from time to time by other Guarantors.

          Guaranty Obligation has the meaning specified in the definition of
     Contingent Obligation.

          Hazardous Material means

               (a) any "hazardous substance", as defined by CERCLA;

               (b) any "hazardous waste", as defined by the Resource
          Conservation and Recovery Act;

               (c) any petroleum product; or

               (d) any pollutant or contaminant or hazardous, dangerous or toxic
          chemical, material or substance within the meaning of any other
          Environmental Law.

          Honor Date - see subsection 3.3(b).

          Indebtedness of any Person means, without duplication: (a) all
     indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations issued,
     undertaken or assumed by such Person as the deferred purchase price of
     property or services (other than trade payables entered into and accrued
     expenses arising in the ordinary course of business on ordinary terms); (c)
     all non-contingent reimbursement or


                                      -15-





     payment obligations with respect to Surety Instruments; (d) all obligations
     of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar
     instruments; (e) all indebtedness of such Person created or arising under
     any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as
     financing, in either case with respect to property acquired by such Person
     (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such
     agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of
     such property); (f) all obligations of such Person with respect to capital
     leases; (g) all indebtedness referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above
     secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing
     right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon or in
     property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person,
     even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of
     such Indebtedness; and (h) all Guaranty Obligations of such Person in
     respect of indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to
     in clauses (a) through (g) above.

          Indemnified Liabilities - see Section 11.5.

          Indemnified Person - see Section 11.5.

          Independent Auditor - see subsection 7.1(a).

          Insolvency Proceeding means, with respect to any Person, (a) any case,
     action or proceeding with respect to such Person before any court or other
     Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
     liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors or
     (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition,
     marshalling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in
     respect of such Person's creditors generally or any substantial portion of
     such creditors; in each case undertaken under any U.S. Federal, State or
     foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

          Interest Expense means for any period the consolidated interest
     expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period (including all
     imputed interest on capital leases).

          Interest Payment Date means (i) as to any Offshore Rate Loan, the last
     day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and, in the case of any
     Offshore Rate Loan with a six-month Interest Period, the three-month
     anniversary of the first day of such Interest Period, and (ii) as to any
     Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each calendar quarter.

          Interest Period means, as to any Offshore Rate Loan, the period
     commencing on the Borrowing Date of such Loan or on the
     Conversion/Continuation Date on which the Loan is


                                      -16-





     converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan, and ending one, two,
     three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Company in its Notice of
     Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation; provided that:

               (i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is
          not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the
          following Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to
          carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event
          such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

               (ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of
          a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically
          corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest
          Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at
          the end of such Interest Period;

               (iii) no Interest Period applicable to a Term A Loan, a Term B
          Loan or a Term C Loan or any portion of any thereof shall extend
          beyond any date upon which is due any scheduled principal payment in
          respect of the Term A Loans, Term B Loans or Term C Loans, as
          applicable, unless the aggregate principal amount of Term A Loans,
          Term B Loans or Term C Loans, as applicable, represented by Base Rate
          Loans, or by Offshore Rate Loans having Interest Periods that will
          expire on or before such date, equals or exceeds the amount of such
          principal payment; and

               (iv) no Interest Period for any Revolving Loan shall extend
          beyond the Revolving Termination Date.

          IRB Debt means Indebtedness of the Company arising as a result of the
     issuance of tax-exempt industrial revenue bonds or similar tax-exempt
     public financing.

          IRS means the Internal Revenue Service, and any Governmental Authority
     succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.

          Issuance Date - see subsection 3.1(a).

          Issue means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, to issue or to
     extend the expiry of, or to renew or increase the amount of, such Letter of
     Credit; and the terms "Issued," "Issuing" and "Issuance" have corresponding
     meanings.

          Issuing Lender means BAI in its capacity as issuer of one or more
     Letters of Credit hereunder, together with any replacement letter of credit
     issuer arising under subsection 10.1(b) or Section 10.9.


                                      -17-






          Joint Venture means a corporation, partnership, limited liability
     company, joint venture or other similar legal arrangement (whether created
     by contract or conducted through a separate legal entity) which is not a
     Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and which is now or
     hereafter formed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with another
     Person in order to conduct a common venture or enterprise with such Person.

          Jones Note means the $500,000 Full Recourse Promissory Note, dated
     September 12, 1996, made by David A. Jones in favor of the Company.

          Judgment Currency - see subsection 3.10(f).

          L/C Advance means each Lender's participation in any L/C Borrowing in
     accordance with its Revolving Percentage.

          L/C Amendment Application means an application form for amendment of
     an outstanding standby or commercial documentary letter of credit as shall
     at any time be in use at the Issuing Lender, as the Issuing Lender shall
     request.

          L/C Application means an application form for issuances of a standby
     or commercial documentary letter of credit as shall at any time be in use
     at the Issuing Lender, as the Issuing Lender shall request.

          L/C Borrowing means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing
     under any Letter of Credit which shall not have been reimbursed on the date
     when made nor converted into a Borrowing of Revolving Loans under
     subsection 3.3(c).

          L/C Commitment means the commitment of the Issuing Lender to Issue,
     and the commitments of the Lenders severally to participate in, Letters of
     Credit from time to time Issued or outstanding under Article III, in an
     aggregate amount not to exceed on any date the lesser of $10,000,000 and
     the amount of the aggregate amount of all Revolving Commitments; it being
     understood that the L/C Commitment is a part of the Revolving Commitments,
     rather than a separate, independent commitment.

          L/C Fee Rate means, at any time, (i) the Applicable Offshore Rate
     Margin less 1.00%, in the case of each Commercial Letter of Credit, and
     (ii) the Applicable Offshore Rate Margin for Revolving Loans, in the case
     of each Financial Standby Letter of Credit and each Non-Financial Standby
     Letter of Credit; provided that each of the foregoing rates shall be
     increased by 2% at any time an Event of Default exists.

          L/C Obligations means at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn
     amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding, plus (b) the amount of
     all unreimbursed


                                      -18-





     drawings under all Letters of Credit, including all outstanding L/C
     Borrowings.

          L/C-Related Documents means the Letters of Credit, the L/C
     Applications, the L/C Amendment Applications and any other document
     relating to any Letter of Credit, including any of the Issuing Lender's
     standard form documents for letter of credit issuances.

          Lenders means the several financial institutions from time to time
     party to this Agreement. References to the "Lenders" shall include BAI in
     its capacity as the Issuing Lender and BAI in its capacity as Swingline
     Lender; for purposes of clarification only, to the extent that the
     Swingline Lender or the Issuing Lender may have any rights or obligations
     in addition to those of the other Lenders due to its status as Swingline
     Lender or Issuing Lender, its status as such will be specifically
     referenced.

          Lending Office means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such
     Lender specified as its "Lending Office" or "Domestic Lending Office" or
     "Offshore Lending Office", as the case may be, on Schedule 11.2, or such
     other office or offices as such Lender may from time to time specify to the
     Company and the Administrative Agent.

          Letters of Credit means any letters of credit (whether standby letters
     of credit or commercial documentary letters of credit) Issued by the
     Issuing Lender pursuant to Article III.

          Leverage Ratio means for each Computation Period the ratio of

               (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Funded Debt
          as of any date

                to

               (ii) EBITDA for such Computation Period most recently ended on or
          before such date;

     provided, however, that with respect to Computation Periods ending prior to
     September 30, 1997, EBITDA shall be measured from the period from October
     1, 1996 through the end of the Computation Period and annualized as follows
     (x) with respect to the Computation Period ending December 31, 1996, EBITDA
     during such Computation Period shall be multiplied by four, (y) with
     respect to the Computation Period ending March 31, 1997, EBITDA during such
     Computation Period shall be multiplied by two and (z) with respect to the
     Computation Period ending June 30, 1997, EBITDA during such Computation
     Period shall be multiplied by four-thirds.



                                      -19-





          Lien means any security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge,
     hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien
     (statutory or other) or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature
     whatsoever in respect of any property (including those created by, arising
     under or evidenced by any conditional sale or other title retention
     agreement, the interest of a lessor under a capital lease, or any financing
     lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
     foregoing, but not including the interest of a lessor under an operating
     lease).

          Loan means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Company under
     Article II or Article III in the form of a Revolving Loan, Term Loan,
     Swingline Loan or L/C Advance. Each Revolving Loan and each Term Loan may
     be divided into tranches which are Base Rate Loans or Offshore Rate Loans
     (each a "Type" of Loan).

          Loan Documents means this Agreement, any Notes, the Fee Letter, the
     L/C-Related Documents, the Guaranty, the Collateral Documents and all other
     documents delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection
     herewith.

          Management Agreement means the Management Agreement, dated as of
     September 12, 1996, between Thomas H. Lee Company and the Company, as
     amended from time to time in accordance with Section 8.22.

          Mandatory Prepayment Event - see subsection 2.8(a).

          Margin Stock means "margin stock" as such term is defined in
     Regulation G, T, U or X of the FRB.

          Material Adverse Effect means (a) a material adverse change in, or a
     material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties,
     condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of
     the Company or any Guarantor to perform any of its obligations under any
     Loan Document; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality,
     validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Company or any
     Guarantor of any Loan Document.

          Minera Vindaluz means Minera Vindaluz, S.A. de C.V., a corporation
     organized under the laws of Mexico.

          Mortgage means a mortgage, leasehold mortgage, deed of trust or
     similar document granting a Lien on real property in appropriate form for
     filing or recording in the applicable jurisdiction and otherwise reasonably
     satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.



                                      -20-





          Multiemployer Plan means a "multiemployer plan", within the meaning of
     Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, with respect to which the Company or any ERISA
     Affiliate may have any liability.

          Net Cash Proceeds means:

          (a)  with respect to the sale, transfer, or other disposition by the
               Company or any Subsidiary of any asset (including any stock of
               any Subsidiary), the aggregate cash proceeds (including cash
               proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal
               pursuant to a note, installment receivable or otherwise, but only
               as and when received) received by the Company or any Subsidiary
               pursuant to such sale, transfer or other disposition, net of (i)
               the direct costs relating to such sale, transfer or other
               disposition (including, without limitation, sales commissions and
               legal, accounting and investment banking fees), (ii) taxes paid
               or reasonably estimated by the Company to be payable as a result
               thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or
               deductions and any tax sharing arrangements) and (iii) amounts
               required to be applied to the repayment of any Indebtedness
               secured by a Lien on the asset subject to such sale, transfer or
               other disposition (other than the Loans); and

          (b)  with respect to any issuance of equity securities or Other Debt,
               the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any
               Subsidiary pursuant to such issuance, net of the direct costs
               relating to such issuance (including, without limitation, sales
               and underwriter's commissions and legal, accounting and
               investment banking fees).

          Net Worth means the Company's consolidated stockholders' equity.

          Non-Dollar Letter of Credit - see Section 3.10.

          Non-Financial Standby Letter of Credit means any Standby Letter of
     Credit that is not a Financial Standby Letter of Credit.

          Note means a promissory note executed by the Company in favor of a
     Lender pursuant to subsection 2.2(b), in substantially the form of Exhibit
     D.

          Notice of Borrowing means a notice in substantially the form of
     Exhibit A.

          Notice of Conversion/Continuation means a notice in substantially the
     form of Exhibit B.



                                      -21-





     Obligations means all advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants
     and duties arising under any Loan Document owing by the Company to any
     Lender, the Administrative Agent, or any Indemnified Person, whether direct
     or indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or
     contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter arising.

          OECD means the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.

          Offshore Rate means, for any Interest Period, with respect to Offshore
     Rate Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing, the rate of interest per
     annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/16th of 1%) determined
     by the Administrative Agent as follows:

          Offshore Rate =                 IBOR
                          ------------------------------------
                          1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

          Where,

          "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" means for any day for any Interest
          Period the maximum reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded
          upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on such day
          (whether or not applicable to any Lender) under regulations issued
          from time to time by the FRB for determining the maximum reserve
          requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal
          reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently
          referred to as "Eurocurrency liabilities"); and

          "IBOR" means the rate of interest per annum determined by the
          Administrative Agent as the rate at which Dollar deposits in the
          approximate amount of BAI's Offshore Rate Loan for such Interest
          Period would be offered by BofA's Grand Cayman Branch, Grand Cayman
          B.W.I. (or such other office as may be designated for such purpose by
          BofA), to major banks in the offshore dollar interbank market at their
          request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) two Business
          Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

          The Offshore Rate shall be adjusted automatically as to all Offshore
     Rate Loans then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in the
     Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

          Offshore Rate Loan means a Loan that bears interest based on the
     Offshore Rate.

          Organization Documents means, (a) for any domestic corporation, the
     certificate or articles of incorporation, the bylaws, any certificate of
     determination or instrument


                                      -22-





     relating to the rights of preferred shareholders of such corporation, any
     shareholder rights agreement, and all applicable resolutions of the board
     of directors (or any committee thereof) of such corporation and (b) for any
     foreign corporation, the equivalent documents.

          Other Debt means debt securities of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
     other than as permitted by Section 8.5.

          Other Taxes means any present or future stamp, court or documentary
     taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies
     which arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution,
     delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with
     respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

          Overnight Rate - see subsection 3.10(g).

          Participant - see subsection 11.8(c).

          Patent Security Agreement - see subsection 5.1(g).

          PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any
     Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under
     ERISA.

          Pension Plan means a pension plan (as defined in Section 3(2) of
     ERISA) subject to Title IV of ERISA with respect to which the Company or
     any ERISA Affiliate may have any liability.

          Permitted Liens - see Section 8.1.

          Permitted Swap Obligations means all obligations (contingent or
     otherwise) of the Company or any Subsidiary existing or arising under Swap
     Contracts, provided that each of the following criteria is satisfied: (a)
     such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary
     course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated
     with liabilities, commitments or assets held or reasonably anticipated by
     such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person in
     conjunction with a securities repurchase program not otherwise prohibited
     hereunder, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a "market view;"
     and (b) such Swap Contracts do not contain (i) any provision ("walk-away"
     provision) exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make
     payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party or (ii) any
     provision creating or permitting the declaration of an event of default,
     termination event or similar event upon the occurrence of an Event of
     Default hereunder (other than an Event of Default under subsection 9.1(a)).



                                      -23-





          Person means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited
     liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust,
     unincorporated association, joint venture or Governmental Authority.

          Plan means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of
     ERISA) with respect to which the Company may have any liability.

          Pledge Agreement means the Company Pledge Agreement and each
     Subsidiary Pledge Agreement.

          Present Fair Salable Value means, at any time, the amount that could
     be obtained at such time by an independent willing seller from an
     independent willing buyer if the assets of each of the Company and each
     Guarantor are sold with reasonable promptness in an arm's-length
     transaction under present conditions for the sale of comparable assets.

          Prior Credit Agreement - see Section 5.1.

          Proposed Bridge Note Refinancing means (i) any refinancing of the
     Bridge Notes by the issuance of Rollover Notes in accordance with Article
     VII of the Bridge Note Agreement or (ii) any refinancing of the Bridge
     Notes or the Rollover Notes by a Qualified Refinancing or by a private
     placement or public offering of Subordinated Debt of the Company in an
     aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000, which shall not
     require scheduled payments of principal earlier than September 30, 2006 and
     which shall not require or permit cash interest payments to accrue thereon
     at a rate in excess of 15.25% per annum.

          Public Offering means the offering of equity securities or
     Indebtedness registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

          Purchasers means Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund III, L.P., Thomas H. Lee
     Foreign Fund III, L.P., certain other Affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Company
     and David A. Jones, as identified on Exhibit A of the Recapitalization
     Agreement.

          Pyle Agreements means (a) the Consulting Agreement dated as of
     September 12, 1996 between the Company and Thomas F. Pyle, Jr., (b) the
     Confidentiality, Non-Competition, No-Solicitation and No-Hire Agreement
     dated as of September 12, 1996 between the Company and Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.
     and (c) the Confidentiality, Non-Competition, No-Solicitation and No-Hire
     Agreement dated as of September 12, 1996 between the Company and Judith
     Pyle, in each case as amended from time to time in accordance with Section
     8.22.

          Qualified Indenture means a trust indenture entered into by the
     Company with an indenture trustee with terms and provisions no more
     restrictive to the Company than the Rollover Indenture, and with
     subordination terms no less


                                      -24-





     advantageous to the Lenders than the subordination terms in the Rollover
     Indenture, as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 8.22.

          Qualified Notes means subordinated notes of the Company in an
     aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100,000,000, which shall not
     require scheduled payments of principal prior to September 30, 2006, which
     shall not require cash interest payments thereon at a rate in excess of
     15.25% per annum, and which are issued pursuant to a Qualified Indenture.

          Qualified Refinancing means a refinancing of the Bridge Notes or the
     Rollover Notes with Qualified Notes.

          Rayovac U.K. - see subsection 5.1(i).

          Recapitalization Agreement means the Stock Purchase and Redemption
     Agreement, dated September 12, 1996, among the Company, the Redemption
     Shareholders and the Purchasers, as amended from time to time in accordance
     with Section 8.22.

          Recapitalization Transaction means the purchase by the Purchasers of
     not less than 9,089,581 shares of Common Stock from certain Redemption
     Shareholders and the redemption by the Company of 5,807,581 shares of
     Common Stock of certain Redemption Shareholders, in each case pursuant to
     the Recapitalization Agreement and in each case prior to giving effect to a
     5-for-1 stock split to occur with respect to the Common Stock immediately
     after the closing of such purchase and redemption, after which the
     Purchasers that are Affiliates of the Thomas H. Lee Company shall hold at
     least 79% of the combined voting power and value of all classes of stock of
     the Company.

          Redemption Shareholders means the holders of all shares of stock of
     the Company immediately prior to the Recapitalization Transaction, as
     identified on Exhibit B to the Recapitalization Agreement.

          Release means a "release", as such term is defined in CERCLA.

          Replacement Lender - see Section 4.7.

          Reportable Event means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b)
     of ERISA or the regulations thereunder, other than any such event for which
     the 30-day notice requirement under ERISA has been waived in regulations
     issued by the PBGC or administrative pronouncements.

          Required Lenders means, at any time, Lenders having an aggregate Total
     Percentage of 51% or more.



                                      -25-





          Required Revolving Lenders means, at any time, Revolving Lenders
     having an aggregate Revolving Percentage of 51% or more.

          Required Term A Lenders means, at any time, Term A Lenders having an
     aggregate Term A Percentage of 51% or more.

          Required Term B Lenders means, at any time, Term B Lenders having an
     aggregate Term B Percentage of 51% or more.

          Required Term C Lenders means, at any time, Term C Lenders having an
     aggregate Term C Percentage of 51% or more.

          Requirement of Law means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or
     common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of
     a Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such
     Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its
     property is subject.

          Resource Conservation and Recovery Act means the Resource Conservation
     and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 690, et seq.

          Responsible Officer means the chief executive officer or the president
     of the Company, or any other officer having substantially the same
     authority and responsibility or the chief financial officer or the
     treasurer of the Company, or any other officer having substantially the
     same authority and responsibility.

          Revolving Commitment means, as to any Lender, the commitment of such
     Lender to make Revolving Loans pursuant to subsection 2.1(d). The initial
     amount of each Revolving Lender's Revolving Commitment is set forth across
     from such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1.

          Revolving Lender means, at any time, a Lender with a Revolving
     Commitment or which then holds any Revolving Loan.

          Revolving Loan - see subsection 2.1(d).

          Revolving Percentage means, as to any Lender, the percentage which (a)
     the amount of such Lender's Revolving Commitment is of (b) the aggregate
     amount of all of the Revolving Lenders' Revolving Commitments.

          Revolving Termination Date means the earlier to occur of:

               (a) September 30, 2002; and



                                      -26-





               (b) the date on which the Revolving Commitments terminate in
          accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

          Rollover Indenture means the Indenture, dated as of September 12,
     1996, among the Company, ROV Holding and Marine Midland Bank, as trustee,
     with respect to the Rollover Notes, as amended from time to time in
     accordance with Section 8.22.

          Rollover Notes means the Senior Subordinated Notes, due September 30,
     2005, of the Company to be issued pursuant to the Rollover Indenture in a
     principal amount equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the
     Bridge Notes at the date of the stated maturity of the Bridge Notes, plus
     accrued but unpaid interest thereon at such date, which shall not require
     scheduled payments of principal earlier than September 15, 2005 and which
     shall not require cash interest payments to accrue thereon at a rate in
     excess of 15.25% per annum.

          ROV Holding means ROV Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a
     Subsidiary.

          SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental
     Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

          Security Agreement - see subsection 5.1(g).

          Standby Letter of Credit means any Letter of Credit that is not a
     Commercial Letter of Credit.

          Stated Liabilities means, at any time, the recorded liabilities
     (including Contingent Liabilities that would be recorded in accordance with
     GAAP) of each of the Company and of each Guarantor at such time after
     giving effect to the transactions contemplated under this Agreement,
     determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, together with the
     amount, without duplication, of all Loans and Contingent Liabilities.

          Subordinated Debt means all unsecured Indebtedness of the Company for
     money borrowed which is subject to, and is only entitled to the benefits
     of, terms and provisions (including maturity, amortization, acceleration,
     interest rate, sinking fund, covenant, default and subordination
     provisions) satisfactory in form and substance to the Required Lenders, in
     each case as evidenced by their written approval thereof (which may be
     granted or withheld in their sole discretion), including, without limiting
     the foregoing, the Bridge Notes and the Rollover Notes (the terms and
     conditions of the Bridge Notes and Rollover Notes are hereby consented to
     by the Lenders).



                                      -27-





          Subordinated Debt Proceeds means, at any time, the lesser of (a)
     $100,000,000 and (b) the lesser of (x) the aggregate original principal
     amount of, or (y) the gross proceeds received by the Company upon issuance
     of, all outstanding Bridge Notes, Rollover Notes or Qualified Notes of the
     Company at such time.

          Subsidiary of a Person means any corporation, association,
     partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business
     entity of which more than 50% of the voting stock, membership interests or
     other equity interests is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by
     such Person, or one or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person, or a
     combination thereof. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires,
     references herein to a "Subsidiary" refer to a Subsidiary of the Company.

          Subsidiary Pledge Agreement means the U.K. Charge and each other
     agreement pursuant to which any Subsidiary pledges to the Administrative
     Agent shares of stock owned by it or Indebtedness owing to it.

          Surety Instruments means all letters of credit (including standby and
     commercial), banker's acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and
     similar instruments.

          Swap Contract means any agreement, whether or not in writing, relating
     to any transaction that is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate
     transaction, commodity swap, commodity option, equity or equity index swap
     or option, bond, note or bill option, interest rate option, forward foreign
     exchange transaction, cap, collar or floor transaction, currency swap,
     cross-currency rate swap, swaption, currency option or any other, similar
     transaction (including any option to enter into any of the foregoing) or
     any combination of the foregoing, and, unless the context otherwise clearly
     requires, any master agreement relating to or governing any or all of the
     foregoing.

          Swap Termination Value means, in respect of any one or more Swap
     Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable
     netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or
     after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination
     value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and
     (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a) the amount(s)
     determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as
     determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available
     quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which
     may include any Lender).

          Swingline Loan has the meaning specified in subsection 2.5(a).



                                      -28-





          Syndication Agents means BofA and DLJ, in their capacities as
     syndication agents for the Lenders.

          Taxes means any and all present or future taxes, levies, assessments,
     imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings, fees or similar
     charges and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of
     each Lender and the Administrative Agent, such taxes (including income
     taxes, branch profit taxes or franchise taxes) as are imposed on or
     measured by such Lender's or the Administrative Agent's, as the case may
     be, net income by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof)
     under the laws of which such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the
     case may be, is organized, maintains a lending office or conducts business
     (collectively, "Excluded Taxes").

          Term A Commitment means, as to any Lender, the commitment of such
     Lender to make a Term A Loan pursuant to subsection 2.1(a). The amount of
     each Term A Lender's Term A Commitment is set forth across from such
     Lender's name on Schedule 1.1.

          Term A Lender means, at any time, a Lender with a Term A Commitment or
     which then holds any Term A Loan.

          Term A Loan - see subsection 2.1(a).

          Term A Percentage means, as to any Lender, the percentage which (a)
     the Term A Commitment of such Lender (or, after the making of the Term A
     Loans, the principal amount of such Lender's Term A Loan) is of (b) the
     aggregate amount of Term A Commitments (or after the making of the Term A
     Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Term A Loans). The initial
     Term A Percentage of each Lender is set forth across from such Lender's
     name on Schedule 1.1.

          Term B Commitment means, as to any Lender, the commitment of such
     Lender to make a Term B Loan pursuant to subsection 2.1(b). The amount of
     each Term B Lender's Term B Commitment is set forth across from such
     Lender's name on Schedule 1.1.

          Term B Lender means, at any time, a Lender with a Term B Commitment or
     which then holds any Term B Loan.

          Term B Loan - see subsection 2.1(b).

          Term B Percentage means, as to any Lender, the percentage which (a)
     the Term B Commitment of such Lender (or, after the making of the Term B
     Loans, the principal amount of such Lender's Term B Loan) is of (b) the
     aggregate amount of Term B Commitments (or after the making of the Term B
     Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B


                                      -29-





     Loans). The initial Term B Percentage of each Lender is set forth across
     from such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1.

          Term C Commitment means, as to any Lender, the commitment of such
     Lender to make a Term C Loan pursuant to subsection 2.1(c). The amount of
     each Term C Lender's Term C Commitment is set forth across from such
     Lender's name on Schedule 1.1.

          Term C Lender means, at any time, a Lender with a Term C Commitment or
     which then holds any Term C Loan.

          Term C Loan - see subsection 2.1(c).

          Term C Percentage means, as to any Lender, the percentage which (a)
     the Term C Commitment of such Lender (or, after the making of the Term C
     Loans, the principal amount of such Lender's Term C Loan) is of (b) the
     aggregate amount of Term C Commitments (or after the making of the Term C
     Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Term C Loans). The initial
     Term C Percentage of each Lender is set forth across from such Lender's
     name on Schedule 1.1.

          Term Loan means a Term A Loan, a Term B Loan or a Term C Loan.

          Total Percentage means, as to any Lender, the percentage which (a) the
     aggregate amount of such (i) Lender's Revolving Commitment plus (ii) such
     Lender's Term A Commitment (or, after the making of the Term A Loans, the
     outstanding principal amount of such Lender's Term A Loans) plus (iii) such
     Lender's Term B Commitment (or, after the making of the Term B Loans, the
     outstanding principal amount of such Lender's Term B Loans) plus (iv) such
     Lender's Term C Commitment (or, after the making of the Term C Loans, the
     outstanding principal amount of such Lender's Term C Loans) is of (b) the
     aggregate amount of (i) the Revolving Commitments of all Lenders plus (ii)
     the Term A Commitments of all Lenders (or, after the making of the Term A
     Loans, the outstanding principal amount of all Term A Loans) plus (iii) the
     Term B Commitments of all Lenders (or, after the making of the Term B
     Loans, the outstanding principal amount of all Term B Loans) plus (iv) the
     Term C Commitments of all Lenders (or, after the making of the Term C
     Loans, the outstanding principal amount of all Term C Loans); provided that
     after the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, "Total Percentage"
     shall mean as to any Lender the percentage which the aggregate principal
     amount of such Lender's Loans is of the aggregate principal amount of all
     Loans. The initial Total Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite
     such Lender's name on Schedule 1.1.

          Trademark Security Agreement - see subsection 5.1(g).



                                      -30-





          Type has the meaning specified in the definition of "Loan."

          U.K. Charge - see subsection 5.1(i).

          Unfunded Pension Liability means the excess of a Pension Plan's
     benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current
     value of such Pension Plan's assets, determined in accordance with the
     assumptions used for funding such Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of
     the Code for the applicable plan year.

          United States and U.S. each means the United States of America.

          Unmatured Event of Default means any event or circumstance which, with
     the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not cured or
     otherwise remedied during such time) constitute an Event of Default.

          Wholly-Owned Subsidiary means any corporation in which (other than
     director's qualifying shares or due to native ownership requirements) 100%
     of the capital stock of each class is owned beneficially and of record by
     the Company or by one or more other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries.

          Zoe-Phos International means Zoe-Phos International N.V., a
     corporation organized under the laws of the Netherlands Antilles.

     1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions.

        (a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular
and plural forms of the defined terms.

        (b) The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and similar words refer to
this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;
and subsection, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement
unless otherwise specified.

        (c) (i) The term "documents" includes any and all instruments,
documents, agreements, certificates, indentures, notices and other writings,
however evidenced.

          (ii) The term "including" is not limiting and means "including without
     limitation."

          (iii) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a
     later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including"; the words
     "to" and "until" each mean "to but excluding"; and the word "through" means
     "to and including."



                                      -31-





        (d) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to
agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be
deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications thereto, but
only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by
the terms of any Loan Document and (ii) references to any statute or regulation
are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions
consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the statute or
regulation.

        (e) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

        (f) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several
different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar
matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall
each be performed in accordance with their terms.

     1.3 Accounting Principles.

        (a) Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, all accounting terms
not expressly defined herein shall be construed, and all financial computations
required under this Agreement shall be made, in accordance with GAAP,
consistently applied; provided that if the Company notifies the Administrative
Agent that the Company wishes to amend any covenant in Article VIII or any
corresponding definition to eliminate the effect of any change in GAAP on the
operation of such covenant (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company
that the Required Lenders wish to amend Article VIII or any corresponding
definition for such purpose), then the Company's compliance with such covenant
shall be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before the
relevant change in GAAP became effective, until either such notice is withdrawn
or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to the Company and the
Required Lenders.

        (b) References herein to "fiscal year" and "fiscal quarter" refer to
such fiscal periods of the Company.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   THE CREDITS

     2.1 Amounts and Terms of Commitments. (a) The Term A Credit. Each Term A
Lender severally agrees, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to make a
single loan to the Company (each such loan, a "Term A Loan") on the Closing Date
in an amount not to exceed such Term A Lender's Term A Percentage of
$55,000,000. Amounts borrowed as Term A Loans which are repaid or prepaid by the
Company may not be reborrowed. The Term A Commitments shall expire concurrently
with the making of the Term A Loans on the Closing Date.


                                      -32-






        (b) The Term B Credit. Each Term B Lender severally agrees, on the terms
and conditions set forth herein, to make a single loan to the Company (each such
loan, a "Term B Loan") on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed such Term
B Lender's Term B Percentage of $25,000,000. Amounts borrowed as Term B Loans
which are repaid or prepaid by the Company may not be reborrowed. The Term B
Commitments shall expire concurrently with the making of the Term B Loans on the
Closing Date.

        (c) The Term C Credit. Each Term C Lender severally agrees, on the terms
and conditions set forth herein, to make a single loan to the Company (each such
loan, a "Term C Loan") on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed such Term
C Lender's Term C Percentage of $25,000,000. Amounts borrowed as Term C Loans
which are repaid or prepaid by the Company may not be reborrowed. The Term C
Commitments shall expire concurrently with the making of the Term C Loans on the
Closing Date.

        (d) The Revolving Credit. Each Revolving Lender severally agrees, on the
terms and conditions set forth herein, to make loans to the Company (each such
loan, a "Revolving Loan"), from time to time on any Business Day during the
period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date, in an aggregate
amount not to exceed at any time outstanding such Revolving Lender's Revolving
Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments; provided that,
after giving effect to any Borrowing of Revolving Loans, (x) the sum of the
Effective Amount of all Revolving Loans plus the Effective Amount of all
Swingline Loans plus the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations shall not
exceed (y) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments less the amount of
the Continuing Debt Reserve at the time of such Borrowing; and provided,
further, the amount of all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made on the
Closing Date shall not exceed $26,000,000; provided, further, however, that if
all of the proceeds of a Borrowing of Revolving Loans will be used to
permanently reduce the amount of Continuing Debt, such Borrowing may be made if
such Borrowing could otherwise be made under the first proviso to this
subsection (d) without giving effect to the Continuing Debt Reserve. Within the
foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the
Company may borrow under this subsection 2.1(d), prepay under Section 2.7 and
reborrow under this subsection 2.1(d).

     2.2 Loan Accounts. (a) The Loans made by each Lender and the Letters of
Credit Issued by the Issuing Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts
or records maintained by such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be,
in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and each Lender shall be conclusive
(absent manifest error) as to the amount of the Loans made by the Lenders to the
Company and the Letters of Credit Issued for the account of the Company, and the
interest and payments thereon. Any failure to record or any error in doing so
shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of


                                      -33-





the Company hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to any
Loan or any Letter of Credit.

        (b) Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative
Agent, the Loans made by such Lender may be evidenced by one or more Notes in
addition to loan accounts. Each such Lender shall endorse on the schedules
annexed to its Note(s) the date, amount and maturity of each Loan made by it and
the amount of each payment of principal made by the Company with respect
thereto. Each such Lender is irrevocably authorized by the Company to endorse
its Note(s) and each Lender's record shall be conclusive absent manifest error;
provided, however, that the failure of a Lender to make, or an error in making,
a notation thereon with respect to any Loan shall not limit or otherwise affect
the obligations of the Company hereunder or under any Note to such Lender.

     2.3 Procedure for Borrowing. (a) Each Borrowing shall be made upon the
Company's irrevocable written notice delivered to the Administrative Agent in
the form of a Notice of Borrowing (which notice must be received by the
Administrative Agent (i) prior to 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) three Business Days
prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans and
(ii) prior to 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) one Business Day prior to the requested
Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans), specifying:

               (A) the amount of the Borrowing, which shall be in an amount of
          $3,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $100,000;

               (B) the requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day;

               (C) the Type of Loans comprising the Borrowing (subject to
          Section 2.16); and

               (D) in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, the duration of the
          Interest Period applicable to such Loans included in such notice.

        (b) The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its
receipt of any Notice of Borrowing and of the amount of such Lender's share of
the related Borrowing based upon such Lender's Revolving Percentage, Term A
Percentage, Term B Percentage or Term C Percentage, as applicable.

        (c) Each Lender will make the amount of its share of each Borrowing
available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Company at the
Agent's Payment Office by 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the Borrowing Date
requested by the Company in funds immediately available to the Administrative
Agent. The proceeds of all Loans will then be made available to the Company by
the Administrative Agent at such office by crediting the account of the Company
on the books of BAI with the aggregate of


                                      -34-





the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in
like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

        (d) After giving effect to any Borrowing, there may not be more than
twelve different Interest Periods in effect.

     2.4 Conversion and Continuation Elections. (a) Subject to Section 2.16, the
Company may, upon irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent in
accordance with subsection 2.4(b):

          (i) elect to convert, on any Business Day, any Base Rate Loans (in an
     aggregate amount of $3,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $100,000)
     into Offshore Rate Loans;

          (ii) elect to convert, on the last day of the applicable Interest
     Period, any Offshore Rate Loans (or any part thereof in an aggregate amount
     of $3,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $100,000) into Base Rate
     Loans; or

          (iii) elect to continue, as of the last day of the applicable Interest
     Period, any Offshore Rate Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such
     day (or any part thereof in an aggregate amount of $3,000,000 or a higher
     integral multiple of $100,000);

provided that if at any time the aggregate amount of Offshore Rate Loans in
respect of any Borrowing shall have been reduced, by payment, prepayment or
conversion of part thereof, to be less than $3,000,000, such Offshore Rate Loans
shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans.

        (b) The Company shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation to be
received by the Administrative Agent not later than (i) 11:00 a.m. (Chicago
time) at least three Business Days in advance of the Conversion/Continuation
Date, if the Loans are to be converted into or continued as Offshore Rate Loans
and (ii) not later than 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) one Business Day prior to the
Conversion/Continuation Date, if the Loans are to be converted into Base Rate
Loans, specifying:

               (A) the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

               (B) the aggregate principal amount of Loans to be converted or
          continued;

               (C) the Type of Loans resulting from the proposed conversion or
          continuation; and

               (D) in the case of conversions into Offshore Rate Loans, the
          duration of the requested Interest Period.


                                      -35-






        (c) If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to Offshore
Rate Loans, the Company has failed to select timely a new Interest Period to be
applicable to such Offshore Rate Loans, the Company shall be deemed to have
elected to convert such Offshore Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans effective as of
the expiration date of such Interest Period.

        (d) The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its
receipt of a Notice of Conversion/Continuation or, if no timely notice is
provided by the Company, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each
Lender of the details of any automatic conversion. All conversions and
continuations shall be made ratably according to the respective outstanding
principal amounts of the Loans held by each Lender with respect to which the
notice was given.

        (e) Unless the Required Lenders otherwise agree, during the existence of
an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, the Company may not elect to
have a Loan converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan.

        (f) After giving effect to any conversion or continuation of Loans,
there may not be more than twelve different Interest Periods in effect.

     2.5 Swingline Loans.

        (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender
may, in its sole discretion (subject to subsection 2.5(b)), make a portion of
the Revolving Commitments available to the Company by making swingline loans
(each such loan, a "Swingline Loan") to the Company on any Business Day during
the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date in accordance
with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.5 in an aggregate principal
amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the lesser of (x) the aggregate
available amount of the Revolving Commitments and (y) $5,000,000,
notwithstanding the fact that such Swingline Loans, when aggregated with the
Swingline Lender's outstanding Revolving Loans, may exceed the Swingline
Lender's Revolving Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Revolving
Commitments; provided that at no time shall the sum of the Effective Amount of
all Swingline Loans, Revolving Loans and L/C Obligations exceed the aggregate
amount of the Revolving Commitments. Subject to the other terms and conditions
hereof, the Company may borrow under this subsection 2.5(a), prepay pursuant to
subsection 2.5(d) and reborrow pursuant to this subsection 2.5(a) from time to
time; provided that the Swingline Lender shall not be obligated to make any
Swingline Loan.

        (b) The Company shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Swingline
Lender irrevocable written notice (or notice by a telephone call confirmed
promptly by facsimile) of any Swingline Loan requested hereunder (which notice
must be received by the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent prior to


                                      -36-





12:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the requested Borrowing Date) specifying (i) the
amount to be borrowed, and (ii) the requested Borrowing Date, which must be a
Business Day. Upon receipt of such notice, the Swingline Lender will promptly
confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the
Administrative Agent has received a copy of such notice from the Company and, if
not, the Swingline Lender will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy
thereof. If and only if the Administrative Agent notifies the Swingline Lender
on the proposed Borrowing Date that it may make available to the Company the
amount of the requested Swingline Loan, then, subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender may make the amount of the requested
Swingline Loan available to the Company by crediting the account of the Company
on the books of BAI with the amount of such Swingline Loan. The Administrative
Agent will not so notify the Swingline Lender if the Administrative Agent has
knowledge that (A) the limitations set forth in the proviso set forth in the
first sentence of subsection 2.5(a) are being violated or would be violated by
such Swingline Loan or (B) one or more conditions specified in Article V is not
then satisfied. Each Swingline Loan shall be in an aggregate principal amount
equal to $500,000 or a higher integral multiple of $100,000. The Swingline
Lender will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the amount of each
Swingline Loan.

        (c) Principal of and accrued interest on each Swingline Loan shall be
due and payable (i) on demand made by the Swingline Lender at any time upon one
Business Day's prior notice to the Company furnished at or before 10:45 a.m.
(Chicago time), and (ii) in any event on the Revolving Termination Date.
Interest on Swingline Loans shall be for the sole account of the Swingline
Lender (except to the extent that the other Lenders have funded the purchase of
participations therein pursuant to subsection 2.5(e)).

        (d) The Company may, from time to time on any Business Day, make a
voluntary prepayment, in whole or in part, of the outstanding principal amount
of any Swingline Loan, without incurring any premium or penalty; provided that

          (i) each such voluntary prepayment shall require prior written notice
     given to the Administrative Agent and the Swingline Lender no later than
     1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the day on which the Company intends to make a
     voluntary prepayment, and

          (ii) each such voluntary prepayment shall be in an amount equal to
     $500,000 or a higher integral multiple of $100,000 (or, if less, the
     aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swingline Loans then
     outstanding).

     Voluntary prepayments of Swingline Loans shall be made by the Company to
the Swingline Lender at such office as the Swingline Lender may designate by
notice to the Company from time


                                      -37-





to time. All such payments shall be made in Dollars and in immediately available
funds no later than 4:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the date specified by the
Company pursuant to clause (i) above (and any payment received later than such
time shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day). The
Swingline Lender will promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the amount of
each prepayment of Swingline Loans.

        (e) If (i) any Swingline Loan shall remain outstanding at 11:00 a.m.
(Chicago time) on the Business Day immediately prior to a Business Day on which
Swingline Loans are due and payable pursuant to subsection 2.5(c) and by such
time on such Business Day the Administrative Agent shall have received neither
(A) a Notice of Borrowing delivered pursuant to Section 2.3 requesting that
Revolving Loans be made pursuant to subsection 2.1(d) on such following Business
Day in an amount at least equal to the aggregate principal amount of such
Swingline Loans, nor (B) any other notice indicating the Company's intent to
repay such Swingline Loans with funds obtained from other sources, or (ii) any
Swingline Loans shall remain outstanding during the existence of an Unmatured
Event of Default or Event of Default and the Swingline Lender shall in its sole
discretion notify the Administrative Agent that the Swingline Lender desires
that such Swingline Loans be converted into Revolving Loans, then the
Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have received a Notice of Borrowing from
the Company pursuant to Section 2.3 requesting that Base Rate Loans be made
pursuant to subsection 2.1(d) on the following Business Day in an amount equal
to the aggregate amount of such Swingline Loans, and the procedures set forth in
subsections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c) shall be followed in making such Base Rate Loans;
provided that such Base Rate Loans shall be made notwithstanding the Company's
failure to comply with Section 5.2; and provided, further, that if a Borrowing
of Revolving Loans becomes legally impractical and if so required by the
Swingline Lender at the time such Revolving Loans are required to be made by the
Revolving Lenders in accordance with this subsection 2.5(e), each Revolving
Lender agrees that in lieu of making Revolving Loans as described in this
subsection 2.5(e), such Revolving Lender shall purchase a participation from the
Swingline Lender in the applicable Swingline Loans in an amount equal to such
Revolving Lender's Revolving Percentage of such Swingline Loans, and the
procedures set forth in subsections 2.3(b) and 2.3(c) shall be followed in
connection with the purchases of such participations. The proceeds of such Base
Rate Loans (or participations purchased) shall be delivered by the
Administrative Agent to the Swingline Lender to repay such Swingline Loans (or
as payment for such participations). A copy of each notice given by the
Administrative Agent to the Revolving Lenders pursuant to this subsection 2.5(e)
with respect to the making of Loans, or the purchases of participations, shall
be promptly delivered by the Administrative Agent to the Company. Each Revolving
Lender's obligation in accordance with this Agreement to make the Revolving
Loans, or purchase the participations, as contemplated by this subsection
2.5(e), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any


                                      -38-





circumstance, including (1) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or
other right which such Revolving Lender may have against the Swingline Lender,
the Company or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (2) the occurrence or
continuance of an Unmatured Event of Default, an Event of Default or a Material
Adverse Effect; or (3) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever,
whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

     2.6 Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments.

        (a) The Company may, upon not less than three Business Days' prior
written notice to the Administrative Agent, permanently reduce the Revolving
Commitments to an amount which is not less than the sum of the Effective Amount
of all Revolving Loans plus the Effective Amount of all Swingline Loans plus the
Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations plus the amount of the Continuing Debt
Reserve. Any such reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $2,000,000 or a
higher integral multiple of $1,000,000. The Company may at any time on like
notice terminate the Revolving Commitments upon payment in full of all Revolving
Loans and Swingline Loans and Cash Collateralization in full of all L/C
Obligations.

        (b) In addition, after (and to the extent not applied to) the payment in
full of all Term Loans pursuant to subsection 2.8(a), upon the occurrence of any
Mandatory Prepayment Event, the Revolving Commitments shall be reduced by the
amount of all Designated Proceeds resulting from such Mandatory Prepayment
Event, with each such reduction effective at the time required in subsection
2.8(a) for a prepayment of Term Loans resulting from such Mandatory Prepayment
Event.

        (c) Once reduced in accordance with this Section, the Revolving
Commitments may not be increased. Any reduction of the Revolving Commitments
shall be applied to the Revolving Commitment of each Revolving Lender according
to its Revolving Percentage. All accrued commitment fees to, but not including,
the effective date of any termination of the Revolving Commitments shall be paid
on the effective date of such reduction or termination.

     2.7 Optional Prepayments.

        (a) Subject to Section 4.4, (i) the Company may, from time to time, upon
irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent (which notice must be
received by 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) one Business Day prior to the requested
day of prepayment in the case of Base Rate Loans and 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time)
three Business Days prior to the date of prepayment in the case of Offshore Rate
Loans), prepay any Borrowing of Revolving Loans in whole or in part, without
premium or penalty, in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a higher integral
multiple of $100,000 and (ii) the Company may, from time to time, upon not less
than three Business Days' irrevocable notice to the


                                      -39-





Administrative Agent, prepay any Borrowing of Term Loans in whole or in part,
without premium or penalty, in an aggregate amount of $3,000,000 or a higher
integral multiple of $100,000.

        (b) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the date and amount of such
prepayment and the Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly
notify each Lender of its receipt of any such notice and of such Lender's share
of such prepayment based upon such Lender's Revolving Percentage, in the case of
a prepayment of Revolving Loans, Term A Percentage, in the case of a prepayment
of Term A Loans, Term B Percentage, in the case of a prepayment of Term B Loans,
or Term C Percentage, in the case of a prepayment of Term C Loans. If any such
notice is given by the Company, the Company shall make such prepayment and the
payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date
specified therein, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount
prepaid and any amounts required pursuant to Section 4.4. Each prepayment of
Revolving Loans shall be applied to each Revolving Lender's Revolving Loans
according to such Revolving Lender's Revolving Percentage. Each prepayment of
Term Loans shall be applied pro rata to the Term A Loans, Term B Loans and Term
C Loans; provided, that if any Lender holding Term B Loans or Term C Loans so
requests by notice to the Administrative Agent not later than two Business Days
prior to the date of prepayment, the portion of any prepayment which would have
been applied to such Lender's Term B Loans or Term C Loans shall be applied pro
rata to the remaining installments of the Term A Loans of all Lenders; provided,
further, that once the Term A Loans shall have been fully repaid, such remaining
prepayment amounts, if any, shall be applied pro rata to the Term B Loans and
Term C Loans. All such prepayments of the Term Loans shall be applied, at the
Company's election (expressed in writing to the Administrative Agent no later
than one Business Day prior to such prepayment), (x) against one or both of the
next two unpaid principal installments of each of the Term A Loans, Term B Loans
and Term C Loans (subject to the provisos to the immediately preceding
sentence), (y) pro rata to the unpaid installments of each of the Term A Loans,
Term B Loans and Term C Loans or (z) in such combination of the alternatives
expressed in clauses (x) and (y) as the Company shall specify in writing to the
Administrative Agent (it being understood that if the Company fails to give any
notice as to application of such prepayment, such prepayment will be applied as
set forth in clause (y)).

     2.8 Mandatory Prepayments of Loans. (a) The Company (or, in the case of
clause (iii), if the Administrative Agent is holding the proceeds of insurance
or condemnation as additional Collateral pursuant to the terms of the Security
Agreement or any Mortgage, the Administrative Agent upon the Company's
instruction) shall make a prepayment of the Term Loans upon the occurrence of
any of the following (each a "Mandatory Prepayment Event") at the following
times and in the following amounts (such amounts being referred to as
"Designated Proceeds"):



                                      -40-





          (i) Within 60 days after any sale, transfer or other disposition by
     the Company or any Subsidiary of any asset (other than assets described in
     clause (ii) below), other than sales of inventory and dispositions of
     obsolete, unused, surplus or unnecessary equipment (other than Excluded
     Assets), in each case in the ordinary course of business, to a Person other
     than the Company or a Subsidiary, in an amount equal to 100% of the Net
     Cash Proceeds of such sale, transfer or other disposition; provided, that
     the foregoing shall not apply (x) to sales, transfers or other dispositions
     of such assets the proceeds of which are used or committed to be used by
     the Company for the financing of the replacement of such assets being sold
     within 60 days of any such sale, (y) to the extent that the Net Cash
     Proceeds of all such sales, transfers or other dispositions in any fiscal
     year is less than $500,000 or (z) to any sale of Excluded Assets occurring
     on the Closing Date.

          (ii) Within 30 days after any sale, transfer or other disposition
     (including by way of merger or consolidation) by the Company or any
     Subsidiary of any of the capital stock of any of the Company's operating
     Subsidiaries to a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary, in an
     amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds of such sale.

          (iii) Within 90 days after the receipt of any insurance or
     condemnation proceeds (or other similar recoveries) by the Company or any
     Subsidiary or by the Administrative Agent (to the extent the Administrative
     Agent is holding the insurance or condemnation proceeds as additional
     Collateral pursuant to Section 6 of the Security Agreement or any provision
     of any Mortgage) from any casualty loss incurred by the Company or any
     Subsidiary or condemnation of property, in an amount equal to 100% of such
     insurance or condemnation proceeds (or other similar recoveries) net of any
     collection expenses; provided that no such prepayment shall be required (x)
     to the extent such proceeds are used by the Company, or will be so used
     within 90 days from the date of receipt of such proceeds for the financing
     of the replacement, substitution or restoration of the assets sustaining
     such casualty loss or condemnation or (y) to the extent that all such
     insurance or condemnation proceeds received in any fiscal year is less than
     $500,000.

          (iv) Concurrently with the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from any
     issuance of equity securities of the Company (including a Public Offering,
     but excluding any issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to any
     employee or director stock option program, benefit plan or compensation
     program and excluding any such Net Cash


                                      -41-





     Proceeds used to redeem or repurchase the Bridge Notes or the Rollover
     Notes), in an amount equal to 50% of such Net Cash Proceeds.

          (v) Concurrently with the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from the
     issuance of any Other Debt of the Company or any Subsidiary or any IRB Debt
     in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds.

          (vi) Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, in an amount
     equal to 75% of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year; provided that if the
     Leverage Ratio as of the end of such fiscal year is less than 3.0:1.0, then
     the amount of the required prepayment shall be 50% of Excess Cash Flow.

All prepayments of Term Loans pursuant to this subsection 2.8(a) shall be
applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans pro rata among the Term A Loans,
Term B Loans and Term C Loans, with application to the remaining installments of
each (x) in inverse order of maturity, in the case of prepayments pursuant to
clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) and (y) pro rata, in the case of prepayments
pursuant to clauses (iv), (v) and (vi); provided that if any Lender holding Term
B Loans or Term C Loans so requests, by notice to the Administrative Agent not
later than two Business Days prior to the date upon which such prepayment is
due, the portion of any prepayment which would have been applied to such
Lender's Term B Loans or Term C Loans shall be applied pro rata to the remaining
installments of the Term A Loans of all Lenders; provided, further, that once
the Term A Loans shall have been fully prepaid, such remaining prepayment
amounts, if any, shall be applied pro rata to the Term B Loans and Term C Loans.

        (b) If on any date the Effective Amount of L/C Obligations exceeds the
amount of the L/C Commitment, the Company shall Cash Collateralize on such date
the outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the excess of the L/C
Obligations over the amount of the L/C Commitment. Subject to Section 4.4, if on
any date after giving effect to any Cash Collateralization made on such date
pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Effective Amount of the
Revolving Loans plus the Effective Amount of all Swingline Loans plus the
Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations plus the Continuing Debt Reserve exceeds
the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments, the Company shall immediately
prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans
and/or L/C Advances in an amount equal to such excess.

     2.9 Repayment. (a) The Term A Credit. The Company shall repay the Term A
Loans in quarterly installments on the last day of each fiscal quarter,
commencing on December 31, 1996, in the amount set forth opposite the period
below in which such quarterly date occurs:



                                      -42-



                                                            Quarterly
                      Period                                 Amounts

        Closing Date through 9/30/97                        $1,000,000
        10/1/97 through 9/30/98                             $1,500,000
        10/1/98 through 9/30/99                             $2,000,000
        10/1/99 through 9/30/00                             $2,500,000
        10/1/00 through 9/30/01                             $3,000,000
        10/1/01 through 9/30/02                             $3,750,000.

        (b) The Term B Credit. The Company shall repay the Term B Loans in
quarterly installments on the last day of each fiscal quarter, commencing on
December 31, 1996, in the amount set forth opposite the period below in which
such quarterly date occurs:

                                                              Quarterly
                     Period                                    Amounts

        Closing Date through 9/30/02                          $ 62,500 
        10/1/02 through 9/30/03                             $5,875,000.

        (c) The Term C Credit. The Company shall repay the Term C Loans in
quarterly installments on the last day of each fiscal quarter, commencing on
December 31, 1996, in the amount set forth opposite the period below in which
such quarterly date occurs: 

                                                              Quarterly 
                    Period                                     Amounts

        Closing Date through 9/30/03                           $ 62,500 
        10/1/03 through 9/30/04                              $5,812,500.

        (d) The Revolving Credit. The Company shall pay to the Administrative
Agent, for the account of the Lenders, on the Revolving Termination Date the
aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding on such date.

     2.10 Interest. (a) Each Revolving Loan and Term Loan shall bear interest on
the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable Borrowing Date at a
rate per annum equal to the Offshore Rate or the Base Rate, as the case may be
(and subject to the Company's right to convert to the other Type of Loans under
Section 2.4), plus the Applicable Offshore Rate Margin or Applicable Base Rate
Margin, as the case may be. Each Swingline Loan shall bear interest on the
outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable Borrowing Date at a
rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin for
Revolving Loans.

        (b) Interest on each Loan shall be paid in arrears on each Interest
Payment Date therefor. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any prepayment
of Offshore Rate Loans under Section 2.7 or 2.8 for the portion of the Loans so
prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof.


                                      -43-






        (c) Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this Section, during the existence
of any Event of Default, the Company shall pay interest (after as well as before
entry of judgment thereon to the extent permitted by law) on the principal
amount of all outstanding Loans and, to the extent permitted by applicable law,
on any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, at a
rate per annum equal to the rate otherwise applicable thereto pursuant to the
terms hereof or such other Loan Document (or, if no such rate is specified, the
Base Rate plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin then in effect for Revolving
Loans) plus 2%. All such interest shall be payable on demand.

        (d) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the obligations of
the Company to any Lender hereunder shall be subject to the limitation that
payments of interest shall not be required for any period for which interest is
computed hereunder to the extent (but only to the extent) that contracting for
or receiving such payment by such Lender would be contrary to the provisions of
any law applicable to such Lender limiting the highest rate of interest that may
be lawfully contracted for, charged or received by such Lender, and in such
event the Company shall pay such Lender interest at the highest rate permitted
by applicable law.

     2.11 Fees. In addition to certain fees described in Section 3.8:

        (a) Arranger and Agency Fees. The Company shall pay fees to BA
Securities, Inc. and DLJ for their own accounts and agency fees to the
Administrative Agent for the Administrative Agent's own account, in each case as
required by the letter agreement (the "Fee Letter") among the Company, the
Arrangers, DLJ and the Administrative Agent dated August 26, 1996.

        (b) Commitment Fees. The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent
for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee calculated at the rate
of 0.50% per annum on the average daily unused portion of such Revolving
Lender's Revolving Commitment, computed on a quarterly basis in arrears on the
last Business Day of each calendar quarter based upon the daily utilization for
that quarter as calculated by the Administrative Agent. For purposes of
calculating utilization under this subsection, the Revolving Commitments shall
be deemed used to the extent of the Effective Amount of all Revolving Loans then
outstanding (but Swingline Loans shall not constitute usage of any Revolving
Lender's Revolving Commitment) plus the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations
then outstanding. Such commitment fee shall accrue from the Closing Date to the
Revolving Termination Date and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on
the last Business Day of each calendar quarter, with the final payment to be
made on the Revolving Termination Date. The commitment fees provided in this
subsection shall accrue at all times after the Closing Date, including at any
time during which one or more conditions in Article V are not met.



                                      -44-





     2.12 Computation of Fees and Interest. (a) All computations of interest for
Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by BAI's "reference rate" shall
be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and
actual days elapsed. All other computations of interest and fees shall be made
on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed. Interest and fees shall
accrue during each period during which interest or such fees are computed from
the first day thereof to the last day thereof.

        (b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent
shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and the Lenders in the absence of
manifest error. The Administrative Agent will, at the request of the Company or
any Lender, deliver to the Company or such Lender, as the case may be, a
statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining
any interest rate and the resulting interest rate.

     2.13 Payments by the Company. (a) All payments to be made by the Company
shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim. Except as otherwise
expressly provided herein, all payments by the Company shall be made to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders at the Agent's Payment
Office, and shall be made in Dollars and in immediately available funds, no
later than 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the date specified herein. Except as
expressly provided herein, the Administrative Agent will promptly distribute, in
like funds as received, to each Lender its Revolving Percentage of any portion
of such payment related to the Revolving Loans, its Term A Percentage of any
portion of such payment relating to the Term A Loans, its Term B Percentage of
any portion of such payment relating to the Term B Loans or its Term C
Percentage of any portion of such payment relating to the Term C Loans. Any
payment received by the Administrative Agent later than 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time)
shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day and any
applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

        (b) Whenever any payment is due on a day other than a Business Day, such
payment shall be made on the following Business Day (unless, in the case of an
Offshore Rate Loan, such following Business Day is in another calendar month, in
which case such payment shall be made on the preceding Business Day), and such
extension of time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest
or fees, as the case may be.

        (c) Unless the Administrative Agent receives notice from the Company
prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that the Company
will not make such payment in full as and when required, the Administrative
Agent may assume that the Company has made such payment in full to the
Administrative Agent on such date in immediately available funds and the
Administrative Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such
assumption, distribute to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the
amount then due such Lender. If


                                      -45-





and to the extent the Company has not made such payment in full to the
Administrative Agent, each Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent on
demand such amount distributed to such Lender, together with interest thereon at
the Federal Funds Rate for each day from the date such amount is distributed to
such Lender until the date repaid.

     2.14 Payments by the Lenders to the Administrative Agent. (a) Unless the
Administrative Agent receives notice from a Lender on or prior to the Closing
Date, or, with respect to any Borrowing after the Closing Date, at least one
Business Day prior to the date of such Borrowing, that such Lender will not make
available as and when required hereunder to the Administrative Agent for the
account of the Company the amount of such Lender's Revolving Percentage, Term A
Percentage, Term B Percentage or Term C Percentage, as applicable, of such
Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that each Lender has made such
amount available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds on
the Borrowing Date and the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be required
to), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Company on such
date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent any Lender shall not have made
its full amount available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available
funds and the Administrative Agent in such circumstances has made available to
the Company such amount, such Lender shall on the Business Day following such
Borrowing Date make such amount available to the Administrative Agent, together
with interest at the Federal Funds Rate for each day during such period. A
notice of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to
amounts owing under this subsection (a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest
error. If such amount is so made available, such payment to the Administrative
Agent shall constitute such Lender's Loan on the date of Borrowing for all
purposes of this Agreement. If such amount is not made available to the
Administrative Agent on the Business Day following the Borrowing Date, the
Administrative Agent will notify the Company of such failure to fund and, upon
demand by the Administrative Agent, the Company shall pay such amount to the
Administrative Agent for the Administrative Agent's account, together with
interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date of such Borrowing, at a
rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans
comprising such Borrowing.

        (b) The failure of any Lender to make any Loan on any Borrowing Date
shall not relieve any other Lender of any obligation hereunder to make a Loan on
such Borrowing Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any
other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on any Borrowing
Date.

     2.15 Sharing of Payments, Etc. If, other than as expressly provided
elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it any
payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of
set-off, or otherwise) in


                                      -46-





excess of its ratable share of such payment (determined in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement), such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the
Administrative Agent of such fact and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such
participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such
purchasing Lender to share the excess payment pro rata with each other Lender;
provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is
thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender, such purchase shall to that
extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender
the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying
Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such
paying Lender's required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from
the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the
purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered. The Company
agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment
(including the right of set-off, but subject to Section 11.10) with respect to
such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the
Company in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep
records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error)
of participations purchased under this Section and will in each case notify the
Lenders following any such purchases or repayments.

     2.16 Limitation on Offshore Rate Option. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary herein, until the earlier to occur of (x) October 31, 1996 and (y) the
Arrangers giving notice to the Company that they have completed syndication of
the Loans and Commitments, the Company may not borrow Offshore Rate Loans or
convert Base Rate Loans into Offshore Rate Loans.


                                   ARTICLE III

                              THE LETTERS OF CREDIT
                              ---------------------

     3.1 The Letter of Credit Subfacility. (a) On the terms and conditions set
forth herein: (i) the Issuing Lender agrees, (A) from time to time on any
Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to the Revolving
Termination Date to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Company, and
to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with
subsections 3.2(c) and 3.2(d), and (B) to honor properly drawn drafts under the
Letters of Credit issued by it; and (ii) the Revolving Lenders severally agree
to participate in Letters of Credit Issued for the account of the Company;
provided that the Issuing Lender shall not be obligated to Issue, and no
Revolving Lender shall be obligated to participate in, any Letter of Credit if
as of the date of Issuance of such Letter of Credit (the "Issuance Date") (1)
the sum of the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations plus the Effective Amount
of all Revolving Loans plus the Effective Amount of all Swingline Loans exceeds
the


                                      -47-





aggregate amount of all Revolving Commitments less the Continuing Debt Reserve,
(2) the Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations exceeds the amount of the L/C
Commitment or (3) the sum of the participation of any Revolving Lender in the
Effective Amount of all L/C Obligations plus the outstanding principal amount of
the Revolving Loans of such Revolving Lender shall exceed such Revolving
Lender's Revolving Commitment; provided, however, that if a Standby Letter of
Credit is to be issued to a lender who is committed to make advances on
Continuing Debt or to whom Continuing Debt is owing, and any drawings under such
Letter of Credit will permanently reduce Continuing Debt, such Letter of Credit
may be Issued if such Letter of Credit could otherwise be Issued under clause
(1) above without giving effect to the Continuing Debt Reserve. Within the
foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the
Company's ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and,
accordingly, the Company may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of
Credit to replace Letters of Credit which have expired or which have been drawn
upon and reimbursed.

        (b) The Issuing Lender shall not be under any obligation to Issue any
Letter of Credit if:

          (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or
     arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Issuing
     Lender from Issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Requirement of Law
     applicable to the Issuing Lender or any request or directive (whether or
     not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with
     jurisdiction over the Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that the
     Issuing Lender refrain from, the Issuance of letters of credit generally or
     such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Issuing Lender
     with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital
     requirement (for which the Issuing Lender is not otherwise compensated
     hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the
     Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not
     applicable on the Closing Date and which the Issuing Lender in good faith
     deems material to it;

          (ii) the Issuing Lender has received written notice from any Lender,
     the Administrative Agent or the Company, on or prior to the Business Day
     prior to the requested date of Issuance of such Letter of Credit, that one
     or more of the applicable conditions contained in Article V is not then
     satisfied;

          (iii) the expiry date of such Letter of Credit is after the Revolving
     Termination Date, or, in the case of a Commercial Letter of Credit, the
     expiry date of such Letter of Credit is less than 25 days prior to the
     Revolving Termination Date, unless all of the Lenders have approved such
     expiry date in writing;



                                      -48-





          (iv) such Letter of Credit does not provide for drafts, or is not
     otherwise in form and substance acceptable to the Issuing Lender, or the
     Issuance of such Letter of Credit shall violate any applicable policies of
     the Issuing Lender; or

          (v) such Letter of Credit is denominated in a currency other than
     Dollars.

     3.2 Issuance, Amendment and Renewal of Letters of Credit. 

        (a) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued upon the irrevocable written
request of the Company received by the Issuing Lender and the Administrative
Agent at least four Business Days (or such shorter time as the Issuing Lender
and the Administrative Agent may agree in a particular instance in their sole
discretion) prior to the proposed date of issuance. Each such request for
issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be by facsimile, confirmed immediately in
an original writing, in the form of an L/C Application, and shall specify in
form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Lender: (i) the face amount of the
Letter of Credit; (ii) the expiry date of the Letter of Credit; (iii) the name
and address of the beneficiary thereof; (iv) the documents to be presented by
the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit in case of any drawing thereunder; (v)
the full text of any certificate to be presented by the beneficiary in case of
any drawing thereunder; (vi) in the case of a Standby Letter of Credit, whether
such Letter of Credit is a Financial Standby Letter of Credit or a Non-Financial
Standby Letter of Credit; and (vii) such other matters as the Issuing Lender may
require.

        (b) At least two Business Days prior to the Issuance of any Letter of
Credit, the Issuing Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by
telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of
the L/C Application or L/C Amendment Application from the Company and, if not,
the Issuing Lender will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. If
and only if the Administrative Agent notifies the Issuing Lender on or before
the Business Day immediately preceding the proposed date of Issuance of a Letter
of Credit that the Issuing Lender may Issue such Letter of Credit, then, subject
to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender shall, on the requested
date, Issue such Letter of Credit for the account of the Company in accordance
with the Issuing Lender's usual and customary business practices. The
Administrative Agent shall not give such notice if the Administrative Agent has
knowledge that (A) such Issuance is not then permitted under subsection 3.1(a)
as a result of the limitations set forth in clause (1) or (2) thereof or (B) the
Issuing Lender has received a notice described in subsection 3.1(b)(ii). The
Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Lenders of any Letter of Credit
Issuance hereunder.

        (c) From time to time while a Letter of Credit is outstanding and prior
to the Revolving Termination Date, the Issuing Lender will, upon the written
request of the Company


                                      -49-





received by the Issuing Lender (with a copy sent by the Company to the
Administrative Agent) at least four Business Days (or such shorter time as the
Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent may agree in a particular instance
in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed date of amendment, amend any
Letter of Credit issued by it. Each such request for amendment of a Letter of
Credit shall be made by facsimile, confirmed immediately in an original writing,
made in the form of an L/C Amendment Application and shall specify in form and
detail satisfactory to the Issuing Lender: (i) the Letter of Credit to be
amended; (ii) the proposed date of amendment of such Letter of Credit (which
shall be a Business Day); (iii) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (iv)
such other matters as the Issuing Lender may require. The Issuing Lender shall
not have any obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if: (A) the Issuing Lender
would have no obligation at such time to Issue such Letter of Credit in its
amended form under the terms of this Agreement; or (B) the beneficiary of such
Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of
Credit.

        (d) The Issuing Lender and the Lenders agree that, while a Letter of
Credit is outstanding and prior to the Revolving Termination Date, at the option
of the Company and upon the written request of the Company received by the
Issuing Lender (with a copy sent by the Company to the Administrative Agent) at
least four Business Days (or such shorter time as the Issuing Lender and the
Administrative Agent may agree in a particular instance in their sole
discretion) prior to the proposed date of notification of renewal, the Issuing
Lender shall be entitled, with the approval of the Administrative Agent, to
authorize the automatic renewal of any Letter of Credit issued by it. Each such
request for renewal of a Letter of Credit shall be made by facsimile, confirmed
immediately in an original writing, in the form of an L/C Amendment Application,
and shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Issuing Lender: (i) the
Letter of Credit to be renewed; (ii) the proposed date of notification of
renewal of such Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (iii) the
revised expiry date of such Letter of Credit (which, unless all Lenders
otherwise consent in writing, shall be prior to the Revolving Termination Date);
and (iv) such other matters as the Issuing Lender may require. The Issuing
Lender shall not be under any obligation to renew any Letter of Credit if: (A)
the Issuing Lender would have no obligation at such time to issue or amend such
Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms of this Agreement; or (B)
the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed renewal of
such Letter of Credit. If any outstanding Letter of Credit shall provide that it
shall be automatically renewed unless the beneficiary thereof receives notice
from the Issuing Lender that such Letter of Credit shall not be renewed, and if
at the time of renewal the Issuing Lender would be entitled to authorize the
automatic renewal of such Letter of Credit in accordance with this subsection
3.2(d) upon the request of the Company but the Issuing Lender shall not have
received any L/C Amendment Application from the Company with respect to such
renewal or other written


                                      -50-





direction by the Company with respect thereto, the Issuing Lender shall
nonetheless be permitted to allow such Letter of Credit to renew, subject to the
approval of the Administrative Agent, and the Company and the Lenders hereby
authorize such renewal, and, accordingly, the Issuing Lender shall be deemed to
have received an L/C Amendment Application from the Company requesting such
renewal.

        (e) The Issuing Lender may, at its election (or as required by the
Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders), deliver any
notices of termination or other communications to any Letter of Credit
beneficiary or transferee, and take any other action as necessary or
appropriate, at any time and from time to time, in order to cause the expiry
date of such Letter of Credit to be a date not later than the Revolving
Termination Date.

        (f) This Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with any
L/C-Related Document (other than any Letter of Credit).

        (g) The Issuing Lender will deliver to the Administrative Agent,
concurrently or promptly following its delivery of a Letter of Credit, or
amendment to or renewal of a Letter of Credit, to an advising bank or a
beneficiary, a true and complete copy of each such Letter of Credit or amendment
to or renewal of a Letter of Credit.

     3.3 Risk Participations, Drawings and Reimbursements.

        (a) Immediately upon the Issuance of each Letter of Credit, each
Revolving Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
agrees to, purchase from the Issuing Lender a participation in such Letter of
Credit and each drawing thereunder in an amount equal to the product of (i) such
Revolving Lender's Revolving Percentage times (ii) the maximum amount available
to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and the amount of such drawing,
respectively.

        (b) In the event of any request for a drawing under a Letter of Credit
by the beneficiary or transferee thereof, the Issuing Lender will promptly
notify the Company and the Administrative Agent. The Company shall reimburse the
Issuing Lender prior to 10:30 a.m. (Chicago time), on each date that any amount
is paid by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit (each such date, an
"Honor Date") in an amount equal to the amount so paid by the Issuing Lender;
provided, to the extent that the Issuing Lender accepts a drawing under a Letter
of Credit after 10:30 a.m. (Chicago time), the Company will not be obligated to
reimburse the Issuing Lender until the next Business Day and the "Honor Date"
for such Letter of Credit shall be such next Business Day. If the Company fails
to reimburse the Issuing Lender for the full amount of any drawing under any
Letter of Credit by 10:30 a.m. (Chicago time) on the Honor Date, the Issuing
Lender will promptly notify the Administrative Agent and


                                      -51-





the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof, and
the Company shall be deemed to have requested that Base Rate Loans be made by
the Revolving Lenders to be disbursed on the Honor Date under such Letter of
Credit, subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving
Commitments and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.3 other than
Section 5.3(a). Any notice given by the Issuing Lender or the Administrative
Agent pursuant to this subsection 3.3(b) may be oral if immediately confirmed in
writing (including by facsimile); provided that the lack of such an immediate
confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such
notice.

        (c) Each Revolving Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to subsection
3.3(b) make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing
Lender an amount in Dollars and in immediately available funds equal to its
Revolving Percentage of the amount of the drawing, whereupon the participating
Revolving Lenders shall (subject to subsection 3.3(d)) each be deemed to have
made a Revolving Loan consisting of a Base Rate Loan to the Company in such
amount. If any Revolving Lender so notified fails to make available to the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender the amount of such
Revolving Lender's Revolving Percentage of the amount of such drawing by no
later than 1:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on the Honor Date, then interest shall
accrue on such Revolving Lender's obligation to make such payment, from the
Honor Date to the date such Revolving Lender makes such payment, at a rate per
annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time during such
period. The Administrative Agent will promptly give notice of the occurrence of
the Honor Date, but failure of the Administrative Agent to give any such notice
on the Honor Date or in sufficient time to enable any Revolving Lender to effect
such payment on such date shall not relieve such Revolving Lender from its
obligations under this Section 3.3.

        (d) With respect to any unreimbursed drawing that is not converted into
Revolving Loans consisting of Base Rate Loans in whole or in part, because of
the Company's failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 5.3 (other
than Section 5.3(a), which need not be satisfied) or for any other reason, the
Company shall be deemed to have incurred from the Issuing Lender an L/C
Borrowing in the amount of such drawing, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and
payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at a rate per
annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Base Rate Margin then in effect
for Revolving Loans plus 2% per annum, and each Revolving Lender's payment to
the Issuing Lender pursuant to subsection 3.3(c) shall be deemed payment in
respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C
Advance from such Revolving Lender in satisfaction of its participation
obligation under this Section 3.3.

        (e) Each Revolving Lender's obligation in accordance with this Agreement
to make Revolving Loans or L/C Advances, as


                                      -52-





contemplated by this Section 3.3, as a result of a drawing under a Letter of
Credit, shall be absolute and unconditional and without recourse to the Issuing
Lender and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any set-off,
counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Lender may
have against the Issuing Lender, the Company or any other Person for any reason
whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of an Event of Default, an
Unmatured Event of Default or a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) any other
circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of
the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Lender's obligation to make
Revolving Loans under this Section 3.3 is subject to the conditions set forth in
Section 5.3.

     3.4 Repayment of Participations. (a) Upon (and only upon) receipt by
the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender of immediately
available funds from the Company (i) in reimbursement of any payment made by the
Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit with respect to which any Revolving
Lender has paid the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender
for such Revolving Lender's participation in such Letter of Credit pursuant to
Section 3.3 or (ii) in payment of interest thereon, the Administrative Agent
will pay to each Revolving Lender, in like funds as those received by the
Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender, the amount of such
Revolving Lender's Revolving Percentage of such funds, and the Issuing Lender
shall receive the amount of the Revolving Percentage of such funds of any
Revolving Lender that did not so pay the Administrative Agent for the account of
the Issuing Lender.

        (b) If the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender is required at any
time to return to the Company, or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator or
custodian, or to any official in any Insolvency Proceeding, any portion of any
payment made by the Company to the Administrative Agent for the account of the
Issuing Lender pursuant to subsection 3.4(a) in reimbursement of a payment made
under a Letter of Credit or interest or fee thereon, each Revolving Lender
shall, on demand of the Administrative Agent, forthwith return to the
Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender the amount of its Revolving
Percentage of any amount so returned by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing
Lender plus interest thereon from the date such demand is made to the date such
amount is returned by such Revolving Lender to the Administrative Agent or the
Issuing Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate in effect
from time to time.

     3.5 Role of the Issuing Lender. (a) Each Lender and the Company agree
that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall
not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft
and certificate expressly required by such Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or
inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or


                                      -53-





the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such
document.

        (b) No Agent-Related Person, Issuing Lender nor any of their respective
correspondents, participants or assignees shall be liable to any Lender for: (i)
any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the
approval of the Lenders (including the Required Lenders, as applicable); (ii)
any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful
misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or
enforceability of any L/C-Related Document.

        (c) The Company hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any
beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit;
provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the
Company's pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the
beneficiary or transferee at law or under this Agreement or any other agreement.
No Agent-Related Person, Issuing Lender nor any of their respective
correspondents, participants or assignees shall be liable or responsible for any
of the matters described in clauses (i) through (vii) of Section 3.6; provided
that, anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may
have a claim against the Issuing Lender, and the Issuing Lender may be liable to
the Company, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to
consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Company which the Company
proves were caused by the Issuing Lender's willful misconduct or gross
negligence or the Issuing Lender's willful or grossly negligent failure to pay
under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a
sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions
of such Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing:
(i) the Issuing Lender may accept documents that appear on their face to be in
order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any
notice or information to the contrary; and (ii) the Issuing Lender shall not be
responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or
assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights
or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove
to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

     3.6 Obligations Absolute. The obligations of the Company under this
Agreement and any L/C-Related Document to reimburse the Issuing Lender for a
drawing under a Letter of Credit, and to repay any L/C Borrowing and any drawing
under a Letter of Credit converted into Revolving Loans, shall be unconditional
and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and each such other L/C-Related Document under all circumstances,
including the following:

          (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any
     L/C-Related Document;



                                      -54-





          (ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any
     other term of, all or any of the obligations of the Company in respect of
     any Letter of Credit or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to
     departure from all or any of the L/C-Related Documents;

          (iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that
     the Company may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee
     of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any
     such transferee may be acting), the Issuing Lender or any other Person,
     whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated
     hereby or by the L/C-Related Documents or any unrelated transaction;

          (iv) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under
     any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or
     insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or
     inaccurate in any respect or any loss or delay in the transmission or
     otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any
     Letter of Credit;

          (v) any payment by the Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit
     against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly
     comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the
     Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a
     trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of
     creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to
     any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit, including any
     arising in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding;

          (vi) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any
     release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any
     guarantee, for all or any of the obligations of the Company in respect of
     any Letter of Credit; or

          (vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not
     similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that
     might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the
     Company or a guarantor.

     3.7 Cash Collateral Pledge. If any Letter of Credit remains outstanding
and partially or wholly undrawn as of the Revolving Termination Date, then the
Company shall immediately Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an amount
equal to the maximum amount then available to be drawn under all Letters of
Credit.

     3.8  Letter of Credit Fees.  (a)  The Company shall pay to
the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender


                                      -55-





a letter of credit fee with respect to each Letter of Credit equal to the L/C
Fee Rate per annum of the average daily maximum amount available to be drawn on
such Letter of Credit, computed on a quarterly basis in arrears on the last
Business Day of each calendar quarter. Such letter of credit fee shall be due
and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar
quarter during which Letters of Credit are outstanding, commencing on the first
such quarterly date to occur after the Closing Date, through the Revolving
Termination Date (or such later date upon which all outstanding Letters of
Credit shall expire or be fully drawn), with the final payment to be made on the
Revolving Termination Date (or such later date).

        (b) The Company shall pay to the Issuing Lender a letter of credit
fronting fee for each Letter of Credit Issued equal to 0.25% per annum of the
average daily maximum amount available to be drawn on such Letter of Credit,
computed on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter and on the Revolving
Termination Date (or such later date on which such Letter of Credit shall expire
or be fully drawn).

        (c) The letter of credit fees payable under subsection 3.8(a) and the
fronting fees payable under subsection 3.8(b) shall be due and payable quarterly
in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter during which
Letters of Credit are outstanding, commencing on the first such quarterly date
to occur after the Closing Date, through the Revolving Termination Date (or such
later date upon which all outstanding Letters of Credit shall expire or be fully
drawn), with the final payment to be made on the Revolving Termination Date (or
such later date). For purposes of calculating the fees payable under subsection
3.8(a) and subsection 3.8(b), any undrawn Commercial Letters of Credit should be
considered outstanding and available to be drawn upon for 25 days after their
expiry date.

        (d) The Company shall pay to the Issuing Lender from time to time on
demand the normal issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees,
and other standard costs and charges, of the Issuing Lender relating to letters
of credit as from time to time in effect.

     3.9 Uniform Customs and Practice. The Uniform Customs and Practice for
Documentary Credits as published by the International Chamber of Commerce most
recently at the time of issuance of any Letter of Credit shall (unless otherwise
expressly provided in such Letter of Credit) apply to each Letter of Credit.

     3.10 Non-Dollar Letters of Credit. The Company, the Administrative
Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders (i) agree that the Issuing Lender may
(in its sole discretion) issue Letters of Credit ("Non-Dollar Letters of
Credit") in currencies other than Dollars and (ii) further agree as follows with
respect to such Non-Dollar Letters of Credit:



                                      -56-





        (a) The Company agrees that its reimbursement obligation under
subsection 3.3(b) and any resulting L/C Borrowing, in each case in respect of a
drawing under any Non-Dollar Letter of Credit, (a) shall be payable in Dollars
at the Dollar Equivalent of such obligation in the currency in which such
Non-Dollar Letter of Credit was issued (determined on the date of payment) and
(b) shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Overnight
Rate plus the Applicable Offshore Rate Margin for Revolving Loans plus 3% for
each day from and including the Honor Date to but excluding the date such
obligation is paid in full (it being understood that any payment received after
10:30 a.m., Chicago time, on any day shall be deemed received on the following
Business Day).

        (b) Each Lender agrees that its obligation to make Revolving Loans under
subsection 3.3(b) and to make L/C Advances for any unpaid reimbursement
obligation or L/C Borrowing in respect of a drawing under any Non-Dollar Letter
of Credit shall be payable in Dollars at the Dollar Equivalent of such
obligation in the currency in which such Non-Dollar Letter of Credit was issued
(calculated on the date of payment) (and any such amount which is not paid when
due shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate plus,
beginning on the third Business Day after such amount was due, the Applicable
Offshore Rate Margin for Revolving Loans).

        (c) For purposes of determining whether there is availability for the
Company to request, continue or convert any Loan, or request, extend or increase
the face amount of any Letter of Credit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Effective
Amount of each Non-Dollar Letter of Credit shall be calculated on the date such
Loan is to be made, continued or converted or such Letter of Credit is to be
issued, extended or increased.

        (d) For purposes of determining (i) the amount of the unused portion of
the Revolving Commitments under subsection 2.11(b), (ii) the letter of credit
fee under subsection 3.8(a) and (iii) the letter of credit fronting fee under
subsection 3.8(b), the Dollar Equivalent of the Effective Amount of any
Non-Dollar Letter of Credit shall be determined on each of (1) the date of an
issuance, extension or change in the face amount of such Non-Dollar Letter of
Credit, (2) the date of any payment by the Issuing Lender in respect of a
drawing under such Non-Dollar Letter of Credit, (3) the last day of each
calendar month and (4) each day on which the aggregate amount of the Revolving
Commitments and/or L/C Commitment is reduced.

        (e) If, on the last day of any calendar month or any day on which the
aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments and/or L/C Commitment is reduced,
the sum of the Effective Amount of all Revolving Loans plus the Effective


                                      -57-





Amount of all Letters of Credit plus the Effective Amount of all Swingline Loans
(valuing the Effective Amount of, and all reimbursement obligations and L/C
Borrowings of the Company in respect of, any Non-Dollar Letter of Credit at the
Dollar Equivalent thereof as of such day) would exceed the aggregate amount of
the Revolving Commitments, then the Company will immediately eliminate such
excess by prepaying Revolving Loans and/or Swingline Loans and/or causing one or
more Letters of Credit to be reduced or terminated.

        (f) If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is
necessary to convert a sum due in respect of any Non-Dollar Letter of Credit in
one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at
which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Issuing Lender could
purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day
preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of the Company
in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing
Lender or any Lender hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency
(the "Judgment Currency") other than that in which such sum is denominated in
accordance with the applicable provisions of the applicable Non-Dollar Letter of
Credit (the "Agreement Currency"), be discharged only to the extent that on the
Business Day following receipt by the Issuing Lender of any sum adjudged to be
so due in the Judgment Currency, the Issuing Lender may in accordance with
normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment
Currency. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the
sum originally due to the Issuing Lender in the Agreement Currency, the Company
agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to
indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or the Lender to whom
such obligation was owing against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement
Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Issuing
Lender in such currency, the Issuing Lender agrees to return the amount of any
excess to the Company (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under
applicable law).

        (g) For purposes of this Section, "Overnight Rate" means, for any day,
the rate of interest per annum at which overnight deposits in the applicable
currency, in an amount approximately equal to the amount with respect to which
such rate is being determined, would be offered for such day by the London
Branch of BofA to major banks in the London or other applicable offshore
interbank market. The Overnight Rate for any day which is not a Business Day (or
on which dealings are not carried on in the applicable offshore interbank
market) shall be the Overnight Rate for the immediately preceding Business Day.




                                      -58-





                                   ARTICLE IV

                     TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
                     --------------------------------------

     4.1 Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by the Company to each Lender or the
Administrative Agent under this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be
made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any Taxes. In
addition, the Company shall pay all Other Taxes.

        (b) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender and
the Administrative Agent for the full amount of Taxes, Other Taxes and Further
Taxes paid by such Lender in the amount necessary to preserve the after-tax
yield such Lender would have received if such Taxes, Other Taxes or Further
Taxes had not been imposed, and any liability (including penalties, interest,
additions to tax and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses) arising therefrom or
with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes
were correctly or legally asserted; provided, however, that no participant of
any Lender shall be entitled to receive any greater payment under this
subsection 4.1(b) than such Lender would have been entitled to receive with
respect to the rights participated; and provided further that the Company shall
not indemnify any Lender (or participant thereof) or the Administrative Agent
for Taxes, Other Taxes, Further Taxes, penalties, additions to tax, interest and
expenses arising as a result of any of their own willful misconduct or gross
negligence. Payment under this subsection 4.1(b) shall be made within 30 days
from the date such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) makes
written demand therefor, including with such demand an identification of the
Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes (together with the amounts thereof) with
respect to which such demand for indemnification is being made.

        (c) If the Company shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any
Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable
hereunder to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, then:

          (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that, after
     making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions and
     withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section),
     such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, receives and
     retains an amount equal to the sum it would have received and retained had
     no such deductions or withholdings been made;

          (ii) the Company shall make such deductions and withholdings; and

          (iii) the Company shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld to
     the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with
     applicable law.


                                      -59-






        (d) Within 10 days after the date the Company receives any receipt for
the payment of Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes, the Company shall furnish to
each Lender and the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of
such receipt evidencing payment thereof, or other evidence of payment
satisfactory to such Lender or the Administrative Agent.

        (e) If the Company is required to pay additional amounts to any Lender
or the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section or
Section 4.3, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with
legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its Lending
Office so as to reduce or eliminate any such additional payment by the Company
which may thereafter accrue, if such change in the sole judgment of such Lender
is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

        (f) If a Lender (or participant thereof) or the Administrative Agent
shall become aware that it is entitled to receive a refund (including interest
and penalties, if any) in respect of Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes as to
which it has been indemnified by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.1, it
shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the availability of such refund
(including interest and penalties, if any) and shall, within 30 days after
receipt of a request by the Company, apply for such refund. If any Lender (or
participant thereof) or the Administrative Agent receives a refund (including
interest and penalties, if any) in respect of any Taxes, Other Taxes or Further
Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Company pursuant to this
Section 4.1, it shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt of such refund
and shall, within 15 days of receipt, repay such refund (to the extent of
amounts that have been paid by the Company under this Section 4.1 with respect
to such refund and not previously reimbursed) to the Company, net of all
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender or the Administrative Agent and
without any interest (other than the interest, if any, included in such refund).

     4.2 Illegality. (a) After the date hereof, if any Lender determines that
the introduction of any Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of
Law, or in the interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law, has
made it unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority has
asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable Lending Office
to make Offshore Rate Loans, then, on notice thereof by the Lender to the
Company through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make
Offshore Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the
Administrative Agent and the Company that the circumstances giving rise to such
determination no longer exist.

        (b) After the date hereof, if a Lender determines that it is unlawful to
maintain any Offshore Rate Loan, the Company shall, upon its receipt of notice
of such fact and demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative
Agent), prepay in


                                      -60-





full such Offshore Rate Loan, together with interest accrued thereon and any
amount required under Section 4.4, either on the last day of the Interest Period
thereof, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Offshore Rate
Loan to such day, or on such earlier date on which such Lender may no longer
lawfully continue to maintain such Offshore Rate Loan (as determined by such
Lender). If the Company is required to so prepay any Offshore Rate Loan, then
concurrently with such prepayment, the Company shall borrow from the affected
Lender, in the amount of such repayment, a Base Rate Loan.

        (c) If the obligation of any Lender to make or maintain Offshore Rate
Loans has been terminated or suspended pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) above,
all Loans which would otherwise be made by such Lender as Offshore Rate Loans
shall be instead Base Rate Loans.

        (d) Before giving any notice to the Administrative Agent or demand upon
the Company under this Section, the affected Lender shall designate a different
Lending Office with respect to its Offshore Rate Loans if such designation will
avoid the need for giving such notice or making such demand and will not, in the
judgment of such Lender, be illegal or otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

     4.3 Increased Costs and Reduction of Return. (a) After the date hereof,
if any Lender determines that, due to either (i) the introduction of or any
change (other than any change by way of imposition of or increase in reserve
requirements included in the calculation of the Offshore Rate) in or in the
interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) compliance by such Lender with
any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority
(whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the
cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any
Offshore Rate Loan or participating in Letters of Credit or, in the case of the
Issuing Lender, any increase in the cost to the Issuing Lender of agreeing to
issue, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or of agreeing to make or
making, funding or maintaining any unpaid drawing under any Letter of Credit,
then the Company shall be liable for, and shall from time to time, upon demand
(with a copy of such demand to be sent to the Administrative Agent), pay to the
Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, additional amounts as are
sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased costs.

        (b) After the date hereof, if any Lender shall have determined that (i)
the introduction of any Capital Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any
Capital Adequacy Regulation, (iii) any change in the interpretation or
administration of any Capital Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or other
Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or administration
thereof, or (iv) compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) or any
corporation controlling such Lender with any Capital Adequacy Regulation,
affects or would affect the


                                      -61-





amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Lender or any
corporation controlling such Lender and (taking into consideration such Lender's
or such corporation's policies with respect to capital adequacy and such
Lender's desired return on capital) determines that the amount of such capital
is increased as a consequence of any of its Commitments, Loans, credits or
obligations under this Agreement, then, upon demand of such Lender to the
Company through the Administrative Agent, the Company shall pay to such Lender,
from time to time as specified by such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to
compensate such Lender for such increase.

        (c) This Section 4.3 shall not require the Company to reimburse the
Administrative Agent or any Lender for any Taxes which are otherwise covered by
the indemnity set forth in Section 4.1 or any Excluded Taxes.

     4.4 Funding Losses. The Company shall reimburse each Lender and hold
each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which such Lender may sustain or
incur as a consequence of:

        (a) the failure of the Company to make on a timely basis any payment of
principal of any Offshore Rate Loan;

        (b) the failure of the Company to borrow, continue or convert a Loan
after the Company has given (or is deemed to have given) a Notice of Borrowing
or a Notice of Conversion/ Continuation;

        (c) the failure of the Company to make any prepayment in accordance with
any notice delivered under Section 2.7;

        (d) the prepayment (including pursuant to Section 2.8) or other payment
(including after acceleration thereof) of an Offshore Rate Loan on a day that is
not the last day of the relevant Interest Period; or

        (e) the automatic conversion under subsection 2.4(a) of any Offshore
Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the relevant
Interest Period;

including any such loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment
of funds obtained by it to maintain its Offshore Rate Loans or from fees payable
to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. For purposes of
calculating amounts payable by the Company to the Lenders under this Section and
under subsection 4.3(a), each Offshore Rate Loan made by a Lender (and each
related reserve, special deposit or similar requirement) shall be conclusively
deemed to have been funded at the IBOR used in determining the Offshore Rate for
such Offshore Rate Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the
interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period,
whether or not such Offshore Rate Loan is in fact so funded.



                                      -62-





     4.5 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Administrative Agent determines
that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining
the Offshore Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed
Offshore Rate Loan, or the Required Lenders determine (and notify the
Administrative Agent) that the Offshore Rate applicable pursuant to subsection
2.10(a) for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Offshore
Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of
funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Company
and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain
Offshore Rate Loans hereunder shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent,
with the consent of the Required Lenders, revokes such notice in writing. Upon
receipt of such notice, the Company may revoke any Notice of Borrowing or Notice
of Conversion/Continuation then submitted by it. If the Company does not revoke
such Notice, the Lenders shall make, convert or continue the Loans, as proposed
by the Company, in the amount specified in the applicable notice submitted by
the Company, but such Loans shall be made, converted or continued as Base Rate
Loans instead of Offshore Rate Loans.

     4.6 Certificates of Lenders. Any Lender claiming reimbursement or
compensation under this Article IV shall deliver to the Company (with a copy to
the Administrative Agent) a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the
basis for such claim and a calculation of the amount payable to such Lender and
such certificate shall be conclusive and binding on the Company in the absence
of manifest error.

     4.7 Substitution of Lenders. In the event the Company becomes obligated
to pay additional amounts to any Lender pursuant to Sections 4.1(b) or (c) or
Section 4.3, or if it becomes illegal for any Lender to continue to fund or to
make Offshore Rate Loans pursuant to Section 4.2, as a result of any condition
described in any such Section, then, unless such Lender has theretofore taken
steps to remove or cure, and has removed or cured, the conditions creating the
cause for such obligation to pay such additional amounts or for such illegality,
the Company may designate another Lender which is acceptable to the
Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender in their sole
discretion (such Lender being herein called a "Replacement Lender") to purchase
the Loans of such Lender and such Lender's rights hereunder, without recourse to
or warranty by, or expense to, such Lender for a purchase price equal to the
outstanding principal amount of the Loans payable to such Lender plus any
accrued but unpaid interest on such Loans and accrued but unpaid commitment fees
in respect of such Lender's Commitments and any other amounts payable to such
Lender under this Agreement, and to assume all the obligations of such Lender
hereunder, and, upon such purchase, such Lender shall no longer be a party
hereto or have any rights hereunder and shall be relieved from all obligations
to the Company hereunder, and the Replacement Lender shall succeed to the rights
and obligations of such Lender hereunder.


                                      -63-






     4.8 Survival. The agreements and obligations of the Company in this
Article IV shall survive the payment of all other Obligations.


                                    ARTICLE V

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
                              --------------------

     5.1 Conditions of Initial Credit Extensions. The obligation of each
Lender to make its initial Credit Extension is subject to the conditions (in
addition to the conditions set forth in Sections 5.2 and 5.3) that (i) the
Company shall have submitted evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agents that
all Debt to be Repaid has been (or concurrently with the initial Borrowing will
be) paid in full, that all agreements and instruments governing the Debt to be
Repaid (including the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated April
2, 1996, among the Company, NationsBank of North Carolina, N.A., as co-agent,
and The First National Bank of Chicago, as agent, and other parties thereto (the
"Prior Credit Agreement")) and that all Liens securing such Debt to be Repaid
have been (or concurrently with the initial Borrowing will be) terminated and
(ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received on or before September 30,
1996 all of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to each Agent and
each Lender, and (except for the Notes) in sufficient copies for the
Administrative Agent and each Lender:

        (a) Credit Agreement and Notes. This Agreement and the Notes (if any)
executed by each party thereto.

        (b) Resolutions and Incumbency.

          (i) Copies of resolutions of the board of directors of the Company and
     each Guarantor authorizing the transactions contemplated hereby, certified
     as of the Closing Date by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such
     Person; and

          (ii) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the
     Company and each Guarantor certifying the names and true signatures of the
     officers of such Person authorized to execute, deliver and perform this
     Agreement and all other Loan Documents to be delivered by it hereunder.

        (c) Organization Documents; Good Standing. Each of the following
documents:

          (i) for the Company and each Guarantor, the articles or certificate of
     incorporation and the bylaws of each such Person, as the case may be, as in
     effect on the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary or Treasurer of such
     Person, as of the Closing Date; and



                                      -64-





          (ii) a good standing certificate for the Company and each Guarantor
     from the Secretary of State (or similar applicable Governmental Authority)
     of the jurisdiction of its organization.

        (d) Legal Opinions.

          (i) An opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, counsel to the
     Company and ROV Holding, substantially in the form of Exhibit J, and

          (ii) Opinions of local counsel to the Company and/or ROV Holding in
     Wisconsin, North Carolina and the United Kingdom, substantially in the
     forms of Exhibits K-1 through K-4 hereto.

        (e) Payment of Fees. Evidence of payment by the Company of all accrued
and unpaid fees, costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable on the
Closing Date, together with Attorney Costs of the Agents and the Arrangers to
the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional
amounts of Attorney Costs as shall constitute the Agents' reasonable estimate of
Attorney Costs incurred or to be incurred by them or the Arrangers through the
closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude
final settling of accounts between the Company and the Agents), including any
such costs, fees and expenses arising under or referenced in Section 2.11 or
11.4.

        (f) Certificate. A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, dated as
of the Closing Date, stating that:

          (i) the representations and warranties contained in Article VI are
     true and correct on and as of such date, as though made on and as of such
     date;

          (ii) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists or will
     result from the initial Credit Extension; and

          (iii) no event or circumstance has occurred since June 30, 1996 that
     has resulted, or would reasonably be expected to result, in a Material
     Adverse Effect.

        (g) Security Agreement, etc. A security agreement, substantially in the
form of Exhibit E (the "Security Agreement"), executed by the Company and each
Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary), together with: (1) evidence,
satisfactory to the Agents, that all filings and recordings necessary to perfect
the Lien granted to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of itself and the
Lenders) on any collateral granted under the Security Agreement have been duly
made (or will be duly made contemporaneously with the initial Credit Extension
on the Closing Date) and are in full force and effect; (2) a trademark security
agreement, substantially in the form attached


                                      -65-




to the Security Agreement (each, a "Trademark Security Agreement"), issued by
the Company and (3) a patent security agreement, substantially in the form
attached to the Security Agreement (each, a "Patent Security Agreement"), issued
by the Company.

        (h) Guaranty. The Guaranty executed by each Subsidiary (other than a
Foreign Subsidiary).

        (i) Pledge Agreements. A pledge agreement, substantially in the form of
Exhibit G, issued by the Company (the "Company Pledge Agreement") with respect
to its pledge of 65% of the stock of ROV Holding and all intercompany
Indebtedness owing to the Company; and a Deed of Charge and Memorandum of
Deposit substantially in the form of Exhibit H (the "U.K. Charge"), issued by
ROV Holding with respect to its pledge of 65% of the stock of its Subsidiary
Rayovac (U.K.) Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of England
("Rayovac, U.K."), and all intercompany Indebtedness owing to ROV Holding; in
each case together with the stock certificates (if any) to be pledged thereunder
and undated stock powers, or other instruments of transfer in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agents, duly executed in blank and all intercompany notes
(if any) to be pledged thereunder, duly endorsed to the order of the
Administrative Agent.

        (j) Real Property. With respect to each parcel of real property owned or
leased by the Company or any Subsidiary and listed on Schedule 5.1(j), a duly
executed Mortgage providing for a fully perfected Lien, in favor of the
Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, in all
right, title and interest of the Company and each Subsidiary to the real
property subject to such Mortgage, superior in right to any Lien (other than
Permitted Liens), existing or future, which the Company or any Subsidiary or any
creditors thereof or purchasers therefrom, or any other Person, may have against
such real property, together with:

          (i) an ALTA (or other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent and
     the Required Lenders) mortgagee policy of title insurance or a binder
     issued by a title insurance company satisfactory to the Administrative
     Agent and the Required Lenders insuring (or undertaking to insure, in the
     case of a binder) that the Mortgage creates and constitutes a valid first
     mortgage Lien against such real property in favor of the Administrative
     Agent, subject only to exceptions acceptable to the Administrative Agent
     and the Required Lenders, with such endorsements and affirmative insurance
     as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request;

          (ii) copies of all documents of record concerning such parcel as shown
     on the commitment for the ALTA Loan Title Insurance Policy referred to
     above; and



                                      -66-





          (iii) original or certified copies of all insurance policies required
     to be maintained with respect to such real property by this Agreement, any
     Mortgage or any other Loan Document.

        (k) Recapitalization Agreement and Other Documents. A copy, certified as
true and correct by the Secretary or the Treasurer of the Company, of each of
(a) the Recapitalization Agreement (including all exhibits and schedules
thereto), (b) the Bridge Note Agreement, (c) the Rollover Indenture, (d) the
Escrow Agreement, (e) the Management Agreement, (f) the Pyle Agreements, (g) the
Employment Agreement and (h) the Jones Note.

        (l) Solvency Certificate. A Solvency Certificate, substantially in the
form of Exhibit I, executed by the chief financial officer of the Company.

        (m) Other Documents. Such other approvals, opinions, documents or
materials as any Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

     5.2 Other Conditions to Initial Loan or Letter of Credit. The obligation
of each Lender to make its initial Credit Extension is, in addition to the
conditions precedent specified in Sections 5.1 and 5.3, subject to the following
conditions precedent or (in the case of subsection 5.2(b)) concurrent:

        (a) Bridge Notes. The Company shall have issued the Bridge Notes on
terms and conditions satisfactory to the Agents for gross proceeds of not less
than $100,000,000.

        (b) Recapitalization Transaction. The Agents shall have received
evidence, reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, that the Recapitalization
Transaction has been completed on terms and conditions satisfactory to the
Agents.

     5.3 Conditions to All Credit Extensions. The obligation of each Lender
to make any Loan to be made by it and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to
Issue any Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions precedent on the relevant Borrowing Date or Issuance Date:

        (a) Notice, Application. In the case of any Loan, the Administrative
Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing and, in the case of any Issuance
of any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent shall
have received an L/C Application or L/C Amendment Application, as required under
Section 3.2.

        (b) Continuation of Representations and Warranties. The representations
and warranties in Article VI shall be true and correct in all material respects
on and as of such Borrowing Date or Issuance Date with the same effect as if
made on and as of such Borrowing Date or Issuance Date (except to the extent
such representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier


                                      -67-





date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

        (c) No Existing Default. No Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default shall exist or shall result from such Borrowing or Issuance.

Each Notice of Borrowing and L/C Application or L/C Amendment Application
submitted by the Company hereunder shall constitute a representation and
warranty by the Company hereunder, as of the date of such notice and as of the
applicable Borrowing Date or Issuance Date, that the conditions in this Section
5.3 are satisfied.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                         ------------------------------

     The Company represents and warrants to each Agent and each Lender that:

     6.1 Corporate Existence and Power. The Company and each of its
Subsidiaries (other than any Dormant Subsidiary):

        (a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation;

        (b) has the power and authority and all governmental licenses,
authorizations, consents and approvals (i) to own its assets and to carry on its
business and (ii) to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan
Documents;

        (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is licensed and in
good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or
operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification
or license; and

        (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law;

except, in each case referred to in clause (b)(i), (c) or (d), to the extent
that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.

     6.2 Corporate Authorization; No Contravention. The execution and
delivery by the Company of this Agreement and each other Loan Document to which
it is a party, the Borrowings hereunder, the execution and delivery by each
Guarantor of each Loan Document to which it is a party and the performance by
each of the Company and each Guarantor of its obligations under each Loan
Document to which it is a party (i) are within the corporate powers of the
Company and each Guarantor, as applicable, (ii) have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate action on


                                      -68-





the part of the Company and each Guarantor (including any necessary shareholder
action) and (iii) do not and will not:

        (a) contravene the terms of any of the Organization Documents of the
Company or any Guarantor;

        (b) conflict with or result in a breach or contravention of, or the
creation of any Lien under, any document evidencing any Contractual Obligation
to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or any order, injunction, writ
or decree of any Governmental Authority to which the Company, any Guarantor or
any of their properties are subject; or

        (c) violate any Requirement of Law.

     6.3 Governmental Authorization. No approval, consent, exemption,
authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any
Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the
execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, (i) the Company
of this Agreement or any other Loan Document to which it is a party or (ii) any
Guarantor with respect to each Loan Document to which it is a party, except, in
each case, for filings required to perfect Liens in favor of the Administrative
Agent granted under the Loan Documents.

     6.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document to which
the Company is a party constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of
the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms,
except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by
equitable principles relating to enforceability; and with respect to each
Guarantor, each Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party constitutes the
legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such
Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited
by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement
of creditors' rights generally and by equitable principles relating to
enforceability.

     6.5 Litigation. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.5, there
are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the best
knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in
arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, against the Company or any
Subsidiary or any of their respective properties which: (a) purport to affect or
pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby; or (b) would reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect. No injunction, writ, temporary restraining order or
other order of any nature has been issued by any court or other Governmental
Authority purporting to enjoin or restrain the execution, delivery or
performance of this Agreement or any other


                                      -69-





Loan Document, or directing that the transactions provided for herein or therein
not be consummated as herein or therein provided.

     6.6 No Default. No Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists
or would result from the incurring of any Obligations by the Company. As of the
Closing Date, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default under or with
respect to any Contractual Obligation in any respect which, individually or
together with all such defaults, would reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect, or that would, if such default had occurred after the Closing
Date, create an Event of Default under subsection 9.1(e).

     6.7 ERISA Compliance.

        (a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the
applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state law. Each
Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received
a favorable determination letter from the IRS and, to the best knowledge of the
Company, nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification.
The Company and each ERISA Affiliate has made all required contributions to any
Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver
or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code
has been made with respect to any Plan.

        (b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company,
threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or actions by any Governmental
Authority, with respect to any Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited
transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to
any Plan which has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.

        (c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur
that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) no
contribution failure has occurred with respect to a Pension Plan sufficient to
give rise to a Lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA; (iii) neither the Company nor
any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability
to the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan; (iv)
neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects
to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of
notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under
Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to any Multiemployer Plan that would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (v) neither the
Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be
subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.



                                      -70-





     6.8 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations. The proceeds of the Loans are
to be used solely for the purposes set forth in and permitted by Sections 7.13
and 8.7. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is generally engaged in the
business of purchasing or selling Margin Stock or extending credit for the
purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

     6.9 Title to Properties. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has
good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest
in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its
businesses, except for such defects in title as would not, individually or in
the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Company and each
Subsidiary has good title to all their other respective material properties and
assets (except for those assets disposed of not in violation of this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents). As of the Closing Date, the property of the
Company and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

     6.10 Taxes. The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and
State income tax returns and all other material tax returns and reports required
to be filed, and have paid all Federal and State income taxes and all other
material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or
imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and
payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance
with GAAP. There is no written, and, to the best of the Company's knowledge,
there is no oral, proposed tax assessment against the Company or any Subsidiary
that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.11 Financial Condition. (a) The audited consolidated financial
statements of the Company dated June 30, 1994, June 30, 1995 and June 30, 1996,
and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders'
equity and cash flows for the fiscal periods ended on such dates:

          (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied
     throughout the periods covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted
     therein;

          (ii) present fairly the financial condition of the Company and its
     Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and results of operations for the
     periods covered thereby; and

          (iii) except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.11, show all
     material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the
     Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities
     for taxes, material commitments and Contingent Obligations.

        (b) The Company has furnished to each Agent and each Lender an estimated
pro forma balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of September 30,
1996 (giving effect to the


                                      -71-





Recapitalization Transaction, the refinancing of the Debt to be Repaid, the
incurrence of the Obligations and the Bridge Notes and the consummation of all
other transactions contemplated to occur on such date), prepared by Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P. and certified as true and correct in all material respects by the
Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

        (c) The Company has furnished to each Agent and each Lender financial
projections dated the Closing Date and covering the period from September 30,
1996 to September 30, 2004. Such projections were prepared by the Company and
its Subsidiaries in good faith on the basis of information and assumptions that
the Company and its senior management believed to be reasonable as of the date
of such projections and such assumptions are reasonable as of the Closing Date
(it being understood that projections are subject to significant uncertainties
and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company's control, and that no
assurance can be given that the projections will be realized).

        (d) Since June 30, 1996 there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

     6.12 Regulated Entities. None of the Company or any Subsidiary is an
"investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940.
None of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate
Commerce Act, any state public utilities code, or any other Federal or state
statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.

     6.13 No Burdensome Restrictions. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
is a party to or bound by any Contractual Obligation or subject to any
restriction in any Organization Document or any Requirement of Law which would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.14 Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc. The Company and
its Subsidiaries own or are licensed or otherwise have the right to use all of
the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and other
similar rights that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their
respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other Person. To
the best knowledge of the Company, no slogan or other advertising device,
product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now
contemplated to be employed, by the Company or any Subsidiary infringes upon any
valid rights held by any other Person. Except as specifically disclosed in
Schedule 6.5, no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending
or threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary, and no patent, invention,
device, application, principle or any statute, law, rule, regulation, standard
or code, relating in each case to intellectual property, is, to the knowledge of
the Company, pending or proposed, which, in either


                                      -72-





case, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.15 Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date, the Company has no
Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in part (a) of Schedule
6.15 hereto and has no equity investments in any other corporation or entity
other than those specifically disclosed in part (b) of Schedule 6.15. As of the
Closing Date, neither of Minera Vindaluz or Zoe-Phos International has assets
with a fair market value in excess of $100,000 or conducts any business. As of
the Closing Date, none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries provides any
credit support to, or is liable in any manner for any liabilities of, Minera
Vindaluz or Zoe-Phos International.

     6.16 Insurance. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.16, the
properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially
sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Company (other
than Wrenford Insurance Company Limited), in such amounts, with such deductibles
and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in
similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Company
or such Subsidiary operates.

     6.17 Solvency, etc. On the Closing Date (or, in the case of any Person
that becomes a Guarantor after the Closing Date, on the date such Person becomes
a Guarantor), and immediately prior to and after giving effect to the Issuance
of each Letter of Credit and each Borrowing hereunder and the use of the
proceeds thereof, (a) each of the Company and each Guarantor will not have an
unreasonably small capital (meaning that for the period from the date of
determination through September 30, 2004, each of the Company and each
Guarantor, after consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, is a going concern and has sufficient capital to ensure that it will
be able to pay its debts and liabilities as they mature and continue to be a
going concern in the business in which such entities are engaged and proposed to
be engaged for such period), (b) each of the Company's and each Guarantor's
assets will exceed its liabilities, (c) each of the Company and each Guarantor
will be solvent, will be able to pay its Stated Liabilities as they mature
(meaning that each of the Company and such Guarantor will have sufficient assets
and cash flow to pay their respective Stated Liabilities as those liabilities
mature or otherwise become payable in the normal course of business) and (d)
both the Fair Value and Present Fair Saleable Value of the assets of the Company
and each Guarantor exceeds the Stated Liabilities, respectively, of each of the
Company and each Guarantor.

     6.18 Recapitalization Transaction, Bridge Notes, etc.

        (a) Concurrent with the initial Credit Extension, the Recapitalization
Transaction has been consummated in


                                      -73-





accordance with the terms of the Recapitalization Agreement, without waiver of
any of the conditions thereof.

        (b) The Recapitalization Transaction and the issuance and sale of the
Bridge Notes complied with all Requirements of Law (including the Securities Act
of 1933), and all necessary governmental, regulatory, shareholder and other
consents and approvals required for the consummation of the Recapitalization
Transaction and the issuance and sale of the Bridge Notes were, prior to the
consummation thereof, duly obtained and in full force and effect. All applicable
waiting periods with respect to the Recapitalization Transaction and the
issuance and sale of the Bridge Notes have expired without any action being
taken by any competent Governmental Authority which restrains, prevents or
imposes material adverse conditions upon the consummation of any such
transaction.

        (c) The execution and delivery of the Recapitalization Agreement, the
consummation of the Recapitalization Transaction and the issuance and sale of
the Bridge Notes did not violate any Requirement of Law, or result in a breach
of, or constitute a default under, any Contractual Obligation affecting the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

        (d) There does not exist any judgment, order or injunction prohibiting
or imposing material adverse conditions upon the consummation of the
Recapitalization Transaction and the issuance and sale of the Bridge Notes.

        (e) All of the representations and warranties of the Company and, to the
best of the Company's knowledge, the Redemption Shareholders contained in the
Recapitalization Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of
the date hereof.

        (f) All of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth
in the Bridge Note Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of
the date hereof.

     6.19 Real Property. Set forth on Schedule 6.19 is a complete and
accurate list, as of the date of this Agreement, of the address and legal
description of any real property owned or leased by the Company or any
Subsidiary, together with, in the case of leased property, the last known name
and mailing address of the lessor of such property.

     6.20 Swap Obligations. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
has incurred any outstanding obligations under any Swap Contracts, other than
Permitted Swap Obligations. The Company has undertaken its own independent
assessment of its consolidated assets, liabilities and commitments and has
considered appropriate means of mitigating and managing risks associated with
such matters and has not relied on any swap


                                      -74-





counterparty or any Affiliate of any swap counterparty in determining whether to
enter into any Swap Contract.

     6.21 Senior Indebtedness. The Company's obligation to pay the
Obligations, including interest thereon and all fees, costs, expenses and
indemnities related thereto, constitute "Designated Senior Debt" of the Company
as such term is defined in each of the Bridge Note Agreement and the Rollover
Indenture. The Guaranty Obligations of each Subsidiary party to the guaranty of
each of the Bridge Notes and the Rollover Notes are subordinated to the prior
payment in full in cash of such Subsidiary's Guaranty Obligations under the
Guaranty. The Company acknowledges that the Lenders and the Administrative Agent
have entered into this Agreement, and have extended Commitments, in reliance
upon the subordination provisions in the Bridge Notes and the Rollover Indenture
and in the Subsidiary guaranties thereof. If any Qualified Notes are
outstanding, the foregoing representation and warranty shall be deemed made with
respect to Qualified Notes and the related Qualified Indenture to the same
extent made with respect to Rollover Notes and the Rollover Indenture.

     6.22 Environmental Warranties. Except as set forth in Schedule 6.22:

        (a) all facilities and property (including underlying groundwater) owned
or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all
Environmental Laws, except for such non-compliance as would not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

        (b) there are no pending or threatened Environmental Claims, except for
such Environmental Claims that are not reasonably likely, either singly or in
the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

        (c) there have been no Releases of Hazardous Materials at, on or under
any property now or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, previously owned or
leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that, singly or in the
aggregate, have, or may reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse
Effect;

        (d) the Company and its Subsidiaries have been issued and are in
compliance with all permits, certificates, approvals, licenses and other
authorizations relating to environmental matters and necessary or desirable for
their businesses, except to the extent that the failure to have or comply with
such permits, certificates, approvals, licenses and other authorizations
relating to environmental matters would not be reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect;

        (e) no property now or, to the best of the Company's knowledge,
previously owned or leased by the Company or any


                                      -75-





of its Subsidiaries is listed or proposed for listing (with respect to owned
property only) on the National Priorities List pursuant to CERCLA, or, to the
best of the Company's knowledge, is on the CERCLIS or on any similar state list
of sites requiring investigation or clean-up, except, in each case, for any such
listing that, singly or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect; and

        (f) to the best of the Company's knowledge, neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary of the Company has directly transported or directly arranged for the
transportation of any Hazardous Material to any location which is listed or
proposed for listing on the National Priorities List pursuant to CERCLA, or
which is the subject of federal, state or local enforcement actions or other
investigations which may lead to Environmental Claims against the Company or
such Subsidiary except, in each case, to the extent that the foregoing would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     6.23 Full Disclosure. None of the representations or warranties made by
the Company or any Subsidiary in the Loan Documents as of the date such
representations and warranties are made or deemed made and none of the written
statements contained in any exhibit, report, statement or certificate furnished
by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in connection with the Loan
Documents, considering each of the foregoing taken as a whole and in the context
in which it was made and together with all other representations, warranties and
written statements taken as a whole theretofore furnished by the Company and its
Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the
Loan Documents, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits any
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make such
representation, warranty or written statement, in light of the circumstances
under which it is made, not misleading as of the time when made or delivered;
provided that the Company's representation and warranty as to any forecast,
projection or other statement regarding future performance, future financial
results or other future development is limited to the fact that such forecast,
projection or statement was prepared in good faith on the basis of information
and assumptions that the Company believed to be reasonable as of the date such
material was provided (it being understood that projections are subject to
significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the
Company's control, and that no assurance can be given that the projections will
be realized).




                                      -76-





                                   ARTICLE VII

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
                              ---------------------

     So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan
or other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit
shall remain outstanding, unless the Required Lenders waive compliance in
writing:

     7.1 Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Required Lenders:

        (a) as soon as available, but not later than 90 days after the end of
each fiscal year, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the
Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related
consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders' equity and cash
flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures
for the previous fiscal year, and accompanied by the opinion of a
nationally-recognized independent public accounting firm (the "Independent
Auditor"), which report (x) shall state that such consolidated financial
statements present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Company and
its Subsidiaries for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a
basis consistent with prior years and (y) shall not be qualified or limited
because of a restricted or limited examination by the Independent Auditor of any
material portion of the Company's or any Subsidiary's (other than a Dormant
Subsidiary's) records;

        (b) Promptly when available, and in any event within 30 days after the
end of each month that is not the end of a fiscal quarter, and within 45 days
after the end of each month that is the end of a fiscal quarter (other than the
last month of each fiscal year), (i) balance sheets of the Company and each
Subsidiary as of the end of such month, and the related statements of income,
shareholders' equity and cash flows for such month and for the period beginning
with the first day of the applicable fiscal year and ending on the last day of
such month, including a comparison with the corresponding month and period of
the previous fiscal year and a comparison with the budget for such month and for
such period of the current fiscal year, together with a certificate of the chief
executive officer or the chief financial officer of the Company that each such
statement fairly presents the financial condition and results of operations of
the Company and its Subsidiaries (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments)
and has been prepared in accordance with the management policies consistently
applied and (ii) if such month is the end of a fiscal quarter, a copy of the
unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of
the end of such quarter and the related consolidated statements of income,
shareholders' equity and cash flows for the period commencing on the first day
and ending on the last day of such quarter, together with a certificate of the
chief executive


                                      -77-





officer or the chief financial officer of the Company that each such statement
fairly presents the financial condition and results of operations (subject to
normal year-end audit adjustments) of the Company and its Subsidiaries and has
been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

        (c) Not later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of
the projections of the Company of the consolidated operating budget and cash
flow budget of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the succeeding fiscal year,
such projections to be accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial
officer of the Company to the effect that (i) such projections were prepared by
the Company in good faith, (ii) the Company has a reasonable basis for the
assumptions contained in such projections and (iii) such projections have been
prepared according to such assumptions; and

        (d) As soon as available but not later than November 30, 1996, the
unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of
September 30, 1996 (giving effect to the Recapitalization Transaction, the
refinancing of the Debt to be Repaid, the incurrence of the Obligations and the
Indebtedness represented by the Bridge Notes and the consummation of all other
transactions contemplated to occur on such date) prepared by the Company in
accordance with GAAP.

     7.2 Certificates; Other Information. The Company shall furnish to the
Administrative Agent:

        (a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred
to in subsection 7.1(a), a certificate of the Independent Auditor stating that
in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any
Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, except as specified in such
certificate;

        (b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred
to in subsection 7.1(a) and each set of quarterly statements referred to in
subsection 7.1(b)(ii), a Compliance Certificate executed by a Responsible
Officer;

        (c) promptly, copies of all financial statements and reports that the
Company sends to its shareholders, and copies of all financial statements and
regular, periodic or special reports (including Forms 10K, 10Q and 8K) that the
Company or any Subsidiary may make to, or file with, the SEC;

        (d) promptly from time to time, any notices (including without
limitation notices of default or acceleration thereunder) received from any
holder or trustee of, under or with respect to any Subordinated Debt of the
Company;

        (e) promptly, upon request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender at
any time, a calculation of the Continuing Debt Reserve as in effect at any time,
with such supporting


                                      -78-





documentation in respect thereof as the Administrative Agent or
such Lender may reasonably request;

        (f) forthwith upon any Qualified Refinancing, a copy of the related
Qualified Indenture, certified as true and correct by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Company; and

        (g) promptly, such additional information regarding the business,
financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any Subsidiary as the
Administrative Agent, at the request of any Lender, may from time to time
reasonably request.

     7.3 Notices. Promptly upon a Responsible Officer obtaining knowledge
thereof, the Company shall notify the Administrative Agent (and the
Administrative Agent will promptly distribute such notice to the Lenders) of:

        (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default;

        (b) any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect, including, if applicable, (i) any breach or
non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the
Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation,
proceeding or suspension between the Company or any Subsidiary and any
Governmental Authority or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development
in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Company or any Subsidiary;

        (c) the occurrence of any of the following events affecting the Company
or any ERISA Affiliate (but in no event more than ten days after such event,
provided that the Company shall notify the Administrative Agent (which shall
promptly inform each Lender thereof) not less than ten days before the
occurrence of any event described in clause (ii) below), and deliver to the
Administrative Agent (which shall promptly deliver to each Lender a copy
thereof) a copy of any notice with respect to such event that is filed with a
Governmental Authority and any notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to
the Company or any ERISA Affiliate with respect to such event:

               (i) an ERISA Event;

               (ii) a contribution failure with respect to a Pension Plan
          sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA;

               (iii) a material increase in Unfunded Pension Liabilities;

               (iv) the adoption of, or the commencement of contributions to,
          any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code by the Company or any
          ERISA Affiliate; or



                                      -79-





               (v) the adoption of any amendment to a Plan subject to Section
          412 of the Code, if such amendment results in a material increase in
          contributions or Unfunded Pension Liabilities;

        (d) any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting
practices by the Company or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries;

        (e) any Mandatory Prepayment Event;

        (f) any proposed payment of or on Subordinated Debt prior to the making
thereof; and

        (g) upon the request from time to time of the Administrative Agent, the
Swap Termination Values, together with a description of the method by which such
values were determined, relating to any then-outstanding Swap Contracts to which
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is party.

     Each notice under this Section shall be accompanied by a written
statement by a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence
referred to therein and stating what action the Company or any affected
Subsidiary proposes to take with respect thereto and at what time. Each notice
under subsection 7.3(a) shall describe with particularity any and all clauses or
provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that have been breached
or violated.

     7.4 Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc. The Company shall, and
shall cause each Subsidiary (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) to:

        (a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its corporate
existence and good standing under the laws of its state or jurisdiction of
incorporation except a Subsidiary need not be in compliance with the foregoing
to the extent such Subsidiary is sold pursuant to Section 8.2 or merged or
consolidated unto another Person pursuant to Section 8.3;

        (b) preserve and maintain in full force and effect all governmental
rights, privileges, qualifications, permits, licenses and franchises, in each
case which are material and which are necessary or desirable in the normal
conduct of its business except in connection with transactions permitted by
Section 8.3 and dispositions of assets permitted by Section 8.2; and

        (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, copyrights,
trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which would
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

     7.5 Maintenance of Property. The Company shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) to,


                                      -80-





maintain and preserve all property material to the normal conduct of its
business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted,
other than obsolete, worn out or surplus equipment; provided, however, that
nothing in this Section 7.5 shall prevent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
from discontinuing the operation and the maintenance of any of its properties or
any Dormant Subsidiary if such discontinuance is, in the opinion of the Board of
Directors or senior management of the Company, desirable in the conduct of its
business and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lenders.

     7.6 Insurance. The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary (other
than a Dormant Subsidiary) to, maintain with financially sound and reputable
independent insurers or with Wrenford Insurance Company Limited, insurance with
respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds
customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business,
of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar
circumstances by such other Persons.

     7.7 Payment of Obligations. The Company shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to, pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable all of
its material obligations and liabilities, including:

        (a) all material tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges
or levies upon it or its properties or assets unless the same are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in
accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Company or such Subsidiary; and

        (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon
its property.

     7.8 Compliance with Laws. The Company shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to, comply in all material respects with all material Requirements of
Law of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it or its business
(including the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act), except such as may be
contested in good faith or as to which a bona fide dispute may exist.

     7.9 Compliance with ERISA. The Company shall, and shall cause each of
its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material
respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or
state law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the
Code to maintain such qualification; and (c) make all required contributions to
any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code.

     7.10 Inspection of Property and Books and Records. The Company shall,
and shall cause each Subsidiary to, maintain proper books of record and account,
in which full, true and


                                      -81-





correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of
all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the
Company and such Subsidiary. The Company shall permit, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to permit, representatives and independent contractors of the
Administrative Agent or any Lender (a) to visit and inspect any of their
respective properties, to examine their respective corporate, financial and
operating records, and to make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to
discuss their respective affairs, finances and accounts with their respective
directors, officers, and independent public accountants and (b) to inspect any
of their inventory and equipment, to perform appraisals of any of their
equipment, and to inspect, audit, check and make copies and/or extracts from the
books, records, computer data and records, computer programs, journals, orders,
receipts, correspondence and other data relating to inventory, accounts
receivable, contract rights, general intangibles, equipment and any other
collateral, or relating to any other transactions between the parties hereto; at
such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be
reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Company; provided,
however, that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any
Lender may do any of the foregoing without advance notice. After the occurrence
and during the continuance of any Event of Default, any such inspection shall be
at the Company's expense.

     7.11 Interest Rate Protection. The Company shall, not later than 90 days
after the Closing Date, enter into one or more Permitted Swap Obligations, each
with a term of at least three years, on an ISDA standard form with one or more
Lenders or Affiliates thereof or with counterparties reasonably acceptable to
the Agents with respect to not less than $62,500,000 of the principal amount of
the Term Loans in form and substance satisfactory to the Agents.

     7.12 Environmental Covenant. The Company will, and will cause each of
its Subsidiaries to,

        (a) use and operate all of its facilities and properties in material
compliance with all Environmental Laws, keep all necessary permits, approvals,
certificates, licenses and other authorizations relating to environmental
matters in effect and remain in material compliance therewith, and handle all
Hazardous Materials in material compliance with all applicable Environmental
Laws;

        (b) promptly notify the Administrative Agent and provide copies of all
written Environmental Claims, and shall act in a diligent and prudent fashion to
address such Environmental Claims, including Environmental Claims that allege
that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is not in compliance with
Environmental Laws; and



                                      -82-





        (c) provide such information and certifications which the Administrative
Agent may reasonably request from time to time to evidence compliance with this
Section 7.12.

     7.13 Use of Proceeds. The Company shall use the proceeds of the Loans
and the Letters of Credit (i) to finance the Recapitalization Transaction, (ii)
to repay Debt to be Repaid, (iii) to pay up to $3,750,000 of fees and expenses
related to the issuance of the Bridge Notes and the Loans and (iv) for working
capital and other general corporate purposes not in contravention of any
Requirement of Law or of any Loan Document.

     7.14 Further Assurances. (a) The Company shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary to, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file,
register and re-register, any and all such further acts, deeds, conveyances,
security agreement, mortgages, assignments, estoppel certificates, financing
statements and continuations thereof, termination statements, notices of
assignment, transfers, certificates, assurances and other instruments the
Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as the case may be, may reasonably
request from time to time in order (a) to ensure that (i) the obligations of the
Company hereunder and under the other Loan Documents are secured by
substantially all assets of the Company (provided, that unless otherwise
reasonably required by the Required Lenders, the pledge of the capital stock of
a Foreign Subsidiary shall be limited to 65% of the outstanding capital stock of
such Subsidiary and, so long as ROV Holding owns no substantial business assets
other than stock of Foreign Subsidiaries, the pledge of stock of ROV Holding
shall be limited to 65% of the outstanding capital stock of ROV Holding) other
than stock of Dormant Subsidiaries and guaranteed, pursuant to the Guaranty, by
all Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Subsidiaries and Dormant Subsidiaries)
(including, promptly upon the acquisition or creation thereof, any Subsidiary
created or acquired after the date hereof) and (ii) the obligations of each
Subsidiary under the Guaranty are secured by substantially all of the assets of
such Subsidiary other than stock of Dormant Subsidiaries (provided, that unless
reasonably required by the Required Lenders, the pledge of the capital stock of
a Foreign Subsidiary shall be limited to 65% of the outstanding capital stock of
such Subsidiary), (b) to perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and
priority of any of the Collateral Documents and the Liens intended to be created
thereby and (c) to better assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve,
protect and confirm to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the rights
granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders under any Loan Documents or under any other document executed in
connection therewith. Contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of any
document referred to above, the Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary
to, deliver all resolutions, opinions and corporate documents as the
Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request to confirm
the enforceability of such document and the perfection of the security interest
created thereby, if applicable.


                                      -83-






        (b) As soon as practicable, but in any event within 60 days following
the Closing Date, the Company shall cause ROV Holding to (i) pledge to the
Administrative Agent, pursuant to documentation in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, 65% of the capital stock of ROV
Holding's Subsidiaries Rayovac Far East Limited, a corporation organized under
the laws of Hong Kong, Rayovac Canada Inc., a corporation organized under the
laws of Canada, and Ray-O-Vac Europe B.V., a corporation organized under the
laws of the Netherlands, (ii) in connection with such pledges, deliver to the
Administrative Agent such certificates and opinions of counsel as requested by
the Administrative Agent and (iii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the stock
certificates (if any) to be pledged thereunder, together with undated stock
powers duly executed in blank.

        (c) In the event that any Subsidiary that on the date hereof is a
Dormant Subsidiary ceases to be a Dormant Subsidiary, the Company shall promptly
pledge or cause to be pledged, pursuant to documentation in form and substance
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (i) 65% of the stock of such
Subsidiary to be pledged to the Administrative Agent (so long as such Subsidiary
is not owned by a Foreign Subsidiary) pursuant to documentation in form and
substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (ii) in connection with such
pledge, deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent such
certificates and opinions of counsel as requested by the Administrative Agent
and (iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent the stock
certificates (if any) to be pledged thereunder, together with undated stock
powers duly executed in blank.

        (d) If the Company shall not have sold its real property located at 922
South Main Street, Covington, Tennessee on or before 180 days after the Closing
Date, the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed
Mortgage with respect to such property providing for a fully perfected Lien, in
favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders,
in all right, title and interest of the Company in such property, superior in
right to any Lien (other than Permitted Liens), existing or future, which the
Company or any creditors thereof or purchasers therefrom, or any other Person,
may have against such property, together with documents of the type specified in
Section 5.1(j) with respect to such property.

        (e) Within 30 days after the Closing Date, the Company shall cause each
financial institution at which the Company or any Subsidiary (other than a
Foreign Subsidiary) maintains any lockbox, deposit account or other similar
account to deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Company a writing, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, acknowledging and
consenting to the security interest of the Administrative Agent in such lockbox
or account and all cash, checks, drafts and other instruments or writings for
the payment of money from time to time therein, confirming such financial
institution's agreement to follow the instructions of the Administrative Agent


                                      -84-





with respect to all such cash, checks, drafts and other instruments or writings
for the payment of money following the occurrence of any Event of Default or
Unmatured Event of Default of the type specified in Section 9.1(f) or (g) and
waiving all rights of setoff and banker's lien on all items held in any such
lockbox or account.

     7.15 Clean-Down of Loans. The Company agrees to cause the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans, for at least 30 consecutive
days in each fiscal year set forth below, to be equal to or less than the amount
set forth across from such fiscal year below:

                Fiscal Year                           Amount

          ending 9/30/97                               $10,000,000
          ending 9/30/98                                $5,000,000
          each fiscal year thereafter                           $0.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS
                               ------------------

     So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan
or other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit
shall remain outstanding, unless the Required Lenders waive compliance in
writing:

     8.1 Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Lien upon or with respect to any part of its property, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following ("Permitted Liens"):

        (a) any Lien existing on property of the Company or any Subsidiary on
the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 8.1 securing Indebtedness outstanding
on such date;

        (b) any Lien created under any Loan Document;

        (c) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges
which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty, or to the extent
that non-payment thereof is permitted by Section 7.7, provided that no notice of
lien has been filed or recorded under the Code;

        (d) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', landlords', materialmen's,
repairmen's or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business
which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings, which proceedings have the effect of preventing the
forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;



                                      -85-





        (e) Liens (other than any Lien imposed by ERISA) consisting of pledges
or deposits required in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers' compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security
legislation;

        (f) Liens on property of the Company or any Subsidiary securing (i) the
non-delinquent performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed
money), leases, statutory obligations, (ii) surety bonds (excluding appeal bonds
and other bonds posted in connection with court proceedings or judgments) and
(iii) other non-delinquent obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred
in the ordinary course of business; provided that all such Liens in the
aggregate would not (even if enforced) cause a Material Adverse Effect;

        (g) Liens consisting of judgment or judicial attachment Liens and Liens
securing contingent obligations on appeal bonds and other bonds posted in
connection with court proceedings or judgments, provided that the enforcement of
such Liens is effectively stayed and all such Liens in the aggregate at any time
outstanding for the Company and its Subsidiaries do not exceed $3,000,000;

        (h) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar
encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business which, in the
aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case
materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere
with the ordinary conduct of the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries
taken as a whole;

        (i) purchase money security interests on any property acquired by the
Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, securing
Indebtedness incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing all or any part of
the cost of acquiring such property, provided that (i) any such Lien attaches to
such property concurrently with or within 90 days after the acquisition thereof,
(ii) such Lien attaches solely to the property so acquired in such transaction,
(iii) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed
100% of the cost of such property and (iv) the principal amount of the
Indebtedness secured by all such purchase money security interests shall not at
any time exceed $5,000,000;

        (j) Liens securing obligations in respect of capital leases on assets
subject to such leases, provided that such capital leases are otherwise
permitted hereunder;

        (k) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law
provision relating to banker's liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and
remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor
depository institution, provided that (i) such deposit account is not a
dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against
access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations


                                      -86-





promulgated by the FRB and (ii) such deposit account is not intended by the
Company or any Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution;

        (l) extensions, renewals and replacements of Liens referred to in
clauses (a) through (k) above; provided that any such extension, renewal or
replacement Lien is limited to the property or assets covered by the Lien
extended, renewed or replaced and does not secure any Indebtedness in addition
to that secured immediately prior to such extension, renewal or replacement;

        (m) Liens relating to IRB Debt permitted by subsection 8.5(k) covering
only those capital improvements financed by such IRB Debt; and

        (n) Liens securing other Indebtedness of the Company and its
Subsidiaries not expressly permitted by clauses (a) through (m) above; provided
that the aggregate amount of the Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted
pursuant to this clause (n) does not exceed $3,000,000 in the aggregate;

provided that no Lien (other than as set forth in clause (b) above) may attach
to any Excluded Assets.

     8.2 Disposition of Assets. The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer
or otherwise dispose of (whether in one or a series of transactions) any
property (including accounts and notes receivable, with or without recourse) or
enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing, except:

        (a) dispositions of inventory, or used, worn-out or surplus equipment,
all in the ordinary course of business;

        (b) the sale of equipment to the extent that such equipment is exchanged
for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement equipment, or the
proceeds of such sale are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of
such replacement equipment;

        (c) dispositions not otherwise permitted hereunder (including the
disposition of all of the capital stock of any operating Subsidiary and
including a disposition pursuant to a sale and lease-back transaction) which are
made for fair market value if the fair market value of all assets so disposed of
by the Company and its Subsidiaries under this clause (c) does not exceed
$5,000,000 in the aggregate; provided that (i) at the time of any disposition,
no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall exist or will result
from such disposition, (ii) at least 90% of the consideration received by the
Company or such Subsidiary from such disposition is in cash or Cash Equivalent
Investments and (iii) the proceeds thereof are applied as provided in subsection
2.8(a);



                                      -87-





        (d) mergers expressly permitted by Section 8.3 or transfers by any
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company of its assets upon its liquidation to the
Company or any of its Wholly- Owned Subsidiaries; and

        (e) in addition to any other disposition permitted by this Section 8.2,
the sale or disposition of any assets (including the disposition of all of the
capital stock of any operating Subsidiary and including a disposition pursuant
to a sale and lease-back transaction) if the fair market value of all assets so
disposed of by the Company and its Subsidiaries under this clause (e) does not
exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate; provided that (i) at the time of any
disposition, no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall exist or
will result from such disposition and (ii) the proceeds thereof are applied as
provided in subsection 2.8(a).

     8.3 Consolidations and Mergers. The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Subsidiary to, merge or consolidate with or into any other Person,
except that any Subsidiary may merge with the Company (provided that the Company
shall be the continuing or surviving corporation) or with any one or more
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries (provided that a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary shall be the
continuing or surviving corporation).

     8.4 Loans and Investments. The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any Subsidiary to, purchase or acquire, or make any commitment to purchase or
acquire, any capital stock, equity interest or other obligations or securities
of, or any interest in, any other Person, or make or commit to make any
Acquisition, or make or commit to make any advance, loan, extension of credit or
capital contribution to or any other investment in, any other Person, except
for:

        (a) investments in Cash Equivalent Investments;

        (b) extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes
receivable arising from the sale or lease of goods or services in the ordinary
course of business;

        (c) investments by the Company in its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries or by
any Subsidiary in any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, in the form of contributions to
capital or loans or advances; provided that, immediately before and after giving
effect to such investment, no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing and the aggregate amount invested in
Foreign Subsidiaries after the Closing Date shall not exceed $2,000,000;

        (d) loans or advances made by any Subsidiary to the Company;

        (e) loans and advances to employees in the ordinary course of business
(such as travel advances and including the


                                      -88-





Jones Note) in an aggregate amount not at any time exceeding $1,000,000;

        (f) investments by the Company and its Subsidiaries in Joint Ventures in
the form of contributions of capital, loans, advances or Contingent Obligations;
provided that, immediately before and after giving effect to such investment,
(x) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, including without limitation pursuant to Section 8.9, and (y) the
aggregate amount of all investments pursuant to this clause (f) shall not exceed
$2,000,000 in the aggregate (with all such investments valued at the time of
investment at the cash amount thereof, if in cash, the fair market value thereof
as determined by the board of directors of the Company, if in property, and at
the maximum amount thereof if in Contingent Obligations);

        (g) investments constituting Permitted Swap Obligations or payments or
advances under Swap Contracts relating to Permitted Swap Obligations;

        (h) other investments in an aggregate amount not exceeding $5,000,000
during the term of this Agreement (with all such investments valued at the time
of investment at the cash amount thereof, if in cash, the fair market value
thereof as determined by the board of directors of the Company, if in property,
and at the maximum amount thereof if in Contingent Obligations); and

        (i) investments existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule
8.4.

     8.5 Limitation on Indebtedness. The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume, suffer to exist, or otherwise
become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to, any
Indebtedness, except:

        (a) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement and the Guaranty;

        (b) the Bridge Notes and any Subordinated Debt that represents the
Proposed Bridge Note Refinancing and related Guaranty Obligations by
Subsidiaries of the Company (provided that the Company may not pay cash interest
on any Subordinated Debt that represents the Bridge Note Refinancing at a rate
per annum greater than 15.25% on the lesser of the gross proceeds received by
the Company therefrom or the original principal amount thereof);

        (c) Indebtedness consisting of Contingent Obligations permitted pursuant
to Section 8.8;

        (d) Indebtedness existing, or drawable pursuant to commitments existing,
on the Closing Date, in each case as set forth in Schedule 8.5(d), and
extensions, renewals or


                                      -89-





replacements of such Indebtedness to the extent that the principal amount (with
respect to term debt) or maximum commitment (with respect to lines of credit or
revolving facilities) of such Indebtedness is not increased (collectively,
"Continuing Debt");

        (e) Indebtedness of Subsidiaries to the Company or Wholly-Owned
Subsidiaries; provided, that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness of
Foreign Subsidiaries and other investments by the Company and its Subsidiaries
in Foreign Subsidiaries shall not exceed $2,000,000;

        (f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by subsection 8.1(i);

        (g) Indebtedness incurred in connection with leases permitted pursuant
to Section 8.10;

        (h) Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in
connection with guaranties resulting from endorsement of negotiable instruments
in the ordinary course of business;

        (i) surety bonds and appeal bonds required in the ordinary course of
business or in connection with the enforcement of rights or claims of the
Company or in connection with judgments that do not result in an Unmatured Event
of Default or an Event of Default;

        (j) reimbursement obligations in respect of letters of credit listed on
Schedule 8.5(j), provided that such letters of credit are terminated or replaced
by Letters of Credit within 10 days after the Closing Date;

        (k) IRB Debt in a principal amount not to exceed $8,000,000 at any one
time outstanding; and

        (l) other Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not at any time exceeding
$5,000,000.

It is understood that any Indebtedness borrowed in a foreign currency shall
continue to be permitted under this Section, notwithstanding any fluctuation in
the Dollar Amount of such Indebtedness, as long as the outstanding principal
balance of such Indebtedness (denominated in its original currency) does not
exceed the maximum amount of such Indebtedness (denominated in such currency)
permitted to be outstanding on the date such Indebtedness was incurred.

         8.6 Transactions with Affiliates. The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of the
Company (other than a Subsidiary), except upon fair and reasonable terms no less
favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than would be obtainable in a
comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person


                                      -90-





not an Affiliate of the Company; provided, that the Management Agreement, the
Pyle Agreements, the Jones Note and the Employment Agreement shall not violate
this Section.

     8.7 Use of Proceeds. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, use any portion of the proceeds of any Loan or any Letter of
Credit, directly or indirectly, (i) to purchase or carry Margin Stock, (ii) to
repay or otherwise refinance indebtedness of the Company or others incurred to
purchase or carry Margin Stock, (iii) to extend credit for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock or (iv) acquire any security in any
transaction that is subject to Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act.

     8.8 Contingent Obligations. The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Contingent
Obligation except:

        (a) endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business;

        (b) Permitted Swap Obligations;

        (c) Contingent Obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries existing
as of the Closing Date and listed in Schedule 8.8 and Guaranty Obligations by
the Company relating to Indebtedness of Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, provided,
that all Contingent Obligations permitted by this subsection 8.8(c) shall not
exceed $10,000,000 at any one time;

        (d) Contingent Obligations arising under the Loan Documents; and

        (e) Contingent Obligations with respect to Joint Ventures to the extent
permitted by Section 8.9.

     8.9 Joint Ventures. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, enter into any Joint Venture, except that the Company or any
Subsidiary may enter into any Joint Venture so long as the aggregate amount
invested by the Company and its Subsidiaries in all Joint Ventures in any form
(including without limitation by capital contribution, incurrence of
Indebtedness by any such Joint Venture to the Company or any Subsidiary or the
incurrence of Contingent Obligations by the Company or any Subsidiary with
respect to any such Joint Venture), during the term of this Agreement does not
exceed $2,000,000; provided, however, that for purposes of determining the
aggregate amount invested in Joint Ventures hereunder (x) any return of
principal or equity received in cash on any amount invested hereunder and (y)
the fair market value of any other property received in exchange for any amount
invested hereunder shall be deducted.

     8.10 Lease Obligations. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, create or suffer to exist any


                                      -91-





obligations for the payment of rent for any property under lease or agreement to
lease, except for:

        (a) leases of the Company and its Subsidiaries in existence on the
Closing Date and any renewal, extension or refinancing thereof;

        (b) operating leases entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary after
the Closing Date in the ordinary course of business; and

        (c) capital leases entered into by the Company to finance the
acquisition of equipment; provided that no Event of Default or Unmatured Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing or will result from the incurrence of
the obligations of the Company contemplated thereby.

     8.11 Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage. The Company will not permit the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for any Computation Period to be less than the ratio
set forth below opposite the period in which such Computation Period ends:

         Period                                         Ratio

=================================================================
12/31/96 - 12/31/97                                    1.55:1.0
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------
03/31/98 - 12/31/98                                    1.65:1.0
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------
03/31/99 - 12/31/99                                    1.75:1.0
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------
03/31/00 - 12/31/00                                    1.85:1.0
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------
03/31/01 - 12/31/01                                    1.95:1.0
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------
03/31/02 and thereafter                                2.00:1.0.
=================================================================

     8.12 Minimum EBITDA. The Company will not permit EBITDA for any
Computation Period to be less than the amount set forth below opposite the
period in which such Computation Period ends:

         Period                                          EBITDA

===================================================================
 12/31/96 - 12/31/97                                   $40,000,000
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------
 03/31/98 - 09/30/98                                   $45,000,000
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------
 12/31/98 - 06/30/99                                   $50,000,000
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------
 09/30/99 - 12/31/99                                   $55,000,000
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------
 03/31/00 - 12/31/00                                   $60,000,000
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------
 03/31/01 - 12/31/01                                   $65,000,000
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------
 03/31/02 - 12/31/02                                   $70,000,000



                                      -92-






- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
 03/31/03 - 12/31/03                                   $75,000,000
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
 03/31/04 and thereafter                               $80,000,000;
====================================================================


provided, however, that with respect to Computation Periods ending prior to
September 30, 1997, EBITDA shall be measured from the period from October 1,
1996 through the end of the Computation Period and annualized as follows (x)
with respect to the Computation Period ending December 31, 1996, EBITDA during
such Computation Period shall be multiplied by four, (y) with respect to the
Computation Period ending March 31, 1997, EBITDA during such Computation Period
shall be multiplied by two and (z) with respect to the Computation Period ending
June 30, 1997, EBITDA during such Computation Period shall be multiplied by
four-thirds.

     8.13 Minimum Adjusted Net Worth. The Company will not permit at any time
from and after October 1, 1996 (i) the Net Worth of the Company at such time
plus Subordinated Debt Proceeds at such time to be less than (ii) (a) its Net
Worth on September 30, 1996, plus (b) $95,000,000, plus (c) 75% of cumulative
Consolidated Net Income for the period beginning on October 1, 1996 and ending
on the date of calculation (provided that if Consolidated Net Income is less
than zero for any fiscal year, or for the completed portion of the then-current
fiscal year, Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year or portion shall be
deemed to be zero).

     8.14 Maximum Leverage Ratio. The Company will not permit the Leverage
Ratio for any Computation Period to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite
the period in which such Computation Period ends:

      Period                                               Ratio

====================================================================
12/31/96                                                  6.00:1.0
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
03/31/97 - 12/31/97                                       5.25:1.0
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
03/31/98 - 12/31/98                                       4.50:1.0
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
03/31/99 - 12/31/99                                       4.00:1.0
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
03/31/00 - 12/31/00                                       3.50:1.0
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
03/31/01 and thereafter                                   3.00:1.0.
====================================================================

     8.15 Maximum Capital Expenditures. The Company will not permit the
aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures made by the Company and its
Subsidiaries for any fiscal year to exceed the amount set forth below opposite
such fiscal year:



                                      -93-





  Fiscal Year                                              Amount
====================================================================
ending 9/30/97                                          $17,000,000
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
ending 9/30/98                                          $17,000,000
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
ending 9/30/99                                          $18,000,000
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
ending 9/30/00                                          $19,000,000
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
ending 9/30/01                                          $20,000,000
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
ending 9/30/02                                          $21,000,000
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
ending 9/30/03                                          $22,000,000
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
ending 9/30/04                                          $23,000,000;
====================================================================

provided, however, that to the extent Capital Expenditures actually made in any
fiscal year are less than the amount permitted to be made in such fiscal year
(without giving effect to any carryforward), the lesser of (x) the amount of the
difference and (y) 50% of the amount of Capital Expenditures permitted to be
made in the next succeeding fiscal year as set forth in the schedule above may
be carried forward and used to make Capital Expenditures in such next succeeding
fiscal year.

     8.16 Restricted Payments. The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any Subsidiary to, (i) declare or make any dividend payment or other
distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on
account of any shares of any class of its capital stock, or purchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire for value any shares of its capital stock or any warrants,
rights or options to acquire such shares, now or hereafter outstanding, or (ii)
make any redemptions, prepayments, defeasances or repurchases of any
Subordinated Debt except that:

        (a) any Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends to the Company or a
Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

        (b) the Company may declare and make dividend payments or other
distributions payable solely in Common Stock;

        (c) the Bridge Notes may be exchanged for the Rollover Notes pursuant to
the terms of the Bridge Note Agreement and the Bridge Notes or the Rollover
Notes may be repaid using the Net Cash Proceeds of the Proposed Bridge Note
Refinancing;

        (d) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may purchase Common Stock or
options with respect to Common Stock held by employees or management of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the termination of
employment of any such employees or management, provided that any such payments
do not exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate; and

        (e) upon the initial Public Offering of the Company, the Company may
repurchase or redeem Bridge Notes, Rollover Notes or other Subordinated Debt
incurred to refinance the Bridge Notes


                                      -94-





or Rollover Notes (including Qualified Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of such
initial Public Offering; provided that no more than $35,000,000 principal amount
of Subordinated Debt (other than the Bridge Notes or Rollover Notes) may be
repurchased or redeemed pursuant to this clause (e).

     8.17 ERISA. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its ERISA
Affiliates to: (a) engage in a prohibited transaction or violation of the
fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan which has resulted or
would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Company in an
aggregate amount in excess of $1,000,000 at any time; or (b) engage in a
transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

     8.18 Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions. The Company shall
not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, enter into any arrangement with any
Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Subsidiary of any real or
personal property, which property is or has been sold or transferred by the
Company or any Subsidiary to such Person in contemplation of taking back a lease
thereof in an aggregate amount in excess of $5,000,000.

     8.19 Limitation on Restriction of Subsidiary Dividends and
Distributions. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to,
directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a)
pay dividends or make other distributions on its capital stock owned by the
Company or any Subsidiary, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any
Subsidiary, (b) make loans or advances to the Company or (c) transfer any of its
assets or properties to the Company, except for such encumbrances or
restrictions existing by reason of or under (i) applicable law, (ii) this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (iii) prior to the termination
thereof on the Closing Date, the Prior Credit Agreement.

     8.20 Inconsistent Agreements. The Company will not, and will not permit
any Subsidiary to, enter into any agreement containing any provision which would
be violated or breached by any borrowing by the Company hereunder or by the
performance by the Company or any Subsidiary of their respective obligations
hereunder or under any other Loan Document. The Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any agreement (other than this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents) prohibiting the creation or assumption
of any Lien upon its properties, revenues or assets, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, or the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to amend
or modify this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

     8.21 Change in Business. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than those lines of business carried
on by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof, any business or
activities that


                                      -95-





are substantially similar, related or incidental thereto and reasonable
extensions of product lines of the Company in existence on the date hereof.

     8.22 Amendments to Certain Documents. The Company shall not make or
agree to any amendment to or modification of, or waive any of its rights under,
any of the terms of (a) the Recapitalization Agreement, (b) the Bridge Note
Agreement, (c) the Rollover Indenture, (d) the Escrow Agreement, (e) the
Management Agreement, (f) the Pyle Agreements, (g) the Employment Agreement or
(h) any Qualified Indenture, unless any such amendment is not adverse in any
respect to the Lenders.

     8.23 Fiscal Year. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Subsidiary to, change the fiscal year of the Company or of any Subsidiary;
provided, that the foregoing shall not prohibit the Company from changing the
end of its fiscal year from June 30 to September 30 in connection with the
Recapitalization Transaction.

     8.24 Limitation on Issuance of Guaranty Obligations. The Company will
not permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume, suffer to exist, or
otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any
Guaranty Obligation or such Subsidiary relating to any Indebtedness of the
Company unless

          (i) such Subsidiary, if it is not already a party to the Guaranty,
     simultaneously executes and delivers to the Administrative Agent a
     counterpart to the Guaranty, together with such supporting documentation as
     the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, notwithstanding Section
     7.14,

          (ii) if such Indebtedness is by its terms subordinated to the
     Obligations, any such assumption, guaranty or other liability of such
     Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated, in form
     and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to such
     Subsidiary's Guaranty Obligation with respect to the Obligations to the
     same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations
     (provided that such Subsidiary's Guaranty Obligation of such Indebtedness
     of the Company shall be subordinated to the full amount of such
     Subsidiary's Guaranty Obligation under the Guaranty without giving effect
     to any reduction thereto necessary to render the Guaranty Obligation of
     such Subsidiary thereunder not voidable under applicable law relating to
     fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer), and

          (iii) such Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever
     claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any right of reimbursement,
     indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any
     other Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Subsidiary under such
     Guaranty Obligation.



                                      -96-





     8.25 Bridge Note Agreement. For so long as any Bridge Notes are
outstanding, to the extent that the covenants contained in the Bridge Note
Agreement are more restrictive than the covenants herein contained, all such
covenants of the Bridge Note Agreement, as in effect on the Closing Date, are
incorporated herein by reference.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT
                                -----------------

     9.1 Event of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an "Event of
Default":

        (a) Non-Payment. The Company fails to pay, when and as required to be
paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or of any L/C Obligation, or,
within three Business Days after the same becomes due, any amount of interest or
any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document.

        (b) Representation or Warranty. Any representation or warranty by the
Company or any Subsidiary made or deemed made herein or in any other Loan
Document, or which is contained in any certificate, document or financial or
other statement by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Responsible Officer
furnished at any time under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, is
incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made.

        (c) Specific Defaults. The Company fails to perform or observe any term,
covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 7.3 or Article VIII.

        (d) Other Defaults. The Company or any Guarantor party thereto fails to
perform or observe any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of
30 days after the earlier of (i) the date upon which a Responsible Officer knew
or reasonably should have known of such failure or (ii) the date upon which
written notice thereof is given to the Company by the Administrative Agent or
any Lender.

        (e) Cross-Default. (i) The Company or any Guarantor (A) fails to make
any payment in respect of any Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation (other than
in respect of Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including
undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all
creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than
$1,000,000 when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment,
acceleration, demand, or otherwise but subject to any applicable grace period)
or (B) fails to perform or observe any other condition or covenant, or any other
event shall occur or condition shall exist, under any agreement or instrument
relating to any such Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation, if the effect


                                      -97-





of such failure, event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or
holders of such Indebtedness or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such
Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or
beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, such Indebtedness to be declared to be
due and payable prior to its stated maturity, or such Contingent Obligation to
become payable, or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded or (ii)
there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in
such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap
Contract as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as
defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) as
to which the Company or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined),
and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Company or such
Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than $1,000,000.

        (f) Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings. The Company or any Subsidiary
(other than a Dormant Subsidiary): (i) ceases or fails to be solvent, or
generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as
they become due; (ii) voluntarily ceases to conduct its business in the ordinary
course; (iii) commences any Insolvency Proceeding with respect to itself; or
(iv) takes any action to effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing.

        (g) Involuntary Proceedings. (i) Any involuntary Insolvency Proceeding
is commenced or filed against the Company or any Subsidiary (other than a
Dormant Subsidiary), or any writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, warrant of
execution or similar process is issued or levied against a substantial part of
the Company's or any Subsidiary's properties, and such proceeding or petition
shall not be dismissed, or such writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, warrant
of execution or similar process shall not be released, vacated or fully bonded
within 60 days after commencement, filing or levy; (ii) the Company or any
Subsidiary (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) admits the material allegations of
a petition against it in any Insolvency Proceeding, or an order for relief (or
similar order under non-U.S. law) is ordered in any Insolvency Proceeding; or
(iii) the Company or any Subsidiary (other than a Dormant Subsidiary) acquiesces
in the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator,
mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor) or other similar Person for itself
or a substantial portion of its property or business.

        (h) ERISA. (i) One or more ERISA Events shall occur with respect to a
Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be
expected to result in liability of the Company under Title IV of ERISA to the
Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of
$2,000,000; (ii) a contribution failure shall have occurred with respect to a
Pension Plan sufficient to give rise to a Lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA;
(iii) the aggregate amount of Unfunded Pension Liability among all Pension Plans
at any time


                                      -98-





exceeds $2,000,000; or (iv) the Company or any ERISA Affiliate shall fail to pay
when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, one or more
installment payments with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201
of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan which results in an aggregate withdrawal
liability in excess of $2,000,000.

        (i) Monetary Judgments. One or more judgments, orders, decrees or
arbitration awards is entered against the Company or any Subsidiary involving in
the aggregate a liability (to the extent not covered by independent third-party
insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), as to any single
or related series of transactions, incidents or conditions, of $3,000,000 or
more, and the same shall remain undischarged, unvacated and unstayed pending
appeal for a period of 30 days after the entry thereof, or the Company or any
Subsidiary shall enter into any agreement to settle or compromise any pending or
threatened litigation (to the extent not covered by independent third party
insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), as to any single
or related series of claims, involving payment by the Company or any Subsidiary
of $3,000,000 or more.

        (j) Non-Monetary Judgments. Any non-monetary judgment, order or decree
is entered against the Company or any Subsidiary which has or would reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there shall be any period of
30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or
order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect.

        (k) Change of Control. Any Change of Control occurs.

        (l) Guarantor Defaults. The Guaranty shall cease to be in full force and
effect with respect to any Guarantor (other than as expressly permitted
hereunder), any Guarantor shall fail to comply with or to perform any applicable
provision of the Guaranty, or any Guarantor (or any Person acting by, through or
on behalf of such Guarantor) shall contest in any manner the validity, binding
nature or enforceability of the Guaranty with respect to such Guarantor.

        (m) Collateral Documents, etc. Any Collateral Document shall cease to be
in full force and effect with respect to the Company or any Guarantor (other
than as expressly permitted hereunder), the Company or any Guarantor shall fail
to comply with or to perform any applicable provision of any Collateral
Document, or the Company or any Guarantor (or any Person acting by, through or
on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor) shall contest in any manner the
validity, binding nature or enforceability of any Collateral Document.

     9.2 Remedies. If any Event of Default occurs, the Administrative Agent
shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders do
any or all of the following:


                                      -99-






        (a) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any
obligation of the Issuing Lender to Issue Letters of Credit to be terminated,
whereupon such commitments and obligations shall be terminated;

        (b) declare an amount equal to the maximum aggregate amount that is or
at any time thereafter may become available for drawing under any outstanding
Letter of Credit (whether or not any beneficiary shall have presented, or shall
be entitled at such time to present, the drafts or other documents required to
draw under such Letter of Credit) to be immediately due and payable, and declare
the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and
unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any
other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment,
demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly
waived by the Company; and

        (c) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies
available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable law;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in
subsection 9.1(f) or (g), the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and the
obligation of the Issuing Lender to Issue Letters of Credit shall automatically
terminate and the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all
interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and
payable without further act of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or
any other Lender.

     9.3 Rights Not Exclusive. The rights provided for in this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other
rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or under
any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                   THE AGENTS
                                   ----------

     10.1 Appointment and Authorization. (a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably
(subject to Section 10.9) appoints, designates and authorizes the Administrative
Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement
and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties
as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
Each Lender hereby appoints DLJ as Documentation Agent for the Lenders and BofA
and DLJ as Syndication Agents for the Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision to
the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan
Document, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or
responsibilities, except those expressly set


                                      -100-





forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent have or be deemed to have any
fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions,
responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the
Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence,
the use of the term "agent" in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents
with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any
fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligation arising under agency doctrine
of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market
custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship
between independent contracting parties.

        (b) The Issuing Lender shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect
to any Letters of Credit Issued by it and the documents associated therewith
until such time and except for so long as the Administrative Agent may agree at
the request of the Required Lenders to act for the Issuing Lender with respect
thereto; provided, however, that the Issuing Lender shall have all of the
benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article
X with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the Issuing Lender in
connection with Letters of Credit Issued by it or proposed to be Issued by it
and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to the
Letters of Credit as fully as if the term "Administrative Agent", as used in
this Article X, included the Issuing Lender with respect to such acts or
omissions and (ii) as additionally provided in this Agreement with respect to
the Issuing Lender.

     10.2 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of
its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents,
employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel
concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent shall
not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or
attorney-in-fact that it selects with reasonable care.

     10.3 Liability of Administrative Agent. None of the Agent-Related
Persons shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any
of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or
the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or
willful misconduct) or (b) be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders
for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by the Company or
any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, or any officer thereof, contained in
this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report,
statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the
Administrative Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other
Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or
sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the existence,
creation,


                                      -101-





validity, attachment, perfection, enforceability, value or sufficiency of any
collateral security for the Obligations or for any failure of the Company or any
other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or
thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender
to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the
agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Company or any
of the Company's Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

     10.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent. (a) The Administrative Agent
shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any
writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram,
facsimile, telex or telephone message, statement or other document or
conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed,
sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of
legal counsel (including counsel to the Company), independent accountants and
other experts selected by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent
shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice
or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so
requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders
against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason
of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall
in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under
this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or
consent of the Required Lenders and such request and any action taken or failure
to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

        (b) For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified
in Sections 5.1 and 5.2, each Lender that has executed this Agreement shall be
deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted, or to be satisfied with, each
document or other matter either sent by the Administrative Agent to such Lender
for consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be
consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to such Lender.

     10.5 Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to
have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Unmatured
Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal,
interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the
account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received
written notice from a Lender or the Company referring to this Agreement,
describing such Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default and stating that
such notice is a "notice of default". The Administrative Agent will notify the
Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative


                                      -102-





Agent shall take such action with respect to such Event of Default or Unmatured
Event of Default as may be requested by the Required Lenders in accordance with
Article IX; provided, however, that unless and until the Administrative Agent
has received any such request, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be
obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect
to such Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default as it shall deem
advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

     10.6 Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that none of the
Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no
act by the Administrative Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the
affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, shall be deemed to constitute any
representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender. Each
Lender represents to the Administrative Agent that it has, independently and
without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and
investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and
other condition and creditworthiness of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and
all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated
hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend
credit to the Company hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will,
independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on
such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or
not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make
such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business,
prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and
creditworthiness of the Company. Except for notices, reports and other documents
expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative
Agent, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to
provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business,
prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or
creditworthiness of the Company which may come into the possession of any of the
Agent-Related Persons.

     10.7 Indemnification of Agents. Whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the
Agents and the Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on
behalf of the Company and without limiting the obligation of the Company to do
so), pro rata, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided,
however, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent or
Agent-Related Person of any portion of the Indemnified Liabilities resulting
solely from such Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without
limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse each Agent upon demand
for its ratable share of any costs or


                                      -103-





out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the such Agent in
connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration,
modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal
proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or
responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document
contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that such Agent is not
reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Company. The undertaking in
this Section shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and the
resignation or replacement of any Agent.

     10.8 Administrative Agent in Individual Capacity. BofA and its
Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept
deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of
banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with the
Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as though BofA were not the
Administrative Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders.
The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, BofA or its
Affiliates may receive information regarding the Company or its Affiliates
(including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in
favor of the Company or such Affiliates) and acknowledge that the Administrative
Agent shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them. With
respect to its Loans, BofA and any Affiliate thereof shall have the same rights
and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as
though BofA were not the Administrative Agent.

     10.9 Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may, and
at the request of the Required Lenders shall, resign as Administrative Agent
upon 30 days' notice to the Lenders and the Company. If the Administrative Agent
resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with
the consent of the Company so long as no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed), to appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for
the Lenders. If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of
the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may
appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Company, a successor agent
from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor
agent hereunder, such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers
and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the term "Administrative
Agent" shall mean such successor agent and the retiring Administrative Agent's
appointment, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated.
After any retiring Administrative Agent's resignation hereunder as
Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Article X and Sections 11.4 and
11.5 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken
by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement. If no successor
agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date which is 30
days following a


                                      -104-





retiring Administrative Agent's notice of resignation, the retiring
Administrative Agent's resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective
and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent
hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor
agent as provided for above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, BofA may
not be removed as the Administrative Agent at the request of the Required
Lenders unless BofA and any Affiliate thereof acting as the Issuing Lender or
Swingline Lender hereunder shall also simultaneously be replaced as the Issuing
Lender and Swingline Lender pursuant to documentation in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to BofA (and, if applicable, such Affiliate).

     10.10 Withholding Tax. (a) If any Lender is a "foreign corporation,
partnership or trust" within the meaning of the Code and such Lender claims
exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S. withholding tax under Section 1441 or
1442 of the Code, such Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the
Company:

          (i) if such Lender claims an exemption from, or a reduction of,
     withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, properly completed IRS
     Forms 1001 and W-8 before the payment of any interest in the first calendar
     year and before the payment of any interest in each third succeeding
     calendar year during which interest may be paid under this Agreement;

          (ii) if such Lender claims that interest paid under this Agreement is
     exempt from United States withholding tax because it is effectively
     connected with a United States trade or business of such Lender, two
     properly completed and executed copies of IRS Form 4224 before the payment
     of any interest is due in the first taxable year of such Lender and in each
     succeeding taxable year of such Lender during which interest may be paid
     under this Agreement, and IRS Form W-9; and

          (iii) such other form or forms as may be required under the Code or
     other laws of the United States as a condition to exemption from, or
     reduction of, United States withholding tax.

Each such Lender agrees to promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the
Company of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any
claimed exemption or reduction.

        (b) If any Lender claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding
tax under a United States tax treaty by providing IRS Form 1001 and such Lender
sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of
the Obligations of the Company to such Lender, such Lender agrees to notify the
Administrative Agent and the Company of the percentage amount in which it is no
longer the beneficial owner of Obligations of the Company to such Lender. To the
extent of such


                                      -105-





percentage amount, the Administrative Agent and the Company will treat such
Lender's IRS Form 1001 as no longer valid.

        (c) If any Lender claiming exemption from United States withholding tax
by filing IRS Form 4224 with the Administrative Agent and the Company sells,
assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the
Obligations of the Company to such Lender, such Lender agrees to undertake sole
responsibility for complying with the withholding tax requirements imposed by
Sections 1441 and 1442 of the Code.

        (d) If any Lender is entitled to a reduction in the applicable
withholding tax, the Administrative Agent or the Company, as the case may be,
may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to
the applicable withholding tax after taking into account such reduction. If the
forms or other documentation required by subsection (a) of this Section are not
timely delivered to the Administrative Agent, or the Company, as the case may
be, then the Administrative Agent or the Company, as the case may be, may
withhold from any interest payment to such Lender not providing such forms or
other documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax
without deduction.

        (e) If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United States
or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent or the
Company did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of
any Lender (because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly
executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent or
the Company of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or
reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason) such Lender
shall indemnify the Administrative Agent or the Company, as the case may be,
fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent
or the Company, as the case may be, as Tax or otherwise, including penalties and
interest, and including any Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts
payable to the Administrative Agent or the Company, as the case may be, under
this Section, together with all costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs).
The obligation of the Lenders under this subsection shall survive the payment of
all Obligations and the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent.

     10.11 Collateral Matters.

        (a) The Administrative Agent is authorized on behalf of all the Lenders,
without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from
time to time to take any action with respect to any collateral or the Collateral
Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security
interest in and Liens upon the collateral granted pursuant to the Collateral
Documents.



                                      -106-





        (b) The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at its
option and in its discretion, to release any Lien granted to or held by the
Administrative Agent upon any collateral: (i) upon termination of the
Commitments and payment in full of all Loans and all other obligations known to
the Administrative Agent and payable under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document; (ii) constituting property sold or to be sold or disposed of as part
of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder; (iii) constituting
property in which the Company or any Subsidiary owned no interest at the time
the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; (iv) constituting property
leased to the Company or any Subsidiary under a lease which has expired or been
terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement or is about to expire
and which has not been, and is not intended by the Company or such Subsidiary to
be, renewed or extended; (v) consisting of an instrument evidencing Indebtedness
or other debt instrument, if the indebtedness thereby has been paid in full; or
(vi) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders or,
if required by Section 11.1(g), all the Lenders. Upon request by the
Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the
Administrative Agent's authority to release particular types or items of
collateral pursuant to this subsection 10.11(b).

        (c) Each Lender agrees with and in favor of each other (which agreement
shall not be for the benefit of the Company or any Subsidiary) that any security
interest in real property collateral received by a Lender in connection with the
extension of any loan or financial commitment between such Lender and the
Company or any of its Affiliates and not related to the transactions
contemplated hereby shall not constitute collateral for the Company's
obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

     10.12 The Syndication Agents. The Syndication Agents shall have no
rights or duties in such capacities under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------

     11.1 Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent with respect to any
departure by the Company therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be
in writing and signed by the Required Lenders and the Company and acknowledged
by the Administrative Agent, and then any such waiver or consent shall be
effective only if in writing and in the specific instance and for the specific
purpose for which given; provided that:

        (a) no such waiver, amendment or consent shall increase or extend any
Commitment of any Lender (or


                                      -107-





reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 9.2) without the written
consent of such Lender;

        (b) no such waiver, amendment or consent shall postpone or delay any
date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of
principal (including any mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.8) or
interest on any Loan without the written consent of the Lender holding such
Loan;

        (c) no such waiver, amendment or consent relating to the definition of
"Mandatory Prepayment Event" or to any provision of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document which would result in any increased or decreased mandatory
prepayment of any Loan, or any increased or decreased mandatory reduction of any
Commitment, shall be made without the written consent of the Required Revolving
Lenders, Required Term A Lenders, Required Term B Lenders and Required Term C
Lenders;

        (d) no such waiver, amendment or consent shall reduce the principal of,
or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan shall be made without the
written consent of the Lender holding such Loan;

        (e) no such waiver, amendment or consent shall (subject to clause (m)
below) reduce any fees payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or
postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document
for the payment of fees or any other amounts due to any Lender hereunder or
under any other Loan Document, without the written consent of the Lender to whom
such fee or other amount is owing;

        (f) no such waiver, amendment or consent shall (v) change the aggregate
percentage of the Total Percentage which is required for the Lenders or any of
them to take any action hereunder without the written consent of all Lenders,
(w) amend the definition of "Required Revolving Lenders" without the written
consent of all Revolving Lenders, (x) amend the definition of "Required Term A
Lenders" without the written consent of all Term A Lenders, (y) amend the
definition of "Required Term B Lenders" without the written consent of all Term
B Lenders or (z) amend the definition of "Required Term C Lenders" without the
written consent of all Term C Lenders;

        (g) no such waiver, amendment or consent shall release the Guaranty or
any Guarantor or release all or substantially all of the collateral securing the
Obligations without the written consent of all Lenders;

        (h) no such waiver, amendment or consent shall amend or waive any
provision of this Section or Section 2.15, or any other provision herein
providing for consent or


                                      -108-





other action by all Lenders, without the written consent of all Lenders;

        (i) after the making of the Term Loans, Section 2.3, 2.4 (as it relates
to conversions and continuations of Revolving Loans), 2.6, 2.7 (as it relates to
an optional prepayment of Revolving Loans), 2.8(b) or 2.9(d) or Article III may
be amended, or the rights or privileges thereunder waived, with the written
consent of the Required Revolving Lenders (or, in the case of Section 2.9(d),
all of the Revolving Lenders), the Company and the acknowledgment of the
Administrative Agent;

        (j) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed
by the Issuing Lender in addition to the Required Lenders or all Lenders, as the
case may be, affect the rights or duties of the Issuing Lender under this
Agreement or any L/C-Related Document relating to any Letter of Credit Issued or
to be Issued by it;

        (k) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed
by the Swingline Lender in addition to the Required Lenders or all Lenders, as
the case may be, affect the rights and duties of the Swingline Lender under this
Agreement;

        (l) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed
by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Required Lenders or all Lenders,
as the case may be, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and

        (m) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder
waived, in writing executed by the parties thereto.

     11.2 Notices. (a) All notices, requests and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing (including, unless the context expressly otherwise
provides, by facsimile transmission, provided that any matter transmitted by the
Company by facsimile (i) shall be immediately confirmed by a telephone call to
the recipient at the number specified on Schedule 11.2, and (ii) shall be
followed promptly by delivery of a hard copy original thereof) and mailed, faxed
or delivered to the address or facsimile number specified for notices on
Schedule 11.2; or, as directed to the Company or the Administrative Agent, to
such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to
the other parties, and as directed to any other party, at such other address as
shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the Company and the
Administrative Agent.

        (b) All such notices, requests and communications shall, when
transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered, or
transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed,
upon the third


                                      -109-





Business Day after the date deposited into the U.S. mail; except that notices to
the Administrative Agent pursuant to Article II, III or X shall not be effective
until actually received by the Administrative Agent, and notices pursuant to
Article III to the Issuing Lender shall not be effective until actually received
by the Issuing Lender at the address specified for the "Issuing Lender" on
Schedule 11.2.

        (c) Any agreement of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders herein to
receive certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience
and at the request of the Company. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders
shall be entitled to rely on the authority of any Person purporting to be a
Person authorized by the Company to give such notice and the Administrative
Agent and the Lenders shall not have any liability to the Company or any other
Person on account of any action taken or not taken by the Administrative Agent
or the Lenders in reliance upon such telephonic or facsimile notice. The
obligation of the Company to repay the Loans and L/C Obligations shall not be
affected in any way or to any extent by any failure of the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or facsimile
notice or the receipt by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of a
confirmation which is at variance with the terms understood by the
Administrative Agent and the Lenders to be contained in the telephonic or
facsimile notice.

     11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay
in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right,
remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege
hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any
other right, remedy, power or privilege.

     11.4 Costs and Expenses. The Company shall:

        (a) whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated,
pay or reimburse the Agents and the Arrangers and their Affiliates (including
BAI in its capacities as Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender) within five
Business Days after demand (subject to subsection 5.1(e)) for all reasonable and
documented costs and expenses incurred by the Agents and the Arrangers and their
Affiliates in connection with the preparation, delivery, administration and
execution of, and any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to (in each
case, whether or not consummated), this Agreement, any Loan Document and any
other document prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including
Attorney Costs incurred by the Agents and the Arrangers with respect thereto;
and

        (b) pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and each Lender within
five Business Days after demand (subject to


                                      -110-





subsection 5.1(e)) for all costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs)
incurred by them in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement or
preservation of any right or remedy under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document during the existence of an Event of Default or after acceleration of
the Loans (including in connection with any "workout" or restructuring regarding
the Loans and including in any Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding).

     11.5 Company Indemnification. Whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company shall indemnify and hold the
Agent-Related Persons, each Agent and each Lender and each of their respective
officers, directors, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (each an
"Indemnified Person") harmless from and against any and all liabilities,
obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
charges, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or
nature whatsoever which may at any time (including, at any time following
repayment of the Loans, the termination of the Letters of Credit and the
termination, resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or
replacement of any Lender) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any
such Person in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any
document contemplated by or referred to herein, or the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such Person under or in
connection with any of the foregoing, including with respect to any
investigation, litigation or proceeding (including any Insolvency Proceeding or
appellate proceeding or any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to
any environmental cleanup, audit, compliance or other matter relating to the
protection of the environment or the Release by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries of any Hazardous Material) related to or arising out of this
Agreement or the Loans or Letters of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof,
whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the foregoing,
collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities"); provided that the Company shall
have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to
Indemnified Liabilities resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of such Indemnified Person. The agreements in this Section shall
survive payment of all other Obligations. Each Agent-Related Person and each
Lender agrees that in the event that any investigation, litigation or proceeding
is asserted or threatened in writing or instituted against it or any other
Indemnified Party, or any remedial, removal or response action which is
requested of it or any other Indemnified Party, for which any Agent-Related
Person or Lender may desire indemnity or defense hereunder, such Agent-Related
Person or such Lender shall notify the Company in writing of such event;
provided that failure to so notify the Company shall not affect the right of any
Agent-Related Person or Lender to seek indemnification under this Section.

        11.6 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that the Company makes a payment
to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or


                                      -111-





the Administrative Agent or the Lenders exercise their right of set-off, and
such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently
invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required
(including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent
or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee or receiver, or any
other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then (a)
to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally
intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect
as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred and (b)
each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its
pro rata share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative
Agent.

        11.7 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns, except that the Company may not assign or transfer any
of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written
consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender.

        11.8 Assignments, Participations, etc. (a) Any Lender may, with the
written consent of the Company at all times other than during the existence of
an Event of Default and with the written consents of the Administrative Agent
and the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, which consent of the Company
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, at any time assign and delegate
to one or more Eligible Assignees (provided that no written consent of the
Company, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender or the Swingline Lender
shall be required in connection with any assignment and delegation by a Lender
to a Person described in clause (iii) of the definition of Eligible Assignee)
(each, an "Assignee") all, or any part, of the Loans, the Revolving Commitment,
the L/C Obligations and the other rights and obligations of such Lender
hereunder, in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 (or, if less, all of such Lender's
remaining rights and obligations hereunder); provided, however, that (A) the
Company, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender
may continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the
interest so assigned to an Assignee until (i) written notice of such assignment,
together with payment instructions, addresses and related information with
respect to the Assignee shall have been given to the Company and the
Administrative Agent by such Lender and the Assignee, (ii) such Lender and the
Assignee shall have delivered to the Company and the Administrative Agent an
Assignment and Acceptance in the form of Exhibit L (an "Assignment and
Acceptance") together with any Note or Notes subject to such assignment and
(iii) the assignor Lender or the Assignee has paid to the Administrative Agent a
processing fee in the amount of $3,500 and (B) the Company shall not, as a
result of any assignment by any Lender to any of such Lender's Affiliates, incur
any increased liability for Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes pursuant to
Section 4.1.



                                      -112-





        (b) From and after the date that the Administrative Agent notifies the
assignor Lender that it has provided its consent, and received the consents of
the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Lender and (if applicable) the Company, with
respect to an executed Assignment and Acceptance and payment of the
above-referenced processing fee, (i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party
hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been
assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights
and obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents, and (ii) the assignor
Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and
Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the
Loan Documents.

        (c) Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks or
other Persons not Affiliates of the Company (a "Participant") participating
interests in any Loan, the Revolving Commitment of such Lender and the other
interests of such Lender (the "originating Lender") hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents; provided, however, that (i) the originating Lender's
obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the originating
Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance of such obligations,
(iii) the Company, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Lender and the
Administrative Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with the
originating Lender in connection with the originating Lender's rights and
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (iv) no Lender
shall transfer or grant any participating interest under which the Participant
has rights to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect
to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such
amendment, consent or waiver would require unanimous consent of the Lenders or
the consent of a particular Lender or the consent of the Required Revolving
Lenders, Required Term A Lenders, Required Term B Lenders or Required Term C
Lenders, in each case as described in clauses (a) through (h) of the proviso to
Section 11.1. In the case of any such participation, the Participant shall be
entitled to the benefit of Sections 4.1, 4.3 and 11.5 as though it were also a
Lender hereunder (provided, with respect to Sections 4.1 and 4.3, the Company
shall not be required to pay any amount which it would not have been required to
pay if no participating interest had been sold), and if amounts outstanding
under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall
have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the
Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its
participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent
as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a
Lender under this Agreement. Each Lender may furnish any information concerning
the Company and its Subsidiaries in the possession of such Lender from time to
time to participants and prospective participants and may furnish information in
response to credit inquiries consistent with general banking practice.



                                      -113-





        (d) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, any Lender
may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge all or any portion of
its rights under and interest in this Agreement and any Note held by it in favor
of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the FRB or U.S.
Treasury Regulation 31 CFR ss.203.14, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce
such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

     11.9 Confidentiality. Each Lender agrees to take, and to cause its
Affiliates to take, normal and reasonable precautions and exercise due care to
maintain the confidentiality of all non-public information provided to it by the
Company or any Subsidiary, or by the Administrative Agent on the Company's or
any Subsidiary's behalf, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and
neither such Lender nor any of its Affiliates shall use any such information
other than in connection with or in enforcement of this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents or in connection with other business now or hereafter existing or
contemplated with the Company or any Subsidiary, except to the extent such
information (i) was or becomes generally available to the public other than as a
result of disclosure by such Lender or (ii) was or becomes available on a
non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company (provided that such
source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with the Company or any
Subsidiary known to such Lender); provided, however, that any Lender may
disclose such information (A) at the request or pursuant to any requirement of
any Governmental Authority to which such Lender is subject or in connection with
an examination of such Lender by any such authority, (B) pursuant to subpoena or
other court process, (C) when required to do so in accordance with the
provisions of any applicable Requirement of Law, (D) to the extent reasonably
required in connection with any litigation or proceeding to which the
Administrative Agent or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates may be
party, (E) to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of
any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (F) to such Lender's
independent auditors and other professional advisors, (G) to any Participant or
Assignee, actual or potential, provided that such Person agrees in writing to
keep such information confidential to the same extent required of the Lenders
hereunder, (H) as to any Lender or its Affiliate, as expressly permitted under
the terms of any other document or agreement regarding confidentiality to which
the Company or any Subsidiary is party or is deemed party with such Lender or
such Affiliate and (I) to its Affiliates.

     11.10 Set-off. In addition to any right or remedy of the Lenders
provided by law, if an Event of Default exists, or the Loans have been
accelerated, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time,
without prior notice to the Company, any such notice being waived by the Company
to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all
deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time
held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such


                                      -114-





Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Company against any and all
Obligations owing to such Lender, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of
whether or not the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have made demand
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations
may be contingent or unmatured. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the
Company and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made
by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect
the validity of such set-off and application.

     11.11 Automatic Debits of Fees. With respect to any commitment fee,
arrangement fee, agency fee, letter of credit fee or other fee, or any other
cost or expense (including Attorney Costs) due and payable to the Administrative
Agent, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Lender under the Loan Documents, the
Company hereby irrevocably authorizes BofA (and, if requested by BofA, BAI) to
debit any deposit account of the Company with BofA or BAI in an amount such that
the aggregate amount debited from all such deposit accounts does not exceed such
fee or other cost or expense. If there are insufficient funds in such deposit
accounts to cover the amount of the fee or other cost or expense then due, such
debits will be reversed (in whole or in part, in BofA's sole discretion) and
such amount not debited shall be deemed to be unpaid. No such debit under this
Section shall be deemed a set-off.

     11.12 Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc. Each Lender shall
notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any change in the address to which
notices to such Lender should be directed, of addresses of any Lending Office,
of payment instructions in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder
and of such other administrative information as the Administrative Agent shall
reasonably request.

     11.13 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an
original, and all of which taken together shall constitute but one and the same
instrument.

     11.14 Severability. The illegality or unenforceability of any provision
of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in
any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining
provisions of this Agreement or such instrument or agreement.

     11.15 No Third Parties Benefited. This Agreement is made and entered
into for the sole protection and legal benefit of the Company, the Lenders, the
Administrative Agent and the Agent-Related Persons, and their permitted
successors and assigns, and no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal
beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in
connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.



                                      -115-





     11.16 Governing Law and Jurisdiction. (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY NOTES
SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS SHALL
RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

        (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF
THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND BY EXECUTION AND
DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND
THE LENDERS CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE
NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING
ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON
CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR
PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT
RELATED HERETO. THE COMPANY, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS EACH WAIVE
PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE
BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK LAW.

     11.17 Waiver of Jury Trial. THE COMPANY, THE LENDERS AND THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT EACH WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF
ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS
AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR
THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY
ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON,
PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS OR
OTHERWISE. THE COMPANY, THE LENDERS AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT EACH AGREE THAT
ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A
JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR
RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO
ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART,
TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY
SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT, RENEWAL, SUPPLEMENT OR MODIFICATION TO THIS AGREEMENT AND
THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

     11.18 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other Loan
Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the Company,
the Lenders and the Agents, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous
agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to
the subject matter hereof and thereof.


                                      -116-





        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.

                                 RAYOVAC CORPORATION


                                 By: /s/ David A. Jones
                                     ------------------------------------
                                 Title: President/Chief Executive Officer


                                 BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                                 AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                                 as Administrative Agent and
                                 Syndication Agent


                                 By: /s/ Eric A. Schubert
                                     ------------------------------------
                                 Title: Managing Director


                                  BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, as
                                 Issuing Lender


                                 By: /s/ Eric A. Schubert
                                     ------------------------------------
                                 Title: Managing Director


                                 BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, as
                                 Swingline Lender


                                 By: /s/ Eric A. Schubert
                                     ------------------------------------
                                 Title: Managing Director


                                 BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, as a Lender


                                 By: /s/ Eric A. Schubert
                                     ------------------------------------
                                 Title: Managing Director


                                 DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC., as
                                 Documentation Agent,
                                 Syndication Agent and as
                                 a Lender


                                 By: /s/ Harold Philipps
                                     ------------------------------------
                                 Title: Managing Director







SCHEDULE 1.1 COMMITMENTS AND PERCENTAGES Total Revolving Revolving Term A Term A Term B Name of Lender Percentage Commitment Percentage Loan Percentage Loan - - -------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------ ---------- ------ Bank of America 50% $32,500,000 50% $27,500,000 50% $12,500,000 Illinois DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. 50% $32,500,000 50% $27,500,000 50% $12,500,000 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTALS 100.00000000% $65,000,000.00 100.00000000% $55,000,000.00 100.00000000% $25,000,000.00 Name of Lender Term B Term C Term C Percentage Loan Percentage - - -------------- ---------- ------ ---------- Bank of America 50% $12,500,000 50% Illinois DLJ Capital Funding, Inc 50% $12,500,000 50% - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTALS 100.00000000% $25,000,000 100.00000000%
SCHEDULE 5.1(j) --------------- REAL PROPERTY TO BE MORTGAGED ----------------------------- 1. Madison Plant 2317 Winnebago Street Madison, Wisconsin (Dane County) 2. Appleton Plant 2600 Ballard Road Appleton, Wisconsin (Outagamie County) 3. Kinston Plant (leasehold) 4300 Rouse Road Kinston, North Carolina (Lenoir County) 4. Portage Facilities 2851 Portage Road Portage, Wisconsin (Columbia County) 5. Fennimore Plant Highway 18 and Stitzer Road Fennimore, Wisconsin (Grant County) 6. Madison, Wisconsin Headquarters (leasehold) 7. 2115 Pinehurst Drive Middletown, Wisconsin (leasehold) * SCHEDULE 11.2 ------------- OFFSHORE AND DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICES, -------------------------------------- ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES --------------------- RAYOVAC CORPORATION - - ------------------- the Company 601 Rayovac Drive Madison, Wisconsin 53711 Attention: Treasurer Telephone: (608) 275-4560 Facsimile: (608) 275-4577 BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST - - ------------------------------ AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, - - ------------------------ as Administrative Agent Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association Agency Management Services #5596 1455 Market Street, 12th Floor San Francisco, California 94103 Attention: John Warren Telephone: (415) 436-3489 Facsimile: (415) 436-2700 BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, - - ------------------------- as a Lender Domestic and Offshore Lending Office: 231 South LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60697 Notices (other than Borrowing notices and Notices of Conversion/Continuation): 231 South LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60697 Attention: Eric Schubert Telephone: (312) 828-6517 Facsimile: (312) 828-3555 Borrowing notices and Notices of Conversion/Continuation: 231 South LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60697 Attention: Darrylynn Adams Telephone: (312) 828-4571 Facsimile: (312) 828-9626 DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC., - - -------------------------- as a Lender 277 Park Avenue New York, New York 10172 Attention: Wendy LaMantia Telephone: (212) 892-2407 Facsimile: (212) 892-5236 Domestic and Offshore Lending Office: 277 Park Avenue New York, New York 10172 BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, - - ------------------------- as Issuing Lender Address for Notices: 231 South LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60697 Attention: Jess Aranas Telephone: (312) 923-5924 Facsimile: (312) 987-6828 BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, - - ------------------------- as Swingline Lender Address for Notices: 231 South LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60697 Attention: Darrylynn Adams Telephone: (312) 828-4571 Facsimile: (312) 974-9626
                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.5



                                 FIRST AMENDMENT

     THIS FIRST AMENDMENT dated as of October 23, 1996 (this "Amendment") is to
the Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated as of September 12, 1996
among RAYOVAC CORPORATION, a Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), various
financial institutions (the "Lenders"), BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent for the Lenders (the
"Administrative Agent"), DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC., as documentation agent for
the Lenders (the "Documentation Agent" and, together with the Administrative
Agent, the "Agents"), and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
and DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC., as joint syndication agents for the Lenders.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used
herein as defined in the Credit Agreement.

     WHEREAS, the Company, the Agents and DLJ Capital Funding Inc. ("DLJ") and
Bank of America Illinois ("BAI" and, together with DLJ, the "Existing Lenders")
have entered into the Credit Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Credit Agreement to add The
First National Bank of Boston, Bank of Montreal, Chicago Branch, Bank of
Tokyo-Mitsubishi Trust Company, Bankers Trust Company, Fleet National Bank,
Banque Nationale de Paris, Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A., Heller Financial, Inc.,
The Long-Term Credit Bank of Japan, Ltd., Chicago Branch, Allstate Life
Insurance Company, Senior Debt Portfolio, Merrill Lynch Senior Floating Rate
Fund, Inc., Protective Life Insurance Company, Van Kampen American Capital Prime
Rate Income Trust, Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company and ING Capital
Advisors, Inc. (collectively the "New Lenders") as "Lenders" thereunder;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and
valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:

     SECTION 1 AMENDMENT. Effective on (and subject to the occurrence of) the
Effective Date (as defined below), the Credit Agreement shall be amended in
accordance with Sections 1.1 and 1.2 below:

     1.1 Schedule 1.1. Schedule 1.1 is amended in its entirety by substituting
therefor Schedule 1.1 attached hereto.

     1.2 Section 1.1. Section 1.1 is amended by (i) amending clause (iii) of the
definition of "Eligible Assignee" in its entirety to read as follows


                                       -1-






          (iii) (x) a Lender, (y) an Affiliate of a Lender that is a Person of
     the type specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iv) of this definition or (z) a
     Person that is primarily engaged in the business of commercial banking and
     that is (A) a Subsidiary of a Lender, (B) a Subsidiary of a Person of which
     a Lender is a Subsidiary or (C) a Person of which a Lender is a Subsidiary;

and (ii) adding the following definition in its proper alphabetical position

          Swingline Lender means BAI in its capacity as lender of Swingline
     Loans together with any replacement lender of Swingline Loans arising under
     Section 10.9.

     1.3 Schedule 5.1(j). Schedule 5.1(j) is amended in its entirety by
substituting therefor Schedule 5.1(j) attached hereto.

     1.4 Section 10.10. Section 10.10 is amended by (i) deleting the word "and"
at the end of clause (ii) of subsection 10.10(a), (ii) changing the designation
at the beginning of clause (iii) of subsection 10.10(a) from "(iii)" to "(iv)",
(iii) adding the following clause (iii) to subsection 10.10(a)

          (iii) if such Lender is not a "bank" within the meaning of Section
     881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and cannot deliver either Internal Revenue Service
     Form 1001 or 4224, such Lender shall deliver (A) a certificate
     substantially in the form of Exhibit M and (B) two properly completed and
     signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 certifying that such
     Lender is entitled to an exemption from United States withholding tax with
     respect to payments of interest to be made under this Agreement and any
     Note; and

and (iv) adding the following subsection 10.10(f)

          (f) If any Lender claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding
     tax under the Code by providing IRS Form W-8 and a certificate in the form
     of Exhibit M and such Lender sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or
     otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of the Company to such
     Lender, such Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent and the
     Company of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the beneficial
     owner of Obligations of the Company to such Lender. To the extent of such
     percentage amount, the Administrative Agent and the Company will treat such
     Lender's IRS Form W-8 and certificate in the form of Exhibit M as no longer
     valid.

     1.5 Schedule 11.2. Schedule 11.2 is amended in its entirety by substituting
therefor Schedule 11.2 attached hereto.


                                       -2-






         1.6 Subsection 11.8(a). Subsection 11.8(a) of the Credit Agreement is
amended by (i) deleting the words "which consent of the Company" where they
appear in such subsection and inserting in lieu thereof the words "which
consents", (ii) inserting after the phrase "$5,000,000 (or, if less, all of such
 Lender's remaining rights and obligations hereunder)" the parenthetical phrase
"(provided that each of Bank of America Illinois and DLJ Capital Funding, Inc.
may assign and delegate all of its Term B Loan and Term C Loan to one or more
Eligible Assignees without regard to the foregoing limitation)" and (iii)
inserting the following after the last sentence thereof

     The Company designates the Administrative Agent as its agent for
     maintaining a book entry record of ownership identifying the Lenders and
     the amount of the respective Loans and Notes which they own. The foregoing
     provisions are intended to comply with the registration requirements in
     Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1 so that the Loans and Notes are
     considered to be in "registered form" pursuant to such regulation.

     1.7 Subsection 11.8(c). Subsection 11.8(c) of the Credit Agreement is
amended by inserting the following immediately prior to the last sentence
thereof

     Each Lender which sells a participation will maintain a book entry record
     of ownership identifying the Participant(s) and the amount of such
     participation(s) owned by such Participant(s). Such book entry record of
     ownership shall be maintained by the Lender as agent for the Company and
     the Administrative Agent. This provision is intended to comply with the
     registration requirements in Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1 so that
     the Loans and Notes are considered to be in "registered form" pursuant to
     such regulation.

     1.8 Exhibit M. Exhibit M hereto is added to the Credit Agreement as Exhibit
M thereto.

     SECTION 2 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. The Company represents and
warrants to the Agents and the Lenders that (a) the representations and
warranties made in Article VI of the Credit Agreement are true and correct on
and as of the Effective Date with the same effect as if made on and as of the
Effective Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties
expressly refer to an earlier date, in which case they were true and correct as
of such earlier date); (b) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default
exists or will result from the execution of this Amendment; (c) no event or
circumstance has occurred since the Closing Date that has resulted, or would
reasonably be expected to result, in a Material Adverse Effect; (d) the
execution and delivery by the Company of this Amendment and the New Notes (as
defined below) and the performance by the


                                       -3-





Company of its obligations under the Credit Agreement as amended hereby (as so
amended, the "Amended Credit Agreement") and the New Notes (i) are within the
corporate powers of the Company, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action, (iii) have received all necessary approval from any
Governmental Authority and (iv) do not and will not contravene or conflict with
any Requirement of Law or of any provision of any Organization Document of the
Company or of any Contractual Obligation or any order, injunction, writ or
decree of any Governmental Authority which is binding upon the Company; and (e)
each of the Amended Credit Agreement and each New Note is the legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance
with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

     SECTION 3 EFFECTIVENESS. The amendments set forth in Section 1 above shall
become effective on such date (the "Effective Date") when the Agents shall have
received (a) a counterpart of this Amendment executed by each of the parties
hereto (or, in the case of any party other than the Company from which the
Agents have not received a counterpart hereof, facsimile confirmation of the
execution of a counterpart hereof by such party) and (b) each of the following
documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agents:

     3.1 Notes. New Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit D to the Credit
Agreement, payable to the order of each of the New Lenders (collectively, the
"New Notes").

     3.2 Confirmation. A confirmation from ROV Holding, substantially in the
form of Exhibit A hereto.

     3.3 Opinions. (i) An opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom,
substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto and (ii) an opinion of Foley &
Lardner, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto.

     3.4 Other Documents. Such other documents as any Agent or any Lender may
reasonably request in connection with the Company's authorization, execution and
delivery of this Amendment and the New Notes.

     SECTION 4 ADDITION OF LENDERS. On the Effective Date, each New Lender shall
become a "Lender" under and for all purposes of the Credit Agreement, shall be
bound by the Credit Agreement, and shall be entitled to the benefits of the
Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document, and each Lender (including each
Existing Lender) shall have a Total Percentage, a Revolving Commitment, a
Revolving Percentage, a Term A Loan, a Term A


                                       -4-





Percentage, a Term B Loan, a Term B Percentage, a Term C Loan and a Term C
Percentage in the respective amounts and percentages set forth on Schedule 1.1
hereto. To facilitate the foregoing, each New Lender agrees that on the
Effective Date it will remit to the Administrative Agent funds in an amount
equal to its Revolving Percentage of all outstanding Revolving Loans plus its
Term A Percentage of all outstanding Term A Loans plus its Term B Percentage of
all outstanding Term B Loans plus its Term C Percentage of all outstanding Term
C Loans, and the Administrative Agent agrees to immediately remit all of such
funds received from each New Lender to each Existing Lender ratably in
accordance with its proportionate share of such funds. Each New Lender agrees
that all interest and fees accrued under the Credit Agreement prior to the
Effective Date are the property of the Existing Lenders. By their signatures
below, each Existing Lender confirms that it has not sold or otherwise
encumbered its rights under the Credit Agreement or its interest in any Loans
prior to the syndication thereof pursuant to this Amendment.

     SECTION 5 MISCELLANEOUS.

     5.1 Continuing Effectiveness, etc. As herein amended, the Credit Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in
all respects. After the Effective Date, all references in the Credit Agreement,
the Notes, each other Loan Document and any similar document to the "Credit
Agreement" or similar terms shall refer to the Amended Credit Agreement.

     5.2 Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the different parties on separate counterparts, and each
such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original but all such counterparts
shall together constitute one and the same Amendment.

     5.3 Expenses. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable costs and expenses
of the Agents (including Attorney Costs) in connection with the preparation,
execution and delivery of this Amendment.

     5.4 Governing Law. This Amendment shall be a contract made under and
governed by the internal law of the State of New York.

     5.5 Successors and Assigns. This Amendment shall be binding upon the
Company, the Lenders and the Agents and their respective successors and assigns,
and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, the Lenders and the Agents and
the successors and assigns of the Lenders and the Agents.

     5.6 Qualified Indenture. The Company, the Agents and the undersigned
Lenders acknowledge that, for purposes of the Credit


                                       -5-





Agreement, the Indenture, dated as of October 22, 1996, among the Company, as
Issuer, ROV Holding, as Guarantor, and Marine Midland Bank, as Trustee, relating
to the Company's $100,000,000 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006, is a
Qualified Indenture.

                                      [signature pages follow]


                                       -6-





     Delivered as of the day and year first above written.

                                      RAYOVAC CORPORATION


                                      By: /s/ Kent J. Hussey
                                         ----------------------------
                                      Title:Executive Vice President


                                      BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                                      AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                                      as Administrative Agent and
                                      Syndication Agent


                                      By:/s/ Eric A. Schubert
                                         ----------------------------
                                      Title: Managing Director


                                      BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, as
                                      Issuing Lender


                                      By:/s/ Eric A. Schubert
                                         ----------------------------
                                      Title: Managing Director


                                      BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, as
                                      Swingline Lender


                                      By:/s/ Eric A. Schubert
                                         ----------------------------
                                      Title: Managing Director


                                      BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, as a
                                      Lender


                                      By:/s/ Eric A. Schubert
                                         ----------------------------
                                      Title: Managing Director


                                      DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC., as
                                      Documentation Agent,
                                      Syndication Agent and as a
                                      Lender


                                      By:/s/ Harold Philipps
                                         ----------------------------
                                      Title: Managing Director



                                       -7-





                                      ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE
                                      COMPANY


                                      By:/s/ S.M. Laude
                                         ----------------------------
                                      Title: Vice President




                                       -8-







                                    SENIOR DEBT PORTFOLIO

                                    By:  Boston Management and
                                    Research, its investment
                                    adviser


                                    By:/s/ Payson Swaffield
                                       ----------------------------
                                    Title: Vice President




                                       -9-






                                    MERRILL LYNCH SENIOR FLOATING
                                    RATE FUND, INC.


                                    By:/s/ Gilles Marchand
                                       ----------------------------
                                    Title: CFA



                                      -10-







                                    PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE
                                    COMPANY


                                    By:/s/ Mark K. Okada
                                       ----------------------------
                                    Title:Executive Vice President



                                      -11-







                                    VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL
                                    PRIME RATE INCOME TRUST


                                    By:/s/ Jeffrey W. Maillet
                                       ----------------------------
                                    Title:Senior Vice President




                                      -12-






                                     MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE
                                     INSURANCE COMPANY


                                     By:/s/ John B. Joyce
                                       ----------------------------
                                     Title: Managing Director




                                      -13-






                                      ING CAPITAL ADVISORS, INC., as
                                      Agent for Bank Syndication
                                      Account


                                      By:/s/ Michael D. Hatley
                                       ----------------------------
                                      Title: Vice President



                                      -14-






                                      BANKERS TRUST COMPANY


                                      By:/s/ Chris Kinslow
                                       ----------------------------
                                      Title: Vice President




                                      -15-






                                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
                                        BOSTON


                                        By:/s/ Peter R. White
                                           ----------------------------
                                        Title: Managing Director



                                      -16-







                                        BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS


                                        By:/s/ Mark Whitson
                                           ----------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        By:/s/ Serge Desrayaud
                                           ----------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President


                                      -17-






                                        BANK OF MONTREAL, CHICAGO
                                        BRANCH


                                        By:/s/ Peter Konigsmann
                                            ----------------------------
                                        Title: Director




                                      -18-






                                         BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI TRUST
                                         COMPANY


                                         By:/s/ Paul P. Malecki
                                            ----------------------------
                                         Title: Vice President



                                      -19-






                                         FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, N.A.


                                         By:/s/ Randy Olver
                                            ----------------------------
                                         Title: Vice President



                                      -20-






                                         FLEET NATIONAL BANK


                                         By:/s/ James C. Silva
                                            ----------------------------
                                         Title:Executive Vice President




                                      -21-






                                         HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.


                                         By:/s/ Christina M. Rashid
                                            ----------------------------
                                         Title: Vice President



                                      -22-







                                           THE LONG-TERM CREDIT BANK OF
                                           JAPAN, LTD., CHICAGO BRANCH


                                           By:/s/ John Carley
                                            ----------------------------
                                           Title: Vice President





                                      -23-





                                 SCHEDULE 5.1(j)
                                 ---------------

                          REAL PROPERTY TO BE MORTGAGED
                          -----------------------------


1.       Madison Plant
         2317 Winnebago Street
         Madison, Wisconsin
           (Dane County)

2.       Appleton Plant
         2500 Ballard Road
         Appleton, Wisconsin
           (Outagamie County)

3.       Appleton Plant
         2600 Ballard Road
         Appleton, Wisconsin
           (Outagamie County)

4.       Kinston Plant
         4300 Rouse Road
         Kinston, North Carolina
           (Lenoir County)

5.       Portage Plant
         2851 Portage Road
         Portage, Wisconsin
           (Columbia County)

6.       Fennimore Plant
         Highway 18 and Stitzer Road
         Fennimore, Wisconsin
           (Grant County)

7.       Corporate Headquarters (leasehold)
         601 Rayovac Drive
         Madison, Wisconsin
           (Dane County)

8.       Middleton Distribution Center (leasehold)
         2115 Pinehurst Drive
         Middletown, Wisconsin
           (Dane County)


                                      -24-





                                  SCHEDULE 11.2
                                  -------------

                     OFFSHORE AND DOMESTIC LENDING OFFICES,
                     --------------------------------------
                              ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
                              ---------------------


RAYOVAC CORPORATION
- - -------------------
  the Company
601 Rayovac Drive
Madison, Wisconsin   53711
Attention:  Treasurer
Telephone:  (608) 275-4560
Facsimile:  (608) 275-4577


BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
- - ------------------------------
AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
- - ------------------------
  as Administrative Agent

Bank of America National Trust
and Savings Association
Agency Management Services #5596
1455 Market Street, 12th Floor
San Francisco, California 94103
Attention:  John Warren
Telephone:  (415) 436-3489
Facsimile:  (415) 436-2700


BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS,
- - -------------------------
  as a Lender

Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:
231 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois  60697

Notices (other than Borrowing notices and Notices of Conversion/Continuation):

231 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois  60697
Attention:  Eric Schubert
Telephone:  (312) 828-6517
Facsimile:  (312) 828-3555

Borrowing notices and Notices of Conversion/Continuation:

231 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois  60697
Attention:  Darrylynn Adams
Telephone:  (312) 828-4571
Facsimile:  (312) 828-9626







DLJ CAPITAL FUNDING, INC.,
- - --------------------------
  as a Lender

277 Park Avenue
New York, New York  10172
Attention:  Wendy LaMantia
Telephone:  (212) 892-2407
Facsimile:  (212) 892-5236

Domestic and Offshore Lending Office:

277 Park Avenue
New York, New York  10172

BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS,
- - -------------------------
  as Issuing Lender

Address for Notices:

231 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois  60697
Attention:  Jess Aranas
Telephone:  (312) 923-5924
Facsimile:  (312) 987-6828

BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS,
- - -------------------------
  as Swingline Lender

Address for Notices:

231 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois  60697
Attention:  Darrylynn Adams
Telephone:  (312) 828-4571
Facsimile:  (312) 974-9626


ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- - -------------------------------

Address for Notices:

3075 Sanders Road, Suite G3A
Northbrook, IL 60062-7127
Attention:  Jerry Zinkula
Telephone:  (847) 402-8383
Facsimile:  (847) 402-3092



                                       -2-





RESTRUCTURED OBLIGATIONS BACKED BY SENIOR ASSETS B.V.
- - -----------------------------------------------------

Address for Notices:

1166 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10036
Attention:  Chris Jansen
Telephone:  (212) 278-9669
Facsimile:  (212) 278-9619

SENIOR DEBT PORTFOLIO
- - ---------------------

Address for Notices:

24 Federal Street
Boston, MA 02110
Attention:  Payson Swaffield
Telephone:  (617) 654-8484
Facsimile:  (617) 695-9594

MERRILL LYNCH SENIOR FLOATING RATE FUND, INC.
- - ---------------------------------------------

Address for Notices:

800 Scudders Mill Road, Area 2C
Plainsboro, NJ 08536
Attention:  Douglas Henderson
Telephone:  (609) 282-2059
Facsimile:  (609) 282-2756

PROTECTIVE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- - ---------------------------------

Address for Notices:

1150 Two Galleria Tower
13455 Noel Road, LB45
Dallas, TX 75240
Attention:  Mark Okada
Telephone:  (214) 233-4300
Facsimile:  (214) 233-4343


VAN KAMPEN AMERICAN CAPITAL PRIME RATE INCOME TRUST
- - ---------------------------------------------------

Address for Notices:

One Parkview Plaza
Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181
Attention:  Jeffrey Maillet
Telephone:  (630) 684-6438
Facsimile:  (630) 684-6740


                                       -3-






MASSACHUSETTS MUTUAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
- - -------------------------------------------

Address for Notices:

1295 State Street
Springfield, MA 01111
Attention:  John Joyce
Telephone:  (413) 744-6075
Facsimile:  (413) 744-6127


ING CAPITAL ADVISORS, INC.
- - --------------------------

Address for Notices:

333 South Grand Avenue, Suite 400
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Attention:  Michael Hatley
Telephone:  (213) 621-9062
Facsimile:  (213) 626-6552


BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
- - ---------------------

Address for Notices:

130 Liberty Street, Mail Stop 2303
New York, NY 10006
Attention:  Chris Kinslow
Telephone:  (212) 250-3233
Facsimile:  (212) 250-7200




                                       -4-





THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON
- - ---------------------------------

Address for Notices:

100 Federal Street, Mail Stop 01-08-05
Boston, MA 02110
Attention:  Clifford A. Gaysumas
Telephone:  (617) 434-3051
Facsimile:  (617) 434-4929

BANQUE NATIONALE DE PARIS
- - -------------------------

Address for Notices:

499 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention:  Mark Whitson
Telephone:  (212) 415-9884
Facsimile:  (212) 415-9629

BANK OF MONTREAL, CHICAGO BRANCH
- - --------------------------------

Address for Notices:

115 South LaSalle Street, 11th Floor
Chicago, IL 60603
Attention:  Peter Konigsmann
Telephone:  (312) 750-8704
Facsimile:  (312) 750-3834

BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI TRUST COMPANY
- - --------------------------------------

Address for Notices:

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 12th Floor
New York, NY 10020-1104
Attention:  Paul Malecki
Telephone:  (212) 782-4343
Facsimile:  (212) 782-4981

FIRSTAR BANK MILWAUKEE, N.A.
- - ----------------------------

Address for Notices:

777 East Wisconsin Avenue
Milwaukee, WI 53202
Attention:  Randy Olver
Telephone:  (414) 765-5324
Facsimile:  (414) 765-4632


                                       -5-






FLEET NATIONAL BANK
- - -------------------

Address for Notices:

One Federal Street, MA0FD03C
Boston, MA 02211
Attention:  Jim Silva
Telephone:  (617) 346-1655
Facsimile:  (617) 346-1569

HELLER FINANCIAL, INC.
- - ----------------------

Address for Notices:

500 West Monroe Street
Chicago, IL 60661
Attention:  Christina Rashid
Telephone:  (312) 441-7571
Facsimile:  (312) 441-7357

THE LONG-TERM CREDIT BANK OF JAPAN, LTD.
- - ----------------------------------------
CHICAGO BRANCH
- - --------------

Address for Notices:

190 South LaSalle Street, Suite 800
Chicago, IL 60603
Attention:  John Carley
Telephone:  (312) 853-9516
Facsimile:  (312) 704-8505



                                       -6-





                                    EXHIBIT A

                                  CONFIRMATION

                          Dated as of October 23, 1996


 To:  Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as
      Administrative Agent, and the other financial institutions party
      to the Credit Agreement referred to below

     Please refer to (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of September 12, 1996
among Rayovac Corporation, various financial institutions (the "Lenders") and
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Administrative Agent
(the "Administrative Agent"); (b) the First Amendment dated as of October 23,
1996 to the Credit Agreement (the "First Amendment"); and (c) the Guaranty (the
"Guaranty") dated as of September 12, 1996, executed by ROV Holding Inc. in
favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

     The undersigned hereby confirms to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders
that, after giving effect to the First Amendment and the transactions
contemplated thereby, the Guaranty and each other Loan Document (as defined in
the Credit Agreement) to which the undersigned is a party continues in full
force and effect and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
undersigned, enforceable against the undersigned in accordance with its terms.


                                       ROV HOLDING INC.


                                       By:_______________________________

                                       Title:____________________________











                                      -1-





                                    EXHIBIT M

                                   CERTIFICATE

     Reference is made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996,
among Rayovac Corporation, the lenders parties thereto, Bank of America National
Trust and Savings Association, as administrative agent, and DLJ Capital Funding,
Inc., as documentation agent (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified
from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"). Pursuant to the provisions of
subsection 10.10(a)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby
certifies that it is not a "bank" as such term is defined in Section
881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.


                                         [NAME OF LENDER]


                                         By:
                                             -------------------------------
                                         Its:
                                             -------------------------------







                                  SCHEDULE 1.1

                           COMMITMENTS AND PERCENTAGES


Total Revolving Revolving Term A Term A Name of Lender Percentage Commitment Percentage Loan Percentage - - -------------- ---------- --------- ---------- ---- ----------- Bank of America Illinois 10.45751635% $8,124,999.99 12.49999998% $6,875,000.03 12.50000005% DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. 10.45751633% $8,124,999.98 12.49999997% $6,875,000.00 12.50000000% The First National Bank of Boston 5.8823594% $5,416,666.67 8.33333334% $4,583,333.33 8.33333333% Bank of Montreal, Chicago Branch 5.8823594% $5,416,666.67 8.33333334% $4,583,333.33 8.33333333% Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi Trust Company 5.8823594% $5,416,666.67 8.33333334% $4,583,333.33 8.33333333% Bankers Trust Company 5.8823594% $5,416,666.67 8.33333334% $4,583,333.33 8.3333333% Banque Nationale de Paris 5.8823594% $5,416,666.67 8.33333334% $4,583,333.33 8.33333333% Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A. 5.8823594% $5,416,666.67 8.33333334% $4,583,333.33 8.33333333% Fleet National Bank 5.8823594% $5,416,666.67 8.33333334% $4,583,333.33 8.33333333% Restructured Obligations Backed By 3.26797386% 0 0% 0 0% Senior Assets B.V. Senior Debt Portfolio 3.26797386% 0 0% 0 0% ING Capital Advisors, Inc. 3.26797385% 0 0% 0 0% Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance 3.26797386% 0 0% 0 0% Company Protective Life Insurance Company 3.26797385% 0 0% 0 0% Van Kampen American Capital Prime Rate Inc. Trust 3.26797385% 0 0% 0 0% - - ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTALS 100.00000000% $65,000,000.00 100.00000000% $55,000,000.00 100.00000000% Term B Term B Term C Term C Name of Lender Loan Percentage Loan Percentage -------------- ------ ---------- ---- ---------- Bank of America Illinois $1,388,888,89 5.55555556% $1,388,888.89 5.55555556% DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. $1,388,888.89 5.55555556% $1,388,888.89 5.55555556% The First National Bank of Boston 0 0% 0 0% Bank of Montreal, Chicago Branch 0 0% 0 0% Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi Trust Company 0 0% 0 0% Bankers Trust Company 0 0% 0 0% Banque Nationale de Paris 0 0% 0 0% Firstar Bank Milwaukee, N.A. 0 0% 0 0% Fleet National Bank 0 385% 0 $11.11111108% Restructured Obligations Backed By $2,777,777.78 11.11111112% $2,777,777.78 11.11111112% Senior Assets B.V. Senior Debt Portfolio $2,777,777.78 11.11111112% $2,777,777.78 11.11111112% ING Capital Advisors, Inc. $2,777,777.78 11.11111112% $2,777,777.77 11.11111108% Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance $2,777,777.78 11.11111 3.26797386% $11.11111112% Company Protective Life Insurance Company $2,777,777.77 11.11111108% $2,777,777.78 11.11111112% Van Kampen American Capital Prime Rate Inc. Trust $2,777,777.77 11.11111108% $2,777,777.78 11.11111112% - - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTALS $25,000,000.00 100.00000000% $25,000,000 100.0000000%

                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.6


                               SECURITY AGREEMENT
                               ------------------


     This SECURITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of September 12, 1996,
is among RAYOVAC CORPORATION, a Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"); ROV
HOLDING, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Holding"); such other persons or
entities which from time to time become parties hereto (collectively, including
the Company and Holding, and excluding the Administrative Agent, the "Debtors"
and individually each a "Debtor"); and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lender
Parties referred to below (in such capacity, the "Administrative Agent").

                               W I T N E S S E T H
                               -------------------

     WHEREAS, the Company has entered into a Credit Agreement, dated as of
September 12, 1996 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the "Credit Agreement"), with the several financial institutions from time
to time party to the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Agent and DLJ Capital
Funding, Inc., as documentation agent, pursuant to which such financial
institutions have agreed to make available to the Company term loans and a
revolving credit facility with a letter of credit subfacility;

     WHEREAS, each of the Debtors, other than the Company, has executed and
delivered a guaranty (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time
to time, the "Guaranty") of the obligations of the Company under the Credit
Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, the obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreement and the
obligations of each other Debtor under the Guaranty are to be secured pursuant
to this Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of any loan, advance or other
financial accommodation heretofore or hereafter made to the Company under or in
connection with the Credit Agreement, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Definitions. When used herein, (a) the terms Account, Certificated
Security, Chattel Paper, Deposit Account, Document, Equipment, Fixture, General
Intangible, Goods, Inventory, Instrument, Money, Security and Uncertificated
Security have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Uniform
Commercial Code (as defined below), (b) the terms Commodity Account, Commodity
Contract, Investment Property, Security Entitlement and Securities Account have
the respective meanings assigned thereto in the 1994







Amendments to Articles 8 and 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code promulgated by the
American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners for Uniform
State Laws and (c) the following terms have the following meanings (such
definitions to be applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such
terms):

     Account Debtor means the party who is obligated on or under any
Non-Tangible Collateral.

     Assignee Deposit Account - see Section 4.

     Benefits - see Section 6.

     Cash Instruments means all cash, checks, drafts and other instruments or
writings for the payment of money.

     Collateral means, with respect to any Debtor, all property and rights of
such Debtor in which a security interest is granted hereunder.

     Computer Hardware and Software means, with respect to any Debtor, all of
such Debtor's rights (including without limitation rights as licensee and
lessee) with respect to: (i) all computer and other electronic data processing
hardware, including without limitation all integrated computer systems, central
processing units, memory units, display terminals, printers, computer elements,
card readers, tape drives, hard and soft disk drives, cables, electrical supply
hardware, generators, power equalizers, accessories, peripheral devices and
other related computer hardware; (ii) all operating system software, utilities
and application programs in whatsoever form (source code and object code in
magnetic tape, disk or hard copy format or any other listings whatsoever)
designed for use on the computers and electronic data processing hardware
described in clause (i) above; (iii) all firmware associated with any of the
foregoing; and (iv) any documentation for hardware, software and firmware
described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, including without limitation
flow charts, logic diagrams, manuals, specifications, training materials, charts
and pseudo codes.

     Concentration Account - see Section 7(a).

     Concentration Bank means The First National Bank of Chicago, in its
capacity as bank at which the Concentration Account is maintained, or any
successor thereto appointed pursuant to Section 7.

     Contract Right means, with respect to any Debtor, any right of such Debtor
to payment under a contract for the sale or lease of goods or the rendering of
services, which right is at the time not yet earned by performance.

     Default means the occurrence of: (a) any Unmatured Event of Default under
subsection 9.1(f) or (g) of the Credit Agreement; or (b) any Event of Default.


                                       -2-






     Disbursement Account - see Section 7(a).

     Disbursement Bank means any of the banks or other financial institutions
listed as a "Disbursement Bank" on Schedule V hereto, as amended from time to
time in accordance with Section 7(c).

     Intellectual Property means, with respect to any Debtor, all of such
Debtor's rights now or hereafter acquired (including without limitation rights
as licensor, licensee, lessor or lessee) in all: trade secrets and other
proprietary information; trademarks, service marks, business names, designs,
logos, indicia and other source and/or business identifiers, and the goodwill of
the business relating thereto and all registrations or applications for
registrations which have heretofore been or may hereafter be issued or filed
thereon and all renewals thereof throughout the world; copyrights (including
without limitation copyrights for computer programs) and copyright registrations
or applications for registrations which have heretofore been or may hereafter be
issued or filed, including all renewals thereof, throughout the world and all
tangible property embodying the copyrights; unpatented inventions (whether or
not patentable); patent applications and patents; and all reissues, divisions,
continuations, extensions, renewals and continuations-in-part of any of the
foregoing; industrial designs, industrial design applications and registered
industrial designs; license agreements related to any of the foregoing and
income therefrom; books, records, writings, computer tapes or disks, flow
diagrams, specification sheets, source codes, object codes and other physical
manifestations, embodiments or incorporations of any of the foregoing; the right
to sue for all past, present and future infringements of any of the foregoing;
and all common law and other rights throughout the world in and to all of the
foregoing.

     Lender Party means each Lender under and as defined in the Credit Agreement
and any Affiliate of such a Lender which is a party to a Swap Contract with the
Company.

     Liabilities means, as to each Debtor, all obligations (monetary or
otherwise) of such Debtor under the Credit Agreement, any Note, the Guaranty,
any other Loan Document or any other document or instrument (including without
limitation any Swap Contract entered into with any Lender Party) executed in
connection therewith, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or
indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing, or due or to become
due.

     Lockbox Account - see Section 7(a).

     Lockbox - see Section 7(a).

     Non-Tangible Collateral means, with respect to any Debtor, collectively,
such Debtor's Accounts, Contract Rights and General Intangibles.

     Receiving Account - see Section 7(a).


                                       -3-






     Receiving Bank means any of the banks or other financial institutions
listed as a "Receiving Bank" on Schedule V hereto, as amended from time to time
in accordance with Section 7(c).

     Uniform Commercial Code means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in
the State of New York on the date of this Agreement; provided, however, as used
in Section 8 hereof and in the definitions of "Commodity Account", "Commodity
Contract", "Investment Property", "Security Entitlement" and "Securities
Account", "Uniform Commercial Code" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect from time to time in the applicable jurisdiction.

     Terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings
assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

     2. Grant of Security Interest. As security for the payment of all
Liabilities, each Debtor hereby assigns to the Administrative Agent for the
benefit of the Lender Parties, and grants to the Administrative Agent for the
benefit of the Lender Parties a continuing security interest in, the following,
whether now or hereafter existing or acquired:

     All of such Debtor's:

          (i)  Accounts;

          (ii) Certificated Securities;

          (iii) Chattel Paper;

          (iv) Computer Hardware and Software and all rights with respect
               thereto, including without limitation all licenses, options,
               warranties, service contracts, program services, test rights,
               maintenance rights, support rights, improvement rights, renewal
               rights and indemnifications, and all substitutions, replacements,
               additions or model conversions of any of the foregoing;

          (v)  Contract Rights;

          (vi) Deposit Accounts;

         (vii) Documents;

        (viii) General Intangibles;

          (ix) Goods (including without limitation all of its Equipment,
               Fixtures and Inventory), and all accessions, additions,
               attachments, improvements, substitutions and replacements
               thereto and therefor;


                                       -4-






           (x) Instruments;

          (xi) Intellectual Property;

         (xii) Money;

        (xiii) Commodity Accounts, Commodity Contracts, Investment Property,
               Security Entitlements and Securities Accounts;

         (xiv) Uncertificated Securities; and

          (xv) to the extent not included in the foregoing, other personal 
               property of any kind or description;

               together with all books, records, writings, data bases,
               information and other property relating to, used or useful in
               connection with, or evidencing, embodying, incorporating or
               referring to any of the foregoing, and all proceeds, products,
               offspring, rents, issues, profits and returns of and from any of
               the foregoing.

     3. Warranties. Each Debtor warrants that: (i) no financing statement (other
than any which may have been filed on behalf of the Administrative Agent or in
connection with Permitted Liens) covering any of the Collateral is on file in
any public office; (ii) such Debtor is and will be the lawful owner of all of
its Collateral, free of all liens and claims whatsoever, other than the security
interest hereunder and Permitted Liens, with full power and authority to execute
this Agreement and perform such Debtor's obligations hereunder, and to subject
the Collateral to the security interest hereunder; (iii) all information with
respect to Collateral and Account Debtors set forth in any schedule, certificate
or other writing at any time heretofore or hereafter furnished by such Debtor to
the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party is and will be true and correct in
all material respects as of the date furnished; (iv) such Debtor's chief
executive office and principal place of business are as set forth on Schedule I
hereto (and such Debtor has not maintained its chief executive office and
principal place of business at any other location at any time after January 1,
1996); (v) each other location where such Debtor maintains a place of business
(or where Goods of such Debtor are located) is set forth on Schedule II hereto
and no Goods of any Debtor have been kept at any other place during the four
months preceding the date of this Agreement; (vi) except as set forth on
Schedule III hereto, such Debtor is not now known and during the five years
preceding the date hereof has not previously been known by any trade name; (vii)
except as set forth on Schedule III hereto, during the five years preceding the
date hereof such Debtor has not been known by any legal name different from the
one set forth on the signature pages of this Agreement nor has such Debtor been
the subject of any merger or other corporate reorganization; (viii) Schedule IV
hereto contains a complete listing of all of such Debtor's Intellectual Property
which is the subject of a pending or issued registration statute (including
without limitation registrations and applications


                                       -5-





therefor), and such Debtor is the exclusive owner of the entire and unencumbered
right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property but subject to
any license rights granted by each Debtor therein; the material rights are as
set forth in Schedule IV; (ix) such Debtor is a corporation duly organized,
validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its
incorporation; (x) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
performance by such Debtor of its obligations hereunder are within such Debtor's
corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action,
have received all necessary governmental approval (if any shall be required),
and do not and will not contravene or conflict with any provision of law or of
the charter or by-laws of such Debtor or of any material agreement, indenture,
instrument or other document, or any material judgment, order or decree, which
is binding upon such Debtor; (xi) this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding
obligation of such Debtor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except that
the enforceability of this Agreement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and by equitable principles
relating to enforceability; (xii) such Debtor is in compliance with the
requirements of all applicable laws (including without limitation the provisions
of the Fair Labor Standards Act), rules, regulations and orders of every
governmental authority, the non-compliance with which would reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and (xiii) if the Collateral
includes Inventory located in the State of California, such Debtor is not a
"retail merchant" within the meaning of Section 9102 of the Uniform Commercial
Code - Secured Transactions of the State of California.

     4. Collections, etc. Until such time after the occurrence and during the
continuance of a Default as the Administrative Agent shall notify such Debtor of
the revocation of such power and authority, each Debtor (a) may, in the ordinary
course of its business, at its own expense, sell, lease or furnish under
contracts of service any of the Inventory normally held by such Debtor for such
purpose, use and consume, in the ordinary course of its business, any raw
materials, work in process or materials normally held by such Debtor for such
purpose, and use, in the ordinary course of its business (but subject to the
terms of the Credit Agreement and Section 7 of this Agreement), the cash
proceeds of Collateral and other money which constitutes Collateral, (b) will,
at its own expense, endeavor to collect, as and when due, all amounts due under
any of the Non-Tangible Collateral, including the taking of such commercially
reasonable action with respect to such collection as the Administrative Agent
may reasonably request or, in the absence of such request, as such Debtor may
deem advisable, and (c) may grant, in the ordinary course of business, to any
party obligated on any of the Non-Tangible Collateral, any rebate, refund or
allowance to which such party may be lawfully entitled, and may accept, in
connection therewith, the return of Goods, the sale or lease of which shall have
given rise to such Non-Tangible Collateral and may grant extensions of time to
pay amounts due and such other modifications of payment terms as shall be
commercially reasonable in the circumstances. The Administrative Agent, however,
may, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, whether
before or after any revocation of such power and authority or the maturity of
any of the Liabilities, notify any parties obligated on any of the Non-Tangible
Collateral to make payment to the Administrative Agent of any amounts due or to
become due


                                       -6-





thereunder and enforce collection of any of the Non-Tangible Collateral by suit
or otherwise and surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof, or
compromise or extend or renew for any period (whether or not longer than the
original period) any indebtedness thereunder or evidenced thereby. Upon request
of the Administrative Agent after the occurrence and during the continuance of a
Default, each Debtor will, at its own expense, notify any or all parties
obligated on any of the Non-Tangible Collateral to make payment to the
Administrative Agent of any amounts due or to become due thereunder.

     Upon request by the Administrative Agent after the occurrence and during
the continuance of a Default, each Debtor will forthwith, upon receipt, transmit
and deliver to the Administrative Agent, in the form received, all Cash
Instruments (properly endorsed, where required, so that such items may be
collected by the Administrative Agent) which may be received by such Debtor at
any time in full or partial payment or otherwise as proceeds of any of the
Collateral. Except as the Administrative Agent may otherwise consent in writing,
any such Cash Instruments which may be so received by any Debtor will not be
commingled with any other of its funds or property, but will be held separate
and apart from its own funds or property and upon express trust for the
Administrative Agent until delivery is made to the Administrative Agent. Each
Debtor will comply with the terms and conditions of any consent given by the
Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing sentence.

     After the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, all items or
amounts which are delivered by any Debtor, any Receiving Bank, the Concentration
Bank or any bank or other financial institution maintaining a Lockbox or a
Lockbox Account to the Administrative Agent on account of partial or full
payment or otherwise as proceeds of any of the Collateral shall be deposited to
the credit of a deposit account (each, an "Assignee Deposit Account") of such
Debtor with the Administrative Agent, as security for payment of the
Liabilities. No Debtor shall have any right to withdraw any funds deposited in
any Assignee Deposit Account. The Administrative Agent may, from time to time,
in its discretion, and shall upon request of the applicable Debtor made not more
than once in any week, apply all or any of the then balance, representing
collected funds, in the Assignee Deposit Account toward payment of the
Liabilities, whether or not then due, in such order of application as the
Administrative Agent may determine, and the Administrative Agent may, from time
to time, in its discretion, release all or any of such balance to the applicable
Debtor.

     The Administrative Agent is authorized to endorse, in the name of the
applicable Debtor, any item, howsoever received by the Administrative Agent,
representing any payment on or other proceeds of any of the Collateral.

     5. Certificates, Schedules and Reports. Each Debtor will from time to time,
as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, deliver to the
Administrative Agent such schedules, certificates and reports respecting all or
any of the Collateral subject to the security interest hereunder, and the items
or amounts received by such Debtor in full or partial payment of any of the
Collateral, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably


                                       -7-





request. Any such schedule, certificate or report shall be executed by a duly
authorized officer of such Debtor and shall be in such form and detail as the
Administrative Agent may reasonably specify. Each Debtor shall immediately
notify the Administrative Agent of the occurrence of any event causing any loss
or depreciation in the value of its Inventory or other Goods which is material
to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, and such notice shall
specify the amount of such loss or depreciation.

     6. Agreements of the Debtors. Each Debtor: (a) will, upon request of the
Administrative Agent, execute such financing statements and other documents (and
pay the cost of filing or recording the same in all public offices deemed
appropriate by the Administrative Agent) and do such other acts and things
(including, without limitation, delivery to the Administrative Agent of any
Instruments or Certificated Securities which constitute Collateral), all as the
Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request, to establish and
maintain a valid security interest in the Collateral (free of all other liens,
claims and rights of third parties whatsoever, other than Permitted Liens) to
secure the payment of the Liabilities; (b) will keep all its Inventory at, and
will not maintain any place of business at any location other than, its
address(es) shown on Schedules I and II hereto or at such other addresses of
which such Debtor shall have given the Administrative Agent not less than 30
days' prior written notice; (c) will keep its records concerning the
Non-Tangible Collateral in such a manner as will enable the Administrative Agent
or its designees to determine at any time the status of the Non-Tangible
Collateral; (d) will furnish the Administrative Agent such information
concerning such Debtor, the Collateral and the Account Debtors as the
Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request; (e) will permit
the Administrative Agent and its designees, from time to time, on reasonable
notice and at reasonable times and intervals during normal business hours (or at
any time without notice after the occurrence and during the continuance of a
Default) to inspect such Debtor's Inventory and other Goods, and to inspect,
audit and make copies of and extracts from all records and other papers in the
possession of such Debtor pertaining to the Collateral and the Account Debtors,
and will, upon request of the Administrative Agent after the occurrence and
during the continuance of a Default, deliver to the Administrative Agent all of
such records and papers; (f) will, upon the reasonable request of the
Administrative Agent, stamp on its records concerning the Collateral, and add on
all Chattel Paper constituting a portion of the Collateral, a notation, in form
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of the security interest of the
Administrative Agent hereunder; (g) except as permitted by Section 8.2 of the
Credit Agreement, will not sell, lease, assign or create or, except as permitted
by Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement, permit to exist any Lien on any
Collateral other than Permitted Liens; (h) without limiting the provisions of
Section 7.6 of the Credit Agreement, will at all times keep all of its Inventory
and other Goods insured under policies maintained with reputable, financially
sound insurance companies against loss, damage, theft and other risks to such
extent as is customarily maintained by companies similarly situated, and cause
all such policies to provide that loss thereunder shall be payable to the
Administrative Agent as its interest may appear in an amount equal to 100% of
such insurance proceeds (or other similar recoveries) net of any collection
expenses and such policies or certificates thereof shall, if the Administrative
Agent so requests, be deposited


                                       -8-





with or furnished to the Administrative Agent; (i) will amend and maintain each
liability insurance policy insuring such Debtor, its Inventory or other goods so
that each such insurance policy names the Administrative Agent as an additional
insured; (j) will take such actions as are reasonably necessary to keep its
Inventory in good repair and condition; (k) will take such actions as are
reasonably necessary to keep its Equipment (other than obsolete, worn out or
surplus equipment) in good repair and condition and in good working order,
ordinary wear and tear excepted; (l) will promptly pay when due all license
fees, registration fees, taxes, assessments and other charges which may be
levied upon or assessed against the ownership, operation, possession,
maintenance or use of its Equipment and other Goods (as applicable) other than
any such items being contested by appropriate proceedings if such Debtor
maintains adequate reserves therefor; (m) will, upon request of the
Administrative Agent, (i) cause to be noted on the applicable certificate, in
the event any of its Equipment is covered by a certificate of title, the
security interest of the Administrative Agent in the Equipment covered thereby,
and (ii) deliver all such certificates to the Administrative Agent or its
designees; (n) will take all steps reasonably necessary to protect, preserve and
maintain all of its rights in the Collateral, including, without limitation,
delivery of all Chattel Paper and Instruments to the Administrative Agent upon
request by the Administrative Agent therefor; and (o) will reimburse the
Administrative Agent for all reasonable expenses, including without limitation
Attorney Costs, incurred by the Administrative Agent in seeking to collect or
enforce any rights in respect of such Debtor's Collateral.

     Without limiting clause (a) of the immediately preceding paragraph, each
Debtor shall, contemporaneously herewith, execute and deliver to the
Administrative Agent a Patent Security Agreement, a Trademark Security Agreement
and a Copyright Security Agreement in the forms of Exhibits A, B and C hereto.

     Any loss benefits ("Benefits") under any insurance policy maintained by a
Debtor shall be held as additional Collateral hereunder and: (A) so long as no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing and any Loan is outstanding, the
Administrative Agent, upon the Company's instruction, shall (i) release to the
Company the amount of such Benefits to the extent that (x) such Benefits are
less than $500,000 in any fiscal year of the Company or (y) the Company has
submitted a written request to use such Benefits for the financing of the
replacement, substitution or restoration of the assets sustaining the casualty
loss giving rise to such Benefits and (ii) apply in all other circumstances any
Benefits not released toward payment of the Liabilities as provided in Section
2.8 of the Credit Agreement and/or toward reduction of the Commitments as
provided in Section 2.6 of the Credit Agreement; (B) so long as no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, and no Loan is outstanding, the Administrative
Agent shall release such Benefits to the Company; and (C) whenever a Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall apply the
Benefits toward payment of the Liabilities, whether or not due, in such order of
application as the Administrative Agent may determine.



                                       -9-





     Any reasonable expenses incurred in protecting, preserving or maintaining
any Collateral shall be borne by the applicable Debtor. Whenever a Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right
to bring suit to enforce any or all of the Intellectual Property or licenses
thereunder, in which event the applicable Debtor shall at the request of the
Administrative Agent do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all proper
documents reasonably required by the Administrative Agent in aid of such
enforcement and such Debtor shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse and indemnify
the Administrative Agent for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the
Administrative Agent in the exercise of its rights under this Section 6.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation
or liability regarding the Collateral or any part thereof by reason of, or
arising out of, this Agreement.

     7. Procedures With Respect To Cash.

     (a) Subject to the last two sentences of the first paragraph of Section 4
of this Agreement, each Debtor shall instruct each Account Debtor obligated to
make payments under any item of Non-Tangible Collateral to make such payments to
lockboxes identified on Schedule V, Item A or a zip code maintained for the
exclusive use of such Debtor by a financial institution (the "Lockboxes"). Each
Debtor shall, with respect to all Cash Instruments it holds or receives,
transmit, and shall instruct any financial institution which receives for the
account of such Debtor any Cash Instruments, other than a Disbursement Bank, to
transmit, in the form received, before the close of business on the Business Day
following receipt, all Cash Instruments to a Receiving Bank for deposit into a
deposit account identified on Schedule V, Item B (a "Receiving Account") or to
the Concentration Bank for deposit into the Concentration Account. The Company
and the Administrative Agent shall instruct each Receiving Bank maintaining a
Lockbox pursuant to this Section to deposit all Cash Instruments paid into such
Lockbox forthwith in the deposit account associated with such Lockbox (the
"Lockbox Account"), maintained by such Receiving Bank (except that the Company
may otherwise instruct such Receiving Bank with respect to items which are
postdated or irregular and provided that Cash Instruments sent to a post office
located in a city other than in which the related Lockbox Account is located may
first be deposited into an account maintained by the Receiving Bank with a
correspondent bank and may then be deposited in a clearing account maintained by
the Receiving Bank before being deposited in such Lockbox Account) and shall
further instruct each Receiving Bank to transfer all items deposited into such
Lockbox Accounts and Receiving Accounts to the concentration account identified
on Schedule V, Item D (the "Concentration Account") maintained at the
Concentration Bank upon the clearing of such items in accordance with such
Receiving Bank's customary clearing schedule (but not later than ten (10) days
after receipt); provided that whenever a Default has occurred and is continuing
the Administrative Agent may notify the Receiving Banks to transfer all such
items to an Assignee Deposit Account.

     Unless a Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company shall be
entitled to instruct the Concentration Bank to transfer amounts held in the
Concentration Account to one or more disbursement accounts identified on
Schedule V, Item C (each individually, a


                                      -10-





"Disbursement Account"). The Company may transfer to each Disbursement Bank an
aggregate amount equal to all unpaid checks presented to such Disbursement Bank
and not returned as of the preceding Business Day. It is understood that each
Disbursement Account will be a "zero-balance account". Any balance remaining in
such Disbursement Account after all disbursements have been made with respect to
such Disbursement Account on a given day shall be returned to the Concentration
Account by wire transfer of funds.

     After receiving notice from the Administrative Agent that a Default has
occurred and is continuing, the Concentration Bank shall immediately and from
time to time thereafter (unless it receives notice from the Administrative Agent
to the contrary) transfer all funds held in its Concentration Account to the
Administrative Agent for deposit in an Assignee Deposit Account and shall notify
the Administrative Agent by facsimile transmission as to the details of each
such transfer.

     The Company will use all reasonable efforts to cause each Account Debtor,
Receiving Bank, Disbursement Bank and the Concentration Bank to comply with the
foregoing procedures and instructions.

     (b) The Administrative Agent shall be the owner of, or if acceptable to the
Administrative Agent with respect to a particular account, the holder of a
security interest in, the Lockboxes (other than Lockboxes that are zip codes
maintained for the exclusive use of a Debtor by a financial institution), the
Lockbox Accounts, the Receiving Accounts, the Concentration Account and the
Disbursement Accounts, and the Receiving Banks, Concentration Bank and the
Disbursement Banks shall be notified that the items and funds deposited therein
are property of the Debtors subject to the security interest of the
Administrative Agent.

     (c) Not later than 30 days after the Closing Date, as to all Lockboxes
(other than Lockboxes that are zip codes maintained for the exclusive use of a
Debtor by a financial institution), Lockbox Accounts, Receiving Accounts and
Disbursement Accounts identified on Schedule V, and prior to establishing any
such lockboxes or accounts with any bank or other financial institution after
the Closing Date, the Company will cause such bank or other financial
institution to deliver a writing to the Administrative Agent consenting and
acknowledging the security interest of the Administrative Agent in such
lockboxes or accounts and all Cash Instruments therein and confirming that the
bank or other financial institution in question has received and agreed to
follow the instructions and established the relevant accounts and procedures
referred to in this Section. The Company may, from time to time after the
Closing Date, designate a bank or other financial institution to act as a
Receiving Bank or a Disbursement Bank and such bank or other financial
institution shall become a Receiving Bank or a Disbursement Bank for purposes of
this Agreement; provided that (i) such bank is located in the United States,
(ii) such bank or other financial institution has delivered a writing to the
Administrative Agent confirming the matters set forth in the first sentence of
this clause (c), and (iii) the Company has delivered to the Administrative


                                      -11-





Agent an amended Schedule V, setting forth the then-current list of Receiving
Banks and Disbursement Banks.

     (d) The Company may, from time to time after the Closing Date, designate
another bank to act as a Concentration Bank, and such bank (if not the
Administrative Agent) shall become the Concentration Bank for purposes of this
Agreement, provided that (i) such bank is located in the United States, (ii)
such bank has delivered a writing to the Administrative Agent confirming the
matters set forth in the first sentence of clause (c) above and (iii) the
Company has given notice to the Administrative Agent of the appointment of the
new Concentration Bank.

     (e) The Company agrees that it and its Subsidiaries (other than Foreign
Subsidiaries) will not maintain any deposit or similar accounts with any other
financial institution other than the accounts specifically described in clauses
(a) through (d) above or listed on Item E of Schedule V; provided that, with
respect to the accounts listed on Item E of Schedule V, in all cases (x) unless
the prior consent of the Administrative Agent shall have been obtained, the
aggregate amount of funds on deposit in each such account which is not a payroll
account shall not exceed the amount indicated in respect of such account on Item
E of Schedule V and in each such payroll account shall not at any time exceed
the sum of all accrued payroll and payroll taxes then payable by the Company on
account of payroll obligations payable from such account, (y) at the request of
the Administrative Agent, the Company shall cause the relevant financial
institution to provide the Administrative Agent with information concerning such
accounts and (z) at any time when a Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Company shall, at the request of the Administrative Agent, cause each such
financial institution to provide the Administrative Agent with daily reports of
the balance in each such account.

     8. Default. Whenever a Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Administrative Agent may exercise from time to time any right or remedy
available to it under applicable law. Each Debtor agrees, in case of the
occurrence and during the continuance of a Default, (i) to assemble, at its
expense, all its Inventory and other Goods (other than Fixtures) at a convenient
place or places reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, and (ii) at
the Administrative Agent's request, to execute all such documents and do all
such other things which may be necessary or desirable in order to enable the
Administrative Agent or its nominee to be registered as owner of the
Intellectual Property with any and all competent registration authority. Any
notification of intended disposition of any of the Collateral required by law
shall be deemed reasonably and properly given if given at least ten days before
such disposition. Any proceeds of any disposition by the Administrative Agent of
any of the Collateral may be applied by the Administrative Agent to payment of
expenses in connection with the Collateral, including without limitation
Attorney Costs, and any balance of such proceeds may be applied by the
Administrative Agent toward the payment of such of the Liabilities, and in such
order of application, as the Administrative Agent may from time to time elect.



                                      -12-





     9. General. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised
reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its
possession if it takes such action for that purpose as any applicable Debtor
requests in writing, but failure of the Administrative Agent to comply with any
such request shall not of itself be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable
care, and no failure of the Administrative Agent to preserve or protect any
right with respect to such Collateral against prior parties, or to do any act
with respect to the preservation of such Collateral not so requested by any
Debtor, shall be deemed of itself a failure to exercise reasonable care in the
custody or preservation of such Collateral.

     Any notice from the Administrative Agent to any Debtor, if mailed, shall be
deemed given on the third Business Day after the date mailed, postage prepaid,
addressed to such Debtor either at such Debtor's address shown on Schedule I
hereto or at such other address as such Debtor shall have specified in writing
to the Administrative Agent as its address for notices hereunder.

     Each of the Debtors agrees to pay all reasonable expenses (including
without limitation Attorney Costs) paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent
or any Lender Party in endeavoring to collect the Liabilities of such Debtor, or
any part thereof, and in enforcing this Agreement against such Debtor, and such
obligations will themselves be Liabilities.

     No delay on the part of the Administrative Agent in the exercise of any
right or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial
exercise by the Administrative Agent of any right or remedy shall preclude other
or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

     This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until all Liabilities
(other than Liabilities in the nature of continuing indemnification obligations)
have been paid in full and all Commitments have terminated. If at any time all
or any part of any payment theretofore applied by the Administrative Agent or
any Lender Party to any of the Liabilities is or must be rescinded or returned
by the Administrative Agent or such Lender Party for any reason whatsoever
(including without limitation the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of
any Debtor), such Liabilities shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, to the
extent that such payment is or must be rescinded or returned, be deemed to have
continued in existence, notwithstanding such application by the Administrative
Agent or such Lender Party, and this Agreement shall continue to be effective or
be reinstated, as the case may be, as to such Liabilities, all as though such
application by the Administrative Agent or such Lender Party had not been made.

     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the
internal laws of the State of New York, subject, however, to the applicability
of the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction in which any Goods of any
Debtor may be located at any given time. Whenever possible, each provision of
this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid
under applicable law, but if any provision of this


                                      -13-





Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision
shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without
invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this
Agreement.

     The rights and privileges of the Administrative Agent hereunder shall inure
to the benefit of its successors and assigns.

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the
different parties hereto on separate counterparts, and each such counterpart
shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together
constitute one and the same Agreement. At any time after the date of this
Agreement, one or more additional Persons may become parties hereto by executing
and delivering to the Administrative Agent a counterpart of this Agreement.
Immediately upon such execution and delivery (and without any further action),
each such additional Person will become a party to, and will be bound by all the
terms of, this Agreement.

     ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER
LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE
UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND BY EXECUTION AND
DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE UNDERSIGNED, AND BY ACCEPTING THE
BENEFITS HEREOF, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER PARTY, CONSENTS, FOR
ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH
COURTS; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY
COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT'S
OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER
PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH OF THE DEBTORS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH
LENDER PARTY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE
LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY
NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH
JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO. THE
DEBTORS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER PARTY EACH WAIVE PERSONAL
SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY
OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK LAW.

     EACH OF THE UNDERSIGNED, AND (BY ACCEPTING THE BENEFITS HEREOF) EACH OF THE
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH LENDER PARTY, EACH WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS
TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE


                                      -14-





TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER
LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR
ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON, PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO
CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. THE DEBTORS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT AND THE LENDER PARTIES EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION
SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING,
THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS
WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER
PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR
ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION
HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT, RENEWAL,
SUPPLEMENT OR MODIFICATION TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

     10. Limit on Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Collateral" shall
not include (i) any General Intangibles or other rights arising under contracts
as to which the grant of a security interest would constitute a violation of a
valid and enforceable restriction on such grant, unless and until any required
consents shall have been obtained, but shall include all proceeds of any such
contracts (each Debtor agrees to use its best efforts to obtain any such
required consent) or (ii) any of the assets listed on Schedule VI (the property
described in this clause (ii) being the "Excluded Assets").



                                      -15-





     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the day and
year first above written.

                              RAYOVAC CORPORATION



                              By:/s/ David A. Jones
                                 ------------------------------------------
                              Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer



                              ROV HOLDING, INC.



                              By:/s/ David A. Jones
                                 ------------------------------------------
                              Title:  President


                              BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                              AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as
                              Administrative Agent for the Lender Parties



                              By:/s/ Eric A. Schubert
                                 ------------------------------------------
                              Title:  Managing Director




                                      -16-





                              The undersigned is executing a counterpart
                              hereof for purposes of becoming a party hereto:


                              ---------------------------------------------

                              By:
                                 ------------------------------------------
                              Title:
                                  -----------------------------------------


                                      -17-


                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.7


                            COMPANY PLEDGE AGREEMENT
                            ------------------------

     This COMPANY PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of September 12,
1996, is between RAYOVAC CORPORATION, a Wisconsin corporation (the "Pledgor"),
and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as
administrative agent for the Lenders referred to below (in such capacity, the
"Administrative Agent").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              --------------------

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated as of even date herewith
(as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit
Agreement") among the Pledgor, various financial institutions (such financial
institutions, together with their respective successors and assigns,
collectively the "Lenders" and individually each a "Lender"), the Administrative
Agent and DLJ Capital Funding, Inc., as documentation agent, the Lenders have
agreed to make available to the Pledgor term loans and a revolving credit
facility with a letter of credit subfacility;

     WHEREAS, the obligations of the Pledgor are to be secured pursuant to this
Agreement;

     WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the making of loans and the
issuance of letters of credit under the Credit Agreement that the Pledgor
execute and deliver this Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of any loan, advance or other
financial accommodation heretofore or hereafter made to the Pledgor under or in
connection with the Credit Agreement, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Definitions. When used herein, the following terms have the following
meanings (such meanings to be applicable to both the singular and plural forms
of such terms):

     Collateral - see Section 2.








     Default means the occurrence of: (a) any Unmatured Event of Default under
     subsections 9.1(f) or (g) of the Credit Agreement; or (b) any Event of
     Default.

     Issuer means the issuer of any of the shares of stock or other securities
     representing all or any of the Collateral.

     Lender Party means each Lender under and as defined in the Credit Agreement
     and any Affiliate of such Lender which is a party to a Swap Contract with
     the Pledgor.

     Liabilities means all obligations (monetary or otherwise) of the Pledgor
     under the Credit Agreement, any Note, any other Loan Document to which it
     is a party or any other document or instrument signed by the Company
     (including any Swap Contract entered into with any Lender Party) executed
     in connection therewith, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether
     direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing, or
     due or to become due.

     Terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings
     assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

     2. Pledge. As security for the payment of all Liabilities, the Pledgor
hereby pledges to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lender
Parties, and grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lender
Parties a continuing security interest in, all of the following:

     A. All of the shares of stock, notes and other securities described in
     Schedule I hereto, all of the certificates and/or instruments representing
     such shares of stock, notes and other securities, and all cash, interest,
     securities, dividends, distributions, rights and other property at any time
     and from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in
     respect of or in exchange for any or all of such shares or other
     securities;

     B. All additional shares of stock of any of the Issuers listed in Schedule
     I hereto at any time and


                                        2





     from time to time acquired by the Pledgor in any manner, all of the
     certificates representing such additional shares, and all cash, interest,
     securities, dividends, distributions, rights and other property at any time
     and from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in
     respect of or in exchange for any or all of such shares;

     C. All other property hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent in
     substitution for or in addition to any of the foregoing, all certificates
     and instruments representing or evidencing such property, and all cash,
     interest, securities, dividends, distributions, rights and other property
     at any time and from time to time received, receivable or otherwise
     distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all thereof; and

     D. All proceeds of any of the foregoing.

All of the foregoing are herein collectively called the "Collateral".
Notwithstanding the foregoing, as to each Issuer that is a Foreign Subsidiary or
ROV Holding, not more than 65% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital
stock of such Issuer shall be "Collateral".

     The Pledgor agrees to deliver to the Administrative Agent, promptly upon
receipt and in due form for transfer (i.e., duly endorsed in blank or
accompanied by stock or bond powers duly executed in blank), all Collateral
(other than payments which the Pledgor is entitled to receive and retain
pursuant to Section 5 hereof) which may at any time or from time to time be in
or come into the possession or control of the Pledgor; and prior to the delivery
thereof to the Administrative Agent, such Collateral shall be held by the
Pledgor separate and apart from its other property and in express trust for the
Administrative Agent.

     3. Warranties; Further Assurances. The Pledgor warrants to the
Administrative Agent and each Lender that: (a) the Pledgor is (or at the time of
any future delivery, pledge, assignment or transfer thereof will be) the legal,
beneficial and equitable owner of the Collateral free and clear of all Liens
of every description whatsoever other than the security interest created


                                        3





hereunder; (b) the pledge and delivery of the Collateral pursuant to this
Agreement will create a valid, perfected, first priority security interest in
the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent, free of any adverse claims;
(c) all shares of stock referred to in Schedule I hereto are duly authorized,
validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; (d) as to each Issuer whose name
appears in Schedule I hereto, the Collateral represents on the date hereof all
of the total shares of capital stock issued and outstanding of such Issuer (or,
as to any Issuer that is a Foreign Subsidiary or ROV Holding, 65% of the total
shares of capital stock issued and outstanding of such Issuer); (e) each note
pledged hereunder has been duly authorized, executed, endorsed, issued and
delivered, is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the issuer thereof, and
is not in default; and (f) the information contained in Schedule I hereto is
true and accurate in all respects.

     So long as any of the Liabilities shall be outstanding or any Commitment
shall exist on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party with
respect to the making of any Loans, the issuance of any Letters of Credit or the
creation of any other Liabilities, the Pledgor: (i) shall not, without the
express prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, sell, assign,
exchange, pledge or otherwise transfer, encumber, or grant any option, warrant
or other right to purchase, or otherwise diminish or impair any of its rights
in, to or under any of the Collateral; (ii) shall execute such Uniform
Commercial Code financing statements and other documents (and pay the costs of
filing and recording or re-filing and re-recording the same in all public
offices deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrative Agent) and do such
other acts and things, all as the Administrative Agent may from time to time
reasonably request, to establish and maintain a valid, perfected, first priority
security interest in the Collateral (free of all other Liens, claims and rights
of third parties whatsoever) to secure the performance and payment of the
Liabilities; (iii) shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such
documents and instruments relating to the Collateral, satisfactory in form and
substance to the Administrative Agent, as the Administrative Agent may
reasonably request; (iv) shall continue to own and keep pledged to the
Administrative Agent, 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock
of each Issuer


                                        4





(or, as to each Issuer that is a Foreign Subsidiary or ROV Holding, 65% of the
issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of such Issuer); and (v) shall
furnish the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party such information concerning
the Collateral as the Administrative Agent or such Lender Party may from time to
time reasonably request, and will permit the Administrative Agent or any Lender
Party or any designee of the Administrative Agent or any Lender Party, from time
to time at reasonable times and on reasonable notice (or at any time without
notice during the existence of a Default), to inspect, audit and make copies of
and extracts from all records and all other papers in the possession of the
Pledgor which pertain to the Collateral, and will, upon request of the
Administrative Agent at any time when a Default has occurred and is continuing,
deliver to the Administrative Agent all of such records and papers.

     Pledgor additionally represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent
and each Lender Party that (i) it is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation, (ii) the execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the
performance by it of its obligations hereunder are within the corporate powers
of the Pledgor, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
(including any necessary shareholder action), and do not and will not contravene
the terms of any of the Organization Documents of the Pledgor, conflict with or
result in a breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, any
document evidencing any Contractual Obligation to which the Pledgor is a party
or any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority to which
the Pledgor or any of its properties are subject, or violate any Requirement of
Law; (iii) no approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by,
or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary or
required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or
enforcement against, the Pledgor of this Agreement; and (iv) this Agreement
constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Pledgor, enforceable
against the Pledgor in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may
be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating
to enforceability.


                                        5






     4. Holding in Name of Administrative Agent, etc. The Administrative Agent
may from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of a
Default, without notice to the Pledgor, take all or any of the following actions
(a) transfer all or any part of the Collateral into the name of the
Administrative Agent or any nominee or sub-agent for the Administrative Agent,
with or without disclosing that such Collateral is subject to the Lien and
security interest hereunder, (b) appoint one or more sub-agents or nominees for
the purpose of retaining physical possession of the Collateral, (c) notify the
parties obligated on any of the Collateral to make payment to the Administrative
Agent of any amounts due or to become due thereunder, (d) endorse any checks,
drafts or other writings in the name of the Pledgor to allow collection of the
Collateral, (e) enforce collection of any of the Collateral by suit or
otherwise, and surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof, or
compromise or renew for any period (whether or not longer than the original
period) any obligations of any nature of any party with respect thereto and (f)
take control of any proceeds of the Collateral.

     5. Voting Rights, Dividends, etc. (a) Notwithstanding certain provisions
of Section 4 hereof, so long as the Administrative Agent has not given the
notice referred to in paragraph (b) below:

     A. The Pledgor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting or
     consensual rights and powers and stock purchase or subscription rights (but
     any such exercise by the Pledgor of stock purchase or subscription rights
     may be made only from funds of the Pledgor not constituting part of the
     Collateral and only to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement)
     relating or pertaining to the Collateral or any part thereof for any
     purpose; provided, however, that the Pledgor agrees that it will not
     exercise any such right or power in any manner which would materially
     adversely impair the value of the Collateral or any part thereof or violate
     any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

     B. The Pledgor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all
     dividends, interest and other


                                        6





     cash payments payable in respect of the Collateral which are paid in cash
     by any Issuer if such dividends, interest and other cash payments are
     permitted by the Credit Agreement, but all dividends and distributions in
     respect of the Collateral or any part thereof made in shares of stock or
     other property or representing any return of capital, whether resulting
     from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of Collateral or any
     part thereof or received in exchange for Collateral or any part thereof or
     as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of
     assets to which any Issuer may be a party or otherwise or as a result of
     any exercise of any stock purchase or subscription right, shall be and
     become part of the Collateral hereunder and, if received by the Pledgor,
     shall be forthwith delivered to the Administrative Agent in due form for
     transfer (i.e., endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock or bond powers
     executed in blank) to be held for the purposes of this Agreement.

     C. The Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver, or cause to be
     executed and delivered, to the Pledgor, all such proxies, powers of
     attorney, dividend orders and other instruments as the Pledgor may request
     for the purpose of enabling the Pledgor to exercise the rights and powers
     which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to clause (A) above and to
     receive the dividends, interest and payments which it is authorized to
     retain pursuant to clause (B) above.

     (b) Upon notice from the Administrative Agent after the occurrence and
during the continuance of a Default, and so long as the same shall be
continuing, all rights and powers which the Pledgor is entitled to exercise
pursuant to Section 5(a)(A) hereof, and all rights of the Pledgor to receive and
retain dividends, interest and payments pursuant to Section 5(a)(B) hereof,
shall forthwith cease, and all such rights and powers shall thereupon become
vested in the Administrative Agent which shall have, during the continuance of
such Default, the sole and exclusive authority to exercise such rights and
powers and to receive such dividends, interest and payments. Any and all money
and other property paid over to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant
to this


                                        7





paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Administrative Agent as additional
Collateral hereunder and applied in accordance with the provisions hereof.

     6. Remedies. Whenever a Default shall exist, the Administrative Agent may
exercise from time to time any rights and remedies available to it under the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in New York or otherwise available to it,
as well as any other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise
available to it. Without limiting the foregoing, whenever a Default shall have
occurred and be continuing the Administrative Agent (a) may, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, without notice, advertisement, hearing or
process of law of any kind, (i) sell any or all of the Collateral, free of all
rights and claims of the Pledgor therein and thereto, at any public or private
sale or brokers' board and (ii) bid for and purchase any or all of the
Collateral at any such public sale and (b) shall have the right, for and in the
name, place and stead of the Pledgor, to execute endorsements, assignments,
stock powers and other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to all
or any of the Collateral. The Pledgor hereby expressly waives, to the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, any and all notices, advertisements,
hearings or process of law in connection with the exercise by the Administrative
Agent of any of its rights and remedies during the continuance of a Default. Any
notification of intended disposition of any of the Collateral shall be deemed
reasonably and properly given if given at least ten (10) days before such
disposition. Any proceeds of any of the Collateral may be applied by the
Administrative Agent to the payment of expenses in connection with the
Collateral, including, without limitation, Attorney Costs, and any balance of
such proceeds may be applied by the Administrative Agent toward the payment of
such of the Liabilities, and in such order of application, as the Administrative
Agent may from time to time elect (and, after payment in full of all
Liabilities, any surplus shall be delivered to the Pledgor or as a court of
competent jurisdiction shall direct).

     The Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to comply with any limitation
or restriction in connection with any sale of Collateral as it may be advised by
counsel is necessary in order to (a) avoid any violation of applicable law
(including, without limitation, compli-


                                        8





ance with such procedures as may restrict the number of prospective bidders and
purchasers, require that prospective bidders and purchasers have certain
qualifications and/or further restrict such prospective bidders or purchasers to
persons or entities who will represent and agree that they are purchasing for
their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or
resale of such Collateral) or (b) obtain any required approval of the sale or of
the purchase by any Governmental Authority and the Pledgor agrees that such
compliance shall not result in such sale being considered or deemed not to have
been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Administrative Agent
shall not be liable or accountable to the Pledgor for any discount allowed by
reason of the fact that such Collateral is sold in compliance with any such
limitation or restriction.

     7. General. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised
reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its
possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equivalent to
that which the Administrative Agent, in its individual capacity, accords its own
property and no failure of the Administrative Agent to preserve or protect any
rights with respect to the Collateral against prior parties shall be deemed of
itself a failure to exercise reasonable care in the custody or preservation of
any Collateral.

     No delay on the part of the Administrative Agent in exercising any right,
power or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial
exercise of any such right, power or remedy shall preclude any other or further
exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. No
amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent with respect to, any provision
of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and
signed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, and then such amendment,
modification, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance
and for the specific purpose for which given.

     All obligations of the Pledgor and all rights, powers and remedies of the
Administrative Agent and the Lender Parties expressed herein are in addition to
all other rights, powers and remedies possessed by them, including, without
limitation, those provided by applica-


                                        9





ble law or in any other written instrument or agreement relating to any of the
Liabilities or any security therefor.

     This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the
internal laws of the State of New York, except to the extent that the validity
or perfection of the security interest hereunder, or any remedy hereunder, in
respect of any particular Collateral is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction
other than the State of New York. Wherever possible each provision of this
Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or
invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of
such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such
provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

     This Agreement shall be binding upon the Pledgor and the Administrative
Agent and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the
benefit of the Pledgor, each Lender Party, the Administrative Agent and the
successors and assigns of the Administrative Agent.

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the
different parties hereto on separate counterparts, and each such counterpart
shall be deemed an original but all such counterparts shall together constitute
but one and the same Agreement.

     All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be given in
the manners and to the addresses set forth in Section 11.2 of the Credit
Agreement, and shall be effective as set forth therein if given in any such
manner.


                                                 10




     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered as
of the day and year first written above.

                                          RAYOVAC CORPORATION

                                          By:/s/ David A. Jones
                                              ------------------------------
                                          Title: President



                                          BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                          SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                                            as Administrative Agent



                                          By:/s/ Eric A. Schubert
                                              ------------------------------
                                          Title: Managing Director

                                       11



                   [WHYTE HIRSCHBOECK DUDEK S.C. letterhead]


                               December 12, 1996

Rayovac Corporation
601 Rayovac Drive
Madison, Wisconsin 53711-2497

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     It is our understanding that you, the Rayovac Corporation, a Wisconsin
corporation (the "Company") intend to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to which
your will offer to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") your issued and outstanding
10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 for 10-1/4% Series B Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "Notes"). You have engaged us to act as
Wisconsin legal counsel to you, for the sole purpose of furnishing the opinions
set forth herein in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of
Regulation S-K under the Act.

     In connection with this opinion, we have examined copies of (ii) the
Indenture dated as of October 22, 1996 by and between the Company, ROV Holding,
Inc. and Marine Midland Bank (the "Indenture"), (iii) the Registration Rights
Agreement dated as of October 17, 1996 by and among the Company, Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and BA Securities, Inc. (the
"Registration Rights Agreement"), (iv) the Company's Restated Articles of
Incorporation, (v) the Company's Restated Bylaws, (vi) certain resolutions of
the Company's board of directors, and (vii) a draft of the Company's Form S-1
Registration Statement dated December 10, 1996 (the "Registration Statement").

     In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the
legal capacity of natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted
to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents
submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the
originals of such latter documents. We have also assumed that the draft Form S-1
Registration Statement examined by us is, in all respects material to this
opinion, in final form.

     We are admitted to the Bar of the State of Wisconsin, and we do not express
any opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State
of Wisconsin and the federal laws of the United States of America to the extent
specifically referred to herein. We assume no



Rayovac Corporation
December 12, 1996
Page 2



responsibility as to the applicability of the laws of any other jurisdiction to
the subject transactions or the effect of such laws thereon.

     Based on the foregoing and subject to the qualifications set forth herein,
we are of the opinion that the Notes (a) have been duly authorized by requisite
corporate action on the part of the Company, (b) when issued, executed,
authenticated and delivered in the manner provided for in the Indenture in
accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant to the Exchange Offer
will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable
against the Company in accordance with their terms, and (c) are subject to the
terms of Indenture, except to the extent enforcement may be subject to or
limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
similar laws now or hereinafter in effect relating to creditors' rights and
remedies generally and (ii) such general principles of equity (regardless of
whether such enforcement may be sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

     This opinion is furnished to you solely for your benefit in connection with
the Registration Statement and, except as set forth below, is not to be used,
circulated, quoted or otherwise referred to for any other purpose or relied upon
by any person without our express written permission. We hereby consent to the
filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement. We also consent to the reference to our name under the caption 
"Legal Matters" in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not
thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is 
required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules or regulations thereunder.


                                                   Very truly yours,

                                                   WHYTE HIRSCHBOECK DUDEK S.C.



                                               By: /s/ Andrew J. Guzikowski
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Andrew J. Guzikowski


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1


===============================================================================





                               RAYOVAC CORPORATION



                    ----------------------------------------


                                  $100,000,000
                   10 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2006

                    ----------------------------------------


                               -------------------

                               PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                             DATED OCTOBER 17, 1996

                               -------------------




                          Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
                             Securities Corporation

                               BA Securities, Inc.




===============================================================================










DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
  SECURITIES CORPORATION
BA SECURITIES, INC.
As Initial Purchasers
277 Park Avenue
New York, New York  10172

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  Rayovac Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"),
proposes to issue and sell an aggregate of $100,000,000 in principal amount of
10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "Notes") to Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation and BA Securities, Inc. (each an "Initial
Purchaser" and, collectively, the "Initial Purchasers"). ROV Holding, Inc., a
Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company ("ROV
Holding"), proposes to issue and sell to the Initial Purchasers a senior
subordinated guarantee of the Notes (the "Guarantee"). The Notes and the
Guarantee will be issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of the Closing Date
(as defined herein) among the Company, ROV Holding and Marine Midland Bank, as
trustee (the "Indenture"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall
have the meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.

                  1. Issuance of Securities. The Notes will be offered and sold
to you pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"). The Company has prepared a
preliminary offering memorandum, dated September 30, 1996 (the "Preliminary
Offering Memorandum") and a final offering memorandum, dated October 17, 1996
(the "Offering Memorandum" and together with the Preliminary Offering
Memorandum, the "Offering Documents"), relating to the Company and the Notes.
Reference in this Agreement to the Offering Documents includes documents
incorporated into the Offering Documents by reference.

                  Upon original issuance thereof, and until such time as the
same is no longer required under the applicable requirements of the Act, the
Notes (and all securities issued in exchange therefor, in substitution thereof
or upon conversion thereof) shall bear the following legend:

         THE NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN
         A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED
         STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND
         THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE
         TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE
         EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY IS
         HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE


                                        1






         SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE
         SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE
         BENEFIT OF RAYOVAC CORPORATION ("THE COMPANY") THAT (A) SUCH NOTE MAY
         BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1) (a) TO A PERSON
         WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
         (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION
         MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (b) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
         REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) OUTSIDE THE
         UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
         REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE
         WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
         SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO
         REQUESTS), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
         REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
         APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY
         OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH
         SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE NOTE
         EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN A(1) ABOVE.

                  In addition to the above legend, if a global form Note is
issued, it shall bear the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g) of the Indenture.

                  2. Agreements to Sell and Purchase. On the basis of the
representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its
terms and conditions, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Notes to the
Initial Purchasers, and each Initial Purchaser agrees, severally and not
jointly, to purchase from the Company the principal amount of Notes set forth
opposite the name of such Initial Purchaser on Schedule I hereto, at 97.0% of
the principal amount thereof (the "Purchase Price").

                  3. Terms of Offering. The Initial Purchasers have advised the
Company that they will make offers (the "Exempt Resales") of the Notes purchased
hereunder on the terms set forth in the Offering Memorandum, as amended or
supplemented, solely to (i) persons (each, a "144A Purchaser") whom they
reasonably believe to be "qualified institutional buyers" as defined in Rule
144A under the Act ("QIBs") and (ii) a limited number of other institutional
"accredited investors," as defined in Rule 501(a) (1), (2), (3) and (7) under
the Act, that make certain representations to and agreements with the Company
(each, an "Accredited Institution") (such persons specified in clauses (i) and
(ii) being referred to herein as the "Eligible Purchasers"). The Initial
Purchasers will offer the Notes to Eligible Purchasers initially at a price
equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof.
Such price may be changed at any time without notice.

                  Holders (including subsequent transferees) of the Notes will
have the registration rights set forth in the registration rights agreement (the
"Registration Rights Agreement"), to be dated as of the Closing Date, in
substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, for so long as such Notes constitute
"Transfer Restricted Securities" (as defined in the Registration Rights
Agreement). Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company will
agree to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the


                                        2






"Commission") under the circumstances set forth therein, (i) a registration
statement under the Act (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement") relating
to the Company's 10 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006 (the "New Notes") to
be offered in exchange for the Notes (such offer to exchange being referred to
as the "Exchange Offer"), and (ii) a shelf registration statement pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Act (the "Shelf Registration Statement") relating to the
resale of the Notes by certain holders thereof, and to use its best efforts to
cause such registration statements to be declared effective. This Agreement, the
Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Notes (including the
Guarantee) are hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Operative
Documents."

                  4. Delivery and Payment. Delivery to the Initial Purchasers of
and payment for the Notes shall be made at 9:00 A.M., Eastern Time, on October
22, 1996 (the "Closing Date") at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
Flom, One Beacon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02108 or such other time or place
as you and the Company shall designate.

                  One or more Notes in definitive form, registered in the name
of Cede & Co., as nominee of the Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), or in such
other name or names as the Initial Purchasers may request upon at least two
business days' notice to the Company, having an aggregate principal amount
corresponding to the aggregate principal amount of Notes sold pursuant to Exempt
Resales to Eligible Purchasers, shall be delivered by the Company to you against
payment by you of the purchase price thereof by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the order of the Company. The Notes in definitive form shall
be made available to the Initial Purchasers for inspection not later than 9:30
a.m. Eastern Time on the business day immediately preceding the Closing Date.

                  5. Agreements of the Company.  The Company agrees with you:

                           (a) To advise you promptly and, if requested by you,
         to confirm such advice in writing, (i) of receipt of any notification
         with respect to the issuance by any state securities commission of any
         stop order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification
         of any of the Notes for offering or sale in any jurisdiction designated
         by the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Section 5(e), or the initiation
         of any proceeding for such purpose by any state securities commission
         or other regulatory authority, and (ii) for a period ending on the
         earlier of (x) the completion of Exempt Resales of the Notes by the
         Initial Purchasers and (y) 90 days after the Closing Date, if any event
         shall occur as a result of which the Offering Memorandum would include
         any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material
         fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
         circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                           (b) To furnish to you, without charge, during the
         period set forth in paragraph (c) below, as many copies of the Offering
         Documents, and any amendments or supplements thereto, as you may
         reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Offering
         Documents, and any amendments or supplements thereto, by the Initial
         Purchasers in connection with Exempt Resales.


                                        3







                           (c) If, after the date hereof and prior to the
         earlier of the completion of Exempt Resales of the Notes by the Initial
         Purchasers and the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, any
         event shall occur as a result of which in the reasonable judgment of
         the Company or your counsel it becomes necessary to amend or supplement
         the Offering Memorandum to comply with any law or as a result of which
         the Offering Memorandum would include any untrue statement of a
         material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the
         statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
         were made, not misleading, to promptly (i) prepare an appropriate
         amendment or supplement to the Offering Memorandum so that the
         statements in the Offering Memorandum, as so amended or supplemented,
         will comply with all applicable laws and will not, in the light of the
         circumstances under which they were made, be misleading, and (ii)
         furnish each Initial Purchaser with such number of copies of the
         Offering Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, as such Initial
         Purchaser may reasonably request.

                           (d) To make no further amendment or any supplement to
         the Offering Memorandum without first having furnished to you a copy of
         the proposed form thereof and giving you a reasonable opportunity to
         review the same.

                           (e) To (i) cooperate with the Initial Purchasers and
         counsel for the Initial Purchasers in connection with the qualification
         of the Notes and the Guarantee for offer and sale by the Initial
         Purchasers under the state securities or Blue Sky laws of such
         jurisdictions as the Initial Purchasers may request, (ii) continue such
         qualification in effect so long as required for Exempt Resales of the
         Notes and (iii) file such consents to service of process or other
         documents as may be necessary in order to effect such qualification;
         provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection
         therewith to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is
         not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the
         service of process in suits or taxation, other than as to matters and
         transactions relating to the Exempt Resales, in any jurisdiction where
         it is not now so subject.

                           (f) During the period of two years following the date
         of this Agreement, to deliver to the Initial Purchasers, promptly upon
         their becoming available, (i) copies of all annual reports, quarterly
         reports and current reports filed with the Commission on Forms 10-K,
         10-Q and 8-K, or such other similar forms as may be designated by the
         Commission, and (ii) such other documents, reports and information as
         shall be furnished by the Company or by ROV Holding to its stockholders
         generally.

                           (g) To use the net proceeds from the sale of the
         Notes in the manner specified in the Offering Memorandum (and any
         amendments or supplements thereto) under the caption "Use of Proceeds."

                           (h) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by 
          this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement becomes effective or
          is terminated, to pay all costs, expenses, fees and taxes incident to
          and in connection with: (i) the preparation,


                                        4






         printing, filing and distribution of the Offering Documents (including,
         without limitation, financial statements and exhibits) and all
         amendments and supplements thereto (but not, however, legal fees and
         expenses of your counsel incurred in connection therewith), (ii) the
         preparation, printing (including, without limitation, word processing
         and duplication costs) and delivery of the Operative Documents and all
         Blue Sky Memoranda and all other agreements, memoranda, correspondence
         and other documents printed and delivered in connection herewith and
         with the Exempt Resales (but not, however, legal fees and expenses of
         your counsel incurred in connection with any of the foregoing other
         than fees of such counsel plus reasonable disbursements incurred in
         connection with the preparation, printing and delivery of such Blue Sky
         Memoranda), (iii) the issuance and delivery by the Company of the
         Notes, (iv) the qualification of the Notes and the Guarantee for offer
         and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of the several states
         (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and disbursements
         of your counsel relating to such registration or qualification), (v)
         furnishing such copies of the Offering Documents (including all
         documents incorporated by reference therein), and all amendments and
         supplements thereto, as may be reasonably requested for use in
         connection with the Exempt Resales, (vi) the preparation of
         certificates for the Notes (including, without limitation, printing and
         engraving thereof), (vii) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the
         Company's counsel and accountants, (viii) all expenses and listing fees
         in connection with the application for quotation of the Notes in the
         Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automatic Linkages
         ("PORTAL") market of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
         Inc., (ix) all fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of
         counsel) of the Company in connection with approval of the Notes by DTC
         for "book-entry" transfer and (x) the performance by the Company of its
         other obligations under this Agreement.

                           (i) Prior to the Closing Date, to furnish to you as
         soon as they have been prepared by the Company, a copy of any
         consolidated financial statements of the Company for any period
         subsequent to the period covered by the financial statements appearing
         in the Offering Memorandum.

                           (j) Not to distribute prior to the Closing Date any
         offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Notes
         other than the Offering Documents or other materials, if any, that the
         Initial Purchasers shall have approved for such distribution.

                           (k) Not to sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to
         buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in
         the Act) that would be integrated with the sale of the Notes in a
         manner that would require the registration under the Act of the sale to
         the Initial Purchasers or the Eligible Purchasers of Notes or the
         Guarantee.

                           (l) For so long as any of the Notes remain
         outstanding and are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule
         144(a)(3) under the Act and during any period in which the Company is
         not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the


                                        5






         Exchange Act, to make available to any Eligible Purchaser or beneficial
         owner of Notes in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective
         purchaser of such Notes from such Eligible Purchaser or beneficial
         owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act.

                           (m) To comply with all agreements set forth in the
         letters of representation from the Company to DTC relating to the
         approval of the Notes by DTC for "book-entry" transfer.

                           (n) To use its reasonable best efforts to effect the
         inclusion of the Notes in PORTAL.

                  6.  Representations and Warranties of the Company and ROV
Holding.  The Company and ROV Holding represent and warrant to each Initial 
Purchaser that:

                           (a) Each of the Company and ROV Holding is a duly
         organized and validly existing corporation in good standing under the
         laws of its respective jurisdiction of incorporation, has the requisite
         corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties
         and to conduct its business as described in the Offering Memorandum,
         and is duly qualified as a foreign corporation and is in good standing
         in each jurisdiction where the ownership, leasing or operation of
         property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification,
         except where the failure to be so qualified could not, in the
         aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
         the properties, business, results of operations or condition (financial
         or otherwise) of the Company, ROV Holding and their respective
         subsidiaries taken as a whole (a "Material Adverse Effect"). Rayovac
         Canada, Inc. ("Rayovac Canada") is a duly organized and validly
         existing corporation under the laws of Canada with the requisite
         corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties
         and to conduct its business as currently conducted. Rayovac UK Limited
         ("Rayovac UK Ltd.") is a duly organized and validly existing
         corporation under the laws of the United Kingdom with the requisite
         corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties
         and to conduct its business as currently conducted. Rayovac Europe
         Limited ("Rayovac Europe Ltd.") is a duly organized and validly
         existing corporation under the laws of the United Kingdom with the
         requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its
         properties and to conduct its business as currently conducted. Rayovac
         Far East Limited ("Rayovac Far East Ltd.") is a duly organized and
         validly existing corporation under the laws of Hong Kong with the
         requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its
         properties and to conduct its business as currently conducted. Rayovac
         Europe B.V. ("Rayovac Europe B.V.," and together with ROV Holding,
         Rayovac Canada, Rayovac UK Ltd., Rayovac Europe Ltd. and Rayovac Far
         East, each, a "Subsidiary" and, collectively, the "Subsidiaries") is a
         duly organized and validly existing corporation under the laws of the


                                        6






         Netherlands with the requisite corporate power and authority to own,
         lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as
         currently conducted.

                  (b) Each of the Company and ROV Holding has all necessary
         corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement,
         the Notes, the Guarantee, the Indenture or the Registration Rights
         Agreement, as applicable, and to perform its respective obligations
         hereunder or thereunder, as applicable, and to authorize, issue, sell
         and deliver the Notes and the Guarantee, as applicable, in each case as
         contemplated by this Agreement, and to perform its obligations
         thereunder, as applicable.

                  (c) This Agreement has been duly authorized and validly
         executed and delivered by the Company and (assuming the due execution
         and delivery hereof by the Initial Purchasers) constitutes a valid and
         legally binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the
         Company in accordance with its terms subject to: applicable bankruptcy,
         insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and
         similar laws affecting creditors' rights and remedies generally and to
         general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is
         sought in a proceeding at law or in equity) and, as to rights of
         indemnification, federal and state securities laws and principles of
         public policy.

                  (d) The Indenture has been duly authorized by the Company and
         ROV Holding and, on the Closing Date, will have been duly executed by
         the Company and ROV Holding and will conform in all material respects
         to the description thereof in the Offering Memorandum. When the
         Indenture has been duly executed and delivered (assuming the due
         execution and delivery thereof by the Trustee), the Indenture will be a
         valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and ROV Holding,
         enforceable against the Company and ROV Holding in accordance with its
         terms, subject to: applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
         conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting
         creditors' rights and remedies generally and to general principles of
         equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at
         law or in equity).

                  (e) The Notes have been duly authorized by the Company and, on
         the Closing Date, will have been duly executed by the Company and will
         conform in all material respects to the description thereof in the
         Offering Memorandum. When the Notes are issued, authenticated and
         delivered in accordance with the Indenture and paid for in accordance
         with the terms of this Agreement, the Notes will constitute valid and
         legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the
         Company in accordance with their terms and entitled to the benefits of
         the Indenture, subject to: applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
         fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws
         affecting creditors' rights and remedies generally and to


                                        7






         general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is
         sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).

                  (f) The New Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary
         corporate action for issuance and sale pursuant to this Agreement and
         the Registration Rights Agreement (or will have been so authorized
         prior to the issuance of such New Notes) and, when executed,
         authenticated, issued and delivered in the manner provided for in the
         Indenture in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement pursuant
         to the Exchange Offer, the New Notes will constitute valid and binding
         obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of the Indenture
         and enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms,
         subject to: applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance,
         reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors'
         rights and remedies generally and to general principles of equity
         (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in
         equity or at law).

                  (g) The Guarantee has been duly authorized by ROV Holding and,
         on the Closing Date, will have been duly executed by ROV Holding and
         will conform in all material respects to the description thereof in the
         Offering Memorandum. When the Guarantee is issued, authenticated and
         delivered in accordance with the Indenture and paid for in accordance
         with the terms of this Agreement, the Guarantee will constitute a valid
         and legally binding obligation of ROV Holding, enforceable against ROV
         Holding in accordance with its terms and entitled to the benefits of
         the Indenture, subject to: applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
         fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws
         affecting creditors' rights and remedies generally and to general
         principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a
         proceeding at law or in equity).

                  (h) The Registration Rights Agreement has been duly and
         validly authorized by the Company and conforms in all material respects
         with the description thereof in the Offering Memorandum. The
         Registration Rights Agreement (assuming the due execution and delivery
         thereof by you) constitutes the valid and legally binding agreement of
         the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its
         terms, subject to: applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent
         conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting
         creditors' rights and remedies generally and to general principles of
         equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at
         law or in equity) and, as to rights of indemnification, federal and
         state securities laws and principles of public policy and, as to rights
         of indemnification, federal and state securities laws and principles of
         public policy.

                  (i) All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock
         of, or other ownership interests in, each Subsidiary have been duly and
         validly authorized and issued, and all of the shares of capital stock
         of, or other


                                        8






         ownership interests in, each Subsidiary are owned, directly or through
         other Subsidiaries, by the Company. All such shares of capital stock
         are fully paid and nonassessable (to the extent such status is
         contemplated by applicable law) and owned free and clear of any
         security interest, mortgage, pledge, claim, lien or encumbrance (each,
         a "Lien"). There are no outstanding subscriptions, rights, warrants,
         options, calls, convertible securities, commitments of sale or Liens
         related to or entitling any person to purchase or otherwise to acquire
         any shares of the capital stock of, or other ownership interest in, any
         Subsidiary.

                  (j) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is (i) in
         violation of its respective charter or bylaws (or corresponding
         organizational documents) or (ii) in default in the performance of any
         bond, debenture, note or any other evidence of indebtedness or any
         indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other contract, lease or other
         instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party
         or by which any of them is bound, or to which any of the property or
         assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject, except,
         with respect to clause (ii) of this paragraph, where there could not
         reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (k) The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
         Indenture, and the Registration Rights Agreement by the Company, the
         issuance and sale of the Notes and the Guarantee, the performance of
         this Agreement, the Indenture, and the Registration Rights Agreement
         and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement, the Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement will not
         (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the
         respective charters or bylaws (or corresponding organizational
         documents) of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of the
         terms or provisions of, or (ii) constitute a default or cause an
         acceleration of any obligation under, or result in the imposition or
         creation of (or the obligation to create or impose) a Lien with respect
         to, any bond, note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness or any
         indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to
         which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which it
         or any of them is bound, or to which any properties of the Company or
         any of the Subsidiaries is or may be subject, or contravene any order
         of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over
         the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or any of their properties, or
         violate or conflict with any statute, rule or regulation or
         administrative or court decree applicable to the Company, any of the
         Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, except, with
         respect to clause (ii) of this paragraph, where there could not
         reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (l) There is no action, suit, proceeding or, to the knowledge
         of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, investigation before any
         court or before or by any public, regulatory or governmental agency or
         body pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or any of the
         Subsidiaries, threatened against,


                                        9






         or involving the properties or business of the Company or any of the
         Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected to have a Material
         Adverse Effect.

                  (m) No action has been taken and no statute, rule or
         regulation or order has been enacted, adopted or issued by any
         governmental agency or body which prevents the issuance of the Notes or
         the Guarantee; no injunction, restraining order or order of any nature
         by a federal or state court of competent jurisdiction has been issued
         with respect to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries which would
         prevent or suspend the issuance or sale of the Notes; no action, suit
         or proceeding is pending against or, to the best of the knowledge of
         the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of the
         Subsidiaries before any court or arbitrator or any governmental body,
         agency or official, domestic or foreign, which, if adversely
         determined, could reasonably be expected to materially interfere with
         or adversely affect the issuance of the Notes or the Guarantee or in
         any manner draw into question the validity of this Agreement, the
         Indenture, the Notes, the Guarantee, the Registration Rights Agreement,
         or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

                  (n) Except as set forth in the Offering Documents, neither the
         Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has violated any environmental
         safety or similar law or regulation applicable to (i) its business
         relating to the protection of human health and safety, (ii) the
         environment or (iii) hazardous or toxic substances or wastes,
         pollutants or contaminants ("Environmental Laws"), lacks any permits,
         licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable
         Environmental Laws to own, lease and operate their respective
         properties and to conduct their business in the manner described in the
         Offering Memorandum, is violating any terms and conditions of any such
         permit, license or approval or has permitted to occur any event that
         allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation,
         termination of any such permit, license or approval or results in any
         other impairment of their rights thereunder, which in each case could
         reasonably be expected to result, in the aggregate, in a Material
         Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has
         violated any federal, state or local law relating to discrimination in
         the hiring, promotion or pay of employees, nor any applicable wage or
         hour laws, nor any provisions of the Employee Retirement Income
         Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), or the rules and
         regulations promulgated thereunder, nor has the Company or any of the
         Subsidiaries engaged in any unfair labor practice, which in each case
         could reasonably be expected to result, in the aggregate, in a Material
         Adverse Effect. There is (i) no significant unfair labor practice
         complaint pending against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or, to
         the best knowledge of the Company, threatened against any of them
         before the National Labor Relations Board or any state or local labor
         relations board, and no significant grievance or significant
         arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any


                                       10






         collective bargaining agreement is so pending against the Company or
         any of the Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Company,
         threatened against any of them, (ii) no significant strike, labor
         dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending against the Company or any of the
         Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened
         against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries and (iii) to the best
         knowledge of the Company, no union representation question existing
         with respect to the employees of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries
         and, to the best knowledge of the Company, no union organizing
         activities are taking place, except (with respect to any matter
         specified in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, singly or in the
         aggregate) such as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
         Adverse Effect.

                  (o) Except as could not reasonably be expected to result, in
         the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each of
         the Subsidiaries has good title, free and clear of all Liens (except
         Liens for taxes not yet due and payable), to all property and assets
         reflected as owned by it in the combined consolidated financial
         statements of the Company at and for the fiscal year ended June 30,
         1996.

                  (p) The accountants that have certified or shall certify the
         applicable consolidated financial statements and supporting schedules
         of the Company included in the Offering Memorandum, are, to the
         knowledge of the Company, independent accountants. The consolidated
         historical and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial
         statements, together with related schedules and notes, fairly present
         the consolidated financial position of the Company and the Subsidiaries
         at the respective dates indicated and the results of their operations
         and their cash flows for the respective periods indicated, in
         accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
         applied throughout such periods. Such pro forma financial statements
         have been prepared on a basis consistent with such historical
         statements, except for the pro forma adjustments specified therein, and
         give effect to assumptions made on a reasonable basis and present
         fairly the historical and proposed transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement, the Offering Memorandum, the Indenture and the Registration
         Rights Agreement. The other financial and statistical information and
         data included in the Offering Memorandum, historical and pro forma,
         are, in all material respects, accurately presented and prepared on a
         basis consistent with such financial statements and the books and
         records of the Company and the Subsidiaries.

                  (q) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information
         is given in the Offering Memorandum and up to the Closing Date, neither
         the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has incurred any liabilities or
         obligations, direct or contingent, which are material to the Company
         and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, nor entered into any material
         transaction not in the ordinary course of business and there has not
         been, in the aggregate, any material adverse change, or any development
         which may reasonably be expected to


                                       11






         involve a material adverse change, in the properties, business, results
         of operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and
         the Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a "Material Adverse Change").

                  (r) All tax returns required to be filed by the Company or any
         of the Subsidiaries in any jurisdiction have been filed, other than
         those filings being contested in good faith, and all material taxes,
         including withholding taxes, penalties and interest, assessments, fees
         and other charges due or claimed to be due from such entities have been
         paid, other than those being contested in good faith and for which
         adequate reserves have been provided or those currently payable without
         penalty or interest.

                  (s) No authorization, approval, consent or license of any
         government, governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign
         (other than the securities or blue sky laws of the various states and
         foreign jurisdictions, an effectiveness order of the Commission with
         respect to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and Shelf
         Registration Statement and qualification of the Indenture under the
         Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, is required for the valid
         issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes and the Guarantee, or for the
         execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Indenture or
         the Registration Rights Agreement by the Company, except as disclosed
         in the Offering Memorandum and except as such as may have been (or will
         on the Closing Date be) obtained and are (or will on the Closing Date
         be) in full force and effect and except where the failure to obtain
         such authorization, approval, consent or license could not reasonably,
         individually or in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material
         Adverse Effect.

                  (t) (i) The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has all
         certificates, consents, exemptions, orders, permits, licenses,
         authorizations, or other approvals (each, an "Authorization") of and
         from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all federal,
         state, local and other governmental authorities, all self-regulatory
         organizations and all courts and other tribunals, necessary or required
         to own, lease, license and use its properties and assets and to conduct
         its business in the manner described in the Offering Memorandum, except
         to the extent that the failure to obtain or file would not, singly or
         in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) all such
         Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and (iii) the
         Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects
         with the terms and conditions of all such Authorizations and with the
         rules and regulations of the regulatory authorities and governing
         bodies having jurisdiction with respect thereto.

                  (u) Except as set forth or referred to in the Offering
         Memorandum and except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, the
         Company and the Subsidiaries possess all patents, patent rights,
         licenses, inventions, copyrights,


                                       12






         know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or
         unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or
         procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names (collectively,
         "Intellectual Property") presently employed by them in connection with
         the businesses now operated by them, and neither the Company nor any of
         the Subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict
         with asserted rights of others with respect to the foregoing. Except as
         set forth in the Offering Memorandum, the use of such Intellectual
         Property in connection with the business and operations of the Company
         as currently conducted and the Subsidiaries does not, to the knowledge
         of the Company, infringe the rights of any person.

                  (v) The Company and each of the Subsidiaries maintain a system
         of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable
         assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with
         management's general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are
         recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
         conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to
         maintain asset accountability, (iii) access to assets is permitted only
         in accordance with management's general or specific authorization and
         (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the
         existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken
         with respect to any differences.

                  (w) The Company and each Subsidiary maintains insurance
         covering its properties, operations, personnel and businesses. Such
         insurance insures against such losses and risks as are adequate in
         accordance with customary industry practice to protect the Company and
         the Subsidiaries and their businesses. Neither the Company nor any
         Subsidiary has received notice from any insurer or agent of such
         insurer that substantial capital improvements or other expenditures
         will have to be made in order to continue such insurance. All such
         insurance is outstanding and duly in force on the date hereof and will
         be outstanding and duly in force on the Closing Date.

                  (x) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) is "insolvent"
         as that term is defined in Section 101(32) of the United States
         Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") (11 U.S.C. ss. 101 (32)),
         Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act ("UFTA") or Section 2
         of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act ("UFCA"), (ii) has
         "unreasonably small capital" as that term is used in Section
         548(a)(2)(ii) of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 5 of the UFCA, (iii) is
         engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction for which its
         remaining assets are "unreasonably small" in relation to the business
         or transaction as that term is used in Section 4 of the UFTA or (iv)
         intends or believes that it will be unable to pay its debts as they
         mature or become due, within the meaning of Section 548(a)(2)(B)(iii)
         of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA and Section 6 of the
         UFCA. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall be rendered
         insolvent (as defined above) by the execution


                                       13






         and delivery of this Agreement or by consummation of the transactions
         contemplated hereunder.

                  (y) The Offering Documents have been prepared in connection
         with the Exempt Resales. The Preliminary Offering Memorandum as of its
         date did not, and the Offering Memorandum as of its date does not and
         as of the Closing Date will not, and any amendment or supplement
         thereto will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
         omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the
         statements therein not misleading, except that the representations and
         warranties contained in this paragraph 6(y) shall not apply to
         statements or omissions in the Offering Documents (or any amendment or
         supplement thereto) based upon information furnished to the Company in
         writing by the Initial Purchasers expressly for use therein. No stop
         order preventing the use of the any of the Offering Documents, or any
         amendment or supplement thereto, or any order asserting that any of the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the
         registration requirements of the Act, have been issued.

                  (z) None of the Subsidiaries of the Company is a "significant
         subsidiary" as defined in Rule 1-02(w)(3) of Regulation S-X promulgated
         under the Act.

                  (aa) The Company had, as of the date indicated, debt including
         current maturities and shareholders' equity as set forth in the
         Offering Memorandum under the caption "Capitalization."

                  (ab) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has
         distributed and, prior to the Closing Date, will distribute any
         offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Notes
         other than any of the Offering Documents or other materials, if any,
         that the Initial Purchasers have approved for such distribution;
         provided, however, that it is understood that the Company makes no
         representation or warranty herein with respect to any distribution of
         materials by the Initial Purchasers.

                  (ac) The Company is not now, and after sale of the Notes to be
         sold by it hereunder and application of the net proceeds from such sale
         as described in the Offering Documents under the caption "Use of
         Proceeds" will not be, or will not be "controlled" by, an "investment
         company" as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of
         1940, as amended.

                  (ad) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is a
         "holding company", or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", or
         an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" or a
         "holding company", as such terms are defined in the Public Utilities
         Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended, or is a "public utility", as
         such term is defined in the Federal Power Act, as amended.

                  (ae) Assuming (i) that each of the Eligible Purchasers is a
         QIB or an Accredited Institution, (ii) the accuracy of the
         representations, warranties and covenants of the Initial Purchasers in
         Section 7 hereof, (iii) the accuracy of the


                                       14






         representations made by each Accredited Institution who purchases the
         Notes and the Guarantee pursuant to an Exempt Resale (as set forth in
         the letters of representation executed by such Accredited Institutions
         in the form of Annex A to the Offering Memorandum), (iv) the compliance
         by the Initial Purchasers with the offering and transfer procedures and
         restrictions described in the Offering Memorandum and any other
         requirements of law applicable to the Initial Purchasers that are
         necessary for exemption of the offering and sale of the Notes and the
         Guarantee from the registration requirements of the Act and (v) that
         Eligible Purchasers to whom the Initial Purchasers initially resell the
         Notes and the Guarantee receive a copy of the Offering Memorandum prior
         to such sale, no registration of the Notes or the Guarantee under the
         Act and no qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act
         of 1939, as amended, is required for the sale of the Notes or the
         Guarantee to the Initial Purchasers as contemplated by this agreement
         or for the Exempt Resales. No form of general solicitation or general
         advertising was used by the Company or any of its representatives
         (other than the Initial Purchasers, as to whom the Company makes no
         representation) in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes,
         including, but not limited to, articles, notices or other
         communications published in any newspaper, magazine or similar medium
         or broadcast over television or radio, or any seminar or meeting whose
         attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general
         advertising. No securities of the same class as the Notes have been
         issued and sold by the Company within the six-month period immediately
         prior to the date hereof.

                  (af) The execution and delivery of the Operative Documents and
         the sale of the Notes to be purchased by the Eligible Purchasers will
         not involve any non-exempt prohibited transaction within the meaning of
         Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of
         1986, as amended. The representation made by the Company in the
         preceding sentence is made in reliance upon and subject to the accuracy
         of, and compliance with, the representations and covenants made or
         deemed made by the Eligible Purchasers as set forth in the Offering
         Memorandum under the Section entitled "Notice to Investors."

                  (ag) No securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
         are of the same class (within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act)
         as the Notes and listed on a national securities exchange registered
         under Section 6 of the Exchange Act, or quoted in a U.S. automated
         inter-dealer quotation system.

                  Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company pursuant
to this Agreement and delivered to the Initial Purchasers or to counsel for the
Initial Purchasers shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company
to the Initial Purchasers as to the matters covered thereby.

                  7. Representations, Warranties and Certain Agreements of the 
Initial Purchasers.



                                       15






                           (a) Each Initial Purchaser, severally and not 
           jointly, represents,  warrants to and agrees with the Company as 
           follows:

                                    (1) Each Initial Purchaser represents and
                  warrants with respect to itself that such Initial Purchaser is
                  either a QIB or an Accredited Institution, in either case with
                  such knowledge and experience in financial and business
                  matters as are necessary in order to evaluate the merits and
                  risks of an investment in the Notes.

                                    (2) Except as set forth in the Offering
                  Memorandum, such Initial Purchaser (i) is not acquiring the
                  Notes with a view to any distribution thereof or with any
                  present intention of offering or selling any of the Notes in a
                  transaction that would violate the Act or the securities laws
                  of any State of the United States or any other applicable
                  jurisdiction, (ii) will be reoffering and reselling the Notes
                  only (A) to QIBs in reliance on the exemption from the
                  registration requirements of the Act provided by Rule 144A and
                  (B) to a limited number of Accredited Institutions that
                  execute and deliver a letter containing certain
                  representations and agreements in the form attached as Annex A
                  to the Offering Memorandum and (iii) has not solicited and
                  will not solicit any offer to buy or offer to sell the Notes
                  by means of any form of general solicitation or general
                  advertising (as such terms are defined in Regulation D under
                  the Act) or in any manner involving a public offering within
                  the meaning of the Act.

                                    (3) Each Initial Purchaser also understands
                  that the Company and, for purposes of the opinions to be
                  delivered to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to Sections 9(e)
                  and (f) hereof, counsel to the Company and counsel to the
                  Initial Purchasers will rely upon the accuracy and truth of
                  the foregoing representations and agreements and the Initial
                  Purchasers hereby consent to such reliance.

                           (b) Each Initial Purchaser agrees that it will
         solicit offers to buy the Notes only from, and will offer to sell the
         Notes only to, Eligible Purchasers. Each Initial Purchaser further
         agrees that it will offer to sell the Notes only to, and will solicit
         offers to buy the Notes only from, persons who in purchasing such Notes
         will be deemed to have represented and agreed (1) if such Eligible
         Purchaser is a QIB, that they are purchasing the Notes for their own
         account or an account with respect to which they exercise sole
         investment discretion and that they or such accounts are QIBs, (2) that
         such Notes will not have been registered under the Act and may be
         offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only (A)(i) inside
         the United States to a person who the seller reasonably believes is a
         "qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under
         the Act in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (ii) in
         a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144 under the Act, (iii)
         outside the United States to a foreign person in a transaction meeting
         the requirements of Rule 904 under the Act or (iv) in accordance with
         another exemption from the registration requirements of the Act (and
         based upon an


                                       16






         opinion of counsel if the Company so requests), (B) to the Company or
         (C) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, in
         each case, in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any
         State of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction, and
         (3) that the holder will, and each subsequent holder is required to,
         notify any purchaser from it of the security evidenced thereby of the
         resale restrictions set forth in (2) above.

                           (c) Prior to any sale of Notes to an Eligible
         Purchaser, the Initial Purchasers shall have provided such Eligible
         Purchaser with a copy of the Offering Memorandum.

                           (d) On the Closing Date, the Initial Purchasers will
         provide the Company with a certificate stating that they solicited
         offers from and offered and sold the Notes only to persons they
         reasonably believed to be Eligible Purchasers.

                           (e) The Initial Purchasers will give prompt notice in
         writing by telecopy to the Company and its counsel when the Exempt
         Resales are completed.

                  8. Indemnification.

                           (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
         (i) each Initial Purchaser, (ii) each person, if any, who controls
         (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the
         Exchange Act) any Initial Purchaser (any of the persons referred to in
         this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a "controlling
         person"), and (iii) the officers, directors, partners, employees,
         representatives and agents of each Initial Purchaser or any controlling
         person (any person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may
         hereinafter be referred to as an "Indemnified Person") to the fullest
         extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages,
         liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including without
         limitation and as incurred (following the submission of an itemized
         invoice therefor), reimbursement of all reasonable costs of
         investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any claim or action, or
         any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body,
         commenced or threatened, including the reasonable documented fees and
         expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Person directly or indirectly
         caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with
         any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
         contained in the Offering Memorandum (as amended or supplemented if the
         Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or
         any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
         required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
         therein not misleading (collectively, "Damages") , except (A) insofar
         as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or judgments are caused by
         an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission
         that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information
         relating to any Initial Purchaser furnished in writing to the Company
         by any Initial Purchaser expressly for use in the Offering Documents
         (or any amendment or supplement thereto) and (B) insofar as such
         losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are caused by an
         untrue statement


                                       17






         or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that was contained
         or made in the Preliminary Offering Memorandum and corrected in the
         Offering Memorandum and (1) any such losses, claims, damages,
         liabilities or expenses suffered or incurred by any Indemnified Person
         resulted from an action, claim, or suit by any person who purchased the
         Notes from any Initial Purchaser in an Exempt Resale, (2) the Initial
         Purchasers failed to deliver or provide a copy of the Preliminary
         Offering Memorandum or Offering Memorandum to such person at or prior
         to the confirmation of the sale of the Notes and (3) the Preliminary
         Offering Memorandum or the Offering Memorandum, as the case may be, (as
         so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to
         such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses. The Company
         shall notify you promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of
         any claim, proceeding (including any governmental investigation) or
         litigation in connection with the matters addressed by this Agreement
         which involves the Company or an Indemnified Person.

                           (b) In case any action or proceeding (including any
         governmental investigation) shall be brought or asserted against any of
         the Indemnified Persons with respect to which indemnity may be sought
         against the Company, such Initial Purchaser (or the Initial Purchaser
         controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the
         Company in writing (provided, that the failure to give such notice
         shall not relieve the Company of its obligations pursuant to this
         Agreement) and the Company shall assume the defense thereof, including
         the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified
         Person and payment of all fees and expenses. Any Indemnified Person
         shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and
         participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such
         counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i)
         the employment of such counsel shall have been specifically authorized
         in writing by the Company, (ii) the Company shall have failed to assume
         the defense and employ counsel or (iii) such Indemnified Person
         reasonably concludes based on the advice of counsel that (A) there may
         be one or more legal defenses available to it which are different from
         or additional to those available to the Company, the assertion of which
         would be adverse to the interests of the Company or any other
         Indemnified Person, or (B) a conflict of interest exists between the
         Indemnified Person and the Company (in either such case the Company
         shall not have the right to assume or to continue the defense of such
         action on behalf of such Indemnified Person), it being understood,
         however, that the Company shall not, in connection with any one such
         action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the
         same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or
         circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one
         separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all
         such Indemnified Persons, which firm shall be designated in writing by
         the Initial Purchasers. The Company shall be liable for any settlement
         of any such action or proceeding effected with its prior written
         consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, and the
         Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Indemnified Person
         from and


                                       18






         against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any
         settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the
         Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an
         Indemnified Person shall have requested the Company to reimburse the
         Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by
         the second sentence of this paragraph, the Company agrees that it shall
         be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its
         written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30
         business days after receipt by the Company of the aforesaid request and
         (ii) the Company shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in
         accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The
         Company shall not, without the prior written consent of each
         Indemnified Person, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of
         judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened
         action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which
         indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not
         any Indemnified Person is a party thereto), unless such settlement,
         compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of
         each Indemnified Person from all liability arising out of such action,
         claim, litigation or proceeding.

                           (c) Each Initial Purchaser agrees, jointly but not
         severally, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, any person
         controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20
         of the Exchange Act) the Company and the officers, directors, partners,
         employees, representatives and agents of the Company or any such
         person, to the same extent and subject to the same procedures as the
         foregoing indemnity from the Company to each of the Indemnified
         Persons, but only with respect to Damages based on information relating
         to such Initial Purchaser furnished in writing by such Initial
         Purchaser expressly for use in the Offering Documents.

                           (d) If the indemnification provided for in this
         Section 8 is unavailable to an Indemnified Person under Section 8(a) or
         (c) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses
         referred to therein, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of
         indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount
         paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses,
         claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (i) in such proportion as is
         appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the
         indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the
         other hand from the offering of the Notes or (ii) if the allocation
         provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in
         such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative
         benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of
         the indemnifying parties and the indemnified party, as well as any
         other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received
         by the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the
         other hand, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total
         proceeds from the offering (net of discounts and commissions but before
         deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total discounts
         and commissions received by such


                                       19






         Initial Purchaser, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover
         page of the Offering Memorandum. The relative fault of the Company and
         the Initial Purchasers shall be determined by reference to, among other
         things whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material
         fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact
         related to information supplied by the Company or the Initial
         Purchasers and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
         information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or
         omission. The indemnity and contribution obligations of the Company set
         forth herein shall be in addition to any liability or obligation the
         Company may otherwise have to any Indemnified Person.

                           The Company and the Initial Purchasers agree that it
         would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this
         Section 8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other
         method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable
         considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The
         amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the
         losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the
         immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to
         the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably
         incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or
         defending any such claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding
         by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened including
         the reasonably documented fees and expenses of counsel to such party.
         Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, the Initial
         Purchasers (and their related Indemnified Persons) shall not be
         required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the
         amount by which the total discount applicable to the Notes purchased by
         such Initial Purchasers exceeds the amount of any damages which such
         Initial Purchasers have otherwise been required to pay by reason of
         such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
         omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
         meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution
         from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
         misrepresentation.

              9. Conditions of Initial Purchasers' Obligations. The several 
obligations of the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Notes under this Agreement
are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

                           (a) All the representations and warranties of the
         Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct on the
         Closing Date with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the
         Closing Date.

                           (b) (i) The Offering Memorandum shall have been 
          printed and copies distributed to the Initial Purchasers not later
          than 10:30 a.m. Eastern time, on October 21, 1996, or at such later
          date and time as the Initial Purchasers may approve;


                                       20







                                    (ii) no injunction, restraining order or
                  order of any nature by a federal or state court of competent
                  jurisdiction shall have been issued as of the Closing Date
                  which would prevent the issuance of the Notes or the
                  Guarantee; and

                                    (iii) at the Closing Date, no stop order
                  preventing the use of the Offering Documents, or any amendment
                  or supplement thereto, or suspending the qualification or
                  exemption from qualification of the Notes for sale in any
                  jurisdiction designated by the Initial Purchasers pursuant to
                  Section 5(e) hereof shall have been issued and no proceedings
                  for that purpose shall have been commenced or shall be pending
                  or, to the knowledge of the Company, be contemplated.

                           (c) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this
         Agreement and prior to the Closing Date, there shall not have been any
         downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given to the Company of any
         intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible
         change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in
         the rating accorded any of the Company's securities by any "nationally
         recognized statistical rating organization," as such term is defined
         for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act.

                           (d) (i) Since the date of the latest balance sheet
         included in the Offering Documents, there shall not have been any
         material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or
         in the earnings, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of
         business, of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from
         that set forth in the Offering Documents, (ii) since the date of the
         latest balance sheet included in the Offering Documents, there shall
         not have been any material adverse change in the capital stock or in
         the long-term debt of the Company from that set forth in the Offering
         Documents, (iii) the Company and the Subsidiaries shall have no
         liability or obligation, direct or contingent, which is material to the
         Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than those
         reflected in the Offering Documents or incurred in the ordinary course
         of business and (iv) on the Closing Date you shall have received a
         certificate from each of the Company and ROV Holding dated the Closing
         Date, signed by a senior officer of the Company or ROV Holding, as
         applicable, in his or her capacity as such senior officer, confirming
         the matters set forth in paragraphs (a), (b)(ii), (b)(iii), (c) and (d)
         of this Section 9.

                           (e) You shall have received on the Closing Date
         opinions (satisfactory to you and counsel for the Initial Purchasers),
         dated the Closing Date, (A) of James A. Broderick, Vice President and
         General Counsel of the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit A
         attached hereto, (B) of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, Boston,
         Massachusetts, special counsel for the Company, substantially in the
         form of Exhibit B attached hereto and (C) of Whyte, Hirshboeck & Dudek
         S.C., special counsel for the Company, substantially in the form of
         Exhibit C attached hereto.



                                       21






                  In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (i) as to
         matters involving the application of laws other than the laws of the
         United States and jurisdictions in which they are admitted, to the
         extent such counsel deems proper and to the extent specified in such
         opinion, if at all, upon an opinion or opinions (in form and substance
         reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers' counsel) of other
         counsel reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers' counsel,
         familiar with the applicable laws; (ii) as to matters of fact, to the
         extent such counsel deems proper, on certificates of responsible
         officers of the Company, certificates of public officials and
         certificates or other written statements of officers of departments of
         various jurisdictions having custody of documents respecting the
         existence or good standing of the Company and the Subsidiaries,
         provided that copies of any such written statements or certificates
         shall be delivered to the Initial Purchasers' counsel.

                  The opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom described
         in paragraph (e)(B) above shall be rendered to the Initial Purchasers
         at the request of the Company and shall so state therein and may state
         that such opinion is limited to matters of federal and New York law and
         the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

                           (f) You shall have received on the Closing Date an
         opinion, dated the Closing Date, of Latham & Watkins, counsel for the
         Initial Purchasers, as to matters set forth in paragraphs 2 through 6,
         that part of paragraph 10 relating to the description of the Indenture
         contained under the caption "Description of the Notes" in the Offering
         Memorandum, paragraph 13 and the paragraph immediately following
         paragraph 13 of Exhibit B attached hereto. In giving such opinion, such
         counsel may state that their opinion and belief are based upon their
         participation in the preparation of the Offering Documents and any
         amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the
         contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification
         except as specified.

                           (g) You shall have received a letter on and as of the
         Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to you, from Coopers &
         Lybrand L.L.P., independent public accountants for the Company, with
         respect to the financial statements and certain financial information
         contained in the Offering Memorandum and substantially in the form and
         substance of the letter delivered to you by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. on
         the date of this Agreement, provided that the letter delivered on the
         Closing Date shall state that Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. has read the
         unaudited combined consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the
         related combined consolidated statement of income for the month and
         three months ended September 30, 1996 and 1995.

                           (h) The Company shall not have failed at or prior to
         the Closing Date to perform or comply with any of the agreements herein
         contained and required to be performed or complied with by the Company
         at or prior to the Closing Date.



                                       22






                           (i) You shall have received on the Closing Date a
         certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed by a senior officer of the
         Company, in his or her capacity as such senior officer, in form and
         substance reasonably satisfactory to you and your counsel, with respect
         to the solvency of the Company.

               10. Effective Date of Agreement and Termination. This Agreement 
shall become effective at the time that the Company and the Initial Purchasers
execute this Agreement.

                  This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the
Closing Date by you by written notice to the Company if any of the following has
occurred: (i) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
Offering Memorandum, any material adverse change or development involving a
prospective material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, of
the Company and the Subsidiaries or the earnings of the Company and the
Subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of
business, which would, in your judgment, make it impracticable to market the
Notes on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering Memorandum,
(ii) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other national or
international calamity or crisis or change in economic conditions or in the
financial markets of the United States or elsewhere that, in your judgment, is
material and adverse and would, in your judgment, make it impracticable to
market the Notes on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Offering
Memorandum, (iii) the suspension or material limitation of trading in securities
on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq
National Market or limitation on prices for securities on any such exchange,
(iv) the enactment, publication, decree or other promulgation of any federal or
state statute, regulation, rule or order of any court or other governmental
authority which in your opinion materially and adversely affects, or will
materially and adversely affect, the business or operations of the Company and
the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (v) the declaration of a banking moratorium
by either federal or New York State authorities or (vi) the taking of any action
by any federal or state government or agency in respect of its monetary or
fiscal affairs which in your reasonable opinion has a material adverse effect on
the financial markets in the United States.

                  If on the Closing Date any one or more of the Initial
Purchasers shall fail or refuse to purchase the Notes which it has or they have
agreed to purchase hereunder on such date and the aggregate principal amount of
Notes which such defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers, as the case
may be, agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of
the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be purchased on such date by all the
Initial Purchasers, each non-defaulting Initial Purchaser shall be obligated
severally, in the proportion which the aggregate principal amount of Notes set
forth opposite its name in Schedule I bears to the aggregate principal amount of
Notes which all the non-defaulting Initial Purchasers, as the case may be, have
agreed to purchase, or in such other proportion as you may specify, to purchase
the Notes which such defaulting Initial Purchaser or Initial Purchasers, as the
case may be, agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided
that in no event shall the amount of Notes which any Initial Purchaser has
agreed to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof be increased pursuant to this
Section 10 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such amount of Notes without
the written consent of such Initial


                                       23






Purchaser. If on the Closing Date any Initial Purchaser shall fail or refuse to
purchase Notes and the aggregate principal amount of Notes with respect to which
such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of
Notes to be purchased on such date by the Initial Purchasers and arrangements
satisfactory to you and the Company for purchase of such Notes are not made
within 48 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without
liability on the part of any non-defaulting Initial Purchaser and the Company.
In any such case which does not result in termination of this Agreement, either
you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no
event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in
the Offering Memorandum or any other documents or arrangements may be effected.
Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any non-defaulting
Initial Purchaser from liability in respect of any default of any such Initial
Purchaser under this Agreement.

                  11. Miscellaneous. Notices given pursuant to any provision of
this Agreement shall be addressed as follows: (a) if to the Company, to Rayovac
Corporation, 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711-2497, Attention: James
A. Broderick, with a copy to Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, One Beacon
Street, 31st Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02108, Attention: Louis A. Goodman,
and (b) if to any Initial Purchaser or to you, to you c/o Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation, 277 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10172,
Attention: Syndicate Department, with a copy to Latham & Watkins, Sears Tower,
Suite 5800, 233 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attention: Mark A.
Stegemoeller, or in any case to such other address as the person to be notified
may have requested in writing.

                  The respective indemnities, contribution agreements,
representations, warranties and other statements of the Company, its officers
and directors and of the several Initial Purchasers set forth in or made
pursuant to this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect,
and will survive delivery of and payment for the Notes, regardless of (i) any
investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of
any Initial Purchaser or by or on behalf of the Company, the officers or
directors of the Company or any controlling person of the Company, (ii)
acceptance of the Notes and payment for them hereunder and (iii) termination of
this Agreement.

                  If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Initial
Purchasers because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to
comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, the
Company agrees to reimburse the several Initial Purchasers for all out-of-pocket
expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably
incurred by them.

                  Except as otherwise provided, this Agreement has been and is
made solely for the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company, the
Initial Purchasers, any controlling persons referred to herein and their
respective successors and assigns, all as and to the extent provided in this
Agreement, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by
virtue of this Agreement. The term "successors and assigns" shall not include a
purchaser of any of the Notes from any of the several Initial Purchasers merely
because of such purchase.



                                       24






                  This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York.

                  This Agreement may be signed in various counterparts which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


                                       25






                  Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the
agreement between the Company, ROV Holding and the several Initial Purchasers.

                                     Very truly yours,

                                     RAYOVAC CORPORATION



                                     By /s/ James A. Broderick
                                        --------------------------------
                                        Name: James A. Broderick
                                        Title:  Vice President


                                     ROV HOLDING, INC.


                                      By /s/ Roger F. Warren
                                        --------------------------------
                                         Name: Roger F. Warren
                                         Title:  President


DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
     SECURITIES CORPORATION
BA SECURITIES, INC.

By DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
     SECURITIES CORPORATION



By /s/ Glenn Tongue
   --------------------------------
   Name: Glenn Tongue
   Title   Managing Director


                                       S-1






                                   SCHEDULE I


Initial Purchasers                                   Amount
- - ------------------                                  --------

Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette                    $75,000,000
Securities Corporation

BA Securities, Inc.                             $25,000,000


Total                                          $100,000,000

                                        i

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2
                              MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

                                      WITH

                              THOMAS H. LEE COMPANY


          AGREEMENT entered into as of September [ ], 1996, by and between
Thomas H. Lee Company, a Massachusetts sole proprietorship with a principal
place of business at 75 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109 (the
"Consultant"), and Rayovac Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation ("Rayovac").

          WHEREAS, the Consultant has and its affiliates have staff specially
skilled in corporate finance, strategic corporate planning and other management
skills and services; and

          WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Rayovac has completed its
recapitalization pursuant to the Stock Purchase and Redemption Agreement dated
this date by and among Rayovac, certain affiliates of the Consultant and all of
the shareholders of Rayovac, together with the consummation of senior credit
facilities and bridge mezzanine debt financing (collectively, the
"Recapitalization"); and

          WHEREAS, Rayovac will require the Consultant's special skills and
management advisory services in connection with its general business operations;
and

          WHEREAS, the Consultant is willing to provide such skills and services
to Rayovac.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained
herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as
follows:

          1. Engagement. Rayovac hereby engages the Consultant for the Term (as
hereinafter defined) and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth to
provide consulting and management advisory services to Rayovac, as requested by
Rayovac. These services will be in connection with financial and strategic
corporate planning and such other management services as the Consultant and
Rayovac shall mutually agree. In consideration of







the remuneration herein specified, the Consultant accepts such engagement and
agrees to perform the services specified herein.

          2. Term. The engagement hereunder shall be for a term commencing on
the date hereof and expiring on the fifth (5th) anniversary hereof (the "Term").
Upon expiration of the Term, this Agreement shall automatically extend for
successive periods of one (1) year, unless the Consultant or Rayovac shall give
notice to the other at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Term (or
any annual extension thereof) indicating that it does not intend to renew the
Agreement. Upon final expiration of the Term (or any annual extension thereof)
all obligations as between the parties shall be without recourse to one another
under this Agreement.

          3. Services to be Performed. The Consultant shall devote reasonable
time and efforts to the performance of the consulting and management advisory
services contemplated by this Agreement. However, no precise number of hours is
to be devoted by the Consultant on a weekly or monthly basis. The Consultant may
perform services under this Agreement directly, through its employees or agents,
or with such outside consultants as the Consultant may engage for such purpose.

          4. Compensation; Expense Reimbursement.

          4.1 (a) In connection with the closing of the Recapitalization,
Rayovac shall pay or cause to be paid to the Consultant (and/or to such of the
Consultant's affiliates as the Consultant may direct) an aggregate closing fee
of $3,250,000, on the date hereof.

               (b) In consideration of the management advisory services 
hereunder, the Consultant shall be paid an annual fee (hereinafter, the
"Management Fee") equal to $360,000, which Management Fee shall be paid to the
Consultant by Rayovac in equal monthly installments each year, to be paid
monthly in arrears.

          4.2 Rayovac shall reimburse the Consultant for all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with management advisory services
to be provided by the Consultant hereunder, including, without limitation,
reasonable travel, lodging and similar out-of-pocket


                                        2





costs reasonably incurred by it in connection with or on account of its
performance of services for Rayovac hereunder. Reimbursement shall be made only
upon presentation to Rayovac by the Consultant of reasonably itemized
documentation therefor.

          5. Indemnification. In addition to its agreements and obligations
under this Agreement, Rayovac agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
Consultant, and its affiliates (including its officers, directors, stockholders,
partners, members, employees and agents) from and against any and all claims,
liabilities, losses and damages (or actions in respect thereof), in any way
related to or arising out of the performance by the Consultant of services under
Sections 1 and 3 of this Agreement (other than for expenses incurred described
in Section 4 hereof or for compensation for services rendered), and to reimburse
the Consultant and any other such indemnified person for reasonable
out-of-pocket legal and other expenses incurred by it in connection with or
relating to investigating, preparing to defend, or defending any actions, claims
or other proceedings (including any investigation or inquiry) arising in any
manner out of or in connection with the Consultant's performance under this
Agreement (whether or not such indemnified person is a named party in such
proceeding); provided, however, that Rayovac shall not be responsible under this
Section 5 for any claims, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses to the extent
that they are finally judicially determined to result from actions taken by the
Consultant (or such other indemnified person) due primarily to the Consultant's
(or such other indemnified person's) gross negligence or willful misconduct.

          6. Notice. All notices hereunder, to be effective, shall be in
writing and shall be mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid as follows:

                                 (i)  If to the Consultant:

                                      Thomas H. Lee Company
                                      75 State Street
                                      Boston, Massachusetts 02109
                                      Attention: Warren C. Smith, Jr.


                                (ii)  If to Rayovac:


                                             3






                                601 Rayovac Drive
                             Madison, WI 53711-2497
                              Attention: President

          7. Modifications. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof, superseding
all prior understandings and agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement
may not be amended or revised except by a writing signed by the parties.

          8. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns
but may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the
other. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Consultant may elect to have its
obligations hereunder performed in whole or in part by a partnership or other
entity affiliated with the Consultant, and the Consultant may direct that any
compensation (including all or a portion of the Management Fee) and
reimbursement of expenses be paid to the affiliate performing the services
hereunder with respect thereto.

          9. Captions. Captions have been inserted solely for the convenience of
reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or substance of any
provision and shall not affect the validity of any other provision.

          10. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed under and
governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without reference to
its conflicts of law principles.

          11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.


                                        4




          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as a
sealed instrument as of the date first above written.


                               THOMAS H. LEE COMPANY



                               By     /s/ Scott A. Schoen
                                   ---------------------------------------
                               Name: Scott A. Schoen
                               Title: Managing Director


                               RAYOVAC CORPORATION



                                By   /s/ David A. Jones
                                    -----------------------------------
                                Name: David A. Jones
                                Title: Director





                                                                EXHIBIT 10.3


                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT
                              --------------------


         AGREEMENT entered into as of September 12, 1996, by and between Rayovac
Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation ("Rayovac"), and Thomas F. Pyle, Jr. (the
"Consultant").

         WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Rayovac has completed its
recapitalization pursuant to the Stock Purchase and Redemption Agreement dated
this date by and among Rayovac, certain affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Company
("THL") and all of the shareholders of Rayovac, together with the consummation
of senior credit facilities and bridge mezzanine debt financing; and

         WHEREAS, immediately prior to the Recapitalization, the Consultant
resigned as Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and
President of Rayovac; and

         WHEREAS, Rayovac may require the Consultant's special skills and
services in connection with its business operations; and

         WHEREAS, the Consultant is willing to provide such skills and services
to Rayovac.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained
herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as
follows:

         1. Engagement. Rayovac hereby engages the Consultant for the Term (as
defined below) and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth to provide
consulting services to Rayovac, as reasonably requested by Rayovac. In
consideration of the remuneration herein specified, the Consultant accepts such
engagement and agrees to perform the services specified herein.

         2. Term. The engagement hereunder shall be for a term commencing on the
date hereof and expiring at such time as the Consultant is no longer entitled to
a Consulting Fee (as defined below) pursuant to Section 4.1 (the "Term"). Upon
expiration of the Term, all obligations as b the parties (except for outstanding

                                      




reimbursements under Section 4.2) shall be without recourse to one another under
this Agreement.

         3. Services to be Performed. So long as Rayovac provides the Consultant
with reasonable notice, the Consultant shall make himself available for brief
consultations or brief assignments by telephone or in Madison, Wisconsin or in
the general area where he is at that time locate However, no precise number of
hours is to be devoted by the Consultant on a monthly basis for such services.

         4. Compensation; Expense Reimbursement.

         4.1 In consideration of the consulting services hereunder, Rayovac
shall pay the Consultant an annual fee (hereinafter, the "Consulting Fee") equal
to $200,000, which Consulting Fee shall be paid in equal monthly installments
each year, to be paid monthly in arrears; provided, however, that Rayovac's
obligation to pay the Consulting Fee pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall exist
only so long as (i) THL or an affiliate of THL is also receiving a Consulting
Fee from Rayovac (the "THL Consulting Fee") and (ii) the Consultant (a) is
subject to the non-competition provisions set forth in the Confidentiality,
Non-Competition, No-Solicitation and No-Hire Agreement between the parties dated
this date or (b) retains at least 5% of the outstanding capital stock of Rayovac
(on a fully diluted basis); and provided further, that if the THL Consulting Fee
is reduced and such reduction is not otherwise provided to THL through other
means or increased, the Consulting Fee shall be reduced or increased on a
pro-rata basis.


         4.2 Rayovac shall reimburse the Consultant for all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with services to be provided by
the Consultant hereunder, including, without limitation, reasonable travel,
lodging and similar out-of-pocket costs reasonably incurred by him connection
with or on account of his performance of services for Rayovac hereunder.
Reimbursement shall be made only upon presentation to Rayovac by the Consultant
of reasonably itemized documentation therefor. Rayovac shall pay the Consultant
$1,000 per hour for any services which require travel other than within the
general area where Consultant is at that time located or to Madison, Wisconsin.
Notwithstanding the 

                                       2




foregoing, the Consultant shall not be required to return to Madison to perform
any such services.


         5. Indemnification. In addition to its agreements and obligations under
this Agreement, Rayovac agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Consultant
from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses and damages (or actions
in respect thereof), in any way related to or a out of the performance by the
Consultant of services hereunder, and to reimburse the Consultant and any other
such indemnified person for reasonable out-of-pocket legal and other expenses
incurred by it in connection with or relating to investigating, preparing to
defend, or defending any actions, claims or other proceedings (including any
investigation or inquiry) arising in any manner out of or in connection with the
Consultant's performance under this Agreement (whether or not such indemnified
person is a named party in such proceeding); provided, however, that Rayovac
shall not be responsible under this Section 5 for any claims, liabilities,
losses, damages or expenses to the extent that they are finally judicially
determined to result from actions taken by the Consultant (or such other
indemnified person) due primarily to the Consultant's (or such other indemnified
person's) gross negligence or willful misconduct.

         6. Notice. All notices hereunder, to be effective, shall be in writing
and shall be mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid as follows:

         (i) If to Rayovac:

               601  Rayovac Drive 
               Madison, WI 53711-2497 
               Attention: President

                                       3


         (ii) If to the Consultant:

               415  Farwell Drive 
               Madison, WI 53704

         7. Modifications. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof, superseding
all prior understandings and agreements whether written or oral. This Agreement
may not be amended or revised except by a writing by the parties.

         8. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns
but may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the
other.

         9. Captions. Captions have been inserted solely for the convenience of
reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or substance of any
provision and shall not affect the validity of any other provision.

         10. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed under and governed
by the laws of the State of Wisconsin, without reference to its conflicts of law
principles.

         11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.


                                       4



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.


                                          RAYOVAC CORPORATION



                                          By /s/ Warren C. Smith, Jr.
                                             ------------------------------
                                          Name:  Warren C. Smith, Jr.
                                          Title: Director


                                          CONSULTANT:


                                          /s/ Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.
                                             ------------------------------
                                          Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.


                                       5


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.4
                        CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-COMPETITION,
                      NO-SOLICITATION AND NO-HIRE AGREEMENT

        AGREEMENT entered into as of September 12, 1996, by and between Rayovac
Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation ("Rayovac"), and Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.
("Pyle").

        WHEREAS, Rayovac is entering into a Stock Purchase and Redemption
Agreement dated this date with affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Company
(collectively, "THL") and all of the shareholders of Rayovac, providing for a
recapitalization of Rayovac (the "Recapitalization"); and

        WHEREAS, pursuant to the Recapitalization, shares of common stock of
Rayovac owned by Pyle, members of his family or trusts of which he is the
grantor, constituting 89.66% of Rayovac's outstanding capital stock, are being
redeemed by Rayovac or sold to THL; and

        WHEREAS, Pyle was prior to the Recapitalization, the Chairman of the
Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President of Rayovac; and

        WHEREAS, Pyle is entering into this Agreement as an inducement to effect
the Recapitalization;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and
valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as
follows:

        1. Pyle will hold in strict confidence and, except as Rayovac may
authorize or direct, not disclose to any person or use (except in the
performance of any services under the Consulting Agreement between the parties
dated this date) any confidential information or materials received by Pyle from
Rayovac and any confidential information or materials of other parties. For
purposes of this Section 1, confidential information or materials shall include
existing and potential customer information, existing and potential supplier
information, product information, design and construction information, pricing
and profitability information, financial information, sales and marketing
strategies and techniques and







business ideas or practices. The restriction on Pyle's use or disclosure of the
confidential information or materials shall remain in force until such
information is of general knowledge in the industry through no fault of Pyle or
any agent of Pyle. Pyle also agrees to return to Rayovac promptly upon its
request any Rayovac information or materials in Pyle's possession or under
Pyle's control, except that Pyle may retain such information or documents
provided to Pyle under the Shareholders Agreement dated this date being entered
into in connection with the Recapitalization.

        2. During the Non-Competition Period (as defined below), Pyle will not,
directly, or indirectly, in any capacity, either separately, jointly or in
association with others, as an officer, director, consultant, agent, employee,
owner, principal, partner or stockholder of any business, or in any other
capacity, engage or have a financial interest in any business which is involved
in the design, manufacturing, marketing or sale of batteries or battery operated
lighting devices (the "Products"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
restrictions set forth in this Section 2 shall not apply to (i) the ownership of
not more than 5% of the outstanding securities of any class listed on an
exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, (ii) any business involved in the marketing
or sale of batteries at the distribution level in which the Products are not a
principal product distributed by the business or (iii) any business involved in
the marketing or sale of Products at the retail level. The "Non-Competition
Period" is the period commencing on the date hereof and ending five (5) years
from the date hereof.

        3. Without limiting the generality of Section 2, Pyle further agrees
that during the Non-Competition Period, he will not, directly or indirectly, in
any capacity, either separately, jointly or in association with others, solicit
or otherwise contact any of Rayovac's customers or prospects, as shown by
Rayovac's records, that were such customers or prospects at any time during the
Non-Competition Period if such solicitation or contact is for the general
purpose of selling products that satisfy the same general needs as any products
that Rayovac had available for sale to its customers or prospects on or prior to
the date hereof, excepting only contacts for businesses excepted in Section 2
above.


                                        2






        4. During the Non-Solicitation Period (as defined below), Pyle shall not
solicit the employment or services of any director level employee of Rayovac or
any employee of Rayovac at the level of Vice President or above who is or was an
employee of Rayovac at any time during the Non-Solicitation Period. The
"Non-Solicitation Period" is the period commencing on the date hereof and ending
three (3) years (with respect to employees at the level of Vice President or
above) or one (1) year (with respect to director level employees) from the date
hereof.

        5. During the Non-Solicitation Period, Pyle shall not hire any employee
of Rayovac at the level of Vice President or above or any director level
employee of Rayovac; provided, however, that the foregoing hire restrictions do
not apply to (i) Glynn Rossa, (ii) Marvin Siegert, (iii) any of Pyle's relatives
or (iv) any such person terminated without cause by Rayovac after the date
hereof.

        6. If a court determines that the foregoing restrictions are too broad
or otherwise unreasonable under applicable law, including with respect to time
or space, the court is hereby requested and authorized by the parties hereto to
revise the foregoing restrictions to include the maximum restrictions allowed
under the applicable law and consistent with this Agreement.

        7. For purposes of this Agreement, "Rayovac" refers to Rayovac and any
incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of Rayovac.

        8. Pyle expressly agrees that breach of any provision of this Agreement
would result in irreparable injuries to Rayovac, that the remedy at law for any
such breach will be inadequate and that upon breach of this Agreement, Rayovac,
in addition to all other available remedies, shall be entitled as a matter of
right to injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction without the
necessity of proving the actual damage to Rayovac.



                                        3





        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

                                   RAYOVAC CORPORATION



                                   By    /s/ Warren C. Smith, Jr.
                                        -------------------------------
                                   Name:  Warren C. Smith, Jr.
                                   Title: Director


                                        /s/ Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.
                                        -------------------------------
                                          Thomas F. Pyle, Jr.


                                        4


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5
                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

        THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 12th day of September, 1996, by
and between Rayovac Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), and
David A. Jones (the "Executive").

        WHEREAS, the Company desires the benefit of the experience, supervision
and services of the Executive and desires to employ the Executive upon the terms
and conditions set forth herein; and

        WHEREAS, the Executive is willing and able to accept such employment on
such terms and conditions.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements
contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Executive
hereby agree as follows:

1.   Employment Duties and Acceptance. The Company hereby employs the Executive,
     and the Executive agrees to serve and accept employment, as the Chairman
     of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of the
     Company, reporting directly to the Board of Directors of the Company (the
     "Board"). In connection therewith, as Chairman of the Board, President and
     Chief Executive Officer, the Executive shall oversee and direct the opera-
     tions of the Company and perform such other duties consistent with the
     responsibilities of Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
     Officer, all subject to the direction and control of the Board. During the
     Term (as defined below), the Executive shall devote all of his working time
     to such employment and appointment, shall devote his best efforts to
     advance the interests of the Company and shall not engage in any other
     business activities, as an employee, director, consultant or in any other
     capacity, whether or not he receives any compensation therefor, without the
     prior written consent of the Board; provided, however, that the Executive
     may continue his present participation on the Board of Directors of Health
     O Meter, Inc. so long as none of such companies nor any of its affil-







     iates is a competitor of the Company. Any additional business activities
     for other companies will require the consent of the Board.

2.   Term of Employment. Subject to Section 4 hereof, the Executive's employment
     and appointment hereunder shall be for a term commencing on the date hereof
     and expiring on September 30, 1999 (the "Term"). Upon expiration of the
     Term, this Agreement shall automatically extend for successive periods of
     one (1) year, unless the Executive or the Company shall give notice to the
     other at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Term (or any annual
     extension thereof) indicating that it does not intend to renew the
     Agreement.

3.   Compensation. In consideration of the performance by the Executive of his
     duties hereunder, the Company shall pay or provide to the Executive the
     following compensation which the Executive agrees to accept in full
     satisfaction for his services, it being understood that necessary
     withholding taxes, FICA contributions and the like shall be deducted from
     such compensation:

     (a)  Base Salary. The Executive shall receive a base salary equal to Four
          Hundred Thousand Dollars ($400,000) per annum during the Term ("Base
          Salary"), which Base Salary shall be paid in equal monthly
          installments each year, to be paid monthly in arrears. The Board will
          review from time to time the Base Salary payable to the Executive
          hereunder and may, in its discretion, increase the Executive's Base
          Salary. Any such increased Base Salary shall be and become the "Base
          Salary" for purposes of this Agreement.

     (b)  Bonus. The Executive shall receive a bonus for each fiscal year ending
          during the Term, payable annually in arrears, which shall be based,
          as set forth on Schedule A hereto, on the Company achieving certain
          annual performance goals established by the Board from time to time
          (the "Bonus"). The Board may, in its discretion, increase the annual
          Bonus. Any such increased annual Bonus shall be and become the "Bonus"


2                                                  2





          for  such fiscal year for purposes of this Agreement.

     (c)  Additional Salary. The Executive shall receive $161,000, payable at
          the time the first monthly installment of Base Salary is payable
          hereunder. In addition, (i) so long as the promissory note (the
          "Note") of the Executive attached hereto as Exhibit A is not due and
          payable in full, the Executive shall receive additional compensation
          at an initial rate of Thirty-five Thousand Dollars ($35,000) per
          annum during the Term, payable (A) at the time the Bonus is payable
          hereunder, (B) if no Bonus is payable hereunder, at the time the Board
          determines that no Bonus is payable hereunder or (C) if payment of
          principal of and interest on the Note is accelerated, at the time of
          the Executive's payment in full of the Note; provided, however, that
          to the extent the Note is prepaid, the rate set forth above shall be
          decreased by the amount by which interest on the Note has been
          reduced as a result of such prepayment, and (ii) the Executive shall
          also receive an additional $18,500 per annum during the Term, payable
          at the time the first monthly installment of Base Salary is payable
          hereunder and on each anniversary thereafter (all such payments set
          forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above are referred to herein as the
          "Additional Salary").

     (d)  Insurance Coverages and Pension Plans. The Executive shall be entitled
          to such insurance, pension and all other benefits as are generally
          made available by the Company to its executive officers from time to
          time.

     (e)  Stock Options. Pursuant to the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan
          substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, the Company
          shall grant to the Executive the following options to purchase shares
          of the Company's Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Common
          Stock"), as follows:



                                        3





          (i)  Time Vesting. An option (the "Time Option") to purchase 455,788
               shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.39 per share,
               which option shall vest 20% on September 30, 1997 and annually
               thereafter through September 30, 2001. The Time Option shall be
               evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement substantially in the form
               attached hereto as Exhibit C. All options granted to
               the Executive reflect the 5 for 1 stock split of the Company's
               Common Stock effected on the date hereof.

          (ii) Performance Vesting. An option (the "Performance Option") to
               purchase 455,789 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of
               $4.39 per share, which option shall vest based on the Company's
               ability to achieve certain financial objectives to be set by the
               Board. In any event, the Performance Option shall be 100% vested
               if the Executive remains employed by the Company after September
               30, 2007. The Performance Option shall be evidenced by a Stock
               Option Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as
               Exhibit D

          (f)  Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks
               vacation each year.

          (g)  Housing and other Expenses. The Executive
               shall be entitled to reimbursement of
               all reasonable and documented expenses actually incurred or
               paid by the Executive in the performance of the Executive's
               duties under this Agreement, upon presentation of expense state-
               ments, vouchers or other supporting information in accordance
               with Company policy. In addition, the Company will reimburse
               the Executive for expenses associated with moving to the Madison
               area, reasonable travel to and from Atlanta and reasonable rent
               or fees associated with an apartment or condominium in the
               Madison area. All expense reimbursements and other perquisites of
               the Executive are reviewable periodically by the Compensation
               Committee of the Board, if there be one, or the Board.


                                                  4






          (h)  Automobile. The Company shall provide the Executive with the use
               of a leased automobile suitable for a chief executive officer of
               a company similar to the Company.

          (i)  D&O Insurance. The Executive shall be entitled to indemnification
               from the Company to the maximum extent provided by law, but not
               for any action, suit, arbitration or other proceeding (or portion
               thereof) initiated by the Executive, unless authorized or
               ratified by the Board. Such indemnification shall be covered by
               the terms of the Company's policy of insurance for directors
               and officers in effect from time to time (the "D&O Insurance").
               Copies of the Company's charter, by-laws and D&O Insurance will
               be made available to the Executive upon request.

          (j)  Legal Fees. The Company shall pay the Executive's actual and
               reasonable legal fees incurred in connection with the preparation
               of this Agreement.

4. Termination.

     (a)  Termination by the Company with Cause. The Company shall have the
          right at any time to terminate the Executive's employment hereunder
          without prior notice upon the occurrence of any of the following (any
          such termination being referred to as a termination for "Cause"):

          (i)  the commission by the Executive of any deliberate and
               premeditated act taken by the Executive in bad faith against the
               interests of the Company;

          (ii) the Executive has been convicted of, or pleads nolo contendere
               with respect to, any felony, or of any lesser crime or offense
               having as its predicate element fraud, dishonesty or
               misappropriation of the property of the Company;

         (iii) the habitual drug addiction or intoxication of the Executive
               which negatively


                                        5





               impacts his job performance or the Executive's failure of the
               drug test described at Section 9.6 hereof;

          (iv) the willful failure or refusal of the Executive to perform his
               duties as set forth herein or the willful failure or refusal to
               follow the direction of the Board, provided such failure or
               refusal continues after thirty (30) days of the receipt of notice
               in writing from the Board of such failure or refusal, which
               notice refers to this Section 4(a) and indicates the Company's
               intention to terminate the Executive's employment hereunder if
               such failure or refusal is not remedied within such thirty (30)
               day period; or

          (v)  the Executive breaches any of the terms of this Agreement or any
               other agreement between the Executive and the Company which
               breach is not cured within thirty (30) days subsequent to notice
               from the Company to the Executive of such breach, which notice
               refers to this Section 4(a) and indicates the Company's intention
               to terminate the Executive's employment hereunder if such breach
               is not cured within such thirty (30) day period.

          If the definition of termination for "Cause" set forth above conflicts
          with such definition in the Stock Option Agreements attached hereto as
          Exhibits C and D or any agreements referred to therein, the definition
          set forth herein shall control.

     (b)  Termination by Company for Death or Disability. The Company shall have
          the right at any time to terminate the Executive's employment
          hereunder without prior notice upon the Executive's inability to
          perform his duties hereunder by reason of any mental, physical or
          other disability for a period of at least six (6) consecutive
          months (for purposes hereof, "disability" has the same meaning as in
          the Company's


                                        6





          disability policy). The Company's obligations hereunder shall, subject
          to the provisions of Section 5(b), also terminate upon the death of
          the Executive.

     (c)  Termination by Company without Cause. The Company shall have the right
          at any time to terminate the Executive's employment for any other
          reason without Cause upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the
          Executive.

     (d)  Voluntary Termination by Executive. The Executive shall be entitled
          to terminate his employment and appointment hereunder upon sixty
          (60) days prior written notice to the Company. Any such termination
          shall be treated as a termination by the Company for "Cause" under
          Section 5, unless notice of such termination was given within sixty
          (60) days after a Sale (as such term is defined in the Stock Option
          Agreements attached hereto as Exhibits C and D), in which case such
          termination shall be treated in accordance with Section 5(d) hereof.

     (e)  Constructive Termination by the Executive. At any time on or after the
          initial registration of an equity security of the Company under the
          Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Executive shall be entitled
          to terminate his employment and appointment hereunder, without prior
          notice, upon the occurrence of a Constructive Termination. Any such
          termination shall be treated as a termination by the Company without
          Cause. For this purpose, a "Constructive Termination" shall mean:

            (i)  a reduction in Base Salary or Additional Salary (other than as
                 permitted hereby);

            (ii) a reduction in annual Bonus opportunity;
  
           (iii) a change in location of office of more than seventy-five (75)
                 miles from Madison, Wisconsin;
  
            (iv) unless with the express written consent of the Executive,
                 (a) the assignment to


                                        7





          the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any substantial respect
          with the Executive's position, authority or responsibilities as
          contemplated by Section 1 of this Agreement or (b) any other
          substantial change in such position, including titles, authority or
          responsibilities from those contemplated by Section 1 of the
          Agreement; or

               (v)  any material reduction in any of the benefits described in
                    Section 3(f), (g), (h) or (i) hereof.

          For purposes of the Stock Option Agreements attached hereto as
          Exhibits C and D, Constructive Termination shall be treated as a
          termination of employment by the Company without "Cause."

          (f)  Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause
               or by the Executive for Constructive Termination shall be
               communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto
               given in accordance with Section 8. For purposes of this
               Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice
               given prior to the termination which (i) indicates the specific
               termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets
               forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to
               provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment
               under the provision so indicated and (iii) if the termination
               date is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies
               the termination date of this Agreement (which date shall be not
               more than fifteen (15) days after the giving of such notice). The
               failure by any party to set forth in the Notice of Termination
               any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Cause
               or Constructive Termination shall not waive any right of such
               party hereunder or preclude such party from asserting such fact
               or circumstance in enforcing its rights hereunder.



                                        8





5. Effect of Termination of Employment.

     (a)  With Cause. If the Executive's employment is terminated with Cause,
          the Executive's salary and other benefits specified in Section 3 shall
          cease at the time of such termination, and the Executive shall not be
          entitled to any compensation specified in Section 3 which was not
          required to be paid prior to such termination; provided, however, that
          the Executive shall be entitled to continue to participate in the
          Company's medical benefit plans to the extent required by law.

     (b)  Death or Disability. If the Executive's employment is terminated by
          the death or disability of the Executive (pursuant to Section 4(b)),
          the Executive's compensation provided in Section 3 shall be paid to
          the Executive or, in the event of the death of the Executive, the
          Executive's estate, as follows:

          (i)  the Executive's Base Salary specified in Section 3(a) shall
               continue to be paid in monthly installments until the first to
               occur of (i) twelve (12) months following such termination or
               (ii) such time as the Executive or the Executive's estate
               breaches the provisions of Sections 6 or 7 of this Agreement;

          (ii) a pro rata portion (based on days worked and percentage of
               achievement of annual performance goals) of the annual Bonus
               payable to the Executive, if any, specified in Section 3(b) shall
               be paid, unless the Board determines to pay a greater amount in
               its sole discretion;

         (iii) the Executive's Additional Salary (or, for any partial year, the
               pro rata portion thereof) specified in Section 3(c) shall
               continue to be paid until the first to occur of (i) the remaining
               period of the Term or (ii) such time as the Executive or the
               Executive's estate


                                        9





               breaches the provisions of Sections 6 or 7 of this Agreement;

          (iv) If the Executive's employment is terminated as a result of
               disability, the Executive's additional benefits specified in
               Section 3(d) shall continue to be available to the Executive
               until the first to occur of (i) the remaining period of the
               Term (or twelve (12) months following such termination, if
               greater) or (ii) such time as the Executive breaches the
               provisions of Sections 6 or 7 of this Agreement; and

          (v)  the Executive's accrued vacation (determined in accordance with
               Company policy) at the time of termination shall be paid as soon
               as reasonably practicable.

     (c)  Without Cause. If the Executive's employment is terminated by the
          Company without Cause (pursuant to Section 4(c) or 4(e)), the
          Executive's compensation provided in Section 3 shall be paid as
          follows:

          (i)  the Executive's Base Salary specified in Section 3(a) shall
               continue to be paid in monthly installments until the first to
               occur of (i) the remaining period of the Term (or twelve (12)
               months following such termination, if greater) or (ii) such
               time as the Executive breaches the provisions of Sections 6 or 7
               of this Agreement;

          (ii) the Executive's annual Bonus shall continue to be paid in
               accordance with this Section 5(c) at the times set forth in
               Section 3(b) until the first to occur of (i) the remaining period
               of the Term or (ii) such time as the Executive breaches the
               provisions of Sections 6 or 7 of this Agreement. The annual Bonus
               payable pursuant to this Section 5(c) shall equal the amount of
               the annual Bonus (if any) previously paid or required to be


                                       10





               paid pursuant to this Agreement for the full fiscal year
               immediately prior to the Executive's termination of employment.
               For purposes of this calculation, if termination occurs at any
               time during the fiscal year ending September 30, 1997, the annual
               Bonus shall be $200,000;

          (iii) the Executive's Additional Salary (or, for any partial year, the
               pro rata portion thereof) specified in Section 3(c) shall
               continue to be paid until the first to occur of (i) the remaining
               period of the Term (or twelve (12) months following such
               termination, if longer) or (ii) such time as the Executive
               breaches the provisions of Sections 6 or 7 of this Agreement; and

          (iv) the Executive's additional benefits specified in Section 3(d)
               shall continue to be available to the Executive until the first
               to occur of (i) twelve (12) months following such termination or
               (ii) such time as the Executive breaches the provisions of
               Sections 6 or 7 of this Agreement.

     (d)  Following Sale. If the Executive elects to terminate his employment
          within sixty (60) days following a Sale in accordance with Section
          4(d), such termination by the Executive shall be treated as a
          termination by the Company without Cause, and the Executive shall be
          entitled to the compensation provided in Section 5(c), except that
          in no event shall Executive receive less than twelve (12) months Base
          Salary and annual Bonus following the expiration of the Post-Term
          Period (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
          Company may require that the Executive continue to remain in the
          employ of the Company for up to a maximum of six (6) months
          following the Sale (the "Post-Term Period"). The Company shall place
          the maximum cash payments payable pursuant to Section 5(c) in escrow
          with a commercial bank


                                       11





          or trust company mutually acceptable to the Company and the Executive
          as soon as practicable following the Sale. For the Post-Term Period,
          the Company shall make the cash payments that would otherwise be
          required pursuant to Section 3 (all such cash payments to be deducted
          from the amount placed in escrow). At the expiration of the Post-Term
          Period, the Executive shall receive all cash amounts due the Executive
          from the remaining amount held in escrow ratably monthly over the
          Non-Competition Period (as defined below), with the balance (if any)
          returned to the Company. If the Company does not require that the
          Executive remain in the employ of the Company, the Company shall pay
          the Executive all cash amounts payable pursuant to Section 5(c)
          ratably monthly over the Non-Competition Period (all such cash
          payments to be deducted from the amount placed in escrow) with the
          balance (if any) returned to the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, although the Executive shall not be required to
mitigate the amount of any payment provided for herein by seeking other
employment or otherwise, if the Executive does obtain other employment, the
amount of each dollar ($1.00) of compensation received from such other
employment source during the period that the Company is required to make
payments hereunder shall reduce by fifty cents ($.50) the amount otherwise
payable by the Company under Section 5(c)(i) and (ii).

6. Agreement Not to Compete.

     (a)  The Executive agrees that during the Non-Competition Period (as
          defined below), he will not, directly or indirectly, in any capacity,
          either separately, jointly or in association with others, as an
          officer, director, consultant, agent, employee, owner, principal,
          partner or stockholder of any business, or in any other capacity,
          engage or have a financial interest in any business which is involved
          in the design, manufacturing, marketing or sale of batteries or
          battery operated lighting devices (excepting only the ownership of not
          more than


                                       12





          5% of the outstanding securities of any class listed on an exchange or
          the Nasdaq Stock Market). The "Non-Competition Period" is (a) the
          longer of the Executive's employment hereunder or time period which he
          serves as a director of the Company plus (b) a period of one (1) year
          thereafter.

     (b)  Without limiting the generality of clause (a) above, the Executive
          further agrees that during the Non-Competition Period, he will not,
          directly or indirectly, in any capacity, either separately, jointly
          or in association with others, solicit or otherwise contact any of the
          Company's customers or prospects, as shown by the Company's records,
          that were customers or prospects of the Company at any time during the
          Non-Competition Period if such solicitation or contact is for the
          general purpose of selling products that satisfy the same general
          needs as any products that the Company had available for sale to its
          customers or prospects during the Non-Competition Period.

     (c)  The Executive agrees that during the Non-Competition Period, he
          shall not, other than in connection with employment for the Company,
          solicit the employment or services of any employee of Company who is
          or was an employee of Company at any time during the Non-Competition
          Period. During the Non-Competition Period, the Executive shall not
          hire any employee of Company for any other business.

     (d)  If a court determines that the foregoing restrictions are too broad
          or otherwise unreasonable under applicable law, including with re-
          spect to time or space, the court is hereby requested and authorized
          by the parties hereto to revise the foregoing restrictions to include
          the maximum restrictions allowed under the applicable law.

     (e)  For purposes of this Section 6 and Section 7, the "Company" refers to
          the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the
          Company.


                                       13






7. Secret Processes and Confidential Information.

     (a)  The Executive agrees to hold in strict confidence and, except as the
          Company may authorize or direct, not disclose to any person or use
          (except in the performance of his services hereunder) any confidential
          information or materials received by the Executive from the Company
          and any confidential information or materials of other parties
          received by the Executive in connection with the performance of his
          duties hereunder. For purposes of this Section 7(a), confidential
          information or materials shall include existing and potential cus-
          tomer information, existing and potential supplier information,
          product information, design and construction information, pricing and
          profitability information, financial information, sales and
          marketing strategies and techniques and business ideas or practices.
          The restriction on the Executive's use or disclosure of the
          confidential information or materials shall remain in force until such
          information is of general knowledge in the industry through no fault
          of the Executive or any agent of the Executive. The Executive also
          agrees to return to the Company promptly upon its request any Company
          information or materials in the Executive's possession or under the
          Executive's control.

     (b)  The Executive will promptly disclose to the Company and to no other
          person, firm or entity all inventions, discoveries, improvements,
          trade secrets, formulas, techniques, processes, know-how and similar
          matters, whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to prac-
          tice, which are conceived or learned by the Executive during the
          period of the Executive's employment with the Company, either alone or
          with others, which relate to or result from the actual or anticipated
          business or research of the Company or which result, to any extent,
          from the Executive's use of the Company's premises or property
          (collectively called the "Inventions"). The Executive acknowledges and
          agrees that all the Inventions shall be the


                                       14





          sole property of the Company, and the Executive hereby assigns to the
          Company all of the Executive's rights and interests in and to all of
          the Inventions, it being acknowledged and agreed by the Executive that
          all the Inventions are works made for hire. The Company shall be the
          sole owner of all domestic and foreign rights and interests in the
          Inventions. The Executive agrees to assist the Company at the
          Company's expense to obtain and from time to time enforce patents and
          copyrights on the Inventions.

     (c)  Upon the request of, and, in any event, upon termination of the
          Executive's employment with the Company, the Executive shall promptly
          deliver to the Company all documents, data, records, notes,
          drawings, manuals and all other to tangible information in whatever
          form which pertains to the Company, and the Executive will not retain
          any such information or any reproduction or excerpt thereof.

8.   Notices. All notices or other communications hereunder shall be in
     writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered
     personally, (b) upon confirmation of receipt when such notice or other
     communication is sent by facsimile or telex, (c) one day after delivery to
     an overnight delivery courier, or (d) on the fifth day following the date
     of deposit in the United States mail if sent first class, postage prepaid,
     by registered or certified mail. The addresses for such notices shall be as
     follows:

     (a)  For notices and communications to the Company:

          Rayovac Corporation
          601 Rayovac Drive
          Madison, WI  53711
          Facsimile:  (608) 278-6666
          Attention:  Board of Directors



                                       15





          with a copy to:

          Thomas H. Lee Company
          75 State Street
          Boston, MA  02109
          Facsimile:  (617) 227-3514
          Attention:  Warren C. Smith, Jr.

          and a copy to:

          Skadden, Arps, Slate,
          Meagher & Flom
          One Beacon Street,
          Boston, MA  02108
          Facsimile:  (617) 573-4822
          Attention:  Louis A. Goodman, Esq.

     (b)  For notices and communications to the Executive:

          David A. Jones
          2910 Coles Way
          Atlanta, GA  30350
          Facsimile:  (770) 671-0536

          with a copy to:

          Sutherland, Asbill & Brennan
          999 Peachtree Street, N.E.
          Atlanta, GA  30309
          Facsimile:  (404) 853-8806
          Attention:  Mark D. Kaufman, Esq.

Any party hereto may, by notice to the other, change its address for receipt of
notices hereunder.

9. General.

        9.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed under and
governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin, without reference to its
conflicts of law principles.

        9.2 Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement may be amended, modified,
superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms hereof may be waived,
only by a written instrument executed by all of the parties hereto


                                       16





or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of any
party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall
in no manner affect the right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by
any party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement,
whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed
to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a
waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

        9.3 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the
Executive, without regard to the duration of his employment by the Company or
reasons for the cessation of such employment, and inure to the benefit of his
administrators, executors, heirs and assigns, although the obligations of the
Executive are personal and may be performed only by him. This Agreement shall
also be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its
subsidiaries, successors and assigns, including any corporation with which or
into which the Company or its successors may be merged or which may succeed to
their assets or business.

        9.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original but which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.

        9.5 Attorneys' Fees. In the event that any action is brought to enforce
any of the provisions of this Agreement, or to obtain money damages for the
breach thereof, and such action results in the award of a judgment for money
damages or in the granting of any injunction in favor of one of the parties to
this Agreement, all expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, shall be
paid by the non-prevailing party.

        9.6 Drug Test. The Executive shall submit to a drug test at the
commencement of his employment hereunder, and failure of such drug test shall
constitute Cause.

        9.7 Non-exclusivity of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent
or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation during his
employment hereunder in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or


                                       17





program provided by the Company or any of its affiliates and for which the
Executive may qualify; provided, however, the Executive acknowledges that he
shall not participate in any stock option programs made available to the
employees of the Company during 1997 except to the extent expressly referred to
herein. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise
entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Company or any affiliated
company at or subsequent to the date of the Executive's termination of
employment with the Company shall, subject to the terms hereof or any other
agreement entered into by the Company and the Executive on or subsequent to the
date hereof, by payable in accordance with such plan or program.

        9.8 Mitigation. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek
other employment by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive
under any of the provisions of this Agreement. In the event that the Executive
shall give a Notice of Termination for Constructive Termination and it shall
thereafter be determined that Constructive Termination did not take place, the
employment of the Executive shall, unless the Corporation and the Executive
shall otherwise mutually agree, be deemed to have terminated, at the date of
giving such purported Notice of Termination, and the Executive shall be entitled
to receive only those payments and benefits which he would have been entitled to
receive at such date had he terminated his employment voluntarily at such date
under Section 4(d) of this Agreement.

        9.9 Equitable Relief. The Executive expressly agrees that breach of any
provision of Sections 6 or 7 of this Agreement would result in irreparable
injuries to the Company, that the remedy at law for any such breach will be
inadequate and that upon breach of such provisions, the Company, in addition to
all other available remedies, shall be entitled as a matter of right to
injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction without the necessity
of proving the actual damage to the Company.

        9.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the exhibits and schedules
hereto constitute the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to
the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior negotiations, discussions,
writings and agreements between them.


                                       18





        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.


                              RAYOVAC CORPORATION


                              By /s/ Warren C. Smith, Jr.
                                 ------------------------------
                              Name:  Warren C. Smith, Jr.
                              Title: Director



                              EXECUTIVE:


                                 /s/ David A. Jones
                                 ------------------------------
                                     David A. Jones



                                       19




                                   SCHEDULE A

                            Executive Bonus Schedule


==============================================================================
                                                       Bonus Available
             Percentage of                              as Percentage
             Plan Achieved                             of Base Salary
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 137.5%                                     100%
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   130                                       90
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 122.5                                       80
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   115                                       70
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 107.5                                       60
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   100                                       50
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   90                                        25
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   80                                         0
===============================================================================

        Any level of Company performance which falls between two specific points
set forth above under "Percentage of Plan Achieved" shall entitle the Executive
to receive a percentage of Base Salary determined on a straight line basis
between such two points. Such amount shall be calculated as follows:

                        [(A-B) x .1] x (C-D) + D
Where:

A = The actual Percentage of Plan Achieved.

B = The Percentage of Plan Achieved set forth above which is less than
    and closest to actual results.

C = The Bonus Available as Percentage of Base Salary set forth above
    which is greater than and closest to the percentage that would apply
    based on actual results.

D = The Bonus Available as Percentage of Base Salary set forth above
    which is less than and closest to the percentage that would apply based
    on actual results.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the bonus payable to the Executive for
the year ending June 30, 1997 shall not be less than $200,000.



                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6

                               SEVERANCE AGREEMENT


        THIS AGREEMENT, dated September 12, 1996, is made by and between Rayovac
Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation with a principal business address at 601
Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711 (the "Company"), and Trygve Lonnebotn, 
an individual residing at 1157 Amherst Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53705 (the
"Executive").

        WHEREAS, the Company considers it essential to the best interests of its
shareholders to foster the continued employment of key management personnel; and

        WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has
determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the
continued attention and dedication of members of the Company's management,
including the Executive, to their assigned duties without distraction following
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain Stock Purchase
and Redemption Agreement dated this date by and among the Company, certain
affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Company and the existing shareholders of the
Company; and

        WHEREAS, the Executive recognizes the importance to the Company of
retaining certain information confidential as well as protecting the Company
against competitive use of the Company's confidential and nonconfidential
information by the Executive;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the
Executive hereby agree as follows:

        1. Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement (the "Term") shall
commence on the date hereof and shall continue in effect through September 12,
1997; provided, however, that commencing on September 13, 1997 and each year
thereafter, the Term shall automatically be extended for one additional year
unless, not later than 30 days prior to the end of the preceding Term, the
Company or the Executive shall have given notice not to extend the Term.







        2. Severance Payments.

        2.1 If the Executive's employment is terminated during the Term (a) by
the Company without Cause (as defined below) or (b) by reason of death or
Disability (as defined below), then the Company shall pay the Executive the
amounts, and provide the Executive the benefits, described in Section 2.2 (the
"Severance Payments").

        2.2 (a) The Company shall pay to the Executive as severance, a amount in
cash equal to the sum of (i) the Executive's base salary as in effect for the
fiscal year ending immediately prior to the fiscal year in which such
termination occurs, and (ii) the annual bonus (if any) earned by the Executive
pursuant to any annual bonus or incentive plan maintained by the Company in
respect of the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the fiscal year in which
the termination occurs, such cash amount to be paid to the Executive ratably
monthly in arrears over the Non-Competition Period (as defined below).

        (b) For the 12 month period immediately following such termination, the
Company shall arrange to provide the Executive and his dependents insurance
benefits substantially similar to those provided to the Executive and his
dependents immediately prior to the date of termination, at no greater cost to
the Executive than the cost to the Executive immediately prior to such date.
Benefits otherwise receivable by the Executive pursuant to this Section 2.2(b)
shall cease immediately upon the discovery by the Company of the Executive's
breach of the covenants contained in Sections 5 or 6 hereof. In addition,
benefits otherwise receivable by the Executive pursuant to this Section 2.2(b)
shall be reduced to the extent benefits of the same type are received by or made
available to the Executive during the 12 month period following the Executive's
termination of employment (and any such benefits received by or made available
to the Executive shall be reported to the Company by the Executive); provided,
however, that the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the excess, if any,
of the cost of such benefits to the Executive over such cost immediately prior
to the date of termination.

        2.3 Any payments provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any
applicable withholding required under

                                        2





federal, state or local law and any additional withholding to which the
Executive has agreed.

        2.4 The Company agrees that, if the Executive's employment with the
Company terminates during the Term, the Executive is not required to seek other
employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the
Executive by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.

        3. Termination Procedures. During the Term, any purported termination of
the Executive's employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated
by written notice of termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto
in accordance with Section 9 hereof. The notice of termination shall indicate
the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set
forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a
basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated.

        4. No Rights to Employment. This Agreement shall not be construed as
creating an express or implied contract of employment, and except as otherwise
agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company and authorized by the
Board of Directors of the Company, the Executive shall not have any right to be
retained in the employ of the Company.

        5. Executive's Covenant Not to Compete.

        5.1 The Executive agrees that during the NonCompetition Period, he will
not, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, either separately, jointly or in
association with others, as an officer, director, consultant, agent, employee,
owner, principal, partner or stockholder of any business, or in any other
capacity, engage or have a financial interest in any business which is involved
in the design, manufacturing, marketing or sale of batteries or battery operated
lighting devices (excepting only the ownership of not more than 5% of the
outstanding securities of any class listed on an exchange or the Nasdaq Stock
Market). For purposes of this Agreement, the "NonCompetition Period means the
period beginning on the date hereof and continuing until the date which is the
one-year anniversary of the later to occur of (a) the end of the Term and (b)
the date of termination.

                                        3






        5.2 Without limiting the generality of Section 5.1 above, the Executive
further agrees that during the Non-Competition Period, he will not, directly or
indirectly, in any capacity, either separately, jointly or in association with
others, solicit or otherwise contact any of the Company's customers or
prospects, as shown by the Company's records, that were customers or prospects
of the Company at any time during the Non-Competition Period if such
solicitation or contact is for the general purpose of selling products that
satisfy the same general needs as any products that the Company had available
for sale to its customers or prospects during the Non-Competition Period.

        5.3 The Executive agrees that during the NonCompetition Period, he shall
not, other than in connection with employment for the Company, solicit the
employment or services of any employee of the Company who is or was an employee
of the Company at any time during the Non-Competition Period. During the
Non-Competition Period, the Executive shall not hire any employee of Company for
any other business.

        5.4 If a court determines that the foregoing restrictions are too broad
or otherwise unreasonable under applicable law, including with respect to time
or space, the court is hereby requested and authorized by the parties hereto to
revise the foregoing restrictions to include the maximum restrictions allowed
under the applicable law.

        5.5 For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 6, the "Company" refers
to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company.

        6. Secret Processes and Confidential Information.

        6.1 The Executive agrees to hold in strict confidence and, except as the
Company may authorize or direct, not disclose to any person or use (except in
the performance of his services hereunder) any confidential information or
materials received by the Executive from the Company and any confidential
information or materials of other parties received by the Executive in
connection with the performance of his duties hereunder. For purposes of this
Section 6.1, confidential information or materials shall include existing and
potential customer

                                        4





information, existing and potential supplier information, product information,
design and construction information, pricing and profitability information,
financial information, sales and marketing strategies and techniques and
business ideas or practices. The restriction on the Executive's use or
disclosure of the confidential information or materials shall remain in force
until such information is of general knowledge in the industry through no fault
of the Executive or any agent of the Executive. The Executive also agrees to
return to the Company promptly upon its request any Company information or
materials in the Executive's possession or under the Executive's control.

        6.2 The Executive will promptly disclose to the Company and to no other
person, firm or entity all inventions, discoveries, improvements, trade secrets,
formulas, techniques, processes, know-how and similar matters, whether or not
patentable and whether or not reduced to practice, which are conceived or
learned by the Executive during the period of the Executive's employment with
the Company, either alone or with others, which relate to or result from the
actual or anticipated business or research of the Company or which result, to
any extent, from the Executive's use of the Company's premises or property
(collectively called the "Inventions"). The Executive acknowledges and agrees
that all the Inventions shall be the sole property of the Company, and the
Executive hereby assigns to the Company all of the Executive's rights and
interests in and to all of the Inventions, it being acknowledged and agreed by
the Executive that all the Inventions are works made for hire. The Company shall
be the sole owner of all domestic and foreign rights and interests in the
Inventions. The Executive agrees to assist the Company at the Company's expense
to obtain and from time to time enforce patents and copyrights on the
Inventions.

        6.3 Upon the request of, and, in any event, upon termination of the
Executive's employment with the Company, the Executive shall promptly deliver to
the Company all documents, data, records, notes, drawings, manuals and all other
to tangible information in whatever form which pertains to the Company, and the
Executive will not retain any such information or any reproduction or excerpt
thereof.


                                        5





        7. Shareholders Agreement. The Company acknowledges and agrees that so
long as the Executive is in compliance with the covenants contained in Sections
5 and 6 hereof, the Company shall not exercise or assign any of its rights with
respect to its Call Option under Section 2.2 of the Shareholders Agreement dated
this date by and among the Company and the shareholders of the Company with
respect to the Executive's Shares (as defined in that Shareholders Agreement).

        8. Successors; Binding Agreement.

        8.1 In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to
the Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect,
by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of
the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform
this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would
be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the
Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of
any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the
Executive to the Severance Payments, except that, for purposes of implementing
the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be
deemed the date of termination. For purposes of this Agreement, "Company" shall
mean Rayovac Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation, and shall include any
successor to its business or assets which assumes and agrees to perform this
Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

        8.2 This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
the Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators,
successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive shall
die while any amount would still be payable to the Executive hereunder (other
than amounts which, by their terms, terminate upon the death of the Executive)
if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise
provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to
the executors, personal representatives or administrators of the Executive's
estate.

        9. Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other
communications provided for

                                        6





in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given
(a) when delivered personally, (b) upon confirmation of receipt when such notice
or other communication is sent by facsimile or telex, (c) one day after delivery
to an overnight delivery courier, or (d) on the fifth day following the date of
deposit in the United States mail if sent first class, postage prepaid, by
registered or certified mail.

        10. Survival. The obligations of the Company and the Executive under
this Agreement which by their nature may require either partial or total
performance after the expiration of the Term (including, without limitation,
those under Sections 2, 5 and 6 hereof) shall survive such expiration.

        11. Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement may be amended, modified,
superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms hereof may be waived,
only by a written instrument executed by all of the parties hereto or, in the
case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of any party at
any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no
manner affect the right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by any
party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, whether
by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or
construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of
the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

        12. Equitable Relief. The Executive expressly agrees that breach of any
provision of Sections 5 or 6 of this Agreement would result in irreparable
injuries to the Company, that the remedy at law for any such breach will be
inadequate and that upon breach of such provisions, the Company, in addition to
all other available remedies, shall be entitled as a matter of right to
injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction without the necessity
of proving the actual damage to the Company.

        13. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof
and supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, writings and agreements
between them, including without limitation the Key Execu-

                                        7





tive Employment and Change of Control Agreement between the Company and the
Executive dated as of March 1, 1996.

        14. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of
this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other
provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

        15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original but both of which together will
constitute one and the same instrument.

        16. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms
shall have the meanings indicated below:

        (a) "Cause" for termination by the Company of the Executive's employment
shall mean (i) the commission by the Executive of any fraud, embezzlement or
other material act of dishonesty with respect to the Company or any of its
affiliates (including the unauthorized disclosure of confidential or proprietary
information of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries); (ii)
Executive's conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or
other crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Executive's willful misconduct;
(iv) willful failure or refusal by Executive to perform one's duties and
responsibilities to the Company or any of its affiliates which failure or
refusal to perform is not remedied within 30 days after receipt of a written
notice from the Company detailing such failure or refusal to perform; or (v)
Executive's breach of any of the terms of this Agreement or any other agreement
between Executive and the Company which breach is not cured within 30 days
subsequent to notice from the Company to Executive of such breach.

        (b) "Disability" shall be deemed the reason for the termination by the
Company of the Executive's employment, if, as a result of the Executive's
inability to perform his duties by reason of any mental, physical or other
disability for a period of at least 6 consecutive months (for purposes hereof,
"disability" has the same meaning as in the Company's disability policy), the
Company shall have given the Executive a notice of termination for Disability,
and, within 30 days after such

                                       8





notice of termination is given, the Executive shall not have returned to the
full-time performance of the Executive's duties.


                                        9




        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

                                  RAYOVAC CORPORATION



                                  By /s/ David A. Jones
                                    -----------------------
                                  Name: David A. Jones
                                  Title: Director


                                  EXECUTIVE:



                                  /s/ Trygve Lonnebotn
                                    -----------------------
                                      Trygve Lonnebotn




                                       10




                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7


                               SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Agreement, dated 4 November 1996, is made by and between Rayovac
Corporation (the "Company"), a Wisconsin corporation with its principal business
address at 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711, and Kent J. Hussey, an
individual residing at 1755 Lazy River Lane, Atlanta, Georgia 30350 (the
"Executive").

                                   BACKGROUND

The Company considers it essential to the best interests of its shareholders to
foster the continued employment of key managers.

Pursuant to authority invested in him by the Board of Directors of the Company,
David A. Jones, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company,
negotiated with the Executive the terms of the Executive's employment with the
Company, subject to the execution of a more formal agreement embodying those
terms at a mutually convenient time.

The basic terms of the Executive's employment were set forth in an offer of
employment from the Company's General Counsel, James A. Broderick, dated 17
September 1996, a copy of which is attached as Exhibit A.

The Executive and the Company wish to execute this Agreement to formalize
additional terms of the Executive's employment.

                                  UNDERTAKINGS

Now therefore, the parties agree:

1.   Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement (the "Term") shall commence
     on the date hereof and shall continue in effect though 4 November 1997;
     provided, however, that commencing on 5 November 1997 and each year
     thereafter, the Term shall automatically extend one additional year unless,
     not later than 30 days prior to the end of the preceding Term, the Company
     or the Executive shall give notice not to extend the Term.




2.   Severance Payments.

     2.1  If the Executive's employment is terminated during the Term (a) by the
          Company without Cause (as defined below) or (b) by reason of death or
          Disability (as defined below), then the Company shall pay the
          Executive the amounts, and provide the Executive the benefits,
          described in Section 2.2 (the "Severance Payments").

    2.2   (a)  The Company shall pay to the Executive as severance, an 
               amount in cash equal to the sum of (i) the Executive's base 
               salary as in effect for the fiscal year ending immediately prior
               to the fiscal year in which such termination occurs, and (ii) the
               annual bonus (if any) earned by the Executive pursuant to any 
               annual bonus or incentive plan maintained by the Company in 
               respect of the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the 
               fiscal year in which the termination occurs, such cash amount to
               be paid to the  Executive ratably monthly in arrears over the 
               Non-Competition Period (as defined below).


          (b)  for the 12-month period immediately following such termination,
               the Company shall arrange to provide the Executive and his
               dependents insurance benefits substantially similar to those
               provided to the Executive and his dependents immediately
               prior to the date of termination, at no greater cost to the
               Executive than the cost to the Executive immediately prior to
               such date. Benefits otherwise receivable by the Executive
               pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) shall cease immediately upon
               the discovery by the Company of the Executive's breach of the
               covenants contained in Sections 5 or 6 hereof. In addition,
               benefits otherwise receivable by the Executive pursuant to this
               Section 2.2(b) shall be reduced to the extent benefits of the
               same type are received by






               or made available to the Executive during the 12-month period
               following the Executive's termination of employment (and any such
               benefits received by or made available to the Executive shall be
               reported to the Company by the Executive); provided, however,
               that the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the excess, if
               any, of the cost of such benefits to the Executive over such cost
               immediately prior to the date of termination.

     2.3  Any payments provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any
          applicable withholding required under federal, state, or local law and
          any additional withholding to which the Executive has agreed.

     2.4  If the Executive's employment with the Company terminates during the
          Term, the Executive shall not be required to seek other employment or
          to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Executive
          by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.

3.   Termination Procedures. During the Term, any purported termination of the
     Executive's employment (other than by reason of death) shall be
     communicated by written notice of termination from one party to the other
     in accordance with Section 9 hereof. The notice of termination shall
     indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon
     and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
     claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment
     under the provision so indicated.

4.   No Rights to Employment. This Agreement shall not be construed as creating
     an express or implied contract of employment, and except as otherwise
     agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company and authorized by
     the Board of Directors of the Company, the Executive shall not have any
     right to be retained in the employ of the Company.







5. Executive's Covenant Not to Compete.

     5.1  During the Non-Competition Period, the Executive will not, directly or
          indirectly, in any capacity, either separately, jointly, or in
          association with others, as an officer, director, consultant, agent,
          employee, owner, principal, partner, or stockholder of any business,
          or in any other capacity, engage or have a financial interest in any
          business which is involved in the design, manufacturing, marketing, or
          sale of batteries or battery operated lighting devices (excepting only
          the ownership of not more than 5% of the outstanding securities of a
          class listed on an exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market). For purposes
          of this Agreement, the "NonCompetition Period" means the period
          beginning on the date hereof and continuing until the date which is
          the one-year anniversary of the later to occur of (a) the end of the
          Term and (b) the date of termination.

     5.2  Without limiting the generality of Section 5.1 above, during the
          Non-Competition Period the Executive will not, directly or indirectly,
          in any capacity, either separately, jointly, or in association with
          others, solicit or otherwise contact any of the Company's customers or
          prospects that were customers or prospects of the Company at any time
          during the Non-Competition Period if such solicitation or contact is
          for the general purpose of selling products that satisfy the same
          general needs as any products that the Company had available for sale
          to its customers or prospects during the NonCompetition Period.

     5.3  During the Non-Competition Period, the Executive shall not, other than
          in connection with employment for the Company, solicit the employment
          or services of any employee of the Company who is or was an employee
          of the Company at any time during the Non-Competition Period. During
          the Non-Competition Period, the Executive shall not hire any employee
          of Company for any other business.

     5.4  If a court determines that the foregoing restrictions are too broad or
          otherwise unreasonable under applicable law,




          including with respect to time or space, the court is hereby requested
          and authorized by the parties to revise the foregoing restrictions to
          include the maximum restrictions allowed under the applicable law.

     5.5  For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 6, the "Company" refers to
          the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the
          Company.

     6.   Secret Processes and Confidential Information

     6.1  The Executive will hold in strict confidence and, except as the
          Company may authorize or direct, not disclose to any person or use
          (except in the performance of his services hereunder) any confidential
          information or materials received by the Executive from the Company or
          any confidential information or materials of other parties received by
          the Executive in connection with the performance of his duties
          hereunder. For purposes of this Section 6.1, confidential information
          or materials shall include existing and potential customer
          information, existing and potential supplier information, product
          information, design and construction information, pricing and
          profitability information, financial information, sales and marketing
          strategies and techniques, and business ideas or practices. The
          restriction on the Executive's use or disclosure of the confidential
          information or materials shall remain in force until such information
          is of general knowledge in the industry through no fault of the
          Executive or any agent of the Executive. The Executive also will
          return to the Company promptly upon its request any Company
          information or materials in the Executive's possession or under the
          Executive's control.

     6.2  The Executive will promptly disclose to the Company and to no other
          person, firm or entity all inventions, discoveries, improvements,
          trade secrets, formulas, techniques, processes, know-how and similar
          matters, whether or not patentable and whether or not reduced to
          practice, which are conceived or learned by the Executive during the
          period of the Executive's employment with the Company, either






          alone or with others, which relate to or result from the actual or
          anticipated business or research of the Company or which result, to
          any extent, from the Executive's use of the Company's premises or
          property (collectively called the "Inventions"). The Executive
          acknowledges and agrees that all Inventions shall be the sole property
          of the Company, and the Executive hereby assigns to the Company all of
          the Executive's rights and interests in and to all of the Inventions,
          it being acknowledged and agreed by the Executive that all the
          Inventions are works made for hire. The Company shall be the sole
          owner of all domestic and foreign rights and interests in the
          Inventions. The Executive will assist the Company at the Company's
          expense to obtain and from time to time enforce patents and copyrights
          on the Inventions.

     6.3  Upon the request of, and, in any event, upon termination of the
          Executive's employment with the Company, the Executive shall promptly
          deliver to the Company all documents, data, records, notes, drawings,
          manuals, and all other tangible information in whatever form which
          pertains to the Company, and the Executive will not retain any such
          information or any reproduction or excerpt thereof.

     7.   Successors; Binding Agreement.

     7.1  In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to
          the Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or
          indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or
          substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to
          expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
          manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to
          perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the
          Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the
          effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach of this
          Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to the Severance Payments,
          except that, for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on
          which any such succession becomes effective shall be deemed the date
          of termina-






          tion. For purposes of this Agreement, "Company" shall mean Rayovac
          Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation, and shall include any successor
          to its business or assets which assumes and agrees to perform this
          Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

     7.2  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the
          Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors,
          administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and
          legatees. If the Executive shall die while any amount would still be
          payable to the Executive hereunder (other than amounts which, by their
          terms, terminate upon the death of the Executive) if the Executive had
          continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein,
          shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the
          executors, personal representatives or administrators of the
          Executive's estate.

     8.   Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other
          communications provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing and
          shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered personally,
          (b) upon confirmation of receipt when such notice or other
          communication is sent by facsimile or telex, (c) one day after
          delivery to an overnight delivery courier, or (d) on the fifth day
          following the date of deposit in the United States mail if sent first
          class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail.

     9.   Survival. The obligations of the Company and the Executive under this
          Agreement which by their nature may require either partial or total
          performance after the expiration of the Term (including, without
          limitation, those under Sections 2, 5 and 6 hereof) shall survive such
          expiration.

     10.  Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement may be amended, modified,
          superseded, or canceled, and the terms hereof may be waived, only by a
          written instrument executed by all of the parties hereto or, in the
          case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of any
          party at any time or times to require performance of any provision
          hereof shall in no manner affect the right at a later time to enforce
          the same. No waiver by any party of the beach of any term or covenant
          contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any
          one or more instances,






          shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver
          of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or
          covenant contained in this Agreement.

     11.  Equitable Relief. Breach of any provision of Sections 5 or 6 of this
          Agreement would result in irreparable injuries to the Company, the
          remedy at law for any such breach will be inadequate, and upon breach
          of such provisions, the Company, in addition to all other available
          remedies, shall be entitled as a matter of right to injunctive relief
          in any court of competent jurisdiction without the necessity of
          proving the actual damage to the Company.

     12.  Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding
          of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and
          supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, writings, and
          agreements between them.

     13.  Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this
          Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other
          provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and
          effect.

     14.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each
          of which shall be deemed to be an original but both of which togeth-
          er will constitute one and the same instrument.

     15.  Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall
          have the meanings indicated below;

     (a)  "Cause" for termination by the Company of the Executive's employment
          shall mean (i) the commission by the Executive of any fraud,
          embezzlement or other material act of dishonesty with respect to the
          Company or any of its affiliates (including the unauthorized
          disclosure of confidential or proprietary information of the Company
          or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries); (ii) Executive's
          conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or
          other crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Executive's willful
          misconduct; (iv) willful failure or refusal by Executive to perform
          his duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its
          affiliates which failure or refusal to perform is not remedied





          within 30 days after receipt of a written notice from the Company
          detailing such failure or refusal to perform; or (v) Executive's beach
          of any of the terms of this Agreement or any other agreement between
          Executive and the Company which breach is not cured within 30 days
          subsequent to notice from the Company to Executive of such breach.

     (b)  "Disability" shall be deemed the reason for the termination by the
          Company of the Executive's employment, if, as a result of the
          Executive's inability to perform his duties by reason of any mental,
          physical or other disability for a period of at least 6 consecutive
          months (for purposes hereof, "disability" has the same meaning as in
          the Company's disability policy), the Company shall have given the
          Executive a notice of termination for Disability, and, within 30
          days after such notice of termination is given, the Executive shall
          not have returned to the full-time performance of the Executive's
          duties.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

RAYOVAC CORPORATION                           EXECUTIVE


By:     /s/ David A. Jones                           /s/ Kent J. Hussey
   ------------------------------            -----------------------------
      David A. Jones                                 Kent J. Hussey
      President



                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8
                               SEVERANCE AGREEMENT


        THIS AGREEMENT, dated September 12, 1996, is made by and between Rayovac
Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation with a principal business address at 601
Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711 (the "Company"), and Roger F. Warren, an
individual residing at 505 Summit Road, Madison, Wisconsin 53704 (the
"Executive").

        WHEREAS, the Company considers it essential to the best interests of its
shareholders to foster the continued employment of key management personnel; and

        WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has
determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the
continued attention and dedication of members of the Company's management,
including the Executive, to their assigned duties without distraction following
the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain Stock Purchase
and Redemption Agreement dated this date by and among the Company, certain
affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Company and the existing shareholders of the
Company; and

        WHEREAS, the Executive recognizes the importance to the Company of
retaining certain information confidential as well as protecting the Company
against competitive use of the Company's confidential and nonconfidential
information by the Executive;

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the
Executive hereby agree as follows:

        1. Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement (the "Term") shall
commence on the date hereof and shall continue in effect through September 12,
1997; provided, however, that commencing on September 13, 1997 and each year
thereafter, the Term shall automatically be extended for one additional year
unless, not later than 30 days prior to the end of the preceding Term, the
Company or the Executive shall have given notice not to extend the Term.







        2. Severance Payments.

        2.1 If the Executive's employment is terminated during the Term (a) by
the Company without Cause (as defined below) or (b) by reason of death or
Disability (as defined below), then the Company shall pay the Executive the
amounts, and provide the Executive the benefits, described in Section 2.2 (the
"Severance Payments").

        2.2 (a) The Company shall pay to the Executive as severance, a amount in
cash equal to the sum of (i) the Executive's base salary as in effect for the
fiscal year ending immediately prior to the fiscal year in which such
termination occurs, and (ii) the annual bonus (if any) earned by the Executive
pursuant to any annual bonus or incentive plan maintained by the Company in
respect of the fiscal year ending immediately prior to the fiscal year in which
the termination occurs, such cash amount to be paid to the Executive ratably
monthly in arrears over the Non-Competition Period (as defined below).

        (b) For the 12 month period immediately following such termination, the
Company shall arrange to provide the Executive and his dependents insurance
benefits substantially similar to those provided to the Executive and his
dependents immediately prior to the date of termination, at no greater cost to
the Executive than the cost to the Executive immediately prior to such date.
Benefits otherwise receivable by the Executive pursuant to this Section 2.2(b)
shall cease immediately upon the discovery by the Company of the Executive's
breach of the covenants contained in Sections 5 or 6 hereof. In addition,
benefits otherwise receivable by the Executive pursuant to this Section 2.2(b)
shall be reduced to the extent benefits of the same type are received by or made
available to the Executive during the 12 month period following the Executive's
termination of employment (and any such benefits received by or made available
to the Executive shall be reported to the Company by the Executive); provided,
however, that the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the excess, if any,
of the cost of such benefits to the Executive over such cost immediately prior
to the date of termination.

        2.3 Any payments provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any
applicable withholding required under

                                        2





federal, state or local law and any additional withholding to which the
Executive has agreed.

        2.4 The Company agrees that, if the Executive's employment with the
Company terminates during the Term, the Executive is not required to seek other
employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the
Executive by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.

        3. Termination Procedures. During the Term, any purported termination of
the Executive's employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated
by written notice of termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto
in accordance with Section 9 hereof. The notice of termination shall indicate
the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set
forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a
basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so
indicated.

        4. No Rights to Employment. This Agreement shall not be construed as
creating an express or implied contract of employment, and except as otherwise
agreed in writing between the Executive and the Company and authorized by the
Board of Directors of the Company, the Executive shall not have any right to be
retained in the employ of the Company.

        5. Executive's Covenant Not to Compete.

        5.1 The Executive agrees that during the NonCompetition Period, he will
not, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, either separately, jointly or in
association with others, as an officer, director, consultant, agent, employee,
owner, principal, partner or stockholder of any business, or in any other
capacity, engage or have a financial interest in any business which is involved
in the design, manufacturing, marketing or sale of batteries or battery operated
lighting devices (excepting only the ownership of not more than 5% of the
outstanding securities of any class listed on an exchange or the Nasdaq Stock
Market). For purposes of this Agreement, the "NonCompetition Period means the
period beginning on the date hereof and continuing until the date which is the
one-year anniversary of the later to occur of (a) the end of the Term and (b)
the date of termination.

                                        3






        5.2 Without limiting the generality of Section 5.1 above, the Executive
further agrees that during the Non-Competition Period, he will not, directly or
indirectly, in any capacity, either separately, jointly or in association with
others, solicit or otherwise contact any of the Company's customers or
prospects, as shown by the Company's records, that were customers or prospects
of the Company at any time during the Non-Competition Period if such
solicitation or contact is for the general purpose of selling products that
satisfy the same general needs as any products that the Company had available
for sale to its customers or prospects during the Non-Competition Period.

        5.3 The Executive agrees that during the NonCompetition Period, he shall
not, other than in connection with employment for the Company, solicit the
employment or services of any employee of the Company who is or was an employee
of the Company at any time during the Non-Competition Period. During the
Non-Competition Period, the Executive shall not hire any employee of Company for
any other business.

        5.4 If a court determines that the foregoing restrictions are too broad
or otherwise unreasonable under applicable law, including with respect to time
or space, the court is hereby requested and authorized by the parties hereto to
revise the foregoing restrictions to include the maximum restrictions allowed
under the applicable law.

        5.5 For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 6, the "Company" refers
to the Company and any incorporated or unincorporated affiliates of the Company.

        6. Secret Processes and Confidential Information.

        6.1 The Executive agrees to hold in strict confidence and, except as the
Company may authorize or direct, not disclose to any person or use (except in
the performance of his services hereunder) any confidential information or
materials received by the Executive from the Company and any confidential
information or materials of other parties received by the Executive in
connection with the performance of his duties hereunder. For purposes of this
Section 6.1, confidential information or materials shall include existing and
potential customer

                                        4





information, existing and potential supplier information, product information,
design and construction information, pricing and profitability information,
financial information, sales and marketing strategies and techniques and
business ideas or practices. The restriction on the Executive's use or
disclosure of the confidential information or materials shall remain in force
until such information is of general knowledge in the industry through no fault
of the Executive or any agent of the Executive. The Executive also agrees to
return to the Company promptly upon its request any Company information or
materials in the Executive's possession or under the Executive's control.

        6.2 The Executive will promptly disclose to the Company and to no other
person, firm or entity all inventions, discoveries, improvements, trade secrets,
formulas, techniques, processes, know-how and similar matters, whether or not
patentable and whether or not reduced to practice, which are conceived or
learned by the Executive during the period of the Executive's employment with
the Company, either alone or with others, which relate to or result from the
actual or anticipated business or research of the Company or which result, to
any extent, from the Executive's use of the Company's premises or property
(collectively called the "Inventions"). The Executive acknowledges and agrees
that all the Inventions shall be the sole property of the Company, and the
Executive hereby assigns to the Company all of the Executive's rights and
interests in and to all of the Inventions, it being acknowledged and agreed by
the Executive that all the Inventions are works made for hire. The Company shall
be the sole owner of all domestic and foreign rights and interests in the
Inventions. The Executive agrees to assist the Company at the Company's expense
to obtain and from time to time enforce patents and copyrights on the
Inventions.

        6.3 Upon the request of, and, in any event, upon termination of the
Executive's employment with the Company, the Executive shall promptly deliver to
the Company all documents, data, records, notes, drawings, manuals and all other
to tangible information in whatever form which pertains to the Company, and the
Executive will not retain any such information or any reproduction or excerpt
thereof.


                                        5





        7. Shareholders Agreement. The Company acknowledges and agrees that so
long as the Executive is in compliance with the covenants contained in Sections
5 and 6 hereof, the Company shall not exercise or assign any of its rights with
respect to its Call Option under Section 2.2 of the Shareholders Agreement dated
this date by and among the Company and the shareholders of the Company with
respect to the Executive's Shares (as defined in that Shareholders Agreement).

        8. Successors; Binding Agreement.

        8.1 In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to
the Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect,
by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of
the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform
this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would
be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. Failure of the
Company to obtain such assumption and agreement prior to the effectiveness of
any such succession shall be a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the
Executive to the Severance Payments, except that, for purposes of implementing
the foregoing, the date on which any such succession becomes effective shall be
deemed the date of termination. For purposes of this Agreement, "Company" shall
mean Rayovac Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation, and shall include any
successor to its business or assets which assumes and agrees to perform this
Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise.

        8.2 This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
the Executive's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators,
successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive shall
die while any amount would still be payable to the Executive hereunder (other
than amounts which, by their terms, terminate upon the death of the Executive)
if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise
provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to
the executors, personal representatives or administrators of the Executive's
estate.

        9. Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other
communications provided for

                                        6





in the Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given
(a) when delivered personally, (b) upon confirmation of receipt when such notice
or other communication is sent by facsimile or telex, (c) one day after delivery
to an overnight delivery courier, or (d) on the fifth day following the date of
deposit in the United States mail if sent first class, postage prepaid, by
registered or certified mail.

        10. Survival. The obligations of the Company and the Executive under
this Agreement which by their nature may require either partial or total
performance after the expiration of the Term (including, without limitation,
those under Sections 2, 5 and 6 hereof) shall survive such expiration.

        11. Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement may be amended, modified,
superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms hereof may be waived,
only by a written instrument executed by all of the parties hereto or, in the
case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of any party at
any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no
manner affect the right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by any
party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, whether
by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or
construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of
the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.

        12. Equitable Relief. The Executive expressly agrees that breach of any
provision of Sections 5 or 6 of this Agreement would result in irreparable
injuries to the Company, that the remedy at law for any such breach will be
inadequate and that upon breach of such provisions, the Company, in addition to
all other available remedies, shall be entitled as a matter of right to
injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction without the necessity
of proving the actual damage to the Company.

        13. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof
and supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, writings and agreements
between them, including without limitation the Key Execu-

                                        7





tive Employment and Change of Control Agreement between the Company and the
Executive dated as of March 1, 1996.

        14. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of
this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other
provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

        15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original but both of which together will
constitute one and the same instrument.

        16. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms
shall have the meanings indicated below:

        (a) "Cause" for termination by the Company of the Executive's employment
shall mean (i) the commission by the Executive of any fraud, embezzlement or
other material act of dishonesty with respect to the Company or any of its
affiliates (including the unauthorized disclosure of confidential or proprietary
information of the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries); (ii)
Executive's conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or
other crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Executive's willful misconduct;
(iv) willful failure or refusal by Executive to perform one's duties and
responsibilities to the Company or any of its affiliates which failure or
refusal to perform is not remedied within 30 days after receipt of a written
notice from the Company detailing such failure or refusal to perform; or (v)
Executive's breach of any of the terms of this Agreement or any other agreement
between Executive and the Company which breach is not cured within 30 days
subsequent to notice from the Company to Executive of such breach.

        (b) "Disability" shall be deemed the reason for the termination by the
Company of the Executive's employment, if, as a result of the Executive's
inability to perform his duties by reason of any mental, physical or other
disability for a period of at least 6 consecutive months (for purposes hereof,
"disability" has the same meaning as in the Company's disability policy), the
Company shall have given the Executive a notice of termination for Disability,
and, within 30 days after such

                                        8





notice of termination is given, the Executive shall not have returned to the
full-time performance of the Executive's duties.


                                        9




        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

                                RAYOVAC CORPORATION



                                By /s/ David A. Jones
                                   --------------------------------
                                Name: David A. Jones
                                Title: Director


                                EXECUTIVE:



                                 /s/ Roger F. Warren
                                 --------------------------------
                                 Roger F. Warren




                                       10


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9



                    TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AND SERVICE AGREEMENT




- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                  BATTERY TECHNOLOGIES (INTERNATIONAL) LIMITED


                                     - and -


                               RAYOVAC CORPORATION

- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------




Tory Tory DesLauriers & Binnington      Foley & Larder                     
Suite 3000, IBM Tower                   First Wisconsin Center             
P.O. Box 270                            777 East Wisconsin Avenue          
Toronto-Dominion Centre                 Milwaukee, Wisconsin               
Toronto, Ontario                        U.S.A.                             
M5K 1N2                                 53202-5367                         
Attention:        Barry J. Reiter       Attention:  James P. O'Shaughnessy 
Tel:     (416) 865-7381                 Tel:     (414) 271-2400            
Fax:     (416) 865-7380                 Fax:     (414) 289-3971            
                                                                           
                                        







                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE 1  -  DEFINITIONS.................................................  2

ARTICLE 2  -  GRANT OF LICENSE AND EXTENT OF LICENSE......................  6

ARTICLE 3  -  PROVISION OF TRAINING, INSTRUCTION AND
              TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE........................................  8

ARTICLE 4  -  NET SALES ROYALTIES......................................... 10

ARTICLE 5  -  TECHNICAL SERVICE FEE AND MINIMUM ROYALTIES................. 12

ARTICLE 6  -  PERFORMANCE................................................. 13

ARTICLE 7  -  QUALITY AND MARKING......................................... 14

ARTICLE 8  -  INSURANCE................................................... 14

ARTICLE 9  -  IMPROVEMENTS................................................ 15

ARTICLE 10 - INTENTIONALLY DELETED........................................ 18

ARTICLE 11 - NON-COMPETITION.............................................. 18

ARTICLE 12 - INFRINGEMENT................................................. 19

ARTICLE 13 - MAINTENANCE OF THE PATENTS................................... 20

ARTICLE 14 - NON-CHALLENGE OF THE PATENTS................................. 21

ARTICLE 15 - CONFIDENTIALITY ............................................. 21

ARTICLE 16 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES............................... 22

ARTICLE 17 - RELIEF FROM OBLIGATIONS...................................... 24

ARTICLE 18 - TERM AND TERMINATION......................................... 25


                                        i






ARTICLE 19 - CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION.................................. 28

ARTICLE 20 - LICENSOR/LICENSEE MAY PERFORM COVENANTS...................... 29

ARTICLE 21 - GENERAL PROVISIONS........................................... 29

ARTICLE 22 - GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION......................... 30


                                   SCHEDULE 1
                         LICENSED TECHNOLOGY AND PATENTS

                                   SCHEDULE 2
                                    PRODUCTS

                                   SCHEDULE 3
                                     NOTICES

                                   SCHEDULE 4
                              ARBITRATION PROCEDURE

                                   SCHEDULE 5
                            STANDARD LICENSEE REPORT

                                   SCHEDULE 6
                       PRODUCT PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS



                                       ii





                    TECHNOLOGY LICENSE AND SERVICE AGREEMENT


             THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the 1st day of June, 1991


                                     BETWEEN


                  BATTERY TECHNOLOGIES (INTERNATIONAL) LIMITED
      a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Ireland


                                (the "Licensor")


                                     - and -


                              RAYOVAC CORPORATION,
                a corporation incorporated under the laws of the
               State of Wisconsin, in the United States of America


                                (the "Licensee")


RECITALS:

A. The Licensor has the ownership or control of certain technology and has
agreed to license this technology to the Licensee to enable the Licensee to use
it for the development, manufacture and sale of certain types of cylindrical re-
chargeable alkaline manganese cells;

B. Licensor is willing to provide training services to assist Licensee in the
manufacturing of such cells; and

C. The parties have agreed that they will discharge all of their respective
obligations set forth in this Agreement.








NOW THEREFORE IN CONSIDERATION OF THE PREMISES AND THE MUTUAL PROMISES AND
COVENANTS CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE RECEIPT AND SUFFICIENCY OF WHICH ARE
HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED, THE LICENSEE AND LICENSOR AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

                             ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

1.1 In this Agreement the following words and expressions have the following
meanings:

 (a) "Acceptance Date":     the relevant date determined in accor-
                            dance with section 18.1;

 (b) "Agreement":           this agreement, including Recitals and
                            Schedules;

 (c) "Exclusive":           in respect of the rights granted under
                            this Agreement that the Licensor will
                            not itself exercise those rights and will
                            not authorize others to exercise those
                            rights in the Territory;

 (d) "Hibar":               Hibar Systems Limited, its successors
                            and assigns;

 (e) "Improvement Patent":  any patent application filed or caused
                            to be filed by the Licensee or Licen-
                            sor and any patents granted anywhere
                            in the world to the Licensor or Li-
                            censee in respect of Improvements;

 (f) "Improvements":        any further invention, idea, concept,
                            formula, design modification or devel-
                            opment of the Products which is based
                            on or derives from the Technology
                            and which improves service life or
                            other generally recognized aspects of
                            performance, reduces cost or other-
                            wise improves quality and concerning
                            which, if the same is to be trans-
                            ferred, the proposed transferor has the
                            right to effect the transfer to the other
                            party;



                                        2







 (g)  "Licensee":           includes the Licensee, its permitted
                            successors and assigns and any person
                            to whom the Licensee has, with the
                            prior written agreement of the Licensor,
                            disclosed the Technology;

 (h)  "License Date":       means the first day of June, 1991;

 (i)  "Licensor":           includes the Licensor, its successors
                            and assigns, including without limita-
                            tion any purchaser of the business of
                            such party or the acquirer of all or a
                            substantial part of the assets of that
                            business;
  (j) "Mechanical 
      Improvments":        any Improvement that is based primarily 
                           on an advance in  machine or process technology;


  (k) "Net Sales Value":   (i)  in the case of the Products sold

                                by the Licensee, and not returned, in the 
                                ordinary course of business to a customer at 
                                arm's length, the gross invoice price for each 
                                separate sales less any such direct sales
                                tax, customs duties, insurance, brokerage or 
                                discount to customers, special packing and 
                                freight charges set out separately in the 
                                invoice, but inclusive of all indirect
                                sales, manufacturers' or value-added taxes 
                                incorporated into the price of the goods; and




                         3







                          (ii)     in the case of Products put into
                                   use, sold or transferred in any
                                   other manner by the Licensee,
                                   and not returned, the gross
                                   invoice price for each separate
                                   sale, less only the deductions
                                   mentioned above, which would
                                   have been charged on an
                                   equivalent sale at full market
                                   price to a customer at arm's
                                   length at the date of first use,
                                   sale or transfer as appropriate;

(l)      "Patents":       the issued patents and patent applica-
                          tions listed in Schedule 1, and where
                          the context permits, any Improvement
                          Patents and patent applications;

(m)      "Person":        any individual, partnership, limited
                          partnership, joint venture, syndicate,
                          sole proprietorship, company or cor-
                          poration with or without share capital,
                          unincorporated association, trust,
                          trustee, executor, administrator or
                          other legal personal representative,
                          regulatory body or agency, govern-
                          ment or governmental agency, author-
                          ity or entity however designated or
                          constituted;



                                        4







 (n) "Prime Rate":   the annual rate of interest, expressed
                     on the basis of a year of 360 days,
                     established from time to time by
                     Citibank, New York, (or in case there
                     is no such rate, as established by any
                     other major New York based bank
                     nominated by the Licensor) as the
                     reference rate of interest for the deter-
                     mination of interest rates that
                     Citibank, New York, will charge to
                     customers of varying degrees of cred-
                     it-worthiness in the United States for
                     United States Dollar Demand Loans in
                     New York, New York (which may
                     not necessarily be the lowest rate at
                     which loans are made by Citibank),
                     which rate will be adjusted automati-
                     cally and without the necessity of any
                     notice to the Licensee upon each
                     change by Citibank;

 (o) "Products":     those products described in Schedule 2
                     of this Agreement;

 (p) "RTS":          931307 Ontario Limited, its succes-
                     sors and assigns;

 (q) "Technology":   the Patents and the research, develop-
                     ment and application of inventions,
                     patents, technical information, and
                     data relating to the design and produc-
                     tion of the Products as set out in
                     Schedule 2 and all Improvement Pat-
                     ents owned, controlled by or available
                     to the Licensor; and

 (r) "Territory":    the United States of America (includ-
                     ing Puerto Rico), the Republic of
                     Mexico, and any additional territory
                     as determined pursuant to this Agree-
                     ment.




1.2 The following schedules form part of this Agreement:



                                                 5





        SCHEDULE 1 - Patents 

        SCHEDULE 2 - Products 

        SCHEDULE 3 - Notices 

        SCHEDULE 4 - Arbitration

        SCHEDULE 5 - Standard

        SCHEDULE 6 - Product Performance Specifications

1.3 Headings are included in this Agreement for convenience of reference only
and will not affect its construction or interpretation.

1.4 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, words importing
the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender
include all genders.

1.5 Except where otherwise expressly provided, all amounts in this Agreement are
stated and will be paid in lawful currency of the United States of America.


               ARTICLE 2 - GRANT OF LICENSE AND EXTENT OF LICENSE

2.1 Subject to this Agreement, the Licensor grants to the Licensee the Exclusive
license, right, privilege and authority to use the Technology for the commercial
manufacture of the Products in the Territory.

2.2 The Licensor grants to the Licensee a non-Exclusive license to use the
Technology for research and development in the Territory.

2.3 The Licensor grants to the Licensee a non-Exclusive license to sell and
distribute the Products in the Territory and in all places other than the
Territory. The Licensee acknowledges that other Persons may have or receive
comparable rights to sell and distribute the Products in the Territory.

2.4 Subject to this section, unless expressly permitted in writing in advance by
the Licensor, the Licensee may not grant sub-licenses or transfer, assign or
otherwise part with its rights (or any aspect of enjoyment of those rights)
under this Agreement. The Licensor may decline its permission for any reason.
All reasonable out-of-pocket costs greater than $1,000 incurred or reasonably
anticipated to be incurred by the Licensor in its consideration of a request for
permission must be paid by the Licensee forthwith upon demand by the Licensor.
However, the Licensor will consent to a transfer or assignment by the Licensee
to a person who acquires substantially all of the assets or business of the
Licensee or to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Licensee, provided that the
assignment to the wholly-owned subsidiary will become void if and when the
subsidiary ceases to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Licensee and, for
greater certainty, that


                                        6





no assignment will relieve the Licensee from any of its obligations under this
Agreement. Any attempted assignment not in compliance with this section will be
wholly void and without effect.

2.5 The Licensee acknowledges that the rights granted by the Licensor are and
will be subject to the rights of Reliable Power Storage Inc., of Buffalo, New
York ("RPS"), under a license agreement dated as of March 31 as amended by an
agreement dated as of April 12, 1991, and comparable rights of RPS which the
Licensor intends to grant to RPS with respect to the Republic of Mexico. The
Licensor will not enlarge the rights currently granted to RPS within the
Territory in any way that could reasonably be regarded as diminishing, to any
material extent, the value of the rights granted to the Licensee in this
Agreement.

        Licensor will take all steps legally permitted and reasonably available
to it (including termination of the license agreement with RPS) to prevent the
acquisition of such rights by another battery manufacturer, whether by
assignment or sublicense of rights by RPS, acquisition of an interest in RPS or
otherwise.

2.6 The Licensee may extend the Territory as follows:

     (a)  on payment to the Licensor of U.S. $125,000 by April 15, 1992, in
          respect of the territories of the United Kingdom, France, Germany,
          Switzerland and Belgium, the Licensee will have a right of first
          refusal (as specified below) in respect of any license proposed to be
          granted by the Licensor in respect of any of these territories. This
          right of first refusal will be available as follows: so long as the
          right is available, the Licensor will not grant a license to
          commercially manufacture Products in a relevant territory without
          first presenting to the Licensee the major commercial terms of any
          proposed license and providing to the Licensee a period of (30) days
          within which to enter into a license agreement on those terms (the
          other terms to be substantially comparable to those of this Agreement)
          as prepared and presented by the Licensor in respect of that
          territory. If the Licensee does not exercise this right, the Licensor
          will be free to license any other Person in respect of that territory
          and on substantially equivalent terms during the period of one hundred
          and eighty (180) days following the thirty (30) day period, after
          which this right of first refusal will be applicable once again; and

     (b)  on payment to the Licensor of U.S.$150,000.00 on the earlier of
          January 1, 1994 and the expiration of the thirty (30) day first
          refusal period specified in (a) above, the Territory and the rights
          granted in this Agreement will be extended to include the United


                                        7





          Kingdom on a non-Exclusive basis (such that the Licensor may grant
          comparable rights to others in respect of the United Kingdom). If this
          option is exercised, this Agreement will be amended, in respect of the
          rights of the Licensee in the United Kingdom, to the minimum extent
          required to maintain the business terms provided in this Agreement,
          but consistent with the application of United Kingdom or European
          Community law and regulations as agreed by the Licensor and Licensee,
          acting reasonably, or failing agreement, as determined by arbitration
          in accordance with Schedule 4.



                  ARTICLE 3 - PROVISION OF TRAINING,INSTRUCTION
                  ---------------------------------------------
                            AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
                            ------------------------


3.1 The Licensor will, forthwith, disclose and provide or cause to be disclosed
and provided, the Technology to the Licensee to enable the Licensee to use the
Technology to manufacture Products having the performance and quality
specifications set forth in Schedule 6.

3.2 The Licensor and the Licensee will discuss how best to instruct the
Licensee's personnel in the use of the Technology. Instruction will take place
at the premises of the Licensor or, if requested by Licensee, at the Licensee's
premises at times and dates convenient to Licensor's employees. The Licensor and
Licensee will co-operate to develop a Technical Assistance Memorandum that will
set forth the times, duration, location and extent of any basic instruction and
the terms on which the Licensor will provide additional technical assistance if
requested by the Licensee. Licensee will pay a technical service fee (in the
manner provided in Article 5) of $400,000 for basic instructions, which shall be
completed within two years of the License Date. No additional fee shall be
charged for such instructions to the extent they are provided at the premises of
the Licensor, Battery Technologies Inc., Rechargeable Battery Research and
Development Corp. ("R & D Co.") or Environmental Batteries Systems Inc.

3.3 In consideration of the technical service fee provided for in section 5.1,
the Licensor will provide up to 35 man-days, as required, of training services
to employees of the Licensee to enable them to work the Patents and to
manufacture Products as aforesaid. For any additional services required, the
Licensee will pay:

     (a)  all the reasonable travelling, hotel and subsistence expenses incurred
          by or on behalf of the Licensor or its representatives in connection
          with providing any technical assistance requested by the Licensee;


                                        8






     (b)  a reasonable per diem fee in respect of each period of twenty-four
          hours or any part thereof for the services of each of the Licensor's
          representatives required by the Licensee for any period beyond the
          basic training period or for any period spent, at the request of the
          Licensee, at the premises of the Licensee; and

     (c)  all reasonable disbursements or expenditures incurred by the Licensor
          for purposes of providing instruction or technical assistance to the
          Licensee beyond the basic training contemplated by sections 3.1 and
          3.2.

3.4 The Licensee will obtain all necessary visas and work permits and other
authorizations required by the Licensor's personnel visiting the Territory and
for the Licensee's personnel outside the Territory.

3.5 The Licensor will use its best efforts (without requirement to expend funds
and without reimbursement) to cause RAM Batteries Canada Inc. ("RBC") to make
available to the Licensee, on such terms as may be agreed by RBC and the
Licensee, the mercury-free primary battery technology that has been and is being
developed by RBC.

3.6 The Licensor will use its best efforts (without requirement to expend funds
and without reimbursement) to cause R & D Co. to discuss with the Licensee in
good faith and with a view to agreement, a basis upon which the existing
prototype manufacturing facilities that have been developed by R & D Co. will be
made available on reasonable terms to or for the benefit of the Licensee to
facilitate the Licensee's expeditious access to the Products. The parties
recognize that, in any such lease or license agreement, all costs of retooling
these facilities to accommodate the Licensee's raw materials, as agreed by R & D
Co. and the Licensee, will be for the account of the Licensee.


                         ARTICLE 4 - NET SALES ROYALTIES
                         -------------------------------

4.1 Subject to this Agreement, the Licensee will pay to the Licensor, as a
running royalty, three percent (3%) of the Net Sales Value in respect of each
"agreement year" (as determined in accordance with Article 18), commencing on
April 15, 1992.

4.2 If the running royalty is subject to any taxes, duties, fees or assessments
which the Licensee is required to withhold under the laws of the Territory, the
Licensor and Licensee will discuss in good faith revised arrangements designed
to provide to the Licensor the full benefit of the payments provided for in this
Agreement without increasing the costs to the Licensee provided for in this


                                        9





Agreement. However, failing agreement on revised terms, the terms of this
Agreement will apply as written and the running royalty will be paid net of any
required withholding taxes, duties, fees or assessments. No royalty provided to
be paid to the Licensor will be reduced or abated by any tax, duty, fee or
assessment but will be fully paid to the Licensor on the basis set out in
section 4.1.

4.3 The Licensee will invoice or be deemed to have invoiced all sales of the
Products within seven (7) days after their shipment. Royalties arising under
this License will be calculated by reference to the Net Sales Value in invoices
rendered or deemed rendered during each calendar quarter in each Agreement year
commencing on April 15, 1992, with pro-rated adjustments for royalties due in
the first calendar quarter thereafter, and subject to subsequent agreement of
the parties, will be paid in United States dollars within thirty (30) days after
the end of each calendar quarter. All returns for credit of Product for which
royalty has been paid will show as a credit against accrued royalties.

4.4 The rate of exchange to be applied to convert the currency in which invoices
of the Licensee are made into United States dollars for purposes of calculating
royalty payments will be the rate of exchange set by Citibank, in New York, New
York (or by any other major bank nominated pursuant to subsection 1.1 (m)) for
the purchase of United States dollars in New York, New York with such foreign
currency as at the required payment date.

4.5 Without prejudice to any other right of the Licensor, and subject to section
20.1, if any payment due to the Licensor under this Agreement is not made on the
due date, the Licensee will pay interest on the overdue payment at the rate of
two (2) percent per annum in excess of the Prime Rate from time to time from the
due date until actual payment.

4.6 If at any time it is not possible for the Licensee to remit royalties and
other payments to the Licensor because of currency controls or other government
intervention, and without prejudice to the Licensor's rights under Article 18 of
this Agreement, all payments due to the Licensor will be deposited by the
Licensee in a bank chosen, and in any commercially reasonable manner required
by, the Licensor. Payments deposited, together with all interest accruing on
them, will be the property of the Licensor.

4.7 On the termination of this Agreement for whatever reason, royalties will be
paid in respect of all the Products put into use, sold or transferred but not
yet invoiced and in respect of all Products manufactured and held by or on
behalf of the Licensee but not put into use, sold or transferred. The Licensee
may sell, in the ordinary course of its business, any product in respect of
which Royalty has been paid.


                                       10






4.8 At the same time as payment is required of any royalty due hereunder, the
Licensee will submit to the Licensor a statement in writing in English in the
form of Schedule 5. The Licensor may amend the form of Schedule 5 from time to
time on thirty (30) days' notice to the Licensee, so long as the amendment does
not require significant additional reporting by the Licensee or so long as the
Licensee's consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, has been
obtained. The Licensee will also provide within ninety (90) days after each
calendar year end, an annual statement by a senior financial officer of the
Licensee verifying that the Licensee's records have been reviewed by the
auditors and that the royalty payments required under this Agreement have been
made.

4.9 The Licensee will, at its own expense, keep proper records and books of
account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the
Territory showing the quantity, description and price of the Products made,
sold, used and transferred by the Licensee. The Licensor or its duly authorized
agent or representative will be entitled to review and to take copies of or
extracts from these books and records or have undertaken any verification or
audit with respect thereto at any time, but not more frequently than annually,
unless a prior review has indicated a significant failure of the Licensee to
account or report fully, in which case reviews may be undertaken as frequently
as requested by the Licensor during the ensuing year. The Licensee will retain
all these books and records for a minimum of 5 years from the end of the fiscal
period of the Licensee to which they relate. The Licensee will, when reasonably
required by the Licensor, provide (free of charge to the Licensor) the services
of a senior financial officer to assist the Licensor to understand and assess
any of these books and records.

4.10 If any inspection or audit by or on behalf of the Licensor shows that the
Licensee has failed to accurately complete the standard license report form or
has failed to pay any royalties due under this Agreement, then without prejudice
to the Licensor's other remedies, the Licensee will:

          (a)  forthwith remit to the Licensor any unpaid royalties together
               with interest on the unpaid amount calculated as set out in
               Article 4.5 above; and

          (b)  if the Licensee has failed to complete the standard report form
               or has failed to pay at least 95% of the royalties due under this
               agreement for the relevant period, pay all of the direct costs of
               the inspection or audit.

4.11 All royalty payments required to be made by the Licensee under this
Agreement will be made by wire transfer or in other immediately available funds,
as Licensor may direct in writing, and the costs or fees for the same will be
boren by the Licensee.


                                       11






4.12 The provisions of this Article will remain operative notwithstanding
termination or expiry of this Agreement until the settlement of all outstanding
claims of the Licensor.


             ARTICLE 5 - TECHNICAL SERVICE FEE AND MINIMUM ROYALTIES
             -------------------------------------------------------

5.1 The Licensee will pay to the Licensor a technical service fee in the amount
of $400,000 and a royalty in the amount of $100,000 (which royalty relates to
the use of the Technology and related know-how or working the current Patents
during the first contract year). The Licensee will pay forthwith the initial
instalment of the technical service fee by directing the Canadian solicitors for
the Licensor to release to the Licensor all but US$250,000 of a deposit in the
initial amount of U.S. $500,000 currently being held in trust by them. The
Canadian solicitors for the Licensor are hereby authorized and directed to
release the remainder of the amount so held to the Licensor on November 30,
1991, to be applied as to US$150,000 to the remainder of the technical service
fee and as to US$100,000 to a royalty for the use of the technology for the
first contract year.

5.2 The Licensee anticipates that it will pay to the Licensor the following
minimum royalty amounts in respect of the following years (individually an
"agreement year") commencing on April 15, 1992:

                  year 1                    nil
                  year 2                    U.S. $200,000
                  year 3                    U.S. $300,000
                  year 4                    U.S. $500,000

        During the term of this Agreement, the Licensee will have the following
right in respect of the first occasion on which the sum of the quarterly royalty
payments made under Article 4 in any agreement year is less than the minimum
annual payments required under Article 5. The Licensee may, within thirty (30)
days after the relevant agreement year pay to the Licensor an amount sufficient
to cause the sum of the quarterly payments made under Article 4 and the sum paid
to equal the relevant minimum royalty. If this right is exercised, there will be
no further consequences (except, for greater certainty, that this right will not
be available again). If the Licensee fails to make a payment of this sort when
the right to do so is available to it, or if the sum of quarterly royalty
payments made is less than the required minimum royalty amount in respect of any
subsequent agreement year, the Licensor will have the right, by notice given to
the Licensee and without further formality, to cause any Exclusive right granted
to the Licensee under this Agreement to become a non-Exclusive right, so that
the Licensor may thereafter grant similar rights to any other Person, but


                                       12





this Agreement will otherwise remain in full force and effect in accordance with
its terms.


                             ARTICLE 6 - PERFORMANCE

6.1 After the Acceptance Date, the Licensee will make commercially reasonable
efforts to promote and expand the sale of the Products through the Territory and
to this end will undertake such advertising and publicity and general market
development activities as may reasonably be expected to bring the Products to
the attention of as many purchasers and potential purchasers as possible,
consistent with the Licensee's historical advertising and promotion practices
for its battery products.

6.2 The Licensee will, annually and before the end of each agreement year,
deliver to the Licensor, for informational purposes of the Licensor only, a
business plan and forecast for the production of Products over the upcoming
year. The Licensee's initial plan and forecast will be delivered within two (2)
months after the Acceptance Date.


                         ARTICLE 7 - QUALITY AND MARKING

7.1 Licensee will exercise the same degree of care in the manufacture of
commercial Products as it does in the manufacture of its battery products
generally. Products destined for general commercial sales will be merchantable
quality and shall be fit for their intended purposes.

7.2 Licensee will exercise the same degree of care in quality control and
quality assurance over commercial Products as it does in the quality control and
quality assurance over its battery products generally. Licensee may not sell
second quality Products except as part of a bona fide second-quality sale or
distribution program, consistent with the disposition of other goods Licensee
may sell or distribute in the same or similar fashion.

7.3 The Licensee will be solely responsible to ensure that the Products and any
packaging and markings comply with all rules, regulations and statutory
requirements existing in the Territory and in any other jurisdiction in which
the Products are sold.

7.4 The Licensee will indemnify the Licensor and hold the Licensor harmless
against any claims, losses, costs, liabilities, obligations and expenses,
including legal fees on a solicitor and his own client basis, arising out of or
in connection with the Licensee's manufacturing, marking, packaging or sale of
the Products,


                                       13





except such claims, losses, costs, liabilities, obligations and expenses as are
found by a court of competent jurisdiction or by an arbitration tribunal
constituted by agreement of the parties to be directly attributable to the gross
negligence or wilful misconduct of the Licensor. The Licensee will have the
right to assume carriage of any such proceeding brought against the Licensor
subject to the Licensee holding the Licensor wholly harmless against any related
costs.


                              ARTICLE 8 - INSURANCE

8.1 The Licensee will maintain, at its own expense, for the benefit of the
Licensor (which in this section will be deemed to include Battery Technologies
Inc., Rechargeable Battery Research and Development Corp. and Environmental
Batteries Systems Inc. and all officers, directors, employees and agents of
each, each of whom will be named as a jointly insured party), product liability
insurance, in at least the same minimum amount (currently U.S. $31,000,000) as
the Licensee maintains from time to time in respect of itself, against any claim
in respect of defective Products, whether the claim is made during or after the
period of this Agreement. The insurance policy will contain a waiver of any
subrogation right against the Licensor (including each of the aforesaid). The
nature and content of the insurance policy will be approved by the Licensor
acting reasonably. The Licensee will provide evidence of insurance to the
Licensor annually. The Licensor may require proof of payment and the last
premium receipt at any time. The Licensee will disclose this Agreement to its
insurers. The interest of the Licensor will be noted on the policy.


                            ARTICLE 9 - IMPROVEMENTS

9.1 If, while the Licensee is entitled to the use of Improvements pursuant to
section 9.2(i), the Licensee produces, develops or acquires any Improvement over
which the Licensee has unrestricted rights of transfer, and provided that the
Licensor is not in breach of any material provision of this Agreement when the
Licensee is able to effect a transfer of the technology respecting the
Improvement, the Licensee will promptly notify the Licensor in writing of the
Improvement giving details thereof and will provide to the Licensor free of
payment all information or explanations the Licensor may reasonably require in
order to understand the nature and significance of the Improvement. If the
Licensee proposes to and does apply for intellectual property protection in
respect of the Improvement, the Licensee will make the Improvement available to
the Licensor at no cost to the Licensor, for the Licensor's own use and to make
available to other licensees of the Licensor. The Licensor will not make any
significant Improvement so developed by the Licensee available to its Licensees
for a period


                                       14





of at least three (3) years after notice has been (or should have been) given as
aforesaid.

        If, at any time when the Licensee is not entitled to the use of
Improvements pursuant to section 9.2(i), the Licensee produces, develops or
acquires any Improvement, the Licensee will advise the Licensor of the
Improvement over which the Licensee has unrestricted rights of transfer in the
manner specified above, but the Licensee will not be obliged to make the
Improvement available to the Licensor except on the basis of agreement, if any,
reached by the Licensee and the Licensor.

        Subject to section 9.3, if, within six (6) months after providing notice
of an Improvement and the information described above, the Licensee elects not
to apply for or otherwise avail itself of intellectual property protection in
respect of the Improvement, the Licensee will inform the Licensor and the
Licensor may apply for intellectual property protection for that Improvement. If
the Licensor is entitled and wishes to apply for such intellectual property
protection, the Licensee agrees to have itself and any person involved in the
development of that Improvement cooperate in any way necessary to complete all
papers and documents that are reasonably necessary for the filing, prosecution
and issuance of intellectual property protection therefor in the name of the
Licensor. The Licensee agrees to assign, and to maintain itself in a position to
be able to assign, subject to Agreements with other Persons, its intellectual
property rights to the Licensor free of charge as may be necessary or desirable
in order to permit intellectual property protection to issue in the name of the
Licensor. If the Licensor applies for intellectual property protection in
respect of an Improvement produced, developed or acquired by the Licensee, the
Exclusive license granted to the Licensee under this Agreement will include that
Improvement, but no such assigned Improvement will be the basis of any royalty
payment from Licensee to Licensor.

        9.2 (i) If while (a) the Licensee enjoys the status of an Exclusive
licensee in accordance with section 2.1, or (b) the Licensee is responsible for
paying royalties at the rate of at least three (3%) of the Net Sales Value, the
Licensor produces, develops or acquires any Improvement in respect of which it
is entitled to grant licenses or sublicenses, the Licensor will promptly notify
the Licensee in writing giving details thereof and will provide to the Licensee
free of payment all information and explanations, including the information
referred to in section 9.1 above, as the Licensee may reasonably require to be
able to decide whether it wishes to utilize the same. If the Licensee wishes to
utilize the Improvement, the Licensee will be entitled to do so on the following
basis. Subject to this section, the Licensee will be entitled to use the
Improvement without amendment of this Agreement unless the Licensor and the
Licensee agree that the running royalties provided for in Article 4 and/or the
minimum royalties provided for in Article 5 should be changed. The Licensor and
Licensee will discuss in good faith the


                                       15





appropriateness of amending either or both of these royalties in the case of any
significant Improvement produced, developed or acquired by the Licensor and made
available to the Licensee pursuant to this section 9.2. However, for greater
certainty, nothing in this Agreement, other than the Licensee's further
agreement, will obligate the Licensee to amend either of these royalties.

        (ii) If, at any time when the Licensee (a) does not have exclusive
rights pursuant to section 2.1, or (b) the Licensee is not responsible for
paying royalties at the rate of at least three percent (3%) of Net Sales Value,
the Licensor produces, develops or acquires any Improvement, the Licensor will
advise the Licensee of the Improvement over which the Licensor has unrestricted
rights of transfer in the manner specified above, but will not be obliged to
make the Improvement available to the Licensee except on the basis of an
agreement, if any, reached by the Licensor and the Licensee.

         (iii) If an Improvement that the Licensee wishes to utilize is or
involves a Mechanical Improvement owned by RTS or Hibar and in respect of which
the Licensee purchases equipment that is proprietary to RTS or Hibar, and
incorporates such an Improvement, commencing forthwith thereafter, the running
royalty payable pursuant to section 4.1 will, in respect of all years thereafter
until the expiration of the term, be four percent (4%). This provision will not
apply to any other goods that the Licensee may purchase, directly or indirectly,
from RTS or Hibar. It is agreed and understood that Licensee shall not be
obligated to transfer any Improvement to Licensor under section 9.1 merely
because Licensee is required to pay a royalty of 4% pursuant to this section
9.2(iii) in respect of a Mechanical Improvement unless, at the time transfer of
such an Improvement would otherwise be required, Licensee also is operating
under an Exclusive grant pursuant to section 2.1.

         (iv) This section 9.2 will apply to any Improvement that becomes owned
by the Licensor pursuant to paragraph 9.1. Section 9.1 will apply mutatis
mutandis to provide for the Licensee to apply for Intellectual Property
 protection in respect of an Improvement for which the Licensor fails to apply
for intellectual property protection within six (6) months, to permit the
Licensee to so apply in respect of its Territory as the same may exist at the
time, subject to a royalty-free non-Exclusive license back to the Licensor
(including the right of sublicense to its other licensees).

9.3 The operation of each of sections 9.1 and 9.2 (insofar as they provide for a
right in favour of a party which does not develop or acquire an Improvement (the
"Proposer") to acquire the intellectual property rights in the Improvement of
the other party (the "Developer") will be circumscribed as follows. If the
Developer, acting in good faith, proposes to protect its rights in the
Improvement by virtue of secrecy, and if the Developer attempts to conduct
itself so as to


                                       16



maintain the secrecy of the Improvement, the provisions of these sections will
not apply to permit the Proposer to acquire ownership of the Improvement, the
intent being that these provisions will apply only in respect of Improvements
that the Developer does not propose to or does not protect.

9.4 The Licensee will ensure that all arrangements it makes with its employees
and agents will be in compliance with the Licensee's standard procedures adopted
from time to time with respect to the assignment and ownership of inventions
made by its employees and agents.

9.5 For greater certainty, and subject to express provisions to the contrary in
this Agreement, the Licensee will be solely responsible for the costs of
intellectual property protection in respect of Improvements developed or
acquired, and owned, by it.

9.6 The Licensee agrees that it fund further research and development by or on
behalf of the Licensor to the extent that the same:

          (a)  is intended to develop Products that contain no mercury in their
               formulae; and

          (b)  will not obligate the Licensee to fund expenses of greater than
               US $100,000 in total under this Agreement.

         The Licensee will pay invoices for research and development expenses
incurred by or on behalf of the Licensor as aforesaid promptly upon presentation
of invoices with reasonable support, as required by the Licensee. Improvements
developed by or on behalf of the Licensor in consequence of this program will be
the property of the Licensor, but, for greater certainty, these Improvements
will be subject to section 9.2, except that no Improvement funded pursuant to
this section 9.6 will be subject to the duty to renegotiate royalties described
in the first paragraph of section 9.2.


                       ARTICLE 10 - INTENTIONALLY DELETED
                       ----------------------------------



                          ARTICLE 11 - NON-COMPETITION
                          ----------------------------

11.1 The Licensee acknowledges the proprietary rights of Licensor in the
Technology, that the Licensor carries on business throughout the world, that the
Technology could be useful in the development of rechargeable battery cells
other than the Products, and that if could be difficult to establish the
improper use of


                                       17





the Technology in developments of alternative battery technologies. Accordingly,
the Licensee will not, anywhere in the world:

     (a)  so long as the Licensee enjoys the Exclusive status granted in section
          2.1, directly or indirectly commercially manufacture, distribute or
          sell any rechargeable alkaline manganese battery, other than the
          Products; and

     (b)  after termination of this Agreement, on any basis whatsoever (other
          than as specifically contemplated by this Agreement), make use of or
          practice any part of the Technology that satisfies all of the
          following criteria:

          (i)  it is used in Licensor's business;

          (ii) it is not known or readily ascertainable by other Persons in the
               battery business;

         (iii) it has economic value because it is neither known nor ascer-
               tainable as aforesaid; and

          (iv) it is the subject of reasonable efforts by Licensor to maintain
               its secrecy or proprietary nature.

          But for greater certainty this prohibition will not apply to prevent
          the Licensee's use of new information catalyzed by tHE Licensee's
          access to the Technology.

        If, at any time, the Licensor has grounds to believe that the Licensee
is in breach of any provision of this Article 11, the Licensor may appoint any
member of the firm of Arthur D. Little & Company Limited qualified to understand
the issues raised by the grounds of suspicion to conduct a technical inspection
of any relevant facility of or controlled by the Licensee and to report to the
Licensor with respect to the validity of the grounds of suspicion. The Licensee
will permit access to this facility and the assistance of a senior technical
employee to permit the inspection to be fully achieved. If the inspection
reveals no breach of this Article 11, the Licensor will bear the direct costs of
inspection and no further inspection will be permitted under this provision for
a further six (6) months. Otherwise, the Licensee will pay these costs forthwith
and further inspections will be permitted at any time at which the Licensor has
grounds to believe that there has been a further or continuing breach.

        The Licensee acknowledges that breach of these provisions will cause
irreparable damage to the Licensor which could not be adequately compen-


                                       18





sated by damages and consents to the Licensor obtaining injunctive or other
equitable relief in the event of breach.


                            ARTICLE 12 - INFRINGEMENT

12.1 The Licensee will forthwith give notice in writing to the Licensor of any
infringement or suspected or threatened infringement in or outside the Territory
of the Patents or the Technology which at any time comes to its attention.

12.2 The Licensor and the Licensee will thereupon discuss what steps should be
taken to prevent or terminate such infringement including the institution of
legal proceedings where necessary.

12.3 The Licensor has the right, if it elects to do so, to exercise sole control
of the prosecution and all related settlement negotiations in connection with
any infringement or suspected or threatened infringement in the Territory. If
the Licensor elects to exercise this control, all proceedings and settlement
expenses will, subject to section 12.6, be for the account of the Licensor.

12.4 If the Licensor elects to prosecute a claim for infringement, the Licensee
will, to the extent, if any, reasonably necessary to initiate or maintain suit,
consent to be added as a nominal party unless there is a reasonable basis for
the Licensee's refusal. Without limitation, substantial prejudice to any legal
or economic interest of the Licensee will be sufficient reason to withhold
consent.

12.5 If the Licensor elects not to exercise sole control of any infringement
proceedings in the Territory, the Licensee may commence proceedings in respect
of the infringement or suspected or threatened infringement. The Licensee may
join the Licensor as a nominal party if necessary to establish standing to
initiate or maintain suit. All proceedings and settlement expenses will, subject
to section 12.6, be for the account of the Licensee.

12.6 All proceeds of infringement proceedings will be applied first against the
uncompensated costs of the proceedings and any similar previous proceedings, and
second against any amounts owing to the Licensor under this Agreement. Any
excess proceeds will be divided equally between the Licensor, on the one hand,
and all permitted Licensees rateably in proportion to their contribution to the
cost of abatement in respect of the infringement in Territory, on the other.


                     ARTICLE 13 - MAINTENANCE OF THE PATENTS
                     ---------------------------------------



                                       19





13.1 The Licensor will, during the therm of this Agreement pay all necessary
fees and make any necessary filings to maintain in good standing the rights to
the Technology that it has granted to the Licensee, including the Patents and
patent applications and Improvements owned by the Licensor.

13.2 Provided that it has fulfilled its obligations pursuant to section 13.1,
the Licensor may abandon, surrender or cease to maintain any of the Patents or
patent applications, provided that at lease three (3) months prior to the date
of abandonment or surrender or, as appropriate, the deadline for taking action
necessary to maintain the Patents or patent applications, the Licensor notifies
the Licensee of its intentions and offers to assign, for nominal consideration,
to offset the cost of transfer, the Patents or patent applications in question
and relating to the Territory to the Licensee. If the Licensee elects to
maintain any of these Patents or patent applications, the Licensee may deduct
from any amount otherwise due to the Licensor, the amount of the direct
maintenance costs involved.


                    ARTICLE 14 - NON-CHALLENGE OF THE PATENTS
                    -----------------------------------------

14.1 The Licensee will not challenge the validity of any patent applied for by
or granted to the Licensor in any jurisdiction, containing claims which are the
same or substantially the same as the claims contained in any of the Patents, or
containing claims which otherwise restrict unlicensed use of the Technology or
Products, to the extent that the claims cover the Products, unless the Licensor
has abandoned the same. The Licensor will be deemed to have abandoned the right
to a claim in a patent if and only if it has formally abandoned the same.


                          ARTICLE 15 - CONFIDENTIALITY
                          ----------------------------

15.1 During the term of this Agreement and thereafter, each party will keep and
it will ensure that its directors, officers, employees and contractors keep
secret and confidential the Technology and any other confidential information
communicated to it by the other and will not disclose any part of the Technology
or confidential information to any Person other than to its directors, officers,
employees or contractors directly concerned in the manufacture, use or sale of
the Products, on a "need to know" basis. Without limitation of the foregoing,
the receiving party will safeguard the secrecy and confidentiality of the
Technology or confidential information to the same extent and in the same manner
as it does its own confidential technology and business.

15.2 The foregoing provisions of this Article and Article 11 will not apply to
impair in any way the Licensor's or the Licensee's rights to exploit the
Technology or to Technology or confidential information that:


                                       20






     (a)  is, or without fault on the part of the receiving party, its
          directors, officers and employees becomes, public knowledge and freely
          available to competitors of the disclosing party;

     (b)  has been received by the receiving party from a Person not obligat-
          ed, directly or indirectly, to maintain the same in confidence; or

     (c)  is already known to the receiving party, as demonstrated by a writing
          made and in existence prior to the date of execution of this
          Agreement.

15.3 During the period of this Agreement and at any time thereafter, the
receiving party will, upon the request of the disclosing party but at its own
expense, take all steps the disclosing party may require to enforce any
confidentiality undertaking given by a director, officer, employee or contractor
of the receiving party including initiating and prosecuting legal proceedings
throughout trial and enforcing any judgment obtained. All steps to be taken by
the receiving party under this Article 15 will be taken as expeditiously as
possible.

15.4 Without limitation of the foregoing, the obligations of the receiving party
under this Article 15 apply to the disclosure of any information concerning the
Technology or other information related to the Products to any Person engaged to
construct, install or service any relevant manufacturing plant or equipment or
confidential information respecting the business of the disclosing party.

15.5 The Licensee and the Licensor will each indemnify the other and will hold
the other harmless against any claim, loss, damage or liability resulting to a
disclosing party and demonstrated by it to be attributable to any improper or
negligent disclosure of the Technology or confidential information, or by any of
the relevant Persons referred to in this Article 15 together with all costs and
expenses of the disclosing party (including all reasonable legal fees paid) in
connection therewith. For greater certainty, this section will not operate to
prevent the Licensor from making disclosure of the Technology in connection with
any license or proposed license that it is permitted to grant or any right that
it is permitted to exercise, that is not in derogation of this Agreement.

15.6 No news release or other communication of information to the public
concerning this Agreement or any information contained or referred to, other
than summary information noting the existence and basic purport of this
Agreement, may be made by or on behalf of either of the parties, and neither
party will distribute any prospectus, offering memorandum, business plan or
similar financing document containing information relating to this Agreement,
unless the text of the same has been approved by the other, acting reasonably.
These restrictions will not apply to prevent the release of information on a
timely basis


                                       21





as required by securities or other applicable regulatory law, but every effort
will be made, in case of a release to satisfy obligations of this sort, to
provide advance notice to and to seek the concurrence of the other party in the
form of the release.


                   ARTICLE 16 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                   -------------------------------------------

16.1     The Licensor represents and warrants that:

     (a)  it has been duly incorporated and is currently in good standing under
          the law of Ireland and has the capacity, right and authority to enter
          into this Agreement;

     (b)  the Patents and the patent applications described in Schedule 1 have
          been issued by and filed with the appropriate authorities in the
          jurisdictions indicated in Schedule 1;

     (c)  to the best of its knowledge and belief, neither the Technology nor
          any Product infringes any patents, trade marks, trade names, copyright
          or industrial, intellectual or proprietary rights owned by any third
          Person;

     (d)  it has and will maintain sole ownership and/or control over the
          licensing of all Improvements so that it will be able to maintain, in
          respect of those Improvements, the Exclusivity to be provided to the
          Licensee pursuant to this Agreement;

     (e)  it has in current effect with each of its senior technical personnel
          employment or consulting agreements that provide that Improvements
          developed by these personnel will accrue to the benefit of the
          Licensor and that these personnel may not compete, for reasonable
          times after termination of their engagement, with the business of the
          Licensor; and

     (f)  the Technology in its current state, as disclosed to the Licensee, is
          capable of making Products of commercially acceptable quality (in
          accordance with Schedule 6) in commercially reasonable quantities
          using available equipment, in compliance with Schedule 2.

        Without limitation of the Licensee's rights on breach of the warranty
set forth in subsection 16.1(e), if any employee of or consultant to the
Licensor breaches his or her agreement by competing, the Licensor will com-
mence and pursue aggressive legal proceedings to stop the competition. During


                                       22





the period of any material competition, the applicable royalty rate then payable
by the Licensee to the Licensor will be abated by 50%.

16.2 Apart from the provisions of Article 16.1, the Licensor makes no
representations, guarantees or warranties, express or implied, respecting the
Technology or respecting the performance of the Product.

16.3     The Licensee represents and warrants that:

     (a)  it has been duly incorporated and is currently in good standing under
          the law of Wisconsin and that it has the capacity, right and authority
          to enter into this Agreement;

     (b)  it has diligently undertaken all necessary actions and arrangements to
          ensure that it has or will have the ability and capacity to manu-
          facture, market and sell the Products; and

     (c)  the entering into of this agreement will not result in a contravention
          of its constating documents or a breach of, or default under, any law,
          regulation, agreement, commitment or undertaking by which it or any of
          its affiliates is bound.


                      ARTICLE 17 - RELIEF FROM OBLIGATIONS

17.1 Neither party will be liable under this Agreement for failure to carry out
its provisions to the extent that such failure is caused by sabotage, fire,
flood, acts of God, civil commotions, riots, insurrections, wars, acts of any
governmental authority or priorities granted at the request or for the benefit,
directly or indirectly, of any governmental authority or any other similar cause
beyond their respective control (excluding, for greater certainty, financial
inability) and which was not reasonably foreseeable as of the License Date
("Force Majeure"). The Licensor or the Licensee, as the case may be, will
promptly inform the other of the existence of any condition of Force Majeure and
will consult together to find a mutually acceptable solution to any impediments
to the fulfillment of their respective obligations under this Agreement.

17.2 If a condition of Force Majeure prevents a party from carrying out the
provisions of this Agreement and the condition continues for a period longer
than one hundred and fifty (150) days, the other party may:

     (a) (i)  if the prevention involved deprives the other party of
               substantial benefit under this Agreement, terminate this
               Agreement by written notice specifying the relevant event and


                                       23





               giving a termination date that is no less than thirty (30) days
               after the date of notice, in which case, unless the party
               notified has remedied the event within the thirty (30) days, this
               Agreement will terminate as of the designated date (provided that
               this right will be exercisable only with respect to any
               particular country affected by the Force Majeure); and

          (ii) otherwise, elect to convert the status of the Licensee to a
               non-Exclusive status by written notice specifying the event and
               giving a conversion date that is no less than thirty (30) days
               after the date of notice. Unless the party notified has remedied
               the event within the thirty (30) days, the status of the Licensee
               will be so converted as of the designated date; or

     (b)  if the Force Majeure involved relates to the Licensor and applies so
          as to deprive the Licensee of substantial benefit under this
          Agreement, the Licensee may by written notice specifying the relevant
          event and providing a date that is not less than thirty (30) days
          after the date of notice, amend this Agreement so that, in respect of
          any particular country affected, the Licensee would continue to employ
          the Technology, paying royalties at the rate of fifty percent (50%) of
          those otherwise applicable to the that country, and without other
          substantive obligation under this Agreement.


                        ARTICLE 18 - TERM AND TERMINATION
                        ---------------------------------

18.1 This Agreement will commence on the License Date and, subject to this
Agreement, will terminate on the expiry of the last to expire of the Patents.
Provided, however, that no royalty payments will be due to the Licensor for any
part of the term during which the only extant Patents issued are in respect of
Licensee Improvements.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Licensee will be entitled to a
refund of the balance of the technical services fee and royalty referred to in
section 5.1 and released on November 30, 1991, unless the "Acceptance Date", as
defined below, from which relevant "agreements years" will be dated, has
occurred by April 15, 1992. The Acceptance Date means the date on which the
first of the following occurs:

     (a)  the Licensee is able to use the Technology to produce, at its exist-
          ing facilities in the United States of America, commercially accept-


                                       24





          able batteries in commercial quantities that fully satisfy the
          specifications set forth in Schedule 6; and

     (b)  the Licensee waives the requirement referred to in (a).

        If the Acceptance Date has not occurred by April 15, 1992, each of the
Licensor and the Licensee will have the right at any time thereafter and prior
to the Acceptance Date to terminate this Agreement by notice given to the other
party to this effect. Notice given by the Licensor must provide for repayment to
the Licensee, forthwith, of the full amount (US$500,000) originally deposited by
the Licensee with the Canadian solicitors of the Licensor. Upon notice being
given by the Licensee, the Licensor will, forthwith, repay to the Licensee
US$250,000. The Licensor will, if requested by the Licensee, provide collateral
security for repayment of the US$250,000 repayable by it in the latter case, by
way of a first charge on the prototype manufacturing facility of R & D Co.
referred to in section 3.6.

18.2 The Exclusivity of the grant made in section 2.1 will expire at the end of
the third agreement year and, subject to this Agreement and any subsequent
agreement of the parties, the running royalty rate provided for in section 4.1
will, with respect to agreement in years thereafter, be one and one-quarter
percent (1 1/4%) for the immediately ensuing two (2) agreement years, one
percent (1%) for the next subsequent two (2) agreement years, three-quarters of
one percent (0.75%) for the next eight (8) agreement years and zero percent (0%)
thereafter. If, prior to the expiration of the third "agreement year", the
Licensor and the Licensee have not agreed upon a basis for extending the
Exclusivity grant pursuant to section 2.1 for the duration of the term of this
Agreement, the Licensee may continue to use the Technology for the commercial
manufacture of Products in the Territory (as the same may exist at the relevant
time), but the Licensor may grant equivalent rights to other Persons in respect
of that Territory, all on a non-Exclusive basis. For greater certainty, upon
termination of its exclusivity, the Licensee may not maintain exclusivity by
paying the minimum royalties provided for in section 5.3.

        The Licensor agrees that if the exclusivity of the Licensee is
terminated by the Licensor for any reason whatsoever, it will not grant a
license to any Person on terms that are materially, in the aggregate, more
favorable than those then available to the Licensee, and further that any such
license will provide for a royalty payable to the Licensor that is at least .5%
greater than that then payable by the Licensee (whether by virtue of a higher
royalty rate reserved in such license or by virtue of a reduction in the royalty
rate applicable to the Licensee).

18.3 Either party may terminate this Agreement forthwith at any time by written
notice to the other party if the other party is adjudged bankrupt or files a


                                       25





voluntary petition in bankruptcy or similar legislation for the relief of
debtors, or makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors generally, or
if any proceedings for dissolution or winding -up are commenced (other than by
way of voluntary winding-up or dissolution for the purposes of amalgamation or
reconstruction) or a receiver or receiver manager and manager is appointed in
respect of its undertaking or all or part of its assets which matter is not
vacated or discharged within sixty (60) days.

18.4 The Licensor may immediately terminate this Agreement by written notice to
the Licensee on the occurrence of any of the following events:

     (a)  if the Licensee fails to perform or otherwise breaches in a material
          way any of its obligations under Article 15;

     (b)  if the Licensee fails to perform or is otherwise in breach of its
          obligations under Articles 6, 7 or 8 and the breach continues for
          thirty (30) days after written notice specifying the breach is given
          to the Licensee, or if the breach occurs within three (3) years of a
          similar breach, written notice of which has been given to the
          Licensee;

     (c)  if any representation or warranty of the Licensee contained in this
          Agreement proves to be materially untrue; or

     (d)  if the Licensee fails to make any payment under this Agreement when
          due and the failure to pay continues for more than thirty (30) days,
          or if the Licensee engages in persistent, wilful and unjustified
          failure to make payments when due under this Agreement.

18.5 (a)  If, at any time during the Term, a competitor of the Licensee in the
          Territory develops and manufactures (other than by virtue of a
          permitted license granted by the Licensor) a Product that has
          performance characteristics equivalent to or better than those
          available to the Licensee under this Agreement, the Licensee may
          give notice to the Licensor. Thereafter, the Licensor will have a
          period of one year to make available Improvements that would result in
          superior Products being available to the Licensee, failing which the
          applicable royalty rate payable "by" the Licensee will, after the
          one year, will be reduced by 50% until the situation is remedied. If
          the situation continues for a further three years, the applicable
          royalty rate will be reduced to 0% for the remainder of the Term.



                                       26





     (b)  In addition to the rights of the Licensee as provided in section 18.2,
          the Licensee may, at any time during which its rights are Exclusive,
          give one year's notice to the Licensor of a desire to reduce the
          applicable royalty rate. Immediately after the one-year period, all
          Exclusive rights of the Licensee will become non-Exclusive and, at the
          conclusion of the notice period, the applicable royalty rate will be
          reduced to one and one-half percent (1 1/2%) for the immediately
          ensuing three (3) agreement years, three-quarters of one percent
          (0.75%) for the next twelve (12) agreement years and zero percent (0%)
          thereafter.

18.6 The Licensee may terminate this Agreement at any time during the term if
the Licensor fails to perform or is otherwise in material breach of any material
obligation or representation and the breach continues for thirty (30) days after
written notice specifying the breach is given to the Licensor, or if the breach
occurs within three (3) years of a similar breach, written notice of which has
been given to the Licensor.

18.7 The Licensee may, at any time after the Acceptance Date, on six (6) months'
notice to the Licensor, and subject to due performance in the interim, terminate
this Agreement.


                    ARTICLE 19 - CONSEQUENCES OF TERMINATION
                    ----------------------------------------

19.1  Subject to this Article 19, if this Agreement is terminated by either
party:

     (a)  the Licensee will return promptly to the Licensor all material in its
          possession related to the Products and the Technology and all copies
          thereof, except that one sealed copy may be provided to the then
          outside United States solicitors to the Licensee for use only in
          connection with any arbitration or litigation arising under or from
          this Agreement, and will pay promptly any and all royalties owing by
          it to the Licensor under the provisions of this Agreement;

     (b)  all rights and licenses granted by the Licensor hereunder will cease
          automatically to be of any force and effect and the Licensee will
          cease using the Technology for any purpose except as specifically
          permitted in this Agreement.

19.2 If this Agreement is terminated by the Licensee under the circumstances set
out in section 18.3 or 18.6 (other than because the representation of section
16.1(f) proves to be untrue), the Licensee will hold a fully-paid, royalty free


                                       27





license entitling it to use the Technology on the basis set forth in this
Agreement, as it may otherwise exist at the time.

19.3 If this Agreement is terminated by the Licensor under the circumstances set
out in section 18.3 or for material breach by the Licensee, the Licensor will
hold a fully-paid, royalty free license entitling it to use any Improvement
referred to in section 9.1 and previously used by the Licensor on the basis of
an agreement as referred to in section 9.1, on the basis set forth in that
agreement, as it may otherwise exist at the time.

19.4 Termination of this Agreement will be without prejudice to accrued rights
of either party up to the date of termination of this Agreement arising out of
any antecedent breach of or liability under this Agreement and, unless
termination is effected by the Licensor for a breach of Article 7 that has not
been cured by the Licensee, without prejudice to the right of the Licensee to
pur into use, sell or transfer inventory of Products on hand at the date of
termination.


              ARTICLE 20 - LICENSOR/LICENSEE MAY PERFORM COVENANTS
              ----------------------------------------------------

20.1 If a party fails to perform any covenant contained in any of sections 3.3,
3.4, 8.1 and 15.3 of this Agreement, the other party may, in its discretion,
perform any such covenant capable of being performed by it and if any covenant
requires the payment of money the performing party may make such payments. All
payments so made will be repaid forthwith by the defaulting party and will bear
interest until payment in full with interest as provided for in section 4.5.

20.2 Provided that, notwithstanding section 4.5, if a party fails to perform any
covenant requiring the payment of money and the failure forms part of
persistent, willful and unjustified conduct, or is wilful and unjustified and
does not result from a disagreement in good faith as to the requirement to make
the payment, interest will be payable at the rate of five (5) percent per annum
in excess of the Prime Rate from time to time from the due date until actual
payment and not at the rate otherwise specified in section 4.5.

                         ARTICLE 21 - GENERAL PROVISIONS

21.1 The failure of either party at anytime to require performance by the other
party of any provisions of this Agreement will in no way affect the right of
such party to require performance of any provisions and any waiver by any party
of any breach of any provisions of this Agreement will not be construed as a
waiver of any continuing or succeeding breach of such provisions or any other
provisions of this Agreement.



                                                 28





21.2 This Agreement will be complete when a counterpart has been signed by each
of the parties and delivered by each to the other. This Agreement constitutes
the entire agreement between the parties, and will replace in its entirety a
precedent letter agreement dated April 26, 1991 and a percent technology license
and service agreement dated as of the first day of June, 1991. No modification,
alteration or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be
effective unless in writing and signed on behalf of each of the parties.

21.3     Time will be of the essence of this Agreement.

21.4 Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction will, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of the
prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions
and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction will not
invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. For
any provision so severed there will be deemed substituted a like provision to
accomplish the intent of the parties as closely as possible to the provision as
drafted, as determined by any Court or arbitrator having jurisdiction over any
relevant proceeding, to the extent permitted by the applicable law.

21.5 Any notice or communication to be given or made hereunder will be deemed to
be properly given or made if sent to the addresses and to the attention of the
persons set out in Schedule 3 to this Agreement:

     (a)  on the earlier of actual delivery and (however delivered) forty-eight
          (48) hours after being sent by delivery by a commercial courier
          service; or

     (b)  on the day following which any cable, telegram, telex or telecopier
          message is sent.

                ARTICLE 22 - GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION
                -------------------------------------------------

22.1 This Agreement is governed by the laws of Ontario. Any dispute will be
subject to and determined in accordance with Ontario law as the substantive law
of this Agreement without reference or renvoi to any other law as the proper law
of this Agreement.

22.2 The parties will attempt to resolve in good faith any disagreement or
controversy arising under this Agreement or out of their relationship
established under it. The parties will consider, but need not adopt, as a formal
tool of dispute resolution the Model Procedures for the Mediation of Business
Disputes promulgated by the Center for Public Resources, New York, New York. All
controversies, differences and disputes that can not be resolved consensually by


                                       29




the parties will be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the
procedures set forth in Schedule 4.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the actions or inactions of a party
are, in the honest belief of the other party, producing or likely to produce
irreparable harm that can not be adequately compensated for by damages or that
will result in damages that are difficult to estimate, the aggrieved party may
apply to a Court for injunctive or mandatory injunctive relief to remedy the
situation pending the conduct of mediation or arbitration.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES HAVE CAUSED THIS AGREEMENT TO BE EXECUTED BY
THEIR DULY AUTHORIZED OFFICERS

                                                  BATTERY TECHNOLOGIES
                                                  (INTERNATIONAL) LIMITED


                                                  Per: /s/ T.C. Reilly
                                                       -----------------------=

                                                                     c/s

Place:   Shannon, County Clare,                   Per:/s/ A. Coughlan
         Republic of Ireland                           ------------------------



                                                  RAYOVAC CORPORATION


                                                  Per:/s/ Trygve Lonnebotn
                                                      -----------------------=

                                                                       c/s

Place:   Madison, Wisconsin                       Per:/s/ James A. Broderick
         United States of America                     ------------------------

                                       30

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10


===============================================================================





                                  SAG Partners,
                                    Landlord


                                       AND


                              Rayovac Corporation,
                                     Tenant







                               AGREEMENT OF LEASE

                               Dated: May 14, 1985




                               Madison, Wisconsin



===============================================================================









        AGREEMENT OF LEASE, made as of this day of May, 1985 by and between SAG
PARTNERS, a Wisconsin general partnership having an office at 601 Rayovac Drive,
Madison, Wisconsin 53711 ("Landlord") and RAYOVAC CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation having an office at 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711
("Tenant").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              --------------------

                                    ARTICLE I

                        LEASE OF PROPERTY; TERM OF LEASE
                        --------------------------------

        1.1 Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from
Landlord, subject to all the terms, conditions and covenants herein contained,
(a) all that certain tract or parcel of land located in Madison, Dane County,
Wisconsin (the "Land"), more particularly described in Exhibit A annexed hereto
and made a part of this lease, and (b) the Building and Improvements (as such
terms are hereinafter defined) to be constructed by Landlord on the Land in
accordance with the plans and specifications described in Exhibit B annexed
hereto and made a part of this lease, together with and subject to the
easements, rights, privileges and other benefits described in Exhibit C annexed
hereto and made a part or this lease. The Demised Premises are leased subject
only to the permitted exceptions (the "Permitted Exceptions") described in
Exhibit D annexed hereto and made a part of this lease. The Land, the Building
and Improvements and the matters described in Exhibit C are hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Demised Premises". Each party hereby expressly
covenants and agrees to keep, observe and perform all of the covenants and
conditions contained herein on the part of such party to be kept, observed and
performed.

        1.2 The term of this lease shall commence on the Commencement Date, as
defined in Section 2.1(d) hereof, and shall end at midnight on the last day of
the month in which occurs the eighteenth (18th) anniversary of the Commencement
Date unless this lease shall sooner terminate or be extended as hereinafter
provided. The expiration date specified in this lease, as such date may be
extended through tenant options, shall hereinafter be referred to as the
"Expiration Date". Without limiting any rights which the parties hereto may have
as a result of such occurrence, this lease shall terminate and be of no further
force and effect if the Commencement Date has not occurred by July 1, 1989.

        1.3 Promptly after the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall
enter into a written agreement which fixes the Commencement Date and the
Expiration Date. If Landlord and Tenant do not agree thereon within thirty (30)
days after request







therefor by either party, then such dates shall be determined by arbitration
pursuant to Article XXII hereof.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   DEFINITIONS

        2.1 For all purposes of this lease, and all agreements supplemental
hereto, the terms defined in this Section shall have the meanings specified in
this Section unless the context expressly otherwise requires:

        (a) The term "Building" shall mean the 79,409 square foot Tech Center
(including its machinery, equipment and fixtures) and the four-story 159,518
square foot office building (including its machinery, equipment and fixtures) to
be constructed by Landlord on the Land, as more particularly described in the
Plans and Specifications hereinafter defined, together with all additions
thereto and/or replacements thereof.

        (b) The term "Business Hours" shall mean the hours of 8:00 A.M. to 6:00
P.M. on Mondays through Fridays and the hours of 9:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. on
Saturday, but shall exclude such hours occurring on all days observed by the
Federal or State government as legal holidays.

        (c) The term "Certificate of Occupancy" shall mean a certificate issued
by Madison, Dane County, Wisconsin, with respect to the Building.

        (d) The term "Commencement Date" shall mean the earlier to occur of (a)
the Date of Completion of Landlord's Work, or (b) the date that Tenant takes
possession of the Demised Premises. If Tenant's obligations to pay Fixed Rent
and/or Additional Rent commence on a day other than the first day of a calendar
month, the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be pro rated for the calendar
month in which they commence based on the number of days from the commencement
of the obligation until the end of said month.

        (e) The term "Completion Certificates" shall mean certificates prepared
by Landlord's architect which set forth and certify the date upon which all of
the following have been completed: (i) Landlord's Work has been completed in
accordance with the Plans and Specifications; (ii) all machinery, equipment and
fixtures (including, but not limited to, plumbing, electrical, elevator, and
heating, ventilation and air conditioning machinery and equipment) are installed
and in place in accordance with the Plans and Specifications; (iii) all
utilities (including, but not limited to, water, sewer and electric) are
available to the Building; and (iv) a temporary or permanent Certificate of


                                        2





Occupancy and a Board of Fire Underwriters Certificate have been issued.

        Landlord's architect may issue Completion Certificates with reference to
(i) and (ii) above notwithstanding the fact that minor or insubstantial details
of construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration remain to be performed, the
non-completion of which do not materially interfere with Tenant's use and
occupancy of the Demised Premises for Tenant's normal business purposes.

        (f) The term "Date of Completion" shall be the date set forth in the
Completion Certificates described in Section 2.1(e) above, as such date may be
altered pursuant to Section 3.2.

        (g) The term "Imposition" shall mean all real estate taxes, assessments,
special assessments, and all other taxes and charges of every kind and nature
whatsoever, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, general or
special, levied or imposed upon the Demised Premises or arising from the use,
occupancy or possession of the Demised Premises, but shall not include (i) any
special assessment such as an assessment for curb-cuts and traffic control
assessments or charges such as "tap charges" or "connection charges" or items of
a similar nature which are assessed or imposed or arise during the usual course
of construction of the Demised Premises, or (ii) any franchise, excise,
corporate, estate, inheritance, succession, capital levy or transfer tax of
Landlord or any income, profits or revenue tax upon the income of Landlord;
provided, however, that if at any time during the term of this lease, the
methods of taxation prevailing upon the Commencement Date of this lease shall be
altered so that in lieu of, or as a supplement to, the whole or any part of the
Impositions then levied, assessed or imposed on the Demised Premises, there
shall be levied, assessed or imposed, wholly or partially, a tax, assessment,
levy, imposition or charge upon (i) the rent or the income arising from the
operation of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, or (ii) the use and
occupancy of the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, or (iii) the business of
Landlord in renting the Demised Premises, then all such taxes, assessments,
levies, impositions or charges shall be deemed to be included within the term
"Impositions" to the extent that same would be payable if the Demised Premises
were the sole property of Landlord subject thereto and Tenant shall pay and
discharge the same as herein provided.

        (h) The term "Improvements" shall mean the improvements other than the
Building (including landscaping, lighting, paved walkways and driveways, and
paved parking for approximately 475 cars) to be constructed by Landlord on the
Land, as more particularly described in the Plans and Specifica-


                                        3





tions hereinafter defined, together with all additions thereto and/or
replacements thereof.

        (i) The term "Landlord's Work" shall mean the Building to be constructed
by Landlord in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and the laws of
public authorities (as hereinafter defined). All of Landlord's Work shall be
performed and completed in a good and workmanlike manner consistent with
standards of construction practice prevailing in Dane County, Wisconsin for
commercial buildings of like quality and free from all liens, charges and
encumbrances except for the Permitted Exceptions. All of Landlord's Work shall
be performed at Landlord's sole cost and expense, except for those items set
forth in Exhibit E annexed hereto and made a part of this lease which shall be
performed at Tenant's sole cost and expense. Tenant shall pay for such items
within five (5) days of receiving a notice requesting payment for any of such
items.

        (j) The term "laws of public authorities" shall mean any law, ordinance,
regulation, order, rule, proclamation, decree or requirement, ordinary or
extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, of the Federal or any state or municipal
government, or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, or
of any other public or quasi-public authority or group, including the Wisconsin
Board of Fire Underwriters, any local board thereof or any group having similar
functions, having jurisdiction over the Demised Premises.

        (k) The term "Lease Year" shall mean the calendar year in which the
Commencement Date occurs and each subsequent calendar year in which occurs any
portion of the term of this lease. The term "Complete Lease Year" shall describe
a Lease Year consisting of twelve (12) full calendar months; the term "Partial
Lease Year" shall mean a Lease Year which does not consist of twelve (12) full
calendar months.

        (l) The term "person" shall include any person, partnership,
corporation, firm or other legal entity.

        (m) The term "Plans and Specifications" shall mean (1) a complete set of
drawings covering all aspects of construction and preparation of the Demised
Premises including site, landscape, structural, architectural, mechanical and
electrical drawings, and (2) a complete set of specifications covering all
elements of construction, which drawings and specifications were filed with and
approved by the Building Department of Madison, Dane County, Wisconsin, and
which Plans and Specifications are more particularly described and set forth on
annexed Exhibit B, as such Plans and Specifications may be amended from time to
time in accordance with the terms of this lease.



                                        4





        (n) The term "Tax Year" shall mean the period of twelve months adopted
as the fiscal year for real estate tax purposes by the appropriate governmental
authorities.

        (o) The term "Unavoidable Delays" shall mean delays beyond the
reasonable control of Landlord, due to strikes, lock-outs, acts of God,
inability to obtain labor or materials despite the timely ordering and payment
therefor in accordance with customary construction practice, government
restrictions, enemy action, civil commotion, fire, flood, casualty, or other
similar causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

                                   ARTICLE III

                            PREPARATION FOR OCCUPANCY
                            -------------------------

        3.1 Landlord shall undertake and complete Landlord's Work in the manner
contemplated by Section 2.1(i) of this lease. Landlord shall make no material
change in Landlord's Work without the prior written consent of Tenant, which
Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold or delay.

        3.2 In the event that the Date of Completion is delayed as the probable
result of any change in the Plans and Specifications requested by Tenant, or as
the probable result of any willful act or omission of Tenant, then the Date of
Completion shall be deemed to occur on the date when it would have occurred but
for such delay, provided that Tenant's rights and obligations under this lease
other than the payment of Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall not commence
until the actual Date of Completion. Following its receipt of a notice
requesting payment, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for any extra costs
incurred by Landlord as a result of (a) changes requested by Tenant, whether or
not such changes delayed the Date of Completion, and (b) delays as described
above.

        3.3 Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall afford Tenant access
to the Building for the purpose of decorating the Building and making
alterations thereto which do not involve its structure or systems, at Tenant's
sole cost and expense, provided that in Landlord's reasonable judgment such
access will not interfere with the completion of Landlord's Work. Landlord
reserves the right to terminate Tenant's access if, in Landlord's sole judgment,
interference with the completion of Landlord's Work occurs. Any work performed
by Tenant shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance
with Article VII of this lease.

        3.4 In the event Tenant intends to take possession of the Demised
Premises prior to the Date of Completion of Landlord's Work, Tenant shall notify
Landlord at least five (5) days prior to such taking of possession.


                                        5






        3.5 In the event that the Date of Completion of Landlord's Work has not
occurred by May 31, 1986, then Landlord agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant
harmless from and against any claims, loss, costs, liability and expenses
(including attorneys' fees) incurred by Tenant as the result of (a) Tenant
holding over following the expiration of its lease at First Wisconsin Plaza, or
(b) extra moving and other costs incurred by Tenant due to the delay in the Date
of Completion of Landlord's Work. To make a claim pursuant to this Section 3.5,
Tenant shall provide Landlord with a statement clearly itemizing Tenant's
recoverable expenditures.

        3.6 Upon receipt of the final Certificate of Occupancy and the Board of
Fire Underwriters Certificate covering the Building, Landlord shall deliver such
original certificates to Tenant.

        3.7 Landlord represents that the following conditions will exist as of
the date of final completion of the Building and Improvements:

        (a) The Building and Improvements will be in compliance with all
applicable and material laws of public authorities relating to zoning, land use
and building code requirements;

        (b) The Building's HVAC, electrical, plumbing and other systems will be
in working order; and

        (c) The Building and Improvements will be free from defects.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                              RENT; ESCROW DEPOSIT
                              --------------------

        4.1 Tenant covenants and agrees to pay to Landlord (or to any other
person designated herein) as rent for the Demised Premises the following:

        (a) Fixed Rent amounting to $2,850,000.00 per annum, subject to increase
based upon increases in the Consumer Price Index (the "CPI Adjustments") as
provided in Section 4.2 (herein referred to as "Fixed Rent"); and

        (b) Additional Rent consisting of all other sums of whatsoever nature
which shall become due and payable by Tenant hereunder, and for default in the
payment of which Landlord shall have the same remedies as for a default in the
payment of Fixed Rent (herein referred to as "Additional Rent").



                                        6





        4.2 CPI Adjustments to the Fixed Rent shall be made on the seventh (7th)
and fourteenth (14th) anniversaries of the Commencement Date and at such other
times as are described in Article XXII of this lease (the "CPI Adjustment
Dates"). The base for computing the CPI Adjustments is the "Consumer Price Index
for all Urban Consumers, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, All Items (1967=100)" issued by
the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor (the
"Index") in effect for the month immediately prior to the month in which the
Commencement Date occurs (the "Beginning Index"). The Index published for the
month immediately preceding the CPI Adjustment Date in question (the "Adjustment
Index") is to be used in determining the amount of the increase in Fixed Rent.
Thus, if the Adjustment Index has increased over the Beginning Index, the
initial Fixed Rent specified in Section 4.1(a) shall increase commencing with
the CPI Adjustment Date in question by 60% of $2,850,000 multiplied by the
percentage increase of the Adjustment Index over the Beginning Index.

        4.3 Landlord shall, promptly after each CPI Adjustment Date, deliver to
Tenant a statement setting forth the amount of the CPI Adjustment and the basis
for such computation. Until Tenant has received such statement from Landlord,
the Fixed Rent shall be paid in an amount equal to the Fixed Rent in effect
prior to such CPI Adjustment Date. On the first day of the month following
receipt of the statement of the CPI Adjustment, Tenant shall pay, in addition to
the adjusted Fixed Rent for such month, an amount equal to the difference
between the amount paid by Tenant from the applicable CPI Adjustment Date and
the amount Tenant should have paid using the adjusted Fixed Rent.

        4.4 Landlord shall not be required to make any adjustments or
recomputations, retroactive or otherwise, by reason of any revision which may
later be made in the figure of the Index first published for any month.

        4.5 If the Index ceases to use the 1967 average equalling 100 as the
basis of calculation, or if a change is made in the term or number of items
contained in the Index, or if the Index is altered, modified, converted or
revised in any other way, then the Index shall be adjusted to the figure that
would have been arrived at had the change in the manner of computing the Index
in effect upon the Commencement Date of this Lease not been made. If such Index
shall no longer be published by said Bureau, then any substitute or successor
index published by said Bureau or other governmental agency of the United
States, and similarly adjusted as aforesaid, shall be used. If such Index (or a
successor or substitute index similarly adjusted) is not available, a reliable
governmental or other reputable publication selected by Landlord and evaluating
the information theretofore used in determining the Index shall be used.



                                        7





        4.6 The Fixed Rent shall be payable without demand in equal monthly
installments, in advance, on the first day of each and every calendar month
during the term of this lease (except that the first monthly installment or pro
rata portion thereof shall be due and payable as provided in Section 2.1(d)).

        4.7 Tenant shall pay the Fixed Rent by good and sufficient check
(subject to collection) drawn on a bank which is a member of the Federal Reserve
System to Landlord at the address aforesaid or at such other place as Landlord
may designate by notice.

        4.8 Tenant shall pay to Landlord, throughout the term of this lease, the
Fixed Rent and Additional Rent (except with respect to those items of Additional
Rent which are due and payable to persons other than Landlord), free of any
charges, assessments, impositions or deductions of any kind, and without
abatement or setoff except as hereinafter otherwise expressly provided. Tenant's
obligations hereunder shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the
term of this lease.

        4.9 As of the Commencement Date, Tenant shall deposit the sum of
$2,000,000 into an escrow account held by an escrow agent which is acceptable to
the holder of the first permanent mortgage on the Demised Premises (the
"Lender"). Tenant shall have the exclusive right to direct the investment
(including reinvestment) of the funds deposited, subject to limitations as to
the categories of permissible investments and as to the liquidity of such
investments. In the event of Tenant's default beyond any applicable grace period
in the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due and payable pursuant to this
lease, the deposit, together with all interest earned thereon, shall be made
available to Landlord in such amounts as are necessary to cure Tenant's default.
If at the time of such default by Tenant, either (a) Landlord is simultaneously
in default beyond any applicable grace period to Lender, or (b) the outstanding
principal balance of Lender's mortgage loan is due, then the entire deposit,
together with all interest earned thereon, shall be made available to Lender in
reduction of the outstanding principal balance payable by Landlord to Lender. In
the event that Tenant fully and faithfully complies with its payment obligations
pursuant to this lease, the deposit, together with all interest earned thereon,
shall be returned to Tenant upon the earlier to occur of the date when the
Demised Premises are free and clear of all fee mortgages or the Expiration Date.

        All of the above terms shall be incorporated in an Escrow Agreement
which shall be acceptable to Lender and which shall be substantially in the form
of Exhibit F annexed hereto and made a part of this lease.



                                        8





                                    ARTICLE V

                                       USE
                                       ---

        5.1 Tenant shall have the right to use and occupy the Demised Premises
for any lawful purpose including but not limited to any purpose permitted by
variance, special permit or other application, provided that such use will in no
way impair the character, reputation or appearance of the Building as a first
class office building or diminish the value of the Demised Premises.

        5.2 Tenant shall not use, improve or occupy, or suffer or permit the
use, improvement or occupancy of the Demised Premises contrary to the laws of
public authorities (including applicable zoning laws) or in violation of
insurance policies then in force or of the Certificate of Occupancy, as the same
may be amended from time to time, issued for the Building.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                        OBLIGATION TO MAINTAIN AND REPAIR
                        ---------------------------------

        6.1 Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly make all necessary interior,
non-structural repairs to the Building and the fixtures, appurtenances and
installations therein, which repairs are not necessitated by the negligence of
Landlord, its employees, contractors or agents. In addition, Tenant shall be
responsible, at its expense, for making all repairs to any special or
supplemental Mechanical Systems (as hereinafter defined) and/or communications
systems installed by or at the request of Tenant. Tenant shall not, however, be
responsible for repairing any Mechanical Systems installed in accordance with
Exhibit B attached hereto.

        6.2 Except as otherwise provided in this Article VI and in Article XI,
Landlord shall maintain the Demised Premises in good working order and repair
consistent with the standards prevailing in first class commercial office
protection in Madison, Wisconsin. Without limiting its obligations, Landlord,
among other things, shall regularly maintain, service and repair plumbing,
heating, ventilation, air conditioning, sprinkler, electrical and all other
mechanical systems and all equipment, machinery, fixtures and appurtenance
thereto ("Mechanical Systems"); make all structural repairs when required;
maintain and repair the parking lot (including any necessary repaving), vaults
(if any), signs, railings, roof of the Building, exterior lighting fixtures,
exterior electrical work, pipes and mains (unless owned by the utility company),
curbs and utility connections; maintain and repair all sidewalks, driveways and
plazas abutting the Building and on the Demised Premises; keep the Demised


                                        9





Premises painted and landscaped in a manner consistent with the standards
prevailing in first class commercial office projects in Madison, Wisconsin; keep
the Demised Premises clean and free of debris, snow and ice; and repair all
broken glass.

        6.3 Landlord shall arrange for rubbish removal and shall provide
cleaning services for the Building during other than Business Hours in
accordance with Exhibit G annexed hereto and made a part of this lease. In no
event, however, shall Landlord be responsible for cleaning any space containing
computer facilities.

        6.4 Subject to the provisions of Section 6.5, Tenant shall pay to
Landlord as Additional Rent within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord's
statement clearly itemizing Landlord's expenditures and setting forth the amount
payable by Tenant, all amounts in excess of $132,000 (the "Repair Base")
expended by Landlord during any Complete Lease Year to fulfill its obligations
pursuant to Section 6.2 and all amounts in excess of $128,000 (the "Cleaning
Base") expended by Landlord during any Complete Lease Year to fulfill its
obligations pursuant to Section 6.3. Appropriate pro rata adjustments shall be
made to determine the sums payable by Tenant pursuant to this Section 6.4 in the
event of a Partial Lease Year. Landlord may bill Tenant monthly when Landlord
has incurred obligations in excess of the Repair Base or the Cleaning Base, as
the case may be.

        6.5 Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, within ten (10)
days of receipt of Landlord's statement itemizing Landlord's expenditures and
setting forth the amount payable by Tenant, the entire cost of all maintenance,
service and repairs performed by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.2 as a result of
the following:

        (a) Damage or injury to the Building (including its fixtures,
appurtenances and Mechanical Systems) or to any other portion of the Demised
Premises resulting from the carelessness, omission, neglect, negligence or
improper conduct of Tenant or its employees, contractors, agents, licensees or
invitees; and

        (b) The erection by Tenant of signs and specialized exterior lighting
fixtures upon the Demised Premises.

        In the event Tenant pays any Additional Rent pursuant to this Section
6.5, then the Repair Base in Section 6.4 shall be increased, for that Lease Year
only, by an amount equal to such Additional Rent payment. If Tenant disputes the
amount to be paid pursuant to this Section 6.5, then such dispute may be
submitted to arbitration pursuant to Article XXII hereof.



                                       10





        6.6 Landlord warrants that the structure (including but not limited to
foundation, exterior walls and cross beams, but excluding the Mechanical
Systems) of the Building will be free of all defects for a period of one (1)
year after the Commencement Date, and that the roof of the Building will be free
of all defects for a period of five (5) years after the Commencement Date.
Landlord, upon receipt of notice thereof from Tenant during the time periods
specified herein, shall correct any such defect to the reasonable satisfaction
of Tenant, and the cost of such repairs shall not be included in calculations of
the amounts expended by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.4. Any notice delivered
by Tenant pursuant to this section shall include the certified statement of a
qualified architect or engineer chosen by Tenant specifying the defect(s) in
reasonable detail.

        Landlord shall transfer to Tenant all transferable warranties and
guaranties then in effect with respect to the Building or any of the Mechanical
Systems after the date on which Landlord shall no longer be responsible therefor
and Tenant shall thereupon be entitled to avail itself of any such warranties
and guaranties.

        Anything in this Section 6.6 to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord's
warranties and obligations herein shall not apply to any defects or deficiencies
caused by (i) decorations or alterations made by Tenant pursuant to Section 3.4
or Section 7.1, or (ii) the carelessness, omission, neglect, negligence or
improper conduct of Tenant or its employees, contractors, agents, invitees or
licensees. In addition, Landlord warranties shall not apply to the Tech Center.

        6.7 Landlord warrants to discharge any liens filed against the Demised
Premises arising in connection with Landlord's Work or Landlord's repairs
pursuant to Section 6.2 promptly after receipt of notice thereof and to pay all
monies due and payable by Landlord in connection therewith.

        6.8 Tenant shall not be entitled to claim a constructive eviction from
the Demised Premises for failure of Landlord to perform its obligations
hereunder unless Tenant shall have first notified Landlord of the condition or
conditions giving rise thereto, and if the complaint be justified, unless
Landlord shall have failed to commence and diligently prosecute to completion
the remedy for such conditions within a reasonable time after receipt of such
notice, provided that if Tenant is unable to use or occupy the Demised Premises
or portion thereof as a result of any such condition or conditions (and any
dispute in respect thereof which is submitted to arbitration is so determined by
the arbitrators to be the case), then Tenant, subject to Section 6.9, shall be
entitled to a pro rata abatement in Fixed Rent and Additional Rent for the
duration of the period during which Tenant is unable to use and occupy the
Demised Premises or


                                       11





portion thereof. In such event, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any Fixed
Rent and Additional Rent paid by Tenant applicable to the period during which
Tenant shall have been unable to use and occupy the Demised Premises or portion
thereof and unless paid or credited to Tenant's account within thirty (30) days
after Tenant's right to an abatement has been conclusively established, said
reimbursement shall include interest thereon at the rate publicly announced from
time to time by Chemical Bank as its prime rate from the date of each such
payment made by Tenant to the date of reimbursement by Landlord. Landlord shall
use its best efforts to remedy any such condition or conditions described above.

        6.9 Landlord reserves the right, without any liability whatsoever or
abatement of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent, to stop the Mechanical Systems or to
restrict or suspend access to portions of the parking lot or other areas of the
Demised Premises, whenever required, to perform such repairs and other work as
is the obligation of Landlord under the terms of this lease, provided that
except in the event of an emergency and only if Landlord is unable in such case
to give prior notice, Landlord will notify Tenant in advance of any such
stoppage, restriction or suspension and, if ascertainable, will notify Tenant of
its estimated duration. Landlord agrees to use its best efforts to prosecute and
complete the work necessary to enable full resumption of such service or such
access as promptly as possible and to minimize interference with Tenant's use
and enjoyment of the Demised Premises; provided that Landlord shall be under no
obligation to prosecute the work during other than Business Hours.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the stoppage of any Mechanical Systems shall
continue for forty-eight (48) consecutive hours and provided that Tenant is
unable to use or occupy the Demised Premises or any portion thereof as a result
of such stoppage, then Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall thenceforth
proportionately abate based on the amount of space which cannot be used or
occupied by Tenant until such stoppage ceases and Tenant is able to resume
occupancy of the Demised Premises or portion thereof.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   ALTERATIONS

        7.1 Tenant, at its own cost and expense, may make additions, alterations
and changes (collectively, "alterations") in and to the Demised Premises from
time to time during the term of this lease as Tenant may deem necessary or
desirable, without the prior approval of Landlord, subject to compliance with
the following:

        (a) The alterations shall be made in a good and workmanlike manner, in
compliance with all insurance requirements


                                       12





and laws of public authorities, and all necessary permits and licenses shall be
timely obtained;

        (b) With respect to structural alterations only, copies of all necessary
permits and licenses, together with plans and specifications applicable to the
alterations, shall be delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) business days
prior to commencement of the alterations, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon
notice, a reasonable charge for the costs (including legal, architectural and
engineering fees) incurred by Landlord in reviewing the permits, licenses, plans
and specifications;

        (c) The Demised Premises shall at all times be kept free of liens for
labor or materials supplied to the Demised Premises;

        (d) Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against
any cost or claim (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) made in
connection with any lien or otherwise resulting from the prosecution of the
alterations; and

        (e) Prior to commencing the alterations, Tenant or its contractors shall
procure and shall thereafter maintain at all times when any work is in progress,
workmen's compensation insurance, general liability insurance and standard form
of fire and extended coverage insurance (with Builder's Risk endorsement, if
appropriate), appropriate in coverage and amount.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, alterations that (i) increase Landlord's
maintenance, repair and cleaning costs pursuant to Section 6.2 or Section 6.3,
or (ii) change the exterior appearance of the Demised Premises, or (iii) impact
adversely upon the structural integrity of the Building or (iv) detract from or
diminish the value of the Demised Premises as a commercial office project, shall
be made only with the prior written consent of Landlord.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                TENANT'S PROPERTY
                                -----------------

        8.1 All fixtures, equipment, improvements and appurtenances which are
affixed to the Building and/or to the Demised Premises by Tenant in such manner
as to be part of the realty during the term of this lease (other than Tenant's
Property, as defined in Section 8.3 hereof) shall be and remain a part of the
Demised Premises and shall become the property of Landlord at the expiration of
the term of this lease and thus shall not be removed by Tenant, except as
hereinafter expressly provided. Tenant alone shall be entitled to take
depreciation on all such


                                       13





fixtures, equipment, improvements and appurtenances during the term of this
lease.

        8.2 Tenant shall have the right, on notice to Landlord (and with the
consent of Landlord in instances where the anticipated cost exceeds $50,000), to
replace any Mechanical System in the Building on or after the Commencement Date
where replacement thereof is reasonably required by Tenant for use and occupancy
of the Demised Premises, provided that such replacement Mechanical System shall
be at least equal in capacity and in quality to the original and further
provided that Landlord's warranty as to such replacement Mechanical System shall
cease as of the date of the replacement. Tenant alone shall be entitled to take
depreciation on any such replacement Mechanical System during the term of this
lease, but shall not be entitled to remove such Mechanical System upon the
expiration or earlier termination of the term of this lease.

        8.3 All counters, screens, grille work, cages, railings, partitions,
paneling, other business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment,
communications equipment, signs, computers and amenities, whether or not
attached to or built into the Building, which are located in the Building by
Tenant on the Commencement Date or thereafter installed in the Building by or
for the account of Tenant or any subtenant of Tenant and can be removed without
permanent structural damage to the Building, and all furniture, furnishings and
other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or a subtenant of Tenant and
located in the Building (all of which are herein collectively called "Tenant's
Property") shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant or any such
subtenant (and only Tenant or any such subtenant may take depreciation thereon),
as the case may be, and may be installed or removed at any time and from time to
time during the term of this lease, at the option of Tenant, provided that (i)
such installation or removal is accomplished without damage to the Building, is
conducted in accordance with all laws of public authorities, insurance
requirements and terms of this lease, and (ii) Tenant shall repair or shall pay
the actual cost to repair any damage to the Building resulting from such
installation or removal. Tenant's obligation pursuant to clause (ii) herein
shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this lease.

        8.4 Any of Tenant's Property (excluding money, securities or like
valuables) which shall remain in the Building in excess of five (5) business
days after the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this lease may, at the
option of Landlord, be deemed to have been abandoned and either may be retained
by Landlord as its property or be disposed of, without accountability, in such
manner as Landlord may deem appropriate, at Tenant's expense.



                                       14






                                   ARTICLE IX

                    PAYMENT OF IMPOSITIONS; SEPARATE TAX LOT
                    ----------------------------------------

        9.1 Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of all Impositions.
However, from and after the Commencement Date (the "Imposition Date") and
thereafter throughout the term of this lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as
Additional Rent, within ten (10) days of receipt of Landlord's statement clearly
setting forth the amount payable by Tenant, or at least 30 days prior to the
date that payments are due to the taxing authorities or any superior mortgagee,
whichever date is later, all Impositions in excess of $491,381 (the "Base Tax")
for any Tax Year occurring entirely during the term of this lease. Tenant shall
pay such Additional Rent notwithstanding the pendency of a contest or proceeding
brought by either Landlord or Tenant.

        In the event the assessed value of the Demised Premises is decreased ar
a direct result of a substantial change in the Land or the rentable floor space
of the Building, including such a change resulting from a condemnation or
casualty, unrelated to normal depreciation in valuation, then the Base Tax shall
be appropriately reduced to take into account the change in the Land or the
rentable floor space of the Building.


        9.2 All Impositions for the Tax Year in which the Imposition Date occurs
and all Impositions for the Tax Year in which the expiration or earlier
termination of the term of this lease (but not as the result of Tenant's
default) occurs shall be apportioned between Landlord and Tenant on a basis
consistent with the principles underlying the provisions of this Article IX,
taking into consideration the portion of such Tax Year which shall have elapsed
after the Commencement Date and prior to the expiration or earlier termination
of the term of this lease.

        9.3 In the event that Landlord or Tenant shall fail to pay such
Impositions or Additional Rent, as the case may be, as may be the obligation of
such party hereunder, the other party may, at its election, pay the same in
accordance with the provisions of Article XIX hereof.

        9.4 Landlord shall at all times have the right, but not the obligation,
to contest any such Impositions in any manner permitted by law and/or to
endeavor, through proceedings or otherwise, to obtain a lowering of the assessed
valuation of the Demised Premises for the purpose of reducing the Impositions.
Any such contest or proceeding may include prompt appeals from any judgments,
decrees or orders until a determination is made by a court having final
jurisdiction in the matter. All actions taken by Landlord to commence, prosecute
and settle contests or proceedings shall be performed at the expense of Tenant,
and


                                       15





Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within fifteen (15) days after Landlord
furnishes a statement specifying the costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred by Landlord.

        9.5 Upon obtaining the consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld, Tenant may diligently bring any contest or proceeding
described in Section 9.4 at its own expense and in its own name, or, whenever
required by law or any rule or regulation or order to make such action or
proceeding effective, in Landlord's name.

        Landlord agrees, at the request of Tenant, to cooperate with Tenant in
effecting such contest or proceeding, including, without limitation, executing
any and all documents reasonably necessary in connection with such contest or
proceeding, but without expense or liability to Landlord. Tenant hereby agrees
to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements), claims, loss, liability and
damage by reason of, or in connection with, any such contest or proceeding.
Tenant shall keep Landlord advised as to the status of such contest or
proceeding.

        9.6 Landlord and Tenant agree that no settlement of any proceeding by
Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall result in an assessed valuation of
the Demised Premises for such tax year greater than the assessed valuation of
the Demised Premises for such tax year as originally imposed, unless the other
party reasonably consents thereto.

        9.7 If, by reason of any contest or proceeding, all or any part of the
amount of any Imposition shall be refunded or returned to Landlord, then
Landlord shall promptly pay to Tenant the entire portion of the refund which is
attributable to the amount of such Imposition in excess of the Base Tax, less
the reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in obtaining such refund.

        9.8 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article
IX, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall bring any contest or proceeding which
would violate the terms of the Waiver of Objection to Assessed Valuation,
executed by Landlord on January 15, 1985, a copy of which is annexed hereto as
Exhibit H.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                    UTILITIES
                                    ---------

        10.1 From and after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall pay when due
all charges for water, sewer, gas, electricity, and fuel used on or about the
Demised Premises. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, within ten
(10) days of


                                       16





receipt of Landlord's statement clearly setting forth the amount payable by
Tenant, all amounts in excess of $350,000 (the "Utility Base") expended by
Landlord during any Complete Lease Year. Appropriate pro rata adjustments shall
be made to determine the sums payable by Tenant pursuant to this Section 10.1 in
the event of a Partial Lease Year. Landlord may bill Tenant monthly when
Landlord has incurred obligations in excess of the Utility Base.

        10.2 In no event shall Tenant's use of electric current in the Demised
Premises exceed the capacity of any of the electrical conductors or other
equipment in or otherwise serving the Demised Premises.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                              COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
                              --------------------

        11.1 Subsequent to the Commencement Date and except for (i) unfinished
Landlord's Work as described in Section 2.1(i), (ii) Landlord's warranties under
Section 6.6 hereof, and (iii) maintenance and repairs which Landlord is
obligated to perform pursuant to Section 6.2 (but not including maintenance and
repairs which would not reasonably be required in the absence of laws of public
authorities taking effect after the Commencement Date), Tenant, at its expense,
shall diligently comply with all laws of public authorities applicable to the
Demised Premises.

        11.2 Tenant may, at its expense, (and, if necessary, in the name of but
without expense to Landlord) contest, by appropriate proceedings prosecuted
diligently and in good faith, the validity or applicability to the Demised
Premises of any law of public authority, and Landlord shall cooperate with
Tenant in such proceedings, and shall execute any documents or pleadings
reasonably required by Tenant for such purpose, provided that Landlord shall not
be subject to the risk of criminal prosecution or penalty or the risk of
material civil liability, nor shall the Demised Premises or any Fixed Rent or
Additional Rent be in danger of being forfeited or lost by reason of
non-compliance or otherwise by reason of such contest. Tenant hereby agrees to
indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements), claims, loss, liability and
damage by reason of or in connection with any such proceeding unless the
proceeding is due to Landlord's failure to observe or perform its obligations
under this lease, in which latter event Landlord shall be entitled to enter the
proceedings in place of Tenant and shall indemnify and hold Tenant harmless as
aforesaid. Tenant shall keep Landlord advised as to the status of such
proceedings.



                                       17





        11.3 Notwithstanding any provision of this lease to the contrary, if,
after the Building and Improvements are completed in accordance with the Plans
and Specifications, any future law of public authority applicable to the Demised
Premises requires changes or alterations to be made which under generally
accepted accounting principles would be deemed to be capital expenditures, then
it is agreed that Tenant shall do the work (subject to Landlord's right to
approve the cost thereof and, at its election, to perform the work at the same
or lower estimated cost, including the reasonable costs of any required
architects and/or engineers) and the cost thereof shall be apportioned between
Landlord and Tenant on a straight-line basis over a period of eighteen (18)
years; it being agreed, for the purpose of this lease, that any such expenditure
shall be deemed to have a useful life expectancy of eighteen (18) years. The
cost of the expenditure shall be initially paid in full by Tenant at the time of
performance of the work, but shall ultimately be allocated so that Tenant shall
only be responsible for that portion thereof attributable to the period up to
the Expiration Date (as same may be extended in accordance with the terms of
this lease) and Landlord shall be responsible for that portion attributable to
the period after the Expiration Date. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant on the
Expiration Date for that portion of the cost allocable to Landlord as
hereinabove provided, with simple interest thereon at an annual rate of 10% from
the date of Tenant's final payment for the work.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING; LEASEHOLD MORTGAGE

        12.1 Tenant shall have the right to assign its interest in this lease or
to sublet all or any portion of the Demised Premises, provided that (a) in
Landlord's reasonable judgment, such assignee or sublessee, and the use to which
the assignee or sublessee intends to put the Demised Premises, shall be of a
character appropriate to the character, reputation and appearance of the Demised
Premises as a first class office project; (b) the financial condition of such
assignee or sublessee shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (c) the
assignment or subletting meets all requirements imposed by Lender and the holder
at the time of the proposed assignment or subletting of any other fee mortgage
upon all or any portion of the Demised Premises. Tenant shall not be permitted
to proceed with the proposed assignment or subletting until it receives
Landlord's written confirmation that conditions (a), (b) and (c) above have been
met and until Tenant complies with all other requirements specified herein in
Article XII.

        12.2 The conditions of clauses (a) and (b) of Section 12.1 hereof shall
not apply to transactions with a corporation


                                       18





into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or with an entity to which
substantially all of Tenant's assets are transferred (provided such merger or
transfer of assets is for a good business purpose and not principally for the
purpose of transferring the leasehold estate created hereby, and provided
further, that the assignee has a net worth at least equal to or in excess of the
net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger or transfer), nor shall
such conditions apply to transactions with an entity which controls or is
controlled by Tenant or is under common control with Tenant.

        12.3 Any assignment or transfer, whether made pursuant to Section 12.1
or Section l2.2, shall be made only if, and shall not be effective until the
assignee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a recordable
agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, whereby
the assignee shall assume the obligations and performance of this lease and
agree to be personally bound by and upon all of the covenants, agreements,
terms, provisions and conditions hereof on the part of Tenant to be performed or
observed and whereby the assignee shall agree that the provisions of this
Article XII shall, notwithstanding such an assignment or transfer, continue to
be binding upon it in the future.

        12.4 Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after the execution and delivery
of an assignment or sublease, deliver a conformed copy thereof (and,
subsequently, any amendment(s) or modification(s) thereto) to Landlord.

        12.5 The liability of Tenant for the due performance by Tenant of the
obligations on its part to be performed under this lease, shall not be
discharged, released or impaired in any respect by an agreement or stipulation
made by Landlord or any grantee or assignee of Landlord, by way of mortgage, or
otherwise, extending the time of or modifying any of the obligations contained
in this lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the
obligations on Tenant's part to be performed under this lease, and Tenant shall
continue liable hereunder. If any such agreement or modification operates to
increase the obligations of a tenant under this lease, the liability under this
Section 12.5 of the Tenant named in the lease or any of its successors in
interest (unless such party shall have expressly consented in writing to such
agreement or modification), shall continue to be no greater than if such
agreement or modification had not been made. To charge Tenant named in this
lease and its successors in interest, no demand or notice of any default shall
be required; Tenant and each of its successors in interest hereby expressly
waives any such demand or notice.



                                       19





        12.6 In consideration for any exercise of its rights pursuant to Section
12.1 or Section 12.2, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent:

          (i) in the case of an assignment, an amount equal to one-half (1/2) of
     all sums and other considerations paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by
     reason of such assignment (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the
     sale or rental of Tenant's Property, less, in the case of a sale thereof,
     the then net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof determined on the
     basis of Tenant's federal income tax returns); and

          (ii) in the case of a sublease, one-half (1/2) of any rents,
     additional charges or other consideration payable under the sublease to
     Tenant by the subtenant which is in excess of the Fixed Rent and Additional
     Rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased
     space (at the rate per square foot payable by Tenant hereunder) pursuant to
     the terms hereof (including, but not limited to, sums paid for the sale or
     rental of Tenant's Property, less, in the case of the sale thereof, the net
     unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof, determined on the basis of
     Tenant's federal income tax returns).

The sums payable under this Section 12.6(ii) shall be paid to Landlord as and
when paid by the subtenant to Tenant. Notwithstanding this Section 12.6(ii),
however, Tenant shall be obligated to pay Landlord all excess rents, additional
charges or other consideration relating to a sublease of that portion of the
Building described in Exhibit I attached hereto and made a part of this lease.

        12.7 Landlord's consent to any sublease or assignment shall not be
deemed or construed to modify, amend or affect the terms and provisions of this
lease, or Tenant's obligations hereunder, which shall continue to apply to the
occupants thereof, as if the sublease or assignment had not been made. Tenant
covenants that, notwithstanding any assignment or sublease, whether or not in
violation of the provisions of this lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of
Fixed Rent or Additional Rent by Landlord from an assignee or sublessee or any
other party, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for the payment of
the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due and to become due under this lease and
for the performance of all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and
conditions of this lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed. In
the event that Tenant defaults in the payment of any Fixed Rent or Additional
Rent, Landlord is authorized to collect any rents due or accruing from any
assignee, subtenant or other occupant of the Demised Premises and to apply the
net amounts collected to the Fixed Rent


                                       20





and Additional Rent reserved herein, and the receipt of any such amounts by
Landlord from an assignee or subtenant, or other occupant of any part of the
Demised Premises, shall not be deemed or construed as releasing Tenant from
Tenant's obligations hereunder or the acceptance of that party as a direct
tenant.

        12.8 Tenant shall include, or cause to be included, in each sublease a
provision prohibiting the assignment of the sublease or subletting thereunder
without complete compliance with the terms of this Article XII. If such sublease
or subletting is assigned or further sublet without complete compliance with the
terms of this Article XII, Tenant shall immediately terminate such sublease, or
arrange for the termination thereof, and proceed expeditiously to have the
occupant thereunder dispossessed.

        12.9 Notwithstanding any other provision of this lease to the contrary,
the extension options contained in Article XXII may not be sold, assigned or
otherwise transferred separately from this lease.

        12.10 Tenant shall have the right to mortgage this lease and Tenant's
leasehold estate herein ("leasehold mortgage") at any time, and from time to
time, without limit as to amount and number and on any terms Tenant may deem
desirable, and to assign this lease and existing or future subleases, license
agreements and concession agreements and the rentals and fees thereunder to the
holder of any such mortgage ("leasehold mortgagee") as additional collateral
security for the indebtedness secured by the leasehold mortgage, provided such
mortgage is subordinate to the first mortgage on the Demised Premises and any
future fee mortgage permitted under this lease.

        12.11 If Tenant shall have executed and delivered a leasehold mortgage
and the leasehold mortgagee shall have notified Landlord to such effect giving
its name and address; (a) Landlord concurrently shall serve upon such leasehold
mortgagee a copy of each notice, consent, approval, request or demand given to
Tenant under this lease, and (b) such leasehold mortgagee shall have the right,
for a period of ten (10) days more than is given to Tenant, to remedy or cause
to be remedied any default which is the basis of a notice; and Landlord shall
accept performance by such leasehold mortgagee as performance by Tenant.
Notwithstanding the above, the leasehold mortgagee shall not have extra time to
remedy a default in the event of an emergency or the potential forfeiture of an
interest or right of Landlord or where the leasehold mortgagee is an affiliate
of Tenant.




                                       21





                                  ARTICLE XIII

                     SUBORDINATION; NON-DISTURBANCE; NOTICE
                     --------------------------------------
                             TO SUPERIOR MORTGAGEES
                             ----------------------

        13.1 Subject to the conditions provided in Section 13.2 hereof, this
lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of all mortgages now or
hereafter encumbering the Demised Premises, and to each advance made or
hereafter to be made under such mortgages, and to all renewals, modifications,
consolidations, replacements and extensions of such mortgages. The fee mortgages
to which this lease is subject and subordinate pursuant to this Section 13.1 are
hereinafter sometimes called "superior mortgages" and the holder of a superior
mortgage at the time referred to is hereinafter sometimes called "superior
mortgagee."

        13.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 hereof, the
subordination of this lease to any superior mortgage is subject to the express
condition that so long as this lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is
not in default beyond the expiration of any applicable grace period, (a) the
rights of Tenant under this lease (including but not limited to the rights of
Tenant under Article XV and Article XVI with respect to the disposition of the
proceeds of any casualty or with respect to any condemnation award, as the case
may be) shall in no manner be affected thereby, (b) Tenant shall not be joined
as a party defendant in any foreclosure action or proceeding which may be
instituted or taken by the holder of such superior mortgage and (c) Tenant shall
not be evicted from the Demised Premises nor shall Tenant's leasehold estate
hereunder be terminated or disturbed by reason of any default under such
superior mortgage.

        13.3 In the event Tenant has the right pursuant to any provision in this
lease, immediately or after lapse of a period of time, to cancel or to terminate
this lease, or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant shall not exercise
such right (a) until it has given written notice of the act or omission
triggering the right to Landlord and to each superior mortgagee whose name and
address shall previously have been furnished to Tenant in writing and (b) unless
such act or omission shall be one which is not capable of being remedied by
Landlord or such superior mortgagees within a reasonable period of time, until a
reasonable period of time for remedying such act or omission shall elapse during
which the superior mortgagees shall be entitled to remedy the same but shall
fail to commence any good faith efforts to do so (which reasonable period shall
be at least fifteen (15) days more than the period to which Landlord is entitled
under this lease, after similar notice, to effect such remedy). Once a superior
mortgagee commences good faith efforts within a reasonable period of time to
remedy Landlord's default, Tenant shall not exercise its rights as aforesaid


                                       22





provided that the superior mortgagee continues with diligence and continuity to
remedy the act or omission.

        13.4 If the holder of a superior mortgage shall succeed to the rights of
Landlord under this lease, whether through foreclosure or delivery of a deed in
lieu thereof or for any other reason whatsoever, then at the request of such
party (herein sometimes called "successor landlord") Tenant shall attorn to and
shall recognize such successor landlord as Landlord under this lease, and shall
promptly execute and deliver any instrument that such successor landlord may
reasonably request to evidence such attornment. Upon such attornment, this lease
shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the successor
landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants as are set
forth in this lease; provided, however, that the successor landlord shall not
(a) be liable for any previous act or omission of Landlord under this lease or
(b) be subject to any offset, not expressly provided for in this lease, which
theretofore shall have accrued to Tenant against Landlord or (c) be bound by any
previous prepayment of more than one month's Fixed Rent unless such prepayment
shall have been expressly approved in writing by the successor landlord or (d)
be liable for the return of any escrow deposit provided for in this lease,
unless such deposit shall actually have been deposited with the successor
landlord.

        13.5 So long as there is a first superior mortgage encumbering the
Demised Premises, Landlord and Tenant, without first obtaining the written
consent of the holder of the first superior mortgage, will not enter into any
agreement, the effect of which would be to (a) cancel, terminate or surrender
this lease or (b) reduce the Fixed Rent or require the prepayment of any Fixed
Rent (or Additional Rent) in advance of the date specified in this lease or (c)
create any offsets or claims against the Fixed Rent except as is expressly
provided for by the terms of this lease.

        13.6 Within twenty (20) days after written request by Landlord, Tenant
shall execute a subordination and non-disturbance agreement consistent with the
provisions of this lease evidencing the subordination of this lease to any
superior mortgage.


                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                    INSURANCE
                                    ---------

        14.1 From and after the Commencement Date, Landlord, at its own cost and
expense, shall maintain in effect for the benefit of Landlord and Tenant:



                                       23





        (a) insurance covering the Demised Premises against loss or damage by
fire and such risks as are customarily included in extended coverage
endorsements attached to fire insurance policies covering comparable property in
the vicinity of the Demised Premises, in an amount not less than the full
replacement cost thereof, but which may include a deductible not to exceed
$25,000 per occurrence; and

        (b) boiler and machinery insurance in an amount not less than
$1,000,000; provided, however, that for so long as there shall be no high
pressure boiler in the Building, Landlord shall carry insurance in a comparable
amount covering damage incurred as a result of the explosion or rupture of steam
pipes (a "Difference in Conditions Policy").

The words "full replacement cost" as used in subdivision (a) of this Section
14.1 shall mean the cost of actual replacement (excluding foundation and
excavation costs and cost of underground flues, pipes and drains).

        14.2 From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant, at its own cost and
expense, shall maintain for the mutual benefit of Landlord and Tenant:

        (a) public liability insurance in the minimum amount of $10,000,000 with
respect to bodily injury or death resulting from any one accident, and not less
than $1,000,000 with respect to property damage. Landlord may reasonably request
increases in the amounts of liability insurance maintained by Tenant to raise
coverage to the levels existing at comparable properties in the vicinity of the
Demised Premises;

        (b) rent insurance for the benefit of Landlord in an amount equal to the
sum of (i) the Fixed Rent payable by Tenant for the subsequent period of one
full year (regardless of whether one full year shall be then remaining in the
term of this lease), and (ii) all of the Additional Rent which Tenant would be
required to pay to Landlord pursuant to Articles VI, IX, and X for the
subsequent period of one full year (regardless of whether one full year shall be
then remaining in the term of this lease) in the event that Landlord's total
expenditures pursuant to such Articles for the previous period of one full year
increase by 12%; and

        (c) such other or additional insurance in such amounts and forms against
other insurable hazards as may be reasonably required by Landlord or by the
terms of the first superior mortgage.

        14.3 The insurance required under this Article XIV shall be effected by
valid and enforceable policies acceptable to the first superior mortgagee and
issued by insurance


                                       24





companies licensed to do business in the State of Wisconsin, with a general
policyholder's rating of at least "A" and a financial rating of at least Class
XI, as rated in the latest edition of Best's Insurance Guide. Any insurance
policy or policies under this Article may cover the Demised Premises and any
other properties owned or operated by Tenant or Landlord, provided that any such
policy or policies shall identify the Demised Premises and shall comply with the
requirements of this Article.

        14.4 Upon the Commencement Date and thereafter, not less than thirty
(30) days prior to the expiration date of any expiring policies theretofore
furnished pursuant to this Article, certificates of such policies or renewal
policies, as the case may be, shall be delivered by the party required to obtain
such policies to the other party. If the Demised Premises are covered by any
superior mortgages, certificates of the policies for the insurance required
under this Article shall be delivered to the holder of each superior mortgage as
well. If Landlord requests, Tenant shall deliver the actual insurance policies
(rather than insurance certificates) to the holder of the first superior
mortgage.

        14.5 All policies of insurance required under Section 14.1 shall name
Landlord and Tenant as the insured parties, as their respective interests may
appear, and also shall be payable, under a standard non-contributory mortgagee
endorsement, to the holder of any superior mortgage covering the Demised
Premises. Each policy of insurance required under Sections 14.1 and 14.2 shall
contain an agreement by the insurer that it will not be cancelled, allowed to
lapse or reduced in amount without at least twenty (20) days' prior written
notice to Landlord, Tenant and the holder of any superior mortgage, the name and
address of which is furnished to the insurer.

        14.6 All policies described in Sections 14.1 and 14.2 shall be written
as primary policies and not contributing to or being in excess of any other
coverage which Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, may carry. Each policy,
including the policy described in Section 14.7, shall provide that any loss
otherwise payable thereunder shall be payable notwithstanding any act,
negligence or omission of Landlord or Tenant which might, absent such provision,
result in a forfeiture of all or a part of such insurance payment, or the
occupation or use of any portion of the Demised Premises for purposes more
hazardous than permitted by the provisions of such policy. All policies of fire
and extended coverage insurance pursuant to Section 14.1 shall contain "agreed
amount" endorsements, provided, however, that in lieu thereof Landlord may elect
to have the then full replacement cost of the Demised Premises determined at
reasonable intervals (but not less often than once every two years) by the
underwriter of fire insurance on the Demised Premises or, if such underwriter
will not act, by a qualified appraiser satisfactory to Landlord. Upon


                                       25





completion, a copy of such determination shall be promptly delivered to Tenant.

        14.7 From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant, at its own cost and
expense, shall maintain a fire insurance policy or policies covering the full
replacement value of Tenant's Property.

        14.8 Each policy described in this Article XIV shall contain appropriate
clauses, if obtainable, providing that the insurer (a) waives it's right of
subrogation against all parties hereto with respect to losses payable under such
policy or policies and/or (b) agrees that such policy or policies shall not be
invalidated if any insured thereunder shall waive in writing, prior to any loss,
any or all rights of recovery against any other party for losses covered by such
policy or policies. The waiver of subrogation or permission for release referred
to herein shall extend to the agents, employees and invitees of each party and,
in the case of Tenant, shall also extend to any other person occupying or using
the Demised Premises.

        14.9 In the event of any loss, Tenant shall give Landlord immediate
notice thereof. Landlord shall have the right to prosecute or contest, or to
require Tenant to prosecute or contest, any claim under any of the insurance
policies, or any adjustment, settlement or compromise thereof. All proceeds of
any insurance required under Section 14.1 or Section 14.2 shall be payable,
subject to the provisions of Article XV, to any superior mortgagees or, in the
event that the superior mortgagees do not require the proceeds or that there are
no superior mortgagees, to Landlord.

        14.10 In the event that a superior mortgagee shall require that escrow
deposits be made for the payment of any of the insurance policies required to be
maintained hereunder by Tenant, then Tenant shall, in lieu of directly paying
for such insurance, pay to Landlord the amount of the escrow deposits required
by the superior mortgagee. Such payments shall be made not less than ten (10)
days prior to the date such payments are required by the superior mortgagee.


                                   ARTICLE XV

                              DESTRUCTION OR DAMAGE
                              ---------------------

        15.1 Subject to Sections 15.2 and 15.3, in case of damage to or total or
partial destruction (other than by reason of condemnation proceedings) of the
Building and Improvements, Landlord, at its expense (whether or not the
insurance proceeds are sufficient to cover the cost thereof), shall restore,
replace, build, repair or rebuild the damaged or destroyed Building


                                       26





and Improvements to a safe and lawful condition so that the Building and
Improvements shall be restored to the extent practicable to their condition
immediately prior to such damage or destruction. In the event that Landlord
wishes to rebuild the Building and Improvements pursuant to plans incorporating
an improved architectural design which is suitable for Tenant's purposes and
would provide Tenant with at least the amount of usable space provided by the
current Building and Improvements, then Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold
its consent. Any restoration, replacement, building, repair or rebuilding is
sometimes referred to in this Article and in Article XVI hereof as the "Work."
The Work shall be commenced within ninety (90) days after the receipt of the
insurance proceeds by the superior mortgagee or Landlord and shall proceed with
reasonable diligence to completion subject to Unavoidable Delays. Any excess
insurance proceeds over and above the amount utilized for the Work, together
with any interest thereon, shall be paid over to Landlord and shall be the sole
property of Landlord.

        15.2 In the event of damage or destruction of more than 25% of the
rentable square foot area of the Building occurring (a) during the last two (2)
years of the initial term of this lease or of the First Extended Term (as
described in Article XXII) or (b) during the last five (5) years of the Second
Extended Term (as described in Article XXII), Landlord and Tenant shall each
have the right to elect to terminate this lease by notice given to the other
party within ninety (90) days after the date of the damage or destruction. In
such event the term of this lease shall end on the date of notice with the same
effect as if that date was the date stipulated herein as the Expiration Date;
except that in the event of Landlord's termination, Fixed Rent shall be
apportioned as of the date of notice with respect to the undamaged portion of
the Building and as of the date of the damage with respect to the unusable
portion of the Building. Notwithstanding the above, Tenant shall not be entitled
to terminate pursuant to clause (a) if it has exercised its Article XXII
extension option for the First Extended Term or the Second Extended Term, as the
case may be. In addition, Landlord's notice of termination in reliance upon the
circumstances described in clause (a) shall be ineffective if, within seven (7)
days after receipt of such notice, Tenant exercises its option for an extended
term.

        15.3 In the event the amount of insurance proceeds available following
damage to or total or partial destruction of the Building and Improvements
occurring prior to the last year of the 10 year period (as defined in Section
31.1) exceeds the total outstanding mortgage balance held by Lender (as defined
in Section 4.9) at the time such insurance proceeds first become available, then
Lender shall be permitted to retain that portion of the proceeds which equals
the mortgage debt. In such event, Landlord shall attempt with reasonable
diligence to obtain


                                       27





alternative financing for the purpose of restoring or rebuilding the Building
and Improvements. If such financing requires the payment of interest at an
annual rate greater than 13.625%, then Tenant shall pay the amounts described in
Section 31.1(a) and shall be permitted to rely upon the protections afforded by
Sections 31.2 and 31.3. If Landlord is unable to obtain alternative financing
within ninety (90) days of Lender's notice regarding its retention of a portion
of the proceeds, then Landlord shall give Tenant a notice of termination of this
lease. Thereupon, the lease shall terminate and the Fixed Rent shall be
apportioned in the manner described in Section 15.2.

        15.4 There shall be no abatement or reduction of Fixed Rent or
Additional Rent by reason of any such damage or destruction (except to the
extent of any rent insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord therefor)
nor shall Tenant be entitled to surrender possession of the Demised Premises by
reason thereof, except as otherwise provided in Section 15.2 hereof.

        15.5 No damages, compensation or claim shall be payable by Landlord for
inconvenience, loss of business or annoyance arising from the repair or
restoration of any portion of the Building or Improvements pursuant to Section
15.1, nor shall Landlord be required to repair or replace (or reimburse Tenant
for the cost of repairing or replacing) all or any portion of Tenant's Property.
To the extent possible, reasonable efforts will be made during the progression
of the Work to minimize interference with any continued use by Tenant of
portions of the Building and Improvements.


                                  ARTICLE XVI

                                  CONDEMNATION
                                  ------------

        16.1 If at any time during the term of this lease, title to all or
substantially all of the Demised Premises shall be taken in condemnation
proceedings or by any right of eminent domain, this lease, and the estate hereby
granted, shall terminate on the date of such taking (the "Taking Date") and the
Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be apportioned as of and paid to the Taking
Date; provided, however, that if the condemning authority fails to take
possession of the Demised Premises on the Taking Date, then for such period of
time as Tenant remains in possession of the Demised Premises Tenant shall
continue to pay the appropriate use and occupancy charge to the party legally
entitled to receive the same, and provided further, that the foregoing
obligation of Tenant to pay the use and occupancy charge shall in no way be
construed to limit Tenant's right to vacate the Demised Premises from and after
the Taking Date. For the purpose of this Section 16.1 the term "substantially
all of the Demised Premises" shall mean a taking of such portion of the


                                       28





Demised Premises (including the parking area) that the untaken portion cannot,
in Tenant's reasonable opinion, be practically or economically used or converted
for the use that Tenant is then making of the Demised Premises. As promptly as
possible after Tenant receives notice of the portion of the Demised Premises
subject to a material taking, Tenant shall give Landlord preliminary notice of
whether Tenant considers such contemplated taking to be of substantially all of
the Demised Premises. When title to the portion of the Demised Premises so taken
vests in the condemning authority, whether by agreement of the parties or a
court determination, within fourteen (14) days thereafter, Tenant shall give
Landlord a final notice of whether Tenant considers such taking to be of
substantially all of the Demised Premises.

        In the event of a taking subject to this Section 16.1, any award or
awards payable by reason thereof (other than any award or awards payable to
Tenant pursuant to Section 16.4), less any costs incurred in collecting the same
(the "net award") shall be paid to Landlord, or to any superior mortgagee if it
shall so require.

        16.2 In the event of a taking of less than substantially all of the
Demised Premises, the term of this Lease shall not be reduced or affected in any
way, and the net award therefrom shall be paid to Landlord, or to any superior
mortgagee if it shall so require. Following any such taking, Landlord shall, at
its sole cost and expense, proceed with reasonable diligence, subject to
Unavoidable Delays, to repair and restore the Demised Premises to substantially
its former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible and so as to
constitute a complete architectural unit. From and after the Taking Date, Fixed
Rent payable hereunder shall be reduced in a proportion equal to the reduction
in the rentable square foot area of the Building. Tenant shall not be entitled
to any reduction in Fixed Rent as a result of the taking of the Improvements, or
any portion thereof.

        16.3 If the whole or any part of the Demised Premises or of Tenant's
interest in this lease shall be taken in condemnation proceedings or by any
right of eminent domain for a temporary use or occupancy and such temporary use
or occupancy is not such as to render in Tenant's reasonable opinion the
remaining term of this lease impracticable for the purposes contemplated
hereunder, the term of this lease shall not be reduced or affected in any way
and Tenant shall continue to pay Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, without
reduction or abatement (except to the extent of any rent insurance proceeds
actually received by Landlord therefor), in the manner and at the times herein
specified and, except only to the extent that Tenant is prevented from so doing
pursuant to the terms of the order of the condemning authority, Tenant shall
continue to perform and observe all of the other covenants, agreements, terms
and provisions of this lease as if such temporary taking had not occurred;
provided,


                                       29





however, that in the event, as hereinabove provided, that Tenant determines in
its reasonable opinion that the remaining portion of the term is impracticable,
Tenant shall have the right to cancel this lease effective as of the date of
such temporary taking by notice given to Landlord within sixty (60) days after
the date of such temporary taking. In such event, Landlord shall be entitled to
receive the entire award for the temporary taking, shall reimburse Tenant for
any Fixed Rent and Additional Rent paid by Tenant subsequent to the date of the
temporary taking, and shall pay any remaining portion of the award to the Lender
in reduction of the outstanding principal balance of the first permanent
mortgage. In the event of any such temporary taking, except if Tenant exercises
the lease cancellation right described above, Tenant shall be entitled to
receive the entire amount of any award for such temporary taking, whether such
award is paid by way of damages, rent or otherwise, unless such period of
temporary use or occupancy shall extend beyond the Expiration Date, in which
case such award, after payment to Landlord therefrom of the estimated cost of
restoration of the Demised Premises to the extent that any such award is
intended to compensate for damage to the Demised Premises, shall be apportioned
by Tenant and Landlord as of the Expiration Date in the same ratio that the part
of the entire period for which such compensation is made falling before the
Expiration Date bears to that part falling after the Expiration Date. Landlord
shall pay any portion of the award relating to the period after the Expiration
Date to the Lender in reduction of the outstanding principal balance of the
first permanent mortgage. Promptly after obtaining possession of the Demised
Premises or portion thereof after the expiration of any temporary use or
occupancy thereof pursuant to any such temporary taking, Tenant shall, after
receipt of the proceeds awarded as a result of any such temporary taking, repair
and restore the Demised Premises or portion thereof, as the case may be.

        16.4 Tenant shall be entitled to appear, claim and receive in any
proceeding relating to any taking a separate award or awards for a taking of
Tenant's Property and, subject to the rights of the first superior mortgagee to
be paid in full, the value of the unexpired term of the leasehold (including any
separate award which may be made or valued for the options to extend the term of
this lease as provided for in Article XXII hereof) and for Tenant's moving
expenses. Landlord hereby expressly assigns to Tenant any and all right and for
interest which Landlord may have in and to any award made in respect of Tenant's
Property and Tenant's moving expenses. The proceeds of any award of condemnation
made for the value of the unexpired term of the leasehold over and above that
portion of the award payable to the holder of the first superior mortgage shall
be equitably allocated between Landlord and Tenant. In the event of any taking,
the parties agree to cooperate in applying for and in prosecuting any claims
with respect to such taking.


                                       30






        16.5 Any dispute under this Article XVI shall be determined by
arbitration pursuant to Article XXIV hereof.


                                  ARTICLE XVII

                                 INDEMNIFICATION
                                 ---------------

        17.1 Tenant shall indemnify and save Landlord harmless from and against
all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, costs, charges and
expenses, including reasonable architects' and attorneys' fees, which may be
imposed upon or incurred by or asserted against Landlord by reason of any of the
following occurrences during the term of this lease:

        (a) any work or thing done in, on or about the Demised Premises, or any
part thereof, by Tenant or any party other than Landlord or its agents;

        (b) any use, non-use, possession, occupation, condition, operation,
maintenance or management of the Demised Premises, or any part thereof;

        (c) any negligence on the part of Tenant or any of its agents,
contractors, servants, employees, subtenants, licensees or invitees;

        (d) any accident, injury or damage to any person or property occurring
in, on or about the Demised Premises or any part thereof, except if arising in
connection with Landlord's Work or the breach of Landlord's maintenance and
repair obligations under Article VI hereof (provided that Tenant gave Landlord
prompt notice of any potentially dangerous condition requiring repair of which
Tenant was actually aware); or

        (e) any failure on the part of Tenant to perform or comply with any of
the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions, conditions or limitations
contained in this lease on its part to be performed or complied with.

In case any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord by reason of any
such claim, Tenant, upon written notice from Landlord, shall at Tenant's expense
resist and defend such action or proceeding by counsel approved by Landlord in
writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The obligations of
Tenant under this Section 17.1 arising by reason of any such occurrence taking
place during the term of this lease shall survive the expiration or early
termination of this lease.

        17.2 Landlord shall indemnify and save Tenant harmless from and against
all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, costs, charges and
expenses (including reasonable


                                       31





architects' and attorneys' fees) which may be imposed upon or incurred by or
asserted against Tenant by reason of any of the following occurrences:

        (a) any negligence on the part of Landlord or any of its agents,
contractors, servants, employees, subtenants, licensees or invitees;

        (b) any accident, injury or damage to any person or property occurring
in, on or about the Demised Premises or any part thereof as the result of
Landlord's Work or the breach of Landlord's maintenance and repair obligations
under Article VI hereof (provided that Tenant gave Landlord prompt notice of any
potentially dangerous condition requiring repair of which Tenant was actually
aware); or

        (c) any failure on the part of Landlord to perform or comply with any of
the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions, conditions or limitations
contained in this lease on its part to be performed or complied with.

        In case any action or proceeding is brought against Tenant by reason of
any such claim, Landlord, upon written notice from Tenant, shall at Landlord's
expense resist and defend such action or proceeding. The obligations of Landlord
under this Section 17.2 arising by reason of any such occurrence taking place
prior to or during the term of this lease shall survive the expiration or early
termination of this lease.



                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                               DEFAULT PROVISIONS
                                ------------------

        18.1 This lease and the term and estate hereby granted are subject to
the limitation that:

        (a) Whenever Tenant shall default in the payment of any installment of
Fixed Rent on any day upon which the same ought to be paid and if such default
shall continue for five (5) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant
written notice specifying such default, or whenever Tenant shall default in the
payment of any other sum payable by Tenant hereunder as an item of Additional
Rent on any day upon which the same ought to be paid and if such default shall
continue for ten (10) days after Landlord shall have given to Tenant a written
notice specifying such default; or

        (b) whenever Tenant shall do, or permit anything to be done, whether by
action or inaction, contrary to any of the covenants, agreements, terms or
provisions of this lease, or


                                       32





shall fail in the keeping and performance of any of the covenants, agreements,
terms or provisions contained in this lease which on the part or on behalf of
Tenant are to be kept or performed (other than those referred to in the
foregoing subsection (a) of this Section), and Tenant shall fail to commence to
take steps to remedy the same within fourteen (14) days after Landlord shall
have given Tenant a written notice specifying the same, or, having so commenced,
shall thereafter fail to proceed with diligence and continuity to remedy the
same (unless the failure relates to a matter which with due diligence cannot
reasonably be commenced within the 14-day period); or

        (c) whenever an involuntary petition shall be filed against Tenant under
any bankruptcy or insolvency law or under the reorganization provisions of any
law of like import, or a receiver of Tenant or of or for its property shall be
appointed without the acquiescence of Tenant, or whenever this lease or the
estate hereby granted or the unexpired balance of the term would, by operation
of law or otherwise, devolve upon or pass to any person, except in accordance
with the terms hereof, and such situation under this subsection (c) shall
continue and shall not be remedied by Tenant within sixty (60) days; or

        (d) whenever Tenant shall make an assignment of its property for the
benefit of creditors or shall file a voluntary petition under any bankruptcy or
insolvency law, or whenever any court of competent jurisdiction shall approve a
petition filed by Tenant under the reorganization provisions of the United
States Bankruptcy Act or under the provisions of any successor law, or whenever
a petition shall be filed by Tenant under the arrangement provisions of the
United States Bankruptcy Act or under the provisions of any successor law; or

        (e) whenever the Demised Premises or any portion thereof shall be
abandoned,

then, in any of said cases set forth in the foregoing subsections, regardless of
and notwithstanding the fact that Landlord has or may have some other remedy
under this lease or by virtue hereof, or in law or in equity, Landlord may give
to Tenant a notice (the "second notice") of intention to end the term of this
lease specifying a day not less than ten (10) days thereafter and, upon giving
of the second notice, this lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall
expire and terminate upon the day so specified in the second notice, as fully
and completely and with the same force and effect as if the day so specified was
the date hereinbefore fixed as the Expiration Date, and all rights of Tenant
under this lease shall expire and terminate, but Tenant shall remain liable for
damages as hereinafter provided.

        18.2 In the event of the termination of this lease or re-entry by
Landlord, under any of the provisions of this Article


                                       33





XVIII or pursuant to law, by reason of default hereunder on the part of Tenant,
Tenant will pay to Landlord, as damages, at the election of Landlord, either:

        (a) a sum which at the time of such termination of this lease or at the
time of any such re-entry by Landlord, as the case may be, represents the then
value (using a discount rate of 8% per annum) of the excess, if any, of:

          (i) the aggregate of any delinquent Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and
     the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent which would have been payable by Tenant
     (conclusively presuming that Additional Rent would increase each year by
     (A) the average percentage which it annually increased during the period
     (not to exceed 5 years) prior to the lease termination or re-entry, or (B)
     if this lease has been in effect for less than three years at the time of
     termination or re-entry, 12%) for the period commencing with such earlier
     termination of this lease or the date of any such re-entry, as the case may
     be, and ending with the Expiration Date had not this lease been so
     terminated or had Landlord not so re-entered the Demised Premises, over

          (ii) the then fair market rental value of the Demised Premises for the
     same period, or

        (b) sums equal to the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent which would have
been payable by Tenant (determined pursuant to the method described in Section
18.2(a)(i)) had not this lease been so terminated, or had Landlord not so
re-entered the Demised Premises, payable upon the days specified herein for such
payment following such termination or such re-entry and until the date herein
specified as the Expiration Date; provided, however, that if Landlord shall
re-let the Demised Premises during said period, Landlord shall credit Tenant
with the rents, if any, as and when received by Landlord from such re-letting,
it being understood that any such re-letting may be for a period shorter or
longer than the remaining term of this lease; but in no event shall Tenant be
entitled to recessive any excess of such rents over the sums payable by Tenant
to Landlord hereunder, nor shall Tenant be entitled in any suit for the
collection of damages pursuant to this subsection to a credit in respect of any
rents from a re-letting, except to the extent that such rents are actually
received by Landlord.

        Whether Landlord elects damages pursuant to (a) or (b) above, Tenant
shall also pay to Landlord as damages an amount equal to the expenses incurred
in terminating this lease or in re-entering the Demised Premises and in securing
possession thereof, including attorneys' fees, as well as the expenses of
re-letting, including altering and preparing the Demised Premises


                                       34





for new tenants, brokers' commissions and attorneys' fees, rent concessions, and
all other expenses properly chargeable against the Demised Premises and the
rental thereof.

        If the Demised Premises or any part thereof are re-let by Landlord for
the unexpired portion of the term of this lease, or any part thereof, before
presentation of proof of such damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the
amount of rent reserved upon such re-letting shall, prima facie, be the fair
market rental value for the Demised Premises, or part thereof, so re-let during
the term of the re-letting. No such re-letting shall constitute a surrender or
acceptance of a surrender.

        Suit or suits for the recovery of damages pursuant to subsection (b), or
any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its
election, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Landlord to
postpone suit until the date when the term of this lease would have expired if
it had not been terminated under the provisions of this Article XVIII or under
any provisions of law, or had Landlord not re-entered the Demised Premises.
Nothing herein contained shall be construed as limiting or precluding the right
of Landlord to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of the
termination of this lease an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute
or rule of law.

        All references in this Section 18.2 to Expiration Date shall mean the
date the lease term then in effect (without the exercise of any extension option
by Tenant) would have expired had the lease not been terminated. Notwithstanding
the above, if prior to the termination of the lease, Tenant had exercised an
extension option pursuant to Article XXII for an additional term, then
Expiration Date shall mean the date such extension term would have expired (even
if such extension term had not commenced prior to termination of the lease).

        18.3 If this lease shall terminate by reason of a default on the part of
Tenant as provided for herein, Landlord shall have the right to re-enter the
Demised Premises either by summary proceedings or by any other judicial
proceeding and may repossess the Demised Premises and dispossess Tenant and any
other person from the Demised Premises and remove any and all of their property
and effects therefrom, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant.

        18.4 Tenant, on its own behalf and on behalf of any and all persons
claiming through or under Tenant, including creditors of all kinds, does hereby
waive and surrender all right and privilege which they or any of them might have
under or by reason of any present or future law to redeem the Demised Premises
or to have a continuance of this lease for the term hereby demised after being
dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process


                                       35





of law, under the terms of this lease or after the termination of this lease as
herein provided.

        18.5 The words "enter", "entry", "re-enter" and "re-entry" are not
restricted to their technical legal meaning.


                                   ARTICLE XIX

                   RIGHT TO PERFORM OTHER PARTY'S OBLIGATIONS;
                   -------------------------------------------
                          CUMULATIVE REMEDIES; WAIVERS
                          ----------------------------

        19.1 If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any
term or covenant on its part to be observed or performed under this lease, then
Landlord, without being under any obligation to do so and without thereby
waiving such default, may remedy such default for the account and at the expense
of Tenant, immediately without notice in case of emergency, or in any other case
only provided that Tenant shall fail to commence to remedy such default within
the applicable grace period and thereafter proceed with diligence and continuity
to complete such remedy. Landlord shall have the right to enter the Demised
Premises for the purpose of remedying such default, without notice in the case
of emergency, but otherwise only after reasonable prior written notice to
Tenant. If Landlord makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the
payment of money in connection therewith including, but not limited to,
reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, in instituting, prosecuting or
defending any action or proceeding, such sums paid or obligations incurred, with
interest from the time of the expenditure at the Interest Rate (as defined in
Section 19.5), shall be deemed Additional Rent hereunder and shall be payable by
Tenant on demand or with the next installment of Fixed Rent.

        19.2 If Landlord shall default in the observance or performance of any
term or covenant on its part to be observed or performed under or by virtue of
any of the terms or provisions of this lease, Tenant, without being under any
obligation to do so and without thereby waiving such default, may remedy such
default for the account and at the expense of Landlord, immediately without
giving notice in case of emergency, or in any other case only provided that
Landlord shall fail to commence and diligently prosecute to completion the
remedy for such default within a reasonable time after Tenant shall have
notified Landlord in writing of such default. If Tenant makes any expenditures
or incurs any obligations for the payment of money in connection therewith
including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, in
instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, such sums paid
or obligations incurred, with interest from the time of the expenditure at the
Interest Rate (as defined in Section 19.5), shall be paid to it by Landlord on
demand. If Landlord fails to make such payment within


                                       36





thirty (30) days of Tenant's notice, then Tenant shall be entitled to set off
such expenditure against that portion of the next due installment(s) of Fixed
Rent which exceeds the monthly or quarterly payment of principal and/or interest
due under any superior mortgages affecting the Demised Premises.

        19.3 Landlord may enjoin any breach or threatened breach by Tenant of
any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition herein contained. The
mention in this lease of any particular remedy available to Landlord shall not
preclude Landlord from any other remedy it might have, either at law or in
equity. Landlord's failure to insist upon the strict performance or observance
of any of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions or conditions of this
lease or to exercise any right, remedy or election herein contained or permitted
by law shall not constitute or be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for
the future of such covenant, agreement, term, provision, condition, right,
remedy or election, but the same shall continue and remain in full force and
effect. Any rights or remedies that may exist at law, in equity or otherwise
upon breach of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition in this
lease contained, shall be distinct, separate and cumulative rights and remedies
and no one of them, whether exercised or not, shall be deemed to be in exclusion
of any other. No covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition of this lease
shall be deemed to have been waived unless such waiver is in writing, signed by
the party sought to be charged or such party's agent duly authorized in writing
to any act or matter, and such waiver shall apply only with respect to the
particular act or matter to which such consent is given and shall not relieve
either Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, from the obligation, whenever
required under this lease, to obtain the consent of the other party to any other
act or matter.

        19.4 Receipt or acceptance of Fixed Rent by Landlord shall not be deemed
a waiver of any default under this lease or of any rights which Landlord may be
entitled to exercise under this lease by reason of such default. If Tenant is in
arrears in the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent beyond the expiration of
the applicable grace period, Tenant waives the right, if any, to designate the
items against which any payments made by Tenant are to be credited and Tenant
agrees that Landlord may apply any payments made by Tenant to any items as
Landlord sees fit irrespective of and notwithstanding any designation or request
by Tenant as to the items against which any such payments shill be credited. No
employee of Landlord or of Landlord's agents shall have the power to accept the
keys of the Building prior to the termination of this lease, and the delivery of
keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord's agents shall not operate as a
termination of this lease or as a surrender or acceptance of a surrender of the
Demised Premises. This lease may not be changed orally, but only by an agreement
in writing


                                       37





signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification
or discharge is sought.

        19.5 If any installment of Fixed Rent (other than that portion of such
installment to which Tenant's right of set-off relates, if allowable as herein
provided in Section 19.2) or any item of Additional Rent which is payable to
Landlord in accordance with the provisions of this lease shall be in arrears for
more than ten (10) days after such installment or payment is due, then Tenant
shall pay interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the due date of such
installment or payment to the date of payment. "Interest Rate" shall mean a rate
per annum equal to the lesser of (a) 3% above the commercial lending rate
announced from time to time by Chemical Bank (New York, New York) as its prime
rate for 90 day unsecured loans, or (b) the maximum applicable legal rate, if
any.

        19.6 Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action,
proceeding or counterclaim brought by either against the other with respect to
any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this lease,
the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, or in connection with Tenant's use and
occupancy of the Demised Premises.


                                   ARTICLE XX

                         BROKERAGE FEES AND COMMISSIONS
                         ------------------------------

        20.1 Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that there is no broker
involved with or who brought about this lease transaction. Tenant covenants that
it dealt with no broker in connection with this lease transaction.

        20.2 Tenant agrees that should any claim be made against Landlord by any
broker for commissions or other compensation in connection with the negotiation
or execution of this lease, which claim results from the inaccuracy of Tenant's
covenant in Section 20.1, then Tenant will defend, indemnify and hold Landlord
harmless from any and all liabilities, claims, suits, demands, judgments, costs,
interest and expenses (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred in
connection with such claim.

        20.3 Landlord agrees that should any claim be made against Tenant by any
broker for commissions or other compensation in connection with (i) the
negotiation or execution of this lease and/or (ii) the placement of any
financing secured by a fee interest in the Demised Premises, which claim results
from the inaccuracy of Landlord's covenant in Section 20.1, then Landlord will
defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any and all liabilities, claims,
suits, demands, judgments, costs, interest


                                       38





and expenses (including attorney's fees and disbursements) incurred in
connection with such claim.


                                   ARTICLE XXI

                          QUIET ENJOYMENT; TRANSFER OF
                          ----------------------------
                               LANDLORD'S INTEREST
                               -------------------

        21.1 Landlord covenants that Tenant shall quietly enjoy the Demised
Premises without hindrance or molestation, subject only to the covenants,
agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this lease.

        21.2 It is expressly understood and agreed that the term "Landlord" as
used in this lease means only the owner for the time being of the Demised
Premises, and in the event of the sale, assignment or transfer by such owner of
its or their interest in the Demised Premises, such owner shall thereupon be
released and discharged from all covenants and obligations of Landlord
thereafter accruing provided that such covenants and obligations shall be
binding upon each new owner during the period of its ownership of the Demised
Premises.

        21.3 Tenant shall look only to Landlord's estate and property in the
Demised Premises (and the proceeds thereof), for the satisfaction of Tenant's
remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring
the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord
hereunder, and no other property or assets of Landlord shall be subject eo levy,
execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant's
remedies under or with respect to this lease, the relationship of Landlord and
Tenant, or Tenant's use and occupancy of the Demised Premises.

        21.4 It is understood and agreed that the relationship between the
parties hereto is that of Landlord and Tenant, and nothing contained in this
lease shall be deemed to create a partnership or joint venture herein.


                                  ARTICLE XXII

                             OPTIONS TO EXTEND TERM
                             ----------------------

        22.1 Provided that Tenant shall not then be in default with respect to
any material covenant of this lease beyond the expiration of the applicable
grace period, if any, Tenant shall have the option to extend the term of this
lease for an additional period of ten (10) years (the "First Extended Term");
provided, however, that (a) Tenant shall notify Landlord not earlier than
twenty-four (24) months and not later than the date which is


                                       39





eighteen (18) months prior to the then Expiration Date that Tenant desires such
extension and (b) such extension shall be on the same terms, covenants and
conditions as are contained in this lease, except with respect to (i) the annual
Fixed Rent which shall be determined in the manner provided for in Section 22.2,
(ii) such provisions in this lease which apply only to the initial term, and
(iii) the option herein granted to extend the initial term of this lease.

        22.2 (a) Fixed Rent payable by Tenant during the First Extended Term of
this lease shall be equal to $2,850,000 per annum, subject to the CPI
Adjustments hereinafter described.

        (b) The first day of the First Extended Term shall be a CPI Adjustment
Date. Accordingly, if the Adjustment Index for such CPI Adjustment Date has
increased over the Beginning Index, the initial Fixed Rent specified in Section
22.2(a) shall increase commencing with such CPI Adjustment Date by the product
of the following: $2,850,000 multiplied by the percentage increase of the
Adjustment Index over the Beginning Index.

        (c) The seventh (7th) anniversary of the commencement date of the
First Extended Term shall also be a CPI Adjustment Date. Accordingly, if the
Adjustment Index for such CPI Adjustment Date has increased over the Index in
effect for the month immediately preceding the month in which the First Extended
Term commenced (the "First Extension Index"), then the Fixed Rent determined
pursuant to Section 22.2(b) shall increase commencing with such CPI Adjustment
Date by the product of the following: 60% of the Fixed Rent determined pursuant
to Section 22.2(b) multiplied by the percentage increase of the Adjustment Index
over the First Extension Index.

        22.3 Provided that Tenant shall not then be in default with respect to
any material covenant of this lease beyond the expiration of the applicable
grace period, if any, Tenant shall have the option to extend the term of this
lease for an additional second period of ten (10) years (the "Second Extended
Term"); provided, however, that (a) Tenant shall notify Landlord not earlier
than twenty-four (24) months and not later than eighteen (18) months prior to
the then Expiration Date that Tenant desires such extension. If the option is so
exercised, the Second Extended Term shall be on the same terms, covenants and
conditions as are contained in this lease, except with respect to (i) the annual
Fixed Rent which shall be determined in the manner provided for in Section 22.4,
(ii) such provisions in this lease which apply only to the initial term or the
First Extended Term and (iii) the option herein granted to extend the First
Extended Term of this lease.



                                       40





        22.4 (a) Fixed Rent payable by Tenant during the Second Extended Term of
this lease shall be equal to $2,850,000 per annum, subject to the CPI
Adjustments hereinafter described.

        (b) The first day of the Second Extended Term shall be a CPI Adjustment
Date. Accordingly, if the Adjustment Index for such CPI Adjustment Date has
increased over the Beginning Index, the initial Fixed Rent specified in Section
22.4 (a) shall increase commencing with such CPI Adjustment Date by the product
of the following: $2,850,000 multiplied by the percentage increase of the
Adjustment Index over the Beginning Index.

        (c) The seventh (7th) anniversary of the commencement date of the
Second Extended Term shall also be a CPI Adjustment Date. Accordingly, if the
Adjustment Index for such CPI Adjustment Date has increased over the Index in
effect for the month immediately preceding the month in which the Second
Extended Term commenced (the "Second Extension Index"), then the Fixed Rent
determined pursuant to Section 22.4(b) shall increase commencing with such CPI
Adjustment Date by the product of the following: 60% of the Fixed Rent
determined pursuant to Section 22.4(b) multiplied by the percentage increase of
the Adjustment Index over the Second Extension Index.


                                 ARTICLE XXIII

                                    NOTICES
                                    -------

        23.1 All notices, demands, requests or other communications which may be
or are required to be given, served or sent by either party to the other shall
be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly given or sent if (a)
hand delivered, (b) mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, with postage prepaid, or (c) sent by Express Mail or a national
commercial courier service (e.g., Purolator Delivery Service or Federal
Express), for next day delivery, to be confirmed in writing by said courier or
service, addressed as follows: 

                      (a) If intended for Tenant:

                           Rayovac Corporation
                           601 Rayovac Drive
                           Madison, Wisconsin 53711
                           Attention:  Treasurer

                           With a copy to:

                           Rayovac Corporation
                           601 Rayovac Drive
                           Madison, Wisconsin 53711
                           Attention:  President


                                       41






                       (b) If intended for Landlord:

                           SPG Partners
                           601 Rayovac Drive
                           Madison, Wisconsin 53711
                           Attention:  Corporate Accounting Manager

                           With a copy to:

                           Bob Goergen
                           Goergen & Sterling
                           230 Park Avenue
                           Suite 1211
                           New York, New York 10169

Such notices, demands, requests or other communications shall be deemed to have
been given on the date which is three (3) days after it shall have been mailed,
sent or delivered as aforesaid. Each of the above may designate by notice in
writing and delivered as set forth above a new address to which any notice,
demand, request or communication shall thereafter be so mailed, sent or
delivered for all purposes hereunder.


                                  ARTICLE XXIV

                                   ARBITRATION
                                   -----------

        24.1 In each instance specified in this lease in which it is stated that
disputes thereunder shall be determined by arbitration, such arbitration shall
be conducted as provided in this Article XXIV.

        24.2 The party requesting arbitration shall do so by giving notice to
that effect to the other party, specifying in said notice the nature of the
dispute and the person chosen as the arbitrator for such party. Within ten (10)
days, the other party by notice to the original party shall appoint a second
person as arbitrator on its behalf. The arbitrators thus appointed shall appoint
a third person, and such three arbitrators shall as promptly as possible resolve
such dispute. If the second arbitrator shall not have been appointed as
aforesaid, the first arbitrator shall proceed to resolve the dispute.

        24.3 If the two arbitrators appointed by the parties shall be unable to
agree, within ten (10) days after the appointment of the second arbitrator, upon
the appointment of a third arbitrator, they shall give written notice to the
parties of such failure to agree, and, if the parties fail to agree upon the
selection of such third arbitrator within ten (10) days after the arbitrators
appointed by the parties give notice as aforesaid,


                                       42





then within five (5) days thereafter either of the parties, upon notice to the
other party, may request such appointment by the American Arbitration
Association (or any organization successor thereto), or in its absence, refusal,
failure or inability to act, may apply for a court appointment of such
arbitrator.

        24.4 The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the then
prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association (or successor
organization) in the City of Madison (or, if a branch does not exist in such
city, Milwaukee). The arbitrators are to be qualified commercial real estate
practitioners with at least ten (10) years continuous experience in the
commercial real estate business with skills relevant to the dispute. The
arbitrators shall have the right to retain and consult experts and competent
authorities skilled in the matters under arbitration. The arbitrators shall
render an award within sixty (60) days after the appointment of the third
arbitrator, which decision and award shall be final and conclusive on the
parties. Such award shall be in writing and counterpart copies thereof shall be
delivered to each of the parties. In rendering such decision and award, the
arbitrators shall not add to, subtract from or otherwise modify the provisions
of this lease.

        24.5 If for any reason whatsoever the written decision and award of the
arbitrators shall not be rendered within sixty (60) days as aforesaid, then at
any time thereafter, before such decision and award shall have been rendered,
either party may apply to any court having proper jurisdiction, by action,
proceeding or otherwise (but not by a new arbitration proceeding) as may be
proper to determine the matter in dispute consistent with the provisions of this
lease.

        24.6 Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the arbitrator
appointed by or for such party, and the fees and expenses of the third
arbitrator and all other expenses of the arbitration (other than the fees and
disbursements of attorneys and witnesses for each party) shall be borne by the
parties equally.

        24.7 Subject to Section 24.8, when any non-monetary matter in dispute
shall be referred to arbitration, any default hereunder claimed by either party
by reason of the matter in dispute shall be deemed suspended provided that the
party so claimed to be in default shall proceed diligently and in good faith
with the arbitration, until the dispute is determined adversely to the party
claimed to be in default and notice thereof is given to such party, whereupon
such party (whether Tenant or Landlord) shall have the same opportunity to cure
such default as is provided for in this lease as if such notice of determination
was the first notice given to the party in default. With regard to monetary
disputes only, Tenant shall pay the disputed amount to Landlord in accordance
with the terms of this lease pending the


                                       43





outcome of the arbitration proceeding. If Tenant prevails, Landlord shall
reimburse Tenant for the amount awarded, with interest thereon at the rate equal
to the rate announced by Chemical Bank from time to time in effect as its prime
rate from the date of payment by Tenant through and including the date of such
reimbursement.

        24.8 Notwithstanding any other provision in this Article XXIV to the
contrary, if Tenant is in default beyond any applicable grace period with regard
to a certain matter at the time it serves a notice upon Landlord requesting
submission of such matter to arbitration, Landlord shall not thereby be
precluded from the subsequent exercise of any remedies for default to which
Landlord is entitled pursuant to this lease, at law or in equity.


                                   ARTICLE XXV

                   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES: MEMORANDUM OF LEASE
                   ------------------------------------------

        25.1 Each party agrees, at any time and from time to time, as requested
by the other party, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior notice, to execute
and deliver to the other party a statement certifying that this Lease is
unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications,
that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the
modifications), certifying the dates to which the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent
have been paid, stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of the signer, the
other party is in default in the performance of any of its obligations under
this Lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which the signer may
have knowledge, and certifying as to such additional information as the other
party may reasonably request, it being intended that any such statement
delivered pursuant hereto may be relied upon by others with whom the party
requesting such certificate may be dealing.

        25.2 Landlord and Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver a
memorandum of this lease in recordable form simultaneously with the execution
and delivery of this lease; said memorandum shall under no circumstances be
deemed or construed to change or otherwise affect any of the obligations or
provisions of this lease. Tenant shall pay for the cost of recording the
memorandum.

                                  ARTICLE XXVI

                INVALIDITY OF PARTICULAR PROVISIONS; CONSTRUCTION
                -------------------------------------------------

        26.1 If any term or provision of this lease or the application thereof
to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid and
unenforceable, the remainder of this


                                       44





lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances
other than those as to which it is held invalid and unenforceable, shall not be
affected thereby, and each term and provision of this lease shall be valid and
enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

        26.2 This lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of Wisconsin.

                                  ARTICLE XXVII

                              SURRENDER OF PREMISES
                              ---------------------

        27.1 Upon the Expiration Date or upon the earlier termination of the
term of this lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Landlord the Demised
Premises, broom clean, in good order, condition, and repair, ordinary wear and
tear and damage by fire, the elements or other casualty excepted, and Tenant
shall remove all of its Personal Property as herein provided. Tenant's
obligation to observe and perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or
earlier termination of the term of this lease.

        27.2 If Tenant fails to surrender possession of the Demised Premises
upon the Expiration Date or earlier termination of the term of this lease,
Landlord may elect, by notice to Tenant, to treat Tenant as a holdover for a
further term of 3 months at twice the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent which
Tenant was required to pay during the last month prior to expiration or
termination. In addition to the above, if the Demised Premises are not
surrendered upon the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this
lease, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any
claims, loss, costs, liability and expenses (including attorneys' fees)
resulting therefrom, including any claims made by any succeeding lessee founded
upon such delay.

        27.3 If the last day of the term of this lease falls on a Sunday, this
lease shall end on the immediately preceding business day. If Tenant shall have
removed all or substantially all of its employees and Personal Property from the
Demised Premises at any time during the last month of the term of this lease,
Landlord may immediately enter and alter, renovate and redecorate the Demised
Premises, without elimination, diminution or abatement of rent, or incurring
liability to Tenant for any compensation, and such acts by Landlord shall have
no effect upon this lease.




                                       45





                                 ARTICLE XXVIII

                                COVENANTS BINDING
                                -----------------

        28.1 The covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this
lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and
assigns of Landlord and Tenant.


                                  ARTICLE XXIX

                                LANDLORD'S ACCESS
                                -----------------

        29.1 Landlord and its authorized representatives shall have the right,
upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant, to enter the Demised Premises or any
part or parts thereof, during Business Hours, accompanied by a duly authorized
representative of Tenant, if Tenant makes such representative available, (i) to
examine the Demised Premises to ascertain if Tenant has performed its
obligations under this lease, (ii) to show the Demised Premises to prospective
purchasers or mortgagees, (iii) to effect repairs to the Demised Premises
pursuant to Landlord's obligations under Article VI of this lease, (iv) during
the period commencing eighteen (18) months prior to the end of the term of this
lease (if Tenant shall not have exercised the applicable option to extend the
term pursuant to Article XXII), to show the Demised Premises to prospective
tenants and (v) for the purpose of making such repairs in or to the Demised
Premises as may be provided for by this lease or as may be mutually agreed upon
by the parties. Landlord shall be allowed to take all materials into the Demised
Premises that may be required for such repairs and actions. Landlord's rights
under this Section 29.1 shall be exercised in such manner as to cause the least
practicable interference with Tenant's use and occupancy of the Demised
Premises.

        29.2 In addition to Landlord's rights under Section 29.1 above, Landlord
and its authorized representatives shall have the right to enter upon the
Demised Premises, or any part thereof, at such times as such entry shall be
required by circumstances of emergency affecting the Demised Premises or the
safety of its occupants without prior notice to Tenant. In such event, Landlord,
or its authorized representative, shall, if feasible, be accompanied by a duly
authorized representative of Tenant, if Tenant makes such representative
available.




46





                                  ARTICLE XXX

                        APPLICATION OF INSURANCE PROCEEDS
                        ---------------------------------

        30.1 In any case in which Tenant shall be obligated under any provision
of this lease to pay to Landlord any loss, cost, damage, liability or expense
suffered or incurred by Landlord, Landlord shall allow Tenant as an offset
against the amount thereof the net proceeds of any insurance collected by
Landlord for or on account of such loss, cost, damage, liability or expense,
provided that the allowance of such offset does not invalidate or prejudice the
policy or policies under which such proceeds were payable.

        30.2 In any case in which Landlord shall be obligated under any
provisions of this lease to pay to Tenant any loss, cost, damage, liability or
expense suffered or incurred by Tenant, Tenant shall allow to Landlord as an
offset against the amount thereof the net proceeds of any insurance collected by
Tenant for or on account of such loss, cost, damage, liability or expense,
provided that the allowance of such offset does not invalidate or prejudice the
policy or policies under which such proceeds were payable.

                                  ARTICLE XXXI

                          CHANGES IN DEBT SERVICE COSTS
                          -----------------------------

        31.1 Prior to the date of this lease, Landlord received a permanent loan
commitment from Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company ("Northwestern") in
the amount of $10,000,000. The term of the loan is to be ten (10) years from the
date such loan is fully advanced (the "10 year period"), and Landlord is to pay
interest on the outstanding principal balance at an annual rate of 13.625% in
accordance with a 30 year amortization schedule.

        In the event Landlord elects to obtain refinancing at the conclusion of
the 10 year period, whether from Northwestern or any other institutional lender,
then Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of points and all fees
incurred in connection with obtaining the loan (the "Loan Fees"), and Tenant
shall have the following rights and obligations:

        (a) If Landlord obtains a loan which requires the payment of interest at
an annual rate greater than 13.625%, then Tenant shall be obligated to pay each
month as Additional Rent to Landlord an amount equal to (i) the monthly debt
service payment which Landlord is required to make, less (ii) the monthly debt
service payment which Landlord would be required to make in the event the annual
interest rate was 13.625%.



                                       47





        (b) If Landlord obtains a loan which requires the payment of interest at
an annual rate less than 13.625%, then Tenant shall receive a monthly credit
against its payments of Additional Rent pursuant to this lease in an amount
equal to (i) the monthly debt service payment which Landlord would be required
to make in the event the annual interest rate was 13.625%, less (ii) the monthly
debt service payment which Landlord is required to make. Tenants credit,
however, shall be reduced by the amount of the Loan Fees, and shall not apply to
that portion of the difference between (i) and (ii), if any, which results from
Landlord obtaining a loan at an annual interest rate of less than 12.125% (the
"1.5% Limitation").

        In the event Landlord elects to refinance its loan prior to the
conclusion of the 10 year period, whether from Northwestern or any other
institutional lender, then Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of all
Loan Fees and any prepayment of all Loan Fees and any prepayment fees, and
Tenant shall have the following rights and obligations:

        (c) If Landlord, in the expectation that interest rates will be higher
at the conclusion of the 10 year period, obtains a loan which requires the
payment of interest at an annual rate greater than 13.625%, then Tenant shall
not be obligated to pay Additional Rent prior to the conclusion of the 10 year
period as a result of the increased debt service. However, following the 10 year
period, Tenant shall be obligated to pay the amounts described above in (a).

        (d) If Landlord obtains a loan which requires the payment of interest at
an annual rate less than 13.625%, then Tenant shall receive no credit against
its payments of Additional Rent pursuant to this lease prior to the conclusion
of the 10 year period as a result of the decreased debt service. However,
following the 10 year period, Tenant shall receive the credit (as adjusted by
the Loan Fees and the 1.5% Limitation) described above in (b), provided that
Tenant's credit shall be further reduced by an amount equal to any prepayment
fees paid by Landlord which Landlord did not recover as a result of debt service
savings generated by the lower interest rate prior to the conclusion of the 10
year period.

        31.2 Landlord shall attempt with reasonable diligence to obtain the best
available interest rate and terms for a refinancing loan of such amount, term
and amortization schedule as Landlord shall choose. Landlord shall not obtain a
loan with a term that is longer than twenty-five (25) years without Tenant's
consent. In the event that Landlord intends to accept a loan which requires
interest payments at an annual rate of 16.625% or higher at any time during its
first five (5) years, then Landlord shall serve Tenant with notice of Landlord's
intention to obtain the loan. In such event, Tenant shall have


                                       48





the right for a period of thirty (30) days to find an institutional lender
willing to make a substantially similar loan upon more favorable terms. If
Tenant informs Landlord within the thirty (30) day period of the availability of
a more favorable loan, Landlord shall seek to obtain such loan, provided that
the terms and conditions of the loan are reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. If
Tenant is unable to find a more favorable loan, then Landlord may proceed to
obtain the loan which it originally proposed.

        31.3 In the event the principal amount of any refinancing loan obtained
by Landlord exceeds $10,000,000, then all calculations pursuant to Section 31.1
shall be appropriately adjusted as though the loan was for the sum of
$10,000,000.

        31.4 Under no circumstances shall Tenant be required to pay Additional
Rent pursuant to Section 31.1, subsections (b) and (d). The Loan Fees and
prepayment fees described therein shall be deemed never to exceed the amount of
Tenant's credits (as adjusted by the 1.5% Limitation) described therein.

        31.5 Any dispute arising pursuant to this Article XXXI shall be resolved
in accordance with the arbitration provisions of Article XXIV.


                                 ARTICLE XXXII

                                 MISCELLANEOUS
                                 -------------

        32.1 If an excavation or other substructure work shall be made on land
adjacent to the Demised Premises, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant
shall afford the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation a license
to enter upon the Demised Premises for the purpose of doing such work as shall
be necessary to preserve the Demised Premises from injury or damage and to
support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damage or
indemnity against Landlord, or diminution or abatement of rent; provided,
however, that any such work caused by Landlord shall be performed in such manner
as shall cause the least practicable amount of interference with Tenant's use
and occupancy of the Demised Premises.

        32.2 Tenant shall be permitted to name the Building subject to the
consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant
shall also have the right to place on the exterior of the Building and on the
Demised Premises a sign or signs which are permitted by the applicable laws of
public authority and are in keeping with the character and quality of the
Demised Premises as a first class commercial office project. Tenant shall remove
such sign or signs on the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this lease.


                                       49






        32.3 Tenant may install and utilize, and once installed modify, a
microwave, satellite or other antenna communications system on the roof of the
Building. Tenant shall furnish detailed plans and specifications for such system
(or modification) to Landlord for its approval, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed. Upon approval, such system shall be installed,
at Tenant's expense, by a contractor selected by Tenant. Tenant shall be
responsible for procuring whatever licenses or permits may be required for the
use of such system or operation of any equipment served thereby, but Landlord
agrees to join with Tenant, to the extent necessary, in any such applications.
Tenant's antenna system shall not constitute a nuisance or materially interfere
with the operation of the basic Building systems or with the normal use of the
area surrounding the Building by occupants thereof. Landlord makes no warranties
whatsoever as to the permissibility of such a system under the laws of public
authorities.

        32.4 The Article headings in this lease and in the Index to this lease
are inserted only as a matter of convenience and shall have no effect whatsoever
in construing this lease.

        32.5 Landlord agrees that Tenant shall be owner of and shall be entitled
to receive any and all investment tax credits in connection with the
construction of the Building, and Landlord agrees to cooperate to the extent
required by Tenant and at the sole expense of Tenant in order to enable Tenant
to receive the investment tax credits.

        32.6 Landlord or its agents shall not be liable for any injury or damage
to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam,
gas, electricity, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of the Building or
from pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface,
or from any other place or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever
nature, unless caused by or due to the act or neglect of Landlord, its agents,
servants or employees or caused by or due to Landlord's failure to comply with
its obligations under this lease. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord in
case of fire or other casualty or accidents occurring in the Demised Premises or
if Tenant becomes aware of any damage or defective condition requiring repair in
any Mechanical System or any other portion of the Demised Premises.

        32.7 Tenant agrees to fully cooperate with Landlord in providing such
financial information concerning Tenant and the Demised Premises as any superior
mortgagee(s) may reasonably require.

        32.8 This lease contains the entire agreement between the parties and
all prior negotiations and agreements are merged herein. Tenant acknowledges
that neither Landlord nor any agent


                                       50





or representative of Landlord has made any statement or promise upon which
Tenant has relied with respect to any matter or thing relating to the Demised
Premises, except as is expressly set forth in this lease.

        32.9 Tenant shall not place a floor load upon any floor of the Building
exceeding the floor load per square foot area which it was designed to carry and
which is allowed by the laws of public authorities.

        32.10 Any review by Landlord of plans and specifications or alterations
to be performed by Tenant shall not be deemed to be a representation or warranty
by Landlord that the same is properly designed to perform the function for which
it is intended or complies with the laws of public authorities.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this lease
agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                      SPG PARTNERS. Landlord

WITNESS: /s/ Linda Pauls              By: /s/ Thomas F. Pyle
        ----------------------------     ------------------------------
                                         Thomas F. Pyle


                                       RAYOVAC CORPORATION, Tenant


WITNESS: /s/ Lori L. Alderden By:        /s/ Thomas F. Pyle
        ----------------------------     ------------------------------
                                         Thomas F. Pyle, President


                                         Attest: /s/ Glynn M. Rossa
                                         ------------------------------
                                         Glynn M. Rossa, Vice President



      ..




                                       51







STATE OF WISCONSIN)
                  ) ss.
COUNTY OF DANE    )

        Personally came before me this 14th day of May, 1985, the above-named
Thomas F. Pyle known to me to be one of the general partners of SPG Partners, a
Wisconsin general partnership, who executed the above instrument and
acknowledged the same on behalf of said partnership.


                                          /s/ E.J. Selle
                                          ----------------------------------
                                          Notary Public, State of Wisconsin
                                          My commission:   12-15-85
                                                           --------

STATE OF WISCONSIN)
                  ) ss.
COUNTY OF DANE    )

        Personally came before me this 14th day of May, 1985 the above-named
Thomas F. Pyle and Glynn M. Rossa, known to me to be the President and Vice
President, respectively, of RAYOVAC Corporation, a Delaware corporation, who
executed the above instrument and acknowledged the same on behalf of said
corporation.

                                           /s/ E.J. Selle
                                         ----------------------------------
                                          Notary Public, State of Wisconsin
                                          My commission:   12-15-85
                                                           --------
THIS INSTRUMENT DRAFTED BY:

Raymond Karlin, Esq.
Brattle, Fowler, Jaffin & Kheel
280 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10017



                                       52





FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT OF LEASE


        THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT OF LEASE, made as of this 24th day
June, 1986, by and between SPG PARTNERS, a Wisconsin general partnership having
an office at 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53711 ("Landlord") and
RAYOVAC CORPORATION, having an office at 601 Rayovac Drive, Madison, Wisconsin
53711 ("Tenant").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant have entered into an agreement of lease
dated May 14, 1985 and covering certain lands located in the City of Madison,
Dane County, Wisconsin, all as more particularly described therein (the
"Lease"); and

        WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the Lease in accordance with
the terms hereof.

        NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant do hereby agree
as follows:

1.   Section 1.3 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.

2.   Section 2.1(d) of the Lease is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

          (d)  The term "Commencement Date" shall mean December 15, 1985. For
               the period from the Commencement Date through December 31,
               1985, the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be 16/31 of the
               amount of Fixed Rent and Additional Rent that would have been due
               had the Commencement Date occurred on December 1, 1985.

3.   Section 4.1(a) is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

     (a)  Fixed Rent amounting to $2,600,000.00 per annum, 60% of which amount
          (i.e., $1,560,000.00) shall be subject to adjustment based upon
          changes in the Consumer Price Index (the "CPI Adjustments") as
          provided in Section 4.2 (herein referred to as "Fixed Rent"); and

4.   Section 4.2 is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

     4.2  CPI Adjustments to the Fixed Rent shall be made on the seventh (7th)
          and fourteenth (14th) anniversaries of the Commencement Date and at
          such other times as are described in Article XXLI of this lease (the
          "CPI Adjustment Dates"). The base for computing the CPI Adjustments is
          the


                                       53





     "Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. All
     Items (1967 = 100)" issued by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United
     States Department of Labor (the "Index") in effect for the month
     immediately prior to the month in which the Commencement Date occurs (the
     "Beginning Index"). The Index published for the month immediately preceding
     the CPI Adjustment Date in question (the "Adjustment Index") is to be
     compared to the Beginning Index in determining the amount of the adjustment
     in Fixed Rent. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary,
     Fixed Rent shall never be reduced as a result of this Section 4.2 to an
     amount less than $2,600,000.00 per annum. Thus, if the Adjustment Index has
     increased over the Beginning Index, the initial Fixed Rent specified in
     Section 4.1(a) shall increase commencing with the CPI Adjustment Date in
     question by 60% of $2,600,000.00 multiplied by the percentage increase of
     the Adjustment Index over the Beginning Index. If the Adjustment Index has
     remained constant, or has decreased, in comparison to the Beginning Index,
     the initial Fixed Rent specified in Section 4.1(a) shall remain unchanged.
     If the Adjustment Index with respect to the second or any subsequent CPI
     Adjustment Date is increased over the Beginning Index but has decreased
     from the Adjustment Index in effect for the month immediately preceding the
     next preceding CPI Adjustment Date, then the Fixed Rent as of such second
     or subsequent CPI Adjustment Date shall be adjusted to be equal to 60% of
     $2,600,000.00 multiplied by the percentage increase of the Adjustment Index
     over the Beginning Index, notwithstanding the fact that this may lead to a
     decrease in Fixed Rent established upon the previous Adjustment Date.

     (a)  Example 1: Assume that the Beginning Index (i.e., the Index in
          effect for November, 1985) is 333.9. Assume that the Index for
          November, 1992 is equal to 500. Thus, as of December 15, 1992, 60% of
          the Fixed Rent (or, $1,560,000.00) will increase by the percentage of
          increase in the Index (i.e., 500 less 333.9, or 166.1, which,
          when expressed as a percentage of 333.9, is equal to 49.75%). Thus,
          the Fixed Rent for the period commencing on December 15, 1992 would
          equal ($2,600,000.00 plus [49.75% of $1,560,000.00]), or
          $3,376,100.00.

     (b)  Example 2: Assume the same facts as set forth in Example 1, above,
          except that the Index for November, 1992 has decreased to 300. Under
          these circumstances, the Fixed Rent would remain unchanged for the
          period commencing on December 15, 1992 and would be equal to
          $2,600,000.00 per annum.



                                       54





     (c)  Example 3: Assume the same facts as set forth in Example 1, above.
          Further assume that the Index for November, 1999 is equal to 400. To
          compute the Fixed Rent for the period beginning on December 15, 1999,
          60% of the initial Fixed Rent (or, $1,560,000.00) will increase by the
          percentage of increase in the Index, measured from the Beginning Index
          (i.e., 400 less 333.9, or 66.1, which, when expressed as a
          percentage of 333.9 is equal to 19.8%). Thus, the Fixed Rent for the
          period commencing on December 15, 1999 would be equal to
          ($2,600,000.00 plus [19.8% of $1,560,000]) or $2,908,880 per annum.
          Note that in this example, the rent has actually decreased from the
          rent in effect for the period commencing on December 15,
          1992 as set forth in Example 1.

5.   Section 4.9 of the Lease is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

          4.9 Prior to the Commencement Date of the Permanent Loan as that term
     is defined in the Promissory Note dated February 8, 1985, executed by
     Landlord as Obligor to Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company ("NML")
     (NML or any replacement lender being hereinafter referred to as the
     "Lender") and amended by Amendment of Terms of Note dated May 1, 1986 (as
     amended the "Note") which Note is secured by a mortgage to NML bearing the
     dame date (the "NML Mortgage"). Tenant shall deposit the sum of $1,000,000
     into an escrow account held by an escrow agent which is acceptable to the
     Lender. Tenant shall have the exclusive right to direct the investment
     (including reinvestment) of the funds deposited, subject to limitations as
     to the categories of permissible investments and as to the liquidity of
     such investments. In the event of Tenant's default beyond any applicable
     grace period in the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due and
     payable pursuant to this Lease, the deposit, together with all interest or
     other income then on deposit in the escrow account, shall be made available
     to Landlord in such amounts as are necessary to cure Tenant's default. If
     at the time of such default by Tenant, either (a) Landlord is
     simultaneously in default beyond any applicable grace period under the Note
     and NML Mortgage or under any replacement mortgage loan and Lender has
     accelerated the balance due under its note, or (b) the Note is at maturity
     and Landlord is in default in its payment of the outstanding principal
     balance then due and owing, then the entire deposit, including all interest
     or other income then on deposit in the escrow account, shall be made
     available to Lender in reduction of the outstanding principal balance
     payable by Landlord to Lender. Tenant shall be entitled to withdraw from
     the escrow account, within thirty (30) days after June 30 of each year, an
     amount equal to the amount of income


                                       55





         (interest, dividends and the like) and the net gain (the aggregate of
         gains over losses) realized upon the investments held in the escrow
         account if, and only if, there is at the time of such withdrawal no
         default by Tenant in the payment of Fixed Rent or Additional Rent due
         under this Lease and the balance remaining in the escrow account is not
         less than $1,000,000. In the event NML at any time subsequent hereto
         consents to, or in the event replacement financing obtained from a
         lender other than NML permits the escrow account balance to be less
         than the escrow account balance presently required under the NML
         Mortgage and this Section 4.9. Tenant shall be permitted on the
         effective date of such consent or refinancing, to reduce the escrow
         account balance to such lesser amount, but in no event at any time
         shall the escrow account balance be less than $750,000.

        All of the above terms shall be incorporated in an Escrow Agreement
which shall be acceptable to Lender and which shall be substantially in the form
of Exhibit F annexed hereto and which replaces the Exhibit F originally annexed
to this Lease. In the event that the escrow account is, at some time subsequent
hereto, not required by NML or is not required under the terms of replacement
financing obtained from a lender other than NML, Tenant shall then be required
to maintain a security deposit of $750,000, to be held by an escrow agent chosen
by the Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Tenant pursuant to an Escrow
Agreement, which shall be substantially the same as the form of Exhibit F
annexed hereto, excepting that all provisions relating to or in favor of a
Lender, which include, but may not be limited to, paragraphs 2, 6, and that
portion of paragraph 7 relating to foreclosure, shall be removed from such
Escrow Agreement.

6.   A new Section 4.10 is hereby added to the Lease, to read in full as
     follows:

          4.10 Within fifteen (15) days of the end of each Complete Lease Year
     or Partial Lease Year, as the case may be, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant
     a statement clearly itemizing Landlord's expenditures during such Complete
     Lease Year or Partial Lease Year to fulfill its obligations pursuant to
     Sections 6.2, 6.3, 9.1 and 10.1. The first $1,101,381.00 expended by
     Landlord to fulfill such obligations during any Complete Lease Year is
     referred to herein as the "Base Amount." (In the case of a Partial Lease
     Year, the Base Amount shall be reduced pro rata based on the number of days
     contained in such Partial Lease Year). If, during any Complete or Partial
     Lease Year, Landlord's expenditures to fulfill such obligations exceed the
     Base Amount, then Tenant shall pay Landlord, the amount by which such
     expenditures exceed the Base Amount as Additional Rent. Landlord may, at
     its option, either: (a) if the Landlord


                                       56





     has advanced funds to pay the expenditure, it may bill the amount that such
     expenditure is in excess of the Base Amount to Tenant, who shall pay
     Landlord such amount within fifteen (15) days after Landlord's giving of
     notice to Tenant of the amount to be paid by Tenant, or (b) if Landlord has
     not advanced the funds to pay the expenditure, it may: (i) bill the amount
     that such expenditure is in excess of the Base Amount to Tenant, who shall
     pay Landlord such amount as Additional Rent at least ten (10) days prior to
     the date when payment of the expenditure is due; or (ii) send the bill (or
     bills) for such excess expenditures directly to Tenant, who shall pay such
     bill (or bills) directly on or before the date when payment of such bill
     (or bills) is due. Landlord may bill Tenant monthly when Landlord has
     incurred obligations in excess of the Base Amount.

7.   Section 6.4 of the Lease is hereby amended to read in full as follows.

          6.4 Tenant's obligation to pay for a portion of the costs incurred by
     Landlord to fulfill Landlord's obligations under Sections 6.2 and 6.3 are
     set forth in Section 4.10.

8.   The second sentence of Section 6.6 is hereby amended to read in full as
     follows:

          Landlord, upon receipt of notice thereof from Tenant during the time
     periods specified herein, shall correct any such defect to the reasonable
     satisfaction of Tenant, and the cost of such repairs shall not be included
     in calculations of the amounts expended by Landlord pursuant to Section
     4.10.

9.   Section 8.4 of the Lease is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

          8.4 Any of Tenant's property (excluding money, securities or like
     valuables) which shall remain in the Building in excess of thirty (30) days
     following an involuntary termination of this lease, or in excess of five
     (5) business days after the Expiration Date or the early termination of the
     Lease, may, at the option of Landlord, be deemed to have been abandoned and
     either may be retained by Landlord as its property or be disposed of,
     without accountability, in such manner as Landlord may deem appropriate, at
     Tenant's expense.

10.  Section 9.1 of the Lease is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

          9.1 Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of all Impositions
     subject, however, to Section 4.10.


                                       57






11.  Section 10.1 of the Lease is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

          10.1 From and after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall pay when due
     all charges for water, sewer, gas, electricity, and fuel on or about the
     Demised Premises, subject, however, to Section 4.10.

12.  The second sentence of Section 12.1 of the Lease is hereby amended to read
     in full as follows:

          Tenant shall not be permitted to proceed with the proposed assignment
     or subletting until it receives Landlord's written confirmation, which
     confirmation shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that conditions
     (a), (b) and (c), above have been met and until Tenant complies with all
     other requirements specified in this Article XII.

13.  Section 31.2 of the Lease is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

          31.2 Landlord shall attempt, with reasonable diligence, to obtain the
     best available interest rate and terms for a refinancing loan of such
     amounts, term and amortization schedule as Landlord shall choose. In the
     event that Landlord intends to accept a loan which requires interest
     payments at an annual rate of 13.875% or higher at any time during its
     first five (5) years, then Landlord shall serve Tenant with notice of
     Landlord's intention to obtain the loan. In such event, Tenant shall have
     the right for a period of sixty (60) days to find an institutional lender
     willing to make a substantially similar loan upon more favorable terms. If
     Tenant informs Landlord within the sixty (60)-day period of the
     availability of a more favorable loan, Landlord shall seek to obtain such
     loan, provided that the terms and conditions of the loan are reasonably
     satisfactory to Landlord. If Tenant is unable to find a more favorable
     loan, then Landlord may proceed to obtain the loan which it originally
     proposed.

14.  Section 31.3 of the Lease is hereby amended to read in full as follows:

          31.3 In the event the principal amount of any refinancing loan
     obtained by Landlord exceeds $10,000,000, and/or provides for payments
     which are based on an amortization less than a thirty (30)-year basis, then
     all calculations of Additional Rent made pursuant to Section 31.1 shall be
     appropriately adjusted as though the loan was for the sum of $10,000,000
     with equal monthly payments of principal and interest being based on a
     30-year amortization schedule.



                                       58





15.  This Amendment shall take effect only upon its execution by Landlord and
     Tenant, and upon obtaining the written consent of the superior mortgagee as
     required under Section 13.5.

16.  Except as modified herein, all remaining terms and conditions of the
     Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Agreement as
of the date first above written.

                                        SPG PARTNERS, a Wisconsin
                                        general partnership ("Landlord")


                                        By: /s/ Lionel N. Sterling
                                           ---------------------------
                                                Lionel N. Sterling,
                                                General Partner


                                        By: /s/ Robert B. Goergen
                                           ---------------------------
                                                 Robert B. Goergen,
                                                 General Partner


                                        By: /s/ Thomas F. Pyle
                                           ---------------------------
                                                 Thomas F. Pyle,
                                                 General Partner


                                        RAYOVAC CORPORATION, a Delaware
                                        corporation ("Tenant")


                                        By: /s/ Thomas F. Pyle
                                           ---------------------------
                                                 Thomas F. Pyle,
                                                 Chairman and Chief
                                                   Executive Officer




                                       59





                                Attest:  /s/ Marvin G. Siegert
                                         ---------------------------
                                              Marvin G. Siegert
                                              Vice President/Controller


STATE OF Wisconsin )
                   ) ss.
COUNTY OF   Dane   )


        Personally came before me this 23rd day of June , 1986, Lionel N.
Sterling, Robert B. Goergen, and Thomas F. Pyle who acknowledge that they are
all general partners of SPG Partners, a Wisconsin general partnership, who
executed and acknowledged the above instrument on behalf of said partnership.


                                                  /s/ Marie L. Larson
                                                  ---------------------------
                                                  Notary Public, State of  WI
                                                  My commission:  April 9, 1989

STATE OF Wisconsin )
                   ) ss.
COUNTY OF   Dane   )


         Personally came before me this 23rd day of June , 1986, Thomas F. Pyle
and Marvin G. Siegert, known to me to be the Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer and Vice President/Controller, respectively, of RAYOVAC Corporation, a
Delaware corporation, who executed the above instrument and acknowledged the
same on behalf of said corporation.

                                                  /s/ Marie L. Larson
                                                  ---------------------------
                                                  Notary Public, State of  WI
                                                  My commission:  April 9, 1989


This instrument drafted by:

MICHAEL, BEST & FRIEDRICH
One South Pinckney Street
Post Office Box 1806
Madison, WI  53701-1806
(608) 257-3501




                                       60





                           AMENDMENT TO BUILDING LEASE


        THIS AMENDMENT TO BUILDING LEASE (the "Amendment") is entered into this
22nd day of February, 1996, by and between WELTON PROPERTIES, LLC ("Landlord")
and RAYOVAC CORPORATION ("Tenant").

                                R E C I T A L S:

        A. Madison Real Estate Properties ("MREP") and Tenant entered into a
building lease dated March 31, 1988, covering certain real property located at
2115 Pinehurst Drive in the City of Middleton, Dane County, Wisconsin (the
"Lease").

        B. The landlord's interest in the Lease was transferred by MREP to
Welton Partners Limited, a Wisconsin general partnership. Landlord has succeeded
to the interest of Welton Partners Limited in and to the Lease.

        C. Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease in the accordance with
the terms of this Amendment.

        NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant do hereby
agree as follows:

        1. Definitions. All terms that are capitalized but not defined in this
Amendment and that are defined in the Lease shall have the meaning assigned to
such terms by the Lease.

        2. Construction of Addition. Tenant hereby exercises its Option to cause
to be constructed an Addition to the Premises. The Addition shall be constructed
by Landlord at its sole expense pursuant to the plans and specifications that
are more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part
hereof, and shall consist of approximately sixty thousand (60,000) square feet.



                                       61






        3. Calculation of Rent for Addition. The construction budget for the
Addition is attached hereto as Exhibit B and made a part hereof. Landlord hereby
guarantees to Tenant that the cost of the building set forth on Exhibit B is a
guaranteed maximum price, subject to change only in accordance with change
orders approved by Landlord and Tenant. Any excess in cost to the Landlord over
the amount stated in Exhibit B (except as caused by approved change orders)
shall not result in any increase of the Minimum Annual Rent. The list of soft
costs and the landscaping allowance that are set forth on Exhibit B are subject
to adjustment based upon the actual amount of such costs once construction is
complete. To the extent that the costs set forth on Exhibit B for the following
items:

        (a) prepayment penalty; 
        (b) points--refinance; 
        (c) points--construction loan; or 
        (d) landscaping (allowance)

increase or decrease above or below the amounts set forth in the budget, such
increases or decreases shall be passed through to Tenant in the form of a
changed price, which shall result in a changed rent pursuant to the formula set
forth in Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof. For illustration,
assuming that the cost of the Addition is equal to One Million Seven Hundred
Seven Thousand Dollars ($1,707,000), then the amount of the Minimum Annual Rent
for the Addition shall be equal to Two Hundred Three Thousand Five Hundred
Fifty-Nine and 75/100 Dollars ($203,559.75).

        5. Completion Date. Landlord agrees to substantially complete
construction of the Addition on or before July 1, 1996. The Minimum Annual Rent
for the Addition shall commence upon the earlier of the date on which the
Addition is substantially complete, as certified by Landlord's architect, or
upon the date that Tenant commences use of the Addition by moving freight into
the same.



                                       62





        6. No Other Changes. Except as modified hereby, all terms and conditions
of the Lease are hereby ratified and shall remain in full force and effect.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the
date first above written.




                                         WELTON PROPERTIES, LLC



                                         By: /s/ Kenneth R. Welton
                                             ---------------------------
                                             Kenneth R. Welton, Member



                                         RAYOVAC CORPORATION



                                         By:    /s/ Glynn M. Rossa
                                             ---------------------------
                                         Name:  Glynn M. Rossa
                                         Title: Vice President & Treasurer



                                       63

Statement Regarding Computation of
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

Transition Period For the years ended June 30, ended ---------------------------------------------------------- September 30, September 30, 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1995 ------- ------- -------- ------- -------- -------- ------- (in thousands, except ratio) Ratio of earnings to fixed charges Income (loss) before income taxes $17,888 $24,055 $3,774 $22,655 $21,290 $ (28,178) $2,108 Interest 14,026 5,848 7,624 8,541 8,382 2,821 2,379 Interest portion of rental expense 2,400 2,562 2,668 2,728 2,739 665 682 Amortization of debt expenses 78 108 101 103 53 1,609 34 ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- --------- ------ Earnings $34,392 $32,573 $14,167 $34,027 $32,464 $ (23,083) $5,203 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========= ====== Fixed charges $16,504 $ 8,518 $10,393 $11,372 $11,174 $ 5,095 $3,095 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========= ====== Ratio 2.1 3.8 1.4 3.0 2.9 -(1) 1.7 ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ========= ======
(1) Since the earnings during the Transition Period ended September 30, 1996, are inadequate to cover fixed charges by $28,178, such ratio is not included herein.

                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1

                                  Subsidiaries
                                  ------------


ROV Holding, Inc.
Ray-O-Vac Europe BV
Rayovac Far East Limited
Rayovac Canada, Inc.
Rayovac Europe Limited
Rayovac (UK) Limited
Wrenford Insurance Company Limited




[Coopers & Lybrand letterhead]

Consent of Independent Accountants

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this registration
statement on form S-1 (File No. ____) of our report dated
November 22, 1996, with respect to the combined consolidated
financial statements and financial statement schedule of Rayovac
Corporation and Subsidiaries.  We also consent to the reference
to our Firm under the caption "Experts".

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
December 11, 1996

                                                                  Conformed Copy

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                   ----------

                                    FORM T-1
                    STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST
                     INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION
                          DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
                                   -----------
                      CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
                      ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
                                SECTION 305(b)(2)
                                   -----------
                               Marine Midland Bank
               (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

     New York                                      16-1057879
     (Jurisdiction of incorporation              (I.R.S. Employer
      or organization if not a U.S.              Identification No.)
      national bank)

     140 Broadway, New York, N.Y.                 10005-1180
     (212) 658-1000                              (Zip Code)
     (Address of principal executive offices)

                                   Eric Parets
                              Senior Vice President
                               Marine Midland Bank
                                  140 Broadway
                          New York, New York 10005-1180
                               Tel: (212) 658-6560
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                               Rayovac Corporation
               (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

         Wisconsin                                 22-2423556
         (State or other jurisdiction              (I.R.S. Employer
         of incorporation or organization)         Identification No.)

         601 Rayovac Drive
         Madison, Wisconsin                        53711-2497
         (608) 275-3340                           (Zip Code)
         (Address of principal executive offices)

               10 1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006
                         (Title of Indenture Securities)






                                     General

Item 1. General Information.
        --------------------

                 Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

         (a)  Name and address of each examining or supervisory
         authority to which it is subject.

                 State of New York Banking Department.

                 Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

                 Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,
                 Washington, D.C.

         (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

                          Yes.

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor.
        -------------------------
                 If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each
                 such affiliation.

                          None






Item 16. List of Exhibits.
         -----------------

Exhibit
- - -------
T1A(i)                   *        -    Copy of the Organization Certificate of
                                       Marine Midland Bank.

T1A(ii)                  *        -    Certificate of the State of New York
                                       Banking Department dated December
                                       31, 1993 as to the authority of Marine
                                       Midland Bank to commence business.

T1A(iii)                          -    Not applicable.

T1A(iv)                  *        -    Copy of the existing By-Laws of Marine
                                       Midland Bank as adopted on January
                                       20, 1994.

T1A(v)                            -    Not applicable.

T1A(vi)                  *        -    Consent of Marine Midland Bank
                                       required by Section 321(b) of the Trust
                                       Indenture Act of 1939.

T1A(vii)                          -    Copy of the latest report of condition
                                       of the trustee (September 30, 1996),
                                       published pursuant to law or the
                                       requirement of its supervisory or
                                       examining authority.

T1A(viii)                         -    Not applicable.

T1A(ix)                           -    Not applicable.


     *    Exhibits previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
          with Registration No. 33-53693 and incorporated herein by reference
          thereto.





                                    SIGNATURE


Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee,
Marine Midland Bank, a banking corporation and trust company organized under the
laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in
the City of New York and State of New York on the 10th day of December 1996.



                                              MARINE MIDLAND BANK


                                              By: /s/ Frank J. Godino
                                                  -------------------------- 
                                                   Frank J. Godino
                                                   Assistant Vice President






                                                               Exhibit T1A (vii)

                                                    Board of Governors of the 
                                                    Federal Reserve System
                                                    OMB Number: 7100-0036
                                                    
                                                    Federal Deposit Insurance 
                                                    Corporation
                                                    OMB Number: 3064-0052

                                                    Office of the Comptroller 
                                                    of the Currency
                                                    OMB Number: 1557-0081

Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council  Expires March 31, 1999
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            /1/
This financial information has not been reviewed,
or confirmed for accuracy or relevance, by the 
Federal Reserve System.                             Please refer to page i,
                                                    Table of Contents, for
                                                    the required disclosure
                                                    of estimated burden.

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income for 
A Bank With Domestic and Foreign Offices--FFIEC 031 

Report at the close of business September 30, 1996           (950630)
                                                            ----------
                                                            (RCRI 9999)


This report is required by law; 12 U.S.C. ss.324 (State member banks); 12 U.S.C.
ss. 1817 (State nonmember banks); and 12 U.S.C. ss.161 (National banks).

This report form is to be filed by banks with branches and consolidated
subsidiaries in U.S. territories and possessions, Edge or Agreement
subsidiaries, foreign branches, consolidated foreign subsidiaries, or
International Banking Facilities.

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE: The Reports of Condition and Income must be signed by an authorized
officer and the Report of Condition must be attested to by not less than two
directors (trustees) for State nonmember banks and three directors for State
member and National Banks.

I, Gerald A. Ronning, Executive VP & Controller
   ---------------------------------------------------
   Name and Title of Officer Authorized to Sign Report

of the named bank do hereby declare that these Reports of Condition and Income
(including the supporting schedules) have been prepared in conformance with the
instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and are true
to the best of my knowledge and believe.



     /s/ Gerald A. Ronning
- - ----------------------------------------------
Signature of Officer Authorized to Sign Report

       10/28/96
- - -----------------------------------------------
Date of Signature

The Reports of Condition and Income are to be prepared in accordance with
Federal regulatory authority instructions. NOTE: These instructions may in some
cases differ from generally accepted accounting principles.

We, the undersigned directors (trustees), attest to the correctness of this
Report of Condition (including the supporting schedules) and declare that it has
been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been
prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal
regulatory authority and is true and correct.

   /s/ James H. Cleave
- - -----------------------------------------------
Director (Trustee)

   /s/ Bernard J. Kennedy
- - -----------------------------------------------
Director (Trustee)

   /s/ Northrup R. Knox
- - -----------------------------------------------
Director (Trustee)

- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

For Banks Submitting Hard Copy Report Forms: 

State Member Bank: Return the original and one copy to the appropriate Federal
Reserve District Bank.

State Nonmember Banks: Return the original only in the special return address
envelope provided. If express mail is used in lieu of the special return address
envelope, return the original only to the FDIC, c/o Quality Data Systems, 2127
Espey Court, Suite 204, Crofton, MD 21114.

National Banks: Return the original only in the special return address envelope
provided. If express mail is used in lieu of the special return address
envelope, return the original only to the FDIC, c/o Quality Data Systems, 2127
Espey Court, Suite 204, Crofton, MD 21114.
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FDIC Certificate Number    / 0 /  0 /  5 /  8 /  9 /
                           --------------------------





                                     NOTICE
This form is intended to assist institutions with state publication
requirements. It has not been approved by any state banking authorities. Refer
to your appropriate state banking authorities for your state publication
requirements.



                              REPORT OF CONDITION

Consolidating domestic and foreign subsidiaries of the

Marine Midland Bank    of Buffalo
       Name of Bank    City

in the state of New York, at the close of business September 30, 1996


ASSETS
                                                                       Thousands
                                                                      of dollars
Cash and balances due from depository 
institutions:

   Noninterest-bearing balances
   currency and coin.............................                      $924,069
   Interest-bearing balances ....................                     1,269,750
   Held-to-maturity securities...................                             0
   Available-for-sale securities.................                     3,096,772

Federal Funds sold and securities purchased 
under agreements to resell in domestic offices 
of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement 
subsidiaries, and in IBFs:

   Federal funds sold............................                       785,600
   Securities purchased under
   agreements to resell..........................                       306,969

Loans and lease financing receivables:

   Loans and leases net of unearned
   income...............................          14,428,376
   LESS: Allowance for loan and lease
   losses...............................             440,075
   LESS: Allocated transfer risk reserve                   0

   Loans and lease, net of unearned
   income, allowance, and reserve................                    13,988,301
   Trading assets................................                       791,225
   Premises and fixed assets (including
   capitalized leases)...........................                       180,892

Other real estate owned..........................                         5,104
Investments in unconsolidated
subsidiaries and associated companies............                             0
Customers' liability to this bank on
acceptances outstanding..........................                        19,791
Intangible assets................................                       161,326
Other assets.....................................                       459,739
Total assets.....................................                    21,989,538







LIABILITIES

Deposits:
   In domestic offices...........................                    14,736,857

   Noninterest-bearing..................           3,198,971
   Interest-bearing.....................          11,537,886

In foreign offices, Edge, and Agreement
subsidiaries, and IBFs...........................                     3,676,395

   Noninterest-bearing..................                   0
   Interest-bearing.....................           3,676,395

Federal funds purchased and securities sold 
under agreements to repurchase in domestic 
offices of the bank and its Edge and Agreement
subsidiaries, and in IBFs:

   Federal funds purchased.......................                       385,430
   Securities sold under agreements to
   repurchase....................................                       212,177
Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury                                300,000
Trading Liabilities..............................                       293,523

Other borrowed money:
   With original maturity of one year
   or less.......................................                        28,701
   With original maturity of more than
   one year......................................                             0
Mortgage indebtedness and obligations
under capitalized leases.........................                        33,613
Bank's liability on acceptances
executed and outstanding.........................                        19,791
Subordinated notes and debentures................                       100,000
Other liabilities................................                       305,078
Total liabilities................................                    20,091,565
Limited-life preferred stock and
related surplus..................................                             0

EQUITY CAPITAL

Perpetual preferred stock and related
surplus..........................................                             0
Common Stock.....................................                       185,000
Surplus..........................................                     1,633,279
Undivided profits and capital reserves...........                        77,442
Net unrealized holding gains (losses)
on available-for-sale securities.................                         2,252
Cumulative foreign currency translation
adjustments......................................                             0
Total equity capital.............................                     1,897,973
Total liabilities, limited-life
preferred stock, and equity capital..............                    21,989,538



                            LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL 
                             RAYOVAC CORPORATION 
                          Offer for all Outstanding 
                  10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 
                               in exchange for 
             10-1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 
                     Pursuant to the Prospectus, dated [] 

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, 
                         ON [], 1997 UNLESS EXTENDED 
              (THE "EXPIRATION DATE"). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN 
       PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. 
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 Delivery to: 
                     Marine Midland Bank, Exchange Agent 
                             By Mail or by Hand: 
                             Marine Midland Bank 
                          Corporate Trust Operations 
                             140 Broadway-A Level 
                        New York, New York 10005-1180 
                                By Facsimile: 
                                (212) 658-2292 
                       Confirm Facsimile by Telephone: 
                                (212) 658-5931 

   Delivery of these instructions to an address other than as set forth 
above, or transmission of instructions via facsimile other than as set forth 
above, will not constitute a valid delivery. 

   The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received and reviewed the 
Prospectus dated [       ], 1997 (the "Prospectus") of Rayovac Corporation, a 
Wisconsin corporation (the "Company"), and this Letter of Transmittal (the 
"Letter"), which together constitute the Company's offer (the "Exchange 
Offer") to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $100,000,000 of 
10-1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 of the Company (the "New 
Notes") for a like principal amount of the issued and outstanding 10-1/4% 
Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 of the Company (the "Old Notes") from the 
holders thereof. 

   The New Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which 
interest has been paid on the Old Notes or, if no interest has been paid on 
the Old Notes, from October 22, 1996. Accordingly, if the relevant record 
date for interest payment occurs after the consummation of the Exchange 
Offer, registered holders of New Notes on such record date will receive 
interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid 
or, if no interest has been paid, from October 22, 1996. If, however, the 
relevant record date for interest payment occurs prior to the consummation of 
the Exchange Offer, registered holders of Old Notes on such record date will 
receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has 
been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 22, 1996. Old Notes 
accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date 
of consummation of the Exchange Offer, except as set forth in the immediately 
preceding sentence. Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes are accepted for 
exchange will not receive any payment in respect of interest on such Old 
Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for 
which occurs on or after consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Company 
reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the Exchange 
Offer at its discretion, in which event the term "Expiration Date" shall mean 
the latest time and date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. The Company 
shall notify the holders of the Old Notes of any extension by means of a 
press release or other public announcement no later than 9:00 A.M., New York 
City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration 
Date. 

   This Letter is to be completed by a holder of Old Notes either if 
certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if a tender of certificates for 
Old Notes, if available, is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account 
maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the 
"Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedures set forth in the 
Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer--Book-Entry Transfer." Holders of Old 
Notes whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to 
deliver their certificates or confirmation of the book-entry tender of their 
Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account to the Book-Entry Transfer 
Facility (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") and all other documents required by 
this Letter to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration date, must 
tender their Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set 
forth in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery 
Procedures." See Instruction 1. Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry 
Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent. 

   The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this 
Letter to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to 
the Exchange Offer. 

   List below the Old Notes to which this Letter relates. If the space 
provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amount of 
Old Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto. 

- - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES 1 2 3 - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Aggregate Name(s) and Address(es) of Principal Principal Registered Holder(s) Certificate Amount of Amount (Please fill in, if blank) Number(s)* Old Note(s) Tendered** - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------- Total - - ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- *Need not be completed if Old Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer. **Unless otherwise indicated in this column, a holder will be deemed to have tendered ALL of the Old Notes represented by the Old Notes indicated in column 2. See Instruction 2.
/ / CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING: Name of Tendering Institution ____________________________________________ Account Number _________________ Transaction Code Number _________________ / / CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING: Name(s) of Registered Holder(s) __________________________________________ Window Ticket Number (if any) ____________________________________________ Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery _______________________ Name of Institution which Guaranteed Delivery ____________________________ If Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer, Complete the Following: Account Number ____________ Transaction Code Number __________________ / / CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO. Name: ____________________________________________________________________ Address: _________________________________________________________________ PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY Ladies and Gentlemen: Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to such Old Notes as are being tendered hereby. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Old Notes tendered hereby and that the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any advance claim when the same are accepted by the Company. The undersigned hereby further represents that any New Notes acquired in exchange for Old Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such New Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, that neither the holder of such Old Notes nor any such other person has, or had at the commencement of the Exchange Offer, an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes and that neither the holder of such Old Notes nor any such other person is an "affiliate" of the Company as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The undersigned also acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in reliance on an interpretation by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") that the New Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such holder that is an "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders' business and such holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such New Notes. If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Notes, it represents that the Old Notes to be exchanged for New Notes were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and it acknowledges that it will deliver the Prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering the Prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. The Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with any resale of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the date of the Prospectus, it will make the Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes tendered hereby. All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer--Withdrawal Rights" section of the Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" below, please deliver the New Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing Old Notes for any Old Notes not exchanged) in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of Old Notes, please credit the account indicated above maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" below, please send the New Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing Old Notes for any Old Notes not exchanged) to the undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled "Description of Old Notes." THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED "DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES" ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE OLD NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE. [box on left] SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS (See Instructions 3 and 4) To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes not exchanged and/or New Notes are to be issued in the name of and sent to someone other than the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above, or if Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account indicated above. Issue: New Notes and/or Old Notes to: Name(s): __________________________________________________________________ (Please Type or Print) ___________________________________________________________________________ (Please Type or Print) Address: __________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ (Zip Code) (Complete Substitute Form W-9) / / Credit unexchanged Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility account set forth below. ____________________________________________________________________________ (Book-Entry Transfer Facility Account Number, if applicable) [end left box] [box on right] SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS (See Instructions 3 and 4) To be completed ONLY if certificates for Old Notes not exchanged and/or New Notes are to be sent to someone other than the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above or to such person or persons at an address other than shown in the box entitled "Description of Old Notes" on this Letter above. Mail: New Notes and/or Old Notes to: Name(s): ____________________________________________________________________ (Please Type or Print) _____________________________________________________________________________ (Please Type or Print) Address: ____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ (Zip Code) [end right box] IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES OR A BOOK-ENTRY CONFIRMATION AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE. PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX ABOVE. [start box] PLEASE SIGN HERE (TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS) (Complete Accompanying Substitute Form W-9) Date: ________________________________________ _______________________, 1997 x ________________________________________ _______________________, 1997 x ________________________________________ _______________________, 1997 Signature(s) of Owner Date Area Code and Telephone Number ____________________________________ If a holder is tendering any Old Notes, this Letter must be signed by the registered holder(s) as the name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) for the Old Notes or by any person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, officer or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth full title. See Instruction 3. Name(s): ____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ (Please Type or Print) Capacity: ___________________________________________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ (Including Zip Code) SIGNATURE GUARANTEE (If required by Instruction 3) Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution: ___________________________________________________ (Authorized Signature) ____________________________________________________________________________ (Title) ____________________________________________________________________________ (Name and Firm) Dated: ___________________________________________________________, 1997 INSTRUCTIONS Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer for all Outstanding 10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 of Rayovac Corporation in Exchange for 10-1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 of Rayovac Corporation 1. Delivery of this Letter and Notice, Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. This Letter is to be completed by noteholders either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer--Book-Entry Transfer." Certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or manually signed facsimile hereof) and any other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Holders whose certificates for Old Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Old Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures." Pursuant to such procedures, (i) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution, (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent must receive from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or a facsimile thereof) and Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the holder of Old Notes and the amount of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within five New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, and any other documents required by this Letter will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent and (iii) the certificates for all physically tendered Old Notes, in proper form for transfer, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by this Letter, are received by the Exchange Agent within five NYSE trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. The method of delivery of this Letter, the Old Notes and all other required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holders, but the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. If Old Notes are sent by mail, it is suggested that the mailing, return receipt requested, be made sufficiently in advance of the Expiration Date to permit delivery to the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. See the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer." 2. Partial Tenders (not applicable to holders who tender by book-entry transfer). If less than all of the Old Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate are to be tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill in the aggregate principal amount of Old Notes to be tendered in the box above entitled "Description of Old Notes--Principal Amount Tendered." A reissued certificate representing the balance of nontendered Old Notes will be sent to such tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter, promptly after the Expiration Date. ALL of the Old Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated. 3. Signatures on this Letter; Bond Powers and Endorsements, Guarantee of Signatures. If this Letter is signed by the registered holder of the Old Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the certificates without any change whatsoever. If any tendered Old Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter. If any tendered Old Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter as there are different registrations of certificates. When this Letter is signed by the registered holder or holders of the Old Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate bond powers are required. If, however, New Notes are to be issued, or any untendered Old Notes are to be released, to a person other than the registered holder, then endorsements of any certificates transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such certificate(s) or bond powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If this Letter is signed by a person other than the registered holder or holders of any certificate(s) specified herein, such certificate(s) must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear(s) on the certificate(s), and signatures on such certificate(s) or bond powers must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution. If this Letter or any certificates or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted. Endorsements on certificates for Old Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by a firm which is a member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States (an "Eligible Institution"). Signatures on this Letter need not be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution, provided the Old Notes are tendered: (i) by a registered holder of Old Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility system whose name appears on a security position listing as the holder of such Old Notes) tendered who has not completed the box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions" on this Letter or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. 4. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions. Tendering holders of Old Notes should indicate in the applicable box the name and address to which New Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer and/or substitute certificates evidencing Old Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name or address of the person signing this Letter. In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. Holders tendering Old Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Old Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as such holder may designate herein. If no such instructions are given, such Old Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name or address of the person signing this Letter. 5. Transfer Taxes. The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer of Old Notes to it or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If however, New Notes and/or substitute Old Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Old Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Old Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of Old Notes to the Company or its order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder. Except as provided in this Instruction 5, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Old Notes specified in this Letter. 6. Waiver of Conditions. The Company reserves the absolute right to waive satisfaction of any or all conditions enumerated in the Prospectus. 7. No Conditional Tenders. No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Old Notes, by execution of this Letter, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Old Notes for exchange. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is obligated to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Old Notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice. 8. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Old Notes. Any holder whose Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions. 9. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter, may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address and telephone number indicated above. GUIDELINES OF CERTIFICATE OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 Guidelines for Determining the Proper Identification Number to Give the Payer--Social Security numbers have nine digits separated by two hyphens: i.e. 000-00-0000. Employer identification numbers have nine digits separated by only one hyphen: i.e., 00- 0000000. The table below will help determine the number to give the payer.
Give the SOCIAL SECURITY For this type of account: number of-- 1. An individual's account The individual 2. Two or more individuals (joint account) The actual owner of the account or, if combined funds, the first individual on the account(1) 3. Husband and wife (joint account) The actual owner of the account or, if joint funds, the first individual on the account(1) 4. Custodian account of a minor (Uniform Gift to Minors Act) The minor(2) 5. Adult and minor (joint account) The adult or, if the minor is the only contributor, the minor(1) 6. Account in the name of guardian or committee for a designated ward, minor, or incompetent person The ward, minor, or incompetent person(3) 7. a. The usual revocable savings trust account (grantor is also trustee) The grantor-trustee(1) b. So-called trust account that is not a legal or valid trust under State law The actual owner(1) 8. Sole proprietorship account The owner(4)
Give the EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION For this type of account: number of-- 9. A valid trust, estate, or pension trust Legal entity(5) 10. Corporate account The corporation 11. Religious, charitable, or educational organization account The organization 12. Partnership account held in the name of the business The partnership 13. Association, club, or other tax-exempt organization The organization 14. A broker or registered nominee The broker or nominee 15. Account with the Department of Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a State or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments The public entity
(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. (2) Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number. (3) Circle the ward's, minor's or incompetent person's name and furnish such person's social security number. (4) Show your individual name. You may also enter your business name. You may use your SSN or EIN. (5) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the identifying number of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.) NOTE: If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed. GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN) ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 SECTION REFERENCES ARE TO THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE PAGE 2 Name If you are an individual, you must generally provide the name shown on your social security card. However, if you have changed your last name, for instance, due to marriage, without informing the Social Security Administration of the name change, please enter your first name, the last name shown on your social security card, and your new last name. Obtaining a Number If you don't have a taxpayer identification number or you don't know your number, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card, or Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number, at the local office of the Social Security Administration or the Internal Revenue Service and apply for a number. Payees Exempt from Backup Withholding Payees specifically exempted from backup withholding on ALL payments including the following: A corporation. o A financial institution. o An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an individual retirement plan, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7). o The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof. o A State, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any subdivision or instrumentality thereof. o A foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government, or agency or instrumentality thereof. o An international organization or any agency, or instrumentality thereof. o A registered dealer in securities or commodities registered in the U.S. or a possession of the U.S. o A real estate investment trust. o A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a). o A trust exempt under section 664, or a non-exempt trust described in section 4947(a)(1). An entity registered at all times under the Investment Company Act of 1940. o A foreign central bank of issue. o Payments of dividends and patronage dividends not generally subject to backup withholding include the following: o Payments to nonresident aliens subject to withholding under Section 1441. o Payments to partnerships not engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. and which have at least one nonresident partner. o Payments of patronage dividends where the amount received is not paid in money. o Payments made by certain foreign organizations. o Payments made to a nominee. o Payments of interest not generally subject to backup withholding include the following: o Payments of interest on obligations issued by individuals. Note: You may be subject to backup withholding if this interest is $600 or more and is paid in the course of the payor's trade or business and you have not provided your correct taxpayer identification number to the payor. o Payments of tax-exempt interest (including exempt interest dividends under section 852). o Payment described in section 6049(b)(5) to nonresident aliens. o Payments on tax-free covenant bonds under section 1451. o Payments made by certain foreign organizations. o Mortgage interest paid by you. Exempt payees described above should file Form W-9 to avoid possible erroneous backup withholding. FILE THIS FORM WITH THE PAYER, FURNISH YOUR TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER, WRITE "EXEMPT" ON THE FACE OF THE FORM, AND RETURN IT TO THE PAYER, IF THE PAYMENTS ARE INTEREST, DIVIDENDS, OR PATRONAGE DIVIDENDS. ALSO SIGN AND DATE THE FORM. Certain payments other than interest, dividends, and patronage dividends that are not subject to information reporting are also not subject to backup withholding. For details, see sections 6041, 6041A(a), 6045, and 6050A and the regulations thereunder. Privacy Act Notice-- Section 6109 requires most recipients of dividends, interest, or other payments to give taxpayer identification numbers to payers who must report the payments to the IRS. IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes. Payers must be given the numbers whether or not recipients are required to file tax returns. Payors must generally withhold 31% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a taxpayer identification number to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply. Penalties (1) Penalty for Failure to Furnish Taxpayer Identification Number--If you fail to furnish your taxpayer identification number to a payor, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect. (2) Civil Penalty for False Information With Respect to Withholding--If you make a false statement with no reasonable basis which results in no imposition of backup withholding, you are subject to a $500 penalty. (3) Criminal Penalty for Falsifying Information--Willfully falsifying certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including fines and/or imprisonment. FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CONTACT YOUR TAX CONSULTANT OR THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE.

                      NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY FOR 
                             RAYOVAC CORPORATION 

     This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the
Exchange Offer of Rayovac Corporation (the "Company") made pursuant to the
Prospectus, dated [        ], 1997 (the "Prospectus"), if certificates for Old
Notes of the Company are not immediately available or if the procedure for
book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not
permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 P.M.,
New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Such form may
be delivered or transmitted by telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, mail or
hand delivery to Marine Midland Bank (the "Exchange Agent") as set forth below.
In addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedures to tender
Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and dated Letter
of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) must also be received by the Exchange
Agent prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
Capitalized terms not defined herein are defined in the Prospectus.

                                 Delivery to: 
                     Marine Midland Bank, Exchange Agent 

                             By Mail or by Hand: 
                             Marine Midland Bank 
                          Corporate Trust Operations 
                             140 Broadway-A Level 
                        New York, New York 10005-1180 

                                By Facsimile: 
                                (212) 658-2292 
                       Confirm Facsimile by Telephone: 
                                (212) 658-5931 

   Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above, 
or transmission of instruments via facsimile other than as set forth above, 
will not constitute a valid delivery. 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 

     Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the
accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the
Company the principal amount at maturity of Old Notes set forth below, pursuant
to the guaranteed delivery procedure described in the Prospectus under "The
Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.". By so tendering, the
undersigned hereby does make, at and as of the date hereof, the representations
and warranties of a tendering holder of Old Notes set forth in the Letter of
Transmittal.


Principal Amount of Old Notes Tendered: 

$_________________________________________  If Old Notes will be delivered by 
                                            book-entry transfer to The 
Certificate Nos. (if available):            Depository Trust Company, provide 
                                            account number. 
__________________________________________

Total Principal Amount Represented by Old 
 Notes Certificate(s): 

$_________________________________________  Account Number ___________________


 
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred shall survive the death
or incapacity of the undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned
hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors
and assigns of the undersigned.
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               PLEASE SIGN HERE 

X _________________________________   ________________


X _________________________________   ________________
  Signatures of Owner(s)              Date
  or Authorized Signatory

  Area Code and Telephone 
  Number ___________________________

   Must be signed by the holder(s) of Old Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on 
certificates for Old Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) 
authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents 
transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a 
trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a 
corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, 
such person must set forth his or her full title below. 

                     Please print name(s) and address(es) 

Name(s): ____________________________________________________________________

         ____________________________________________________________________

         ____________________________________________________________________

Capacity: ___________________________________________________________________

Address(es): ________________________________________________________________

             ________________________________________________________________

            _________________________________________________________________

                                  GUARANTEE 

     The undersigned, a member of a registered national securities exchange, or
a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a
commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United
States, hereby guarantees that the certificates representing the principal
amount of Old Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer, or timely
confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account at The Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures set
forth in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures," together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal (or a manually signed facsimile thereof) with any required signature
guarantee and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be
received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth above, no later than
five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the date of execution hereof.


________________________________   ___________________________________________
         Name of Firm                     Authorized Signature

________________________________   ___________________________________________
            Address                              Title

________________________________   Name ______________________________________
                     Zip Code                 (Please Type or Print)

Area Code and Tel. No. _________   Dated: ____________________________________

NOTE: DO NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR OLD NOTES WITH THIS FORM. CERTIFICATES FOR 
OLD NOTES SHOULD ONLY BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. 


                             RAYOVAC CORPORATION 

                          Offer for all Outstanding 

                  10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 

                               in Exchange for 

             10-1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 

To: Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, 
    Trust Companies and Other Nominees 

   Rayovac Corporation (the "Company") is offering, upon and subject to the 
terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, dated [        ], 1997 (the 
"Prospectus"), and the enclosed Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of 
Transmittal"), to exchange (the "Exchange Offer") its 10-1/4% Series B Senior 
Subordinated Notes Due 2006 for its outstanding 10-1/4% Senior Subordinated 
Notes Due 2006 (the "Old Notes"). The Exchange Offer is being made in order 
to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration 
Rights Agreement dated as of October 17, 1996, among the Company and the 
other signatories thereto. 

   We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Old 
Notes regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding 
to your clients for whom you hold Old Notes registered in your name or in the 
name of your nominee, or who hold Old Notes registered in their own names, we 
are enclosing the following documents: 

   1. The Prospectus; 

   2. The Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of your 
clients; 

   3. A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Exchange Offer 
if certificates for Old Notes are not immediately available or time will not 
permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to the 
Expiration Date (as defined below) or if the procedure for book-entry 
transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis; 

   4. A form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account 
you hold Old Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with 
space provided for obtaining such clients' instructions with regard to the 
Exchange Offer; 

   5. Guidelines for Certificates of Taxpayer Identification Number on 
Substitute Form W-9; and 

   6. Return envelopes addressed to Marine Midland Bank, the Exchange Agent 
for the Old Notes. 

   Your prompt action is requested. The Exchange offer will expire at 5:00 
p.m., New York City time, on [], 1997 unless extended by the Company (the 
"Expiration Date"). The Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may 
be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date. 

   To participate in the Exchange Offer, a duly executed and properly 
completed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof), with any required 
signature guarantees and any other required documents, together with 
certificates representing the Old Notes, should be sent or delivered to the 
Exchange Agent, all in accordance with the instructions set forth in the 
Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus. 

   If holders of Old Notes wish to tender, but it is impracticable for them 
to forward their certificates for Old Notes prior to the expiration of the 
Exchange Offer or to comply with the book-entry transfer procedures on a 
timely basis, a tender may be offered by following the guaranteed delivery 
procedure described in the Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer--Guaranteed 
Delivery Procedures." 

 

   The Company will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial 
banks and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses 
incurred by them in forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to 
the beneficial owners of Old Notes held by them as nominee or in a fiduciary 
capacity. The Company will pay or cause to be paid transfer taxes applicable 
to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as set 
forth in Instruction 5 of the Letter of Transmittal. 


   Any inquiries you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer, or requests 
for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to Marine 
Midland Bank, the Exchange Agent for the Old Notes, at its address and 
telephone number set forth on the front of the Letter of Transmittal. 

                                      Very truly yours, 


                                      Rayovac Corporation 


   NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY 
PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR 
ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENT ON BEHALF OF 
EITHER OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS 
EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. 

                             RAYOVAC CORPORATION 

                          Offer for all Outstanding 

                  10-1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 

                               in Exchange for 

             10-1/4% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 

To Our Clients: 

   Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated [       ], 1997 (the 
"Prospectus"), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter of 
Transmittal"), relating to the offer (the "Exchange Offer") of Rayovac 
Corporation (the "Company") to exchange its 10-1/4% Series B Senior 
Subordinated Notes Due 2006 (the "New Notes") for its outstanding 10-1/4% 
Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2006 (the "Old Notes"), upon the terms and 
subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus. The Exchange Offer is 
being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained 
in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 17, 1996, among the 
Company and the other signatories thereto. 

   This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Old 
Notes carried by us in your account but not registered in your name. A tender 
of such Old Notes may only be made by us as the holder of record and pursuant 
to your instructions. 

   Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender 
on your behalf the Old Notes held by us for your account pursuant to the 
terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of 
Transmittal. 

   Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in 
order to permit us to tender the Old Notes on your behalf in accordance with 
the provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 
p.m., New York City time, on [], unless extended by the Company. Any Old 
Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time 
before the Expiration Date. 

   Your attention is directed to the following: 

    1. The Exchange Offer is for any and all Old Notes. 

    2. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in the 
   Prospectus under "The Exchange Offer--Certain Conditions to the Exchange 
   Offer." 

    3. Any transfer taxes incident to the transfer of Old Notes from the 
   holder to the Company will be paid by the Company, except as otherwise 
   provided in the Instructions in the Letter of Transmittal. 

    4. The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on [], 
   unless extended by the Company. 

   If you wish to have us tender your Old Notes, please so instruct us by 
completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of 
this letter. The Letter of Transmittal is furnished to you for information 
only and may not be used directly by you to tender Old Notes. 

 

                         INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO 
                              THE EXCHANGE OFFER 

   The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed 
material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer made by RAYOVAC 
CORPORATION with respect to its Old Notes. 

   This will instruct you to tender the Old Notes held by you for the account 
of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in 
the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal. 

   Please tender the Old Notes held by you for my account at indicated below: 

                              Aggregate Principal Amount of Old Notes 
                              ------------------------------------------------

                              ------------------------------------------------

Dated: ---------------, 1997. ------------------------------------------------

                              ------------------------------------------------
                                              Signature(s) 

                             ------------------------------------------------
                                         Please print name(s) here 

                             ------------------------------------------------
                                              Address(es) 

                             ------------------------------------------------
                                     Area Code and Telephone Number 

                             ------------------------------------------------
                                Tax Identification or Social Security No(s). 

   None of the Old Notes held by us for your account will be tendered unless 
we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless a specific contrary 
instruction is given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon shall 
constitute an instruction to us to tender all the Old Notes held by us for 
your account. 
WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

 

5 0001028985 RAYOVAC CORPORATION 1 U.S. DOLLARS 12-MOS JUN-30-1992 JUL-01-1991 JUN-30-1992 1.00 3,497 0 42,089 681 44,405 97,705 82,441 33,119 156,047 80,709 50,231 0 0 505 25,109 156,047 332,156 332,156 0 192,053 106,963 1,148 14,104 17,888 5,786 12,102 0 0 6,651 5,451 0.11 0.00
 

5 0001028985 RAYOVAC CORPORATION 1 U.S. DOLLARS 12-MOS JUN-30-1993 JUL-01-1992 JUN-30-1993 1.00 2,806 0 42,384 829 55,341 108,827 108,331 38,230 189,048 77,488 74,082 0 0 505 36,200 189,048 353,443 353,443 0 201,409 120,932 1,091 5,956 24,055 9,016 15,039 0 0 0 15,039 0.30 0.00
 

5 0001028985 RAYOVAC CORPORATION 1 U.S. DOLLARS 12-MOS JUN-30-1994 JUL-01-1993 JUN-30-1994 1.00 2,530 0 50,993 831 74,544 139,044 119,492 47,356 222,436 75,448 108,978 0 0 505 37,417 222,436 386,176 386,176 0 234,870 139,403 404 7,725 3,774 (582) 4,356 0 0 0 4,356 0.09 0.00
 

5 0001028985 RAYOVAC CORPORATION 1 U.S. DOLLARS 12-MOS JUN-30-1995 JUL-01-1994 JUN-30-1995 1.00 2,645 0 53,400 702 65,540 132,202 135,046 57,083 220,590 76,320 88,293 0 0 505 53,082 220,590 390,988 390,988 0 237,126 121,849 714 8,644 22,655 6,247 16,408 0 0 0 16,408 0.33 0.00
 

5 0001028985 RAYOVAC CORPORATION 1 U.S. DOLLARS 12-MOS JUN-30-1996 JUL-01-1995 JUN-30-1996 1.00 2,190 0 58,938 786 66,941 138,119 140,427 66,489 221,885 75,656 81,349 0 0 505 61,119 221,885 399,384 399,384 0 239,343 129,771 545 8,435 21,290 7,002 14,288 0 0 0 14,288 0.29 0.00
 

5 0001028985 RAYOVAC CORPORATION 1 U.S. DOLLARS 3-MOS SEP-30-1996 JUL-01-1996 SEP-30-1996 1.00 4,255 0 67,198 722 70,121 155,674 143,181 73,784 245,248 92,479 233,663 0 0 500 (86,220) 245,248 94,981 94,981 0 59,242 59,340 147 4,430 (28,178) (8,904) (19,274) 0 (1,647) 0 (20,921) (0.48) 0.00